iiii HARVARD UNIVERSITY LIBRARY OF THE Museum of Comparative Zoology BULLETIN MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY HARVARD COLLEGE, IN CAMBRIDGE. VOL IX. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., IT. S. A. 1881-1882. Reprinted with the permission of the original publisher KRAUS REPRINT CORPORATION New York 1967 < f^/l-C Printed in U.S.A. CONTENTS. No. 1. — Reports on tlie Re-^ults of Dredging by the United States Coast Sur- vey Steamer " Blake." XIV. Description sommaire des especes nou- velles d' Aste'ries. Par E. Peerier ........ 1 No 2. — Reports on the Results of Dredging by tlie United States Coast Sur- vey Steamer " Blake." XV Preliminary Report on the MoUusca. By W. H. Dall 33 No. 3. — Letter No. 5 to C. P. Patterson, Superintendent United States Coast Survey, on the Explorations in tlie Vicinity of the Tortugas during March and April, 1881. By A. Agassiz 145 No 4. — Report on tlie Results of Dredging by the United States Coast Sur- vey Steamer " Blake." XVI. Preliminary Report on the Comatulse. By P. H. Carpenter. (1 Plate) 151 No. 5. — Observations on the Spetiies of the Genus Partula For., with a Biblio- graphical Catalogue of all the Species. By W. D. Hartman. (2 Plates) 171 Bibliographical Catalogue . . ... . ..... 179 No. 6. — Bibliography to accompany "Selections from Embryological Mono- graphs " compiled by A. Agassiz, W. Faxon, and E. L. Mark. I. Crus- tacea. By W. F.\xoN 197 No. 7. — Explorations of the Surface Fauna of the Gulf Stream imder the Auspices of the United States Coast Survey. By A. Ag.\ssiz. I. Notes on Acaleplis from the Tortugas, with a Description of new Genera and Species. By J W. Fewkes. (J Plate)S. ...... 251 No. 8. — On the Acalepha? of the East Coast of New England. By J. W. Fewkes. (1 Plate) 291 'No. 1. — Reports on the Results of Dredging under the Supervision of Alexandek Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico, 1877-78, by the United States Coast Survey Steamer "Blake," Lieut.-Commandek C. D. SiGSBEE, U. S. N., Commanding, and in the Caribbean Sea, 1878-79, by the U. S. C. S. S. "Blake," Commander J. E. Bart- LETT, U. S. N., Commanding. (Published by permi*ioii of Carlile P. Patterson, Supt. U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey). XIV. Description sommaire des Especes nouvelles d'Asteries, par Edmond Perkier, Pro/esseur au Jardiu des Plantes de Paris. NoTA. — Dans toutes les descriptions, R designe la distance du centre de la bouche i I'extremite d'un bras ; r, la distance du centre de la bouche au sommet de Tangle ou de Tare interbranchial ; d, la distance entre les pointes des deux bras consecutifs. GENRE ASTERIAS (Linne). Asterias contorta (Ed. Perkier). Espece voisine d'aspect de V Asterias glacialis des cotes de Trance. Elle pos- sede comme elle cinq bras de longueur moyenne, presentant chacun une rangee dorsale mediane de piquants assez longs et pointus, deux rangees laterales, I'une a droite, I'autre a gauche de piquants semblables limitant la face dorsale des bras et sur la face ventrale, a pen de distance des piquants qui bordent la gouttiere ambulacraire, une double rangee moins reguliere de piquants un pen plus petits ; comme chez V Asterias glacialis tons les piquants sont entoures d'un bourrelet portant un nombre considerable de pedicellaires croises tandis 'que de grands pedicellaires droits, isoles, sont dissemines entre eux. Mais les piquants qui bordent la gouttiere ambulacraire sont sur deux rangees, au lieu d'etre sur une seule, comme chez V Asterias glacialis. De plus entre les piquants ambulacraires et la double rangee de piquants veutraux, on voit chez V Asterias contorta une serie longitudinale de gros tentacules isoles, tandis que dans VAsterias glacialis, on trouve a la place uue serie de bouquets de tentacules comme sur la face dorsale. Asterias fascicularis (nov. sp.). Cinq bras, assez allonges, legerement renfles a la base. R = 57 mm., r = 9 mm., R > 6 r. Sillon ambulacraire assez large borde par uue double rangee VOL. IX. — NO. 1. 1 2 BULLETIN OF THE dc ])iquants assez allonges, obtus, contigus les uiis aux autrcs ; piquant^ ic h secoude raiiguo exaclcinciit suj)erposes a ceux dc la premiere et se reuversaiit assez souveut sur la face vciitrule des bras, taudis que les piquauts internes se rabatteut sur la gouttierc anibulacraire. Du somnict de cliacun des angles buccaux partent des piquauts semblables qui se rabattent sur la bouclie. A tres peu de distance des sillons ambulacraires vieunent successivement deux rangees de piquauts isoles un peu plus gros que les piquants de la seconde rangce; entre deux piquants consecutifs de la seconde rangee, on trouve en gene- ral intercale un assez gros pcdiccUaire croise. Ces deux rangees de piquants peuvent ctre considerees coinme apparteuant a la face ventrale. La cUarpente dorsale des bras est formee par environ sept rangees d'ossicules alternes, lais- sant entre eux des espaces membraneux dout le diametre est moins grand que le leur et dans lesquels on aperpoit generalement deux 4entacules ; sur les bords de cliacun de ces espaces membraneux se trouvcnt deux ou trois pedicellaires croises isoles. Les ossicules qui occupent la ligue niedianc des bras portent en general de trois ou quatre piquants courts, mousses, disposes en arc transversal ; les autres ossicules portent uu ou deux piquants semblables sur leur partie mediane et quelquefois aussi pres de leur extremite, de sorte qu'on trouve des piquants non seuiement dans rintervalle des luiit rangees d'aires membraneuses, mais aussi sur les trabecules transverses qui separent les uns des autres les aires d'une meme rangee. Ces piquants courts et obtus tons semblables entre eux for- ment ainsi un grand nombre de rangees irregulieres. Les piquants du disque qui est petit et auquel les bras s'attachent en se retre- cissant sont semblables a ceux des bras, on aperpoit entre eux un petit nombre de grands pedicellaires droits a branches courbes et ne se touchent que par leur extremite. Ces pedicellaires de forme ovalaire sont t.js caracteristiques ; leur piece basilaire est moins larges que les deux branches de la pince. La plaque madreporique est petite, arrondie, marquee de larges sillons rayon- nants, elle est placee a Tangle des deux bras. Asterias linearis (nov. sp.). Cinq bras, etroits, anguleux. Un seul rang de piquants ambulacraires droits, aussi large au sommet qua la base, serres.— Face ventrale tres-etroite armee de piquants obtus, formant trois rangees irregulieres a la base des bras — piquants de la rangee externe formant la carene laterale. Face dorsale des bras formee par trois rangees de plaques, dont chacune porte un long piquant. Ces piquants forment done trois rangees dont une mediane et deux late rales, formant le bord meme du bras. Chaque piquant est entoure a sa base de plusieurs cercles de pedicellaires croises. Entre la rangee laterale et la rangee ventrale de piquants les tubes tentacu- laires sont gros et isoles : ils sont petits et disposes par groupes entre la rangee laterale et la rangee mediane de piquants. II cxiste sur le disque quelques pedicellaires droits, epars, dc forme allongce. K == 50 mm., /• = 5 mm., 11 = 10 ;•, cl =S nun. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Asterias angulosa (nov. sp.). Cinq bras, allonges, rclativenicnt greles et poiatus, sur un echantillon desseclie K, = 43 mm., /• = 6 mm., li ^ 7 r. Largeur des bras a la base (iiou compris les epines) = 7 mil. Sillou ambuhicraire large ; face ventrale tres etroite ; faces late- rules presque verticales; arete inediane dorsale tres marquee; de ces dispositions resulte pour les bras une section pentagonale tres-uettemeut accusee. Plaques interanibulacraires portant chacuue deux piquants greles, allonges pres- que cylindriques dont I'ensemble forme une double rangee parfaitemeut reguliere ; dans chaque rangee les piquants a cause de leur minceur paraisseut cependant peu serres ; les piquants portent, en general, un pedicellaire droit de forme allon- gee ; ceux qui correspondent aux piquants internes s'inserent dans le sillou ambulacraire. Les plaques ventrales sont plus longues que larges ; elles portent cliacune deux longs piquants pointus, inseres sur une ligne tres oblique par rap- port a I'axe des bras ; les piquants forment encore une double rangee reguliere separee de la rangee de piquants interambulacraires par une bande tres etroite dans laquelle, avec quelques piquants isoles et plus courts que leurs voisins, se trouve une rangee de pedicellaires droits de meme forme que ceux du sillou ambulacraire. 11 existe, en general, un de ces pedicellaires a la base de chaque couple de piquants. Le piquant externe est entoure du cote externe d'une demi couronne de pedicellaires croises ; on trouve aussi quelquefois daus son voisiuage un ou deux pedicellaires droits. Les plaques laterales presque verticales sont tres elargies de la base au sommet ; elles s'imbriquent par leur partie elargie de la base au sommet du bras. Cette partie elargie porte toujours un piquant isole, long, grele et pointu, entoure a sa base d'une couronne de pedicellaires croises. L'espace libre entre les bases retrecies de ces plaques est occupe par une aire porifere ne contenaut qu'un petit nombre (un a trois) de tubes tentaculaires. Le squelette dorsal est forme par des bandes presque paralleles de deux ou trois plaques calcaires aplaties et imbriquees unissant chaque plaque laterale a une plaque cor- respondante de I'arete dorsale: d'oii il suit que les plaques de I'arete dorsale, les bandes costiformes qui en partent les plaques laterales et meme les plaques ven- trales sont en meme nombre. Ces bandes costiformes sont separees par des espaces vides de meme largeur qu'elles allonges transversalement et oil ne parait avoir existe qu'un tres petit nombre de tubes tentaculaires (probablement un a chaque extreraite). Les bandes costiformes sont inermes, sauf quelques unes de la region moyenne des bras qui portent chacune en leur milieu un petit piquant pointu, entoure a sa base d'un cercle de pedicellaires croises. Dans ce cas la region moyenne de la bande s'elargit de mauiere a venir au contact des bandes voisines et a couper en deux I'aire porifere. Toutes les plaques formant I'arete mediane dorsale portent un piquant long et pointu entoure a sa base de pedicel- laires croises. Chaque bras presente done en tout trois rangees de piquants ; une dorsale et mediane et deux laterales ; plus quelquefois le rudiment d'une rangee intercalcaire a la base des bras, les bandes costiformes s'elargissent de maniere a former autour du disque un cercle calcaire relie par cinq rayons correspondant au BULLETIN OF THE milieu des bras aiix plaques entouraut I'anus. La plaque madreporique petite et peu sillounce est avec ce cercle osseux sur le disquc, on ue voit qu'un petit nombre dc piquants oxtrcmites do pedicellaires droits. Asterias gracilis (no v. sp.). Six bras, assez allonges, greles, pointus, inegaux ; trois d'entre eux situes d'un meme cote, plus grands que les trois autrcs (sur les quatre ecliantillous que j'ai pu examiner). Sur rechantillon dans Talcool R = 15 mm., / = 3 mm., R = 5 r. ■p R etant mesure sur le plus grand bras le rapport — est uu peu plus grand cLez I'individu dessecbe. Piquants ambulacraires disposes sur deux rangs, egaux entre eux. Au devant de cette double rangee on aper9oit une rangee de petits pedi- cellaires droits, emergeant du fond de la gouttiere ambulacraire. Eu dehors des piquants interambulacraires, sur les faces laterales, on apergoit une double raugee de piquants aplatis, a bords paralleles ou legerement elargis au sommet, brusque- ment trouques, finement stries, divergents, plus longs et plus larges que les piquants interambulacraires auxquels ils font immediatement suite. Ces piquants sont entoures en dehors d'un demi cercle de pedicellaires croises. Uu assez grand nombre de ces pedicellaires se voient dans I'espace qui separeut ces piquants des premiers piquants dorsaux. Ceux-ci sont beaucoup plus courts presque cylin- driques, finement stries et legerement epineux au sommet. Ils sont nombreux et disposes sans ordre sur les ossicules qui limitent les aires poriferes ; mais celles-ci sont disposees au contraire fort regulierement ; elles constituent six rangees lon- gitudinales alternes, dans chacune desquelles les aires sont separees par des ossi- cules transversaux converts de piquants et de pedicellaires, leurs tetes elargies constituent les baudes solides de separation entre les rangees d'aires poriferes. Celles-ci ont un diametre plus grand que la largeur des ossicules qui les separent, entre les piquants qui naissent des parties solides des bras on voit un assez grand nombre de pedicellaires croises qui ne se disposent pas nettement en cercle autour de leur base, sur la base des bras et sur le disque, oil les aires poriferes cessent de presenter un ordre determine et oil les piquants sont plus nombreux ; a ces pedicel- laires croises s'ajoutent des pedicellaires droits, relativement grands, une fois et demie plus longs que larges, et dont les deux branches laissent entre elles, a leur insertion sur la piece basilaire, un ecartement tres sensible. Sur aucun des quatre echantillons que j'ai cependant examines avec soin, je n'ai pu distinguer de plaque madreporique ; trois des echantillons de Sand Key (Floride), a 120 et 129 brasses de profondeur, I'autre de Tennessee Reef (Floride), a 174 brasses. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 5 GENRE ZOROASTER (Wtville Thomson). Zoroaster Sigsbeei (nov. sp.). Cinq bras; ambulacres quadriseries a la base cles bras, biseries dans le dernier tiers de leur longueur, a ventouse tres-petite, beaucoup nioins large que le tube ambulacraire quand celui-ci est contracte. Tubes anibulacraires tres serres les uns contre les autres ; gouttiere ambulacraire etroite a bords echancres au devant de cliaque tube ambulacraire. Chacun des tubes se trouve ainsi place dans une sorte de lege semi-circulaire dont les bords saillants le separent de ses voisins ; ces jiarties saillantes sont armees chacune d'uu piquaut comprime, courbe, assez sem- blable aux piquants qui occupent la meme positiou chez les Astropeden. Sur le dos de ce piquant se trouve, en general, uu pedicellaire droit ; sur le bord de la gouttiere les pedicellaires semblent done alterner avec les tubes ambulacraires. Toute la face ventrale est uniformement recouverte de petits piquants tres serres couches sur la surface du corps et diriges vers I'interieur des bras. Parnii eux se trouve quelques piquants isoles, plus grands, assez regulierement espaces, cor- respondant a peu pres aux piquants de la gouttiere ambulacraire. De chaque angle interbracliial 3 ou 4 piquants aigus se projettent au-dessus de I'orifice buc- cal. La face dorsale des bras et le disque sont depourvus de piquants. La partie superieure des bras est formee de cinq rangees regulieres de plaques calcaires legerement bombees, tres serrees laissant entre elles des sillons longitu- dinaux uu peu enfonces, occupes par les apophyses laterales des plaques, qui circonscrivent des orifices par oil faisaient probablement saillie cliez Taniuial vivant des tubes tentaculaires. Le disque est forme d'une plaque centrale autour de laquelle se disposent : 1° un cercle de cinq plaques interbracliiales. 2° un second cercle de cinq plaques correspondant aux bras et separees les unes des autres par les pre- mieres qui font saillie entre elles. 3° un cercle de dix plaques situees deux par deux dans rintervalle des bras, plus petits que les precedents. 4° un cercle de quitize plaques disposees trois par trois a la base des bras et dont la mediane, jtlus grande, separe les unes des autres les cinq couples de plaques du cercle pre- cedent auxquelles sont contigus les deux autres plaques. Le disque se trouve done forme de 36 plaques toutes convexes, bien nettement separees les unes des autres et circonscrivant des pores isoles par chacun desquels fait saillie un tube tentacnlaire. Quelques petits pedicellaires droits sont dissemines en ces plaques. La plaque madreporique convexe, arrondie est situee entre le premier cercle de cinq plaques et le cercle des dix plaques interbrachiales. II existe un anus bien visible entre la plaque centrale et les plaques du premier cercle, vis-a-\as de I'uu des angles interbrachiaux, contigu a celui ou se trouve la plaque madreporique. Bras etroits, grelcs, allonges. R = 49 mm., r ■=■! mm., R = 7 /*,(/ = 6 mm. NoiA ; pas de pedicellaires croises. BULLETIN OF THE Zoroaster Ackleyi (nov. sp.). Cette espcce est bicu ucttcniciit distiucte du Zoroaster Sif/sbrei, comnie aussi du Zoroaster fulgens. Sou aspect rappelle beaucoup plus I'aspcct d'uu Ophidi- aster ou meme celui d'uu Chataster, surtout lorsqu'on examine la face infericurc des bras. Les bras sont beaucoup plus allonges at le disque proportiounellemciit plus petit que celui du Zoroaster Sigstjeei. R = ] 10 mm., r ^ 9 uim., R = 12.2 r, 5 r. Le diametre des bras pros de lour base est d'environ 3 mm. Les tubes ambulacraires soiit disposes sur deux rangs seulement et termines par une ventouse bien couformee. La gouttiere ambulacrairc occupe presque toute la face vcntrale des bras. Les plaques adambulacraires sout assez larges et portent chacune deux ou trois piquants coniqncs, greles, assez longs, places en rangee transversale. La face dorsale est coustituee par un reseau d'ossicules qui forment seulement trois rangees regulieres, une qui occupeut la ligne mediane dorsale, et deux laterales. Ces trois rangees sont reliees entre elles par des ossicules irregulierement disposes, tons ces ossicules portent un petit piquant ; dans les intervalles des piquants se trouvent des pedicellaires croises isoles et parfaitement caracterises. L'anus, tres visible, est subcentral ; la plaque madreporique, petite, difficile a distinguer, marquee de larges sillons rayonnants est situec tout au bord du disque dans I'intervalle de deux bras. Les bras sont a leur base d'une fragilite extreme. Les pieces deutaires sont formees par les plaques ambulacraires et portent chacune deux piquants diriges vers la bouche. GENRE ECHINASTER (Muller & Troschel). Echinaster modestus (Ed. P.). Cinq bras : R = 36 mm., r =: 6 mm., R = 6 r. Ses bras deviennent proportionnellement plus gros et plus courts chez les petits echantillons. Plaques adambulacraires portant chacune dans la gouttiere ambu- lacraire, un piquant gros, court, cylindrique, obtus, renforce interieurement d'un piquant aussi gros mais un peu plus court et quelquefois d'un certain nombre de piquants plus petits, places transversalement sur la plaque les uns derriere les autres. Vient ensuite une rangee assez reguliere de piquants qui s'arretent gene- ralement vers le milieu de la longueur des bras ; puis d'un bord a I'autre des bras, neuf rangees assez regulieres de petits piquants entre lesquelles se trouvent par- fois dissemines d'autres piquants irregulierement disposes — ossicules du squelette forinant un reseau irreguliei-, a larges mailles sur les noeuds duquel sont places les piquants. Dans les mailles du reseau se trouvent trois ou quatre tubes tentacu- laires. Les teguments sont epais ; la plaque madreporique est petite, saillante, arrondie, marquee de sillons rayonnants assez fins. L'anus est bien visible pres du centre du disque et entoure de petits piquants. 8 BULLETIN OF THE GENRE CRIBRELLA. Cribrella antillarum (Ed. r.). Cinq bras, allonges, pointiis, flcxibles dans tons les sens a I'etat vivant et se contournaut de toute fa9ons dans Tanimal dessechc ou conserve dans I'alcool. R = 42 mm., r = 7 mm., II = 6 r. Plaques adambulacraires pctites, mais bien distinctes, rectangulaires et allon- gees perpeudiculairemeut au sillon ambulacraire, couvertes de petits piquants assez pointus mais peu saillants et serres de maniere a former une sorte de granu- lation, ces piquants deviennent brusquement plus grands au voisinage du sillon ambulacraire et torment deux ou trois rangees irregulieres de piquants serres a cliacune desquelles cbaque plaque fouiliit deux ou trois piquants, deux ou trois de ces piquants occupent le bord libre de la plaque et forment 1' armature ambula- craire proprement dite. La face ventrale est formee par des rangees de petites plaques rectangulaires qui deviennent de moins en moius i-egulieres a mesure que Ton s'cloigne de la gouttiere ambulacraire. Les plaques de la premiere rangee correspondent exactemcnt aux plaques ambulacraires et les plaques des raugees suivantes correspondent aussi a peu pres a celles des rangees adjacentes, et par consequent a celles des rangees adambulacraires. On peu compter cinq de ces ran- gees a la base des bras, mais elles se reduisent rapidement a trois. Toutes les plaques qui les composent sont couvertes d'une granulation serree et formee de piquants un peu plus petits et moins pointus que ceux des plaques adambula- craires. Les pieces dentaires ne sont pas saillantes ; elles sont petites et bordees chacunes a Tangle buccal de trois ou quatre piquants un peu plus gros que Icurs vorsins, cylindriques et arrondis au sommet ; leur surface porte quelques piquants ■de forme ordinaire. La surface dorsale est formee d'uu reseau serre d'ossicules fiuemcnt granuleux, reseau semblable a celui qui forme la face dorsale des autres CnbrelLs. Les mailles de ce reseau out un diametre un peu plus petit que celui des ossicules et offrent cliacune un pore. L'anus est subcentral, entoure de piquants un peu plus grands que leur voisins. La plaque madreporique est grande, situee au milieu de la distance qui separe le centre du disque du sommet de Tangle inter- brachial correspondant, elle est couverte de granules semblables a ceux des ossi- cules dorsaux et distinetc seulement, en consequence, par la disi)Ositiou un peu speciale de ses granules et par la saillie qu'elle fait sur le disque. Cribrella sex-radiata (Ed. P.). Cette espece, voisine de la preeedente par les caracteres de sa face ventrale, en ditlere tres nettement par les proportions de ses bras plus courts et plus obtus et surtout par leur nombre de six, tout-a-fait exceptionnel cliez les CrihreUes. Elie jouit aussi de la faculte de reproduction par division en deux moities que la pre- sentent plusieurs AsUriaa a bras nombreux, diverses Linrkia et quelques Aaterina. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 9 Des trois echantillons que j'ai sous les yeux, un seul, en effet, possede six bras egaux. Chez les autres, trois bras sout a pcu prcs de meme taille et trois consi- derablemeut plus petits, sent evidemmeut de nouvelle formation et destines a rem- placer ceux qu'ont du precedemmeut se detacher. La repetition de ce meme plienomene, dans les nicmes conditions, chez deux exemplaires sur trois indique bien qu'il ne doit pas etre accidentel. Voici la description de I'iudividu le plus complet qui est aussi le plus grand. Six bras, relativement courts et obtus : R := 18 mm., r = 4 mm., H = 4.5 r. Plaques adambulacraires rectangulaires, allongees perpendiculairement au sillon ambulacraire, couvertes de granules serrees obtus, qui grandissent brusquemeut sur le bord libre de la plaque de maniere a former deux rangees de petits piquants obtus ; a la plus externe de ces deux rangees chaque plaque fournit trois piquants, et deux seulement a la plus interne qui est tout-a-fait sur le bord de la gouttiere ambulacraire. La face ventrale est formee de rangees regulieres de plaques rec- tangulaires au nombre de trois a la base des bras, de deux a partir du milieu de la longueur, la rangee intermediaire disparait graduellement. Ces plaques se correspondent dans chaque serie, et correspondent aux plaques adambulacraires ; die sont couvertes d'uue granulation serree et reguliere. La face dorsale est composee du reseau d'ossicules ordinaire chez les Cribrelles, les ossicules de ee reseau sont couverts de granules plus fins encore que ceux de la face veutrales. Les mailles du reseau sont de plus petite dimension que les ossicules eux-memes, et ne presentent qu'un seul pore tentaculaire. Comme chez la plupart des especes oil existc la reproduction par division ; on observe sur la face dorsale deux plaques madreporiques. Ces plaques, assez petites, arrondies, couvertes de granules, sont situees a droite et a gauche d'un meme bras et pres du sommet des angles interbrachiaux correspondants. GENRE OPHIDIASTER (Muller & Troschel). Ophidiaster Floridae (nov. sp.). Cinq bras courts, coniques et obtus au sommet. R = 33 mm., r = 9 mm., R = 3.7 r. Largeur des bras a leur base = 10 mm. a 5 mm. du sommet = 415 mm. Face ventrale legeremeut aplatie et formee comme chez les Linckia, par un petit nombre de rangees de plaques entre lesquelles on n'observe pas de pores tentaculaires et qui sont plus petites que les plaques marginales dorsales. La granulation generale, formee de grains aiTondis, contigus, parfaitement reguliers et assez gros, empeche de distinguer le nombre de ces rangees et les limites des plaques qui les composent. Les piquants interambulacraires sont sensiblement disposes comme chez les autres especes du genre Ophidiaster ; c'est-a-dire qu'en dehors des piquants qui sont implautes au bord meme du sillon et qui sont ici tons egaux entre eux, on observe une rangee de piquants obtus, ovoides, beau- coup plus gros que les precedents ; ou trouve deux de ces piquants pour quatre de la rangee precedeute, deux piquants consecutifs de la rangee externe sont sepa- 10 BULLETIN OF THE rees par deux petits piquants aplatis semblables a ceux de la rangee interne ct im- ))lantcs obliquemont. Cos deux rangees de piquants sont presquc contigucs et bcaucoup plus ni])|)rocbecs par consequent que dans la plupart des autres especes A'Ophidiaster. Vers la base des bras a H nim. en dehors de la rangee extcrnc on observe une rangee de piquants exactenient semblables a ceux qui la composent, niais qui ne depasse guere le niveau de Tangle intcrbracliial et ne comprcnd que liuit piquants au plus ; encore en dehors de cette rangee, egalemcnt a une dis- tance de H mm. environ, on observe les indices d'une nouvcUe rangee formee de semblables piquants, mais bcaucoup plus courte. Cette multiplicitc des rangees de piquants vcntraux est encore un caractere exceptionnel, probablcment en rap- port avec le devcloppement relativcmeut grand dc la face vent rale (dont la largcur ne depasse pas toutefois 4imm. a la naissance des bras). La rangee moyenne (cclle qui se compose de liuit piquants environ) semble ctre prolongee par une rangee moins reguliere et un pen plus interne de pedicellaires en saliere construits sur le meme type que ceux des autres Opliidiaster. ,Les cupules de ces pedicellaires qui sont a peine retrecics a, leur base, peu saillantes, a bords lisses. II en est de meme des petitcs valves verticales qui sc rabattent dans leur interieur. Plusieurs de ces pedicellaires out trois branches au lieu de deux. Les faces dorsales et laterales sont formees par sept rangees parfaitemcut rcgu- liercs d'ossicules allonges, ovalaires et non plus en forme de trelle, comme chez la plupart des Opliidiaster ; ces ossicules i-ecouverts d'une granulation semblable a celle de la face ventrale sont assez fortement saillants et bien distiucts les uns des autres. Entre la premiere rangee laterale (plaques marginales ventrales des Goniasteridfp) et les plaques ventrales proprement dites, il n'existe pas d'aires poriferes. Sur le reste des faces laterales et dorsales on trouve six rangees regu- lieres d'aires poriferes placees dans autant de sillous enfonces separant les sept rangees d'ossicules. , Ces aires poriferes ne contienncnt que de deux a quatre pores, assez espaces. Sur le disque, les ossicules afTectent une disposition assez reguliere. Autour d'un ossieule central se trouvent d'abord des ossicules peu visibles formant la surface d'un pentagone limite par dix ossicules plus gros, con- vexes, bien distincts, contigus, corrrespondant les uns a la ligne mediane des bras, les autres aux angles interbraehiaux. C'est en dehors de ces pentagones entre Tun de ses cotes et le sommet de I'un des angles interbraehiaux, que se trouve la plaque madreporique, en forme de triangle equilateral et couverte de fins sillons rayonnants. Sur le disque les aires poriferes sont peu distinetes. Ophidiaster Agassizii (nov. sp.). Cinq bras, prcscjue eylindriques, s'amlncissant seulement vers rextreniite pour se terminer en poiute obtuse. R = 70 mm., r = 10 mm., R = 7 r, r/ = 137 mm. Epaisseur des bras jnes de leur base = 12 inin., a 1 mm. de I'extremite = 8 mm. Piquants du sillon ambulacraire disposes, suivant la regie generale, en rangees distantes I'une de I'autre ; leur intervalle etant rempli par la granulation generale. Les piquants de la rangee interne sont eylindriques, cgaux entre eux, et separes MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 11 par une raugee verticale de petits granules qui -rcmplacent le petit piquant que Ton observe cliez d'autres espcces et qui rappelleut la disposition caracteristique chez certaines especes de Linckia tellcs que la L. muldfora, Lamarck et le L. mili- aris, Lam. Les piquauts de la secoude rangee sout courts, conlques, plus gros que ceux de la raugee interne, et plus espaces, de sortc que trois piquants de cette derniere correspondent a deux piquauts seulcment de la premiere. La gra- nulation qui remplit I'intervalle dc ces deux rangecs de piquants est la meme que la granulation generale ou du moins que la partie de cette granulation qui recouvre les series de plaques coustituant le squelette de ranimal. Le nombre de ces series est de sept, dont une occupe la ligne mediane des bras ; elles sont parfaitement regulieres sauf dans quelques regions fort limitees oil I'animal parait avoir ete blesse. Ces plaques sout comme d'habitudc en forme de trcfle dont le pcdoncule serait coupe et le foliolc median tourne vers la base du bras et un peu plus grand que les folioles laterales. Les plaques de toutes ces series se correspondent exactement et se touclient dans deux raugees consccutives par leur folioles lateraux, de sorte que le squelette pent tout aussi bieu etre decompose en rangees transversales qu'en rangees longitudinales. Un leger sillon passant par la base des plaques d'une meme rangee transversale s'observe sur tout le pourtour de bras auxquels ils douneut, au moins chez les individus desseches, un aspect nettement aunele. Le nombre de ces rangees transversales de plaques est de 43 environ, a partir des sommets d'une sorte de pentagone que Ton observe sur le disque. A I'interieur de ce pentagone les plaques, peu norabreuses, sont disposees irreguliercment autour de I'anus. La plaque madreporique circulaire, petite, criblec plutot que sillonuee est en dehors de ce pentagone et tout-a-fait marginale. Les rangees de plaques longitudinales sont separees par des rangees d'aires porifercs au nombre de huit et dont les plus inferieures arrivent au contact des plaques interambulacraires. Chacune de ces I'angees est composee d'aires ellipti- ques, distiuctes les unes des autres, allongees tranversalement sur le dos et sur le cote, presque circulaires au voisiuage des ambulacres et contenant chacune de 14 a 18 pores tentaculaires. La granulation qui recouvre ces aires est un peu plus fine que celle qui recouvre les plaques et qui est d'ailleurs parfaitement uniforme. C'est dans les aires porifercs, legercment enfoncees par rapport aux rangecs de plaques que Ton distingue les pedicellaires ; ceux-ci sont construits sur le type des pedicellaires salieres ; mais ici les deux alveoles sont larges a leur base, pointues a leur somraet, de sorte que leur ensemble a une forme exactement naviculaire. Une barrette transversale separe comme d'habitude les deux alveoles I'une de I'autre, et divisc, par consequent, la navette en deux moities symetriques. Chez VO. pi/ramidatits, Gray, les pedicellaires presentent une forme a peu prcs scm- blable ; mais les bords de I'alveole sont legercment reufles aux deux extremites dc la barrette transversale ; les alveoles se retrccissent meme un peu au voisiuage de cette barrette ; ils sont aussi moins pointus de sorte que la forme naviculaire est beaucoup moins uette ; enfin ceux qui avoisineut le bord dc la gouttiere ainbula- craire sont beaucoup plus gros que les autres, et leurs alveoles beaucoup plus ronds, difference que Ton rctrouve clicz VO. Jgassizii. 12 BULLETIN OF THE Chez cette dernierc espece une seule aire porifcrc pent contenir cinq ou six pudiccllaires; ceux-ci ecliapperaient i'acilement a I'attentiou si I'ou n'etait preveuu, jjarce qu'ils ne fout pas saillie au-dcssus de la graiiulatiou gciierale, qu'ils sont fort petils et que la moilic de lour alveole peut etre tacilemeut coufoudue avec uu des pores teutaculaires avoisinants. La couleur parait avoir ete rougeatre pendant la vie. GENRE KORETHRASTER (Ww. Thoms.). Korethraster palmatus (nov. sp.). Ciuq bras courts, convexes en dessus, legerenient aplatis en dessous. E, ^ 47 mm., r ;= 14 mm., E, = 3 r. Ano-les interbracliiaux non arrondis. Tubes ambulacraires sur deux rangs, ter- mines par une veutousc de forme ordinaire, plaques adambulacraires petitcs, por- tant cbaeune un piquant dans le sillon ambulacrairc. Face ventrale formee de 13 rangees longitudinales de petites plaques en rectangle allonge dans le sens trans- versal du bras, imbriquees d'une rangee a 1' autre de telle faQon que les plaques de la rangee la plus interne recouvrent le cote des plaques de la rangee a laquelle elles sont contigues, Cbaeune de ces plaques porte sur son bord libre parallele an sillon ambulacraire uu pinceau de piquauts greles, aplatis, qui seniblent sondes entre cux et formeut une lame mobile qui se rabat geueralement vers le bord libre du bras. Une quatrieme rangee porte des pinceaux a pen pres semblables qui forment aux bras une large bordure frangee. La face dorsale est formee d'ossicules quadran- gulaires, echancres sur leurs quatre cotes et se toucbant par leurs sommets tron- ques de maniere a limiter entre eux un petit espace circulaire occupe par uu tube tentaculaire. Chacun des ossicules porte a sou centre un tubercule saillant, ter- mine par une tete arrondie et qui porte un large pinceau de dix a douze piquants "■reles, pouvant avoir plus d'un millimetre de long, disposes en cercle sur la tete des tubercules et reunis entre eux par une membrane continue formant une sorte de coroUe monopetale dont ils seraient les nervures. Ces piquants peuvent s'ecarter ou se rai)prochcr de telle fapon que Ic corollc peut, a la volonte de ranimal, s'ouvrir ou se fcrmcr. II existe entre les bras aussi bien sur le dos que sur le ventre, des sillons par- taut soit de la boucbe soit du centre du disque et aboutissant aux angles interbra- cliiaux de fapon que cbaque bras est nettement separe de ses voisins. La plaque madreporique petite, arrondie, marquee de vermiculations courtes et asscz largcs est tres voisine de I'anus, comme chez les Plcraster ; elle est a cbeval sur I'un de ces sillons. Korethraster radians (Ed. Per.). Petite espccc a cinq bras, courts et obtus, aplatis en dessous, asscz fortcment convexes en dessus : R = 10 mm., r = 4 mm., 11 = 2.5 /•. Plaques ambulacraires ])ortant cliacuue sur le bord nienie du billon trois MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 13 piquants assez courts et divergents ; plus, en dehors, sur la face ventrale, une rangee transversale de trois piquants egalement divergents, raugee qu'une etroite baude nue separe du bord des bras qui est comme tranchant et frange par les bouquets de piquants obtus que portent les plaques dorsales ; ossicules dorsaux supportent chacun mi bouquet d'une douzaine de piquants assez courts, obtus au sommet, ou meme legerement capites, divergents, plus longs sur le bord des bras, irrcgulierement disposes a la surface des ossicules, mais de maniere a en couvrir toute la surface. Des pores tentaculaires isoles entre les ossicules dont on peut compter onze rangees pen regulieres d'un bord a I'autre des bras. Plaque madreporique arroudie convexe, assez petite, a demi cacbee entre les piquants de la surface dorsale, situee a la moitie de la distance entre le ventre du disque et le sommet de Tangle interbrachial. GENRE PTERASTER (Muller & Troschel). Pter aster caribbaeus (nov. sp.). Cinq bras : E, = 30 mm., r = 15 ram.,* R = 2 r. Les tubes ambulacraires sont nettement sur deux raugs sur les grands exem- plaires ; sur les petits ils sont plus serres et uu examen superficiel pourrait faire croire qu'ils sont disposes sur quatre rangsj mais on reconnait avec un peu d'attention que la disposition est toujours la meme, ces tubes termines par une large ventouse sont biseries. Les pieces ambulacraires sont d'ailleurs elargies a leurs deux extremites. Les pieces adambulacraires qu'elles supportent sont irregulierement arrondies, larges, mais imbriquees de fa9on que leur tranche seule apparait sur la face ven- trale, ou elle se moutre comme un arc de cercle incline de dedans en dehors et du sommet a la base du bras. Elle porte sept piquants divergents ; les six premiers croissent regulierement de dedans en dehors ; le septieme est beaucoup plus grand et depasse la largeur des bras. Tons les piquants d'une meme plaque sont uuis entre eux par une membrane tendue comme celle de Taile d'une chauve-souris. En outre une autre membrane unit entre eux I'ensemble des grands piquants qui occupeut sur cliaque plaque le septieme rang ; les membranes unissant les autres piquants vieuueut s'attacher a celle-ci le long du grand piquant ; mais demeurent libres sur le reste de leur etendue. Les pieces dentaires sont constituees aux depens des pieces adambulacraires, elles s'unissent en faisaut sur la face ventrale une legere saillie conique. Chacune d'elles porte six piquants qui grandissent en se rapproehaut du sommet de Tangle buccal. Celui qui occupe le sommet de cet angle est large, aplati. Immediatement en dehors des plaques adambulacraires et s'appuyant sur elles, viennent les ossicules qui forment tout le reste du squelette et qui sont tres * r est compte depuis le centre de la bouche jusqu'a Tangle de la membrane ventrale. 14 BULLETIN OF THE remarquablcs. Ce sont, en effet, des espcccs d'etoiles a quatrc branches obliques, legerciiicnt clargies a lour extreinite libre et dout deux sont plus longucs et deux plus courtes. Au point d'entrc-croisemeut de ces branches, s'clevc uue tige eal- caire, oblique cgalcnient par rapport au plan de I'etoile, plus lougue que les plus longues branches et termmee par uue tete arrondie. De cette tcte divergent des piquauts longs et greles au nombre de six ou sept pour chaque ossicule, formant une sorte de balai dont toutes les parties sont unies cntre elles par une fine mem- brane; a leur extremite libre ces petits balais arrivcut a se toucher; et tons sont uuis entre eux par une membrane continue, distante de la surface dorsalc, forince par les ossicules. C'est cette membrane qui donne a I'aninial sa forme presquc pentagonale; en reahte les bras tels qu'ils sont limites paries ossicules sont dis- tincts les uns des autres jusque pres de la bouche, commeou pent s'en assurer sur des sujets deteriores. Ou ne peut apereevoir la plaque madreporique que sur des iudividus dont la membrane dorsale a etc dechiree. EUe est arroudie, grande, bombee, tres voisine de I'anus, sa surface est formee de sillons siuueux, frequemment interrompus, de mauiere a isoler de petits ilots calcaires, irreguliers et saillants. GENRE FROMIA (Gray). Fromia Japonica (nov. sp). Cinq bras aplatis, ainsi que le disque, et termines en pointe tres obtuse. R, = 32 mm., r = 7 mm., E. = 4.7 ^, «/ = 65 mm. Piquants des sillons ambulacraires disposes sur deux ranges, la rangee ex- teme etant assez irreguliere. Plaques interambulacraires portant deux tres rarement trois piquauts divergents et inegaux termines en pointe tres obtuse ; assez distants les uns des autres. Ces piquauts, qui forment la rangee interne, sent suivis des piquants formant la rangee exteruc. Ceux-ci sont cgalement au nombre de deux par plaque, mais I'mi d'eutre eux demeure ordiuairemeut rudiuientaire et ne forme qu'une courte pointe, tandis que I'autre devient plus gros que les piquants internes et constitue un piquant conique dont la longueur ne depasse pas celle de ces derniers. Les plaques interambulacraires sont suivies d'une raugee de plaques un peu plus longues que larges de forme sensiblement rectangulaii^e et qui correspondent chaeune en general a deux plaques interambulacraires. La largeur de ces plaques devient de moius en moins graude a mesurc que Ton se rapproehe de I'extremite des bras, et la rangee elle-meme devient tout-a-fait indis- tincte a partir du dernier quart des bras. Dans la region iuterbrachiale, cette rangee est suivie d'une autre formee de plaques a peu pres semblables au sept precedentes, mais diminuant plus rapidement de longueur. Cette raugee s'arrete a I'extreinitc du premier tiers des bras et uc coutient gucre pour chaeun d'eux que six a sept plaques de plus cu plus petites a niesure que Ton s'approche de la fin de la rangee. Chaeune d'elles, sauf la premiere, correspond a I'une des plaques de la rangee precedente ; il n'y a pas de pores tentaculaires eutre elles. Le sys- tcine de ces deux rangees constitue le squelette ventral. N^ienncut cnsuite k'>5 MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 15 deux rang^es de plaques laterales. La rangee inferieure est composee de dix-sept plaques pour cliaque bras. Ccs plaques sont pltitot elliptiques que rectangulaires a peu pres deux fois aussi longiles que larges et chaeuue d'elles correspond a deux des plaques de la raugee prccedeate. Entre ces plaques ct cclle de la rangee ventrale, au bord inferieur des premieres on trouve uu pore tentaculaire isole de telle sorte que deux pores consecutifs sont separes par deux plaques ventrales et une laterale. On ne compte que six ou sept de ces pores a partir de la base des bi-as et quelques pores sporadiques isoles au nombre de deux ou trois tout au plus, se trouvcnt encore entre les deux rangees de plaques ventrales. Les plaques laterales de la rangee superieure sont au nom- bre de quinze pour cLaque bras. Leurs dimensions sont inegales, et une plaque plus petite separe souvcnt deux plaques plus grandes, de sorte que le bord des bras prend un aspect legerement moniliforme. Toute la surface du disque et la surface dorsale des bras sont constitues par des plaques aplaties de grandeur variable, sensiblement circulaires et autour desquelles sont distribues des pores tentaculaires isoles, equidistants au nombre de huit autour des plus grandes plaques. Sur les bras ces plaques peuveut etre considerees co:nme forraant trois rangees principales, d'ailleurs peu regulieres ; quelques plaques intercalcaires plus petites se trouvent entre les deux rangees externes et les plaques laterales. L'anus est subcentral, peu visible. La plaque madreporique petite, circulaire, ne depassant pas le niveau general du disque, est situee au milieu du petit rayon de celui-ci ; elle est marquee de sillons tres-courts, non rayonnants et legerement rebordee. Tout le corps est uuiformement convert de fines granulations. Cette espece se distingue nettement de la F. milleporella et la F. pisioria par son armature ambu- lacraire, la plus grande disproportion entre ses plaques marginales et dorsales, le petit nombre de rangees de celles-ci qui constituent la face dorsale des bras. Localite, Japon. GENRE ASTERINA (Nardo). Asterina Lymani (nov. sp.). Cinq bras relies entre eux par un arc interbrachial. R = 10 mm., ;• = 5 mm., E,::= 2 r. Plaques adambulacraires portant chacune quatre piquants serres I'un centre I'autre. Tace ventrale formee de plaques petites, bien distinctes les unes des autres et couvertes cbacune d'un bouquet de longs piquants greles et soyeux. Sur le bord du disque ces bouquets isoles les uns des autres forment une bordure frangee. La face dorsale est egalement formee de petites plaques portant de petits bou- quets de piquants longs et minces. Chaque bras porte, a droite et a gauche de la ligne mediane dorsale, trois rangees longitudinales de pores tentaculaires isoles. La plaque madreporique est cacliee par les bouquets de piquants. 16 BULLETIN OF THE Asterina pilosa (nov. sp.). Espece a six bras, nettement separes les uns des autres par des angles inter- brachiaux arrondis au sommet. Sommet des bras obtus. E, = 10 mm., r = 6 mm., R < 2 r. Plaques adambulacraires portant chacune quatre piquants, greles, presque egaux. Plaques veutrales assez regulierement disposees en rangees sensiblemeut normales au bord libra des bras, couverts de piquants, moius allonges, formaut a la face ventrale un revetement tres serre. Les plaques ventrales diminuent peu a peu quoique dans de faibles proportions en se rapprocbant du bord libre des bras. Chacune des plaques qui formeut ce bord porte un bouquet serre de piquants allonges, tres minces et comme soyeux. Les pieces deutaires ue sont pas saillantes, et portent chacune un peigne de cinq piquants, ce qui fait dix piquants pour chaque angle buccal. Les plaques de la face dorsale, qui est legerement convexe, sont plus petites que celles de la face ventrale, imbriquees, et portent chacune un bouquet herisse de petits piquants greles, divergents, inegaux et pointus ; eutre ces plaques, dans le voisinage de la ligne mediane des bras, on distingue plusieurs rangees regulieres de pores tentaculaires isoles. Ces rangees sont au nombre de six environ pour chaque bras. Immediatement en dessous du point ou se rejoignent les rangees extemes de deux bras voisins, se trouve un orifice plus grand (orifice genital ?) que ceux par lequel sortent les tentacules dorsaux. La plaque madreporique est petite, convexe, presque entierement cachee par les piquants dorsaux et situee au premier tiers de la distance qui separe le centre du disque du sommet de Tangle interbrachial voisiu. L'anus est bien visible. GENRE MARGINASTER (nov. gen.). Marginaster pectinatus (Ed. P.). Singuliere petite asterie, exactement peutagouale, mais a sommets du pentagone emousses. R = 5 mm., r =: 4 mm. Cotes du coi-ps a peu pres rectilignes ; face ventrale plane, face dorsale con- vexe, mais s'unissant a la face ventrale de maniere a former un bord tranchant. Tentacules ambulacraires sur deux rangs, gouttiere ambulacraire, bordee par uue raug6e de piquants aplatis, tronques au sommet, isoles, sur chacune des plaques adambulacraires. Une seconde rangee de piquants plus petits et irregu- liers se trouve en arriere de la rangee adambulacraire. Les plaques sont petites, peu distinctes, ainsi que les plaques ambulacraires ventrales, en raison de I'epaisseur de la peau qui les recouvre uniformdment sur la surface de chacun des triangles veutraux, compris entre le bord des bras et les gouttieres ambulacraires, ou observe trois ou quatre piquants courts, mousses, MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 17 enveloppes par les teguments et irregulierement places. Le bord libre du disque est forme sur la face veiitrale par de grandes plaques rectauguiaires, dout le grand cote est perpendiculaire au bord du bras, et qui sout separees les unes des autres par des sillons bieu distincts prolonges souvent par d'autres sillons qui obliquent brusquement ct se dirigent perpendiculairement a la gouttiere ambulacraire la plus voisiue. II existe huit de ces plaques pour cbaque cote du corps, et chacune d'elles porte sur son bord libre un peigne de cinq ou six petits piquants aplatis. Sur la face dorsale le squelette est encore moins apparent que sur la face ven- trale. De petits piquants, mousses, isoles, niais assez saillauts, sont epars sur cette face. Le corps est egalemeut borde par une rangee de grandes plaques correspondant a celles de la face ventrale et portant comme elle un peigne de piquants, plus courts cependant que ceux de la face ventrale. La plaque madrcporique est petite et situee a la moitie de la distance qui separe le centre du disque du bord libre des bras. L'anus est visible. Marginaster echinuiatus (Ed. P.). Petite asterie distincte par ses cotes echancres de maniere a decouper cinq bras courts et.larges; le sonimet des angles interbracliiaux n'est pas arrondi. R, ==: 5 mm., r =. 3 mm., E, = 1.6 r. Plaques adambulacraires s'avaufant au-dessus de la gouttiere ambulacraire et terminees en demi cercle de maniere a en festonner les bords, portant sur leur bord libre un demi cercle de quatre ou cinq petits piquants et sur leur surface libre une rangee transversale de deux ou trois piquants divergents. Plaques ven- trales distinctes surtout lateralement et formant des rangees separees par des sillons qui vout obliquement de la gouttiere ambulacraire au bord des bras. Cha- cune d'elles porte deux petits piquants divergents. Pieces dentaires saillantes et separees par une fente tres visible. Plaques margiuales ventrales au nombre de liuit pour chaque cote du corps portant chacuue sui leur bord libre un peigne de cmq piquants divergents. Squelette dorsal cache par la peau ; plaques distinctes seulement par les petits piquants qu'elles portent et qui sont irregulierement disposes. Plaques margmales pen visibles, bordees par des piquants tres courts. Une rangee de pores tenta- culaires de chaque cote de la ligne mediane des bras. Plaque terminale des bras, ovale et tres grande. Je n'ai pas pu voir la plaque madrcporique. GENRE RADIASTER (nov. gen.). Radiaster elegans (nov. sp.). Grande asterie a cinq bras. E, = 92 mm., r = 26 mm., E, = 3.5 r. Disque assez aplati, bras ayant a leur base 22 mm. de diametre environ, relies entre eux par un arc interbrachial a assez grande courbure, contour nettemeut VOL. IX. — xo. ] . 2 18 BULLETIN OF THE limitc par une rangee de plaques inargiuales cachees par les tegumcuts, niais por- taut cbacuue a, sou bord extreme et a son bord interne un bouquet de piquants beaucoup plus gros que les bouquets analogues qui recouvrent toute la surface dorsale et ressembleut un peu aux bouquets analogues des Solaster. Ces bouquets marginaux forment ainsi sui* tout le contour de I'animal une double rangee assez regulicre. Ces bouquets sont un peu coinprimes, de sortc que ceux d'une niemc plaque sont plus rapproches I'uu de I'autre qu'ils ne sont des bouquets des plaques voisines. Les plaques inarginales sont au noinbre de 39 ou 40 pour cliaque bras. Les bouquets de piquants des plaques dorsales, qui sont egalenient recouverts par des teguments sont formes de piquants greles, allonges, mobiles, qui peuvent s'ecarter les uns des autres ou se rapprocher en fuseaux. La plaque madrcporique assez petite est voisiue du bord du disquc. Les plaques adambulacraires portent chacune un faisceau de piquants cylin- driques qui sont d'autant plus longs qu'ils sont plus rapproches du bord de la gouttiere ambulacraire ; ou observe gencralement trois de ces piquants sur le bord meme de la plaque. A cbacuue de ces plaques adambulacraires correspond une rangee de plaques veutrales qui se dirigent presque transversalement de la gout- tiere ambulacraire au bord externe des bras. Bieu que ces plaques soient cachees dans le tegument, on les distingue netteracnt, grace au bouquet de piquants que porte chacuue d'elles. Ces bouquets bieu isoles les uns des autres forment sur la face veutrale autant de rangees bien regulieres qu'il y a de plaques adambula- craires le nombre de ces rangees est uotablcment superieur a celui des pieces marginales ; il s'eleve a pres de 70, de sorte qu'il n'y a aucune correspondance entre le nombre des plaques marginales et cclui des plaques adambulacraires. Les piquants qui forment les bouquets ventraux sont plus courts que ceux qui forment les bouquets dorsaux. Les pieces deutaires sont saillantes, couvertes de piquants ; leur longueur est de 8 mm. et leur largeur est de 3 mm. Ces piiiees arrivent presque au contact et ne laissent pas apercevoir les membranes buccales. II n'y a point de pedicellaires. Les tubes ambulacraires sont biseries et termines par uiie ventouse bien deve- loppee. GENRE CTBNASTER (nov. gen.). Ctenaster spectabilis (nov. sp.). Six bras greles mais assez courts se rattachant par des arcs interbracliiaux assez arrondis a un disque large et assez epais. Tubes tentaculaires biseries pourvus cliacun d'une ventouse plane, bien distincte plus large. Toutes les plaques du squelette tant dorsales .que vontrales recouvertes par la peau qui n'en laisse pas moins apparaitre de nombreux piquants bien aceres. Bouche situee au centre d'un grand disque membraneux qui I'eloigne des pieces deutaires. Celles-ci portent comme les autres plaques adambulacraires un peigne de cinq piquants divergents a pointe obtubc. Les autres plaques adambulacraires ])orteiit encore sur la face ventrale, une rangee perpendiculaire a la direction de la MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 19 gouttiere ambulacraire, de quatre ou cinq piquants divergents dorsaux externes plus grcles que les autres et im peu plus longs. Chaque plaque est separee de ses voisiues par uu sillon de la peau qiu se i)rolonge d'uue fafon legerenient siuueuse, parfois memc en se bifurquaut jusqu'au bord du disque ou des bras. Sur chacune dcs bandes qui liniitent ces sillons on aperf oit un certain uorabre de petits piquants epars, assez epais, isoles ou gemines. Le bord dorso-ventral est forme par des plaques dissimulees sous la peau et qui portent chacune une rangee perpendicu- lairc au plan du disque de cinq ou six piquants, assez gros, obtus et divergents. II n'y a aucun rapport entre le nombre de ces plaques marginales et le nombre des plaques rfidambulacraires. Face dorsale couverte de papilles enti'emelees de groupes de petits piquants divergents — une bande lisse vis-a-vis de cliaqne espace interbrachial. — Plaque madreporique ovale a la moitie du rayon du disque, contigue a un espace interbra- chial lisse uu peu plus grand que les autres. R = 132 mm., r = 4S, E. = 2.07 r. GENRE PENTAGONASTER (Linck). Pentagonaster (Tosia) parvus (Ed. P.). Corps pentagonal, a cotes legerement concaves. Dans le plus grand echantillon', E, = 20 mm., r = 14 mm., R = f r. Plaques adambulacraires, portant une rangee de piquants suivie de deux rangees de granules ; cinq a six piquants sur chacune d'eUes. Face ventrale formee de plaques arrondies, assez grandes, entierement granuleuses, au voisiuage des plaques marginales, se deuudaut graduellement au centre a mesure qu'on se rapproche de la bouche, et fiuissant par etre bordees d'une simple rangee de granules. Plaques marginales ventrales au nombre de dix pour chaque cote du corps, bordees d'une simple rangee de granules carrees sauf a I'extremite des bras ou les dernieres sont trapezo'ides ou triangulaires. Plaques marginales dorsales au nombre de huit, bordees par une rangee de gra- nules ; plaques dorsales arrondies serrees, bordees d'une rangee de granules et portant a leur centre deux ou trois tres petits tubercules isoles. Plaque madreporique, grande, arroudie, situee plus pres du centre du disque que des plaques marginales. Le nombre des plaques marginales diminue avec la taille. II est reduit a six chez un petit echantillon ou II := 8 mm. Pentagonaster grenadensis (Ed. P.). Belle espece pentagonale, a cotes legerement concaves et a sommet des bras plus obtus que dans les especes precedentes. R = 26 mm., r — 17 mm., R == 1.4 r. Piquants adambulacraires arrivant au meme niveau que les granules de la surface ventrale avec lesquels ils se confondent. II en existe cinq ou six sur chaque 20 BULLETIN OF THE plaque adambulacraire. Plaques veutrales polygonales uniform^ment granuleuses et couvertes d'assez gros granules. Plaques uiargiuales veutrales toutes granu- leuses. Plaques margiuales dorsales au nombre de quatorzc, fiuemeut granuleuses comme les veutrales ou legerement denudees au centre ; plaques dorsales polygo- nales uniformement granuleuses et portant parfois un tres petit pedicellaire. Plaque madreporique au premier quart de la distance du centre au bord du disque. Pentagonaster ternalis (Ed. P.). Cinq bras pointus relies entre eux par uu arc interbracbial a long rayon de courbure, pointus. R =r 30 mm., r = 10 mm., R = 3.3 r. Nombre dcs plaques marginales veutrales d'environ. 50. Ces plaques sont d'abord rectangiilaires et allongees dans le sens des rayons du disque, puis elles deviennent presque carrees ; elles arrivent au contact des plaques adambu- lacraires vers le deuxieme tiers des bras en comptant a partir de la boucbe. Ces plaques sont grossierement granuleuses ainsi que les plaques veutrales qui sont irregulierement polygonales. Plaques adambulacraires presque carrees, couvertes de la meme granulation que les plaques veutrales et portant sur le bord de la gouttiere ambulaeraire une rangee de neuf a di.x. piquants serres, prismatiques et comme trouques au sommet. En outre la plupart de ces plaques portent pres de celui de leurs angles avoisinant la gouttiere ambulaeraire qui est le plus rappro- chee de la boucbe, uu pedicellaire tres reuuirquable puisqu'il est forme de trois ou plus souvent meme quatre valves a pen pres dc mcuie aspect que les granulations qui les avoisinent, mais dont elles se distinguent bien nettement par leur mobilite et la fapon dont elles sont rapprocbees. On trouve des pedicellaires semblables, quoiqu'un peu plus petits sur un certain nombre des plaques veutrales qui suivent les plaques adambulacraires. Plaques marginales dorsales en meme nombre que les plaques contigues a celles du cote oppose sur toute la longueur des bras, couvertes d'une grossiere granula- tion. Plaques dorsales, saillantes, espacees les unes des autres, polygonales cou- vertes de granules dont les plus externes legerement saillantes leur forment une sorte de couronne et portent pour la plupart un ou deux pedicellaires. en pinces, a deux valves seulement. Pores teutaculaires isoles a Tangle des plaques, au fond dcs sillons qui les separent. Plaque madreporique polygonale, a sillons rayonnants assez longs, de la gran- deur des plaques dorsales voisines, situee au premier quart de la distance qui separe le centre du disque du sommet de I'axe interbracbial. Anus subcentral bien distinct, entoure de petits piquants. R = 78 mm., r = 32 mm., R = 3.5 r. Le nombre dcs plaques marginales parait le meme que dans I'iudividu precedent. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 21 Pentagonaster subspinosus (nov. sp.). Disque pentagonal ;i angles prolonges par cinq bras grel^es et pointus, arcs inter- bracliiaux a grande courbure, arrondis. K = 65 mm., r = 16 mm., E, = 4 r. Plaques marginales ventrales plus larges que longues dans Tare inter bracliial, puis deveuant plus longues que larges et presque lineaires, au nombre de soixante environ, d'une extremite a I'autre des deux bras consecutifs, uniformemeut grauu- leux, et portant ordinairemeut un piquant sur leur bord libre dans Tare inter- brachial. A partir de chaque sommet du disque pentagonal, ces plaques sont coutigues avec les plaques adambidacraires qui sont elles aussi plus longues que larges et portent meme un peigne de sept a dix piquants tres fins et sont converts, dans le reste de leur etendue, de granules coiiiques assez gros, semblables a ceux qui recouvi-ent les plaques de la partie ventrale du disque et les plaques margi- nales. Pieces dentaires petites, a peine distiuctes ; tubes ambulacraires termines par une ventouse bieu developpee. Plaques marginales dorsales au nombre de 54, plus larges que longues dans Tare interbracliial, puis devenant graduellenieut plus longues que larges, finement grauuleuses et portant frequemmeut au milieu de leur bord libre dans I'arc inter- bracliial un piquant mousse d'environ 1 mm. de long. Sui' les bras proprement dits les plaques de I'un des bords sont contigues a celles du bord oppose. Plaques du disque granuleuses, sensiblement hexagonales, bien distinctes les unes des autres — un pore tentaculaire vis-a-vis de chaque sommet de I'hexagone. Plaque madreporique a peine plus grande que les autres, raais bieu distiucte au premier tiers du petit rayon a partir du centre. Pentagonaster arenatus (nov. sp.). Cinq bras allonges et pointus ; arcs interbrachiaux a assez grande courbure. R = 57 mm., r = 15 mm., R = 4: r. E = 100 mm. Cinquaute-deux plaques marginales ventrales, d'abord plus larges que longues puis devenant graduellement plus longues que larges, uniformemeut granuleuses, totalement inermes, contigues dans la plus grande longeur des bras aux plaques adambulacraires. Une aire triangulaire formee de nombreuses plaques granuleuses, irregidierement polygonales et pen distinctes entre Tare brachial et le sommet de I'angle buccal. Pieces dentaires petites, peu distinctes des plaques voisines. Plaques adambulacraires portant chacune six ou sept petits piquants grelcs et assez courts. (La gouttiere ambulacraire tres serree ne permet pas de voir les tubes ambulacraires) . Cinquante plaques marginales dorsales semblables aux ventrales, contigues dans toute la longueur des bras. Surface dorsale formee de plaques granuleuses peu distinctes les unes des autres. Plaque madreporique petite, situee au premier quart de I'axe du petit rajou a partir du centre. 22 BULLETIN OF THE Pentagonaster Alexandri (nov. sp.). Bras au uombre de cinq, assez courts, mais bien distincts et emergents des som- mets d'lm pentagone regulier dont les cotes Icgerement concaves reunissent les bras I'un a I'autre. R = 9 mm., r = 4.5 mm., H =:2 r. Largeur des bras a leur base =3 mm. Sur la face ventrale, les plaques inter- ambulacraires portent deux rangees de piquants. Les piquants de la rangee interne au nombre de trois et plus souvent quatre sur chaque plaque sont greles, allonges, divergents et inclines sur le sillon ambulacraire ; ceux de la rangee externe inclines au contraire en dehors sont plus gros, plus courts, un peu obtus au sommet et au nombre de trois seulement sur chaque plaque. Les plaques den- taires sont separees I'uue de I'autre par un sillon bien visible. Les gouttieres ambulacraires, et les deux plaques marginales interbrachiales limitent sur la face ventrale une aire triangulaire dans laquelle on ne compte pas plus de six ou sept plaques ventrales portant chacune un groupe de trois a sept granules assez espacees, saillantes, quoiqu'obtus au sommet et figurant presque de petits piquants. Le nombre de plaques marginales ventrales est de douze pour chaque cote du corps, quinze pour chaque bras. Ces plaques vont rapidement en diminuant du sommet de chaque arc interbrachial a Textreinite des bras ; les deux premieres de chaque cote du sommet de cet arc sont seules separees des plaques interambulacraires, les autres sont en contact avec elles. Toutes ces plaques por- tent des granules espaces qui devienneiit plus grands et plus forts en se rappro- chant du bord libre de la plaque et simulent alors des piquants. Les plaques marginales dorsales sont au nombre de dix pour chaque cote (cinq pour chaque bras et une impaire, au sommet du bras) triangulaires et assez grandes. Ces plaques de forme sensiblement carree vont en diminuant du sommet de Tare interbrachial a I'extremite des bras ; elles portent de gros granules espaces, disposes comme ceux des plaques correspondantes du bord ventral. Sauf les deux plaques placees de chaque cote du sommet de Tare interbrachial et une partie de celles qui suivent et qui limitent avec elles I'aire pentagonale du disque, les plaques marginales dorsales d'un cote des bras sont exactement contigiies avec celles du cote oppose, de sorte que I'aire paxillaire du disque ne penetre pas entre elles. Cette derniere se trouve formee de plaques portant des piquants relativement gros et obtus, mais assez longs, de maniere a constituer de veritables paxilles. Cinq de ces plaques plus grandes que les autres forment au cercle du disque un pentagone dans I'interieur duquel se trouve des paxilles plus petites. La plaque madreporique, petite, et ne presentant que peu de sillons, est situee immediatement en dehors de ce pentagone, a egale distance du centre du disque et du bord interne des plaques marginales. Plaques marginales dorsales, au nombre de 24 de chaque cote du corps, sont cntourees d'un cercle de grainiles a lour partie siiperieure, granuleuses a leur bord inferieur. Plaques de disque uniformement granuleuses, mais ayant une tendance a se denuder vers le centre, de sorte q>ie le plus grand uombre presentent simple- MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 23 ment ime bordure plus ou moius cuniplele de granules. Toutes ces plaques doivcut cvidcniuicut elre uuiforuiciucnt grauuleuses sur certains exemplaires. GENRE GONIODISCUS (Muller & Tkoschel). Goniodiscus pedicellaris (nov. sp.). K = 59 mm., r = 18 mm., R = 3 r. Cinq bras reunis entre eux par un arc interbracbial d'assez grande courbure. Plaques marginales veutrales au nombre de 58 d'un sommet a I'autre de deux bras consecutifs, plus larges que longues dans Tare interbracbial, devenant prcsque carrees tres rapidement, couvertes de petits piquants assez espaces et portant assez frequemment un pedicellaire valvulaire irregulierement place. Les plaques calcaires qui torment le disque ventral sont entourees d'une couronne de petits piquants semblables a ceux des plaques marginales, au centre des plaques les plus voisines des plaques adambulacraires se trouve eucbasse un pedicellaire a valves plus bautes que larges en forme de cuilleron. Ce pedicellaire est remplace par un piquant dans la region moyenne de chacun des secteurs de la face ventrale. Les plaques adambulacraires et marginales sont contigues a partir de la li" plaque marginale comptee du sommet de Tare inter- bracbial. Cbaque plaque adambulacraire porte dans le sillon ambulacraire cinq piquants a peu pres de mcme grandeur; un peu en arrierc trois ou quatrc piquants beaucoup plus gros et souvent irregulierement placees, enfin, sur son bord tounie vers le sommet du bras, un pedicellaire couique a peu pres de la grosseur des gros piquants. Sur la surface dorsale, les plaques marginales sont en meme nombre que sur la face ventrale et recouvertes comme clles de petits piquants plus gros sur le bord externe des plaques ; clles sont separees de celles du cote oppose sur plus des deux tiers des bras. Les plaques dorsales sont legerement saillantes, arrondies, separees les unes des autres et laissaut voir, dans leur intcrvalle, les trabecules calcaires rayonnants qui les unissent et limiteut les pores tentaculaires. Cbacune d'elles est entouree d'une courouue de piquants et porte a son centre de un a trois piquants que remplace parfois un pedicellaire semblable a ceux de la face ventrale. Les plaques iuter- bracbialcs nc forment pas de bande distincte. La plaque madreporique est a peu pres au premier tiers de la distance qui separe le centre du disque du sommet de Tangle interbracbial. GENRE ANTHENOIDES (nov. gen.). Anthenoi^es Peircei (Ed. P.). Cinq bras pointus inscnsibleniciit relics cntrc eux par un arc interbracbial a grand rayon. 11 = SO mm., r= 32 mm., R = 2.5 r, d = 152 mm. 24 BULLETIN OF THE Plaques margiuales ventrales an nombre de bi, allougees dans Fare interbra. cbial dans le sens du rayon du disque, puis presque carrees; tbrtemeut grauu- leuses, a granulation plus forte sur leur bord externe, dout Tangle porte souvent mi granule plus gros que les autres, figurant une sorte de piquant court et mous, au contact des plaques adambulacraires un pen au-dcla de la moitie de la longueur du sillon ainbulacraire a partir du centre de la boucbe. Plaques ventrales granuleuscs, legerement bombees ; celles qui toucbent les plaques adambulacraires les plus voisines de la boucbe dans la rangee suivante, portent, en generale, un pedicellaire valvulaire pen saillant et dont Toricntation n'a rien de determine. Plaques adambulacraires portant un peigne de sept piquants bien separes les uns des autres, legerement divergents et plus grands vers le milieu de la plaque ; en arriere de ces piquants une seconde rangee de piquants plus gros et plus courts au nombre de trois par plaque, en arriere des- quels se voient les premiers pedicellaires valvulaires separes les uns des autres par les sillons situes entre les plaques. Pieces deutaires non saillantes. Plaques marginales dorsales au nombre de 50 de chaque cote, presque carrees, recou- vertes comme toute la surface du dos d'une peau assez epaisse, finement gra- nuleuscs laissaut apercevoir les ossicules du squelette qiu sont polygoneux comme cbez les Fentagonaster et bordes de petits pores tentaculaires espaces les uns des autres. Pace dorsale legerement convexe et se laissant deformer par la pression. Anus visible. GENRE GONIOPECTEN (nov. gen.). Goniopecten demonstrans (nov. sp.). Les bras au nombre de cinq diminuent graduellement de largeur de la base au sommet et sont relies entre eux par un arc interbracbial d'assez forte courbure. Les plaques marginales ventrales sont de 92 environ pour claque cote du corps ce qui fait 4G pour cbaque bras. Ces plaques sont rectangulaires, et leur plus grande longueur est pcrpendicu- laire a I'axe des bras. Les sillons qui les separent se continuent jusqu'au bord de la gouttiere ambulacraire et separent en meme temps les unes des autres les plaques adambulacraires, de sorte que le nombre de ces plaques est precisement le meme que celui des plaques marginales ventrales, toutefois elles ne sont pas exactement dans le prolongement de celles-ci; les sillons communs qui les separent forment a I'extremite des plaques marginales un angle dont Touverture variable est tantot dirigee vers le sommet des bras, tantot vers leur base. Les sillons con- sccutifs peuvent meme n'etre pas exactement paralleles, et la bandc qu'ils limiteut s'elargit parfois de la plaque margmale a la plaque adambulacraire qui le tcrmiue. Dans la region du disque cette bande est formee par une double rangee de plaques polygonales alternes, generalement allougees dans le sens de la largeur des bras. Ces doubles rangees se raccourcissent beaucoup sur les bras proprement dits, elles ne sont bientot plus formees que de deux plaques qui semblcnt meme con- MUSEUM OF COMPARA.TIVE ZOOLOGY. 25 fondues des le premier tiers des bras. Tout an moins le tegument membrane\ix qui recouvre tout le squelette et revet meme les piquants enipeche-t-il de distin- guer les lignes de sutures qui les separent des plaques avoisinantes. Entre les plaques marginales et les plaques adambulacraires on remarque quel- ques piquants courts, epars, eufouis dans les teguments, peu distiucts; des piquants plus petits, reguliers forment sur le bord de chaque serie des plaques dans les sillons transversaux qui vont de la gouttiere ambulacraire ; au bord du bras une fine creaelure reguliere, semblable a celle que presentent les Astropeden entre leurs plaques ventrales. Parfois le tegument est marque d'impressions polygo- nales qui le font paraitre corame cailleux. Chaque plaque ambulacraire s'avance dans le sillon ambulacraire en une forte careue qui s'introduit entre deux, tubes ambulacraires consecutifs, de telle sorte que chacun d'eux est comme enchasse entre deux carenes. Sur le bord de chaque plaque on voit un peigne de huit ou neuf piquants aplatis, assez courts, contigus, et dont les medians sont un peu plus allonges que les autres. Les tubes ambula- craires sont assez gros, coniques, termines par une ventouse extrememeut petite. Les pieces dentaires forment une saillie ellipso'idale de 7 mm. de long sur 4 de large, avec une suture tres apparente le long de son grand axe. Cette saillie est recouverte de fortes epines et dans Tangle buccal une epine beaucoup plus forte et saillaute termine chaque plaque. Les plaques marginales dorsales sont en meme nombre que les plaques margi- nales ventrales et de forme a peu pres semblable ; chacune d'elles occupe environ le tiers de la largeur des bras, et est entouree d'une bordure de fins granules ; mais ne porte aueune trace de piquants. La region moyenne des bras et le disque sont formes de tres petites plaques polygonales bien distinctes les unes des autres et couvertes de granules qui siiiiulent les paxilles des Astropeden. La plaque madreporique distaute de 3 mm. du bord interne de la plaque margi- nale la plus voisine a environ 6 mm. de diametre, elle est couverte de fins sillons siuueux et rayonuants. II existe une apparence d'anus subcentral. Goniopecten intermedius (nov. sp). Cinq bras mediocrement allonges, interbrachiaux arrondis. R = 34 mm., r = 12 mm., R = 3 r environ. Corps plat, plaques marginales au nombre de 44 a 54, plus larges que longues granuleuses, portant cliacune un piquant isole, obtus, sur le milieu de leur bord libre, contigus sur les bras proprement dits avec les plaques adambulacraires. Espace compris entre le sommet de Tangle buccal et le bord des plaques marginales occupe par des plaques nombreuses irregulierement polygonales, granuleuses. Pieces dentaires, grandes, saillantes sur le disque, bien distinctes Tune de Tautre. Plaques adambulacraires portant cliacune sept piquants environ. Tubes ambulacraires termines par une ventouse ties petite presque punctiforme. Plaques marginales dorsales au nombre de 44, granuleuses, plus larges que longues, portant des piquants au moins dans Tare interbracliial. Ces piquants 26 DULLETIN OF THE sont enx-memes semblablcs fi ceux des plaques ventralcs correspondantes, mais im pen plus petits. Plaques dorsalcs de I'uu des bords des bras separees de celles de I'autre bord par une aire paxillaire raoius large que Ics plaques ellcs-memes. Dos couvert de paxilles tres analogues a celles des Astropeden. Anus bieu net. Plaque inadrcporique a la moitie de I'uu des petits rayons a demi cachee par des paxilles plus grandes que celles du reste de la face dorsale, sur le plus grand exemplaire E = 110 mm. ; sur le plus petit E = 62 mm. Goniopecten subtilis (nov. sp.). Disquc pentagonal terminc par cinq bras greles lineaires. R =: 60 mm., r = 12 mm., R = 5 r. Soixante-dix plaques marginales ventrales, d'abord plus larges que longues, puis plus longues que larges, granuleuses avec quelques granulures convexes, allongecs, presque spiniformes ; coutigues sur presque toute la largeur des bras avec les plaques adambulacraires. Celles-ci portent cliacunc un peigue de cinq ou six piquants plats, obtus, divergents, les medians plus longs que les autres, de sorte que I'ensemble figure uu demi cercle. Cliaque groupe de piquants tres nettement isole de ses voisins, de sorte que le bord de la gouttiere arabulacraire parait fes- tonne. Le reste de la plaque couvert de piquants — plaques ventrales granu- leuses. Pieces dcntaires grandes, bien distinctes des autres plaques, un pen saillantes. Tubes ambulacraires a ventouse petite. Soixante-six plaques marginales dorsales, plus larges que longues d'abord, puis presque carrees, granuleuses; eUes sont separees dans toute I'etendue du bras par une rangee unique de plaques granuleuses plus longues que larges. Toute la surface dorsale formee de plaques hexagonales granuleuses, bien distinctes les uues des autres, dissimulant la plaque madreporique. Anus bien apparent. GENRE ARCHASTER (Muller & Troschel). Archaster pulcher (nov. sp.). Cinq bras : R ^ 12 mm., r = 4 mm., R =z 3 r. Bras se rejoignant a angles emousses. Yingt-six plaques marginales ventrales couvertcs de granules un pen espaces, en forme de petits piquants, et portaut un piquant plus volumineux, mais pen saillant sur leur angle supero-externe. Aire triangulaire comprise entre les gouttieres ambulacraires et les plaques marginales, bien distincte ; plaques qui la constituent portai\t de petits piquants dont le nombre ne depasse pas six. Des piquants semblablcs se retrouvent sur les plaques adambulacraires qui portent dans le sillon ambulacraire qnatre ou cinq piquants presque egaux, legerement divergents et formant une rangee reguliere. Pieces deulaircs assez saillantes tcrminccs cliacune vers la bouche par un gros piquant. Yentouse des tubes ambulacraires tres petite, vingt-deux plaques marginales dor- MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 27 sales de chaqiio coto, rcvetues de petits piquants espaces ; plaque tcrminale assez voliuniiicuse portaat duiix piquaiils couiiiic cela arrive d'ordiiuiire cliez les jeuues Goniaatcr. Plaques dorsales petites surtout vers le centre du disque ne portant guere que six piquants arrondis eu forme de granules. Plaque madreporique toucliaut presque les plaques niargiuales, distincte seulemeut par saillie plus grande que celle des plaques voisines et couvertes de piquants seniblablcs a ceux de ces dernicrs. Pas d'anus apparent. Archaster mirabilis (Ed. P.). Cinq bras grclcs, allonges, pointus, se reunissant a angle vif avec leurs voisins. E, r= 87 mm., r = 12 mm., R > 7 r. Plus de 80 plaques marginales par chaque cote (40 et plus pour cliaque bras) cliez les grands ecliautillons. Plaques marginales ventrales contigiies avec les bras, a partir de la troisieme en comptant du sommet de Tangle interbracliial, a. pen pres carrees, lierissees de petits piquants parmi lesquels se trouvent deux ou trois piquants bcaucoup plus allonges, tres pointus et sur le milieu du bord de la plaque un autre piquant tres allonge, pointu, pouvant atteindre vers le milieu des bras jusqu'a 8 mm. de longueur. Les plaques adambulacraires font legerement saillie dans le sillon arabulacraire, de maniere a separer les tubes ambulaeraires les uns des autres ; chacune d'elles porte sur sou bord interne un peigne de dix piquants, greles, cylindriques, gran- dissant rapidement du bord de la plaque en son milieu et divergents. Les pieces dentaires sont longues de 4 mm. et leur ensemble large de 2 mm. ; les deux piquants qu'elles portent sur leur angle buccal sont notablement plus grands que leurs voisins. Les tubes ambulaeraires sont termines par une ventouse d'assez petite taille mais bien distincte. Les plaques marginales dorsales sont assez petites, presque carrees, granuleuses, et ne portent chacune qu'un long piquant conique semblable a celui des plaques marginales ventrales. Sur le disque un cercle de piquants semblables entoure I'auus. Les paxilles sont petites, espacees, granuleuses. La plaque madreporique beaucoup plus grande qu'elles est tres pres du sommet de Tangle interbracliial et marquee de sillons rayonnauts assez larges. Dans un assez grand nombre d'exem- plaires on observe un orifice a la bas des bras, tout pres de la ligne mediane de ces parties. Les individus de grande taille prennent les caracteres sulvants : Une aire trian- gulaire formee de plusieurs rangees de plaques entre les plaques marginales ven- trales et les plaques dentaires qui sont saillantes sur la face ventrale entre elles une surface ovalaire bien nette. Sur Taire triangulaire on voit parrai de fins piquants epars une dizaine d'assez gros pedicellaires a deux, trois ou meme quatre branches. Pieces dentaires portant chacune onze piquants plus gros a Tangle buccal. Plaques adambulacraires portant huit piquants greles, contigus dont les medians 28 BULLETIN OF THE sont plus longs. Trcntc-une plaques raarginalcs ventrales portant cliacune de long piquauts pointus, outre uu revctement de fiues epiiies. Ventouse des tubes ambulacraires petites. Plaques niarginales dorsales petites au nombre de trente, portant chacune un piquant. Plaques dorsales du disque invisibles. Tout le dos convert de petits bouquets de trois ou quatre pctits piquants qui dissimulent la plaque madreporique. E = 90 mm., K, = 45 mm., r = 12 Mm., R = 3.5 r. Angles interbrachiaux arrondis. Archaster simplex (nov. sp.). Point de plaques ventrales entre les plaques marginales ventrales et les pieces dentaires. Une plaque marginale irapaire dans I'augle des bras supportaut les pieces dentaires qui sont arrondies au sommet. Quatorze plaques marginales plus longues que larges, legerement convexes sur le bord externe, de maniere a faire paraitre le bord du bras un pen festonne. Ces plaques supportent directement les plaques adambulacraires qui sont plus petites, polygonales, saillantes dans le sillon ambulacraire. Quelques petites epines et une beaucoup plus grande, fine, pointue, se trouvent tout-a-fait sur le bord de cliacune des plaques marginales ventrales. Plaques adambulacraires portant sur Icur bord quatre ou cinq piquants divergents et nn a leur centre. Tubes ambulacraires termines par une ventouse bieu dis- tincte. Quatorze plaques marginales dorsales plus longues que larges, de forme presque ovale, plus une impaire triangulaire, portant cliacune un long piquant pointu au sommet de Tangle interbrachial. Piquant de la plaque impaire double au moins des autres ; une autre epine pres de I'auus. Plaques du disque petites, tres peu apparentes. Dos presentant de nombreuses petites epines, espacees, sans plaques calcaires apparentes. Plaque madreporique petite, arrondie, a surface irreguliere, vermiculee, presque au contact de la plaque impaire. E = 35 mm., R = 18 mm., r = 3 mm., R = 3 r, d = 4: mm. GENRE BLAKIASTER (nov. gen.). Blakiaster conicus (Ed. P.). Cinq bras se rejoignant a angle aigu, epais, un peu obtus au sommet, legere- ment arrondis en-dessus, plats en-dessous. R = 27 mm., r = 10 mm., R < 3 r, r/ = 46 mm. La physionomie caracteristique de cette espece tient a I'epaisseur et a la dispo- sition des plaques marginales ainsi qu'un revetement de piquants des plaques ventrales. Les plaques marginales ventrales sont au nombre de 15 pour cliaque bras, obliques de dehors en dedans et du sommet a la base des bras ; elles ne sont sepa- rees des plaques adambulacraires que par une petite plaque carree, sauf dans Tangle interbracliial oil un petit triangle, forme d'une dizaine de plaques dont MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 29 I'une occupe le centre du triangle, les separe de ces autres plaques. Les plaques adaiTibulacraires sout egalemeut obliques par rapport au sillou ambulacraire : elles portent dans ce sillou quatre ou cinq piquants allonges et divergents ; niais toute la surface est couverte, comme celles des autres plaques ventrales, y compris les marginales d'un revetement scrre de piquants greles assez allonges, au milieu desquels on distingue sur le bord des plaques marginales quelques piquants plus forts, plus allonges et pointus. Les pieces dentaires sont a peine plus grandes que les plaques adambulacraires voisines, mais saillantes et bien distiuctes. Les tubes ambulacraires sont coniques et terraines en pointe. Les plaques marginales dorsales sont a peu pres verticales dans Tangle inter- bracliial de sortc qu'on les aper9oit a peine ; mais elles deviennent de plus en plus a])parentes a mesure qu'on se rapproche du somraet ; elles sont couvertes de gros- sieres granulations. La face dorsale est formee de plaques arrondies dont les granules sont plus allonges de maniere a figurer unc sorte de paxille de 1 mm. environ de diametre. La plaque madreporique est petite a peine, plus grosse que les paxilles qui I'entourent et les sillous qui la marquent la traversent dans toutes sa longueur, comme chez les Adropeden^ au lieu d'etre rayounants comme dans la plupart des autres types. L'auus u'est pas distinct. GENRE LUIDIA (Forbes). Luidia barbadensis (no v. sp.). Six bras, tres longs et extremement fragiles, toujours tres contourues dans les individus conserves dans I'alcool. E, == 125 mm., r = 10 mm., R = 12.5 r. A leur plus grande largeur, les bras out environ 11 mm. de diametre. lis sont aplatis en dessus et couservent dans I'alcool uue legere couleur rouge brique. Les plaques adambulacraires portent dans le sillon ambulacraire uu piquant coraprime et legerement recourbe; puis, immediatement en dehors, deux autres piquants egalemeut comprimes, mais presque droits et disposes un peu oblique- ment Tun derriere I'autie ; derriere eux, deux ou trois petits piquants plus greles completent I'armature de la plaque, qxii porte en outre un pedicellaire a trois branches. Pieces buccales assez saillantes avec un peigne de cinq ou six piquants dirlges vers la bouche. Les plaques ventrales sont barbelees de tout petits piquants et portent uue rangee mediane de piquants plus gros, coniques, dont les deux derniers gran- dissent considerablement et forment aux bras la bordure habituelle de piquants. Sur cbaque bras les trois rangees laterales de paxilles de chaque cote sont formees de paxilles plus grandes que celle de la region moyenne ; viennent ensuite deux rangees assez regulieres de paxilles plus petites, les paxilles mediaues sont plus petites encore et irregulierement disposees. La plaque madreporique est cachee par les piquants. 30 BULLETIN OF TIIK Luidia convexiuscula {VA. r.). Six Lras — ppfits pcdiccUaires a trois branches dans Ic voisinagc do I'anf^lc dcs bras. — i'laqiR'S intcrambiilacraires portant dans le sillon un long piquant coni- priine et rccourbu ct dcrricrc lui un bouquet de piquants plus petits. ]'laqurs ventrales, courtcs, couvertes do petits picjuants ct portant un seul long j)i(iuaut marginal. Dos des bras legcrcmcnt convexe, a paxilles prcsquc egalcs, un jieu ])lus jtetites cepeiulant sur le milieu des bras et sur le disque, portant de petits piquants diver- gonts prcsque cgaux dout les medians, un peu plus gros qvie les autres, ne so pro- lougent pas en aiguillon — environ 15 raugees de paxilles. Plaque niadrcporiquc invisible sans preparation. B ^ 54 mm., E. = 28 mm., ;• = 5 mm., 11 = 5.5 r. GENRE ASTROPECTEN (Linck). Astropecten alligator ( nov. sp.). Cinq bras, aplatis, tormines en pointe ; angles interbracliiaux non arrondis. 11 = 40 mm., r = 9 mm., R, = 4.5 r. Largeur dcs bras a leur base =9 mm. Les plaques intcrambulacraires sent bordees de piquants dont trois divergents occupent le bord du sillon ambulacraire, un ou deux, jilus petits sont places sur les bords lateraux de la plaque et trois sur son bord externe. Quclquefois un piquant s'eleve en outre de la partic ccntrale de la plaque ; les piquants du bord ambulacraire sont d'ailleurs les seuls dont le nombre soit constant. Les plaques ventrales presentent certain nombre d'ecailles pointues qui s'amincissent et devienncnt plus serrees sur les bords et dans I'inter- valle des plaques. Un petit nombre de piquants obtus et aplatis se trouvcnt parnii les ecailles qui devienuent plus longues vers le bord externe de la ])laque, formant aiusi uuc rangee marginale de petits piquants ordinairement an nombre de trois, au-dessus desquels s'inserent deux piquants plus longs, aplatis et poin- tus. Les plaques ventrales debordent trc;s sensiblement les plaques marginales dorsales ; celles-ci, au nombre de 30 a chaque bras, peu elevees, presque carries, sauf dans le voisinage du sommet de Pare interbracliial ou elles sont un pen plus larges que longues. Les granules qui les recouvrent sont assez gros, saiUants et non contigus. Les trois ou quatrc jiremieres plaques interbracliialcs portent au milieu de leur bord interne un piquant conique, vertical, assez court, celui que supporte la plaque triangulaire qui forme Ic sommet de Tangle etant un peu plus grand que les autres. Eusuite ce piquant se deplace graduellement en se rapprochant du bord libre des bras sans cependant I'atteindre. A la base dcs bras, I'aire paxillaire est a peu ])res egale a quatrc fois la largeur des plaques marginales; les paxilles sont petites et foruiees de quolqucs granules centraux entoures d'uuc couronne do six a luiit petits piquants, legerenient reufles au sommet; elles affecteut dans le voisinage MUSEUM OF COMPAILVTIVE ZO'il.OGY. 31 (hi bord dcs bras unc disposition en rangces transversales asscz uolte. On comple ji la base des bras une quinzaine do paxilles d'un bord a I'autre. La plaqne inadrc'porique pen apparente, a sillons peu nonibreux et uou radios, n'cst separrc des plaques marginales que par une ou deux paxilles, tandis qu'on cu compte uue vingtaine entre elle et le centre legerement en relief du disque. Re5U a Cambridge en Mars 1881 ; publie le 25 Juin 1881. Note. — The list of the stations at which Lhe different species occur will be given in the final report. — A. Ag. No. 2. — Reports on the Results of Dredging, under the Supervision of Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico, and in the Carib- bean Sea, 1877-79, bg the United States Coast Survey Steamer " Blake," Lieutenant-Commander C. D. Sigsbee, U. S. K, and Commander J. E. Bartlett, U. S. N., Commanding. (Published by permission of Carlile P. Patterson, Supt. U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey.) XV. Preliminary Report on the Mollusca, by W. H. Dall. It has seemed desirable to those directing the pubHcations on these materials, in order to secure proper recognition to those engaged in the sounding and dredging work, that the description of the many new forms contained in their collections be not longer delayed. Later laborers in the same field have already, to some extent, duplicated the materials, and this may be expected to go on in increasing ratio. I have, there- fore, endeavored to give recognizable descriptions of those forms which seemed to be new, reserving for further treatment the species on which some doubt existed, or which from their habitat and appearance seemed likely to belong more properly to the fauna of moderate depths. These descriptions are only preliminary to the work in which they shall be properly figured, without which, indeed, species of mollusks can hardly be said to have been wholly published, especially in these days of refine- ment in specific differentiation. The materials here described do not include collections obtained by Professor Agassiz and Commander J. R. Bartlett, U. S. N., on the "Blake," in the season of 1878-79, but with very few exceptions form part of the mollusca gathered by the party on the "Blake," in 1877-78, under Professor Agassiz's supervision, while the vessel was commanded by Lieut.-Com. C. D. Sigsbee. The later collections, containing many forms of great beauty, have not yet been administered upon, owing to the limited leisure of the writer, and his absence on official duties. VOL. IX. — NO. 2. 3 34 BULLETIN OF THE It can hardly be expected that all the species here described will ulti- mately prove to be new, but the probability is that most of them are so. In preparing the descriptions, I have been much indebted to the kindness of Mr. 11. J. Boog- Watson, in cliarge of the *' Challenger " mol- lusks, for early copies of his preliminary descriptions, etc., which has enabled me to avoid re-describing species obtained by that expedition, but of which knuwledge in many cases has reached but a limited circle of the scientific world. To Dr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys I am also under obli- gations of f- similar nature, and for the most obliging loan of rare and even unique specimens for comparison. I may add that, so far, the more detailed study of the specimens has done nothing to vitiate the deductions reached in the " General (Jonclu- sions " (Bull. M. C. Z., VI. No. 3), but, on the contrary, the views tliere put forward have received further confirmation. The difierence in richness between the collections of the " Blake " and those of the " Challenger " is truly remarkable, at least so far as the mollusks are concerned ; the former containing perhaps three times as many species as the whole three years' voyage of the " Challenger " brought to light. Cadulus eequalis n. s. Shell opaque white, polished, without sculpture except a rare line due to growth or some irregularity ; very slightly curved with hardly any gibbosity perceptible, such as there is being in the anterior fifth of the shell; anal opening circular, simple, thin-edged, not oblique ; anterior opening somewhat oblique, slightly contracted, nearly circular ; the shell on the whole tapering regularly toward the posterior end, which is stouter than usual in the genus. Lon. 15.0. Anal diam. 1.0. Oral diani. 2.0. Max. diam. 2.5 nun. Station 43, 339 fathoms, three specimens. This species is unlike any of those described from the " Challenger " col- lections and the others figured by Bars. Its even taper is particularly no- ticeable. Cadulus "Watsoni n. s. Shell translucent white, polished, showing faintly the annular lines of growth ; slightly curved, with the greater portion of the curve in the anal third tapering rapidly from the oral third to the posterior end; the oral third fiattent'd on the convex side toward the mouth ; this portion also tapered laterally in the same direction ; oral aperture not perceptibly oblique in the most perfect specimen, slightly so in another ; the transverse diameter of the mouth very slightly longer than the vertical diameter. Lon. 13.0; anal diam. 0.6 ; oral diam. 1.5 ; max. diam. 2.25 ; these measurement-;, when not MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 35 otherwise stated, being taken from back to front, or from the concave to the convex surface. Max. transverse diam. 2.9 mm. Off C. San Antonio, 413 fms. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This species is most like C. colubridens of Watson (New Zealand, 700 fms.), but has no gibbosity on the concave or (dorsal) side, a less oblit^ue mouth, is more tapered, and moi-e curved up posteriorly. Cadulus Agassizii n. s. Shell translucent white with more opaque annulations ; shining, destitute of sculpture excepting nearly imperceptible lines of growth, very slightly curved, the dorsum being nearly straight except at the posterior fourth, oral end very slightly tapered, not flattened ; posterior part gently tapering from the anterior third ; anal end rather stout, opening simple, circular; oral end thin, mouth forming an angle of 45° with the axis, simple, quite circular ; the tube with no pronounced gibbosity. Lon. 9.0. Max. lat. 2.0. Oral diam. 1.5. Anal diam. 0.75. Max. diam. 2.0 mm. Station 5, 229 fms. This species resembles C. sanridens Watson, but is three times the size, wants the gibbosity, and has a straighter back. It differs from C. gracilis Jeffreys in size and in wanting the compression, so far as can be decided in the absence of a specimen or figure of Jeffreys's species. The proportions are different from those of V. Pandionis Y- and S., of which the mouth is described as elliptical. Cadulus lunulus n. s. Shell translucent white, smooth, destitute of sculpture ; dorsum nearly straight, slightly inflated near the middle ; oral end contracted, not flattened, and more slender at the mouth than the posterior end ; the shell largest in the middle, and tapering neaily equally to both ends, apertures simple, circular, the oral one oblique and quite contracted in proportion to the rather stout form of the shell, which, Vjut for the curve of the convex side and extreme ends, woidd be nearly evenly fusiform ; there is no gibbosity, and, though the anal aperture is the larger, it seems unbroken. Lon. 6.0. Oral diam. 0.75. Anal diam. 0.87. Max. diam. 1.5 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. Most like C. simillimus Watson, from which it differs in its more even half- moon shape, and proportions. Cadulus cucurbitus n. s. This little shell is perhaps best described by saying that in form it is about midway between C. ohesus Watson and C. tumidosus Jeffreys, being larger than the former and more evenly tapered from the middle than either. It wants the ledge within the aperture at both ends, is polished, translucent, and with- 36 BULLETIN OF THE out perceptible sculpture ; neither of the apertures appears to be oblique ; both are circular. Lou. 4.0. Max. diaui. I.ii5. Oral diaui. 0.G2. Anal diani. 0.37 mm. Station 19, 310 fnis. It is really somewhat difficult to decide which is the anterior opening in this species, unless the size be considered a criterion. C. sauridens Watson. St. Thomas, Challenger Exp., 390 fms. Blake Exp., Station 19, 310 t'ms. ; off Cape San Antonio, 1,002 fms. Barbados, Ilassler Exjx, 100 lias. C- obesus Watson. St. Thomas, Challenger Exp., 390 fms. Blake Exp., Station 20, 220 fms. Siphonodentalium quadridentatum n. s. This species is best described by comparing it with S. tetraschistum "Watson, to which it is nearly allied. The i:)resent form, which may prove eventually to be a large race of Watson's species, seems to differ from it in its pro])ortionately greater stourness and actually larger size, in the want of any sculpture on its polished surface, and in the proportionally smaller and narrower slits at the anfil end of the tube. The dimensions of quadridentatiim are : — Lon. 10.0. Max. diaui. 1.3. Oral diam. 0.80. Anal diam. 0.4 mm. The same in Mr. Watson's species are 7.7, 0.81, 0.75, and 0.4 mm. respectively. His specimen came from "Fernando Noronha, 7-25 fms. ; ours is from Pourtales's dredgings on the west coa.st of Florida, in 30 fms. In other respects than those mentioned, Watson's descrijjtiou and figure agree almost exactly with our specimen. DENTALIUM. A. — Species with cylindrical tube. D. perlongum Dall. Bull. Mu.s. C'omp. Zoul., V. No. 6, p. 61 (name only). 1878. Shell solid, opaque white, shining, without sculpture except delicate irregu- larities due to incremental lines ; oral aperture simjsle, nearly circular, its plane quite or nearly at right angles to the axis ; anal ajjerture with a shallow notch (in adult specimens) on the convex side ; tube very slightly curved. Lon. 50.0 to 80.0. Anal diam. 0.5 to 0.7. Oral diam. 3.5 mm. Station 41, 800 fuis. Station 46, 888 fins. Yucatan Strait, G40 fms. Sta- tion 33, Lat. 24° 1', Lon. 88° 58' W., 1,568 fms. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 37 This superb species may be compared with D. aciUusimum Watson, but is proportionally more slenuer, wants the I'uint longitudinal strise, and is without an anal notch on the concave side. D. agile M. Sars. Anlalis agilis G. 0. Saks, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., p. 102, tab. 20, fig. 9. 1878. Station 32, 804 fms. Station 33, 1,568 fms. I can find no characters to separate these specimens from Sars's species, except the absence of the (inconstant) notch at the anal extremity, although they appear to be perfect. D. antillarum D'Orb. Sagra, Moll. Cub., ri. XXV. figs. 10-13. Station 20, 220 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms. ; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. ; Sta- tion 44, 539 fms. ; Station 19, 310 fms. ; Station 43, 339 fms. ; Station 33, 1,568 fms. ; off C. San Antonio, 1,002 fms. D. disparile D'Orb. Loc. cit., figs. 14-17. Station 41, 860 fms.; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms.; Barbados, 100 fms. D. ceras "Watson. Station 33, 1,568 fms. This specimen measures 50.0 mm. in length, "Watson's came from the mid- Pacific, east of Japan, in 2,050 fms., and from the Atlantic, west of Valparaiso, in 2,160 fms. D. sericatum n. s. Shell small, very thin, acute, slightly curved, rather rapidly enlarging ; cov- ered with fine, sharp, close set longitudinal grooves with narrower threadlike interspaces separating them to the number of thirty-six on the middle and about fii'ty at the oral end of the shell ; plane of the oral aperture at right angles to the axis, both apertures circular, simple ; color translucent white, with opaque white wavy lines (like those on the silk goods known as moire antique) encircling the shell with zigzags whose successive irregular bands (0.8 mm. apart in the middle of the shell) are sub-parallel with one another, and gradually become more slender and further apart toward the ends. In a specimen 13.0 mm. long there are about fifteen of these bands, each band with about 10 or 12 angles. Lon. 13.0. Anal diam. 0.37. Oral diam. 1.2 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. 38 BULLETIN OF THE The sculpture of this species recalls that of D. capillosum Jeffreys, which is a much larger species, less suddenly attenuated, and, so far as described, want- ing in the remarkable color- pattern of D. sericatum. D, ceratum n. s. Shell of w^axen hue becoming whiter toward the mouth, aculeate, slightly curved, rather atout, and of glassy texture ; at the anal end septangular, the angles passing into riblets at the beginning of the middle third, then becoming gradually nuich more numerous, finer, fainter, and lastly absent or evanescent on the oral third. Surface shining, apertures simple, circular. Lon. 30.0. Anal diam. 0.5. Oral diam. 2.0 mm. West Florida, Pourtales, 50 fms. Station 2, 805 fms. This species has about the curve and proportions of D. circuracinctum Watson, but is much smaller, has a wholly different sculpture and no anal notch. B. — Species tvith tube laterally comj^ressed. D. Sigsbeanum n. s. This may be best described by comparing it with its nearest ally, D. didy- mum Watson (St. Thomas, W. I.), than which it is more slender, more attenu- ated, more arched, and the compression results in an evenly ellii)tical section, instead of a subtriangular one, as in his species. It is translucent whitish, less brilliant than the last-described species, and apparently', from the look of the eroded tips, is notched at the anal end, but this is not certain. Lon. 20.0. Anal diam. 0.3. Major oral diam. 2.0. Minor do. 1.1 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. C. — Species with tube transversely compressed. D. compressum Watson. Station 43, 339 fms. ; off C. San Antonio, 413 fms. (Culebra, St. Thomas, 390 fms. — Challenger.) This turns out not to be a Siphojiodcntalium, after all. D. ophiodon n. s. About the same length as the last species, more slender, more acute, more translucent, more curved, and without the evanescent indications of longitu- dinal striation ; the compression results in less tendency to angulation, and there is an evident tendency, in adult specimens, for the diameter at the mouth to be somewhat less than at a short distance behind it, — a very marked dis- tinction as between the two. The shell is quite translucent, and very thin ; there is very little variation between the specimens. Lon. 12.5. Anal diam. 0.27. Major oral diam. 1.3. Minor do. 1.1 mm. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 39 Station 19, 310 fms. ; Station 20, 220 fms. ; Station 21, 287 fms. The flattening is most prominent a little way behind the mouth in the adult, and is best seen in an adolescent specimen. Siliquaria modesta n. s. Shell white, small, delicate, irregularly coiled, unattached, surface without sculpture except that formed by the rounded incremental lines, which have somewhat the appearance of floss silk when wound on a spool. Apical part a simple cone, which bears marks of the slit as far as can be seen almost from the first ; the apical and terminal portions usually more loosely coiled than the middle part ; the slit near the mouth is open continuously, with an undu- lated margin ; further back the prominent parts of the undulations approach each other, finally joining, forming ovate holes, which, lastly, are entirely filled up in the older third of the shell. The coils rarely exceed 25.0 mm. in length, and gradually enlarge ; the diameter of the mouth is 3.0 mm. or less ; of the widest part of the slit, about 0.5 mm. Found at all depths from 80 to 800 fathoms, but not in less than 80 fathoms. The specimen from which the de- scription was taken lived in 220 fathoms (Station 20). The shell is so very fragile that only living ones came up in even tolerable condition ; the dead ones can hardly bear touching. It is evidently suited only to a soft and quiet bottom. Bivonia exserta n. s. Shell white, uncoiled or only curved ; short, stout, thick, attached by its tip only, and rising upward and forward from this support. Interior of tube circular in section, smooth ; exterior having five longitudinal ribs, or keels, and otherwise deeply and strongly annulated, looking like a pile of round- edged coins or biscuit, one upon another. ,Lon. 11.0 mm. Diam. 2 mm. Internal diam. 1.0 mm. Length of attached portion, 3 mm. This has a remarkable sculpture, and is only provisionally referred to Bivo- nia, as the ojjerculum is unknown. Found with the last. Pedicularia albida n. s. Shell in the embryonic state (as seen imbedded in young specimens) appar- ently having somewhat the shape of an immature Marginclla, of a deep pink or salmon color, the visible surface of the nuclear whorl polished, smooth, the second with a sharp keel, the succeeding ones granulated or reticulated, but generally so immersed in the adult shell as to be indistinguishable. The whorls of the adolescent shell white, m.arked with numerous even, fine re- A'olving threads, separated by equivalent grooves, both becoming coarser with growth and terminating in denticulations on the margin and the distinct colu- mella ; these threads are prettily reticulated by the lines of growth. In the adult, the outer lip and the outer margin of the columellar callus (which is 40 BULLETIN OF THE then irregularly striated) are })ro(luce(l in a more or less irregular manner, become confluent, and assume the shape of the coral upon which the animal lives. Diam. of embryonic sliell, 0.37 mm ; of adolescent, 2.5 ; of adult, 5.0 mm. Lon. of adult, from 3.0 to 9.0 mm. Barbados, Hassler Exp., 100 I'ms. Off Havana, Sigsbee, 450 fms. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This seems sufliciently diflerent from any species noticed by me. Margarita eegleis Watson. Linn. Soc, Journ., XIV., 1879, p. 704 ; St. Thomas, W. L, 390 fms, M. lavidlosa Verrill and Smith, Am. Journ. Sci., Nov. 1880, p. 397. This beautiful species, like most of the genus, is exceedingly variable, the um- bilicus varying from very wide to comparatively narrow, the shell depressed or conical ; the number of nodulated ribs or simple carin?e, the thickening or absence of it on the pillar, and the number of whorls, differing according to age and individual. I am not at all sure that others of Watson's species should not be combined with this ; but, in the absence of specimens for com- parison, I hesitate to do more than suggest a careful inspection. The numlier examined shows every transition. Station 2, 805 fms. ; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. ; Station 21, 287 fms. ; Sta- tion 46, 888 fms. ; off Cape San Antonio, 640 fms. ; Station 41, 860_fms. ; Sta- tion 19, 310 fms. Margarita aspeyrima n. s. Shell conical, yellowish white, turreted, higher than wide ; whorls five to seven, the last forming half the height of the shell ; base rounded, umbilicus small, partly covered by the reflexed lip, transversely striate, with one longi- tudinal thread close to the bounding nodulated strong carinal rib ; upper whorls with two strong longitudinal ribs, the lower of which forms the carina of the last whorl ; near the beginning of the latter a single less conspicuous thread is intercalated between these two ; the carina is above the middle of the last whorl, and between it and the bounding rib of the umbilicus are four strong, simple revolving threads, not nodulated, between which, near the mouth, intercalary, weaker threads begin to appear. Suture distinct, compact, not channelled, except by projection of the ribs above and below it which give the shell a turreted appearance. Lip thin or slightly thickened, denticu- lated on the edge by the rib-ends ; pillar little thickened, its base apparently toothed by the ends of the umbilical threads (these denticulations are probably missing in the perfect adult) ; mouth slightly oblique, not produced below ; transverse sculpture consisting of threads following the lines of growth, rising into lamellae between the ribs, and in passing over them (except the basal ones) forming squarish projections, cutting the ribs obliquely. Nucleus smooth, polished, the remainder dull white, with no visible nacre. Alt. 7.5. Lat. of base, 6.0. Height of aperture, 3.0 mm. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 41 Station 12, 177 fins. ; Barbados, 100 fms. ; Station 20, 220 fms. This little shell has much the form of Trochus transcnna W. The regular- ity of its asperities has a very pleasing effect, and it seems quite different from any described species. Margarita scabriuscula n. s. Shell white, conical, compact, very thin, with a silky lustre ; whorls, five to six, suture not channelled ; nucleus bulbous, polished, smooth ; next whorl and a half having a sculpture of slightly raised ribs like a ndnute Scalaria ; on the following whorls the upper surface decorated with two carinee, sculp- tured with closely set, angular, buttressed projections, like those figured by Watson on the carinse of Trochus clavatus (PL V. fig. 8), but the buttresses are not continuous over the whorl, so as to form transverse ribs, and the second carina is within the periphery of the last whorl, which is bordered by a sharp, angular carina, without nodules or projections ; two similar, but lightly nodu- lated, intervene on the somewhat rounded base between the last and the nodu- lated boundary of the umbilical chink, which is nearly filled by the reflected pillar ; the lines of growth radiate in a wavy manner from the umbilicus over the whorl, and constitute the remaining sculpture ; there al-e no longitudinal striae of any kind, or any ribs except those described ; the aperture is nearly rectangular, a little wider than high ; the sides of the spire are rather a little inflated than simply conical. Alt. 4.75. Lat. of base, 4.0. Lat. of aperture, 1.62; alt. 1.12 mm. Station 44, 539 fms. This has the characteristic aspect of an abyssal shell. Margarita lissocona n. s. This species belongs to the same group as the last three mentioned species, but is nearest to the last. The shell is more simply conical, consisting of six and a half whorls, which glisten with that peculiar spun-glass or flossy lustre noticeable in so many abyssal species ; the nuclear whorls as in the last ; then the sculpture consists of two lines closely appressed to the sutures, less promi- nent and less conspicuously provided with the angular projections than in the last species. Between the upper and lower lines the surface of the whorl is smooth, except for lines of growth, shining as above described, and seems even a little concave. The nodules on the upper carina of one whorl fit into the spaces between the nodiiles on the lower carina of the preceding whorl, and thus alternate along the line of the suture and give it a wavy character. The carina on the last whorl is seen to be formed by two threads, which constitute the periphery, with fainter angularities than the others. The base is somewhat inflated, with two sharp, smooth threads between the periphery and the nodu- late boundary of the small funnel-shaped umbilicus. The lines of growth are nmch as in the last species, the umbilicus is not infringed upon by any reflec- 42 BULLETIN OF THE tion of the pillar lip, and tho aperture is about as wide as high, and less dis- tinctly rectangular. Alt. 5.5. Lat. of base, 4.5. Lat. of aperture, 2.0 mm. Station 47, 3:U fms. This little species recalls the last in many features, but the differences in sculpture and umbilicus are so great that it seems inadvisable to unite them without a coiuiecting series. Margarita filogyra n. s. Shell white, or brownish white, but little nacreous, except when decorti- cated ; suture appressed, not conspicuous ; whorls six, the first two and a half smooth and glassy, the others, on the upper surface, supjdied with four carinsp, extending from the periphery half-way in toward the suture ; the space be- tween the inner carina and the suture sculptured with fine even radiating ridges, striated by the lines of growth, underneath which are a few inconspicu- ous longitudinal threads ; on passing over the inner carina these ridges be- come about three times as numerous, and so continue over the whorl, the base being supplied with about eighteen smooth, fine, even, close set revolving lines ; the radiating lines or fine ridges are almost obscurlid until they pass into the umbilicus, where they appear as striations on its walls. The umbili- cal rib is not nodulated ; the sides of the umbilicus are so straight that they look concave above the rib, and the perforation is visible to the apex, though not wide or funnel-shaped. The base of the shell is full and rounded, the pillar lip emarginated, and the aperture almost round ; there is no reflection or callus, except that in adult shells the outer lip is a little thickened, while in young ones it is slightly emarginated by the ends of the carinse. Alt. 6.75. Lat. of base, 8.0 ; of aperture, 4.0 ; of umbilicus, 1.5 mm. Off Cuba, Pourtales, 200 fms. Station 20, 220 fms. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This recalls the M. groenlandica in some respects. Margarita (Ttircicula) imperialis n. s. Shell with five (?) whorls, globosely conical, white, extremely thin ; umbil- icus reduced to a mere chink under the thin callus of the upper part of the pillar lip. Mouth rounded rectangular, pillar somewhat concave, margins all thin ; base flattened convex, with seven revolving ribs, the outermost of which is just within the periphery, cro.ssed by radiating lines of growth, regular and very fine, but raised into low, very sharp lamellae, which pass over the pe- riphery on to the upper surface of the whorl ; the last is provided with two strong revolving ribs, one of which forms the periphery, while the other lies a little less than half-way from the first toward the suture ; two indistinct threads run in the vicinity of the suture ; on the revolving ribs above men- tioned there are regularly disposed sharp rough tubercles (seventeen on the last whorl), most prominent on the middle carina ; the above-mentioned MUSEUxM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 43 lamellfe are arranged with a regular irregularity (which gives a shagreened appearance to the sui'lace) between the carina;, and are still coarser and more elevated over the threads near the suture, forming there a double row of scales partly obscuring the suture, which is nevertheless rather deep. Alt. of last whorl, 10.0. Lat. 13.0. Alt. of aperture, 5.5. Lat. of same, 6.25 mm. Off Cuba, Pourtales, in 200 fms. The single specimen taken, though destitute of the apical whorls, seemed too remarkable to leave undescribed. It has a general resemblance to some of A. Adams' species of Turcica from Eastern seas, but has a j^eculiar and re- markable sculpture, and wants the teeth on the pillar. Margarita iris n. s. Shell thin, brilliantly nacreous, inflated, depressed-conical, five-whorled ; spire obtuse ; nucleus polished, smooth, very minute ; remainder of shell sculptured with fine revolving lines, subequal, about as wide as the inter- spaces, about eighteen at the beginning of the last whorl ; these are crossed by slight plications, beginning near the suture, becoming nodulous on a single prominent thread a little way from the suture (which is thus made to appear somewhat channelled), becoming faint about the middle of the upper side of the whorl, and entirely disappearing before reaching the periphery ; the re- volving lines are fainter on the rounded base ; the umlnlicus is wide and funnel-shaped, bordered by a strong keel with about twenty-five rounded nodules, the inner walls of the umbilicus Avith strong revolving lines deli- cately reticulated by the lines of growth. The whorls are rounded, with no carina at the periphery; the pillar thin, arched, not reflected ; the aperture nearly round, but angulated above by the sutural thread, and below by the umbilical keel ; edges simple, not thickened ; operculum thin, corneous, multispiral ; shell nacreous, with delicate suffused splashes of brown. Alt. 5.0. Maj. diam. 5.5. Diam. of aperture, 2.0 ; of umbilicus, 2.75 mm. Sand Key, 119 fms. Margarita maculata n. s. Shell in general form and sculpture much resembling the last, but without the nacreous coloring, stouter and coarser in every respect. Whorls five, the revolving threads on the upper side of the whorls only seven in number (on the last whorl), of which the inner two are crenulated by the radiating plica- tions which otherwise are visible only as radiating threads in the interspaces, the base rounded with nine flattened revolving ril;s separated only by incised lines and crossed by delicate lines of growth. The umbilicus much smaller than in the last, bordered by two nodulous ribs with a remarkably deep groove between them ; aperture as in the last, but not so distinctly angulated ; shell variously painted with Ijrown on a yellowish white ground ; one specimen has five distinct brown patches on the upper side of the last whorl, another has more numerous radiating brown streaks ; the base is whitish, and in adults 44 BULLETIN OF THE there is a thickening of the inside of the aperture all round, but least on the pillar. Alt. 4.5. Maj. diam. 5.0. Diani. of aperture, 2.25 ; of uuiLilicus, 1.0 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. Margarita lubrica n. s. Shell small, conical, white, shining, with a .slight nacreous hue ; whorls five full and rounded ; suture distinct ; from about the beginning of the third whorl a row of round nodules extends along the upper line of the whorls just below the suture, about twenty-five on the last whorl and more faintly de- tined near the aperture ; base perforated by a small umbilicus bounded by a thickened raised line, within which are al)0ut twelve plications extending up into the umbilicus ; outside of this line a few radiating impressed lines extend toward the outer part of the whorl ; faint lines of growth are here and there visible on the polished surface ; aperture nearly circular, thin-edged, simple ; the pillar slightly extended on the umbilical side, not thickened. Alt. 4.0. Major diam. 3.25. Diam. of aperture, 1.5 ; of umbilicus, 0.5 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. This shell may possibly not be a Margarita, but there seems no other place available for it. The minute nucleus and regular form preclude the idea of its being the fry of something larger. Margarita (?) euspira n. s. Shell conical, shining, pearly white, elevated, with a rather obtu.se apex ; five- whorled, the nucleus translucent, white, and with a sculpture of strong revolv- ing threads, of which that nearest to the suture is most pronounced, and con- tinues, at first sharp, then with .slight waves, then with oblique waves like the "lay " of a stranded rope, and on the last whorl as a succession of well-elevated, pinched-up points forming a band next the suture ; the others disappear on the third whorl, and for the rest the shell is only marked by faint lines of growth here and there a little more pronounced in the vicinity of the umbilical callus ; periphery with a tendency to carination, base rounded ; aperture oblique, rounded, margin sharp, simple, pillar stout, thick, inseparable from a thick white callus which forms a lump over the umbilical pit ; end of pillar (broken in specimens seen so far) apparently forming a sort of lump or thickened angle. Suture distinct throughout. Alt. 5.75. Major diam. 6.0. Diam. of aperture, 3.0 mm. Defl. somewhat less than 90°. Station 2, 805 fms. Perhaps not a Margarita, but with no sufficient characters to justify its being separated in the absence of soft parts. Calliostoma circumcinctum n. s. Shell solid, strong, white, elevated, conical, seven-whorled ; nucleus polished, small, delicately reticulate ; other whorls with two .sharp, much produced, thin MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 45 keels a little recurved at their edges, and crossed only by most delicate lines of growth ; base flattened, ornamented with nine angular ribs, the outermost pro- duced somewhat ; umbilicus none, aperture subrectangular, notched by the keels ; pillar simple, somewhat projecting at its anterior end, not callous ; suture appressed, distinct, not channelled. Alt. 8.0. Basal diam. 6.0. Diam. of aperture, 3.0 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. ; Station 2, 805 fms. This somewhat resembles a Calliostoma annidatum in miniature, with the Calliostoma tiara Watson sp. Trochus {Ziziphinus) tiara "Watson, loc. cit., p. 696 (390-1,075 fms.). Off Havana, Sigsbee, 450 fms. ; Station 44, 539 fms. ; Station 20, 220 fms. (St. Thomas and Bermuda, Watson, Challenger Exp.) The number of these which I have to compare is smaller than of Margarita cegleis, but the variations are as numerous as the individuals, and there are specimens with an impervious base, while others indicate a chink in the um- bilical region. The sculpture is tolerably constant, and the elevated shape much more so than in the Margaritas. Calliostoma Bairdii Verrill and Smith. C. Bairdii Verrill and Smith, Am. Journ. Sci., loc. cit., p. 396, Nov. 1880. C. Psyche Dall (not described), Bull. M. C. Zoiil., V., p. 61, July, 1878. This lovely species was first found by Pourtales in 100 to 200 fms. along the Florida reefs ; it seems to vary from 80 to 350 fms. in its habitat. The orig- inal specimens were burned at Chicago ; others were subsequently collected, and more lately it has been found by the United States Fish Commission in deep water off Newport, R. I. It strongly recalls some of the European forms. Calliostoma roseolum n. 8. Shell acute conical, eight-whorled ; the first five whorls flattened, the last three somewhat rounded ; periphery of last whorl gently rounded to meet the rather flattened base ; umbilicus none ; pillar short, straight, ending in a slight knob inside the margin of the aperture, which is thin, crenulated by the sculpture, nacreous, obliquely set and suljrectangular in form ; sutures ap- pressed, hardly visible except in the last three whorls ; color delicate rosy, nucleus smooth and white ; the base with about twelve equal revolving ribs consisting of successive rounded nodules, of even size, somewhat like strings of beads ; the first, third, and fifth ribs, counting from the pillar, show every third bead crimson, the others white ; the other basal ribs have the rosy color of the shell, but in the seventh, ninth, and eleventh, each alternate or each third bead has a deeper crimson tint, though this is hardly visible without a 4G BULLETIN OF THE glass. On the upper surface of the whorls are (eight in the last whorl) sim- ilar beaded ribs, several of which have rosy beads alternating with crimson ones ; the general rosy hue is clouded darker and lighter alternately, but in an indefinite way. Tlie sculpture of the whole shell is very uniform. Alt. 9.5. Basal diam. 7.0. Diani. of aperture, 3.5 mm. Station 11, 37 fms. Lat. 23^ 43' N., Long. 83^ 25' W., near Havana. This is one of the early finds of Pourtales, lost at Chicago, afterward re- found, and has been known to me for a good many years. It recalls C. mac- andrce from Panama in general form, and is one of a group of small species, apparently hitherto undescribed, which have a considerable general resem- blance to one another, and to some West American forms. Calliostoma apicinum n. s. Shell conical, of six whorls, elevated, thin, rather solid ; whorls and base flattened, the sutures hardly visible, the last whorl subangulated, but not carinated, on the periphery. Nucleus prominent, bubble-shaped, shining, opaque white ; second whorl deep rose-pink, with three longitudinal beaded ribs ; rest of shell yellowish white, with indistinct clouds of brown trans- versely disposed on«the upper whorls ; the lower rib on the second, third, and part of the fourth whorls with somewhat larger beads than the rest, crowning the suture ; the upper side of the last whorl with about nine revolving beaded ribs with a slight tendency to run in pairs, beginning at the periphery ; base with eleven somewhat flattened ribs, only the two next the pillar beaded, the others crossed by evident lines of growth, radiating in a wavy manner; umbilicus a hardly visible puncture ; pillar grooved, hardly thickened, aperture not very oblique, crenulated (especially below) by the ends of the ribs, subrectangular. Alt. 7.5. Basal diam. 7.0 ; of aperture, 2.0 ; width of do. 4.0 mm. Barbados, 100 fms. Off Havana, Sigsbee, 175 fms. Calliostoina sapidum n. s. This species bears a strong superficial resemblance to the last, and is best described by a differential diagnosis ; it is entirely white, not colored ; . it has seven whorls in a shell of the same size as an apicinum with six ; the sutures are slightly channelled, and therefore distinctly visible ; there are four instead of nine beaded ribs on the upper side of the last whorl, and the beads are coarser, the interspaces wide enough to show the lines of growth crossing them ; the nodules on the peripheral rib in this whorl are undulations rather than beads, and sufficiently large to give a crenulated appearance to the border of the shell when viewed from Ijelow ; there are eight revolving ribs on the base crossed by fine ridges following the lines of growth ; there is no umbilicus or callus ; the pillar is not grooved or thickened ; the aperture is more oblique and proportionately less wide. Alt. 5.0. Basal diam. 4.12. Alt. of aperture, 1.5. Width of do. 2.0 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY, 47 Calliostoma Yucatecanum n. s. Shell belonging to tlie group of C. Palmeri Dull, C. eximium Rve., and C. lima of the western coast of America. Shell depressed conic with a rather acute apex and six whorls ; nucleus white, delicately sculptured ; remainder of shell whitish with faint streaks of brown transverse to the whorls, arranged so as to present the appearance of seven brownish streaks radiating from the apex ; other dots and streaks of brown irregularly distributed ; upper side of whorls with one smooth revolving keel nearly midway between the sutures, but a little nearer the periphery ; this gives the whorls a somewhat tabulated aspect ; above this on the last whorl are four smaller more or less beaded or crenulated keels, below it are two without nodosities, reaching the gently rounded periph- ery ; between these are intercalary threads or grooves ; base supplied with nine rounded revolving ribs, those nearer the umbilicus with a tendency to bead- ing ; interspaces about as wide as the ribs, which are crossed by slight eleva- tions due to lines of growth ; umbilicus perforate, bordered by a strong white rib, inner walls smooth or transversely striate ; pillar emarginate, twisted, not thickened, ending in a rounded lump above the basal margin of the aperture ; the latter obliciue, subrectangular, nacreous, sharp-edged, crenulated by the ribs. Operculum as usual in the genus. Alt. 7.0. Basal diam. 7.0. Diam. of aperture, 4.0 ; of umbilicus, 1.0 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fnis. Calliostoma echinatum n. s. Shell small, white, acute-conical, in general resembling C sapidum, but less stout and solid and with wholly different sculpture ; whorls six, somewhat ap- pressed toward the apex ; nucleus smooth, semi-transparent, inflated, shining, remainder of shell opaque white with the following sculpture ; on the upper whorls, four revolving ribs with smaller inconspicuous ones between them, crossed by faint plications (more evident on the smaller whorls), producing nodosities which, on the four principal ribs, and especially on the third one, counting from the suture toward the base, rise to acutely pointed projections separated by an incurved scallop of about twice the width of the projections ; toward the aperture the ribs and nodosities become more equal in size ; base flattened, impervious, sculptured with some fifteen close set flattened revolving ribs crossed by impressed radiating lines of growth ; aperture nearly rectangu- lar ; pillar straight, stout, not projecting, without a callus ; margin thin, a little crenulated by the sculpture. Alt. 5.25. Basal diam. 4.75. Diam. of aper- ture, 2.0. Alt. of same, 1.75 mm. Sigsbee, off Havana, 80 fms. Seguenzia formosa Jeffreys. Kep. on Valorous Cruise, Proc. Roy. Soc, 1876, p. 200. Station 16, 292 fms. Station 20, 220 fms. 48 BULLETIN OF THE Seguenzia ionica Watson. Watson, loc. cit., p. 589. Station 33, 1,568 fms. Station 41, 860 fms. Seguenzia delicatula n. s. Shell somewhat resembling S. carinata Jeffreys, but with the sides of the cone rather concave than convex, an acute apex, and quite dift'erently sculp- tured. Whorls seven, the nucleus prominent, rounded, transparent ; the next two whorls irregularly reticulately sculptured with the transverse sculpture following the lines of growth ; the remainder having fine revolving liroe en- tirely covering the whorl above and below ; a raised band just above the suture or basal margin, across which pass squarish bands half the width of their interspaces, composed each of several threads following the lines of growth, lost on the middle upper surface of the whorls and reappearing as flexuous plications below the sutures. Base plano-convex, crossed by lines of growth which appear as slight plications near the umbilicus and as nodules (18-20) on the strong umbilical rib. Otherwise much as in S. carinata. Alt. 5.0. Basal diam. 6.0. Umbilical diam. 1.0 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. Basilissa alta Watson [loc. cit., p. 597). Station 43, 339 fms. Basilissa costulata Watson {loc. cit., p. 600). Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Sigsbee, Station 50, 119 fms; Sand Key, 15 fms. I apply this name provisionally to a shell which may prove to be the adult of Watson's species, but which requires further investigation. If so, the mouth is well provided with thick internal denticulations when grown, and the pillar is stout and involved. It seems to have no operculum ! Leptothyra (induta var. ?) albida n. s. Shell stout, solid, heavy, very nacreous, variable in form and sculpture, rather elevated for the genus, dead white or brownish externally, with the usual solid shelly operculum. Whorls five, rounded, apex obtuse, suture dis- tinct ; sculpture of stout revolving ribs, varying from three to six on the upjier side of the whorl crossed by slight plications, most noticeable just below the sutures, but distinguishable also on the base ; the ribs may be few and widely separated, or numerous and close set ; they may near the sutures be nodulated July 12, 1881. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 49 by the plications, or not ; the base is usually more finely sculptured and some- times quite smooth except for lines of growth. Aperture quite oblique ; pil- lar with a blunt tooth as in other species of the genus ; lip somewhat reflected, thickened inside, basal callus not very thick. Alt. 7.0±. Maj. diam. 6.75±. Sand Key, 125 fms. ; Station 2, 805 fms. ; Sigsbee, off Havana, 450 fms. ; off Cape San Antonio, 1,002 fms. ; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This shell is so variable that I should be disposed to think Watson's Turbo (Collonia) indutus a mere abnormally smooth specimen, were it not that he does not figure the tooth on the pillar. It is very probable, however, that they will tmni out to be varieties of the same species. CALLOGAZA n. g. Shell resembling Gar.a Watson, but with the umbilical pad reflected only partly over the umbilicus ; the pillar straight, passing without notch or mucro- nation into the reflected basal margin of the aperture ; nacreous layer in this shell covered with a thin non-nacreous layer, which, in its turn, appears to be covered by a delicate epidermis. A marked feature in Gaza is the mucronate pillar, which gives it much the aspect of an Alcadia, while the umbilicus is wholly covered and the shell wholly nacreous. Were it not that I have sev- eral forms agreeing in character, and in these differences, I should have hesi- tated to separate them from Gaza. Such differences, however, are held to have considerable value in littoral forms, and, until we know to the contrary, cannot in abyssal species be held to be valueless. It is probably allied to Gaza, and has a similar operculum. Callogaza superba n. s. Shell in general features recalling Gaza dcedala Watson, much of whose de- scription would apply with little change to this species. Whorls eight, in the adult roundly shouldered below the suture, rounded at the periphery, some- what flattened on the base, deeply and widely umbilicated, the umbilicus a little more than half covered by a nacreous callus ; first two and a half whorls transparent, not nacreous, very obtuse, the nucleus not prominent ; the next three and a half whorls smooth, except for faintest lines of growth, glassy with the nacre shining through ; the remainder of the shell covered with delicate and distinct lines of growth, sometimes a little more pronounced near the su- ture, and by revolving lines almost too shallow to be called grooves, most promi- nent on the periphery, evanescent on the flattened part of the base and above near the suture ; on the last whorl these are about 0.5 mm. apart ; the region near the suture is almost smooth. Suture very distinct, but not channelled ; umbilicus bordered by an edge from which the flattened base falls away, and with straight walls forming an almost perfect cone ; last whorl contracted just before the reflected lip, which, above, rounds out in advance of its junction with the suture, the last quarter of an inch of which descends on the whorl, VOL. IX. — NO. 2. 4 50 BULLETIN OF THE giving the aperture a downward look ; aperture ol)li([ue above, arching more nearly to a perpendicular below ; snioothh', evenly re(lect(;d and thickened from the jiillar to the suture, with an internal channel behind the thickening ; piUar callous above, thinly and unevenly reflected half-way across the umbilicus, gently and very oliliciuely descending and smoothly passing into the basal part of the lip. The interior of the aperture, the lip, the umbilical callus, and a slight wash near the sutural junction, brilliantly nacreous ; base and body whorl witliin the mouth not so ; upper surface of shell distinctly tinted with fawn color, base waxen white, the nacre perceptible through tlie thinner por- tions. Alt. 24.0 ; Maj. diam. 35.5 ; of umbilicus, 8.0 ; of aperture, 13.0 mm. Defl. about 100°. Station 153, off Montserrat, 303 fms., and from various other localities at about the same depth. This shell, except for the nacre, at once recalls a big Helix of the alholahris type. Callogaza Watsoni n. s. Shell much smaller than the last and but slightly nacreous; whorls six and a quarter, having the same general form r.s in the last species, but with a more prominent nucleus ; nucleus small, bidbons, dark brown ; first two and a half whorls glassy, brown spotted, smooth ; subsec[uently the exterior two thirds of the upper surface of the whorls sculptured with four or five strong revolving threads ; the space between them and the suture above, with strong, even, flex- uously radiating, shining, rounded jilications (about eight to a millimeter) which pass obliquely over the revolving threads and appear again on the base as strong regular plications in the umbilical region, extending from the umbil- ical carina one third of the way toward the periphery. The base is covered with numerous revolving threads flattened until their interspaces appear like grooves ; the umbilicus similarly formed to the last species, but somewhat more turreted internally. Last whorl less contracted behind the lip, which is not produced forward above, as in sujpcrha ; the umbilical callus not nacreous, with a granular surface, white and covering less than half the umbilicus ; lip and aperture otherwise much the same as in superba, but only slightly nacre- ous. Base waxy white, top the same, with cloudy radiating brown blotches near the suture and on the periphery ; some of the revolving threads are also continuously brown. Alt. 7.75. Maj. diam. 12.5 ; of umbilicus, 2.5 ; of aper- ture, 5.5 mm. Defl. about 120°. Sigsbee, Station 12, 177 fms., off Havana. This modest little species looks very like some of Lowe's Madeiran helices. MICROGAZA n. subg. Shell flattened, rotelliform, resembling a Gum without reflected lip or um- bilical callus, brilliantly nacreous when fresh, and having a distinctly scalari- form umbilicus. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 51 Tliis little shell T at first supposed to be the young of the preceding species, but a careful examination of many specimens has shown that this is not the case, and there is no evidence to indicate immaturity. The close resemblance in the other characters leads to the supposition that it is related to Callogaza, of ■which until more is known it will form a subdivision. Microgaza rotella n. s. Shell depressed, with five whorls, somewhat flattened above and below ; nu- cleus small, translucent white, and Avith the two first whorls polished, smooth or marked oidy by faint growth-Mnes ; remainder of the whorls with a nar- row puckered band revolving immediately below the suture, on which the sliell matter is as it were pinched up into slight elevations at regular intervals, about half a millimeter apart. In some specimens, outside of this band an im- pressed line revolves with the shell ; remainder smooth, shining or with eva- nescent traces of revolving lines impressed from within and strongest about the rounded periphery ; base rounded toward the umljilical carina over which it seems to be drawn into flexuously radiating well-marked plications (about thirty-two on the last turn) which disappear a third of the way toward the periphery ; walls of the umbilicus concave, overhung by the carina, turns of the shell so coiled that the part of each whorl uncovered by its successor forms a narrow spiral plane ascending to the apex like a spiral staircase or screw thread. Pillar straight, thin, with no callus ; aperture rounded except at the angle of the umbilical carina ; margin thin, sharp, not reflected or thickened ; no callus on the body whorl in the aperture ; shell whitish or greenish ; nacre less bi'iliiant in dead or deep-water specimens ; witti zigzag brown lines vari- ously transversely disposed and disappearing on the base. Alt. 4.0. Maj. diam. G.75 ; of umbilicus, 1.75 ; of aperture, 2.5 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. Barbados, 100 fms., etc. The coloration recalls that of some species of Cyclotus. FLUXINA n. g. Shell porcellanous, depressed conical, irmbilicate, strongly carinate, with a stout umbilical rib, above which the pillar is thin and emarginate ; Irom the umbilical rib to the carina the basal margiivof the aperture is deeply flexu- ously emarginate ; above the carina it is again but less deeply emarginate, then sweeps forward roundly and then slightly recedes before joining the pre- ceding whorl. This curious form belongs in all probability to the Solariidre ; representing among tliem Basilissa among the Trochidce, and recalling Platijschisma, but with a different aperture. When perfect the margin at the carina must project forward like a claw, or nail, as in Schi~ostoraa. When adult, the nuclear whorls are filled up with a solid deposit of shelly matter, and it is probable that there is a sliLiht notch at the end of the umbilical rib. 52 BULLETIN OF THE Fluxina brunnea n. s. Shell lar^e, solid, depressed, with five to seven whorls ; light brown Avith a few touches of white transverse to the whorls on the carina ; umbilical rib white ; nucleus and interior walls of the umbilicus dark brown. Several of the spiral grooves above and below are marked by a darker brown than the rest, and appear as brown lines. Sculpture above, on the nuclear whorls, of close-set sharp longitudinal grooves with the ridges between them rounded and more or less beaded or nodulous, crossed by more or less evident lines of frowth, which, however, are not necessarily coincident with the beading where present ; the grooves continue, but do not seem to increase in number, while all sculpture disappears from between them, the interspaces being smooth and flat and only marked by very light lines of growth. The carina is separated from the rest of the whorl by a squarish shallow gutter, somewhat too broad to be termed a groove, while the base rounds up over the periphery so tliat the most angular edge of the carina is at the top ; base between flat and rounded, marked by evanescent (partly brown) grooves and transversely by delicate flexuous slightly raised aggregations of the lines of growth at somewhat regular intervals ; these slightly crenate the umbilical rib on its inner edge and per- haps form the pronounced, slightly backwardly flexed, striae and ridges which mark the umbilical walls. There is hardly any callus on the body wall at the aperture, which is broken in the specimens at hand ; its form has been made out from the lines of growth ; the suture in the later whorls is closely appressed, the carinal gutter would at first sight be taken fur it ; the first two and a half whorls are solidly filled with translucent shelly matter. Alt. of base, 6.0 ; of spire, 4.75. Diam. of base, 15.5; of umbilicus, 3.12. Width of aperture, 7.0 mm. Station 2, 805 fms., and in other localities which will hereafter be enumer- ated. Ethalia anomala D'Orbignt. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Turbo (Liotia?) Briareus n. s. Shell small, elevated, with an obtuse apex and five rounded whorls. Nu- cleus flattened, lemon-yellow, looking like a little Ddphinula ; the remainder whitish with the backs of the spines streaked with rose color, or the whole shell (except the nucleus) of a darker shade of rose ; nucleus with transverse ridges ; next whorl and a half with spiny rugosities, spirally arranged ; remain- der, above, with four or five revolving ridges close set with hollow spines resembling little curved tubes slit down on the anterior side, a millimeter long (or less) but sometimes dwarfed, thickened and stunted ; a thread with smaller spines just below the periphery (or apjiearing just at the suture in eai'lier whorls) inside of which are three strong ribs clusely nodulated, then a MUSEUM OF COMPArvATIVE ZOOLOGY. 53 very pronounced umbilical rib coarsely nodulated, then three rows of small spines which twist into the umbilicus, above which its walls are smooth, but twisted so that the proper perforation is very small. The whole shell more- over is covered with the lines of growth which rise into elegantly imbricated scales, regular on the base, irregular on top, where they produce by their irreg- ularity a shagreened effect. Aperture circular, thickened in the adult ; pearly substance of the shell thick and solid. Alt. 7.5. Maj. diam. 9.0. Diam. of aperture, 3.5 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. Station 60, off Havana, 480 fms. This may belong to the subgenus Arene H. & A. Adams. Contrary to the ordinary experience, those from the deeper water are the darker and smaller specimens. This shell is a perfect little gem. Words can give but little idea of its beauty under a magnifier. Hanleyia tropicalis n. s Dall, Sol. Results Expl. Alaska, Art. IV. p. 101, Dec. 1878 (name only). Chiton about 10.0 mm. in length and 5.0 mm. in width, with the usual characters of the genus, i. e. anterior valve with an unslit insertion plate, other valves without even the plates ; back with an angle of about 90°. Girdle in the dried specimens thin, narrow, covered with close-set, white, glassy, slender spines (1.0-1.5 mm. in length) above, and below with similar but much shorter ones. Anterior valve with a well-marked mucro from which proceed concen- tric stria3 of growth, and in front of which the valve is a little concave ; sculp- ture of little tessellated flattened nodules radiating from the mucro, above which are irregularly distributed small opaque white pustular bubbles of shelly mat- ter looking like attached grains of coral sand ; posterior valve smaller, flatter, with similar sculpture, but the pustules take on a decidedly cylindrical shape and are elongated, looking like the stalks of decapitated mushrooms ; this ar- rangement is still more marked on the posterior lateral areas of the interme- diate valves, the anterior lateral areas also exhibit it (less prominently), but with an obliquely antero-posterior radiation, while the former have it more entirely lateral from the mucrones ; dorsal areas with the tessellated sculpture alone, arranged longitudinally. Color entirely white. Pourtales, Sand Key, 128 fms. This is the first known species of the group from the waters of the tropics, and is entirely distinct in sculpture and appearance from the others. GENUS PLEUROTOMA Lam. ANCISTROSYRINX n. subg. Shell with the posterior surface of the whorls concave, with a broad deep sinus, bordered externally by a pectinated elevated frill, directed backwards. 54 BULLETIN OF THE Understandinc^ that the name Candelabrum, used (but not describeil) for this form (Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. V., 1878), has l)ceii used l)y T51aiuville Inraii oehiiio- denn, I propose to adopt the above designation i'or the group typilial by tlie following species. Ancistrosyrinx elegans n. s. Canddahrum cathedral if< Dall, /. c. (named, but not (h'scribed). Shell with the canal about the same length as tin- spire, acutcdy tapering before and behind ; white ; whorls nine, of which two are embryonic ; ajicr- ture very long and narrow ; anterior surface of the whorls everywhere sculji- tured with even uniform spiral rows of rounded nodules beautifully reticulated l)y the lines of growth ; one row about the middle of the wlioil slightly ele- vated above the others ; carina fringed with delicate triangular points ; ])os- terior surface of the whorls, except for lines of growth, smooth, Avith one row of nodules just inside the carina; canal straight, columella not thickened, but somewhat twisted anteriorly, outer lip sharply angulated by the carina. Length 27 mm., of which 12 mm. are behind the carinal notch. Max. width, 12 mm. Width of aperture, 4 mm. Defl. 45°. Florida Reefs, Pourtales, 1870. Station 2, 805 fathoms, four miles from Havana, Agassiz, 1877-78. This is a most exquisite gem of the sea, and will not fit into any of the sec- tions of Pleurotomidce yet eliminated from the Lamarckian genus. SUBGENUS BELA Leach. The subdivisions of the Pleurotomidai are at present so indistinctly limited and so poorly defined by diagnosis ; the differences of authors in regard to which groups should be taken as of full generic value are so great, and the diffi- culty of decision in the absence of the soft parts so perplexing ; that for the present purpose I shall regard the groups as merely subdivisions of the La- marckian genus, recognizing of course that some of them, when properly elim- inated, are entitled to generic separation. P. (Bela) Blakeana n. s. Shell very variable in proportions and somewliat variable in sculpture ; thin, white, with a dark nucleus, rather acute spire, short pillar and rather wide aperture ; sculpture of revolving threads, two stronger ones immediately in front of the suture, which are nodulated at their intersection with the ribs ; with sixteen to eighteen transverse ribs which are strongest near the suture and fade away toward the canal ; notch subobsolete ; shell with the waxy pol- ish characteristic of so many abyssal forms. Yar. normalis. Shell short and very stout, seven-wliorled, the last whorl about eight elev- enths of the whole length ; extreme nucleus smootli ; remainder of the three and MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 55 a half nuclear whorls yelhnv-brown, beautifully reticulated with wavy transverse lines, then clianging suddenly into waxy white ; remainder of sliell with sjiiral threads, set in pairs which frequently blend to make one flattened spiral thread, with wider interspaces between the threads. Two or three threads next the su- ture are stronger and wider apart than the others, the outer one strongest, giving the whorl a tnrreted appearance, and rising into little knobs on the transverse ridges ; these ridges rather sharp, sixteen to eighteen in number, fading away toward the canal in most but not all specimens, flexuous with the lines of growth ; pillar straight, the edge obliquely cut off, shorter than the aperture anteriorly ; a light deposit of callus on the body ; aperture proportionally wide, thin-lipped, about half as long as the shell. Loti. 8.25. Lat. 5.25 mm. Defl. very variable. Off Cape San Antonio, 640 fms. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Var. extensa. Shell in most features like the last, but more elongated, with nine whorls, the revolving threads (except the sutural ones) obsolete except near the anterior end of the last whorl ; with a tendency of the thread next the suture to be stronger and more strongly knobbed than (as in the normal form) the outer one ; the transverse threads twenty to twenty-five, more numerous and in large specimens hardly noticeable except near the suture ; spire nearly equal to the last whorl and aperture about one third of the shell. Lon. 12.5. Lat. 5.0 mm. Off Cape San Antonio, 640 fms., 413 fms. Station 35, Lat. 23° 52', Lon. 88° 58' W , 804 fms. The sutural knobljing characterizes so many abyssal shells that it would seem to have some significance, but ■« hat it is we are not yet able to determine. P. (Bela) limacina n. s. Shell waxy white, smooth, glistening, elf)ngated, rather acute at both extrem- ities ; whorls eight or nine, the nucleus and nuclear ones as in the last except that they are less strongly sculptured ; next the suture, which is by them dis- tinctly marked, a succession of (on the last whorl sixteen) little squarish knobs, not continued anteriorly in any way, but looking as if they had been pinched np from the interspaces between them ; on the back of the canal are two or three spiral threads, remainder of shell without trace of spiral sculpture ; lines of growth very flexuous, indicating a deep broad emargination near the suture ; but the shell is so excessively thin and brittle that I can find, among many c.pecimens, none with a perfect aperture, but suppose from the growth lines that the outer lip was rounded out broadly, while the canal is very narrow, the pillar extremely thin, sharp and straight, making the aperture narrowly lunate. There are variations in slenderness and in the prominence of the sutural knobs, otlierwise this i.s.one of the most characteristic abyssal species and wholly un- like any of the shallow-water Belas. Last whorl twenly-seveu forty-fourths of 56 BULLETIN OF THE the shell. Lou. 11.0. Lat. 4.0 mm. Aperture e([ual to the spire above the last whorl. Station 2, 805 fnis, Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Gulf Stream, 447 iins., Pour- tales. P. (Bela) filifera n. s. Shell thin, delicate, elongated, fusiform, waxy white ; nuclear whorls three, generally decorticated, but when perfect probably as in the preceding species ; whorls in all ten, near the suture smooth except for the distinct lines of growth indicating the deep wide notch ; suture appressed, indistinct ; elsewhere sculp- tured with numerous nearly uniform flattened revolving threads with about equal interspaces ; otherwise with obliquely transverse elevations, hardly lim- ited sharply enough to call ribs ; these appear just below the sutural smooth band (sixteen on last whorl), cross the whorls of the s[)ire with a slight angu- lation above the middle of those whorls, but on the last whorl disappear at about the periphery ; tolerably evident lines of growth appear here and there, crossing the spiral sculpture ; spire less than one third of the shell ; aper- ture a little less than half the length of the shell; pillar straight, simple, pol- ished. Lon. 17.5. Lat. 6.25 mm. Station 47, 331 fms. A remarkably elegant species, which resembles none of the Northern forms. P. (Genota) mitrella n. s. Shell white, strong, acutely fusiform, nine-whorled ; nucleus and two nu- clear whorls rounded, smooth, shining, white ; spiral sculpture consisting of two small threads next before the suture separated, by a smoother excavated space representing the notch, from two or three or even four strong flattened threads (the second of which forms the periphery) which distinctly overlie the transverse sculpture, are continued on the last whorl to the canal, and number about twenty-two ; beside these the entire surface is overscored with very mi- nute microscopic spiral striae ; the transverse sculpture is of twelve to fourteen sharp straight ridges, continuous from the earlier whorls to the last one, except on the final half of the latter and on its anterior two thirds where they become obsolete ; suture appressed, indistinct ; column straight, simple ; outer lip slightly excavated (for the notch) just in advance of the suture, then broadly projecting with its edge somewhat thickened, then falling away toward the canal with a thinner edge ; aperture long, narrow, somewhat less than half as long as the shell, internally smooth. Lon. 12.5. Lon. of last whorl, 7.25. Lat. 4.25. Lat. of aperture, 1.4 nmi. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This little species has much the aspect of a small acute rough-sculptured Milra. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 57 P. (Pleurotomella) Verrillii n. s. Shell eleven-whoileil, thin, large, bluish white, with an acute spire and wide twisted canal ; nucleus thin, smooth ; next three or four whorls smooth, shin- ing, with a spiral row of little polished knobs just behind the suture ; thence the entire shell covered with hardly raised spiral flattened threads about equal to the very shallow interspaces, and averaging about four to a millimeter ; the knobs continue in front of the ante-sutural excavation, but in the later whorls have a more pinched appearance ; there are twenty-one on the last whorl ; su- ture appresscd, obscure ; notch broad, shallow, rounded, the ante-sutural band on the last whorl somewhat concave and about four millimeters wide ; lip much produced forward, rounded, falling away toward the canal, which at its anterior end is broad and flaring ; pillar stout, simple with a sharp thin twisted edge and no callus ; aperture equal to half the shell in length and width. Lon. 36.0 ; of last whorl, 25.0. Max. lat. 12.0 mm. Station 41, 860 fms. This is supposed from the shell characters to belong to Prof. Verrill's sub- genus Pleurotomella, and, so far as his descriptions go, seems not to be identical with any of those described by him alone or jointly with Mr. Sanderson Smith. Whether the subgenus itself can stand will only be determined when the soft parts of the numerous other named divisions of Pleurotoma have been critically examined and compared. Meanwhile it is a convenient receptacle for a few forms which seem to differ in several particulars from those diagnosed in the text-books, or by writers on the subject. P. (Pleurotomella?) Sigsbei n. s. Shell in general closely resembling the last, with the following diflferences : it has the same number of whorls in 25.5 nmi. length ; it is proportionally more slender ; the knobs are oljlique instead of perpendicular, in the spire are set in the middle of the whorls instead of near the suture, are less promi- nent, and become obsolete toward the end of the last whorl ; there are about eighteen on the last whorl that has them, and they are proportionally more produced than in the last ; the pillar is less twisted and the sharp flaring edge near the anterior end is not so prominent ; the nucleus is smooth and light brown ; the remainder of the shell has a brownish tinge compared with the preceding. Lon. 25.5 ; of last whorl, 15.0; of aperture, 11.75. Max. lat. 9.5 mm. Station 33, 1,568 fms. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. (young). The spu'al threads in this and the last species cover the ante-sutural band as strongly as any part of the shell. P. (Mangilia?) ipara n. s. Shell with nine whorls ; nucleus minute, dark brown, polished, smooth ; sec- ond and third nuclear whorls beautifully reticulated Ijy oblique transverse lines 58 BULLETIN OF TUK in two directions ; remainder waxy white, with the peculiar waxy lustre of abyssal shells ; i\mn rather short-fusiform, spire suhlurreted by the concave ante-sutural liaml ; spiral sculpture of about twenty-four flattened threads, with wider interspaces, liefore the band on the last whorl ; only two or three of these thi'eads visible on the upper whorls ; they pass over all the transverse ridges and are a little stronger over thein. Next the suture are small, short, appressed plications, with a tendency to pair, and even to unite above, thus l)ecoming staple-shai)eil ; the ante-sutural band is excav.ated, smooth except for the termi- nations of the plica;, which cease near its posterior border ; near the anterior border the spiral tlireads begin, crossing sharply-projecting short oblique pli- cations (thirteen on the last whorl) which disappear lialf-way from the pe- rii)hery to the anterior end of the canal, and are somewhat angulated just in advance of tlie ante-sutural band ; notch broad and deep ; outer lip thin, pro- jecting ; pillar sliort, thin, twisted ; canal short, broad. Lon. 8.5 ; of last whorl, 5.75 ; of aperture, 4.5. Max. lat. 4.5 mm. Yucatan Strait, (j40 Cms. There is some variation in form and sculpture of this species ; the above is from a perfect specimen of average characters. I suspect it to be a Bcla ; the form of tiie notch, however, more nearly resembles what is usually understood by MawjiUa. It has no resemblance to any of the Northern f(jrms. P. (Mangilia) comatotropis n. s. Shell white, porcellanous, eight-whorled ; first three whorls with ten to eighteen distinct deeply llexuous transverse riblets and a narrow longitudinal belt near the suture ; succeeding rather abruptly to this the sculpture of the remaining whorls consists of ((jn the earlier ones) two or three, or (on the last whorl) up to eleven sharp revolving ridges, the one next before the suture being the most prominent ; these are crossed by delicate distinct raised lines following the lines of growth (on the last whorl about twelve to one milli- meter) which are most evident in the interspaces ; suture appressed from above and below, forming a grooved, slightly projecting riblet ; notch not deep, less than semicircular ; aperture rather narrow and short ; pillar smooth, entirely free from callus ; margins simple, not thickened. Lon. of .shell, 6.0 ; of last Avhorl, 3.75 ; of aperture, 2.5. Lat. of last whorl, 2.5 ; of aperture, 1.0 mm. Dell, about 27°. Cape San Antonio, (540 fms. This somewhat recalls the comparatively gigantic Pleurnfoma oxytropis Sby. and Drillia Kennicottii Dall, but is clearly ncjt the young of any descrilied species. P. (Mangilia) lissotropis n. s. Shell small, slender, somewhat bluntly tipped, with six whorls, shining witli the lustre of parathne ; nucleus rather large, buUate, smooth, translucent, shining ; remaining whorls with transverse, stout, shouldered ribs (on the last MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 59 whoii eleven) lieconiing obsolete anteriorly, cand succeeded by a few (four or fivej revolving riblets at the anterior extreme of the canal; suture appressed ; lines of growth not evident ; whorls rather inflated in appearance ; notch very slight ; aperture small and unusually short ; pillar very short, straight, and pointed. Lon. of shell 4.5 ; of last whorl 2.25 ; of aperture, 1.25. Lat. of last whorl, 1.75 mm. Detl. about 27°. Station 20, 220 fms. This very likely grows to larger size, and is notable for its peculiar translu- cent wa.xy lustre. P. (Mangilia) bandella n. s. Shell thin, white, polislied, fusiform, eight-whorled ; nucleus smooth ; suc- ceeding whorl or two scalariform, by reason of sharp scale-like transverse lamella ; remaining whorls with sharp transverse ridges prominent on the spire and on the posterior half of the last whorl (where there are eighteen of them) and obsolete on the anterior half ; these ridges rise into points where they cross the carina in front of the notch-band and the antci-sutural rib ; of other transverse sculpture there are only the lines of growth which are promi- nent only where they cross the band marking the track of the notch ; the re- volving sculpture consists of a rather stout rib closely appressed to the suture forming one margin of the band, the other edge of which forms a carina, in advance of which are (on the last whorl 20 - 23) flattened riblets with aliout equal interspaces which extend with regularity to the anterior end of the canal. Aperture equal to half the total length, margins and column thin ; notch broad, shallow, leaving a very distinct band ; spire moderately pointed. Lon. of shell, 9.37 ; of last whorl, 6.12 ; lat. of do., 3.75 mm. Defl. about 39°. Station 47, 321 fms. This has a superficial resemblance to the Bcia turricula group, which is less evident on a closer inspection. It has the deep-water facies and (as will be observed) the sutural band with raised sculpture common to so many other abyssal species of totally difl"erent genera or even orders. P. (Mangilia) antonia n. s. This species at first siglit appears like a variety of the last, and is best described by a differential diagnosis. It is six-whorled, with a length of 5.75 mm. ; the nucleus is clear brown instead of white, with three whorls, on most of which there are scalar ridges which are much more closely and regularly set than in the last, anil do not resemble lamellae ; there is only a trace of an ante- sutural revolving rib in the earlier whorls which vani.shes entirely in the later ones, and with it, of course, the tendency to raised points of sculpture ; tliough its place is marked by a white opacity in the otherwise rather translucent shell ; there are thirteen longitudinal ribs on the last whorl, which extend on to the anterior fourth of the whorl instead of vanishing, and are more evident and shariier where they cross the band ; while the revolving ribs are less reg- 60 BULLETIN OF THE ular and extend partially over the notch-band, which is thus rendered much less conspicuous than in the last species ; the notch is also less marked and the spire has a stouter aspect. Lon. of shell, 5.75 ; of last whorl, 4.25 ; of aperture, 3.0. Lat. of last whorl, 2.5 mm. Detl. about 41° Cape San Antonio, 640 fms. P. (Mangilia) Pourtalesii n. s. Shell slender, dull, light brown, eight-whorled ; nucleus large, bubble- shaped, smooth, forming a blunt apex ; other whorls furnished with numerous (on the whorl next to the last 20, and on the last 27) narrow, little-raiseil, rounded riblets with somewhat wider interspaces, becoming less distinct and more crowded in the adult near the aperture ; the posterior terminations of these riblets are waved, forming an obscure notch-band, each being slightly enlarged close by the suture and also on the anterior side of the band, thus forming two rows of indistinct nodulations, of which the sutural row is more clearly defined than the other ; the riblets extend from suture to suture, and near its anterior third become obsolete on the last whorl ; here eight or ten rather indistinct revolving threads exist, becoming more distinct toward the end of the canal, separated from eacli other Ijy shallow grooves ; these pass round the column into the aperture ; canal short, wide ; aperture simple, with thin margins ; notch rather indistinct in the adult. Lon. of shell, 17.0 ; of last whorl, 9.5 ; of aperture, 7.0. Lat. of last whorl, 6.0 ; of aperture, 2.0 mm. Defl. about 25=. Bed of the Gulf Stream, Pourtales, in 447 fms. An inconspicuous but well-marked species. P. (Mangilia) columbella n. s. Shell whitish, inclining to dove-color, slightly translucent, thin, delicate, with eight and a half sub-turreted whorls ; nucleus minute, shining, glassy, transparent ; succeeding whorls regularly sculptured by transverse slightly oblique riblets, about twenty on the last whorl but one, extending from suture to suture on the spire, somewhat shouldered before the suture giving the spire a sub-turreted appearance, becoming less numerous, regular and prominent on the last whorl, and vanishing at or before reaching its periphery ; revolving sculpture of close microscopic striae often elegantly waved, covering the whole surface except the apical whorls ; column short, straight, simple, with a groove behind it, forming a distinct siphonal fasciole ; notch very shallow and incon- spicuous ; outer margin thin, simple ; canal very short and wide ; aperture almost lunate. Lon. of shell, 10.0 ; of last whorl, 6.5 ; of aperture, 4.5. Lat. of shell, 4.5 ; of aperture, 1.8 mm. Defl. about 36°. Station 20, 220 fms. This is one of the species which, in the absence of the soft parts, is difficult to locate. It is possible it should be referred to Bela. It is not unlike one or two Arctic species. MUSEUM OF CO:\rPAILVTIVE ZOOLOGY. 61 P. (Mangilia) pelagia n. s. Shell slender, thin, white, sniuuth but not pulLshed, with eight whorls ; nucleus small, three apical whorls inflated, white, perfectly smooth ; remain- der indistinctly keeled midway between the sutures by a ridge, over which, the lines of growtli passing obliquely, the shell is as it were pinchetl up at regular intervals into oblique projections, ten to fourteen on each whorl, if wer propor- tionally on the larger whorls ; shell otherwise not sculptured ; suture distinct, not appressed ; canal and aperture long and narrow, notch well maiked, but not forming a distinct band. Lon. of shell, 10.75 ; of last whorl, 7.25 ; of aperture, 5.25. Lat. of shell, (about) 3.5 nmi. Station 44, 539 fms. This is distinctly abyssal in its facies. The specimen, though somewhat imperfect, presents such distinct and recognizable characters as to authorize its description. Other specimens will doubtless be found in the Agassiz-Bait- lett series as yet untouched. Its generic place is, like that of the last-mentioned species, a little uncertain as between Bcla and Maiujilia. P. (Drillia) polytorta n. s. Shell large, slender, solid, with al»out thirteen whorls, of a dull ashen color and unpolished surface ; nucleus ? ; succeeding whorls transversely sculp- tured by twelve or thirteen rounded, shouldered ribs, beginning and largest just before the notch-band, crossing the whorls a little obliquely or even in a directly transverse direction, widest at the beginning, becoming narrower and less prominent anteriorly, on the last whorl fading out or indistinct on the anterior half, and less numerous or partially obliterated over the latter part of this whorl in fully developed adults ; the lines of growth are more or less distinct, but not uniform, while tlie ribs on one whorl bear no uniform relation in position to those on the next or preceding whorls ; longitudinally each whorl is appressed in a thickened band against the suture, next in front of which band is the (except on the last half-whorl) narrow unscul])tured band indicating the path of the notch ; this on the last half-whorl widens out considerably if the specimen in hand be typical, though in this case it may be an individual characteristic ; before the notch-band, and even encroaching a little on it, and extending over the surface of the whorls, are six or seven (on the last whorl seventeen) slightly raised rounded revolving lines, with slightly wider shallow interspaces, which are about equally prominent over the transverse ribs and between them ; other sculpture none ; aperture rather short and narrow, sliglitly more than one third the whole length of the shell ; outer lip probably thickened ; a consideraljle amount of smooth callus on the body whorl and pillar ; notch rather narrow, of variable depth at diffeient stages ; canal short, rather open, nearly straight ; last whorl less than half the length of the shell. Lon. 33.5. Max. diani. 8.0. Lat. of aperture, 5.5 mm. Defl. about 27°. Off Cape San Antonio, 413 I'm-;. 62 BULLETIN OF THE A rather large, subcyliiidrical, coarsc-lookiiig slicll, without specially pro- nounced characters, yet sceiiiiiigly nut to be affiliated with any of the species described and fiyured with whicli I have been able to compare it. P. (Drillia) subsida n. s. Shell stout, solid, fusiform, waxy white, with nine whorls ; nucleus brown, smooth, hrst three (nucleai') whorls sculptured with neat flexuous ribs trans- versely disposed ; next four whorls transversely with only the rather strong and distinct rounded lines of growth which cover pretty much all the rest of the shell except the tops of the longitudinal rildets ; tlie longitudinal sculpture a keel just in advance of the suture upon which the posterior edge of the for- mer is appressed, then a few faint revolving striae on tlie bi'oad notch-band, then two more keels, or sharp squarish riblets (on the last whorl ten or twelve), the first marked with numerous knobby waves extending forward in the inter- space toward the second keel rather than outwardly, and sometimes meeting and slightly waving the second keel ; these waves make their ajjpearance on al)out the fifth whorl, and are evanescent on the last whcjrl ; there are about three in a millimeter and a half; aperture narrow, slightly callous ; canal short, nearly straight ; pillar covered with thin, translucent white callus ; outer lip not thickened, but might become so in an older shell. Lon. of sheH, 13.0; of last whorl, 8.0 ; of aperture, 6.0. Max. lat. 5.0 mm. Defl. about 42°. Station 43, 339 fathoms. A solid, stout, clear-cut species, allied to Drillia Kcnnicottii Dall, of Alaska, but shorter and more spindle-shaped. P. (Drillia) nucleata n. s. Shtdl polished, waxy white, seven or eight whorled ; nucleus disproportion- ately large, smooth at first, shining, very obtuse, white ; second whorl with about fifteen rather sharp transverse ridges parallel with the axis, and not flex- uous ; these pass gradually into slightly oblique, rounded riblets, which be- gin in front of the notch-band with a slight shoulder, then continue across the whorl, and are somewhat attenuated by the time they reach th(? suture ; of these tliere are about fifteen on the last whorl, less distinct anteriorly ; the lines of growth are tolerably prominent, and especially so on the last whoil. Of revolving sculpture there is little or none; a few microscopic revolving striae are perceptible in some places, especially on the surfiice of the rather broad notch-band ; the suture is appressed ; the shouldering of the riblets gives the upper whorls a rather inflated appearance ; the aperture is short and wide ; the notch deep, with its edges turned up and a little twisted ; the canal short, wide, slightly reflected, showing on the pillar a distinct fasciole ; pillar straight, with a distinct callus upon it and also upon the body-whorl ; outer lip thin-edged, produced and rounded. Lon. of shell, 13.5 ; of last whorl, 9.5 ; of aperture, 5.0. Max. lat. 5.0 ; lat. of aperture, 2.0 mm. Defl. about 29°. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Go Station 43, 33!) fins. A modest and distinct little species, remarkuble for its stout obtuse and unusually large nucleus. P. (Drillia) exasperata n. s. Shell yellowish-white, with a dull surface, excei)t for the glassy and translu- cent nucleus, slender, thin, eight- vvhorled ; nucleus thin, inflated, the (nuclear) first two whorls |)()lished, smooth, and free from sculpture, passing abruptly into the dull and lustreless surface of the adult shell ; for the remainder, the transverse sculpture consists of sube([ual rilis, largest on the periphery, smaller toward the sutures, which they reach above and below, tlie track of the notch not being marked by a flattened band, as is generally the case ; there are about eleven of these to a wliorl, oji the last whorl they are less pronounced, and become obsolete towai'd the anterior third of the whorl, where the lines of growth are particularly conspicuous ; the completion of the adult ajierture is marked by a particularly large ril) or swelling of the maigin, which becomes more conspicuous in case the sIil'II continues to grow; in the older part of the shell the ribs are continued in the same line from whorl to whorl, in the last whorl and a half they become alternate or irregular ; the revolving sculp- ture consists of (on the smaller whorls) two or three to (on the last whorl) sixteen flattened raised bands, with wider interspaces, which are miich more marked, or even knobby, on the smaller whorls where they pass over the trans- verse ribs, gradually become more uniform, and, on the last whorl, are nearly as well defined between the ribs as on them ; nine of those on the last whorl are crowded together on the anterior third, the rest spread over the body of the whorl; there are hardly any traces of revolving striation; notch deep, but not producing a band ; margin of the aperture thin, the outer lip produced for- ward, a slight deposit on the body and pillar ; columella neai'ly straight, slightly shorter than the rather wide, somewhat recurved canal ; sutures appressed, sinuous over the ends of the transverse ribs ; aperture less than one third of the shell. Lon. of shell, 9.5 ; of last whorl, 5.0 ; of aperture, 3.0. Max. lat. 3.5 mm. Defl. about 27°. Oft' Cape San Antonio, 1002 fms. A rough-looking little shell, with somewhat the sculpture of a Ceritluopsis. P. (Drillia?) leucomata n. s. Shell more or less translucent white, short-fusiform, thin, polished, ten- whorled ; nucleus thin, very nnnute, inflated, clear transparent lirown, with a shining surface : succeeding to it are three nuclear whoi-ls, whitish brown, smooth, but not shining like the nucleus. sul)inflated, and witli a sharp, strong, peripheral keel ; succeeding whorls marked l)y a strongly defined ])road band extending from the suture more than half-way over the whorl, descending steeply to the perii)lierv, where the keel of the. nuclear wlmrls is cuntinued as 64 BULLHTIX OF TIIH two sliarp miseil tlircads wliicli pass over strong ol)li([iu' angular transverse projectious, are clearly tleCmuil iu the smaller whorls, but on the later ones become obsolete ; on the last whorl (about six on the middle and nine on the anterior third) in advance of the peripheral iKidulcs are alxiut iifteen sharply- raised threads, with interspaces up to U.a nun. iu width ; otlicr revolving sculp- ture consisting of microscopic stria; covering the shell, which in favorable localities in crossing the lines of growth (as, for instance, on the notch-ljand) oc- casionally give rise to microscopic shagreening, invisible except in a good light and under a good lens ; transverse sculpture consisting only of generally faint lines of growth, and the oblique nodosities above mentioned, which extend on the posterior whorls from the periphery to the suture, and on the last whorl are proportionally smaller ; these vary from eleven to thiiteen in nund)er per whorl ; aperture narrow, outer lip much produced forward, columella twisted and the canal rather wide and somewhat recurved ; deposit on the body whorl and pillar very slight ; notch wide, reaching nearly or (|uite to the suture : margins all thin. Lon. of shell, 13.5 ; of last whoil, 7.5 ; of aperture, 5.75. Max. lat. 5.25 mm, Defl. about 38°. Station 48, 533 fms. It is uncertain whether this should go in Drillia or Pleurotomelld in the present perj^lexing condition of the Pleurotomid^ and without any characters from the soft parts. The nucleus is, however, precisely the same as in sev- eral species which, so far as external charactei's go, may be considered typical Urillias. P. (Drillia) gratula n. s. Shell slender, acute, white, smooth, but not polished, with ten or eleven whorls when adult ; nuclear whorls as in the last, except that the nucleus itself is smaller and more acute ; notch-band narrower, occupying only aljout a (piarter of the surface in the smaller whorls, and descending but slightly, thus giving a somewhat turreted aspect to the spire ; transverse sculpture consisting of eleven to (on the last turn) sixteen slightly oblique rounded ribs, faintly evident across the Ijand and anteriorly extending to the suture, or, on the last whorl, well forward on the canal ; these are crossed by (on tlie smaller whorls) two to four or (on the last one) sixteen rounded threads, distinct in the interspaces and slightly swollen on the tops of the ribs where they cross ; half of those on the last whorl are in its anterior third, being as usual more crowded on the canal ; the lines of growth are but slightly visible, and there are only faint indications of spiral stri;c ; in addition to this the entire surface is covered Avith most minute i>unctati()ns, visible only under a strong magnifier ; notch in the adult very deep, with its edges raised and directed backward, the outer lij) ])roduced forward and inward so much as to cover the entire aperture when the shell is held so that the bottom of the notch is kept in view : the outer lip is thickened, aud with four to eight small denticulations rising from its surface a short distance within its margin ; iiillar straight, sonu-wliat thickened ; a slight callus on tin- bddy whorl ; canal very slightly recurved ; one adult has AuGi'.sT 12, 18S1. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 65 an ashy and another an olive tinge, but a fresh specinien is quite white. Lon. of shell, 13.0 ; of last whorl, 8.0 ; of aperture, 5.25. Max. lat. 5.25 mm. Defl. about 27°. Bed of the Gulf Stream, Pourtales, 447 fms. Station 19, 310 fms. Station 43, 339 fms. Sigsbee, off Havana, 450 fms. Station 2, 805 fms. P. (Drillia) detecta n. s. Shell having a strong superficial resemblance to the last, but with a totally different nucleus, and with differences in details of sculpture ; it also has not the minute punctation ; color white or ashy gray ; nucleus and nuclear whorls heliciform, with a sculpture of slightly raised lamellae waved backward from the middle point of the periphery both ways ; under these are also fine revolv- ing raised lines ; whorls in all nine ; remainder with a transverse sculpture of from sixteen to (on the last whorl) eighteen narrow raised riblets passing en- tirely over the whorls, quite faint on the band and only obsolete on the columella and canal ; beside these the lines of growth are unusually distinct, somewhat raised and rounded, and are especially well marked on the notch- band ; revolving sculpture consisting of three or four (on the last whorl thir- teen) raised rounded threads slightly swollen where they cross the transverse riblets ; between these are usually two, but sometimes as many as four, similar but finer threads, which also invade the band and cover the pillar, but cross the riblets without enlarging ; the interspaces between the ribs are less deep, and the whole sculpture more uniform and less prominent than in the last species ; suture appressed ; band less prominent than in the last ; notch shallow, pillar nearly straight, canal very slightly recurved ; outer lip (not adult) thin. Lon. of shell, 11.75 ; of last whorl, 6.75 ; of aperture, 4.5. Max. lat. 4.5 mm. Defl. about 27°. Station 43, 339 fms. In the absence of any perfectly mature specimen it is impossible to say what the mouth characters would be, but it seems likely that they would resemble the last species from the general similarity of the juvenile portion. P. (Drillia) serga n. s. Shell small, dull, slender, yellowish white, eight-whorled ; nucleus small, translucent, shining, passing into the sculpture of the adult gradually, in two and a half nuclear whorls, which show first minute transverse wrinkles on the periphery of the second whorl ; succeeding whorls transversely sculptured by eight to twelve slightly oblique angular riblets, which pass entirely over the whorls, and only become obsolete on the canal ; these are crossed, first by (on the upper whorls) two or (on the last whorl) nine rounded threads which rise to sharp points on reaching the summits of the riblets, and are perfectly dis- tinct in the interspaces ; .secondly, by finer intercalary revolving threads, which pass without change over the riblets, usually to the number of three or four between each pair of primary threads ; these also cover the notch-band, and VOL. IX. — NO. 2. 5 66 BULLETIN OF THE over them, as well as the primaries, the lines of growth are raised in micro- scopic granules, or lamella, which, under strong magnification, give a very peculiar scabrous appearance to the surface ; the strongest primary rililet is the one just in advance of the somewhat steeply declining and poorly defined notch- band ; aperture narrow, notch deep, outer lip thin, produced, probably thick- ened in the perfectly mature adult ; columella and body whorl without callus ; pillar straight ; suture appressed ; canal slightly recurved. Lon. of shell, 9.0 ; of last whorl, 5.25 ; of aperture, 4.12. Max. lat. 3.25 mm. Defl. about 28°. Bed of the Gulf Stream, Pourtales, 447 fms. This much resembles, on a cursory glance, the two preceding species, while a careful microscopic scrutiny shows very marked differences. P. (Drillia) smirna n. s. Shell long, slender, shining with the lustre of barley-sugar candy ; whorls twelve, of which two are nuclear ; nucleus white, smooth, rather large, inflated, polished, not sculptured e.\cept by lines of growth, changing suddenly into the normal sculpture ; sculpture consisting of small pointed nodules set on the pe- riphery of the whorls, a little in advance of midway between the sutures, ten to fourteen on each whorl, except the last half-whorl in the adult, where they begin to be obsolete ; the tips of these nodules and a line just in advance of the suture are white as compared with the general translucent pinkish or fleshy hue ; these nodules are a, little compressed in the latter whorls in a direction transverse to the whorls ; the lines of growth are distinct and in the later whorls occasionally a little prominent at the suture, against which the shell is appressed ; other transverse sculpture none ; revolving sculpture comprised in fifteen or twenty threads on the last whorl, faintly visible at the periphery and gradually becoming stronger toward the end of the canal ; an occasional trace of such might be visible on some of the older whorls ; notch moderately deep ; notch-band not strongly marked ; ouier lip in the adult produced (but imper- fect in our specimens), apparently having the usual form ; pillar obliciuely cut off anteriorly, covered with a light callus ; canal narrow ; aperture short and seemingly rather wide, behind. Lon. of shell, 15.0 ; of last whorl, 5.75 ; of aperture, 4.0. Max. lat. of shell, 3.25 ; of aperture, about 1.5 mm. Defl. about 16°. Off Cape San Antonio, 413 fms. An elegant, remarkable, and characteristic species. P. (Drillia) oleacina n. s. Shell in sculpture much resembling the last, especially on the older whorls which diff'er from those of D. smirna in the following particulars : the nucleus is a rich, dark, shining bro\vn ; the nodules have more extended bases, and want the white tips ; the color of the whorls is more clearly translucent, wanting the pinkish tinge and the white sutural line ; the whorls increase more rapidly MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 67 in size, and are strongly appressed against their predecessors, thus making the line of the suture irregular ; whorls nine instead of twelve ; the body whorl is quite different in sliape and sculpture ; the nodules, of which there are on the last whorl only eleven instead of fourteen, instead of becoming obsolete on the latter half of the whorl, are produced in the form of stout, strong ribs over the periphery, when these suddenly cease and the anterior part of the whorl is as it were constricted, instead of gradually tapering to the canal, so that the latter is much more clearly differentiated from the rest of the aperture than is usual in this genus ; there is no spiral sculpture, even on the canal where traces are usually perceptible ; notch as usual ; a thin callus on the pillar ris- ing into a sort of lamina at its outer edge forms a rather deep groove along the columella, which last is attenuated anteriorly. Lon. of shell, 10.0 ; of last whorl, 5.0 ; of aperture, 3.75 ; of canal, 1.5. Max. lat. of sheD, 3.0; of aperture, 1.5 mm. Defl. about 22°. Station 21, 287 fms. Belonging to the same group as the last, but sufficiently distinguished from it. P. (Drillia) Havanensis n. s. Shell somewhat variable, small, white, the first six whorls rather slender, giving a subcylindrical apprarance, the latter whorls, if any, enlarging more rapidly ; whorls about eight, of which about two are nuclear ; nucleus large, white, smooth, unsculptured, forming for the shell a rather blunt button-like apex ; succeeding whorls marked by a transverse sculpture of twelve to (on the last turn) eighteen narrow, oblique, llexuous ribs, which begin as little sharp nodules at the suture, are evanescent over the notch-band, thence con- tinue to the next suture, or in the last whorl become evanescent at its anterior third ; these ribs are crossed by a variable number of rather sharp revolving threads, with wider interspaces, usually three or four in number (on the older whorls) to sixteen (on the last whorl), beginning just in advance of the band ; the first two are most prominent, and angulate the riblets where they cross them, producing little raised points ; the succeeding threads are a little en- larged where they cross the ribs, but do not form points, and are as usual closer together on the anterior part of the canal ; on the band is no sculpture except the lines of growth and an occasional faint indication of revolving striae ; the number of riblets and of threads with their respective sharpness and the prominence of the nodules are somewhat variable ; the band is some- what excavated, tending to give a turreted appearance in old shells ; notch broad, not deep ; outer lip thin, produced forward ; pillar straight, anteriorly attenuated, with very little callus ; lines of growth well marked all over the shell. Lon. of shell, 9.0 ; of' last whorl, 5.0 ; of aperture, 3.75. Max. lat, of shell, 2.5 to 3.0 ; of aperture, I.O mm. Defl. 24° to 27°. Station 16, 262 fms. Station 19, 310 fms. Sigsbee, off Havana, 450 fms. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. 68 BULLETIN OF THE The specimen measured was the hirgest, and that which had the greatest apical angle ; the alternative measurements are from an adult, but more slen- der specimen. Considering the number obtained, the variability was perhaps not greater than might have been expected. P. (Drillia) Verrillii n. s. Shell resembling D. olcacina on a very small scale ; white, with a large white, smooth, inflated nucleus ; whorls six or seven, rounded, polished, trans- lucent waxen whitish ; transversely sculptured by twelve to fourteen rounded, stout, strongly raised ribs extending forward from the notch-band to the su- ture, or on the last whorl to its anterior third ; on the last half of the last turn evanescent ; suture appressed ; lines of growth evident ; spiral sculpture, none visible ; a decided callus with a groove behind it on the pillar and body whorl ; notch, as usual in the adult, rather deep ; aperture rather wide behind, and shaped as in D. oleacina. Lon. of shell, 5.5 ; of last whorl, 3.0 ; of aperture, 2.0. Max. lat. of aperture, 1.0 ; of shell, 1.75 mm. Station 19, 310 fms. This pretty little species seems quite distinct from any of the others, and unlike any of the known Northern forms. This and the three previously de- scribed species form a little group similar in general character, yet distinct in detail, but requiring close and careful inspection. p. (Drillia) peripla n. s. Shell small, rough, dark-colored (normally?), acute, nine-whorled ; nucleus and two and a half nuclear whorls yellowish, with sculpture reticulated by raised revolving lines, and lines waved backward from before and behind a point on the periphery ;* remainder of the shell transversely sculptured by twelve or (on the last whorl) fourteen rounded ribs, which start at the ante- rior border of the band, where they are roundly shouldered, and continue somewhat obliquely to the suture, or, on the last whorl, to the anterior third, narrowing as they go ; beside these, the lines of growth are well exhibited and the notch-band is ornamented by distinctly raised, transverse, backwardly concave plications, which extend across it, about nine in the space of a milli- meter, with wider interspaces ; .spiral sculpture consisting of (on the smaller whorls) three to (on the last whorl) about nine raised rounded riblets, the first of which is just in advance of the band, and between every pair of which are two (or in rare cases) three much finer threads ; the primary threads are a little swollen where they cross the transverse riblets, the secondary threads not so ; toward the anterior end of the canal the threads become uniform in size and * This peculiar sculpture of the nuclear whorls is noted by Verrill in one of his Plcurotomcllce, and lias been described several times in this paper. It was described and figured as a mature form by D'Orbigny under the name of Sinusigera. Cf. Sagra, Moll. Cuba, Atlas, PI. XXIII. figs. 7-9. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 69 are crowded together ; the threads, especially the secondary ones, have a rough appearance, perhaps due to the lines of growth ; aperture (excluding the ca- nal) ovate, somewhat abruptly compressed to form the very distinct straight canal ; pillar straight, without callus ; outer lip imperfect in the specimen, but probably thickened in the adult. Lon. of shell, 8.0 ; of last whorl, 4.75 ; of aperture and canal, 3.5. Max. lat. of shell, 3.25 ; of aperture, 1.5 mm. Defl. about 34°. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. The specimen is light brown, blotched with a darker shade, but it is doubt- ful if^ this is not accidental to the specimen. The abrupt contraction to form the canal gives it the aspect of a little Fusus. P. (Drillia) elusiva n. s. Shell small, rather acute, having a dull, ashy, worn appearance, the sculp- ture faint, as if obsolete, although quite perfectly preserved, whorls eight or nine ; nucleus, nuclear whorls, and sculpture of the notch-band precisely as in the last species ; spiral sculpture much the same, excepting that there are from three to six secondaries between the primary threads, and all, both secondaries and primaries, are ill defined and barely elevated above the sur- face ; on the smaller whorls there are eight or ten transverse swellings ex- tending from the edge of the notch-band to the suture, too wide and ill defined to call ribs, and chiefly evident as oblique waves most prominent at the anterior edge of the band ; on the last whorl barely evident as ten or twelve faint nodules just before the band and wholly obsolete before the pe- riphery ; form of the whorls wholly different from that seen in the last species, the whorl and aperture tapering imperceptibly into the short canal, with about seven spiral threads distinguishable as larger than the secondaries ; notch mod- erate ; suture appressed, indistinct ; outer lip thin, simple, moderately pro- duced forward in the middle ; pillar short, twisted, with a thin white glaze on it ; canal distinctly recurved. Lon. of shell, 9.25 ; of last whorl, 5.25 ; of aperture, 4.0. Max. lat. of shell. 3.75 ; of aperture, 1.5 mm.. Defl. about 35°. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. A species with no salient characters or attractions, which a sufficiently large series might perhaps show to be an extreme variety of D. pcripla. P. (Drillia) morra n. s. Shell small, acute, with the Sinusigera nucleus, and seven or eight reticu- lated whorls ; sculpture, on the earlier whorls, of ten or twelve, and, on the last whorl, of twenty-five equal, rounded, close-set riblets, beginning at the an- terior edge of the band, growing stronger and wider to the periphery, after which they again diminish, covering the whorls, and on the last visible nearly to the extreme of the canal ; these are crossed by (on the fourth whorl) four, or (on the last) about twenty- five close-set rounded threads, with a tendency to form a little nodule where they cross the summit of the transverse ribs, and 70 BULLETIN OF THE pretty even in size ; the first one forms a smooth margin to the narrow, but well-defined notch-band, which is crossed by the lines of growth deeply waved, and extends to the suture, which is not appressed ; outer lip thin, much pro- duced forward, as in Daphnella, but the notch is distinct and very deep, with its edges simple and not reflected ; pillar slightly twisted, without a callus ; canal distinct, slightly recurved ; whorls full and rounded. Lon. of shell, 5.75 ; of last whorl, 3.5 ; of ajierture, 2.5. Max. lat of shell, 2.5 ; of aperture, LO mm. Defl. about 37°. Sigsbee, ort" Havana, 450 fms. This little shell has quite the Daphnella shape, but the nucleus, the notch, and its band seem to decide that it .should go with the Drillias, until more is knowTi. P. (Daphnella?) leucophlegma n. s. Shell thin, delicate, pearly white, acute, with nine rapidly enlarging whorls, roundly inflated (especiall^y the last), which gives a turreted appearance to the spire ; nucleus minute, glassy, smooth, simple ; nuclear*whorls not separated by any sudilen change of character from the rest of the shell ; general sculp- ture consisting of numerous close-set (three or four to a millimeter) narrow plications extending from near the suture obliquely and flexuouslj' across the whorls, in general correspondence with the lines of growth ; on the last whorl fading away anteriorly and barely visible at the periphery ; lines of growth generally pretty distinct ; the whole shell covered with fine, somewhat wavy, spiral grooves and intervening threads, not strong enough to give a rough ap- pearance to the surface, and evenly distributed (twelve to sixteen in a milli- meter) ; aperture large, semilunate ; outer lip thin, simple, much arched and produced at the middle, and rounding broadly to the anterior end of the pillar ; columella with a slight callus, obliquely trimmed to a point, and slightly recurved anteriorly ; notch obsolete, forming no distinct band, though indicated by the lines of growth and by a slight flattening of the whorl just in front of the distinct and well-marked suture, as in Daphnella. Lon. of shell, 10.25; of last whorl, 6.25; of aperture, 4.75. Max. lat. of shell, 4.25; of aperture, 2.0 mm. Defl. about 36°. Station 2, 805 fms. This pretty little shell may turn out to be a Drillia. It has characters re- calling Daphnella, Bela, and (the immature) Drillia. Until the soft parts are known it can hardly be definitely located. Taranis Morchii Malm. T. Morchii Malm, Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., p. 220, tab. 17, fig. 8. 1878. Station 2, 805 fms. This specimen resembles Sars's figure exactly, except that it has one whorl more, and is correspondingly larger. I observe, however, that the specimens MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 71 sent as T. morchii from Norway to me by Prof. Sars and Dr. Jeffreys agree better with Verrill's description of his Taranis bella than they do with the figure above cited. It is not improbable that the species is pretty variable, and that trifling variations in sculpture may not indicate specific differences. Trichotropis migrans n. s. Shell white, solid, rough, with six rapidly enlarging whorls ; upper whorls rounded, last whorl with a tendency to applanation on the basal side ; epider- mis lost ; spiral sculpture of (on the fourth whorl) five to (on the last whorl) twenty revolving ridges, which cross (on the fourth whorl) twelve to Ton the last) ten varix-like ribs or costaj, extending completely around the whorl; these increase by dichotomy and between the costae are ([uite uniform, widening as they reach the crest of a varix and then suddenly diminishing in breadth to re- peat the process at the next one ; between the spiral ridges the interspaces are channelled, and rarely contain a single a fine thread ; beside the costse the whorls are crossed by beautifully fine and even raised lirse, corresponding in direction to the lines of growth, and only visible under a magnifier ; aperture rounded, produced into the narrow canal in front ; pillar with a thin lamel- lar callus (behind which is a narrow umbilical chink) and a slight toothlike projection on the inner side ; interior of aperture shining, smooth. Lon. of shell, 9.25 ; of last whorl, 6.0 ; of aperture, 4.0. Lat. of shell, 6.0 ; of aper- ture, 3.5 mm. Defl. 54°. Sigsbee, near Havana, 80 fms. The first of the genus from tropical waters. MaTginella "Watsoni n. s. Shell short, stout, white or yellowish white, polished, five-whorled ; suture marked under the glaze with a darker translucent line ; apex obtuse ; in adults the nucleus is obscured by the glaze, in young specimens it presents no diff'er- ences from the rest of the shell ; last whorl shouldered roundly, forming a rounded angle at the posterior part of the outer lip ; aperture narrow, labrum and labium nearly parallel ; pillar with four clearly cut folds, the anterior con- tinued around the margin of the canal, slightly flaring, to join the outer lip ; the latter slightly thickened inside, with about a dozen rounded denticulations, outwardly little or not at all reflected, joining the body behind at an acute angle. Lon. of shell, 9.5 ; of last whorl, 8.0 ; of aperture, 7.50. Lat. of shell, 6.0 ; of aperture, L5 mm. Sigsbee, off" Havana, 480 fms. ; Station 2, 805 fms. Bed of the Gulf Stream, Pourtales, 447 fms. ; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This species resembles M. vitrea Hinds, from West Africa, in general shape, but that species is smaller and has the outer lip not denticulated. M. IVatsoni has the facies of a deep water shell, and does not appear to agree exactly with any I find figured. 72 BULLETIN OF THE Marginella fusina n. s. Shell ovate-fusiform, with the spire nearly as long as the aperture, polished waxen white, five-whorled ; whorls of the spire well marked and rotundate though covered with a transparent glaze; suture distinct ; apex rounded ; lines of growth perceptible under the glaze, especially near the suture on the last whorl ; aperture short, lunate, with no posterior angle in the outer lip, which gently rounds to the body whorl before and behind ; outer lip a little thick- ened inside, simple, not reflected ; folds four, the two anterior ones very ob- lique and close together ; canal not flaring, short, and not twisted backward. Lon. of shell, 8.0; of last whorl, 6.0 ; of aperture, 4.5. Max. lat. 4.0 ; lat. of aperture, 1.5 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This has somewhat the shape of Marginella nodata in a general Avay, but is more evenly fusiform, and quite peculiar in its even taper, which does not seem to be ascribed to any other species. Marginella seminula n. s. This species differs from the last by its proportionally shorter spire contain- in"- one less whorl ; by the less distinctly marked suture ; by the shouldering of the last whorl which angulates the outer lip in adult specimens, the lip in this vicinity being generally much thickened and slightly reflected, somewhat produced in the middle, and thinning toward the distinctly flaring canal ; the columellar folds are more evenly separated, and the canal is slightly recurved. In other respects it resembles* M. fusina. Lon. of shell, 7.0 ; of last whorl, 5.62 ; of aperture, 5.12. Lat. of sheU, 3.5 ; of aperture, 1.25 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. There is some variation in size and in the way in which the outer lip is thickened in difi"erent individuals. The shape is not far from that of M. festiva. The measurements are of the largest of several specimens. M. (var. ?) Yucatecana. Shell with three and a half to four whorls, smaller than the last and the adult specimens proportionally more slender and of a distinctly diff'erent shape ; but some of the younger specimens of M. seminula, before they have put on the lip-callus and its angulation, appear much more similar, and suggest that the range of variation may be wide enough to cover both. The present form, with a proportionately shorter spire and longer and wider aperture, has an evenly rounded outer lip and body whorl, which recalls M. fusina. Its chiet diff'erences from M. seminula consist in those features which accompany the shouldering of the whorls and the thickening of the outer lip, which in this form seems to be always evenly rounded, arched forward, and hardly thick- MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 73 ened ; it is slightly but distinctly reflected, and the canal is slightly recurved. Lon. of shell, 5.62 ; of last whorl, 5.0 ; of aperture, 4.0. Lat. of shell, 3.0 ; of aperture, 1.37 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Marginella torticula n. s. Shell slender, shining, grayish waxen white, of about five whorls ; spire roundly pointed, slender, covered in the adult with a complete coat of trans- lucent glaze almost obscuring the sutures ; last whorl somewhat appressed between the junction of the outer lip and the suture ; turns somewhat laxly coiled ; surface perfectly smooth ; axis laterally curved, with the convexity to the left, so that the spire and the canal both point to the right of a straight line when the shell is in its natural position ; aperture long and narrow ; colu- mella with four very oblique folds, of which the one behind the anterior fold is a little the most prominent ; outer lip simple, not reflected, slightly thick- ened, and produced posteriorly, inwardly convex and externally concave in cor- respondence with the bent axis ; aperture widest anteriorly, making the canal very open ; no callus on the body whorl, which is joined by the outer lip at an exceedingly acute angle. Lon. of shell, 11.5 ; of last whorl, 9.75; of ap- erture, 8.0. Max. lat. of shell, 3.75 ; medium lat. of aperture, 1 .0 mm. Station 5, Lat. 24° 15', Lon. 76° 49'.5, in 229 and 152 fms., soft coral ooze. The only shells normally arcuated in this manner which occur to me are some species of Eulima. The twist gives the shell a very peculiar and highly characteristic appearance. Marginella (avena Val. var. ?) avenella. Shell exceedingly variable in proportions ; spire short, obtuse, sometimes almost suppressed ; color light yellow or yellowish white, with a faint wliite line bordering the suture ; general outline elongated ovate ; aperture long, narrow behind (where the outer lip is thickened and a little inflected), wider in front (where it is thin) and a little flaring at its (widest) anterior termhia- tion ; columella with four subequal folds, all rather oblique ; outer lip simple, thickened behind, where the line of callus may extend to the suture or fall considerably short of it ; slightly concave in the middle, where its edge is even turned in a little ; scarcely, if at all, produced forward ; whorls not at all or very slightly shouldered, three or four in number. In the form with the short rounded spire, the outer lip is straight, not inflected, and more evenly thickened along its whole length ; the anterior end of the aperture has the outer lip obliquely cut off", and not flaring; the whole form is more evenly ovate-cylindrical. The measurements of the long and short spired specimens are respectively as follows : — Lon. of shell, 12.0 and 9.5 ; of last whorl, 10.25 and 9.0 ; of aperture, 9.5 and 8.25. Max. lat. of shell, 5.0 and 3.75 ; lat. of aperture at middle part, 1.0 and 1.0 mm. 74 BULLETIN OF THE Station 2, 805 fins. Off Cape San Antonio, 1,002 fms. Station 5, 229 and 152 fnis. Notwithstanding \ho. differences above indicated by extreme specimens, the shells appear to grade into one another and to approach very closely the old M. avena of Valenciennes, of which indeed this may be but an abyssal race ; but of the latter I have no typical specimens, and it is described as having color bands. In view of the great number of the closely allied forms of this group, without such specimens it would be rash to consolidate. Another form with the spire almost lost (from Yucatan Strait, 640 fms., and Station 2, 805 fms), of a yellowish white tinge, strongly resembles D'Or- bigny's M. triplicata, which I take to have been founded on an abnormal specimen, and might be thought a pale race of Volvarina varia, but I am not at all sure that it is not an extreme form of the preceding. The genus Vol- varina, unless supported by other than its conchological characters, must be given up, if the above inferences be supported by further investigation. GENUS PUNCTURELLA Lowe. Type Patella noachina L. = Patella sp. L., Mantissa, p. 551, 1771 ; 0. Fabr., Faun. Gronl., p. 384, 1780 ; etc. < Cemoria Leach, MS., 1819 ; Lowe, Zool. Journ., IIL p. 77, passim, 1827. not Diodora Gray, Lond. Med. Rep., XV. p. 233, Mar., 1821 (no diagn.). (:=Fissu- rella sp. juv.) not Cemoria Risso, Hist., IV. p. 258, 1826. (=Cahjpt,rma Lam.) = Diadora "Gray," Blainville, Man., I. p. 501, jmssijn (in error), 1825 (no diag.). = Puncturclla Lowe, Zool. Journ., III. p. 78, Jan., 1827 (P. noachina). hon " Brown, 1844," Gray, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 147 (not of Brown). < Sypho " Brown, 1827 " Gray, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 147 ; Philii.pi, Handh., p. 217, 1853; Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Moll., II. p. 473, 1853. (Not of Brown.) < Ccvioria Leach, Moll. Gt. Brit., p. 213, Dec, 1852. (Here for the first time pub- lished according to the rules of nomenclature. ) = PuncturcUa (Lowe) Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Moll., II. p. 473, 1853; Woodward, Man. Moll., p. 150, 1853 ; Gray, Guide Brit. Mus., p. 164, Jan., 1857 ; Jef- freys, Brit. Conch., III. 256, 1865. = Cemoria H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., I. p. 450, 1854 ; Chenu, Man. Con- chy!., I. p. 372, 1859. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 75 About 1819 the young shell of Fissurella r/rceca, -which had been described as a separate species {Patella Jissura) by Montague, attracted the attention of Messrs. Brown, Leach, and Gray, on account of the spiral apex, which disap- pears in the adult, a fact not recognized by them. Brown claims to have first pointed this out to Leach, and to have proposed to call the shell by the new generic name of Sipho, which he published in the latter part of 1827 in his Illustrated Conchology of Great Britain. He complains that his name was not adopted, and that Dr. Leach preferred to name the shell Cemoria. Meanwhile it would appear that Dr. Leach's intimate friend and pupil, Mr. J. E. Gray, was unaware of the proposed name of Dr. Leach, since in 1821, without a descrip- tion, he suggested for the shell in question the name of Dlodora. Blainville erroneously supposed Gray's sole species to be Patella noadiina of Linnaeus, and so refers to it in a note without adopting or describing it. To his original Cemoria Dr. Leach afterward added a shell, which he received from Fleming, under the name of C. flemwgianus as a second species, but of neither was any publication made. In 1827 Lowe properly defined and published his genus Puncturella, stating that he believed it to have formed one of Leach's unpub- lished species of Cemoria. The name Cemoria was used by several authors without any description subsequent to Lowe's publication, but was only pub- lished by Dr. Gray from the manuscripts and unpublished plates of Leach, in December, 1852. If unpublished and undescribed names are to have any place in nomenclature the name Diadora from Blainville's erroneous reference has the first claim. But since this is properly forbidden by the rules of no- menclature, the only name having any just claim to priority is that of Lowe, which has accordingly been adopted by the best authorities. Believing that the introduction of unpublished names leads only into the limbo of inextricable confusion, I have no hesitation in following the example of the eminent au- thors of the British Mollusca, and adopting the name Puncturella. Puncturella circularis n. s. Shell white, acutely conical, with the anterior wall slightly, and the poste- rior wall strongly concave ; tip sharply recurved, acute, not spiral, directed backward in the middle line ; surface ornamented with about forty very slen- der radiating lines, fewer toward the apex with intercalary threads toward the margin ; concentric sculpture consisting of extremely delicate, irregularly dis- posed aggregations of the lines of growth, which now rise above and now fall below the general plane of the surface, giving it under a strong magnifier a curiously malleated appearance, between the radiating threads, nowhere exhib- iting any uniform concentricity ; where the lines of growth cross the radiating threads they form fine overlapping scales closely appressed to the threads ; puncture ovate, pointed behind ; margin thickened, perfectly smooth ; septum triangular, inclined forward under the puncture which it almost entirely hides when viewed from below ; basal edge subcircular. Lon. 5.75 ; lat. 5.0 ; alt. 3.0 mm. 76 BULLETIN OF THE Station 44, 539 fms. This species differs in various details from Pnncturella profundi Jeffreys, and is apparently nearer his P. granulosa from the Norwej^ian coast and the Porcu- pine Expedition (60 - 292 fathoms). That species has no concentric sculpture, however, and has not been fully described as far as is known to me. It be- longs, with the preceding and with Pundurella Cooperi Carpenter, from the nortliwest coast of America, in the genus Fissurisepta of Seguenza. This dif- fers in most specimens by having no props to the septum, a character, however, which is not constant even in the same species, as in a large series of Alaskan forms I have found every transition from fully developed props to none at all, in specimens which differed in no other character. Hence, while it may be a permanent feature in some species, I doubt if it is yet sufficiently established to be safely used as a generic character. Puncturella trifolium n. s. Shell brownish white, acutely conical, with anterior and posterior walls nearly straight, except near the tip where they are slightly concave, especially the latter ; tip erect, squarely truncated at the top, not twisted, inclined, or recurved ; surface ornamented with some twenty-four to thirty strongly ele- vated rounded rilis, smooth for the most part, but undulating a little as they pass over the concentric sculpture and rarely and irregularly spinous ; these spines do not exceed two or three on any rib, occur only on the stronger ribs and are short, pointed, solid, and acutely triangular ; between the primary radiating ribs are secondary ones about equal in number, but not spinous, and not raised above the concentric sculpture ; the latter is not strictly concentric except in a general sense, and consists of stout spongy bands connecting the ribs, passing from base to base between each pair of primary ribs on a level with the secondaries, but not evenly continuous clear around the shell, and having a pumice-like texture, so that the bands are not defined sharply like the ribs ; the spaces left vacant by this reticulation are rather deep, and have a worm-eaten appeara'-'ce ; shell inside smooth, with shallow grooves indicating the stronpjer external ribs and with e, striated space over the head between the anterior horns of the scar of the great pedal muscles. Puncture externally circular, as in GhjpKis, internally trefoil-shaped from the projection of the mid- dle of the septum and two little shelly knobs on each side into the sjmce ; septum triangular, very small and short, inclined in about the same plane as the anterior wall of the shell, in the middle of its lower edge produced and thick- oned like a little short tongue ; about half-way between the base of the septum and the outer upper surface of the perforation inside the tube and at about efiual distances from each other and from the median line of the septum, are two little shelly triangular projections, which give to the interior of the apex, when looked through, the trilobate outline referred to in the specific name ; base of the shell ovate, the margin showing projections and indentations corre- sponding to the sculpture of the exterior. Lon. 14.0; lat. 10.5 ; alt. 7.0 mm. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 77 Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. The peculiarities of the apical tube are quite as great in this species as in the preceding when compared with typical Punctiirella ,- but I cannot consider them as of even sectional importance. It is hardly necessary to add that the species does not resemble any of the ordinary forms, nor has it, so far as I am able to determine at present, been anywhere previously described. Emarginula RoUandi Fischer. Sigsbee, off Havana, 450 fms. Station 21, 287 fms. Emarginula sp. indet. Yucatan Strait, 640 fras. FAM. PLEUROTOMARIID^ Ball. > Pleurotomaricc Swainson, Mai., pp. 213, 223, 363 ; as subfamily of Trochidce ; 1840. >< Plcurotomariidce Chenu, Man., I. p. 236, 1862. In suborder Proboscidifcra near Scalariidce. > Plcurotomariidce Bronn, Keferstein Thierreichs, Mai., III. 1037, 1866. > Pleurotomariidcc Stoliczka, Pal. Indica, Gasterop., p. 380, 1868. ? Plcurotomariidce Gill, Fam. of Moll., p. 11, No. 132, 1871. (Limits not stated.) Shell trochoid in form, internally pearly, the last whorl perforated or fis- sured, for the escape of eggs or fecal matters, in the direction of the coil of the whorl. Operculum horny, subspiral or multispiral. BranchicE two, nearly symmetrical, one on each side of the slit in the mantle corresponding to the fissure or perforations of the shell. Animal with papillose edge to the mantle and lateral fringes ; without elon- gated cirri as in the Trochids ; with no frontal veil, or fissuring of the foot. Muzzle simple, without a proboscis, eyes on pedicels exterior to the bases of the simple tentacles. Jaws small, weak. Dentition. Rachidian tooth small, lanceolate or broad bayonet-shaped, lat- erals rather simple, numerous, similar, diminishing in size outwardly, followed by a large number of long slender uncini, many of which are denticulate near their tips and also furnished with a little tuft of bristles or a brushlike bunch of fibres attached to the side of each uncinus behind the denticulations, the tips of the fibres projecting beyond the end of the uncinus.* Distribution. Fossil in Lower and Upper Bala groups. Upper Cambrian of Sedgewick, and thence to recent times; two species living in the Antilles, one of unknown habitat, probably Japanese. * More minute details will follow hereafter in an account of the two species obtained. 78 BULLETIN OF THE GENUS PLEUROTOMARIA Sowerbt. Pleurotomeria Sowerby, Min. Conch., III. p. 139, text to pi. 278, Dec, 1821. Type Trochus Gibbsii Shy., tab. 278, fig. 1, 2 (= Tr. ornatus Sby. fide D'Orbi^'ny). Ed. Agassiz, p. 316, 1842. Characterized, but no mention is made of Defrance or any one else. " Pleurotomaria ? Defrance," Ferussac, Tabl. Syst. XXXIV., Juin, 1821. Not char- acterized; no species cited; placed in Trochidce. Pleurotomaire Defrance, Tabl. des corps, org. foss., 114, 1824. No Latinization, char- acterization, or species mentioned; placed in Scalar icjis. Pleurotomariuvi Blainville, Man. Mai., I. p. 429, 1825. Type P. tuhemdosum Defr. MS., Tom. II. PI. LXI. fig. 3, 1827 (Fossil). Described as of Defrance, and type figured. Fischer de Waldheim, Bibl. Paleont., p. 206, 1834. Pleurotomaria Defrance, Diet. Sci. Nat., XLI. p. 331, 1826, Art. Fossiles; P. tuber- culosa Defr., first of three species, tab. 86, fig. 3. Characterized here by Defrance for the first time. Also, Diet. Sci. Nat., LV. p. 481, 1828. > Pleurotomaria Rang, Manual, p. 204, 1829; in Trochoidea Cuvier. Pleurotomaria Svvainson, Mai., pp. 213, 223, 363, 1840. Pleurotomaria Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus., p. 89, 1842; in Haliotidce. Pleurotomaria Fhilippi, Handb., p. 214, 1853; in Trochacca. Pleurotomaria Woodward, Man. p. 147, P. anglica, t. x. f. 24, 1851; in Haliotidce. Pleurotomaria H. k A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., II., App., p. 630, 1858; in Stoma- tcllina; subfamily of Trochidce. Pleurotomaria Chenu, Man. de Conchyl., I. p. 236, 1862; in Pectinibranchiata be- tween Toxifera and Scalariidx of the Proboscidifcra. > Pleurotomaria Ryckholt, Journ. de Conchyl., VIII. p. 183, 1860 ; in Haliotidce. Stoliczka, Pal. Indica, Gast., p. 380, Oct., 1868. Deslongschamps, Bull. Soc. Lin. de Normandie, IX. p. 422, 1865. This genus was figured by Ulysses Aldrovandus (Mus. Metall., pi. 16) in 1648, and by Lister (An. Angl., p. 214) in 1678, both being, of course, fossil forms. It seems to have been overlooked until now that we are indebted to Sowerby for its characterization, and that he is entitled to be cited as authority for the genus. " Pleurotomaria Quoyana Fischer & Bernhardt. P. Quoyana F. & B., Journ. de Conchyl., V. p. 165, PI. V. figs. 1-3, Nov., 1856. Station 240, 73 fms. ; Station 296, 84 fms. ; orf Barbados. Fischer's speci- men was from the island of Marie Galante. Pleurotomaria Adansoniana Crosse & Fischer. P. Adansoniana C. k F., Journ. de Conchyl., IX. p. 163, PL V. figs. 1, 2, 1861. Station 278, 69 fms. (dead) ; Station 276, 94 fms. ; Station 291, 200 fms. ; all near Barbados. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 79 A description of the soft parts of these species, with figures of the animal taken from life, is in preparation. It is to be regretted that the account will be rendered rather imperfect on account of the poor state in which the soft parts have come to hand. The more delicate portions were entirely destroyed. Those parts of importance in classification, being of a tougher nature, for the most part can be tolerably well made out. Sufficient is already known to show that the group possesses characters of family value, and stands nearest the Trochidw, with features recalling Haliotidce; and that it has nothing whatever in common with the Pleurotomidce. The other living species is Pleurotomaria Beyrichii Hilgendorf (Sitz. Ges. Naturf. Fr., Berlin, Mar. 20, 1877), which is supposed to come from Japan seas, though its habitat is not yet certainly known. Eight specimens altogether of the three species are all at present recorded, only one being known of P. Beyrichii, four of P. Adansoniana, and three of P. Quoyana. GENUS HALIOTIS Linne. Haliotis (Padollus) Pourtalesii n. s. Shell about an inch and a half in diameter, above smoothish except for two strong spiral ribs, the outermost of which was perforated with four or five branchial holes ; general form subcircular ; color above, rich reddish orange, within brilliantly pearly; whorls about two and a half ; spire flattened, not prominent. Bed of the Gulf Stream in 200 fathoms, near the Florida Eeefs, Pourtales, March 31, 1869. This species was obtained by the lamented Pourtales, and carefully examined by me in 1870. It was represented by the only specimen ever obtained from the region, and which was afterward destroyed in the Chicago fire. Its characters are such as to be immediately recognizable if it were again obtained, and it seems proper to associate the name of the discoverer with it, not only as being one of his most notable finds among mollusks, but also as representing a remarkable fact in geographical distribution which might otherwise be lost sight of. GENUS CREPIDULA Lamarck. < Patella Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. X. p. 781, 1758 ; ed. XII. p. 1257, 1767. < Crypta Humphrey, Mus. Cal., p. 4, Gen. V., May 1, 1797. No description. = Crepidida Lam., Prodr., p. 78, 1799 ; type Patella fornicata Liu. (not of Lam., Syst., p. 70, \?>ni, = Navicella Lam.). Roissy, Moll., V. p. 234, 1805. Fischer, Tabl. Synopt. Zoogn., p. 26, 1808. Auctorum. = Crepidulus Montfort, Couch. Syst., II. p. 87, 1810. = Proscenula Perry, Conch., pi. 53, 1811 ; type indeterminable. = Sandalium fi Schumacher, Essai d'un Nouv. Syst., p. 184, 1817. = Proxenula Ferussac, Journ. de Phys., t. 90, p. 285, 1820, as of Perry. 80 BULLETIN OF THE > Crepipatella Lesson, Voy. de la Coquille, t. IL p. 389 et seq., Atlas, PI. IL fi Crepidipatella, Agassiz, Nom. Zool., 1847 ; corr. v. Crepipatella. > Crepidopatella Herrniannsen, Ind. Gen. Mai., II. SuiipL, p. Z8. = Crepidipatella Agass. emend. 1852. > Lephyrolobus Schliiter, Syst. Verz., p. 26, 1838 (tide H. & A. Adams). ? Lepyrolobus Schliiter, loc. cit. Both genus and type undescribed, mere catalogue names. Marschall, Nom. Zool., p. 124, 1873. > lanachus Moerch, Cat. Yoldi, p. 146, 1852 (/. plana Say). No description. H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., I. p. 369, 1854. ^ CvT/pta H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., I. p. 368, 1854. ?+ ErgoM H. & A. Adams, loc. cit., p. 370, 1854 {E. plana Ad. k Rve. Voy. Sam.). Crepidula GT3iy, Guide, p. 115, 1857 -f- Garnotia Gray, luc cit., p. 117, 1857. (Crejndula adunca Sby.) = Crepidula Troschel, Gebiss der Schn., I. p. 159, 1863. > Spirocrypta Gabb, Pal. California, I. p. 136, 1864. (C pileum G., loc cit., pi. 29, tig. 233a, b. Cret. Gala.) Subgenus o{ Crypta (Humplir.) Gabb. This well-marked group has passed through the fluctuations of most well- known genera by being divided into a number of sections which further research has shown to be hardly more than specific modifications, and it would seem as if the time had arrived to concentrate within nearly its original limits the mass of species which have been set apart from one another on merely transitional characters incapable of exact limitation. Crypta Humphrey was never characterized and has no just claims to recogni- tion under the rules governing zoological nomenclature. It moreover appears to have contained representatives of several genera, but no descriptions are given, and his species cannot be positively recognized. Crepidula protea D'Orbignt. C. protea D'Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cuba, II. 192, PI. XXIV. tigs. 30 - 33. Specimens which are doubtless the species named as above by D'Orbigny were found attached to dead shells, and even to pieces of coral, from several sta- tions varying in depth from 80 to 450 fms. Also a few small specimens re- sembling C. (lanachus) plana Say, but not determinable. GENUS TRIFORIS Deshayes. Triforis (Ino) longissimus n. s. Shell much elongated, sinistral, subcylindrical, yellowish white, polished with more than twenty-two axially flattened, rather obliquely twisted whorls, bearing three spiral rows of small pointed tubercles, fourteen (on the smaller) August 25, 1881. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 81 to twenty-four (on the terminal) on each whorl ; apex wanting, width of shell at fracture 1.75 mm. ; transverse sculpture consisting solely of the lines of growth, which, on the last whorl, occasionally rise to the dignity of faint plica- tions ; spiral sculptiu-e consisting of the three rows of tubercles above men- tioned, of which the antei'ior is slightly the most prominent and the middle row slightly the most pointed ; these tubercles are connected by a slightly raised band, often obsolete and never very distinct, somewhat narrower than the tubercles, and strongest on the last whorl ; in addition to these the base of the wliorl at its periphery is ornamented by a plain, raised, narrow band, be- hind which is a rather deep narrow groove, and immediately in front of which is the suture, which would otherwise be hardly visible ; about three raised lines separated by shallow grooves are found on the base of the shell toward its outer part, the inner line faintest, and the vicinity of the canal without spiral sculpture ; basal surface in the adult flattened before the aperture, rounded behind it, on the whole more rounded than in most species ; canal short, slightly recurved, possibly entire in old shells, but in the specimens at hand open in front ; sutural aperture large, rounded, with reflected edges, probably finally closed in front ; outer lip chipped, but evidently produced and bent in toward the pillar ; a slight callus on the body whorl and pillar ; aperture roundly obliquely rhomboidal. Lon. of shell (decapitated), 26.0 ; of first whorl at fracture, 0.75 ; of last whorl, 4.0; all measured along the axis. Lon. of aperture, 3.0; lat of do., 1.75 ; of last whorl, 3.25 mm. Defl. about 10°. This is probably the largest and most elongated species of the group. All the specimens were decapitated, but fresh. The characters do not agree with any of those species described by Hinds, D'Orbigny, or Watson, and are suffi- ciently well marked when full grown to distinguish it at a glance from any of the other species. In the absence of the tip the flattened whorls give it a tubular aspect. Triforis turris-thomae D'Orbignt. Cerithviom turris-thomoi D'Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cub., II. p. 155, Atlas, PI. XXIII. figs. 10-12, 1853. Station 2, 805 fms., one dead specimen, probably drifted from shoaler water. Reported by D'Orbigny in shell sand from Cuba and Gttadaloupe Island. Triforis bigemma Watson. Ccrithium {Triforis) bigemma Watson, Journ. Linn. Soc, XV. p. 101, 1880. (Near St. Thomas, W. I., 390 fms.) Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Triforis inflatum Watson. Cerithium (Triforis) inflatum Watson, loc. cit., p. 103. Same localities as the preceding. VOL. IX. — NO. 2. « 82 BULLETIN OF THE Triforis torticulus n. s. Shell having much the habit of T. bigemma Watson, but attaining a much larger size, and devoid of the brown tinge ; specimens in hand decapitated, waxen yellowish white, about six whorls in length, and if perfect, according to the proportions of T. biyemma, would probably attain over an inch in length and perhaps eighteen whorls ; it is possible that the apex may be blunt, in which case the length and nmnber of whorls might be less ; shell very gradu- ally tapering, subcylindrical, sinistral, with rather inflated whorls bevelled to- wards the suture ; longitudinal sculpture consisting, on the posterior surface of the whorls, of four principal spiral ridges continuous, on the later whorls, over the transverse furrows though considerably indented by them, but, on the earlier whorls, entirely cut through by the furrows, and therefore appearing as nodules on the transverse ridges ; the anterior spiral ridge forms an exception to this, it is everywhere continuous as a simple thread behind the suture, which is appressed against it ; beginning with this, which is the least conspicuous of the four, it is separated from the next posterior spiral by a well-defined gutter ; the next spiral is (^uite close to it, and the third is nearly in the middle of the whorl ; the second and third are conspicuously larger than the others and nearly equal in size, the space between them is about equal to their hreadth singly ; the fourth ridge is smaller and less conspicuous, and the space between it and the third spiral is twice the width of the latter, sloping rather rapidly toward the suture, which is immediately behind the fourth ridge, appressed against the first ridge of the whorl behind ; the second and third ridges are sharp on the edge, falling abruptly on the posterior side and rounded toward the basal side, but the fourth is an evenly rounded thread ; between this and the third on the later whorls is a very delicate thread, while spiral striaj are visible here and there under a powerful glass ; the first ridge forms the pe- riphery of the (in the adult) somewhat flattened base, on which appear, toward the periphery, one or two faint spiral threads or grooves, which in the young are quite pronounced ; transverse sculpture consisting of about twenty-seven distinct riblets, separated by about equal furrows, slightly flexuous over the inflated whorls, but in general parallel with the axis of the shell ; these are marked by rather prominent parallel lines of growth, which pass over the periphery, and are distinct on the base ; columella twisted, slender, slightly thickened ; anterior canal slender, small, somewhat produced and bent to the right ; aperture rounded, not completely developed in the specimens at hand. Length of four whorls in a nearly adult specimen, 10.5 ; in a younger one, 6.0. Breadth of the former shell behind, 4.0 ; in front, 4.2 ; of the latter shell behind, 2.5 ; in front, 2.5. Length of last whorl in the first mentioned, 5.0 ; of aperture, 2.25 ; width of the same, 1.87 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This form seems nearest to T. hicfcmmn of any described species, but, so far as the specimens in hand go, seems (piite sufficiently distinguished from it. When perfect and adult, it must be a very fine example of the genus, and one of the largest known. MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 83 Triforis hircus n. s. Shell elongated, acutely tapered, with fourteen or more rather inflated whorls of translucent whitish color ; transverse sculpture of some twenty-one slightly oblique rounded riblets with somewhat narrower interspaces, which are prominent on the periphery of the whorLs, and evanescent toward the sutures ; these riblets are nearly parallel with the axis in the younger shells, and become more oblique in the adults ; each bears two nodules caused by the intersection of the spiral scidpture ; beside these there are faint lines of growth, most distinct on the polished and flattened base ; spiral sculpture consisting of a thread behind the suture, undulated by the ends of the transverse riblets in the young, simple and regular in the more mature whorls, and forming on the last whorl the margin of the base, and two flattened threads, separated by a wider groove, which rise to nodules where they intersect the transverse sculp- ture ; the distance from the suture forward to the posterior spiral thread is greater than from the anterior thread forward to the next suture, and this wider space has a somewhat excavated appearance, the posterior edge of the whorl being appressed to the suture, and slightly thickened where it meets the post-sutural spiral rib ; base flattened, yellowish, polished, with a single faint thread near the periphery ; aperture squarish, not completely developed in the specimens accessible ; canal very short ; pillar twisted, short, stout, of a darker yellow than the rest ; apex decollated, probably rather pointed. Lon. of shelly 12.5. Max. lat. 3.0. Lon. of last whorl, 3.0 ; of aperture, 1.9. Lat. of aperture, 1.75 ; lat. of first remaining whorl, 0.87 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This is closest to T. bigemma, from which it differs in the less pronounced sculpture, the absence of the first ante-sutural nodulated spiral rib, and the more acute taper of the shell. A large series might show them to be vari- eties of one species, but in the absence of connecting links they can hardly be properly united. Triforis cylindrellus n. s. Shell small, slender, sinistral, whitislr; of twelve or fourteen whorls, tapered in the adult both ways, the spire rather acutely (the nucleus is missing), and the last whorl being a little more slender than the two immediately preceding it ; transverse sculpture of twenty or more close, faint plications, extending from suture to suture, a little less strong anteriorly, and in the last whorl evanes- cent in advance of the periphery ; the spiral sculpture consisting of L-shaped grooves, one side of which is nearly vertical to the axis of the shell and the other slopes spireward ; of these there are three, nearly equidistant, the ante- rior one, being separated from the suture in front of it by a smooth space, gives to that space the eff"ect of a post-sutural rib ; base prominent, inflated, with one faint groove near the periphery, the whole shell showing more or less evi- dent lines of growth, and occasionally faint revolving striae ; whorls inflated, distinct ; suture appressed, conspicuous ; column twisted, moderately long, 84 BULLETIN OF THE stout; anterior and posterior canals developed; outer lip expanded, sliglitly thickened, aperture rounded. Lon. of shell, 6.5 ; of last wliorl, 1.85 ; of aper- ture, 0.75. Max. lat. of shell, 1.5 ; of last whorl, 1.4 mm. Cape San Antonio, 640 fms. Owing to the anterior taper, this species has the aspect of a diminutive Cylindrdla or Clausilia. It belongs to the section Mastonia of Hinds. Triforis (bigemma Watson var. ?) abruptus n. s. Shell short, stout, yellowish white to dark red brown in color, with nine to eleven whorls ; sculpture precisely resembling that of T. bigemma Watson, from which the shell differs in its shorter, stouter, and more abruptly tapered f(jrm ; in having about half the number of whorls ; in the rounded and sculjitured base, upon which are several spiral threads and numerous strong and elevated radiating lines of growth ; the anterior canal is very short and not closed in the specimens examined, the posterior canal indicated by a deep wide notch ; the outer lip patulous and flaring. Lon. of shell, 7.5 ; of last whorl, 2.5 ; of aperture, 1.5. Max. lat. of shell, 2.25; of aperture, 1.25 mm. Cape San Antonio, 640 fms. Yucatan Straits, 640 fms. It would seem hardly probable that such an extreme disparity of form and number of whorls, as well as size, should exist in one species ; however, since the variability of many of these deep-sea forms in many cases surpasses almost anything recorded from shallow water, I have hesitated to separate this little shell absolutely from Watson's species. Triforis triserialis n. s. Shell slender, acute, whitish or yellowish, of about fifteen whorls ; nucleus flattened, sharply keeled, white, polished ; first nuclear whorl with two keels, on the third an intercalary thread appears, all of which quickly become sub- equal and uniformly nodulated ; sculpture of three spiral rows of tubercles with their anterior (basal) slopes moderate, but the posterior (spireward) slope nearly perpendiciilar to the axis, so that the tubercles point more or less spire- ward ; the posterior row, just in front of the suture, is a little more prominent than the other two, and so marks the whorls, which are somewhat obliquely coiled ; the tubercles are arranged on the whorls obliquely from right to left, and connected by the representative of the nucdear keels, with the spaces be- tween the spirals deep and narrow, that space in which the suture is contained being only distinguishable from the others by the above-mentioned more prominent spiral ; the suture itself, even with a good glass, is hardly to be made out ; base flattened or in the perfectly mature shell rounded, in the first case with one, in the latter case with three well-marked spiral threads and evi- dent radiating lines of growth ; pillar stout, straight, with a thick solid but small lump of callus on it ; aperture small and narrow ; both canals probably MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 85 closed, reflected and rather short. Lon. of shell, 8.25 ; of last whorl, 2.0 ; of aperture, 1.0. Max lat. of shell, 1.75 ; of nucleus, 0.5 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Oft' Cape San Antonio, 640 fnis. Station 2, 805 fms. Without careful study the dift'erences between the forms of this group are hardly noticeable. When examined under a high power it is soon found that species which to the naked eye appear very similar or hardly distinguishable are really characterized by quite a difterent method in their sculpture, though the general result may be not very dissimilar in its salient features. The tu- bercles of one are due to grooves cutting transverse riblets; of another, to spiral ridges rising to nodules on the riblets ; of a third, to rows of nodules side by side without spiral or transverse sculpture of any kind. This and the following forms have been separated after several days' close study from an assembly which the first examination had almost decided to place in the category under one specific name. However, there are distinct definable dift'erences between them, and the fact that the microscope is required to perceive these differences should have no effect on our estimate of their systematic value. Triforis intermedius n. s. Shell, elongated, slender, acute, yellowish white, of about twenty-three whorls ; nucleus missing in the specimens at hand ; spiral sculpture consist- ing of two principal rows of rounded tubercles, with spirally confluent bases, which are conspicuous from the beginning to the end of the spire ; if there is any difference in size, the anterior row is slightly the larger ; there are about eighteen of these tubercles on the last turn ; the posterior row lies close to and somewhat appressed upon the suture ; midway between these is a smaller spiral riblet, which rises into narrow elongated waves, or tuberculations, in harniony with the others ; at the base of the whorl is a simple riblet very slightly or not at all waved, and nowhere rising into tubercles ; these spiral series are about equidistant, but the space between the anterior row of tubercles and the basal riblet is more deeply excavated than the others ; base somewhat flattened, conical, with an outer strong spiral ridge and two or three inner fainter ones ; the transverse sculpture consists solely of the lines of growth, which are conspicuous only on the base ; the tubercles, however, are arranged so as to appear as if placed obliquely from right to left across the whorls, so that on the length of the spire the transverse row makes nearly one revolu- tion around the shell ; suture inconspicuous ; pillar short, stout, strongly re- curved, with a thick and projecting callus ; anterior and posterior canals open in the specimens examined ; outer lip produced anteriorly, very oblique, form- ing a narrow aperture ; adult shell with the outline of the spire slightly convex. Lon. of shell, 11.0 ; of last whorl, 2.25 ; of aperture, 1.5. Max. lat. of shell, 1.75 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. 86 BULLETIN OF THE This shell somewhat resembles T. concors Hinds, from the Straits of Malacca, but the aperture in our species is much narrower, and the shell is of a different color. The base is also of a somewhat different shape. The specimen meas- ured is the most perfect, but not the largest. Triforis colon n. s. Shell very slender, elongated, acute, pure white, with a glassy polish when fresh, with twenty-eight or thirty whorls when perfect and complete ; nucleus and first nuclear whorl white, polished, smooth, flattened on top ; surface passing gradually into the second nuclear whorl, with two strong narrow projecting smooth keels, which are then continued into the normal sculpture which they assume verj'- promptly ; the keels project so much that the diameter of the keeled whorl is slightly larger than that of the tubercled third whorl ; spiral sculpture consisting of two rows of round, pointed tubercles and a narrow, flat- tened band on each edge of the whorl ; the latter occasionally a little waved, but usually smooth, one before and one behind the suture joining so closely that the suture is practically invisible, or appears only under a strong magnifier like a faint groove on the joined surfaces of the (really double, but appar- ently single) narrow band ; there are sixteen tubercles on the last turn, and those on the anterior row are opposite the interspaces of the posterior row, thus falling into oblique series from right to left across the whorls ; the bases of the tubercles are connected spirally and transversely by small ridges, and the tubercular rows are much more elevated above the general surface than the sutural bands ; there is on the flattened base a single faint thread just within the periphery ; a very young specimen, however, shows several additional inner strise ; none of the specimens have the mouth in its adult form, consequently, as in immature specimens of this genus generally, the base is flattened, and the canal short and straight, the pillar without callus, and the outer lip simple, thin, and not projecting ; the transverse sculpture additional to the above is solely composed of the lines of growth, which are hardly evident, except on the base ; outline of the spire a very elongated cone, which in old and decol- lated specimens assumes a subcylindrical form. Lon. of shell, 12.0; of last whorl, 1.5 ; of aperture (immature), 0.6. Max. lat. of shell, 1.87 mm. Sigsbee, off Havana, in 450 fms. Off Cape San Antonio, in 640 and 1002 fathoms. This species has a sculpture somewhat like Triforis ruber Hinds, from New Ireland ; but the tubercles are alternate instead of opposite, and the form and coloration are quite distinct. Indeed, they would fall into different sections according to Hind's classification. Triforis ibex n. s. Shell elongated, conical, but less slender than T. colon, yellowish white, blunt-tipped, with eighteen or nineteen rather rounded whorls ; nucleus about MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY, 87 twice as large as that of T. colon, smooth, inflated, rounded on top, larger than the succeeding nuclear whorl, which has two inconspicuous narrow keels which are wavy and almost tuberculate from the first, and pass imperceptibly into the usual sculpture of the shell ; spiral sculpture of two rows of somewhat elongated tubercles (about eighteen to the last turn), sometimes degenerating into a wavy riblet ; these tubercles are arranged much as in 2\ colon, but are narrower in a direction transverse to the whorl, with their transverse connections less evident, the spiral ridge proportionately stronger, and the tubercles individu- ally less conspicuous ; the two spiral rows of ^tubercles, especially in the an- terior part of the shell, occupy the peripheral third of the visible part of the ■whorl; * the anterior and posterior thirds are somewhat excavated toward the suture, the shell being appressed and slightly raised on each side of the latter, but without forming a regular band or riblet, unless in the very last whorl where the raised edges are a little waved in sympathy with the tuberculation of the periphery ; suture very distinct ; the excavation above referred to gives a particularly rounded appearance to the whorls, resulting in a wholly different asjiect from that given by the subcylindrical T. colon, which has twenty-three whorls in the same space as sixteen of T. ibex; base rounded with three strong raised threads between the anterior tubercular spiral and the canal ; canal short, a little recurved at the tip ; pillar with a strong callus ; posterior canal and outer lip not completed in any of the specimens at hand, but the more adult ones indicate a rather wide roundish mouth ; outlines of the spire a little concave from the button-like nucleus. Lon. of shell, 11.0; of last whorl, 3.0; of (immature) aperture, 1.5. Max. lat. of shell, 1.87 ; of nucleus, 0.5 mm. Off Cape San Antonio, 640 fms. Yucatan Straits, 640 fms. Sigsbee, off Havana, 450 fms. This shell tapers more rapidly than T. colon, as will be seen by the measure- ments, and differs in the other particulars mentioned from that species, which appears to be its nearest ally. Cerithiopsis (?) Sigsbeana n. s. Shell long, slender, excepting the inflated apex acutely conical, sides recti- linear, with about twenty-three whorls ; color, nucleus translucent, first three or four whorls with a deep reddish brown tinge which gradually fades to waxen white, tinged irregularly with faint brown or yellowish suffusion, in dead shells pure white, polished and partly translucent ; nucleus inflated, vitriniform, set on a little obli(|uely, projecting outward more than the two subsequent apical whorls, smooth, but latterly faintly sculptured in transition toward the regular sculpture of the shell by faint posteriorly concave transverse undulations ; sub- sequent spiral sculpture of three and afterward four spiral flattened squarish ridges, the most prominent of which is the posterior, which is in front of and covers the invisible suture ; before this are two equal and slightly but distinctly smaller ones, and lastly at the anterior margin of the shell (except in the very * Of course, proportionately much more in the earlier whorls. 88 BULLETIN OF THE young specimens) a still smaller rather rounded thread, which forms the pe- riphery of the base, and which a slight expansion of the last half-whorl in the adult covers up, so that there are only three spirals visible on this last small portion ; base nearly flat, with one rather marked spiral within the periphery, defined by a groove on either side, and between this and the canal numerous fine submicroscopic spiral striae ; in the earlier whorls the spirals are waved or even tuberculated by the transverse undulations, the large spiral most so and the anterior one least so, varying in amount in different specimens ; in a strongly sculptured specimen which was selected for description as living and perfect, the transverse sculpture (of about twenty faint undulations) is stronger than the spirals during the three or four apical whorls, gradually becoming fainter until on the eighteenth and succeeding whorls it is only visible be- tween the spirals under a strong magnification ; for the greater part of the shell the spirals are not tubercled, but waved or slightly swollen at the inter- section of the transversals, which last become fainter and more numerous from whorl to whorl, and on the base are not indicated, or only by moderately dis- tinct lines of growth. On another larger specimen the tuberculations or un- dulations are perceptible only on the earlier third of the shell, and on the remainder are represented only by the lines of growth ; in this specimen the spirals also are lese distinctly marked in the latter part of the shell, the two intermediate ones suffering most diminution ; on the surface spiral stria? exist, which are hardly to be detected on the first-mentioned strongly sculptured specimen ; the base is about the same in both. The sharp outer lip does not appear to be ever thickened, but at certain periods it is slightly reflected and this excessively thin edge is visible like a varix here and there on the whorls, although it hardly rises above their surface ; the aperture is squarish, short, and wide ; the inner lip glazed, but not thickened ; the outer lip concavely waved laterally and with the basal edge slightly produced ; the pillar solid, very short, strongly spirally twisted and forming a short but very distinct canal abruptly bent to the left ; operculum so far retracted as to be inac- cessible ; soft parts indicated by a blackish tinge perceptible through the shell. Lon. of shell, 10.5 ; of last whorl, 2.0 ; of aperture and canal, 1.5. Lat. of shell, 1.75 ; of aperture, 0.9. Lon. of longest specimen when perfect, 13.25 mm. Station 5, 229 fms. Station 20, 220 fms. The genus Cerithiopsis appears to be at present ill defined, the character of the operculum used by Forbes being illusory, if Sars's figure is correct ; the dif- ferences of dentition between this form and Bittium appear quite sufficient to distinguish it, however, if other species agree. Nevertheless, it seems at pres- ent impossible to fully define either genus or to distinguish by the shell (ex- cept approximately) between species of Bittium and Cerithiopsis as these names have heretofore been applied. The differences in the soft parts which have been mentioned may exist, but like the asserted differences in the opercula prove on more thorough inspection to be partly transitional or specific charac- ters. It will be understood, therefore, that the above and succeeding species MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 89. are only provisionally referred to Cerithiopsis, and may hereafter be proved to belong to Bittium or to some allied group. Were the describers of new genera and subgenera to carefully describe the distinctions between the groups they, name and their near allies, much labor would be saved those who come after, and who have to do the drudgery properly belonging to the original describer, if indeed he went so far as to give the data necessary for the search. Many genera really separated from one another by good characters are defined by most worthless ones in the text-books, and in no department is there more work to be done than in what may be termed that of giving a proper perspec- tive to the innumerable named groups of mollusks. This particular species is clearly different from any of those described by Watson, and I have been unable to find any described species with which it agrees. Cerithiopsis (?) crystallina n. s. Shell translucent white, elongate-conical, extremely acute, with granulated surface and about twenty-four somewhat rounded whorls ; nucleus extremely minute and partly submerged, smooth, shining, translucent, passing impercep- tibly into the very attenuated shining apical whorls, which in the adult are most frequently, though not always, lost ; spiral sculpture in the earlier whorls of two rather strong subequal rounded revolving riblets, to which, about the seventh whorl, another smaller thread just before the suture is added, which soon becomes nearly as prominent as the posterior riblet of the original pair ; the space between the original pair gradually grows propor- tionately wider, and about the tenth whorl a fine intercalary thread appears which always remains smaller than the others ; beside this in the nearly adult shell the space between the original anterior riblet and the suture (to which this part of the whorl rapidly descends) is supplied with two very fine elevated threads ; a similar one may also (but does not always) appear intercalated be- tween each pair of the four principal spirals above described ; on the base in the fully adult eight or more subequal simple spirals appear between the pe- riphery and the canal, while the more anterior original spirals diminish in prominence and gradually approximate in size to the basal ones ; in the younger shells the difference is quite strongly marked. The transverse sculp- ture in the apical whorls consists of a few (six or eight) rather strong trans- verse riblets, which appear as stout rounded tubercles on the spirals, and run down the spire almost straight, until the order is broken up by the continual appearance of new intercalary series (seventeen on the thirteenth whorl and about twenty-two on the last whorl) ; on the later whorls these are somewhat concavely flexed, and no regular succession up and doAvn the spire can be made out ; fine lines of growth appear on the anterior whorls, which by the constric- tion of the basal periphery put on a rather rounded outline, so that the num- ber of whorls can be easily counted, though the suture is almost invisible ; on the base the only transverse sculpture is due to the delicate lines of growth ; the last whorl or two may lia\e one or two faint varices ; the base is flattish 90 BULLETIN OF THE in the young, rounded in the adult ; the outer lip expanded and thickened concave behind, basally produced and curving into a distinct but not producefl canal, which opens to the left ; on the other side the outer lip is continuous with a thin but distinct callus, which is twisted over the very short and incon- spicuous pillar ; the reflected edge of this callus is not adherent to the pillar, and there is a perceptible chink under it, or more properly above it ; the aper- ture is subovate, pointed before and behind. Lon. of shell, 16.0 ; of last whorl, 3.62 ; of aperture (from point to point), 2.5. Max. lat of shell, 3.0 ; of ap- erture, 1.75 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms. ; and numerous other localities. A very pretty, and apparently a very common species, which, except in its attenuated apex has quite a general resemblance to Lovenella metula Sars of Northern European shores. From Gerithium (Bittium) cylindricum Watson (Australia) it differs in its color and in its non-convex outlines, and in having four instead of three prominent spirals and many more whorls ; it has a larger number of series of tubercles than C. (Bittium) gemmatum Watson from Setu- bal, and two more spirals ; it is much larger than G. {Bittium) figrum Watson, and of all Watson's species is perhaps most like G. (Bittium) mamillanum from Pernambuco ; but the details of sculpture, size, and number of whorls diff"er quite sufficiently. Bittium (?) Yucatecanum n. s. Shell stout, solid, conical, waxen white or grayish, with about eight rather rounded whorls ; spiral sculpture of four (afterward five) revolving, flattened threads, with about equal interspaces ; the first is about its own width, or a little more, in advance of the suture ; the second, about the same distance in advance of the first, is equal to it in size ; both are smaller than the third, which is the largest and most prominent of all, and gives a subcarinate appear- ance to the whorl, or than the fourth, which is about midway in size between the second and third ; on the later whorls a fine thread appears just behind the suture which it crowns, and on the last turn forms the periphery of the base, within which appear two or three others, growing fainter toward the canal ; the shell is also covered with microscopic revolving striiB ; the transverse sculpture consists of fourteen to eighteen faint plications or riblets, which appear to pass under and in so doing to undulate the spirals, especially the third and fourth ; in some specimens these undulations may appear tubercu- lar, but they do not in the one under consideration ; the sutural thread is not undulated, and the reticulation is confined to the sides of the whorls, the base being crossed only by rather strong lines of growth. Base rounded ; pillar straight, rather slender, short, without any marked callus ; aperture rounded ; outer lip thin, notched by the spirals, with a faint emargination near the pillar, but no well-marked canal ; the nucleus is mostly broken away, but seems to have been helirironn, turned half over, and partly immersed. Lon. of shell 8.0 ; of last whorl, 3.5 ; of aperture, 2.0. Max. lat. of shell, 3.0 ; of aperture, 1.5 mm. MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 91 Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. A solid, ratlier uninteresting-looking shell, with few attractions, but differing from any of the species described by Watson. Columbella (Astyris) Duclosiana D'Orbignt. C. Duclosiana D'Orbigny, Sagra Moll, Cub., II. p. 136, Tab. XXI. figs. 31-33. 1853. Station 20, 220 fms. Sigsbee, off Havana, in 450 fms. These specimens, being dead, may have been washed off shore. The species might well be a variety of G. dichroa Sowerby, and faded specimens recall C. lunata Say. Columbella (Astyris?) amphissella n. s. Shell small, stout, blunt-tipped, yellowish white, of four and a half whorls ; nucleus large, white, shining, smooth, and naticoid, of one and a haK whorls ; transverse sculpture of numerous (on the last whorl twenty-one) straight sub- equal plications with about equal interspaces, beginning at the suture, passing clear over the whorl, and fading out only when near the canal ; also faint Lines of growth ; spiral sculpture of numerous equal fine rounded threads (twenty- one on the last turn) with slightly wider interspaces, covering the whole shell except the nucleus ; pillar short, stout, a little concave, with a slight callus ; outer lip somewhat thickened, smooth ; canal wide, short, but distinct ; sutures distinct. Lon. of shell, 4.0 ; of last whorl, 3.0 ; of aperture, 2.0. Max. lat. of shell, 2.0 ; of aperture, 1 .0 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This stout and prettily reticulated little shell has almost the form of am- phissa versicolor Dall, from California, though of course on a very diminutive, scale ; the character of the sculpture is also not dissimilar. The nearest West Indian species to it is Columbella Hotessieriana D'Orbigny, which has a toothed aperture, one more whorl, an acute spire, and different color. It is not unlike C costulata Cantraine as figured by Sars, but has a proportionately shorter spire, fewer whorls, more numerous plications, and is of about one ninth the size. By some authors this species would be referred to Anachis. Columbella (Astyris) Verrilli n. s. Shell slender, conical, yellowish white, with about seven whorls ; surface polished, but when in a perfectly fresh condition covered by a rather shaggy brown epidermis, whose surface projects in irregular lamellae, as in Astyris californica. Nucleus naticoid, shining translucent white ; spiral sculpture appearing only on the pillar and basal surface where there are ten or twelve well-marked close-set revolving threads, which grow fainter toward the pe- riphery ; microscopic revolving lines may occasionally, though rarelj', be 92 BULLETIN OF THE seen on other parts of the shell ; transverse sculpture varying with diflerent individuals ; in those where it is strongly developed it consists of from lune (on the third whorl) to fourteen (on the last whorl) sharp-edged plications running clear across the whorls, rounder and wider near the middle of the whorls, and on the last disappearing half-way from the periphery to the canal; these plications run straight up and down the spire, and are strongest (though rather narrower) at their posterior ends, at which the plication often rises into a little tubercle, which is not only appressed against but even extends over the suture, which, in consequence, has a wavy outline ; the spaces between the plications are wide and evenly excavated ; in other specimens the plications will be much fainter, not raised into a tubercle at their posterior ends and evanescent on the larger whorls at a short distance in advance of the suture ; the suture in such specimens is more even and distinct than in those previously described, and the lines of growth are usually more evident. The pillar is stout, twisted a little to the left, and, with the canal, distinctly recurved, its inner side covered with a thin smooth white callus ; the outer lip gently arched, slightly thickened, and reflected, contracted a little at its anterior end to form the short wide canal, and having internally, about midway between its junction with the body whorl and the canal, a single small rounded pustule- shaped callus ; there are no denticles or other armature to the mouth with the above exception, which is invariably present in perfectly mature specimens. A moderately plicate shell measured as follows : — Lon. of shell, 9.0 ; of last whorl, 5.0; of aperture, 3.5. Max. lat. of shell, 3.0 ; of aperture, 1.5 mm. Another strongly sculptured specimen measures 9.25 mm. long and 3.12 mm. broad. Sculptured variety, Station 2, 805 fms. ; Station 19, 310 fras. ; Station 47, 331 fms. Normal form, Station 43, 339 fms. ; Station 47, 331 fms. This species is most nearly allied to Ashjris rosacea Gould, from which the faintly sculptured specimens differ by the smaller mouth in proportion to the spire, and the characters of the epidermis and aperture ; the character of the plications also differs from that of A. rosacea. The strongly sculptured specimens do not at all resemble rosacea, except in size and number of whorls. The latter would usually be referred to Anachis and the former with A. rosacea to Astijris, but there can be no doubt that they are forms of one species. This ■without prejudice to the proper separation, maybe, of certain species under the name of Anachis. This species was obtained in some numbers, so that I was prepared to find it described ; but a pretty thorough search has not revealed any reference to it in the various publications I have consulted. Professor Verrill, to whom I have great pleasure in dedicating it, may perhaps secure it with other South- ern forms off the coast of New England during the researches he is now con- ducting. The solitary pustular denticle is a very peculiar, and, as far as I am aware, unique feature. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 93 Natica leptalea Watson. N. leptalea Wiitson, Journ. Liim. Soc. (Zool. ), XV. p. 261. Dec. 1880. A small specimen, perhaps the young of the above species, was dredyed in 640 fathoms in Yucatan Strait. Watson's specimens were from near Sombrero Island, W. I., in 450 fathoms. Natica fringilla n. s. Shell small, elevated, slightly turreted, blunt-tipped, wavy white, of three or four whorls ; nucleus translucent, polished, rather disproportionately large, depressed nearly to the level of the next whorl, and so giving the spire a blunted aspect ; transverse sculpture of strong plicatioiis like the " gathers " of a skirt, about thirty-two on the last whorl, not pei'fectly uniform in elevation or extent, passing forward from immediately in front of the suture a distance of about 1.25 mm., and then becoming obsolete or replaced by ordinary lines of growth ; these plications are sharp-edged near the suture with about ei^ual interspaces, and gradvially grow wider, flatter, and less elevated anteriorly until tliey disappear ; surface polished, lines of growth not prominent ; spiral sculpture none, though the surface is marked with those faint revolving mark- ings, visible only by reflected light, which are common to nearly all spiral pol- ished shells, and, as far as I have observed, to all species of this genus ; suture well marked, slightly appressed ; whorls rounded behind and laterally in female, and slightly laterally flattened in male specimens ; base prettily rounded ; umbilicus small, funiculate at its mouth, twisted, with a rounded not very distinctly defined riblet coiled on its inner surface, beginning from the anterior end of the pillar lip ; no umbilical pad ; outer lip simple, sharp- edged, a little oblique, and, at maturity, slightly bent downward and forward at its junction with the body whorl ; pillar-lip and body moderately thick- ened, an emargination in front of and corresponding to the umbilical arch ; aperture rounded in front, pointed behind. liOn. of shell, J 7.0, 9 5.75 ; of aperture, ^4.0, 94.0. Ma.x. lat. of shell, ^.5.0, 9 5.0 ; of aperture, J 2.5, 9 2.5 mm., the 9 being a somewhat younger shell Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Off Cape San Antonio, 640 fms. Among all the descriptions of forms from deep water, I have found none which apply to this rather simple little species, which is about the size of N. imsilla Say, but (|uite distinct from it. In his report on the French expedi- tion of the Travailleur in the Bay of Biscay, Dr. Jeflfreys mentions as new, but does not describe, a N. subplicata, which, from the name, might be allied to this. Turritella Yucatecanum n. s. Shell small, thin, acute, opaque white mottled with rusty brown, of about twelve whorls ; nucleus and second turn minute, white, smooth, with deep 94 BULLETIN OF THE suture, rounded and vermicular ; next whorls with spiral sculpture, whcroof three riblets about e(|uidi.staut are markedly larger and more prominent tliaii the rest ; sculpUue ol' mature whorls consisting of tine spiral threads with nearly equal interspaces crossed by tine lines of growth and divided into five bands by four larger jjolished spirals, which are white and marked by rather distant dots of brown ; of these bands of fine spirals that behind the anterior suture and the two immediately behind it are of about equal width and ecjuul to the two posterior bands and their included large spiral taken together ; the general surface, barring the large spirals, is marked by light nebulous transverse pencillings of brown, which in general accord in direction with the lines of growth ; the whorls are hardly at all rounded latei\ally, are slightly carinated by the three major spirals, and the last whorl is flattened on the base, but without any marked carina at the periphery of the base ; spiral sculj^ture of the base similar to that of the spaces between the major spirals on the side of the whorls, with here and there a slightly larger thread ; the transverse sculp- ture consists of the lines of growth above mentioned, which are most distinct on and between the minor spirals and irregular narrow undulations following the lines of growth (about twenty-five to the last whorl), which cross the lar- ger whorls in some specimens so prominently as to render the major spirals almost tuberculate at their intersection, in most specimens produce a series of modefate undulations, and in others are almost obsolete ; outer lip thin, sharp, very little rounded, and hardly emarginated by the slight flexuosity of the lines of growth ; pillar rather thin, prettily arched, passing into the flattened basal edge ; body polished, not callous ; suture rather indistinct, not chan- nelled ; base in several specimens dotted with convex, ovate, coriaceous, light yellow ovicapsules, whose surface, wrinkled in drying, seemed to have origi- nally been smooth, and to have had a length of 0.75 and a breadth of 0.5 mm. Lon. of shell, 16.5 ; of last whorl, 5.5 ; of aperture, 3.25. Max. lat. of base, 5.0 ; of aperture, 2.75 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This species perhaps most resembles a miniature edition of T. leucosfoma Valenciennes, but does not agree with any of Watson's species or with the few species ordinarily assigned to the West Indian province. Quite a number of fresh specimens were obtained, which are very uniform in size, disposing of the suspicion that the shell might be drifted from shallow water. Actseon fasciatus Lamarck. A species which may be the Tornatella fasciata of Lamarck, judging by fig- ures only, was obtained from Station 19, 310 fms. ; by Sigsbee, Station 50 (Lat. 26° 31' and Lon. 85° 53' W.), in 119 fms. ; Station 9, 111 fms. (young) ; and from 450 fms. off Havana, also a young specimen. MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 95 Actseon incisus n. a. Shell short, thin, inflated, waxen white, polished, with five or six whorls and a rather acute spire ; nucleus ndnute, more or less immersed, eroded to some extent in every specimen ; apical whorls smooth, polished, rounded ; suture very distinct, in the majority of cases not channelled ; the apical whorls with two or three distant narrow grooves across which, in some cases, pass elevated lines of growth which appear nowhere else, or, if at all, oidy in the suture near the apex ; last whorl forming the largest part of the shell, inflated, provided with ten or eleven spiral grooves, which, are nearer together ante- riorly ; these grooves are somewhat zigzag by exigencies of growth, but are not punctate, as in so many species ; other spiral sculpture consisting of micro- scopically fine slightly zigzag striae, about seventy in the width of a millime- ter ; transverse sculpture only of most delicate flexuous lines of growth most evident near the sutures ; aperture rounded in front, pointed behind ; outer lip thin, simple, arcuated toward the periphery, passing imperceptibly into the pillar ; body with a slight callus j oining the rather slender pillar which carries one inconspicuous fold. Lon. of shell, 9.0 ; of last whorl, 7.0 ; of aperture, 5.75. Max. lat. of shell, 5.75 ; of aperture, 3.0 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. ; ofl" Cape San Antonio, 640 fms. A peculiarly thin delicate polished and inflated species. Actaeon melampoides n. s. Shell short, stout, with a depressed spire and shouldered last whorl ; white, with ftve whorls, sculptured *with punctate spiral lines ; nucleus small, eroded ; other whorls with two, three, or (on the last) twenty to twenty-five spiral lines, which are distinctly punctate, with about ten punctations in the length of a millimeter ; the spirals are crowded just in advance of the suture and near the pillar, and especially distant on the shoulder of the last whorl ; suture distinct, with the anterior margin finely crenulate in the last w^horl ; other sculpture of fine lines of growth and microscopic revolving striae as in the last species ; outer lip hardly oblique, joining the body at a wider angle than usual, owing to the shouldering of the last whorl, thin, simple, passing imperceptibly into the short, twisted pillar, which bears a single distinct fold ; body wliorl with only a glaze, pillar hardly or not at all thickened ; aperture approximately lunate. Lon. of shell, 6.0 ; of last whorl, 5.25 ; of aperture, 4.25. Max. lat. of shell, 4.0 ; of aperture, 1.62 mm. Station 19, 310 fms. This species has a good deal the outline of the common Melampus corneus of the cast coast of America. 96 BULLETIN OF THE Actseon Danaida n. s. Shell elongated, moderately pointed, polished, white, and ha\ang about six whorls ; spiral sculpture of (on the spire) six, or (on the last whorl) over twenty-five punctate grooves, more crowded anteriorly, but with two or three coarser than the rest, just in advance of the suture ; between these original grooves in the latter half of the last whorl intercalary single or double grooves appear, which are seldom quite as deep as the originals, and at first are not punctate, but at last, and especially near the anterior extreme of the shell, become nearly as well marked as the original series ; transverse sculpture con- sisting only of lines of growth, by a peculiar thickening of certain of which when they cross the grooves the punctate appearance is produced ; nucleus eroded, minute ; suture appressed, distinct, but the thin appressed anterior margin seems peculiarly liable to erosion, which, in some cases takes place so as to produce the appearance of a channelled suture ; whorls slightly rounded ; outer lip thin, simple, somewhat produced in the middle, passing impercep- tibly into the thin twisted pillar, which is slightly reflected, and bears one inconspicuous, very oblique fold ; body with a thin layer of callus ; aperture rounded in front, rather narrow, pointed behind ; no umbilical chink in this or any of the preceding species. Lon. of shell, 11.0 ; of last whorl, 7.75; of aperture, 6.25. Max. lat. of shell, 5.25 ; of aperture, 3.0 mm. Station 43, 339 fms. An elegant and excessively punctate species, which looks as if it might have been pelted by a shower of little coins. Actaeon perforatiSs n. s. Shell small, pointed, waxen white, with a narrow opaque yellowish band in advance of the suture, composed of about six whorls, and with a distinct um- bilical perforation ; nucleus eroded, small ; spire with about six, or (on the last whorl) eighteen strong and very regularly and distinctly punctate grooves, the punctations at the rate (near the aperture) of about six to a millimeter, the grooves a little more crowded anteriorly and distant posteriorly, the interspaces everywhere wider than the grooves and with no intercalary grooves or striae whatever ; transverse sculpture of faint lines of growth ; aperture rounded in front, pointed behind ; outer lip thin, simple, arched, and continuous with the reflected thin pillar lip, upon which a fold can hardly be made out ; body with a slight glaze ; umbilical perforation straight, -with smooth walls, apparently very deep, and about 0.25 mm. in diameter. Lon. of shell, 7.75 ; of last whorl, 6.0 ; of aperture, 4.0. Max. lat. of shell, 4.62 ; of aperture, 2.0 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. The anterior part of the last whorl being a little larger than any part pos- terior to it, this shell has a somewhat pyriform appearance. Sept. 26, 1881. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 97 Ringiciila nitida Verrill. Ringicula nitida Verrill, Am. Journ. ScL, V., 3d series, pp. 6, \Q, 1873. H. Moriet, Journal de Conchyl., Vol. XXVI. p. 127, 1878. Ponrtales, bed of the Gulf Stream, 447 fms. Station 43, 339 fms. Yuca- tan Strait, 640 fms. This is very different from Ringicula semistriata D'Orbigny (Sagra, Moll. Cub., II. 103, Tab. XXI. figs. 17-19), and considerably larger. It has six whores ; the anterior fold on the column is distinctly the largest ; the outer lip in mature specimens is thicker in the middle and anteriorly than elsewhere ; the parietal tooth is obsolete ; and there is in perfect specimens a well-defined area on the base, anterior to the junction of the outer lip and body, which is distinctly grooved, the remainder being smooth. It reaches a length of 7.5 and a breadth of 5.00 mm. Bulla abyssicola n. s. Shell of moderate size, and nearly the shape of B. ampulla, but proportion- ately wider behind, white with an ill-defined band of pale yellow brown en- circling the peri[)]iery ; aperture as long as the shell ; outer lip simple, nearly straight, rounded before and behind, not extending beyond the summit of the left side of the shell ; apex depressed, immersed, forming a slight pit with none of the whorls visible ; surface ornamented with fine, minutely punctate spiral grooves, more crowded before and behind, more distant about the periphery, from four to twelve in the width of a millimeter and from eight to ten punc- tations in the length of a millimeter, according to the part of the shell exam- ined ; besides these there are numerous still finer stria3, also punctate, but more finely, which, when very faint, appear like rows of very faint puncticu- lations ; otherwise the surface is smooth, or even polished, the lines of growth hardly perceptible ; aperture narrow behind, wide in front, the pillar reflected, and a thin layer of callus evenly spread over the body within the aperture ; proportions of younger specimens much the same, but a little more pointed at the extremities. Lon. of shell and aperture, 12.75. Max. lat. of shell, 9.0 ; of aperture, 5.25 ; min. lat. of aperture, 1.5 nmi. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Station 43, 339 fms. (young). The genera of these opisthobranchiates must always be uncertain in the absence of the soft parts. To the species here described from the shells alone the generic names applied must necessarily be provisional. The present one shows no characters in the shell by which it might be separated from the typi- cal species of the genus, unless it be the absence of distinct coloration which we should naturally expect in a species from great depths. VOL. IX. — NO. 2. 7 98 BULLETIN OF THE Boilla (?) eburnea n. s. Shell small, ivory-white, polished, ovate, the aperture extended posteriorly a little beyond the left hand summit of the whorl ; sculpture a few spiral grooves near either extremity, more numerous and crowded anteriorly ; these grooves somewhat zigzag from irregularities of growth, but not puncticulate ; remainder of the shell without sculpture, except most minute microscopic faint indications of spiral striae and faint lines of growth ; apex minutely pitted, but the pit nearly covered by a small reflexion of the lip where it joins the posterior face of the body ; outer lip thin, sharp, curved round and reflected at the anterior end of the axis ; a thin deposit over the body within the aperture. Lon. of shell and aperture, 7.25. Max. lat. of shell, 4.25 ; of ap- erture, 2.0 ; miu. lat. of aperture, 0.75 mm. Station 43, 339 fms. The description of Diaphana gemma Verrill is the only thing I can find which bears any resemblance to this species ; but the size and proportions of that species are different, it is umbilicated, and B. ? eburnea does not seem likely to prove a Diafhana* Atys (?) bathymophila n. s. Shell large, stout, white, polished, sculj)tured with numerous puncticulate strife, crowded toward the ends and few and distant in the middle ; outer lip extending backward a short distance from the spire, then sweeping downward, forward, outward, and then upward, curving downward and backward again to join the subtruncate columella, above and behind which there is almost a canal ; columella reflected, with a tolerably thick callus, but no umbilicus or umbilical chink ; body with a thhi deposit of callus (in one instance much thickened and roughened, apparently by disease); aperture very narrow behind, very wide and somewhat oblique in front ; lines of growth on the surface hardly visible. Lon. of shell and aperture, 16.5 ; from summit to oblique truncation of columella, 13.75. Max. lat of shell, 11.25; of aperture, 7.0; min. lat. of aperture, 1.0 mm. Station 33, 1,568 fms. In young specimens 3.5 mm. long there are three and a half whorls ; the nucleus is visible turned on its side and half immersed ; it is heliciform, trans- lucent white, and minute ; the striation is more uniformly distributed over the shell, and is exceedingly fine ; the nucleus (but not the whorls outside of it) remains partly visible until the shell has attained a length of 8.25 mm. Like most young shells of this group, the young are more pointed before and be- hind, and less expanded than the adult. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. * A comparison of specimens shows that they are perfectly distinct. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 99 This may not be an Atys, but the subtruncate axis and general form of the shell are more like that group than any other, and it is so referred until we know the soft parts. Atys (?) Sandersoni n. s. Shell small, thin, fragile, polished, translucent white, with the aperture longer than the axis of the shell, slender, elongated oval with the posterior fourth bevelled off slightly ; transverse sculpture solely of delicate evanescent lines of growth, sometimes lost in the general polish of the surface ; spiral sculp- ture of about a dozen incised lines near either extremity, more crowded toward the tips and obsolete toward the middle of the shell, reticulating the lines of growth when the latter are present, but delicate, extremely fine, and not punc- ticulate ; posterior apex a rather deep funiculate pit, out of the centre of which rises the margin of the aperture, which is here slightly reflected, extends be- hind the summit of the body and suddenly curves forward, leaving a very narrow aperture, which is produced into a rounded point in front, then sharply recurved and reflected to a point where the reflected part loses itself in the thin callus on the body within the aperture ; the anterior reflection is sometimes closely appressed and sometimes loose with a chink behind it, but there is no anterior pit ; the shell is more slender forward than behind, the bevelling is more marked in some specimens than in others; a fragment from off Havana, if conspecific as seems likely, indicates that it reaches a much larger size than the described specimens. Lon. of shell and aperture, 6.5. Max. lat of shell, 3.4 ; of aperture, 1.75 ; min. lat. of aperture, 0.5 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. Off Havana (?j, Sigsbee, in 450 fms., a fragment which, if perfect, would be about 5.5 mm. broad and 11.0 mm. long. I have much pleasure in dedicating this species (which is provisionally re- ferred to the genus Atys) to Mr. Sanderson Smith of the U. S. Fish Commis- sion, well known by his researches among the marine mollusks of N. E. America. Its nearest ally seems to be the Bulla caribhcea D'Orbigny, which is much smaller, more globose, and entirely covered with striae. Philine sp. A fragment of a species resembling P. quadrata Wood, as figured by G. O. Sars (Tab. 18, fig. 9 a), was obtained in Yucatan Strait at a depth of 640 fms. It is of a yellow brown, with strong lines of growth crossed by very numer- ous puncticulate grooves all over the surface. Scaphander (?) Watsoni n. s. Shell slender, delicate, white or yellowish, polished, posteriorly attenuated, with the outer lip and aperture produced behind the apex ; transverse sculp- 100 BULLETIN OF THE tiire, none beside the delicate lines of j^'rowth, which are perceptible chiefly at or near the tips ; spiral sculpture consisting of some twenty-five sharp, strong, channelled, clear-cut grooves, not punctate or in any way irregular, except that they are more crowded near the summit tlian elsewhere, about half being within the posterior third of the shell ; between these, near the extremities, and near the margin of the outer lip, are a few more delicate intercalary grooves ; posterior apex a minute pit, punctured in the centre, from which the free margin rises, extends backward somewhat more than half a millime- ter, then downward, forward almost in a straight line, then with a wide sweep up and around to join the slightly thickened margin of the body, into which it passes imperceptibly; body with a light wash of callus ; axis coiled so as to be pervious to the summit when viewed from iu front. Lon. of shell and aper- ture, 8.75. Max hit. of body, 2.5 ; of entire shell, 4.25; of aperture, 3.25 ; min. hit. of aperture, 0.75 mm. Off Sombrero Island in 72 fathoms. It is possible that this will prove to be a Philine when the animal is known, but the form and aspect are those of a Scaphander. In general outline it recalls S. lignarius L., though more slender, more attenuated and pointed behind and with the free margin more produced posteriorly. In the former characters it resembles Philine Loveni Malm, as figured by G. 0. Sars, but is still more pointed behind, and the free margin is of quite a different shape. This is a remarkably elegant and characteristic species, and is named in honor of my friend, Mr. R. Boog- Watson, who is working up the MoUusca of the Challenger Expedition. Utriculus (?) vortex n. s. Shell stout, rather solid, opaque white, short, the posterior fourth bevelled off toward the bluntly rounded summit ; transverse sculpture consisting of occasional faint lines of growth, nowhere very prominent ; spiral sculpture consisting of very numerous fine grooves, so crowded near the ends of the shell as to be but little narrower than the interspaces ; these grooves are only visible under a lens, are occasionally reticulated bj' the lines of growth and gradually become more distant toward the middle of the shell ; just in advance of the shoulder of the bevel are a small number of equally fine raised lines, which are so minute that only by the most careful inspection and under strong magnifi- cation can they be distinguished from the grooves which cover the rest of the shell ; the folds of the outer whorl are appressed toward the apex, with a somewhat thickened and irregular margin, which leaves a minute pit at the summit and about two volutions visible ; this appressed margin is often eroded, and then some four or five turns can be made out ; in advance of the bevel the shell is nearly cylindrical, rather suddenly rounded in front ; outer lip straight, slightly produced iu the middle, but not bent inward toward the body, passing imperceptibly into the column, over which, as well as over the body, is a thin layer of callus ; aperture rounded and rather wide iu front, narrowing to an MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 101 acute point behind, shorter than the shell ; pillar with no twist or fold, contin- uous Avith the margin. Lon. of shell, T.o ; of aperture, 6.0. Max. lat. of shell, 4.25 ; of aperture, 2.5 mm. Station 43, 339 fms ; Station 44, 539 fms. After comparing this with the figures of all the Northern species given by Sars and those from the West Indies by D'Orbigny, it seems fi[uite distinct from any of them. It is possible tliat it may prove to be a Cylichna when the animal is known ; but it does not agree with any of the figured Cijlichnce. Utriculus (?) Prielei n. s. Shell rather large, solid, polished opaque white, broader behind than before its middle ; apex perforate, around which the margin of about two turns is usually visible ; this margin, formed by the rather broad p- shaped posterior sinus of the aperture, resembles the notch-band of some Pletirotomidce in that the surface is flattened, with a well-marked boundary on each side, and on this surface the successive mai-giual edges are often raised into scales, one fitting into another, composed of an extension of the body callus on one side and a reflection of the free margin on the other ; the surface of the band varies in different specimens from nearly smooth to distinctly and regularly undulated or imbricately scaled as above mentioned ; other transverse sculpture of lines of growth which are hardly visible while of spiral sculpture there is none, though, with a strong reflected light, under the microscope numerous spiral markings may be observed which are neither grooved nor raised, but are vis- ible in most smooth spiral shells, and are probably due to growth, somewhat as are the lines commonly recognized as " lines of growth." Aperture nearly or quite as long as the shell, narrow, rounded in front, and terminating in the tD - shaped sinus behind ; outer lip straight, sharp, thin, not incurved, rounded to join the stout columella into which it passes imperceptibly ; pillar broad, short, with a thin callus which also extends along the body ; shell widest about the jiosterior third ; distinctly narrowed anteriorly. Lon. of shell and aper- ture (the latter occasionally ^a trifle less), 8.2. Max. lat. of shell (at posterior third), 4.0 ; at anterior third, 3.5 ; of aperture, 1.75 ; min. lat. of aperture, 0.5 mm. Off Cape San Antonio, 640 fms,; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. None of the Northern species present the characters of U. (?) Frielei. U. trun- catulus Brug., as figured by Sars (Tab. 18), should have a somewhat similar summit, though the lines are not t) - shaped, but obliquely transverse in the figure ; the other characters of that shell are quite different, and it does not reach half the size of U. (?) Frielei. None of those figured by D'Orbigny are at all like the present species, which it gives me pleasure to dedicate to Mr. Hermann Friele of Bergen, naturalist (in charge of the Mollusca) of the Nor- wegian Deep-sea Expedition on the Voringen, and well known for his work on the collections of that expedition and for his valuable researches on the development of JJ^aldheimia. 102 BULLETIN OF THE NOTES, Before passing to the Acephala and Brachiopoda it may be well to note that in the preceding descriptions the apex or nucleus is considered the posterior end of the shell, and in dextral shells the free margin as the right-hand side of the shell ; such lines or sculpture as pass along the whorls are spiral or longitudinal ; such as pass across the whorls are transverse. Dr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys has kindly pointed out to me that the name maculata is preoccupied in the genus Margarita for a fossil species by Wood. The species described by that name on page 43 will therefore take the name of Margarita lacunclla. Dr. Jeffreys has also forwarded to me some specimens of the shell described under the name of Margarita (?) euspira (page 44), but which are destitute of the sutural band, forming a variety which may take the name of nitcns (Jef- freys). The genus of this peculiar little shell remains in doubt. It presents some characters in common with Margarita and some with Photimda. In nearly adult specimens the pillar is broad, flattened, and granulated minutely with a polished small tubercle at its end, which later becomes enlarged, and forms a blunt tooth, or prominent rounded tubercle, which also is rough or granulated on the surface (which at first, with only a few specimens for com- parison, l^d me to the supposition that it was due to fracture), and is shown by the additional material of Dr. Jeffreys to be a normal feature unlike any- thing I find described. If it be considered desirable to separate it on tliis ground (;md it certainly cannot remain with typical Margarita or be referred to riiotinida or Oxystele as strictly defined), it might take the name of Bathy- mophila, and for the present be considered as a subgenus of Margarita, which genus it resembles entirely when immature, being then widely umbilicate and with no callus. Professor Verrill has called my attention to the fact that the species described as Pleurotoma (Bela) Umacina (page 55), also obtained by the U. S. Fish Com- mission in deep water off Newport, E. I., has no ojierculuni, and hence is prob- ably not a Bela. None of my specimens retained tlie animal. An examination of a specimen in spirits kindly lent by him confirms this view, and for the present the species were perhaps better referred to Daphnella. The family divisions of Gray, Adams, and others, based on the characters of the operculum, in the light of later researches cannot be maintained. I have elsewhere shown that in Buccinum cyanenm about five per cent have no traces of an operculum, wliile Friele has described a Nrptunea or Chnjso(J(yi7ius with a subspiral opercu- lum (Mohnia alba). In the Toxifera it is highly probable that the operculum has at most a generic value. MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 103 BRACHIOPODA. Terebratulina Cailleti Crosse. T. Cailleti Crosse, Journal de Conchyliologie, XIII. p. 27, PI. I. figs. 1-3, 1865 ; Ball, Bull. Mus. Conip. Zool., III. No. 1, p. 10, 1871. Barbados, 100 fins., abundant ; Sigsbee, off Havana, in 80, 119, 127, 240, and 450 fras. ; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms., living ; Station 2, 805 fnis., living ; West Florida, 30 fms. ; Station 16, 292 fms. ; Station 20, 220 fms. ; Station 44, 539 fms. ; Station 45, 101 fms. ; Oflf Morro Light, Station 16, 292 fms. ; Santa Lucia, Station 218, 164 fms. ; St. Vincent, Station 232, 88 fms. Terebratula cubensis PouRXALiis, T. cubensis Pourtales, Bull. Mus. Conip. Zool., I. No. 7, p. 109, 1867; Call, Bull., loc. ciL, p. 3, PL I. figs. 2, 8-16, 1871. Station 45, 101 fms. ; Station 16, 292 fms. ; Sigsbee, off Havana, 175 fms. ; Lat. 26° 31', Lon. 85° 3', 119 fms.; Barbados, 100 fms.; Station 232, St. Vincent, 88 fms. ; Station 202, Martinique, 210 fms. Eudesia floridana Pourtales. Waldheimia floridana Pourtales, Bull., loc. cit., p. 127 ; Dall, loc. ciL, p. 12, PL I. fig. 3, PL II. figs. 1-3, 1871. Off Sand Key, 125 fms. ; Sigsbee, off Havana, 175 fms. ; Lat. 26° 31', Lon. 85° 3', 119 fms. Very young specimens from Station 45, 101 fms. ; Station 5, 229 fms. ; and Station 19, 310 fms. Waldheimia being preoccupied in insects, as heretofore pointed out, Eudesia is the next in order of priority. Cistella lutea Ball. C. {'> Barrettiana var.) lutea Dall, Bull., loc. cit., p. 20, PL I. fig. 5, PL II. fi^s. 4-8, 1871. Sigsbee, off Havana, 80 to 127 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms ; Station 21, 287 fms. ; Tortugas, 30 fms. Cistella Barrettiana Davidson. Argiopc Barrettiana Davidson, P. Z. S., Feb. 1866, p. 103, PL XII. fig. 3. Argiope antillarum Crosse and Fischer, Journ. de ConchyL, XIV., July, 1866, p. 270, PL VIII. fig. 7. '\ Argiope Schrammi Crosse and Fischer, loc. cit., p. 269, PL VIII. fig. 6, 1866. C. (] Schrammi var.) ruhrotincta Dall, Bull., loc. cit., p. 19, PL I. fig. 6, 1871. 104 BULLETIN OF THE C. Barrettiana var. rubrotincta. Sand Key, 80 I'ms. ; Station 2, 805 fnis., dead valves ; Yucatan Straits, 640 fms., valves ; Station 45, 101 fms., living ; Station 20, 220 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms. ; Sigsbee, off Havana, 450 fms. valves ; Station 276, 94 fms. ; Station 231, St. Vincent, 95 fms. ; Tortugas, 43 fms. C. Barrettiana (?) var. Schrammi. Station 45, 101 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms. Platidia anomioides Scacchi. P. anoviioidcs Costa, Fauna del Reg. Nap., p. 47, 1852 ; Dall, Bull., loc. ciL, p. 18, 1871. Terebratula anomioides Scacclii, Phil, lloll. Sic., 11. p. 69, PI. XVIII. fig. 9, 1844. Near Morro Light, Cuba, Station 16, 292 fms. ; Station 253, 92 fms. : Bar- bados, Station 280, 221 fms. ; Granada, Station 260, 291 fms. ; St. Vincent, Station 232, 88 fms. Thecidium Barretti Woodward. T. Barretti Woodward, Davidson, Geol. Mag., I., PI. II. fig. 1-3, 1864 ; P. Z. S., 1866, p. 104. Barbados, 100 fms. ; Station 232, St. Vincent, 88 fms. ; Station 155, Mont- serrat, 88 fms. These f pecimens I take to be Barretti, though very small, since they do not show the complicated internal arrangement of the next species. Thecidium mediterraneum Sowerby. T. mediterraneum Sowerby, Thes. Conch., A'll. p. 371, PI. 73, figs. 30-32; Dall, Am. Journ. Conch., VI. p. 151, fig. 27, 1870. Station 241, 163 fms. Crania Pourtalesii Dall. Crania (? anomala var.) Pourtalesii Dall, Bull., loc. cit., p. 35, PI. I. fig. 7, 1871. A single valve was found among coral from St. Vincent, W. I., obtained at a depth of 88 fathoms at Station 232. Those previously described were from Sand Key, Florida, in 105 fathoms, and from off the Sambos, in 116 fathoms. Other species of Brachiopods appear in some numbers in the Agassiz-Bartlett collection, among which ? Mecjerlia incerta Davidson was recognized ; but these will form the subject of a supj)lementary report. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 105 ACEPHALA. VERTICORDIA (Wood) Sowerbt. Verticordia ornata D'Orbignv. Trigonulina ornata D'Orbigny, Sagi-a, Moll. Cub., II. p. 292, PI. XXVII. figs. SO- BS, (1846) 185S. Ilippagus novemcostatus Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, Zool., p. 76, PI. XXIV. fig. 1, 1850. Trigonituna ornata Cliena, Man., II. pp.. 169, S22, fig. 843, 1862. Verticordia ornata Fischer, Journ. de Conchyl., X. p. 380, 1862. Barbados, 100 fms. ; Station 19, 310 fms. [Catalina Island, California, 16 fms., Dall ; shell sand, Jamaica, W. I., D'Orbigny ; China Seas, Adams.] This species has no epidermis, as erroneously stated in the Zoology of the Samarang, and copied by various authors. That specimen may have been covered with some extraneous substance, which in drying gave the impression of an epidermis. A careful examination of fresh specimens from California, and of fresh specimens of other species, reveals no sign of any epidermis, nor of any ossicle, as reported by Adams. The latter, seen only in one instance, may have been a concretion accidental to the individual, as often happens in bivalves. Nevertheless, I am of the opinion that the reference of the genus to the AnatinidcB will probably be sustained, as it seems much more probable than any relationship to the porcellanous Isocardia or Cardita. The number of ribs varies from eight to eleven, but is usually ten. Verticordia acuticostata Philippi. Hippagus acuticostatus Philippi, Moll. Sic, II. p. 42, Tab. XIV. fig. 19, 1844. (Fossil in Miocene of Calabria.) Iphigenia acicticostata Costa, Pal. del Regno Nap., p. 160, Tav. XIII. fig. 9, 1850. (Fossil. ) Verticordia acuticostata Seguenza, Journ. de Conchyl., VIII. p. 291, PI. X. fig. la-e, 1860. (Fossih) ? Verticordia Deshaijesiana Fischer, Journ., loc. cit., X. p. 35, PL V. figs. 10, 11, 1862. ? Verticordia japonica A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Mar. 1862, p. 224. (In- sufficiently described. ) Station 31, 84 fms.; Station 5, 229 fms.; Barbados, 100 fms. [China, Fischer ; Gotto Id., Japan, A. Adams, 71 fms.] The form which I refer to Philippi's, species (and all of whose synonyms I suspect may perhaps some time be referred with it to the original type V. verti- cordia S. Wood) is a little more like Fischer's figure of V. Desliayesiana than Seguenza's figure of V. acuticostaia. However, specimens enough are at hand to show that the shell has a larger amount of variation than the few specimens in lOG BULLETIN OF THE cabinets have led authors to suspect. V. cardiiformis (= V. verticordia) has sixteen ribs ; V. acuticostata, thirteen to fifteen ; V. Deshayesiana, seventeen; my specijuens have I'roui fourteen to seventeen ribs, which may be stronger or weaker, finely or more sharply granulated, more or less markedly denticulate on the margin. The descriptions of Mr. Adams are quite insufficient to identify any species by. No measurements are given, the number of ribs is not even stated, and the only dilferences of any value between his diagnoses of the two forms he names are, that one is " convexa " with " costis multis subdistantibus," while the other is " subcompressa " with " costis numerosis confertis.'' Such de- scriptions are rubbish, and a detriment to the progress of science. Yet the fact that they are in Latin gives them for some " conservative " writers a great charm, though they are perfectly useless for any practical purpose. Verticordia Fischeriana n. s. Shell of the same general form as V. verticordia Wood, or V. Deshayesiana Fischer, from which it diff'ers in the number of ribs, which range from 27 to 35, being subequal with equal interspaces, and which merely crenulate the marf^in instead of extending beyond it in sharp denticulate points ; the lunule is less impressed than in either of the preceding species ; from V. granulata it diff'ers by the larger number of ribs and by its striated and granulose lunule ; also by its more quadrate or subcircular rather than triangular form ; the granulation, however, is regular and even, as in that species, which is only known from a single valve found in the Sicilian tertiaries. Lon., 10.0 ; alt., 10.5 ; diam., 10.5 mm. Most of the specimens smaller. Barbados, 100 fms.; Sigsbee, off Cuba, 119 fms.; Station 36, 84 fms. The granulated, non-pearly surface, the nacreous under-layer, the peculiar disposition and character of the teeth and ligament (first correctly described by Seguenza), the transverse costse, the simple pallial line and peculiar muscular scars (of which there are four in each valve), are generic characters. Hippagus of Lea, long confounded with this genus, may prove to be a Crenella like C. decussata. I am pleased to be able to dedicate this species to the author who first brought order out of confusion in the complex synonymy of this genus ; who is, moreover, one of the first living malacologists. Verticordia elegantissima n. a. Euciroa elegantissima Dall, Bull. M. C. Zool., V. pp. 61, 62, July, 1878 (named but not described.) Shell large, solid, frosty white externally, internally very pearly, inequilat- eral, slightly inequivalve, Cytherea-shaped, furnished with many scabrous, granulated, slightly elevated radiating costse, of which one, forming the ante- rior boundary of the posterior fourth of the shell, is mort prominent, and is MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 107 indicated by a groove on the interior surface ; the sculpture in young shells consists of rounded granules between and irregularly over the costge and small conical rough-surfaced spines arranged on the summits of the costje, but these are usually rubbed down in adult specimens, after which the costce (about fifty in number) and the secondary granulations become more evident ; lunule small, slightly impressed, with a comparatively smooth surface, the portion pertain- ing to the right valve (as usual in the genus) being about half the size of that forming part of the left valve, which latter (also as usual) is produced beyond the general plane of the margin, simulating a tooth ; beaks not very promi- nent, not coiled as in the typical species ; inner margin irregularly grooved, not denticulate ; in the left valve the wedge-shaped groove for the (wholly in- ternal) ligament is separated by a projecting septum from the fossette for the right cardinal tooth ; except this septum be so considered, there are no teeth in the left valve ; right valve with a strong, stout, slightly anteriorly projecting tooth fitting into the fossette in the left valve and immediately under the beak ; the base of this tooth is supported by two buttresses, one with a con- cave surface extending forward under the lunule^ the other opposite, shorter, and terminating under the cardinal margin, between which and its ujaper sur- face the ligament is inserted ; a little way within the posterior cardinal margin, and in general parallel with it, is a long slender tooth or lamina, whicL be- comes obsolete in aged shells ; beside the ordinary marks of the adductor mus- cles as usually described, there are two smaller but very evident muscular scars, the pedal below the lunular buttress and the cardinal in the cavity of the beak. Lon. 13.25 ; alt. 10.1 ; max. diam, 8.0 mm., in an adolescent speci- men ; one old vdve measuring in lon. 30.0, alt. 23.0, and diam. 13.0 nmi. approximately. Station 16, 292 fms. ; Lat. 23° 7' and Lon. 82° 43' 30" W., in 750 fathoms. This elegant shell has quite a different aspect from the other Verticordice, and, misled by the the erroneous diagnosis in all the text-books, I referred it to a new group in my preliminary report, reserving a description until this conjecture could be verified by comparison and study. Now it seems to me that the characters are insufficient to justify its separation. The above de- scription of the teeth is appropriate to all the recent species I have seen, or which have been well figured, except that in most of the species the cardinal tooth points upward or l)ackward, and the posterior lamina is obsolete in some individuals of each species. It is by far the largest of the group, and only detached valves have been noted as yet. Lyonsia bulla n. s. Lyonsia bulla Dall, Bull., loc. cit., 1878. (Not described.) Shell delicate, iridescent, very thin, rounded, inflated ; sub-equivalve, but slightly produced and gaping behind ; surftxce covered with a delicate evanes- cent epidermis, which is raised into very fine short beards in radiating lines from the umbones ; these on the posterior third of the shell form rather dis- 108 BULLETIN OF THP: tant, slightly elevated threadlike lines ; shell smooth, except that a faint impression of radiating lines is left by the epidermis ; beaks inflated ; basal margin arcuated ; anterior margin rounded ; posterior margin slightly pro- duced, pinched, and truncated : ossicle extremely minute (or none ?). Lon. IG.O; alt. IG.O ; max. diam. 12.0 mm. Lat. 21° 33' N., Lon. 84° 23' W., 1920 fms. This has a curious superficial resemblance to the next species, except that it wants the granules. POROMYA Forbes. Poromya Forbes, Kep. ^gean Sea, p. 143, 1844. (P. anatinoides.) This genus is clearly distinct from Thetis Sowerby (T. mdnor), which has an internal laminar buttress in the hollow of the beaks, although the two have been very generally united by authors, following the lead of H. and A. Adams. I do not feel sure that Eucharis Eecluz is an exact synonym, though the name is several times preoccupied and must be given up. Emhla Loven appears to be an exact synonym of Poromya. The pallial line is sliglitly sinu- ated in the latter, and there is a cardinal tooth only in the right valve, the ligament is almost entirely internal, and in the specimens I have seen there has been no ossicle. The group is closely related to Nccera and Verticordia by the shell characters. Poromya granulata Nyst and West. Thetis granulata Nyst and Westendorp, H. and A. Adams, Gen. Ree. Moll., II. 367, PI. XCVII. figs. 2 a, 2 b. Sand Key, 15 fms. ; Station 36, 84 fms. ; Station 32, 95 fms. (valve 19.5 high by 21.0 mm. in length) ; Station 45, 101 fms. (valve 16.0 high by 22.0 mm. long); Station 9, 111 fms.; Station 5, 229 fms. Barbados, 100 fms.; off Sombrero, in 45 fms. ; these two specimens belonging to the var. triangularis. Having no specimens of the genuine P. granulata to compare, the deter- mination is not absolute, especially as the figures of that sjjecies given by Adams and Jeffreys differ considerably among themselves, but the variation in form is considerable, as the above measurements show, and I feel little doubt that this is the true P. granulata. A form belonging to this genus has been insufficiently descri])ed by Jeffreys (under the name of rotundata) from one broken valve obtained in Lat. 56° 11' N. and Lon. 37° 41' W., in 1450 ihthoms, on the Valorous cruise. Professor Verrill has amplified this description a little; l)ut in consideration of the great variation in the form of the shell, number and distribution of the granules and their coarseness, visible in the specimens before me, I see no reason for considering the characters mentioned by Jeffreys as of importance enough to deserve a separate name. I note a very triangular variety from two localities, probably only an extreme variation of the type. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 10.9 which is covered -with densely crowded very coarse subtubular granulations. These peculiar granulations, if they can be so termed, are apparently a feature common to a number of genera which are found in deep water. Jeffreys fig- ures it in what he calls an Axinus (but which was refen-ed to Verticordia by Seguenza) ; it exists in all the Verticordias, in species of Neccra, Poromya, and perhaps Corhula. Poromya (?) granatina n. s. This shell differs from Corhula quadrata Hinds * (P. Z. S., 1843, p. 57 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., PI. V. fig. 40, 1844) in form and proportions, but in many respects resembles that shell as figured. It is, however, of corbuloid form, having the ventral margin straight, the beaks more nearly central ; it is not inflated and rounded like Hinds' species, but the posterior margin forms a sharp angle with the base at the intersection of the carina, which is very pro- nounced throughout its whole length, bounded by a shallow groove posteriorly, beyond which the whole shell is flattened as in Hcmicardium ; in the middle of this flattened area is a faint riblet bounding a small impressed lunule just behind the beak, which last is not prominent ; cardinal tooth large and strong, directed laterally ; shell anteriorly attenuated, perfectly white, proportionally more elongated than C. quadrata and covered with the fine sub-tubular granu- lations referred to previously. Lon. 10.0 ; alt. 7.0 ; diam. of right valve, 3.26 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. (one valve). If Eecluz is correct in stating that C. quadrata has a cardinal tooth in each valve it Avill of course be distinct from Poromya ; but a new name will have to be used,-|- since Eucharis is preoccupied in several departments. This, how- ever, may well be left until the fact is determined. Reeve says nothing about the granulations on the surface of C. quadrata, but C. B. Adams states that all except the posterior third is granulated ; in the present form the posterior part is granulated like the rest. As a single valve in good preservation is all that Avas obtained in this collection, the generic question cannot be yet deter- mined, though the present form is probably quite nearly related to P. quadrata. (?) Pandora oblonga Sowerbt. Pandora ohlonga Sby., Hanley, Eecent Shells, p. 49, PI. X. fig. 46. Charlotte Harbor, Florida, 13 fms. ; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Left valves of a species of Pandora, exactly resembling Hanley's figure of P. ohlonga, were obtained at the above localities. Until the other valve is known it will not be practicable to refer them to their proper section of the genus. According to Carpenter, the type specimens of P. ohlonga Sby. are lost, and no more are known. The present specimens may belong to another * The t3'pe of Eucharis Recluz. t There are several paleontological synonvma. 110 BULLETIN OF THE species ; but they resemble the figure so closely, and do not so well agree with any of the Northern forms, that for the time it seems more desirable to allow them to remain provisionally under the name of oblonga. In Poulsen's cata- logue of West Indian shells an undetermined species of Pandora is mentioned, which is doubtless the same as those obtained by the Blake. It is possible, however, that both may be referable to a form of the Mediterranean P. rostrata. (?) Thracia phaseolina Kiener. T.phascolina Pliilippi, Moll. Sic, I., t. 1, fig. 7, 1836. T. papi/racea JeSieys, Brit. Conch., Y., PI. XLVIII. fig. 4. A single right valve about half an inch long, which seems referable to this species, was obtained in Yucatan Strait, at 640 fms. Neaera ornatissima D'Orbignt. Sphena ornatissima D'Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cuba, II. p. 286, t. XXVII. figs. 13-16 (184(3). Station 43, 339 fms. Several specimen!} obtained as above appear to differ from the species figured by D'Orbigny only in size and in the greater proportional length and slender- ness of the rostrum. As his specimens seem to have been young, it is prob- able that their proportions were not fully developed. The Blake specimens have about 25 to 28 radiating riblets, and an altitude of 4.0 mm., and a total length of 8.0 mm., of which the rostrum has 3.25 mm. To distinguish it, if necessary, it may take the varietal name of 2}errostrata. There are quite a number of fine radiating lines which are intercalated between the riblets and stray over part of the rostrum. These are not figured by D'Orbigny, but may have existed in his specimens nevertheless. Neaera alternata D'Orbigny. Sphena alternata D'Orbigny, loc. cit., t. XXVII. figs. 17-20. Station 36, 84 fms. Station 5, 152 fms. Single valves, probably of this species, but with the anterior striae or riblets finer and closer set, were obtained as above. Neaera costellata (Deshayes) Philippi. Corhula costellata Deshayes, Philippi, Moll. Sic, II. p. 13, Tab. XIII. fig. 9. Station 5, 229 fms. A left valve, measuring in Ion. 14.0, in alt. 10.0, and 4.36 mm. in diameter, was collected at the above-mentioned locality. It has a strong resemlilance to Philippi's figure above cited, but does not at all resemble the costellata figured MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. Ill in Jeffreys' Brit. Conch. (V., PI. XLIX. fig. 3). It differs from Philippi's fig- ure in having the radiating ridges continued over the acute rostrum and over the anterior third ; it is also larger and more inflated, while the margin in front of the umbones is more produced aad rounded. As I cannot at present untangle the synonymy, I propose to refer it, with the varietal name of corpu- lenta, to Pliilippi's species, which he rightly or wrongly called costellata. Neaera graniilata n. s. Shell in form somewhat like G. 0, Sars' figure of N. glacialis Sars, but more elongated. Sculpture of an indefinite, hardly perceptible, rounded ridge ex- tending from the beak toward the lower angle of the rostrum, with a more definite one extending toward the anterior margin, which it slightly angulates, forming the boundary of a sort of lunule or impressed space in front of the beaks ; beside these there are fainter or stronger concentric striae or slight ridges extending toward the margin ; lastly, the entire surface is more or less densely covered with minute opaque white granules, much as in Poromya ; the gran- ulations are obscurely radiately and concentrically arranged. Color dead white, beaks little prominent Teeth small, subobsolete ; ventral margin rounded, anterior about the same ; general appearance of the shell superficially much like Leda minuta Fabr. Interior very polished. Lon. 11.0 ; alt. 8.0; lat. 4.0 ; lon. of rostrum, which is not smooth, 3.3 mm. Off Sombrero, 54 and 72 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms. This is a very remarkable species, and not like any of those figured or de- scribed in the books. Neaera rostrata Spengler. N. rostrata Spengler, G. 0. Sars, loc. cit., p. 89, t. 6, fig. 7, a, b. Barbados, 100 fms.; Station 36, 84 fms.; Sand Key, 80 fms. Several large specimens were obtained which agree very fairly with Sars' figures. Neaera Jeflreysi n. s. Shell silky white, differing from N. arctica M. Sars, as figured (Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., tab. 6, fig. 5) by the younger Sars, in being smaller, proportion- ately more elongated, the rostrum shorter and more pointed than in N. glaci- alis G. 0. Sars, more turned up and more nearly midway between the ventral and the cardinal borders than N. arctica ; shell inflated, with moderate beaks, on either side of which the dorsal margin lies very slightly incurved, instead of straight as in Sars' figures of glacialis ; shell smooth, except for the distinct and very regular lines of growth ; ventral margin a little produced in the mid- dle, but on the anterior side rounded and sloping Avithout any indentation at the intersection of the rostrum ; there is no sculpture, — even the rostrum has 112 BULLETIN OF THE no radiating lines. Interior smooth and polished ; the process for the ligament is small, rounded, triangular, and projects downward directly from the tip of the beak, instead of being obliquely continued along the hinge margin, as in the above and most other species ; a ridge runs along just below the anterior cardinal margin, as if the said margin had been pressed upward and outward from within ; the space between the ridge and the margin is a little excavated. Lon. 15.0 ; alt. 9.5 ; maj. diam. 8.0 ; rostrum, (about) 5.0 mm. From the beak to the anterior margin is seven fifteenths, and from the tip of the rostrum to the line of the beak is eight fifteenths of the whole length. Barbados, 100 fms. (young) ; Station 44, 539 fms. ; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. I am glad to be able to dedicate this species to my friend Dr. Jeffreys, who has added a number of new species to this genus in his account of the mollusks of the Valorous expedition. Nesera claviculata n. s. Shell white, thin, translucent, polished, shining, covered with (about fourteen to the millimeter) numerous fine, regidar, rounded, concentric undulations or narrow waves, fainter and more distant on the umbones ; shape not unlike that of Portlandia arctica as figured by G. 0. Sars {op. cit., tab. 4, fig. 7 a), but shorter, more inflated, with the beaks more prominent and more directed forward, the posterior cardinal margin excavated instead of produced, and the rostrum itself more pointed and without the strong rib which characterizes this part in the Nuculid. Interior marginated more or less distinctly all round ; spoon for the ligament small, posteriorly directed ; from behind it, two thirds of the way toward the tip of the rostrum and broadening as it pro- ceeds backward, extends a laminar buttress or " clavicle," lying within the marginal ridge and margin ; beaks almost exactly midway between the two extremities of the shell ; radiating sculpture none. Lon. 12.0 ; alt. 8.5 ; diam. (approx.) 6.5 mm. Station 44, 539 fms. (one right valve). A fragment of which the sculpture resembled that of this species was obtained by Sigsbee off Havana, in 450 fms. This species is remarkable for its abbreviated form, total absence of radiating sculpture, and singular clavicle. I have seen nothing of the latter kind in auy species 1 have examined except this one. Nesera sp. indet. A fragment from off Cape San Antonio in 1,002 fms., somewhat resembling the last species in shape, but not in sculpture, indicates a rather large-sized form. Neaera limatula n. s. Shell of moderate size, thin, white, elongated, with the rostrum hardly dif- ferentiated from the rest of the valve ; sculpture consisting of sharp-edged con- Oct. 31, 1881. MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 113 centric ridges, hardly rising to lamellae except posteriorly, covering the entire shell, averaging six to a millimeter bat more crowded toward the basal mar- gin and especially on the rostrum where they are also most elevated ; a single faint ridge extending from the umbo to the lower corner of the rather square- ended rostrum, which ridge is formed by a slight elevation of the lamellae where they change from longitudinal to transverse following the lines of growth ; there is also a faint inward fiexuosity in the lamellae and basal margin in advance of this where the rostral indentation occurs in most species ; ante- rior cai linal margin gently rounded, anterior end rounded to the rather straight base which is hardly interrupted by the flexuosity above mentioned ; posterior cardinal margin rather concave ; rostrum rather squarely truncated, nearly straight ; within polished ; cardinal border thin ; ligamentary fossette extremely small, narrow, oblique, and not projecting within the margin. Lon. 11.5 mm., of which 5.0 is forward from the line of the umbo ; alt. 5.0 ; diam. (approx.) 5.0 mm. Station 44, 539 fms., one right valve. This, from the descriptions, is clearly not one of the species obtained by Jef- freys, and is not like any of those figured by Sars or in the monographs. Neaera arcuata n. s. Shell very thin, white, polished, the basal margin evenly arcuated from the anterior end to the lower angle of the extremity of the rostrum ; anterior car- dinal margin parallel with or hidden by the oblique anterior slope from the umbo ; posterior cardinal margin concavely arched ; rostrum short, somewhat recurved, roundly truncated at the tip, not differentiated by any riblet and with a very small triangular space of transverse wrinklings ; sculpture of rather distant (four to the millimeter) concentric flattened threads slightly sharper and more closely set toward the ends and quite faint on the umbo and in the middle of the shell ; intercalary lines of growth so faint as not to be per- ceptible ; there are some radiating opaque white color lines on the general translucent ground, but no radiating sculpture ; interior brilliantly polished ; margins very thin, not reflected ; ligamentary fossette oblique, small, narrow, projecting within the margin ; posterior extremity of the rostrum slightly in- flated or twisted to the left. Lon. 12.5 (the umbo exactly in the middle of the shell) ; alt. 7.3 ; diam. (approx.) 5.5 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms., one left valve. By its evenly arcuated base, want of diff'erentiated rostrum, and peculiar sculpture, this species seems to be suflliciently distinguished. Neaera lamellifera n. s. Shell thin, inflated, not polished, white, short, and ornamented with about thirty-three thin sharp elevated and slightly reflected concentric lamellse ; the VOL. IX. — NO. 2. 8 114 BULLETIN OF THE lamellsD are separated by pretty uniform spaces marked ^\^th extremely fine and rather irregular lines of growth ; there are no radiating ribs, but on the transversely sculptured rostral area the laniellai fail and are replaced by densely crowded, rather irregular and extremely fine wrinkles ; anterior cardi- nal margin arched ; posterior cardinal margin oblique, nearly straight ; anterior and basal margin rounded, with a strong sharp flexuosity differentiating the rostral part, which is also correspondingly compressed as compared with the inflated anterior part ; rostrum short, rounded at the end, not recurved ; umbo prominent ; interior smooth, with grooves corresponding to the lamellse ; mar- gins thin, sliarp ; ligamentary fossette long, extremely narrow, reduced to a mere line parallel with, the margin from which a barely perceptible corner projects inward. Lon. 12.5, of which 6.75 is posterior to the line of the umbo ; alt. 8.0 ; approximate diam. 6.25 mm. Station 36, 84 fms., one right valve. This also agrees with none of the described species so far as I have been able to discover, and is a particularly well marked form if the limited mate- rial be a fair representative of the usual characters of the species. Corbula cubaniana D'Orbignt. C. cubaniana D'Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cub., II. p. 282, Tab. XXVI. figs. 51-54 (1846). Sigsbee, off Havana, in 100 fms. ; one valve probably of this species. Corbula Barrattiana C B. Adams. C. Barrattiana C. B. Adams, Contr. to Conch., p. 237, 1852. Off the west coast of Florida, in 30 fms. ; Station 21, 287 fms. Two specimens probably of the above unfigured species. Corbula Swiftiana C. B. Adams. C. Swiftiana, C. B. Adams, Contr. to Conch., p. 236, 1852. Sigsbee, off Havana, in 182 and 450 fms. ; off Sombrero, in 72 fms. Specimens agreeing with Adams' diagnosis of his hitherto unfigured species were obtained in some numbers, especially at the first locality. Corbula Dietziana C. B. Adams. C. Dietziana C. B. Adams, Contr. to Conch., p. 235, 1852. Off the west coast of Florida, 30 fms. ; off Sombrero, 72 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms. ; Gordon Key, 68 fms. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 115 Corbula disparilis D'Orbignt, C. disparilis B'Orhigny, S; gra, Moll. Cub., II. p. 283, Tab. XXVII. figs. 1-4, 1853. Off the west coast of Florida, in. 30 and 50 fms. (fine large specimens) ; Station 12, 36 fms. ; off Sombrero, 72 fms. ; Station 36, 84 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms. ; Sigsbee, off Havana, in 127 and 450 fms. ; Station 2, 805 fms. A well-marked species, with a wide range in depth, as the above record indicates. Corbula cymella n. s. Shell of somewhat the general character of C. fragilis and C. scaphoides (from the Pacific coast of Mexico and the Philippines respectively), but differ- ing in proportions from either. Color whitish with a brownish tinge at the margins, internally with a glassy poli.sh, externally duU ; shell inequilateral, one third being anterior to the umbones ; inequivalve, but not markedly so ; anterior margin evenly rounded ; ventral margin waved, slightly concave nearly opposite the beaks, then swelling, then again a little concave just before the posterior angulation ; posterior haemal margin straight, declining from the beaks to the first angulation, then obliquely straightly truncated toward the extremely acute posterior angle formed by the principal carina ; beaks moder- ately prominent, flattened on top, not involute ; from them a strong rounded carina extends to the tips of the shell, growing sharper posteriorly ; another fine but very sharp carina extends from above tlie ligament close to and nearly parallel with the hinge margin, which it.s posterior termination slightly angu- lates ; these form an extremely narrow concave lunule, while the space be- tween these carinas and the more prominent second pair of carinse is distinctly excavated, and is crossed by the wave-like sculpture only near the posterior portion, the rest being nearly smooth, except for the extremely fine radiating lines, which are better defined here than elsewhere on the shell ; these last cover the entire shell, and have not the appearance of grooves, they are vis- ible only with a glass, and are best defined on the posterior face, as above men- tioned, and in the furrows; other sculpture of about ten regular concentric waves, with wider and very uniform interspaces, which, however, in adults (as in all Corbula;) begin to be crowded at the extreme margin ; there is no ante- rior lunule or carina, the tooth is very slender and small, and the whole shell is very thin. Lon. 13.5 ; alt. at beaks, 7.5 ; max. diameter, 5.0 mm. Gordon Key, in 68 fms. This species is remarkable for its aci;niinated posterior end, and as very thin, nearly equivalve, ventrally slightly concave, and for its slender and elongated form. 116 BULLETIN OF THE Saxicava azaria n. s. Shell having much the aspect of Potamomija ; thick, of earthy texture, ex- tremely ine([uivalve, marked with coarse irregular concentric ridges and growth lines, covered with a strong brown wrinkled epidermis, irregularly ine(|uilat- eral ; leit valve the smaller, with the posterior side shortest, right valve with the posterior side longest and strongly twisted to the left; umbones very prominent, Corbula formed, anteriorly directed and greatly involute ; upper sur- face in front of them obscurely flattened ; from behind them two indistinct, irregular coarse ridges extend to the posterior end, which is obscurely rostrated and twisted to the left ; ligament coarse, stout, external ; cardinal margin per- fectly edentulous, irregularly twisted ; other internal margins thin, smooth ; interior livid white ; muscular impressions irregularly broken and blotchy, as in Saxicava and certain species of so-called Panopcea; posterior end somewhat gaping. Lon. 25.0 ; alt. of larger valve, 22.0 ; diani. 16.5 mm. This extraordinary shell, which has all the appearance externally of a gi- gantic irregularly twisted Corbula, was obtained by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer Bache, twenty miles off Charlotte Harbor, Florida, in thirteen fathoms, April 19, 1872. Many of its peculiarities are doubtless merely individual ; but, allowing all that may bo claimed on this score, it does not appear to even approximately resemble any other species of Saxicava known to science, al- though it pretty certainly belongs to that genus. It was alive when taken, but the soft parts were not preserved. Modiola polita Verrill and Smith. M. polita V. and S., Am. Journ. Sci., XX. p. 400, Oct. 25, 1880. ? Mytilus luteics Jeffreys' Rep. on French Expl. in the Bay of Biscay, pp. 5, 6 ; in Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1880. Station 43, 339 fms., etc. A species of Modiola, or perhaps of Modiolaria ; agreeing with the very brief diagnosis of Messrs. Verrill and Smith, as far as that goes, and Avith the habit of Dr. Jeffreys' undescribed Mytilus in forming a large nest, or mat, of byssus-threads, like most Modiolarise ; was obtained at various depths and localities, reaching to very deep water, the largest specimens from the deepest water being over two inches in length. The depths are not given in Dr. Jef- freys' paper. Prof. Verrill's specimens were from 238 fathoms. Crenella decussata Montague. C. decussata Sars, op. cit., p. 31, Tab. 3, fig. 4, 1878. Nuculocardia divaricnta D'Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cub., II. p. 311, Tab. XXVII. ligs. 56-59 (184C). Barbados, 100 fms. [Alaska, California, New England, British Seas, Nor- way, etc.] MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 117 This little shell has a wide distribution ; the farther north it is found, the larger it gi'ows. Some Arctic specimens measure 12.5 mm. in height ; these, about one tenth as much, or ygVo "^ *^^ ^^'•^^ "^ ^^^ former. There is no doubt as to its identity with U'Orbigny's Nuculocardia. Modiolaria sp. indet. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms., one dead valve. Mytilus exustus Linnb. Mytilus exustus Linne, D'Oibigny, + J/. Lavalleanus D'Orbigny + il/. Domingucnsis D'Orbigny, loc. ciL, Tab. XXVIII. Sigsbee, off Havana, 158 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms., etc.; thence to shallow- water. Avicula sp. indet. Station 26, 116 fms., dead, perhaps washed from shoaler water. AmussiurQ lucidum Jeffreys. Plcuronedia lucida JeftVeys, Depths of the Sea, p. 464, fig. 78. Station 2, 805 fms.; Station 21, 287 fms.; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms.; Station 5, 229 fms.; Station 35, 804 fms.; Station 3, 243 fms.; Station 19, 310 fms.; Station 47, 331 fms.; Sigsbee, off Havana, in 119, 127, 243, 450, and 480 fms.; off Morro Light, 292 fms.; Station 7, off Cape San Antonio, 424 fms. ; Station 44, 539 fms. ; Gulf of Mexico, west of Florida, 30 fms. ; Charlotte Harbor, Florida^ 13 fms. This is one of the most common and pretty of the abyssal species in the Antillean and Gulf region. Variety marmoratum, from all depths, is beau- tifully mottled with scarlet, opaque white, and orange ; many specimens are dotted all over with opaque white dots. I have reason for suspecting that this, or a nearly allied species, attains a much greater size, perhaps two or three inches in length. It will be observed that the ordinary form ranges from a few fathoms on the coast of Florida to the greatest depths of the region; and there is no difference whatever between the specimens from shallow and those from deep water. The same may be said of Gouldia cubaniana. Pecten sp. indet. A fresh valve of a small, aculeately sculptured, scarlet Pecten was obtained from 804 fms. Spondylus sp. indet. Young specimens and one adult valve of a pink striated Spondylus were ob- tained from 640 fms. in the Yucatan Strait. 118 BULLETIN OF THE Lima caribbea (?) D'Okbignt. In Yucatan Strait, at a depth of 640 fathoms, a valve was obtained, which may perhaps belong to this species. Lima sp. indet. A very young valve, nearly smooth, and equilateral, was obtained from 805 fathoms at Station 2. Limatula ovata Jeffreys. Lima ovata (AVood) Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1876, p. 426. A single valve with rather prickly imbricated sculpture on the ribs, a plain hinge-line and no furrow, was obtained by Sigsbee in 450 fms. oflf Havana. This unfortunately crumbled under handling, but may very probably be re- ferred to the species quoted by Jeffreys under the above name. Pectunculus variegatus (?) D'Orbignt. ? P. variegatus D'Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cub., II. p. 314. Station 56, 888 fms. A single pair from the above locality may belong to the species above men- tioned, which is the P. castaneus of Lamarck. It is hoped that in the final report this and other doubtful species will be definitely recognized, — a labor often taking a disproportionate amount of time compared with the result obtained and which could not be at present spared. Limopsis aurita Brocchi. Area aurita Brocchi, Conchyl. foss. subapp. II. p. 485, Tab. XI. fig. 9. Limopsis aurita Jeffreys, P. Z. S., 1879, p. 585. Gulf of Mexico, west of Florida, 30 fms.; Station 36, 84 fms.; Station 20, 220 fms.; Gulf Stream, 447 fms., Pourtales. Limopsis tenella Jeffreys. L. tenella Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1876, p. 433. Station 44, 539 fms.; Station 41, 860 fms.; Station 56, 888 fms.; Station 33, 1568 fms. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 119 Limopsis minuta Philippi. Pedunculus minutus Philippi, En. Moll. Sic, I. p. 63, Tab. V. fig. 3; II. p. 45. Limopsis borcalis Woodward, Sars, etc., teste Jeffreys. Gulf of Mexico, west of Floriila, in 30 fms. ; Station 36, 84 fms. ; Barba- dos, 100 fms.; Bache, Apr. 22, 1872, Lat. 21° 14' N., 100 fms.; Sigsbee, off Cuba, 119 fms.; Station 20, 220 fms.; off Morro Light, 292 fms.; Station 19, 310 fms.; Sigsbee, off Havana, 450 fms.; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms.; Station 2, 805 fms. The teeth in this species vary from six to eleven ; the proportional width of the hinge-line, obliquity of the shell, etc., are most variable. Limopsis cristata Jeffreys. L. cristata Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1876, p. 434. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Several detached valves, probably of this species, which seems to be a well- founded one. Limopsis antillensis n. s. Shell small, moderately thick, rather inflated, inequilateral, shovel-shaped, short, elevated ; hinge-line straight, with a narrow quadrangular area, in the middle of which is a narrow space scooped out triangularly in each valve for a ligament ; anterior margin nearly perpendicular to the hinge-line, gently round- ing into the evenly rounded base ; posterior margin obliquely truncate, the truncation extending nearly to the base and being bounded by a straight or slightly concave line ; at the point where the truncation rounds into the base the interior shows three or four particularly strong ridges rising to small tuber- cles just within the margin ; hinge teeth six in each valve ; from just in front of the cartilage pit three teeth extend forward enlarging progressively, the an- terior tooth considerably the largest, all perpendicularly placed with regard to the cardinal margin, long and rather slender in the young, stouter and more obtuse in the older shells ; behind the cartilage-furrow or pit the hinge is eden- tulous for a little space, then bears three teeth, one below the other, nearly parallel to the hinge margin, the largest uppermost, the smallest being the last in the series ; inner margin lightly crenulate, crenulations most evident toward the basal angles, where also traces of internal radiating riblets are visible, of which the tubercles form the terminations; sculpture of close-set, rounded, con- centric ridges with a greater or lesser number of fine radiating distant raised threads intersecting them, most evident in the furrows but not greatly breaking the continuity of the concentric sculpture ; color white; several specimens show a pink color-ray in the posterior portion, one is wholly a bright lemon-yellow. 120 BULLETIN OF THE but most are waxen white ; shell inflated, beaks not very prominent ; epidermis short except on the radiating lines, light brown, altogetlier rather sparse. Lon. 3.5 ; lat. 4.25 ; diam. 2.5 mm. Length of hinge line, 2.25 mm. Sigsbee, off Havana, 80 fms. The peculiarities of the hinge appear to be only specific characteristics, and from Limatula through various forms of Limopsis to Glomus, Silicula, and Area the hinge offers a series of easy transitions. The peculiar hinge, the " key- stone " shape, the character of the tuberculation, and the small size, are the chief characteristics of this little shell, which is perhaps alone in the group in show- ing traces of bright coloration. Macrodon asperula n. s. Shell small, white, slightly inequivalve, excessively inequilateral, byssiferous ; with a thin brownish epidermis radiatingly streaked with tliicker lines which fray out into hairs, the whole being very fugacious ; hinge-line straight, the area long and narrow, the beaks situated just within the anterior third of the line ; ligamentary area extremely narrow, beginning under the beak, extending close under the posterior areal carina obliquely to the posterior third of the hinge-line, where k first reaches the margin, flat, black, with several white longitudinal striae ; beaks well marked, not very prominent, with a faint de- pression extending from them to the basal margin, marking the position of the byssal gape ; outline like that of Philippi's Area aspera (Philippi, op. cit., II. Tab. XV. ilg. 1 c), but much more inequilateral, the anterior end being smaller, the posterior larger and more extended, and the line of the base much more oblique, as would naturally follow from the above circumstances ; sculpture of about- a do.^en (excluding those on the beaks) concentric sharp-edged subimbri- cate ridges, being old margins of the shell as it were forming varices, fainter and more close set on the beaks ; with strong rounded radiating riblets (near the base al lOut four to a millimeter) continuous only from one varix to another ; posterior part of the cardinal border somewhat aiiriculated or compressed, ante- rior extreme rounded or moderately inflated, the anterior margin forming a little less than a right angle with the hinge-line, the posterior a little more than a right angle, the former slightly rounded to the base, where it is a little concavcly excavated for the byssal gape, the latter first a little concave from the auricula- tion, then very broadly rounded out and passing without any angle into the base ; right valve a little the smaller ; interior white, both muscular scars double (by the splitting of the ends of the adductors) ; margin smooth, sharp ; byssus slen- der, tufted at the distal end, light brown ; hinge with six vertical teeth extending from the position of the beaks anteriorly, the first four small, vertical, gradu- ally enlarging forward, the fifth largest, and with tlie sixth somewhat ol)li(jue ; hinge between the beak and the ligamentary furrow edentulous, bej'ond that there are three horizontal teeth, the middle one largest extending posteriorly nearly parallel to the hinge-line and to each other. Lou. 8.5 ; alt. 5.0; max. diam. 3.25 ; lon. of hinge-line, G.25 mm. MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 121. Station 33, 1568 fms., living; Station 19, 31-0 fms; Cape San Antonio, 1002 inis. This is one of the most interesting of the Arcidce obtained by the expedition. The type of the genus (Lycett, 1845) is a fossil of the lower Oolite, but there seems no reason for separating the recent shell from it generically or sectionally. Area pectunculoid.es Scacchi, var. orbiculata. A. pcctvnculoides ScACCHi, Notizie, etc., p. 25, Tab. I. fig. 12, 1833. Sigsbee, off Havana, 480 fms ; station 33, 1568 fms. The specimen from deeper water was nearly round, except for the slightly auriculated cardinal margin ; the teeth were also proportionally more distant and less strong, the exterior nearly smooth. I suspect it to be diflerent, but until further material be available, refer it to this species as a variety orhiculata. I can only account for Prof. Verrill's suggestion that this species and Area glacialis are the same, and that Sars' figure of the variety septentrionalis repre- sents a deformed specimen,* by the supposition that the Professor had no speci- mens of the genuine A. glacialis for reference. It appears to nie not only that they are very distinct, but that many authors would be tempted to put them in different sections of the genus. Apropos of this, the reference of these small species to CucuUcea by Dr. Jeffreys will hardly be accepted in view of the char- acters of the type of Lamarck's genus, which materially differ from those of the forms now under consideration. In this species sometimes the radiating sculp- ture almost fails, at other times is very strong ; the margin is sometimes lightly notched on the edge, but is smooth within the edge ; in the middle of the hinge margin is an edentulous space, and all the teeth are more or less oblicj^ue. Area glomertila n. s. Shell similar in general shape, size, and sculpture to A. 'pectunculoicUs, but shorter and higher, with a perfectly different hinge, and bearing much the same relation to that species tliat Limopsis mimtta does to L. aurita. The ex- ternal concentric sculpture is the most enduring, and is always preserved, while the radiating sculpture, sometimes strong, is often evanescent ; the radiating sculpture always appears inside the shell within the margin (which is smooth and polished) in a series of small ridges, generally with the same level as the rest of the interi(n', but sometimes rising into little tubercles, and separated by rather deep, short, narrow depressions, which do not extend far inward nor over the smooth margin ; liinge straight, with from fifteen to seventeen stout nearly vertical teeth, usually in a continuous series ; an occasional specimen shows a gap in the middle through the atrophy of one of the small central teeth ; those at the ends of the series are oblique, as usual, but the series itself forms a straight line. In A. pedunculoides, on the contrary, all the teeth are * Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1881, p. 401. 122 BULLETIN OF THE oblique and very much more slender ; there are usually only five or six at each extremity of the hinge-line, and the middle part is either quite edentulous or only lightly irregularly granulous. A. glomerula measures as follows : Ion. 5.75 ; alt. 5.0 ; diam. 5.0 ; Ion. of hinge-line, 4.25 mm. A specimen of A. pec- tunculoides measures: Ion. 7.75 ; alt. 7.5 ; diam. 5.5 ; Ion. of hinge-line, 6.25 mm. Barbados, 100 fms.; Bache, April 22, 1872, lat. 21° 14', 100 fms.; Station 20, 220 fms.; Station 19, 310 fms.; Sigsbee, off Havana, 450-480 fms. Considering the great variability of abypsal shells it is possible this may eventually rank only as a variety of A. pedanculoides, but with the material at hand I cannot see the way clear to unite them at present. Area polycyma n. a. Shell small, rounded quadrangular, slightly inecjuilateral, nearly equivalve, moderately evenly inflated, whitish, with little or very fugacious epidermis ; sculpture very remarkable, consisting, first, of very even, broad, rounded, regu- lar, concentric waves (twelve or thirteen in number), separated by sharp, deep grooves. In dead or worn sheiis tJiese waves are smooth, or nearly so, but in perfectly fresh (and especially young) shells on the surface of the broad slightly flattened waves may be seen what look like two rows of subcylindrical, slightly irregular grains of sand, arranged side by side, with their longer axes radiating from the beak ; these granules, if so they may be termed, are really hollow, and are the thinnest possible bubbles of shelly matter which leave, when rubbed off by any slight friction, a couple of zigzag slightly elevated lines where their bases were fixed to the shell ; a very slight friction will obliterate this, and then the shell will be nearly smooth. The hinge area in each valve is elon- gated and narrow ; the narrow furrow for the ligament goes straight across to the margin from the beak (which is nearly opposite the middle of the hinge- line) instead of obliquely, as in the last-mentioned species. The anterior, pos- terior, and basal margins are all evenly rounded, and the surface evenly convex ] the beaks not at all prominent ; the margin is perfectly smooth ; the interior is undulated to correspond with the exterior, though the shell is pretty solid and thick in proportion to its size ; muscular impressions distinct ; hinge with seven to nine smooth teeth in advance of the ligamentary farrow and ten or eleven behind it ; middle teeth vertical, small ; those at the angles of the shell somewhat oblique and larger ; there is no marked gap in the middle of the series, and the teeth are strong broad and not striated. Lon. 9.75 ; alt. 6.0 ; max. diam. 5.0 ; lon. of hinge-hne, 6.0 mm. Barbados, 100 fms. ' This shell has a sculpture unlike any other in the genus of which I can find any description. It may be of a similar nature to the " granules " of Poronvja, but the " bubbles " project much more from the surface and have a very difi'er- ent aspect from the tubular or honeycomb-like surface of Poromya. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY, 123 Nucula tenuis Montague. Nucula tenuis Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll., II. 223, PI. 47, f. 6. Sigsbee, off Havana, 175 and 450 fms.; off Morro Light, 292 fms.; Station 20, 220 fms.; Station 3, 450 fms. These specimens agree very well with British and some Arctic specimens of N. tenuis, although the waters in which they live are many degrees warmer and perceptibly salter than those of the North. Nucula crenulata A. Adams. Nuada creimlata A. Adams, P. Z. S., 1860, p. 52. Hanley, Men. Nuculidce, PI. IV. figs. 134, 135 (Guadaloupe). Twenty miles west of the Florida coast in 30 fms. ; Station 36, 84 fms. ; Bar- bados, 100 fms.; Sigsbee, off Havana, in 158, 182, and 450 fms.; Station 20, 220 fms.; Station 19, 310 fms.; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Variety obliterata : Station 44, 539 fms.; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms.; Station 2, 805 fms. There seems to be little doubt that this is Adams' species, though uniformly more trigonal than Hanley's figure of the same from the unique type. Most of them have very strong sculpture, which is irregular. The teeth are 9 ante- rior, 15 posterior, with a well-marked cartilage pit. In the variety obliterata the shell is higher and still more triangular ; teeth, 8 anterior, 12 posterior ; and the sculpture almost entirely obsolete, the radiating striae least so. Nucula cytherea n. s. Shell with nearly the outline of TajKs virgineus, as figured by Jeffreys (Brit. Conch., PL XXXIX. fig. 5), but with the beaks higher and more central and the anterior end more broadly rounded ; color pale straw-color or white, beauti- fully polished, with no radiating sculpture ; concentric sculpture of regular rounded waves, as in Liocyma, of which there are about forty, finer and closer on the beaks, with a tendency to become obsolete at the anterior basal portion of the shell ; shell evenly convex ; beaks well marked, but not prominent ; inner margin not crenulate ; anterior teeth 12-14 ; posterior teeth 25-27, all slender, long, comblike, and not ;>- shaped; ligamentary fossette or pit ex- tremely minute, so that the series of teeth is practically continuous. Neither lunule nor escutcheon is visible, nor can they be said to exist in this species ; interior polished, white, not perceptibly pearly, but having a sort of opaline lustre when viewed in a strong light. Lon. 8.6 ; alt. 6.75 ; diam. 5.0 mm. Oif Cape San Antonio, 413-424 fms. ; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This species is beautiful and remarkable both in form and sculpture. I have not found any Nucula of this shape figured anj^where or described in modern publications on the recent or fossil species of the group. It would perhaps be referred to the section Tindaria. 124 BULLETIN OF THE Leda jamaicensis D'Orbignt. Leda jamaicensis D'Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cub., II. p. 263, PL XXIV. figs. 30-32 (1846). Leda unca Gould, Proc. B. S. Nat. Hist., VIII. p. 282, 1862; Verrill, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Jan. 1881, p. 401. 1. Leda {Lembulus) lamell icostata Segnenza, Studi form, plioc. 1877; Nuculidi terz., p. 1173, Tav. II. figs. 10 a-c. Sand Key, 80 fms. ; off Sombrero, 54 and 72 fms. ; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. ; Jamaica, Santo Domingo (D'Orbigny); North Carolina (Gould) ; off Southern New England, 85-155 fms. (Verrill). Specimens obtained as above appear to be referable to D'Orbigny's species. As between Northern and West Indian specimens of this shell the only dift'er- ences are those of texture, as usual in shells having such a distribution. There is little doubt that of the minute shells described by Seguenza and Jeffreys a certain proportion are merely the young of larger forms, and the slight differ- ences of contour and number of teeth do not necessarily indicate equal differ- ences in the adult state. The amount of sectional, subgeneric, generic, and subfamily divisions instituted by some authors in this group seems to me largely in excess of the needs of science and of valid characters in the creatures themselves. Leda messanensis Seguenza. Leda acuminata Jeffreys, An. Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 69, July, 1870. Leda (Jimonia) acuminata Seguenza, Nuc. terz., p. 1175, Tav. III. figs. 15 a-e. (Not L. acuminata Von Buch, nor of Eichwald.) Leda messanensis Seguenza, MSS. (not Neilo messanensis S. ), loc. cit., supra. Jeffreys, P. Z. S., June 17, 1879, p. 576, 1880. Station 19, 310 fms. ; Station 20, 220 fms. ; off Cape San Antonio, 1002 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms. ; Sigsbee, off Havana, 450 fms. Chiefly distinguished by the strength of its sculpture and its greater inflation from the young of the preceding, but is placed by Seguenza in a different sub- genus or section. Leda Jefireysi Hidalgo. Leda lata Jeffreys, An. Mag. Nat. Hist, Nov. 1876, p. 431; not of Hinds, Voy. Sulph., 1845. Leda Jeffreysi Hidalgo, Moll. Hisp. etc. Jeffreys, P. Z. S., 1879, p. 579, PI. XLVI. fig. 2. Station 33, 1568 fma. The shell which I refer to the above species is more quadrangiikr than Jef- freys' figure, the longer end descending more obliquely from the beak and therefore more pointed ; a much larger proportion of the shell is behind the MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 125 beaks, the anterior end is more pointed, and the basal margin, instead of being rather evenly arcuated, is particularly produced in the middle just behind the vertical line of the beaks. It has six teeth before and eight behind the beaks, and is about five millimeters in length. It does not exactly agree with any of the figured species, recent or fossil, and is most like Philippi's figure of Nucula glabra, if the relations of the parts were exactly reversed, anterior for posterior, etc. It may take the varietal name of quadrangularis until more material comes to hand, and may eventually prove to belong where I provisionally place it, among the varieties of L. Jeffreysi. Leda dilatata Philippi. Nucula dilatata Phil., En. Moll. Sic, II. p. 47, Tab. XV. fig. 7, 1844. Ncilo dilatata Seguenza, Nuc. terz., p. 1184, 1877. Off Morro Light in 292 fms. This shell agrees exactly with Philippi's figure and description, but it is not a Neilo, the ligament being as usual in Leda and Yoldia. Leda Carpenteri n. s. Shell resembling in outline and size Leda hamata Carpenter, as figured by Reeve in the Iconica (PI. IX. fig. 56), but with the rostrum less recurved. It differs from that species in being thinner, anteriorly more pointed, in wanting the strong epidermis, concentric ridges, and sharp rostral carinse. It is nearly smooth, except for lines of growth, with a thin greenish polished epidermis ; a ridge bounding the escutcheon proceeds from the inconspicuous beaks to the dorsal angle of the rostrum ; the umbones hardly rise above the dorsal margin, which pouts before and behind them, but hardly gapes ; an internal ridge passes from the tip of the rostrum well into the umbonal cavity in most speci- mens. Teeth, anterior 8-16, posterior 20-25. Lon. 10.5 ; alt. 5.0 ; diam. 2.5. mm. Barbados, 100 fms. ; Station 21, 287 fms. ; Station 5, 229 fms. ; Station 9, 111 fms. I have not been able to compare a figure of L. clavata Calcara, which is an Italian fossil, apparently of somewhat this shape. A long search has not re- vealed a figure or description of any recent species applicable to the form before me, whose smoothness is remarkable. Leda (Neilonella) corpulenta n. s. Shell nearest to L. c(£lata Hinds, which is more deeply concentrically sul- cated, with the rostral area smooth, or with a smooth bounding ridge, while in L. corpulenta the strise and intervening finer ridges are carried clear over the shell to the dorsal margin. The present species is more inflated, with a more convex basal margin, with the beaks a little more anterior, both ends more 126 BULLETIN OF THE rounded, especially the posterior end ; in ccelata the lunular areas are defined by deep grooves or ridges and dissimilar sculpture, in corpulenta they are so faintly defined as to be nearly invisible ; corpulenta has about fifteen teeth on eacli side of the beak, which is not inclined ; in ccelata there are about fifteen posterior and twenty anterior teeth, and the beak is posteriorly inclined ; the ligament in the latter is wholly internal, in corpulenta it extends equally on each side of the beak external to the dorsal margin, is about 2.0 mm. long, black, and when weathered away in detached valves exhibits a flattened area beneath each beak with a little pit in the centre, which last usually retains a particle of ligament, simulating an internal ligament. Shell with a light olive polished epidermis, porcellanous, extremely inflated, the young proportionately longer and less rounded. Lon. 9.5 ; alt. 6.0 ; diam. 5.0 mm. Station 23, 190 fms. ; Station 21, 287 fms. ; Station 47, 331 fms. ; Sigsbee, off Havana, 450 fms. Some things seem to indicate that the young have the cartilage wholly in- ternal, but this is not certain, as the apparent young may belong to a different species. Except the difference of the ligament, however, there seem to be no differential characters between them. This species does not gape at all. The epidermis is polished. The ligament is central, not at one side of the beaks as in Solenella and the typical Neilo. The latter, as hitherto defined, will not admit it, nor will typical Leda. I re- gard it as one of the links which knit together the assemblage of the Nuculidce in a network of ramifying relationships. Should it be thought worthy of a name it may be called Neilondla, and it is certainly far more distinguishable than many groups which have been named and segregated by Bellardi and others. Leda vitrea (?) D'Orbigny, var. cerata. L. vitrea D'Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cuba, XL p. 262, PL XXVL figs. 27-29 (1846). Barbados, 100 fms.; Sigsbee, off Havana, 450 fms. I am not sure that these shells should be referred to D'Orbigny's species. They are more obtuse at the posterior end ; the sculpture is strong only over the basal middle part, elsewhere it and the carinse about the lunule and es- cutcheon are obsolete. It may take the varietal name of cerata (from its pecu- liar whitish lustre) for the present, or until more material can be examined, or a comparison made with typical specimens of D'Orbigny's species. The gen- eral features, except those above noted, are very similar to those of the shell he figures, and these specimens reach a length of 6.5 mm. Leda solida n. s. Shell almost equilateral, with the beaks inclined a little backward, stout, solid, smooth, except for rather well-marked lines of growth ; anterior end broadly rounded ; posterior end more pointed, but not carinated, sulcated, nor MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 127 produced ; base roundly arcuated ; anterior dorsal slope slightly convexly rounded ; posterior slope a little excavated or concave ; lunule and escutcheon indistinct or none ; teeth, anterior 17, posterior 11, ligamentary fossette unusu- ally large, triangular. Lon, 12.5 ; alt. 6.6 ; diam. 4.5 mm. Station 21, 287 fms. The general form of this species is not unlike that of L. chuva Gray, but the rostrum is not so curved or differentiated from the remainder of the shell, and it is not sculptured. I have sought in vain for any figure sufficiently similar in outline to form the basis of a critical comparison. Leda intermedia Sars. Portlandia intermedia M. Sars ; G. 0. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., p. 38, Tab. 4, fig. 9, 1878. Station 2, 805 fms. This is identified from Sars' figure, above cited. The North Pacific species, mentioned by Jefi"reys (P. Z. S., 1879, p. 578), seems to me to differ from it but slightly, if at all. Yoldia solenoides n. s. Shell thin, elongate-oval, gaping at both ends ; smooth, or marked by a few shallow concentric grooves or flattened ridges about the middle toward the basal part, elsewhere obsolete or absent ; shell whitish, rather pearly ; epider- mis iridescent, thin, dehiscent ; basal and dorsal margins nearly parallel ; beaks very inconspicuous ; lunule and escutcheon extremely narrow, marked by a narrow elevated thread and a groove on each side of the slightly pouting mar- gin ; anterior and posterior ends nearly equal, similar, bluntly rounded ; ante- rior teeth about 18, posterior 22 ; ligamentary fossette large ; lon. 12.5 ; alt. 6.0 ; diam. 3.5. Beaks situated 6.5 mm. from the anterior end. Station 49, 118 fms. This shell looks like a Solenella ; but the ligament is distinct, and it is per- fectly internal. Yoldia liorhina n. s. Shell thin, moderately large for the genus, light greenish waxen, clouded with a smoky tinge in some specimens on the convexity of the valves ; inside shining, not pearly ; outside polished, brilliant, moderately inflated ; beaks nearest the anterior end of the shell, little prominent ; sculpture consisting of rather numerous (about five to a millimeter) concentric grooves, with much wider interspaces, more crowded and fainter toward the beaks, extending from the anterior dorsal margin parallel with the lines of growth to the (rather faint) rostral flexure at the posterior part of the shell, where they rather abruptly cease, and the remainder is extremely smooth and polished ; lunule and escutcheon very narrow, bounded externally by grooves, inside of which is 128 BULLETIN OF THE a raised thread, the space between groove, thread, and margin being somewhat excavated ; shell gaping at both ends ; anterior end rounded, base broadly arcuated, posterior end very obtusely pointed ; angle between the anterior and posterior dorsal margins very obtuse ; beaks hardly rising above the margin ; anterior teeth thirteen, posterior seventeen, distinctly marked, with some four or five obscure ones on each side near the beak ; ligament large, inserted un- der the beak, instead of on a little shelf as usual. Lon. 13.1 ; alt. 7.5 ; diam. 4.75 mm. Beak behind the front, 5.0 mm. Sigsbee, off Havana, 182 fms.; Station 23, 190 fms.; Station 33, 1568 fms. This species belongs to the group of Yoldia lanceolata Soweiby, Y. seminuda Dall, etc.; but I have not found any description or figure Avhich would seem to apply to it. It is perhaps most like Yoldia nicobarka Spengler, as figured by Hanley (Mon. Nuc, PI. I. fig. 7), but is less equilateral and less recurved behind, beside being sculptured. GENUS GOULDIA C. B. Adams. < GouhUa C. B. Adams, Cat. Coll., p. 29, 1847. Dall, P. Z. S., Feb. 1879, p. 131. < Thdis C. B. Adams, Proe. Host. Soc. Nat. Hist., p. 9, 1845, non Sowerby. < Lioconcha Morch, Cat. Yoldi, pt. ii. p. 26, 1853. Circe E. A. Smith, P. Z. S., 1881, p. 489, non Schumacher. The genus Gouldia was instituted by Prof. Adams in 1847, as pointed out lately by the writer in tlie Proceedings of the Zoological Society. More lately Mr. E. A. Smith, of the British Museum, has shown that the genus, as consti- tuted and as generally used, contains two very different types of shell, one belon"in<' to that group of Veneridce of which Circe Schumacher is the leading type, and the other to the Crassafellidre. While desirous of bearing testimony to the general accuracy of Mr. Smith's comments on the subject, and to the obligation under which he has placed us in setting forth the facts clearly, I must beg leave to cpiestion two of his conclusions, first, that the genus is untenable, and, secondly, that Prof. Adams' specific names are to be supplanted by those of D'Orbigny. The genus contained two species, both new ; the first, G. cerina, essentially similar to the Venus minima Montague, of Britain ; the second, 6'. 2Mrva, a minute Crassatellid belonging to the sub-genus or section Eriphyla Gabb. The specific names of Prof. Adams date from 1845, those of D'Orbigny from 1846, according to his own claims, which were never any too modest in matters of prioritj^, -while the Mollusques de Cuba in Avhich they are figured (and which in itself bears no evidence of their having been elsewhere described, except the date 1846 after the specific name) was published in 1853, instead of 1841, as Mr. Smith has it. The genus Circe was described by Schumacher in 1817 with Venus scripta L. as the type. From this the shells of the type of Gouldia cerina are very different. We do not know the animal of Circe, but ou' conchological grounds alone there Nov. 26, 1881. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 129 are abundant reasons for separation if the practice of ]\[r. Smith and other modern naturalists with regard to genera in general be taken as a criterion. Under the Linnean or Lamarckian system they would of course be united ; but with that we have nothing to do. The G. minima was figured by the brothers H. and A. Adams as an example of the genus, and was taken as the type by Sto- liczka, who notes its resemblance to an Astarte (Cret. Pelyc. India). Prof. Adams mentioned no type, but G. cerina was his first species. Other natural- ists have judged the genus by the specimens they happened to possess, or were puzzled if they had representatives of both. However, Carpenter, in 1857, as noted by Smith, pointed out that the Crassatelloid types must be eliminated from Gouldia. In 1853 Morch proposed, without a diagnosis, the genus Lio- concha for shells formerly included under Circe, but inflated and smooth, or concentrically ribbed, and practically identical with Gouldia, as restricted here. The type L. castrensis belonged to the smooth series ; as Stoliczka points out, Lioconcha may be conveniently separated into two sections, in which case Gouldia might be restricted to the concentricalh^ sculptured forms, and Liocon- cha preserved for the smooth ones. If this be thought too refined a distinction, Gouldia, having eight years' priority and a Latin diagnosis, will take pi'ece- dence, and Lioconcha (which has been generally adopted) must be suppressed. The little Crassatella, included with G. cerina by Professor Adams, represents a group, which has been discussed by several writers. Meek among the num- ber, and to which several names have been applied. It is rather numerous in species, and they are very uniform in facies, proportions, and general character. They differ from the typical Crassatella chiefly in form, in the elongation and more distant location of the lateral teeth, their usually unequal valves, and in their uniformly small size. These are not important characters, and the group can at best form but a subordinate section of Crassatella ; yet the preservation of Gabb's name of Eriphyla for the group would not be without a certain convenience. A word in regard to the error of combining forms belonging to such different groups may serve to throw a little light on the subject. Prof. Adams' original types of G. -parva were detached valves which had lost their ligament, as also had his (two) specimens of G. cerina. In this condition the cartilage pit pre- serves little trace of its office, and it is really not very easy to point out anv marked difference in the two hinges which, by itself, would separate them more than specifically. The error, with the specimens before one, is really not so surprising as it might seem. Goiddia dilecta, as surmised by Mr. Smith, belongs to the typical group ; G. australis I do not know, but there are many more species of various sizes included in collections usually under the name of Lioconcha. VOL. IX. — NO. 2. 9 130 BULLETIN OF THE Gouldia cerina C. B. Adams. Thetis cerina C. B. Adams, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1845, p. 9. Gouldia cerina C. B. Adams, Cat, of Coll., p. 29, 1847. (Jamaica.) Charlotte Harbor, Florida, 1.3 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms. ; Station 5, 229 fms. Shell with nebulous fluctuating color markings, developed into distinct lines on the lunule and escutcheon, purplish inside in some specimens. The liga- ment is as much external as in any of the Veneridce, and cannot be said to be semi-internal any more than in Saxidomus, for instance. The hinge is com- posed of three diverging cardinal teeth, the middle one largest, that nearest the lunule slender, and sometimes almost obsolete. A tolerably well-defined lat- eral tooth on the lunular (or anterior) side of the shell exists in the left valve, and is received between two laminaj in the opposite valve. On the opposite or posterior side is a faint elongated ridge or lamina. Both tooth and laminae are distinct from the cardinal margin in this species. There is no internal liga- ment. The pallial line is slightly but distinctly sinuated. The margin of the shell 16 not crenate, and bears traces of an exceedingly thin polished and fu- gacious epidermis. The outside of the valves is concentrically ridged, with fine transverse strise radiating from the umbo and obsolete toward the margin. The beaks are not compressed ; the lunule is smooth. The mantle has a smooth edge. There are no tubes, but the edges of the mantle are caught together, forming two openings like those in Gouldia minima. Montague, as figured by H. and A. Adams. Otherwise the two halves of the mantle are wholly disunited, except on the cardinal border. Prof Adams' type specimen, most kindly lent by the custol, 3.50, and 422 fiithoms respectively ; and the Comatnhie obtained at these stations represent new autl very singular types. The remarkable form Atelecrinus (nov. gen.. Figs. 1—7) was met with at each station ; and at No. 222 the unique specimen of Antedon co/umnaris (n. sp.), which is represented in Fig. 8, was also obtained. These facts agree very well with the results of the "Challenger" dredging?,* which only yielded Comatula' at twenty stations wliere the * Pn4imin;iry Rei)ort upon thts Coma1.nl m of tlu; " Challuiigcr " ExiHMlitiou. Proceedings of tin; Iloy:i.l Society, No. 194, 1.S79, \>\). 383-8S6. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 15.3 depth exceeded 200 fathoms. One may fairly conclude, therefore, that 'these anhnals are essentially inhabitants of shallow water. There is, however, in one respect a considerable difference between the results of the " Blake " and " Challenger " Expeditions. The " Challenger " species of Actinometra were nearly all obtained at depths of less than 20 fathoms, the genus occurring at only one station where the depth exceeded 100 fathoms. In 1878-79, however, the *' Blake " dredged Actinometra 3 times at 7 to 50 fathoms, 10 times at 50 to 100 fathoms, 25 times at 100 to 200 fathoms, and 4 times at 200 to 300 fathoms, making in all 42 stations ; while Antedon was only met with at 34 stations, at all but four of which the depth was less than 200 fathoms. As might be expected from the above facts, Actinometra is not only represented by a larger number of species than Antedon, but it is also individually more abundant. Comatuloe were especially plentiful at four stations, viz. Nos. 155, 203, 262, and 269 ; and at all but the last Actinometrce were the most numerous, both specifically and individually. In fixct at Station 203 no Antedon was obtained at all, though at least six species of Actinometra were met with. There are several points of difference between the general /aa'es of the "Blake" and of the "Challenger" collections respectively, which sup- plement one another in a very interesting manner. The great peculiarity of the Caril)bcan fauna is the abundance of ten-armed CoriUttake repre- senting both the principal genera. About two thirds of the Antedori species and three fourths of the Actinometra; belong to this simple type; while in the remaining species the rays rarely divide more than twice, and in two species only is there a fourth division. In this respect the contrast with the Gomatula fxuna of the Eastern seas is very marked. Ten-armed forms of both genera are there decidedly in the m;nor>y, especially of Actinometra, in which genus the rays may divide as often as seven times, so that the number of arms falls very little short of two hundred. The " Blake " collection from the Caribbean Sea may be fairly com- pared with that made by the " Challenger " in cruising from Cape York through the Banda and Arafura Seas to the Philippine Islands, and thence southwards to the Admiralty Islands. About seventy species were collected from this area, nearly all from depths less than 150 fathoms. The numbers of Antedon and Actinometra species are about equal, but while half of the former are ten-armed, only three Actinometrce ai'c equally simple. These three species all agree in having the second 154 BULLETIN OF THE and third radials united by syzygy, and also a syzygy in each of the first two brachials, as in Act. solans. This area averages about 10° farther south than that of the " Blake" dredgings, and it is possible that the greater vegetative development of its Comalulce may be due to the higher temperature of the shallower water from which they were obtained. Although three fourths of the Adinometra species from the Caribbean Sea are ten-armed, there is not one among them that recalls the Act. Solaris of the Eastern seas, in which the second and third radials are united by syzygy, and each of the first two brachials is a syzygial or double joint. All the ten-armed Actinometrte of the West Indies belong to a type which is but slightly represented in the Eastern hemisphere, viz. that of Act. meridional is. In this type, as in every Antedon that I have yet examined, the second and third radials are articulated together by a vertical ridge on each of their apposed faces, at the sides of which are large masses of ligament, but no muscular bundles. The first syzygy in the arms is on the third brachial, while the first and second brachials are articuiated together in the same manner as the second and third radials, instead of forming a syzygial or double joint, as in Act. Solaris. Nearly all the ten-armed Actinometrce in the Eastern hemisphere belong to the Solaris type. The only exceptions known to me are Act. Cumi7igii Miill. sp., from Malacca, and two or three unde- scribed species from China, Japan, and Sumatra. Even among the " Blake " Comatidce, in which the rays divide more than once, there is very little variety of type. Either there are two distichals united by ligament, or three, of which the axillary has a syzygy, the former case being the more frequent ; and in six out of the nine species in wliich the rays divide a third time, there is only one joint between the distichal and palmar axillaries, to the latter of which it is united by ligament. On the other hand the Eastern Comatidce, with aliout the same num- ber of arms (11-40), present several well-marked varieties of type, according to the nmnber of joints in the primary and secondaiy ray- divisions and their modes of union. Of all the Antedoii species dredged by the U. S. Coast Survey, that with the widest range within the Caribbean Sea is the little ten-armed Ant. Hagenii, Pourt.* It was obtained by the " Blake " on the Yucatan Bank, and also at various stations between Dominica and Grenada, at different depths between 75 and 291 fathoms ; while Mi'. Pourtales dredged it in great abundance at several localities in the Florida * Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. I. Nos. 6, 11 ; Vol. V. No. 9, p. 214. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 155 Straits. The original type specimens were obtained off Sand Key, and sevei'al individuals from Barbados and Grenada differ so much both from them and from one another, that I was at first inclined to regard them as representing two new species ; but a more careful examination did not confirm this impression. Thei'e are, however, three distinct species besides the type, to which the name Ant. Hagenii has been given. The specimens sent to the Museums at Edinburgh and Copen- hagen under this specific name do not belong to the genus Antedon at all, but are varietal forms of Actinometra meridionalis A. Agass. sp. ; and among the large number of individuals of Ant. Hagenii from the Florida Straits I found a few examples of two entirely new Antedon species. One of them is distinguished by having enormous lancet-like processes on the lower joints of its oral pinnules ; while the other is a very exceptional type, with no pinnules at all upon the second and third brachials, though those of the other arm-joints are developed as usual. This is a singular condition, which occurs but rarely among the Coma- tulce. The " Challenger " dredged a specimen near the Philippine Islands which presents the same peculiarity, and another in which the large pinnule on the second brachial is present as usual, but that on the third brachial is undeveloped, though those of the fourth and succeeding arm-joints are perfectly normal. Except in the remarkable type Atelecrinus (Figs. 1, 2, 7), which has no pinnules at all upon the ten or twelve lower arm-joints, these are the only Comatuloe I have ever met with in an examination of several hundred individuals that present any departure from the ordinary pinnule arrangement. At Station cccxi. of the "Blake" dredgings in 1880, on the Atlantic coasts of the United States, a small ten-armed Antedon was found to be very abundant. It was doubtfully referred by Mr. Agassiz* to Ant. Sarsii, which species was obtained by Mr. Verrill, somewhat later in the season, at several localities off the northern coasts of New England.t I have carefully compared the " Blake " specimens with a Norwegian example of Ant. Sarsii, which I owe to the kindness of Prof G. 0. Sars, and also with the two specimens obtained by H. M. S. " Porcupine " in 1869, at two stations in the " cold area" of the North Atlantic. All the specimens agree in their general characters, and must certainly be united under one specific name ; but they differ considerably among themselves while corresponding fairly well with MUller's description of * Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoijl., Vol. VI. No. 8, p. 150. t Notice of the Remarkable Marine Fauna occuping the Outer Banks off the Southern Coast of New England. American Journal of Science, Vol. XX. p. 401. 15G BULLETIN OF THE Ant. Sarsii. Both the American and the " Porcupine " specimens are larger and more stoutly built than any Scandinavian ones that I have ever seen. This is especially the case with the American specimens, which have a considerable resemblance to some forms of A7it. Ilagenii. But the characters of the oral pinnules are entirely different in the two species. Although the number of their component joints maybe the same, about 25, their dimensions are very ditl'erent. In Ant. Sarsii the lower joints of the oral pinnules are clear and glassy, and remarkably long, their length being four or five times their width ; while in Ant. Hagenii the joints are more opaque, and also shorter and thicker, their length rarely exceeding twice their width. Both species agree with A^it. rosacea and Ant. celtlca Barrett, sp., which is identical with Ant. phalangium Miill. sp., in the absence of any basal star in connection with the rosette, such as is found in every other species of Antedon or Acthm- metra the calyx of which I have been able to dissect.* I have pointed out above that four distinct types of Comatulre have hitherto passed under the name Ant. Hagenii. In like manner the specific designation meridionalis, given by Mr. Agassiz f to a ten-armed Comatula which has long been known from the coast of South Carolina, has been applied to almost every specimen with ten arms and an eccen- tric mouth, and even in two cases to forms with more than ten arms, owing to some of the rays forking twice. All of these are true Actino- me^rcE with combed oral pinnules,| and the name Antedon meridionalis must therefore be exchanged for Actinometra meridionalis A. Agass. sp. Among the many individuals sent to me under this specific name, there are at least four distinct types. Mr. Pourtales § seemed to think that the species varied considerably with age, " older and larger speci- mens looking so much more massive than the young, that they at first sight appear like different species, although the usual specific char- acters agree." But almost all the characters given by him in his specific description || apply equally well to every ten-armed Actinometra which has no syzygy in the radials or lowest brachials, including those of the Eastern seas, such as Miiller's species Act. Cumingii and also Act. echinoptera (loc. V), which are nevertheless perfectly distinct from Act. meridionalis and from one another. Under these circumstances the * On the Genus Actinometra Miill. Trans. Linn. Soc., Sec. Seiies, Zoology, Vol. n. pp. 96-100. t Seaside Studies in Natural History, p. 121. X Actinometra, loc. cit., pp. 20, 28. § Bull. Mus. Comp. Zobl., Vol. Vl No. 9, p. 214. II Ibid., Vol. L No. 11, p. 355. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 157 specific name meridionalis must be restricted to the type from South Carohuix, on which it was originally conferred. The only example of this type which has reached me is too iinperfect for a satisfactory specific diagnosis to be framed upon it. It is valuable, however, for having two Pentacrinoids entangled in its cirrhi, to which I shall refer im- mediately. I am inclined to agree with Mr. Pourtales in thinking that the specimens from French Reef (18Gt)) belong to the same type, and also those obtained by the " Hassler " off Cape Frio. The latter cci'- tainly constitute a strongly marked variety {as indicated by him on his labels), which differs from the French Reef specimens in the characters of the cirrhi, and especially in the relative proportions of the lower pinnules. I have dissected the calicos of both, and lind them to be so very similar that the differences between them can hardly be regarded as due to anything more than local variation. The radials of the French Reef specimens are relatively higher and slightly more sloping than those of the Cape Frio variety ; but were these calices fossil specimens I should have much hesitation in referring them to different species. There is another structural character that I shall mention later on as common to certain examples from both localities. It is therefore of some importance as tending to indicate their specific identity. Liitken has given the MS. name Antcdon hrasiliensis to a ten-armed Gomatula wliich is abundant on the coast of Brazil. It was described by Mr. Pourtales * as answering "to the description of the Comatula carinata Lamk. (Leach, sp.) " from Mauritius, and as differing only in some minor details from Zanzibar specimens of Ant. carinata. Rathbun has spoken to the same effect,! ^^^^ though I was at first inclined to follow Liitken in separating the two types, further study has led me to believe in their specific identity. By the kindness of Prof Miibius, of Kiel, I have been enabled to examine specimens of Ant. carinata from Mauritius. This is the original locality of Miiller's type specimens, which Prof E. von Mai'tens courteously permitted me to study in the University Museum at Berlin. I have also seen specimens from Chili, Madagascar, St. Helena, the Seychelles, the Red Sea, and Aden, and find it impossible to separate them specifically. This conclusion is con- firmed by the resemblance between the dissected calices of specimens from Bahia and Zanzibar. They are so very similar that, if they were fossils, I should unhesitatingly refer them to the same species. In fact, the Bahia specimens vary considerably inter se, and there is less like- * Bull. Mns. Comp. Zoiil., Vol. V. No. 9, p. 214. t A List of tlie Bnizilian EcLiuodeinis. Trans. Connect. Acad., Vol. V. p. 156. 158 r.ULLETIN OF THE ness between two calices from this locality than between one of them and a calyx from Zanzibar. Ant. carinata is described by Rathbun as probably ranging along the Brazilian coast from Rio Janeiro to Per- nambuco. It was not obtained by the " Blake " at all ; but it was found in abundance by Captain Cole, of the " Investigator," in 278 fathoms, off St. Lucia, so that it may fairly be considered as belonging to the Caribbean fauna. The two Comahdce which appear from their abundance to be espe- cially characteristic of the neighborhood of the Caril)bean Islands, ran- ging from Santa Cruz to Grenada, are an Antedon and an Actinoinetra, both of which had been obtained previously to the " Blake " Expedition of 1878-79. In the year 1870, M. Duchassaing brought from Guadeloupe to the Paris Museum a fine specimen of Antedon, with thirty very spiny arms. Prof Perrier having kindly permitted me to examine this type and to make a note of its characters, I readily recognized it in the " Blake " collection, and propose to name it Ant. spinifera. It was ob- tained by the "Blake " (1878-79) at ten stations, in depths of from 80i to 297 fathoms. It was most abimdant at No. 2G9, in 124 fothoms, off St. Vincent, and was also dredged in 278 fathoms, off St. Lucia, by the " Investigator." Its more striking distinctive characters are as follows : — Antedon spinifera n. sp. Cirrhi 12-20, long and slender, composed of 40-60 joints, the later ones of which bear dorsal spines. The rays may fork four times, each subdivision consisting of two joints not united by a syzygy. Usually, however, there are not more than two axillaries, the distichal and the palmar, above the radials ; and palmars are frequently only developed upon the inner pair of the four sec- ondary arms, so that there are thirty arms in all (as in the Paris specimen), viz. six on each ray, in the following order : 1, 2, 2, L Tolerably large sharp spines are scattered irregularly over the calyx and arm-bases. The arm-joints are triangular in outline, alternating with one another from side to side ; and from near the base of each triangular surface there rises a strong curved spine, which projects forwards and slightly outwards. On the lower parts of the arms, therefore, there is a doulile row of these spines alternating right and left of the median dorsal line ; but farther out, as the joints become more and more com- pressed laterally, the two rows gradually coalesce into a single median one, the spines at the same time becoming less and less prominent. The disk bears a fairly complete anambulacral plating, and there is a dguble row of plates along each edge of tlie [)innule ambulacra, viz. side plates resting on the pinnule joints and supporting the covering plates which overlap one another alternately from opposite sides. The color varies from almost wlute through pale straw- MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 159 color to a light yellowish brown. The diameter of the disk is 6 or 7 milli- meters, and the spread of the arms about 20 centimeters. The common Actinometra of the Caribbean Sea is a singularly protean species, which was obtained at twenty-nine stations during the " Blake " Expedition of 1878-79, and once in the previous season. The " Hasslcr " dredged it off Barbados ; and it was found by the " Investigator" at the station already mentioned off St. Lucia, and also on the Martinique and Dominica cable. It ranges from 73 to 278, and possibly to 380 fathoms. Not only is it everywliere very abundant, but it presents a most remark- able series of minor variations on one fairly distinct type, to which I must I'efer the two forms named Antedon alata and Ant. inilcliella re- spectively by the late Mr. Pourtales.* These two forms seemed to me at first sight to represent entirely distinct species • but I have felt obliged to unite them both with one another, and with four others also apparently distinct at first sight. In naming this type I prefer to use the second of the two specific designations employed by Mr. Pourtales, \\z. pnldiella ; for the other, alata, refers to a character which, though very marked in some individuals, is barely traceable in others. Gener- ally, the t^^pe is a true Actinoinetra, with eccentric moutli and combed oral pinnules ; though Mr. Pourtales gave the name Antedon to both his species, the two genera not being so distinctly differentiated at the time he wrote as they are now. Most of the specimens have 20 arms, or perhaps one or two less; some, however, have as few as 12-15, and there is so little difference between them and a few ten-armed in- dividuals occurring at the same localities that I do not think the latter can be regarded as a separate species. A small Antedon which is toler- ably abundant at five stations exhibits the same variability, and I have met with a few similar cases in the " Challenger " collection. As a rule, however, ten-armed Comatulce are sharply distinguished from those in which the rays divide more than once. Act. pulcheUa is also interesting as furnishing the third instance which I have met with of a variation from the ordinary type of five rays.f One specimen, like one dredged by the "Challenger," has six rays; while another "Challenger" speci- men has but four, though in other individuals of each species there is the usual number of five rays. It is curious that this variation, which is common in Eliizocrinus, should be so rare among the Comatidoe. The special characters of this species are as follows : — * Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoiil., Vol. V. No. 9, pp. 215, 216. t Proc. R. S., 1879, p. 385. 160 BULLETIN OF THE Actinometra pulchella romxALiis sp. Cirrhi 15-20, of 15-18 joints ; the fourth or fifth is the longest, and the fol- lowing ones gradually develop a blunt spine on the dorsal side. Two radials only visible ; the axillary short, wide, and almost triangular. lO-iu arms, most of the rays usually dividing twice, the first division (ilistichals) consisting of two joints which are not united by syzygy. Wlien the arms spring directly from the radial axillary, the two lowest brachials are united by ligament, as in most CmnatuliL', and the third is a syzygial or double joint. But in all the arms which spring from a distichal axillary, the two lowest bracliials are united by syzygy to form a double joint ; and the true third brachial, which is also a syzygial joint, as in all Coviaticke, thus becomes the second arm-joint, as in Act. Solaris* The positiijn of the next syzj'gy may be anywhere between the 12th and 20th joints, after which there are usually intervals of three or four joints between the successive syzygia. The lower arm joints are sharply wedge- shaped, alternating from side to side, the later ones gradually becoming blunter. In some specimens the dorsal surface of the arms is unusually smooth, the joints not overlapping in the slightest degree ; but in others the lower parts of the arms, about as far as the 25th joint, are exceedingly rough. The distal edge of each johit is raised on the side next the pinnule into a high, somewhat recurved plate, with more or less serrated edges. This is. largest about the 15th joint and gradually decreases in prominence, the joints after the mieldle of the arm being (|uite smooth. f The arms of most individuals, whether rough or smooth, are bordered throughout their whole length by a lateral expansion of the ventral perisome, which embraces the lowest joints of the pinnules.J The first pinnules of the arms are rather long, with well-marked terminal combs. The length gradually decreases tiU about the loth brachial, and then begins to increase, but there is no specially small pinnide. The terminal comb may continue as far as the 10th brachial, or cease four or five joints sooner-. The pinnule joints may be almost smooth, or they may have strong projections to- wards the dorsal side, even to far out on the arms. *• This peculiarity is a very marked one. In no case have I found a syzygy in the first joint of any arm springing from a radial axillary. The ten-armed forms thuij belong to the type of Act. mericlionalis. But individuals with 12, 13, 15, etc. arms are by no means rare, and furnish a complete transition to the large examples with 20 arms to which the specific designation {pulchella) by Pourtalcs is strikingly applicable. t This character is esjiecaally distinct in the Ant. alatn. of Pourtales from Bar- bados, and in several siKH-inicns, both ten- and twenty-armed, froni Station 269 (St. Vincent). In other individuals from this station, as in those named Ant. 2>ulchdla (Pourtales), the arms are perfectly smooth throughout their whole length. X This is the character which led Pourtales to give the specific name alata to cer- tain individuals dredged by the " Hassler " at Barbados, in which it is especially marked. It occurs also, though less distinctly, in the original specimens of Aitt. pulcliclla. I (iud it to be a very variable one, even among the ditl'ercnt arms of the same individual, some of which arc webbed and others not. MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLUUY. IHl The mouth is radial, and the disk either bare or more or less covered with irreguhir calcareous concretions. Its diameter, in large specimens, is 12 or 15 millimeters, and the spread of the arms is about 25 centimeters. The color (in alcohol) varies greatly', — white, straw-color, and brown, either alone or more or less mixed with a dirty lilac. The results of my examination of the " Challenger " and " Blake " collections, and of the numerous Comatulce to which I had access in the various European museums last autumn, entirely confirm and extend the conclusions to which I had been previously led respecting the separa- tion of Antedon and Actinometra as distinct generic types.* A glance at the skeleton is sufficient to enable me to distinguish the genus ; and it is even possible to determine the genus of a mere arm fragment, or in fact of a single pinnule. For the problematical red spots (sacculi) at the sides of the ambulacra which have puzzled all the workers on Aiiteduii are entirely absent in Actinometra. They are much more abun- dant in some Antedon species than in other's, but they are always to be found by careful examination. They are also present in Opldocrinus, Proniachocrinus, Pcntacruius, Rliizocrinus, BatJiycrmus, and Atelecrinus, all of which are types with a subcentral mouth. But I have never yet met with them in Actinometra, though some specimens of Act. indchella seemed at first sight to be exceptions to this rule. Microscopic exam- ination showed, however, that the appearances are due to irregular aggregations of brown pigment at the sides of the ambulacra, which are altogether different from the vesicular sacculi that are so puzzling in Antedon and in the other genera mentioned above. On the other hand, there are certain structures which are peculiar to Actinometra, though far from being as universal in their occurrence as the sacculi are in Antedon. I allude to the brown cellular bodies which I have supposed to be sense-organs. I found them first in some specimens of Act. pohjmorpha from the Philippines,! and have since detected them in two of the "Challenger" species, also from the Eastern seas. They are confined almost exclusively to the middle and later pinnules of the ungrooved hinder arms, each one occupying the dorsal half of a pinnule segment just beneath its calcareous axis. There are several individuals in a very large collection of Act. meridionalis obtained at French Reef in 1SG9, which exhibit this peculiarity in a very marked degree. It also occurs in a few individuals of the Cape Frio variety of this species, and * Actinometra. Trans. Linn. Soc, Sec. Ser., Zool., Vol. II. pp. 17-20, 81, 82. — Quart. Joiirn. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXVI. pp. 41-43. — Proc. K. S., 1879, p. 394. t Actinometra. Trans. Linn. Soc, Sec. Ser., Zocil., Vol. II. p. 40, PI. II. Fig. 6. 182 BULLETIN OF THE is therefore of some importance as tending to indicate the specific identity of the examples from these two locaHties. In most specimens the spots are confined to the pinnules of the hinder arms, sometimes to one or two arms only ; but in one case I found them on all the arms except the two immediately adjoining the mouth. As a general rule, the arms distinguished by their presence are of the ungrooved type, to which I have already called attention.* In some specimens the dimorphism of the arms is exceedingly marked, just as in Ad. ivAymorpha. The anterior arms are long, slender, and composed of many joints bearing similar long and slender pinnules ; while the hinder arms are shorter, fewer-jointed, and much more fleshy, with stouter pinnules, in which the genital glands are better developed than in the pinnules of the anterior arms. These are grooved and tentaculiferous, while the hinder arms have no ambulacral groove nor tentacles, and the pinnules ai'e usually spotted with the "sense-organs." These may occur in Ad. meridionalis as early as the 10th pinnule of the arm, while in Ad. poli/morjjha I have rarely found them lower than the 2.5th pinnule. In Ad. meridionalis, as in all species of which I have been able to examine any considerable number of individuals, the presence of un- grooved arms and of " sense-organs " is altogether inconstant and irreg- ular. But though it is in this way merely a potential character, it is one which is peculiar to Adinometra, and is therefore of some systematic value. On the other hand, there is a similar potential character, which so far as I have yet seen is peculiar to Aniedon, though it appears to be constant in Pentacrinus. This is the existence of a complete calcareous plating at the sides of the ambulacra on the arms and pinnules. Many of the Antedon species dredged by the " Challenger " in the Pacific re- semble Pentacrinus in having a very complete anambulacral plating on the disk ;f while there is a double row of plates along each side of the ambulacra of the arms and pinnules, especially of the latter. The side plates rest on the pinnule joints and support the covering plates, which can be made to overlap one another from opposite sides so as to close in the groove completely. $ Several of the " Blake " /l«'/ecZo;K'!, including Ant. sjjinifera, exhibit these peculiarities better than some Pentacrinus species do. But I have never yet found them in any Adinometra. There are many species, such as Act. pulchella and Act. granidifera Pourt. sp., * Actinomdra. Trans. Linn. Soc, Sec. Ser., Zool., Vol. IL pp. 31-41, PI. IL Figs. 3-6. — Popular Science Review, X. S., Vol. IV. pp. 195, 199, PI. VL Figs. 1, 2. t Proc. R. S., 1879, pp. 388, 389. t Popular Science Review, N. S., Vol. IV. pp. 195, 196, PI. VL Figs. 10, 12. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 163 in which there is a considerable amount of anambulacral plating in the anal area ; but it is usually rather of the nature of an aggregation of tubercles than of a regular pavement of plates, and I have never met with it so completely covering the disk and extending out on to the arm bases and lower pinnules as it does in Antedon. The species in which I have found it to reach its greatest development is a large one which is common at Cape York, and is probably identical with Act. rohusta Liitken, MS. The plating siipports the sides of the ambulacra on the disk and occupies the intervals between them, the plates immediately adjacent to the grooves being extensively pierced by the water-pores. The plating ceases, however, just within the circumference of the disk, so that the perisome of the arms and pinnules is perfectly bare, just as in the common Antedon species which inhabit the North Atlantic. This entire absence of side plates and covering plates on the arms and pinnules of ylc 11. M- I'^ P- obesa Pse. Mss. = P. auriculata Brod. var., the formula was §f, ||, §f, §|, f|, f|, |f. Of P. vexillum Pse., P. Ganymedes Pse., and P. inflata Rve., I possess but one specimen each. In P. vexillum the formula was -|g ; in P. Ganymedes, §| ; and in P. inflata, §^. The form of the teeth and dental formula in P. Gany- medes and P. inflata are similar, the only difference being in the number of rows on each membrane. The shape of all the jaws agreed with the figure of Mr. Binney. Whether the number of plates in the jaw or the VOL. IX. — NO. 5. 12 178 BULLETIN OF THE number of denticles on the lingual membrane depends on the age of the individual, I am not prepared to affirm. The shells, however, from which my examples were taken were all mature, which is always indicated by the thicli, flat, and fully expanded lip. In the examination of the lin- gual membranes, not only of Partula, but of all other Gasteropods, it is noticeable that the denticles of the anterior extremity of the lingual membrane are always more stout and prominent, gradually diminishing in size towards the posterior part, where for several rows the denticles become almost obsolete, presenting at last a mere rudimentary appear- ance. In preparing a lingual membrane for a slide it may be observed that the denticles at the anterior extremity always separate more read- ily from the membrane. This, taken in connection with their gradual diminution in size, has suggested the query in my mind whether the. wear and loss of the anterior denticles were supplied by a constant renewal of those from behind. From the continued presence of rudi- mentary denticles in varying stages of growth on the posterior part of the lingual membrane of all Gasteropoduus MoUusks, whether terrestrial, fluviatile, or marine, which I have examined, it would seem probable that the mode of growth is such as I have indicated. To Andrew Garrett, Esq., of Huaheine, who for many years has col- lected in the various islands of the Pacific, I am under many obliga- tions for specimens and information in reference to the stations and distribution of Partulee, together with other facts of his personal ob- servation embodied in this paper. To the Conchological Department of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, so ably represented by Prof. Charles E. Hamlin, I am indebted for the opportunity of examining the collection of Partulee belonging to the late William Harper Pease, and also for his kindness in selecting a suite from the duplicates in the Museum. To the personal friendship of Professor Baird, seconded by his efficient assistant, Professor Dall, I owe many thanks for the opportu- nity afforded me of examining the collection of Partulse contained in the Smithsonian Institution. To Edgar A. Smith, F. Z. S., Assistant Con- chologist in the British Museum, I am under obligations for his kindness in comparing my specimens with types in the Museum, and for valuable information pertaining to the same. For specimens I am indebted to many friends, among whom I may mention A. D. Brown, Esq., of Princeton, New Jersey; Kobert Damon, Esq., of Weymouth, England ; j\Ir. Eobert F. Geale, formerly with Hugh Cuming ; G. B. Sowerby, Jr., Esq., of London ; and Dr. Schmeltz, of the Museum Godetfroy, Hamburg. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 179 To Mr. Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., Curator of the Conchological Department of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, I am especially obliged for his uniform courtesy in aiding me in the examination of books and specimens belonging to the Academy. GENUS PARTULA FERUSSAC. 1819. Helix Miill. — Otis Huinph. — Auris Chem. — Bulimus Brug. — Volute Dill. Partulus Beck. — Partula Pfr., W. H. Pease, 0. Semper, W. G. Binney. [All species marked with a dagger are embraced in my collection — Species are printed in Small Capitals ; synonyms, in Italics.'] P. ABBKEViATA Mouss., J. C, xvii. p. 339, pi. 15, f. 7, 1869. Island Tutuila, Graffe. t P. abbreviata Pse. Mss. (non Mouss.), Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 91, 1874. Island Raiatea, Garr. = P. Thalia. f P. ACTOR Albers, (Partulus) Helicien, p. 87, 1850. Belcher Island. P. adusta Garr. Mss. in litt. Tahiti, Garr. t P. affinis Pse., A. J. C., iii. p. 224, 1867, Tahiti, Garr. = lignaria. This shell is variable in size and color ; it is often confounded with small dextral examples of P. Otaheitana; some are more elongate than others, while a few are almost globose. In the Pease collection, a few of the latter were labelled by him P. bacca, Pse. Mss. The pillar tooth is often absent, and the shell is usually smaller in size than depauperated examples of P. Otaheitana, of a dark bay or rufous color, often with darker obhque striae, and occasionally with a dark-brown band at the periphery. The surface is always smooth, looking as though it had been oiled. All specimens of P. rufa from correspondents = P. affinis ; the former is said to occur in the Carohne Islands. t P. ALABASTRiNA Pfr. (Bulimus), P. Z. S., p. 39, 1856. Fiji Islands, Geale. Solomon's Island, Cox. f P. alternata Pse. Mss., Moorea, Garr. = P. suturahs Pfr. f P. amabilis Pfr. (Bulimus), P. Z. S., p. 38, 1850. Tutuila and Anaa Islands, Tahiti, Garr. = P. Otaheitana var. p. amanda Garr. Mss., Tahaa, Garr. = P. faba var. t P. ANNECTENs Pse. (Bul.), P. Z. S., p. 671, 1864. Huaheine, Garr. f P. approximata Pse., Mus. GodefF. Cat., v. p. 207, 1874. Raiatea, Garr. t P. ARGUTA Pse. (Bul.), P. Z. S., p. 670, 1864. Huaheine, Garr. t P. ASSiMiLis Pse., A. J. C, p. 230, pi. 15, f. 28, 29, 1867. Raratonga, Garr. This shell may prove to be a local variety of P. varia. t P. ATTENUATA Psc , P. Z. S., p. 672, 1864. Raiatea, Tahiti, Ga^r. P. Australis Brug. (Bul.), Encyc. Meth., i. No. 83, 1792. =P. faba. 180 BULLETIN OF THE f P. AURicuLATA Brod., P. Z. S., p. 33, 1832; also Conch. Icon. Mon. Part., pi. 2, f. 11», ll^ 1849. Tahiti, Garr. P. bella Pse. Mss., Patel Cat., p. 104, 1873. Raiatea, Garr =P. Hebe var. This shell has been widely distributed as P. bella Pse. Mss. The true P. bella Pse. is claimed for the next species. f P. bella Pse. Mss. In Coll. A. N. S. PhUa. ex auctore = P. Amanda Garr. Mss. = P. faba var., Raiatea. This shell was deposited in the A. N. S. by Mr. Pease, long anterior to the date of Patel's Catalogue. f P. biaiujulata Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse. = P. faba var. f P. bicolor Garr. Mss. in Utt. Huaheine, Garr. = P. varia var, t P. BICOLOR Pse., P. Z. S., p. 473, 1871 ; also A. J. C, vii. p. 26, pi. 9, f. 4, 1872. Guai^. t P. BiLiNEATA Pse., A. J. C, li. p. 201 ; id., iii. p. 81, pi. 1, f. 10, 1866-1867. Tahaa, Garr. t P. Brazieri Pse., A. J. C, vii. p. 27, pi. 9, f. 5, 1872. Island TutuUa, Bra- zier; specimens in A. N. S. Phila. ex auctore = P. Turneri. f P. brumalis Rve., Conch. Icon. Mon. Part., species 2, pi. 1, f. 2, 1849. Ponape ; =: P. Guamensis. f P. brevicula Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse. = a short sinistral P. Otaheitana, Tahiti. f P. brunnea Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse. =a dark elongated variety of P. faba. f P. BULIMOIDES Less., Voy. Coq., p. 326, 1829. I have no hesitation in pro- nouncing upoleusis, canaUs, semi-liueacta, and conica varieties of this species. t P. Caledonica Pfr. (Bui.), P. Z. S., p. 387, 1861. New Hebrides. =Pfeif- feri = P. Macgillivrayi. So far "as I have been able to secure specimens of these species, it would seem that the two former are slender or depauperated varieties of the latter. ■f P. calistoma Smeltz, Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 507, 1874 = callifera. t P. Calypso O. Semper, J. C, xiii. p. 417, pi. 12, f. 5, 1863. Pelelilu. Thi? shell, together with P. Thetis and P. Leucothoe, are all from one island ; the figures are all of one type, differing only in size and coloration. f P. canalis Mouss., J. C, xiii. p. 132, 1869. Tulare, Upolu, Garr. = Buli- moides, yellow sinistral variety. t P. callifera Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 333, 1856. Raiatea, Garr. P. Cepolensis Mouss. Mss., Patel, Cat., p. 83 = Upolensis. f P. Carterensis Quoy et Gaim, (Helix), Voy. Astro., ii. p. 117, ph 9, f. 10, 11, 1830. Specimens of P. spadicea are sometimes confounded with this species. P. Carterensis is more solid and slender, the spiral striae are almost obsolete, and more widely separated than P. spadicea and varieties. In the former, the denticle on the columella is absent, while in the latter it is always present. f P. castanea Grarr. Mss. in litt. Paaloa valley, N. E. coast of Raiatea, Garr.=. P. terrestris. f P. citrina Pse., A. J. C, ii. p. 195, 1866. Raiatea, Garr. = P. faba var. f P. cinerea Albers, Moll. Blat., p. 98, 1857. Solomon's Island, Dr. Cox. The spiral striae in this shell are more regular, less waved and crowded than in P. spadicea and varieties, some examples of which it resembles. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 181 t P. CLARA Pse., P. Z. S., p. 671, 1864. Tahiti, Garr. In the Smithsonian collection this species is regarded as = P. hyalina ; it is doubtless a good species. Mr. Garrett informs me that it seems to be rapidly disappearing from the island of Tahiti. f P. cognata Pse. Mss., Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 92, 1874. Huaheine, Garr. = P. rosea var. t P. COMPACTA Pse., A. J. C, ii. p. 200 ; Id. iii. p. 81, pi. 1, f. 9, 1866-67. Raiatea, Garr. This shell possesses the keyhole aperture of P. auriculata ; it is a good species. f P. COMPKESSA Pfr. Mss. (Bui.), Mus. Cumirjg, Conch. Icon. Mon. Part., spe- cies 20, pi. 4, f. 20, 1850, Fiji Islands, coll. Taylor. This shell is very rare in collections. t P. coNciNNA Pse., A. J. C, vii. p. 196, 1872. Tanna, New Hebrides. Mr. Pease remarks, " This shell is the type of P. repanda " ; it resembles it in con- tour, but is less than half the size of P. repanda. f P. c.onica Gould, Proceedings Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., p. 196, 1848. Rarkaa and Samoa Islands, Gould. Upolu, Garr. Tulare, Navigator's Islands, Cox = P. buhmoides. P. Cookiana Mouss. Mss., p. 28, f. 28, 29. Raratonga (Garr. in litt.) = P. assiralis ? f P. Coxi Angas, Cox, Cat. Land Shells of Solomon's Island, p. 46, 1868. Ysabel and Solomon's Island, Dr. Cox. I have been unable to find any notice of this shell except in the catalogue of Dr. Cox. Specimens labelled P. Coxi from several correspondents = P. grisea; those from Dr. Cox=:P. micans. t P. CRASSiLABUis Psc., A. J. C, ii. p. 199 ; Id. iii. p. 81, pi. 1, f. 6, 1866, 1867. Raiatea, Garr. f P. crassa Pse. Mss., Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 92, 1874 = a sinistral short heavy specimen of P. Otaheitana. Tahiti. P. cr'assiuscula Garr. Mss. in litt. in Mus. Godeff. Pacific Isls., Garr. f P. decorticata Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse. Raiatea = P. dentifera denuded of epi- dermis. t P. DECTJ.ssATULA Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 131, 1850. Con. Icon. Mon. Part., species 24, pi. 4, f. 23, 1849. Dominique, Marquesas, Garr. Samoa, Pse. Navigator's Isls., Dr. Cox. f P. DENTIFERA Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 85, 1852. Raiatea, Garr. Solomon's Island, Dr. Cox. P. diminuta C. B. Adams, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist., v. p. 81, 1850. Society Islands. I have been unable to identify this shell. It would seem that the types in the Adams collection are lost. Prom the description I am inclined to believe it a variety of tliat protean species P. Otaheitaua. f P. DUBiA Garr. Mss. in litt. Tahaa, Garr. = faba dentate var.* t P. elongata Pse., A. J. C, ii. p. 196 ; Id. iU. p. 81, pi. 1, f. 2, 1866-67. Moorea, Garr. = P. spadicea var. * Andrew Garrett, of Huaheine, will describe the M.ss. species of Mr, Pease and himself which are marked as good species in this catalogue. 182 BULLETIN OF THE P. Erhelii Morelet, J. C, iv. p. 371, pi. 12, f. 7, 8, 1853. Moorea = simulans ? t P. EXPANSA Pse., A. J. C, vii. p. 26, pi. 9, f. 3, 1871. Tutuila, Brazier, type in A. N. S. ex auctore. An examination of the animal and embryo of tliis species is necessary to establish its claim to a pliice in the genus Partula. P. externa Pse., P. Z. S., p. 47J^, 1871. This is an error in name for P. cx- pansa. See Pfr. Men. Helic, viii. p. 204. f P. FABA Marlyn (Liraax), Universal Conch., ii. p. 67, central figs., 1784. Raiatea, Garr. f P. fasciata Pse., A. J. C, ii. p. 202, 1866. Marquesas, Garr. = P. Gany- medes small var. t P. FILOSA Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 262, 1851. Taliiti, Garr. Navigator's Isls., Cox. \ P. FORMOSA Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse. Raiatea, Garr. This shell is common in col- lections, and by Cuming was considered to =: P. dentifera. It is a much larger and finer colored shell than P. dentifera, from which it is doubtless distinct. The latter is always much smaller, of a greenish-yellow color, with a yellow apex, while P. formosa is always pale reddish, or orange red, with a dark red apex. t P. FUSCA Pse., A. J. C, ii. p. 193, 1866. Raiatea, Garr. The types of P. fusca in the Museum of Comparative Zoology are young, immature shells, and = P. ovalis and P. lugubris, as generally found in collections. When large quan- tities of the above species are compared with P. protea Pse., they may be arranged in the following order, from the junior to the adult shell : P. lugubris = P. ovalis = P. protea = P. fusca. Some well-grown P. fusca are as large as examples of P. faba, whicii they somewhat resemble. In the Smithsonian collection, P. fusca is marked as equalling P. faba. This, however, is an error, as P. faba is arboreal, while P. fusca is terrestrial. These varieties of P. fusca are all terrestrial, and all inhabit the island of Raiatea. t P. Ganymedes Pfr. (Bui.), P. Z. S., p. 39, 1850; also Conch. Icon. Mon. Part., species 16, pi. 3, f. 16, 1846. Dominique, Marquesas, Garr. t P. Garrettii Pse., P. Z. S., p. 672, 1864. Raiatea, Garr. t P. GiBBA Per., Prod., p. 66, No. 3, 1822 ; also Conch. Icon. Mon. Part., species 15, f. 15* , IS* . Island Guam. t V.fflohosa Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse., Mus. Gode£F. Cat., v. p. 207. Raiatea, Garr. = P. Hebe var. f P. GLUTiNOSA Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 85, 1852. Navigator's Islands, Solomon's Island, Cox. t P. gonocheila Pfr. (Bui), Zeit. fur Malacol., p. 82, 1847 ; also Conch. Icon. Mon. Part., species 19, pi. 4, f. 19, 1850 =: P. Ganymedes. I possess a shell said to be from Dominique, the exact counterpart of Reeve's figure, color included. This sliell does not agree with specimens of P. gonocheila in the British Museum, or with the figure of P. gonocheila in Chemnitz. I am at a loss to account for the discrepancy, unless it is to be found in a habit of Cuming, substituting what he considered better specimens for those already in the British Museum collect i(ju. My shells are certainly P. Ganymedes. t P. gracilis Pse., A. J. C, ii. p. 197, iii. p. 81, pi. 1, f. 3, 1866-67 = P. attenuata. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 183 f P. gracilior Pse. Mss., specimens in A. N. S. Isabel Island = P. gracilis. f P GRISEA Lesson (Bui.), Voy. Coquill., xlii. p. 325, pi. 13, f. 11, 1829. New Guinea. I often receive this shell from correspondents and others as P. Coxi. My shells all agree with the figure and description of P. grisea. t P. GuAMENSis Pfr. (Bui.), Piiil. Abbild. und Beschreib. Conch., ii. p. 113, pi. 4, f. 9, 1821. Guam, Ladrone Islands. The spiral rows of fovese at tlie apex of the shells of all Partulse, both embryo and adult, are not visible on the embryos of this species sent to me from the Museum of Comparative Zoology, which, in the absence of an examination of the animal, leads me to doubt its being a true Partula. t P. Hebe Pfr. (Bui.), r. Z. S., p. 39, 1846. Reeve, Mon. Part., species 25, pi. 4, f. 25, 1850. Raiatea, Garr. t P. HYALiNA Brod., P. Z. S., p. 32, 1832. Tahiti = Mauguaia, Garr. Ru- rutu, Le Cage. Tumaco, Cuming. f P. Huahinensis Garr. Mss., Mus. Godefi". Cat., v. p. 92, 1874. Huaheine, Garr, = P. varia var. t P. iMPERFORATA Psc. Mss., Mus. Godeff. Cat., V. pp. 92, 207, 1874. Raia- tea, Garr. f P. iNFLATA Rve., p. Z. S., p. 197, 1842 ; also Rve., Mon. Part., species 3, f. 3*, 3'', 1849. Dominique, Marquesas, Garr. t P. Isahellina Pfr. (BuL), P. Z. S., p. 39, 1846. Rve., Mon. Part., species ,10, f. 8^ 1849 = P. Otaheitana var. Tahiti. t P. lahlata Pse. Mss., Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 207, 1874 = P. dentifera Raiatea. t P. L^viGATA Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 334, 1856. P. Leucothoe O. Semp., J. C, xiii. p. 419, pi. 12, f. 5, 1865. Peleliu; see P. Calypso. t P. LiGNARiA Pse., P. Z. S., p. 671, 1864. Tahiti, Garr. This shell very nearly approximates, if it is not identical with, P. affiuis. I have arrived at this conclusion after the examination of a quart of each variety. P. LiNEATA Lesson (BuL), Voy. Coquill., p. 324, pi. 7, f. 8, 9, 1826. Oualan, Priendly Islands. This species has been erroneously referred to P. vexillum. I regard it as differing from all others with which I am acquainted. t P. lilacina Pfr. (BuL), P. Z. S., p. 334, 1856. Bora-bora Isl. = P. lutea. Tiirough the kindness of Edgar A. Smith, F. Z. S., of the British Museum, I have been enabled to establish the true position of this species. P. lilacina Pfr. is a highly colored specimen of P. lutea Less.; while P. solidula Rve., as figured in his Monograph of Partula, is a large and fully developed specimen of P. lutea without color. t P. lineolafa Pse., A. Z. C, iii. p. 224, 1867. Tahiti, Garr. = P. filosa. The type of P. filosa in the Brit. Mus. confirms the identity of P. lineolata with P. filosa. t P. LiRATA Mouss., J. C, xviii. p. 126, 1870 Tavinu, Viti Isles, Garr. P. lugubris Pse., P. Z. S., p. 672, 1864. Raiatea, Garr. = P. fusca Jr.; see P. fusca. 184 BULLETIN OF THE f P. LUTEA Less., Voy. Coquill., p. 325, 1856. Bora-bora Isl., Garr. f P. Macgillivrayi Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 97, 1855. Annietiurn Isl., New Hebri- des, Cox. This shell is described and figured from a large ventricose aud weather- beaten example. f P. marginala Garr. in litt. Tahaa, Garr. = P. faba var. t P. Maxlersii Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 110, 1857. Guam, Ladrone Islands, Dr. Mas- ters = P. gibba var. P. maura Grateloup, Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, xi. pi. 12, f. 4, 1837 = P. Otaheitaua original var. t P. MiCANS Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 138, 1852. Solomon's Isl, Dr. Cox. This is the smallest Partula known, being much less than P. minuta Pfr. f P. megastoma Pse. Mss., Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 92, 1874. Raiatea, Garr. = P. callifera. f P. microstoma Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse. type = P. vittata Pse. without a pillar tooth. t P. MooREANA W. D. Hart., P. A. N. S., p. 229, 1880. Moorea, Garr. Coll. A. N. S. and Mus." Comp. Zo5l. t P. mucida Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 98, 1855. The type of this shell in the Britisb Museum = a large dark specimen of P. varia. P. MINUTA Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 384, 1856. Admiralty Island. This species is more globose than any other described Partula. P. NAViGATORiA Pfr. Mss., Rvc., Mon. Part., species 21, pi. 4, f. 21, 1819. Raiatea, Garr. t P. nitens Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 293, 1854. New Hebrides, Taylor coll. This shell only differs from specimens of P. affinis in possessing a broad, light band, beginning at the base, and becoming narrower towards the apex ; it has the form, button-like pillar tooth, and polished surface of P. affinis. A similar specimen occurred amongst the Pease duplicates of P. affinis from Tahiti. t P. NODOSA Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 262, 1851. Tahiti, Samoa, Garr. Specimens of this shell in A. N. S. Phila. ex auctore from Tahiti^ dark specimens of P. tri- lineata Pse. Some have a broad white band beneath the suture, which is ex- tended to the base of the shell ; others are dark fuscous, with a narrow white line beneath the suture ; the latter agree with the figure of P. nodosa in Chemnitz. t P. nucleola Pse. Mss., Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 92, 1874. Coll. Pse. Moorea, Garr. This shell equals short depauperated specimens of P. spadicea. P. OBESA Pse., A. J. C, iii. p. 223, pi. 15, f. 12, 1867. Islands Fortuna and Vavao, Graff. The figure of Mr. Pease resembles a Bulimus ; the type specimen in the Pease collection is lost. t P. Otaheitana Brug., Ency. Method., i. p. 347, No. 84, 1792. Tahiti. The original description of this shell calls for " a heavy brown sinistral shell, oblong, ovate, perforate, aperture semiovate, unidentate." Mr. Garrett informs me that this variety occurs near the old anchorage, and is probably the original type. Large quantities of this shell exhibit all the varieties merging into each other. Small dextral specimens are often confounded with P. affinis. On the other hand, large, well-developed sinistral specimens, with or without a dentile, as P. Reeve- MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 185 ana, P. Isabellina, and P. Pacifica, have been regarded as separate species. The sinistral forms Lave not been less fortunate in adding to the confusion in synon- ymy ; they vary in size and color in an equal degree with the dextral. The syno- nyms of P. Otaheitana Brug. may be enumerated in the order of seniority as follows : P. Otaheitana, P. Vaiiikorensis, P. maura, P. Tahulana, P. Isabellina, P. aniabilis, P. rubescens, P. Reeveaua, P. Pacifica, P. Tahitana ; manuscript spe- cies, P. sinistrorsa, P. crassa, P. sinistralis, P. brevicula, P. perversa, P. turri- cula, Pse. Mss. (non Pse. in A. J. C). f P. ovalis Pse., A. J. C, ii. p. 194, 1866. E,aiatea = P. protea. See P. fusca. t P. Pacifica Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 125, 1854. This species probably = a large dextral P. Otaheitana without a pillar tooth. f P. pallida Pse., Mss. Coll. Pse. = a pale elongate variety of P. faba. P. Peasii Cox, P. Z. S., p. 644, pi. 52, f. 2, 1871. Solomon's Island, Dr. Cox. f P. peraffinis Pse., Mss. Mon. Helicien, viii. p. 197 = P. elongata (Pfr.). f P. perversa Pse., Mss. CoU. Pse., Coll. Brit. Mus. = P. Otaheitana sinis- tral. f P. perplexa Pse., Mss. Coll. Pse., Huaheine = P. varia var. This is one of the most beautiful varieties of P. varia. I only detected five specimens in several quarts of P. varia from Huaheine. P. PELLUCIDA Pse., p. Z. S., p. 457 = 1871. Guadeleamar, Solomon's Island. " A small shell with a distinctly granular surface " (Pse.), possibly a BuHmus. t P. Pfeifferi Cross, J. C, xix. p. 184, 1871. Vanna-Levu, Banks Island, New Hebrides = P. Caledonica. f P. pinguis Garr., Mss. in litt. The form of aperture resembles P. rustica, but in size it approximates P. Thalia. It is a terrestrial species, and probably = P. rustica. t P. PLANiLABRTJM Psc., P. Z. S., p. 672, 1864. Coll. Pse. Tahaa, Garr. t P. PRODUCTA Pse., p. Z. S., p. 671, 1864. Tahiti, Garr. This is a terres- trial species, and may be confounded with dextral banded P. Otaheitana without a pillar tooth. f P. propinqua Pse., Mss. Coll. Pse., Tahaa. Mr. Pease, in a label attached to this species, remarks -. " I regard this and P. subangulata as only local varie- ties of P. faba from Tahaa," — an observation applicable to many other so-called species of Partula. t P. protea Pse., Mss. Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 92, 1874. Raiatea, Garr. = P. fusca var. See P. fusca. t P. pulchra Pse., Mss. Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 92, 1874. Huaheine, Garr. = P. varia, minor form. f P. purpurascens Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 335, 1856 = P. rosea, purple variety. t P. RADiATA Pse., Mss. Coll. Psc., Coll. A. N. S., ex auctore. Raiatea, Garr. This is a good species ; it has been widely distributed by Mr. Pease and others as P. compressa Pfr. The former possesses very coarse oblique striae, widely re- flected lip, with a keyhole aperture, a pillar tooth, and a slight carination at the periphery ; while the latter is a smooth shell, with a slightly reflected lip, and the piUar tooth is absent. 186 BULLETIN OF THE t P. RADIOLATA Pfr. (Bill.), P. Z. S., p. 39, 1849; also Eve. Mon. Part., species 6, pi. ii. f. 6*, &", 1850. Guam, Cuming. New Ireland, Dr. Cox. f P. Eaiaiensis Garr. Mss. in litt. Raiatea, Garr. This shell = P. deiitifera, with a rose apex. In two quarts of P. deutifera belonging to the duplicates of the Pease collection about one sixth of the number possessed the rose apex ; they did not differ in other respects from P. dentifera. t P. Reeveana Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 137, 1852. Solomon's Island, Dr. Cox. Large dextral specimens of P. Otaheitana from Tahiti, of a yellow color, red apex, and a pillar tooth, agree with types of P. Reeveana iu the British Museum, and also with the figure of P. Reeveana in Chemnitz. t P. recia Pse., A. J. C, iv. p. 155, pi. 12, f. 8, 1868. Mountains Mauui and Nukahiva, Marquesas = P. repanda. I possess a number of specimens of this species from the collection of the late William H. Pease. It is very variable in shape, color, and texture. Some specimens are yellowish-white, solid, and covered with a greenish epidermis, easily rubbed off, with a perpendicular aper- ture, and the inner margin of the aperture waved or roughened. This variety represents P. recta Pse. ; others are pale yellow, white, or yellowisli-white, often thin and inflated, with the aperture oblique or perpendicular, and slightly rough- ened ; others, again, are pale red, with the basal half several shades deeper in color. These two latter varieties represent P. repanda. In one and a half pints of duplicates in the collection of William H. Pease, the specimens exhibited a perfect inosculation of these apparently dissimilar species. f P. reda Pse. Mss., Raiatea, Garr. Coll. Pse. (non P. recta Pse. in A. J. C). This shell is also synonymous with P. Peaseana, Garr. Mss. (non Peasii, Cox). = P. labiata Pse. Mss. in A. N. S., ex auctore, which latter :^ P. deutifera var. P. Becluziam Petit, J. C, v. p. 170, pi. 7, f. 5, 1850 = P. actor. t P. REPANDA Pfr., P. Z. C, p. 98, 1855. New Hebrides ? Dr. Cox. Water- color drawings from types in the British Museum agree with specimens from Marquesas. See P. recta Pse. in A. J. C. t P. ROSEA Brod., P. Z. S., p. 125, 1832. Huaheine, Garr. t P. rubescens Rve., Mon. Part., No. 12, pi. 3, f. 12, 1850= P. Otaheitana var. f P. robusta Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse., Coll. Smithsonian, Raiatea, Garr. =: P. au- riculata var. P. rufa Lesson (Bui.), Voy. Coquill., p. 324, 1830. Oualan, Caroline Islands. Since the publication of my Catalogue of the Genus Partula Per. in May of this year, and while the present Bibliographic Catalogue was in press. Prof, von Mar- tens has published in Conchologia Mittheilung for 1881 the description and figure of a Partula from the island of Ponape, which he has no doubt is P. rufa Less., and which he makes synonymous with P. Guamensis Pfr. The figures of his shell materially differ in size and form from P. Guamensis Pfr., and, in my opinion, approximate dextral examples of P. Upolensis Mouss. Mss., which = depauperated examples of P. bulimoides Less. ; the smaller size, conic form, wide umbilicus, and violet color within, together with other characters enumerated. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 187 seem more applicable to the latter than the former species. Unfortunately Les- son never publislied a figure of P. rufa. t P. rustica Pse., A. J. C, ii. p. 199 ; id. p. 81, pi. 1, f. 5, 1866-67. Raiatea, Garr. = P. crassilabris. After examining large quantities of these two so-called species, I have arrived at the conclusion that they are one. Typical P. crassila- bris is more rounded in form, while P. rustica is more elongate, and the colu- mella is indented from without, giving the aperture an angular appearance. The colors agree, and large numbers of each exhibit the inosculation of the two varie- ties. They are both terrestrial, from the same island, and doubtless identical. t P. semilineata Mouss., J. C, xvii. p. 337, 1869, Coll. Mus. Godeff. = P. con- ica, sinistral yellow var. t P. sinistrorsa Pse. Mss., Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 92, 1874. Tahiti, Garr. Coll. Pse. I have considered this shell to = P. Otaheitana, banded var. It cer- tainly inosculates with the original brown P. Otaheitana, as we see examples of the latter with one or two dark bands. f P. sinistralis Pse. Mss., Patel Cat., p. 104, 1873. Tahiti. Oliin P. sinis- trorsa ? t P. simplaria Morelet, J. C, iv. p. 370, pi. 11, f. 13, 14, 1853. Huaheine = P. rosea var. t P. simulans Pse., A. J. C, vii. p. 202 ; id., iii. p. 81, pi. 1, f. 1, 1866-67. Moorea, Garr. ^ P. spadicea var. •)■ P. solidula Rve. Mon. Part., species 2, pi. 4, f. 22, 1850. Bora-bora, Garr. = P. lutea var. f P. solidula Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse. (nou Rve.). Raiatea^P. approximata banded var. f P. spadicea Rve., Mon. Part., species 24, pi. 4, f. 24, 1850. Moorea, Garr. Marquesas, Rve. The synonyms of this species I arrange as follows : P. tseniata, P. spadicea, P. elougata, P. simulans, P. striolata, P. nucleola. A microscopic examination of the surface of these varieties exhibits it thickly crowded with waved spiral striae, exceeding in this respect all other species. A small tubercle is present on the columella of all the varieties, and the junction of the lip with the body whorl presents the appearance of having been cut off obliquely outwards, leaving a sharp elevation, which is seldom surrounded by callus. Large quantities from Moorea exhibit all these varieties, merging into each other. All the varieties ex- hibit translucent or hora-colored specimens with dark bands of greater or less width, which equal P. tsuiata. t P. strigata Pse., A. J. C, iv. p. 155, pi. 12, f. 7, 1863 ; also Rve. Mon. Part., pi. 3, f. 17. Marquesas? Rve. Huaheine, Garr. Coll. Pse., Coll. A. N. S., ex auctorc = P. varia var. t P. strigosa Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 384, 1856. Admiralty Island, Pfr., Moorea = P. suturalis Pfr. t P. striolata Pse., A. J. C, ii. p. 197 ; id., p. 81, pi 1, f. 4, 1866-67 = P. spadicea var. Moorea. t P. STENOSTOMA Pfr., P. Z. S., 97, 1855. Moorea. t P. STOLiDA Pse., A. J. C, ii. p. 198, 1868. Ruiatea, Garr. Tliis shell is 188 BULLETIN OF THE sometimes confounded with P. aifiiiis. It is larger than the latter, of a light bay color, and is terrestrial. f P. suturalis Pse. Mss. (non Pfr.) =r P. planilabrum, dark var. Tahaa, Garr. •j- P. SUTURALIS Pfr., p. Z. S., p. 98, 1855. Moorea. f P. subangulata Pse., J. C, 3d series, p. 458, 1871. Tahaa, Garr. = P. faba var.. Coll. Pse., Coll. Smithsonian. f P. suB-GONOCUEiLA Mouss., J. C, xix. p. 14, pi. 3, f. 4, 1871. Fortuna and Vavao, Graff. P. Tahitayia Brug. (Gould), Conch. U. S. Explor. Exped., i. p. 84, 1849-50 = P. Otaheitana. P. Tahulana Anton, Ant. Verz., p. 40, No. 1470, 1839 = P. Otaheitana. t P. T.ENIATA, Morch (Bul.), Cat. Con. Kierulf, p. 29, pi. 1, f. 5, 1840. Fiji Islands, Morch, Moorea Coll., Pse. Specimens of this shell from Mr. Geale are translucent, with dark bands. I possess numerous similar shells from Moo- rea. Miirch says : " My shell, together with P. faba, was purchased of a whale- fisher, who gave the locality as Fiji Islands." t P. terrestris Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse., Patel Cat., p. 104, 1873. Raiatea, Garr. = P. approximata. P. Thetis 0. Semp., J. C, xiii. p. 419, pi. 12, f. 6, 18G5. Peleliu. See P. Calypso. P. Thersites Pfr. (Bul.), Symbola, ii. p. 52, 1846. Dominique, Tiawata, Mar- quesas, Garr. = P. inflata. f P. Thalia Garr., Mss. in litt., Raiatea, Garr. = P. Peasii Garr. Mss. (non P. Peasii Cox) = P. abbreviata Pse., Mss. (non Mousson). This shell has been distributed as P. abbreviata Pse., Mss. It is a good species. P. torosus Beck (Partulus), Beck's Index, p. 87, No. 6, 1837 = P. lineata ? t P. trilineata Pse., A. J. C, ii. p. 195 ; id. iii. p. 81, pi. 1, f. 1, 1866, 1867. Tahiti, Garr. = P. nodosa. f P. TURRicuLA Pse., A. J. C, p. 196, 1872. New Hebrides. Mr. Pease observes that " this shell is smooth, without any trace of transverse strife." Un- der a low power the spiral rows of embryonic fovece at the apex of the shells of all Partulse (and wliich, after extrusion, are continued as spiral stria*) in this species, are continued as spiral rows of fovese over the whole surface, dillcriug in this respect from all other Partulse with which I am acquainted. f P. turricula Pse., Mss. Coll. Pse. = P. Otaheitana var. rubescens. Tahiti. P. TURGiDA Pse. (Bul.), P. Z. S., p. 670, 1864. Raiatea, Garr. Mr. Pease remarks : " This shell resembles P. arguta and P. annecteus." It is a rare species. t P. Turneri Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 140, 1860. Erromango Island, New Hebrides, Turner = P. Macgillivrayi. The former has been described from a fresh speci- men, while the latter was described and figured from an old and weather-beaten specimen, unusually inflated. See P. Brazieri. t P. UMBiLiCATA Psc., A. J. C, ii. p. 200; id., iii. p. 81, pi. 1, f. 7, 1866, 1867. Tahaa, Garr. t P. Upolensis Mouss. Mss., Patel. Cat., p. 104, 1873. Upolu Coll., A. N. S. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 189 .=■ P. bulimoides. I possess this shell from the Museum Godeffroy. It = a small, dark P. bulimoides. In Europe the typical P. bulimoides is called P. canals, the small dark variety P. Upolensis, the sinistral greenish-yellow variety P. cou- ica. These, however, are only varieties of one species, and are all embraced in Dr. Gould's description of P. conica " interdum sinistrorsa flavida vel castanea." Like P. repanda, they are found only on mountains. t P. VABiA Brod., P. Z. S., p. 125, 1832. Huaheine, Garr. The following synonyms of this species are enumerated in the order of seniority : P. mucida, P. assimilis, P. strigata ; manuscript species, P. pulchra, P. Cookiana, P. perplexa, p. Huaheinensis, P. bicolor, Garr. (non Pse.). P. Vanicorensis Quoy et Gaim (Helix), Voy. Astrolabe, ii. p. 115, pi. 9, f. 12 -17, 1830. The original description and figure of this shell agree with dextral specimens of P. Otaheitana, without a denticle. In collections it is sometimes represented by P. affinis, and in others by P. Otaheitana. Dr. Gould says, "It only differs from P. Otaheitana in the lighter color of the animal." t P. variabilis Pse., A. J. C., u. p. 203 ; id., p. 81, pi. 1, f. 13-15, 1866-67. Raiatea, Garr. = P. Navigatoria. This shell is the true P. Navigatorla Pfr., agreeing with Reeve's figure and description, as well as with the types of P. Navi- gatoria in the British Museum. Dr. Pfeiffer says, " My Navigatoria in the British Museum was by Cuming confounded with another shell." From a number of specimens in the Pease collection, labelled " P. Navigatoria Pfr., from the British Museum," I infer that P. protea is the shell alluded to by Pfeiffer. The possession of these doubtless led Mr. Pease to redescribe this shell. f P. ventrosa Garr., Mss. in Litt. Raiatea, Garr. = P. Hebe var. f P. ventricosa Pse., Mss. Coll. Pse., Tahaa = P. faba var. (Anthony). t P. vexillum Pse., A. J. C, ii. p. 198 ; id., iii. p. 81, pi. 1, f. 8, 1866-67. Moorea, Garr. Reeve figures this shell for P. lineata Lesson ; others confound it with P. elougata Pse. It ^ P. stenostoma Pfr. See Pfeiffer's Novitates Conchologicae. t P. viTTATA Pse., A. J. C, ii. p. 194, 1866. Raiatea, Garr. f P. ViRGiNEA Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse. Tahaa, Garr. f P. viRGULATA Pse., J. C, 3d series, x. p. 401, 1870. Raratonga, Garr. t P. zebrim. Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vii. p. 196, 1842. Tutuila, Gould, Upolu, Garr., Belcher Island, Coll. Taylor = P. actor. Dr. Gould's type of this shell is preserved in the collection of the New York State Museum of Nat- ural History and also in the Smithsonian collection. The figures of this shell in " Expeditionary Mollusks " are dissimilar ; figure 80 is probably an error ; figure 81, containing the animal, is the true P» zebrina. 190 BULLETIN OF THE The following species and varieties, so far as known, are Terrestrial ; all others are Arboreal. P. approximata Pse. P. protea Pse. Mss. P. castanea Garr. Mss, P. producta Pse. P. crassilabris Pse- P. radiata Pse. Mss. P. fusca Pse. P. robusta Pse. Mss. P. lugubris Pse. Mss. P. rustica Pse. P. microstoma Pse. Mss. P. solidula Pse. Mss., non Reeve. P. Navigatoria Pfr. P. stolida Pse. p. ovalis Pse. Mss. P. terrestris Pse. Mss. P. piuguis Garr. Mss. p. variabilis Pse. P. plauilabrum Pse. P. vittata Pse. SPURIOUS SPECIES OF FARTULA. P. arcuatus Miglils. = Achatiuella auriculata Per. P. auriculata Pfr. = Tornatella. P. Batavia Grat. (Bui.) ^= Amphidromus. P. decussataPfr. = (Bul.). P. dcnsilineata Rve. = Acliatinella radiata Gould. P. Dumartroy Soul. = Acliatinella auriculata Per. P. fragiUs Ferr. = Bui. rubens Muhlf. P. flavescens King. = Bui. P. labrella Grat. = Bui. virgatus Jay, P. major Desh. := Bui. fulvicans Pfr. P. Maximilliana Pot et Michd. = Bui. P. pusilla Gould =^ (Auriculella). P. pudica Per. = Bui. P. SolomouisPfr. = (Bul.). P. uuideuta Sowb. = (Bui.). P. virgulata Mighls. = (Achatinella). MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 191 Observations on the Duplicates of the Genus Partula Fer., con- tained in the MiLseum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., formerly belonging to the Collection of the late William H. Pease. By William Dell Hartman, M. D. Since the completion of my Bibliographic Catalogue of the Genus Partula, through the kindness of Prof. Alexander Agassiz of the Mu- seum of Comparative Zoology, I have been favored with all the dupli- cates of Partula belonging to the institution, amounting to two bushels. An inspection of this vast amount of material has afforded me a rare opportunity of observing the relative abundance and variation of a number of species, and the notes taken at the time I offer as a sup- plement confirmative of the conclusions arrived at in the paper above mentioned. The original labels belonging to the different parcels were often misplaced or absent. These omissions were of no moment, as a previous study of all the species enabled me to determine the specific status of each parcel. P. varia and P. rosea Brod., together with P. faba Mart., were in the greatest abundance, and for relative numbers were present in the order mentioned. P. varia Brod., represented by six quarts, exhibited all the varieties mentioned by authors, all of which, however, are included by Mr. Brode- rip under the expressive name of P. varia. P. rosea Brod. was next in abundance, in which the elongated white variety = P. cognata Pse. Mss. largely predominated over the rose, pur- ple, and party-colored varieties. From the great number of examples of these two species they would seem to be very abundant. In four quarts of P. faba Mart, the white and oblique striated vari- eties predominated over the banded variety, which latter = Martyn's type. P. duhia Garr. Mss. was represented by two quarts. The specimens are all somewhat smaller than typical P. faba, always dentate, and occa- sionally one exhibits the brown bands of P. faba var. Amanda Garr. Mss. P. formosa Pse. Mss., P. lugubris Pse., P. Garrettii Pse., and P. Thalia Garr. Mss. were next in abundance and in the order men- tioned. P. Thalia and P. formosa are doubtless good species, although Mr. Cuming regarded the latter as a variety of P. dentifera Pfr. 192 BULLETIN OF THE P. Thalia Garr. Mss., in two quarts, was very uniform in size and color. P. compacta Pse., in two quarts, was also uniform as to size and color. It is a much larger and heavier shell than P. auriculata Brod., with a heavy flat lip, and, like P. Thalia, it is a well-marked species. P. auriculata Brod., in one quart, exhibited the light, unicolored, and banded varieties in about equal numbers. P. compacta Pse., P. Thalia Garr. Mss., and P. auriculata Brod., all possess, in a greater or less degree, the "keyhole aperture," which Air. Broderip regarded as especially characterizing P. auriculata. They form a group of very nearly allied species. In P. Garrettii Pse., about one third of the examples exhibited the shell with a brown-colored base. A number of depauperated examples were also present in the parcel, beside several hybrids between P. Garrettii Pse. and P. Thalia Garr. Mss. These possessed the brown base of P. Garrettii, with the form and aperture of P. Thalia, but were only half the size. I received a number of the same from Mr. Garrett. P. crassilabris Pse. and P. rustica Pse. were each represented by about one quart of specimens. For the most part the former were smaller and more globose than the latter. Both parcels presented numerous de- pauperated examples. When compared in qiiantity, they are seen to merge into each other by easy grades ; only the extremes in form repre- sent the two species of Mr. Pease. They are both terrestrial, and inhabit the same island, their variation being due to station and food plants. Two examples of P. pinguis Garr. Mss. were found in the lot of P. rustica. The former is doubtless only a well-fed specimen of the latter. P. lignaria Pse. and P. affinis Pse. were each represented by a quart of examples ; a few of each were banded. The variety P. liijnaria as a rule is a trifle larger and darker in color, and presents more banded examples, than P. affinis. All the adult shells of both varieties (with few exceptions) are dentate, and both exhibit, to a greater or less extent, dark oblique stria) on the body whorl. The parcel P. affinis Pse. was labelled " Faarumaia Valley, Tahiti " ; about fifty examples to the quart were banded. Several albinos were present, two of which showed traces of dark bands, and a few pale exam- ples occurred with a bright brown band continued beneath the suture to the apex. One example was found the counterpart of my specimens of P. nitens Pfr. from the Taylor collection, said to be from New HebriHcs ; and three similar banded examples were found in the lot of P. lignaria. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 193 I regard these as varieties of one species ; they all possess a small eleva- tion on the columella, with a round button-shaped pillar tooth. They vary in size somewhat, but the dark oblique stria; exist, to a greater or less degree, in nearly all examples. The surfiice in fresh shells is always polished, looking as though oiled. From all the examples of P. riifa Less., P. nitens Pfr., P. lignaria Pse., and P. affims Pse., which I have seen, 1 am inclined to consider them varieties of one species. P. glutinosa Pfr., in one quart, was uniform in size and color ; and so was P. virgidata Pse. in the same amount from Raratonga. P. elongata, P. simidans, P. striolata, and P. nicdeola Pse., from the island of Moorea, were present in several pints, and doubtless belong to one species, only varying in size and color, the two last being only depauperated ex- amples of the first. Under the microscope all exhibit the thickly crowded waved spiral striae, and all the varieties show the translucent and banded examples which = P. tceniafa Mdrch. P. elongata Pse., in half a pint, shows the most numerous banded examples. ' There were present numerous pale yellow elongated specimens, which dealers send out as P. sjyad/'cea^ Rve. In the parcel of P. simulans Pse., the banded examples equalled ten per cent. P. nicdeola Pse. Mss. exhibited several very dark opaque examples. All the above varieties from Moorea possess to a greater or less degree the dark oblique striae, the elevation on the columella, the sharp oblique juncture of the labium with the body whorl, and the thicldy crov>'ded spiral striae of the surface of the shell. The latter feature is seen in no other species except P. Mooreana nobis, from tlie same island. P. Hebe Pfr., in half a pint, exhibited nearly all the examples entirely denuded of epidermis, and without a rose apex, the specimens being entirely white and solid. These represent the typical P. Hebe. P. bella Pse. Mss. = P. rosea var. (according to Mr. Gai-rett). In almost a pint, the shells possessed a rose apex and were thinner than typical P. Hebe. The epidermis of some of the heavier examples was thin and readily separated from the shell. Many of the more mature specimens were without epidermis. They only differ from P. Hehe in possessing the rose apex, and the lot exhibited the easy grade by which the latter merges into the former. A few specimens of P. glohom Garr. Mss. and P. ventrosa Pse. Mss. were found in the parcel. These vari- eties are more stout and heavy than ordinary examples of P. hella. They possess a heavy and more adherent epidermis, with little or no color at the apex. All the varieties from P. Hehe to P. ventrosa present VOL. IX. NO. 5. 13 194 BULLETIN OF THE an elongated pillar tooth similar in shape, and all have a slight denti- form process on the colnmella. I possess a typical P. Ilebe from Mr. Garrett, in which the color of the apex is centred in the pillar tooth, and another in which the whole shell is a pale rose color. These are all varieties of one species resulting from station and food jjlants. Since the above was written Mr. G. W. Tryon has called my attention to four specimens of Partula in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences received a long time ago from Mr. Pease, and labelled by him P. bella Pse. The examples = P. Avianda Garr. Mss. = P. faha var. This it would seem is the true P. bella Pse. Mss., so named long anterior to the date of P. bella Pse. = P. Hebe var. in Patel's catalogue. P. hyalina Brod,, in half a pint, was uniform in size, some being thin- ner and more hyaline than others, probably the result of food and age. P. lugubris Pse. In a three-pint lot, many examples exhibited the usual white peripheral band ; a few almost white examples with a black hand were also present. In the adult shell it is noticeable that these bands are often concealed by the overlapping of the fifth whorl. I possess a series of examples of this species which seems to point to the fact that it and P. fusca, as usually found in collections, are young and immature shells, the synonymy being such as I have indicated in my Bibliographical Catalogue of the genus. P. Guamensis Pfr. In two quarts several light-colored examples oc- curred possessing a narrow brown line at the periphery. Judging from the figure of P. obesa Pse. (no locality being given), I suggest the proba- bility that the latter = a depauperated specimen of the former. Some examples of P. Gtiamensis are quite large, while others are much smaller than Reeve's figures. I have not been able to find the type specimen of P. obesa Pse.' in the Pease collection, and suppose it to have been lost, as some of his types were broken in transit between Honolulu and Boston. I think, when the animals of P. Guamensis, P. bulimoides, P. obesa, and P. expansa are examined, they will be eliminated from the genus Partula. P. dentifera Pfr., in two qiiarts, was very uniform in size, coloi', and contour. It is a much smaller shell than P. formosa Pse. Mss., with a greenish yellow epidermis and yellow apex. About one sixth of the specimens exhibited a rose apex = P. Raiatensis Garr. Mss. The variety styled P. decorticata Pse. Mss. consists of individuals of P. dentifera, in which the epidermis has been denuded by the animals licking the shells of each other after hybernation has ended. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 195 P. trilineata Pse. = P. nodosa Pfr., in a half-pint, were all banded and possessed a pillar tooth, except three, which were entirely dark fuscous with a narrow white sutural line ; the latter = P. nodosa Pfr. type. P. vexUium Pse., in a small parcel, exhibited the dark and striated exam- ples with or without bands {= P. alternata Pse.), exceeding in numbers the horn-colored shell with narrow brown bands =^ P. stenostoma Pfr. type. These two species of Mr. Pease seem to inosculate. I have re- ceived from Mr. Garrett a few very dark examples of P. alternata Pse., and he informs me that one in fifty examples of P. vexillum Pse. is sinistral. P. citrina Pse. was present in a small lot. Mr. Pease was of the opinion that this species wonld eventually prove to be a variety of P. faba. In a recent letter from Mr. Garrett, he reiterates his opinion, previously expressed, that P. citrina is a good species. In the collection of Mr. Pease, kindly loaned for my inspection by the Museum of Com- parative Zoology, a few examples were marked P. jjallida Pse. Mss. These = elongated examples of P. faba, which latter is disposed to be somewhat protean, of which P. citrina is probably another variety, or, as Mr. Pease suggests, it may be a hybrid. P. aj'iproximata Pse., in a small lot, exhibited one banded to twenty- live unicolored examples. My opinion in regard to this species is the same as expi'essed in my Bibliographic Catalogue of the genus. P. imperforata Pse. 'Mss., in a pint lot, was very nniform in size and color ; about half a dozen were banded. It is a larger, heavier, and more inflated shell than P. virgitiea Pse. Mss., and the surface is more roughened by oblique striee. This shell has been supposed to = P. solidula Pse. Mss. (non Reeve). The type examples of P. solidula Pse. Mss. in the Pease collection = banded specimens of P. a2)proximata Pse. Mss. In one quart of P. protea Pse. the light and striated examples pre- dominated in numbers over the dark and banded varieties. Well fed and fully developed examples approximate P. faba in size and form. The colors are often rusty red with a darker base, or uniformly rusty red with a broad light zone at the. periphery. This last variety repre- sents type examples from Mr. Garrett and the Mnseum Godeffroy. In the Smithsonian collection this shell is labelled (probably by Carpenter) P. faba Martyn var. The latter, however, is arboreal, while the former is terrestrial. See P. fusca Pse. in my Bibliographic Catalogue. Of P. Ofaheifana Brug. there were abont two quarts ; nearly all the examples were sinistral. The type or original unicolored variety was 196 BULLETIN OF THE JVIUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. exceeded in number by the banded variety = P. sinistrorsa Pse. jSIss. All the latter were sinistral, and very few of the former were dextral. From the small number of dextral, as compared with the large number of sinistral examples in the lot, it would seem that tlie sinistral form in this species is the rule and not the exception, as obtains in some other species of Partula. P. bilineala Pse., in a half-pint of examples, was shown to be a dis- tinct and beautiful species. P. radiata Pse. Mss. In one quart of this species about twenty banded specimens occurred which = Mr. Pease's type. The light-col- ored and striated examples, which Mr. Pease distributed as P. compressa Pfr., predominated. This shell and P. approximata Pse. possess the keyhole aperture, with a slight carina at the periphery. The latter feature varies in difterent examples. I can see no difference in these two varieties of terrestrial shells from Raiatea, except that in P. radiata the oblique lines of growth are more coarse than in P. approximata, and the latter is somewhat darker in color, which in some of the varying species of Partula (more especially in the terrestrial varieties) is often referable to station and food })lants. P. lineata Pse. = P. filosa Pfr. In one pint of this species from Tahiti, the specimens were all dentate and uniform in size; some were lighter in color than others, but all in a greater or less degree exhibited the ash-colored filiform lines characteristic of the species. P. repanda, Pfr. was represented by one and a half pints. This pai'cel was labelled by Mr. Pease "P. recta Pse. Mountains Nukahiva, Mar- quesas." The variety P. repanda Pfr. predominated in numbers over the variety P. recta. Dr. Pfeiffer, in his description of P. repanda, quotes New Hebrides as the station for the species, but his localities for Partula are so often incorrect or entirely omitted, that I have very grave doubts of the correctness of this one. My examples agree with the types of P. repanda, Pfr. in the British Museum. For a fartlier exposition of the two varieties, see P. recta Pse. in my Bibliographic Catalotrue of the Genus Partula. 'i-opj ^■ m^^s *'-. -ssj'lll I X' \\ "-"^ ^ 'f\L ?f'i%^ ^^^i^^"^^^ ^ ^. m \ %i a I No. 6. — Bihliography to accompany " Selections from Emhryological Monographs " comp)iled hy Alexander Agassiz, Walter Faxon, and E. L. Mark. I. CRUSTACEA. By Walter Faxon. [It is proposed to issue in the Memoirs of the Museum a " Selection from Embryo- logical Monographs," which will give to the student, in an easily accessible form, a more or less complete iconography of the embryology of each important group of the animal kingdom. This selection is not intended to be a handbook, but rather an atlas to accompany any general work on the subject. The plates will be issued in parts, as fast as practicable, each part covering a .some- what limited field. The parts devoted to Echinoderms, Acalephs, and Polyps are well advanced, and a beginning has been made for the Crustacea. Occasional appen- dices may be published, to prevent the plates from becoming antiquated. The quarto illustrations will be accompanied by a carefully prepared explanation, and by a bibliography, in octavo, to be made as complete as possible. Although a large part of this bibliographical literature may be found in the general works of Kol- likcr, Balbiani, and Balfour, and in some of the more recent special monographs, a fuller list on special subjects, comprising the scattered references now accessible only with much cost of time and labor, will be convenient for students. The present Bulletin contains the first instalment of this bibliography. It will be followed at an early date by similar lists for the Echinoderms, the Acalephs, the Polyps, and the Fishes. ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. The emhryological literature of the Arthropod groups incertoe sedis, viz. Xiphosura, Trilohita, and Pycnogonida, will be found at the end of this list. An asterisk (*) before a title denotes that the work cited has not been seen by me. December 3, 1881. W. F.] Agassiz, Alexander. [Ou the Development of the Porcellanidce.'] Proc. Boston Sac. Nat Hist., X. p. 222. Oct. 18, 1865. (Zoca of Porcellana (Polyonyx) macrockeles recorded from Newport, R. I.) Instinct ? in Hermit Crabs. Jmer. Journ. Sci. ^ Arts [3], X. pp. 290, 291. Oct. 1815. (Habits of young.) Agassiz, Louis. Twelve Lectures on Comparative Embryology, delivered before the Lowell Insti- tute, in Boston, December and January, 1848-49. Boston, 181)9. 104 pp. (Eggs of Pinnotheres, p. 67, PI. XXII. Development of Pnlcemon, pp. 67, 68, PI. III. CumcE the young of Pnlcemon, Uippolyte, and Mysis, p. 68.) VOL. IX. — NO. 6. 198 BULLETIN OF THE Zoological Notes from the Correspondence of Prof. Agassiz. Amcr. Journ. Sci. §■ Arts [2], XIII. pp. 425, 42G, 1S52 ; XXU. pp. 2S5, 286, 1856. {Cumce the young of Crangon, Paliemon, and Ilippolyte.) Allman [George James]. Ou the Development of Notodelphj/a, Allm., a new Geuus of Entomostraca. liep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for lS-i7, p. 74. ISIi^. Anderson, John. On the Anatomy of Sacculina, "witli a Description of the Species. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], IX. pp. 12-19, PI. I. 1862. (Larva, pp. 13, 14, fig. 1.) Aurivillius, P. O. Christopher. Ou a new Geuus and Species of Harpacticida . Bihang till K. Scenska Vetensk.- Akad. Handl., V. No. 18. 1879. 14 pp., 4 pi. (Balcenophilus unisetus. Development, pp. 10-15, PI. IIL, IV.) *Balaenophilus unisetus nov. Gen. et Sp. Ett Bidrag till Kannedomen om Harpacticidernas Utvecklingshistoria och Systematik. Stockholm, 1879. 26 pp., 4 pi. (Akadem. Afliaudl.) Baird, W. The Natural History of the British Entomostraca. London, 1850. 364 pp., 36 pi. Previously in Mag. Zool. Bot., I. pp. 35-41, 309-333, 514-526, PI. VIII.-X., XA^., 1837; II. pp. 132-141, 400-412, PL V., 1838. Ann. Nat. Hist., I. pp. 245-256, PI. IX., 1838. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., XI. pp. 81-95, PI. II., III., 18J^3. (Young stages, passim.) Balbiani [G.]. Observations relatives a une Note recente de M. Gerbe, -sur la Constitution et le Developpemeut de I'CEuf ovarieu dcs Sacculines. Comptes Rendtis de I'Acad. des Sci., Paris, LXYIII. pp. 615-618. 1869. Sur la Constitution et le Mode de Formation de I'CEuf des Sacculines. Comptes Rendus de V Acad, des Sci., Paris, LXIX. pp. 1320-1324. 1869. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], V. pp. 303-306. 1870. Sur la Constitution et le Mode de Pormation de I'ffiuf des Sacculines. Re- marques conccrnant une Note recente de ^I. Ed. Van Beneden. Comptes Rendus de I'Acad. des Sci., Paris, LXIX. pp. 1376-1379. 1869. Balfour, Francis M. A Treatise on Comparative Embryology. Vol. I. Chapter XVIII. Crustacea. Pp. 3S0-443. London, 1880. (General work.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 199 Bate, C. Spence. Notes on Crustacea. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [2], VI. pp. 109-111, PI. VII. 1850. (On the mode of escape of Pagurus larva from the egg, p. 111.) On the Development of the Cirripedia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [2], VIII. pp. 324-332, PI. VI.-VIII. 1851. On the British Edriophthalmia. Part I. The Ampkipoda. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1855. 1856. (On the development of the 3'oung, pp. 55, 56.) On the British BiastijJidte. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [2], XVII. pp. 449-465, PI. XIII.-XV. 1856. (On the development, p. 463. Zoea of Flippolyte varians, pp. 461, 462, PI. XV. fig. 8.) On the Development of Carcinus Manas. Proc. Roij. Soc London, VIII. pp. 544-546. 1857. (Abstract of paper given in full in Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London. CXLVIII. ) On the Genus Cuma. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [2], XIX. pp. 106, 107. 1857. (On the afilnity of CumcB with young Mc.croura.) On Praniza and Anceus, and their Affinity to each other. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], II. pp. 165-172, PL VI., VII. 1858. On the Development of Decapod Crustacea. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London.^ CXLVIII. pp. 589-605, PI. XL.-XLVI. 1859. (Received May 1, read June 18, 1857.) (Development of Carcinus Mcenas.) On the Morphology of some Ampkipoda of the Division Hyperina. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], VIII. pp. 1-16, PI. I., II. 1861. (Young described.) [Review of Fritz Miiller's Fiir Darwin.'] Rec. Zo'dlog. Lit. (1864), I. pp. 261- 270. 1865. [Review of Z. Gerbe's Mrtamorpho.^es des Crustacc's marins.'] Rec. Zo'dlog. Lit. (1865), II. pp. 321, 322. 1866. Report of the Committee appointed to explore the Marine Fauna and Flora of the South Coast of Devon and Cornwall. No. 1. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci.for 1865. 1866. {Glaucothoe the young of Pngiirus, p. 53.) Also published with title, Carcinological Gleanings, No. II., in Ann. Mag. Nat. Liist. [3], XVII. p. 26. 1866. Carcinological Gleanings. No. III. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], I. pp. 442- 448, PI. XXI. 1868. (Believes Alima to be the second stage of Squilla. Young of Uca, see Cun- ningham, Robert 0.) 200 BULLETIN OF THE Report of the Committee appointed to explore the Marine Fauna and Flora of the South Coast of Devon and Cornwall. No. 2. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1867. 1868. (Larvae of Porcellana, Pagurus, Palinurus, pp. 279-282, PI. L, IL) Also published with title, Carcinologieal Gleanings, No. IV., in A?in. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], II. pp. 113-117, PI. IX., X. 1868. Fourth Report on the Fauna of South Devon. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1872. 1873. (Observation on the development of Homarus, &c., p. 52.) Report on the Present State of our Knowledge of the Crustacea. Parts I. and II. On the Homologies of the Dermal Skeleton. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1875, pp. 41-53, PI. I., II. 1876. Do. for 1870, pp. 75-94, PI. II., III. 1877. (Remarks on development, jio5«7n.) On the Nauplius Stage of Prawns. Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5], II. pp. 79-85. 1878. (Thinks Fritz Miiller's "PencMS-nauplius" may be a larval Schizopod or para- sitic Suctorian. Larva of Galatea noticed, p. 82.) Report on the Present State of our Knowledge of the Crustacea. Part IV. On Development. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1878, pp. 193-209, PI. V.-VII. 1879. (Geladmus, Trapezia, Dromin, Porcellana, Galatea, Astacus, Crangon, Palce- mon, Sic.) Report on the Present State of our Knowledge of the Crustacea. Part V. On Fecundation, Respiration, and the Green Gland. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1880, pp. 230-241. 1880. (Account of recent observations of Chantran, Gerbe, Willemoes-Suhm, &c.) On the Penrpidea. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5], VIII. pp. 169-196, PI. XL, XII. 1881. (Genus Euphema M. Edw. a young form of Penens ? p. 192.) Bate (C. Spence) and Miiller (Fritz). The Nauplius Stage of Prawns. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5], II. pp. 426, 427. 1878. Bate, C. Spence [and Power, Wilmot Henry]. On the Development of the Crustacean Embryo, and the Variations of Form exhibited in the Larvae of thirty-eight Genera of Podophthalmia. Froc. Roy. Soc. London, XXIV. pp. 375-379. 1876. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], XVIII. pp. 174-177. 1876. Bate (C. Spence) and Westwood fj. O.). A History of tlie British Sessile-eyed Crustacea. 2 vols. London, 1861-1868. Ivi. + 507-|-536pp. (Observations on development, pp. xliii.-xlvi., 1868 (C. S. Bate), et passim.) MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 201 Bell, Thomas. A History of the British Stalk-eyed Crustacea. London, 1853. Ixv. -|- 386 pp. (Metamorphosis, pp. xxxviii.-lxi., ct passim.) Beneden. See Van Beneden. Bessels, Emil. Eiiiige Worte iiber die Entwickeluugsgeschicbte und den morpbologisclien Wertli des kugelformigcu Orgaues der Ampliipodcu. Jenaische Zeitschr., V. pp. 91-101. 1870. See also Van Beneden, fidouard. Birge, Edward A. Notes on Cladocera. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Set., Arts, ^ Letters, IV. pp. 11- 112, PI. I., II. 1878. (Some notes on young, passim.) Boas, J. E. V. Amphion und Poli/cheles (JFillemoesia). Zoolog. Anzeig., II. pp. 256-259. May, 1879. (Amphion the larva of Polycheles ?) Studier over Decapodernes Sltegtskabsforhold. Avec un Resume en frau§ais. K. Banske Fidensk. Selsk. Skr. [6], naturvidensk. og mathemat. Afd. I. pp. 25-210, 7 pi. 1880. Abstr. in Journ. Roy. Microscop. Sac. [2], I. pp. 450-452. 1881. (Development, passim.) Bobretzky, N. K Erabriologii Tshlenistonogikh [On the Embryology of Arthropods]. Zapiski Kiefskavo Ohshtchestca Yestestcoispitafali/ei, III., 1873. \_Mem. Kieff Naturalists' Soc, III. pp. 129-263, PI. I.-VI. i575.] Abstr. in German by Hoyek in Hofmann u. Schwalhe's Jahresberichte, II. pp. 31-2318. 1875. (Astacus and Palcemon.) Zur Embryologic des O/iiscus murarius, Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXIV. pp. 179-203, Taf. XXI., XXII. 187Jf. Boeck, Axel. *0m dct norske Hummerfiski og dets Historie. Tidsskrift for Fiskeri, Kjo- benhavn, S^ie Aargangs, pp. 28-43, 1868; pp. 145-189, 1869. Translated in United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries, Part III. Report of the Commissioner for 1873-74 and 1874-75, pp. 223-258. 1876. (Observations on development of ITomarus, pp. 226, 227.) Bosc, L. A. G. Histoire Naturelle des Crustaces. Paris, 1802. (Genus Zoea founded for reception of the Brachyuran larva described by Slabbeu under the name of Monoculiis taurus.) 202 BULLETIN OF THE Bovallius, Carl. Eiiibryologiska Studier. I. Om Balaiiidernas Utveckling. Stockholm, 1875. 4t pp., 5 pi. Brandt, Eduard. Uebcr die Juiigcn der gemeinen Klappenassel {Idothea entomon). Bull. Acad. Iniper. des Sci. de St.-Pelersbourg, XV. pp. 403-409 {MUaricfes Bioloffiques, VII. pp. 649-G57), 1 pi. 1870. Brauer, Friedrich. Beitriige zur Keuutniss der Phyllopoden. Sitzuiiffsher. d. kaia. Akad. d. JFissensch. Wien. Math.-naturw. CI., LXV. pp. 279-291. 1872. Abstr. Anzeiger d. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien, May 31, 1872, p. 100. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], X. p. 152, 1872. *Zeitschr. gesammt. Natur- wissen. [2], VI. pp. 314, 315, 1872. (Parthenogenesis of Apus, c&c.) Vorlaufige Mittheilungeu iiber die Eutwicklung und Lebensweise des Lepi- durus producius Bosc. Sitzungsber. d. kais. Akad. d. Wissenack. Wien. Math.-naturw. CI., LXIX., I. Abt. pp. 130-140, Taf. I., II. 187 J^. Bree, W. T. Ecdysis, or the Casting of the Skin or Shell, in Crustaceous Animals. Mag. Nut. Hist. {Loudon's), VIII. pp. 468, 469. August, 1835. {Astacus hatched in the adult form.) Brightwell, T. Description of the Young of the Common Lobster, with Observations relative to the Questions of the Occurrence and Non-occurrence of Transfor- mations in Crustaceous Animals. Mag. Nat. Hist. {Loudon s), VIII. pp. 482-486. September, 1835. ( Tlomariis, Astacus. ) Brooks, W. K. The Larval Stages of Squilla Empusa Say. Chesapeake Zoological Laboratory. Scientific Results of the Session of 1878, pp. 143-170, PI. IX.-XIII. Feb- ruary, 1879. Also published as Studies from the Biological Laboratory of Johns Hop- kins University, I. Part 3. The Uhythmical Character of the Process of Segmentation. Amer. Journ. Sci. ^ Arts [3], XX. p. 293. October, 1880. (Observed in eggs of Lucifer.) The Young of tlie Crustacean Lucifer, a Nauplius. Amer. Naturalist, XIV. pp. 806-808. November, 1880. (Also records obs. of E. B. Wilson that zoiJa of Lihinin has full number of thoracic appendages when it leaves egg. Wilson has also raised zoe* from c^qs of Porcellana, Pinnixa, Sesarma, Pinnotheres, and Callinectes.) The Embryology and Metamorphosis of the Sergestidce. Zoolog. Anzeig., III. pp. 563-567, 15 Nov., 1880. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 203 Also brief notice in Fifth Annual Report of the Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland^ 1880, Appendix F, " Report of Chesapeake Zoologi- cal Laboratory for the Third Year, Summer of 1880, Beaufort, N. C," p. 57. 1880. {Lucifer, Acetesf) Lucifer : a Study in Morphology. (Abstract.) Froc. Roy. Soc. London, No. 212, 1881. 3 pp. (Development of Lucifer, Acetes ?) Brooks (W. K.) and Wilson (E. B.). The First Zoea of Porcellaua. Studies from, the Biological Laboratory of Johns Hopkins University, II. No. 1, pp. 58-64, PI. VI., VII. 1881. Buchholz, Reinhold. Ueber Hemioniscus, eiiie neue Gattung parasitischer Isopoden. Zeitschr. f tcissensch. Zool., XVI. pp. 303-327, Taf. XVI., XVII. 1866. Beitrage zur Kenntuiss der innerhalb der Ascidien lebenden parasitischen Crustaceen des Mittelmeeres. Zeitschr. f tcissensch. Zool., XIX. pp. 99- 155, Taf. V.-XI. 1869. (Figures nauplii of several Notodelpkyidoe.) See also Miinter, Jul. Bullar, J. F. Ou the Development of the Parasitic Isopoda. Fhil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, CLXIX. pp. 505-521, PI. XLV.-XLVII. 1878. Abstr. in Froc. Roy. Soc. Lottclon, XXVII. pp. 284-28fi. April 4, 1878. {Cymothoe.) Burmeister, Hermann. Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Rankenfiisser {Cirripedia'). Berlin, ISSJf. viii. + 60 pp., 2 pi. (Development, pp. 12-27, PI. I.) Cane. See DuCane. Carbonnier, Pierre. L'Ecrevisse. Mceurs — Reproduction — Education. Paris, i569. 197 pp. (Notes on hatching and young, Ch. VI. pp. 49-56.) Cavolini, Filippo. *Menioria suUa Generazione dei Pesci e dei Granclii. Napoli. 1787. Germ, transl. by E. A. W. Zimmermann. Abbandlung iiber die Erzeu- gung der Fische und der Krebse. Berlin, 1792. 192 pp., 3 pi. (Zoea of Brachyura [Grapsus varius?], young of Entoniscus, Rhizocephala, &c.) Chantran, Samuel. Observations sur I'Histoire Naturelle des Ecrevisses. Comptes Rendus de I' Acad, des Sci., Faris, LXXI. pp. 43-45. 1870 Trans, in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], VI. pp. 265-267. 1870. Joum. de VAnat. et de la Fhysiol. {Robin's), VIII. pp. 236-238. 1872. Rev. Mag. Zool. [2], XXIII. pp. 75-78. 1871-72. 204 BULLETIN OF THE Nouvcllcs Observations sur le Developpement des Lcrevisses. Comptes Rendus de I' Acad, des Sci, Paris, LXXIII. pp. 220, 221. 1871. Traus. in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], VIII. pp. 219, 220. 1871. Journ. de V Anat. et de la Physiol. {Robins'), YIII. p. 238. 1872. Rev. Mag. Zool. [2], XXIII. pp. 78, 79. 1871-72. ClaparMe, A. Rend Edouard. Beobaclituiigcii iiber Anatomie uud Eutwicklungsgeschicbte wirbelloser Thiere an der Kiiste von Normandie augcstellt. Leipzig, 18QS. viii. + 120 pp., 18 pi. (Development of Mysis, pp. 92-94, PI. XVII. figs. 1-6; Lepas anatifera, pp. 98-101, PI. XVII. figs. 15-2G; Phoxichilidium, pp. 104, 105, PI. XVIII. figs. 13, 14.) Claus, Carl. Ueber den Ban und die Entwickeluug parasitisclicr Crustaceen. Cassel, 1858. 34 pp., 2 pi. (Ckondracanthus, Lernanthropus, Kroyeria.) Zur Anatomie uud Entwickelaugsgescliiclite der Copepoden. Arch.f.Natur- gesch., XXIV. 1, pp. 1-76, Taf. I.-III. 1858. *Zur Kenntniss der Malacostracenlarven. Wiirzburg. naturwiss. Zeitschr., II. pp. 23-46. 18G1. Ueber die morphologischen Beziehuugen der Copepoden zu den verwandten Crustaceeugruppen der Malacostraken, Phyllopoden, Cirripedien und Ostracoden. Wiirzburg. naturwiss. Zeitschr., III. pp. 159-1G7. 18G2. Ueber den Ban und die Eutwicklung von Achtheres percarum. Zeitschr./. wissensch. Zool, XI. pp. 287-308, Taf. XXIIL, XXIV. 18G2. Die frei lebeuden Copepoden mit besonderer Beriicksicbtigung der Fauna Deutscblands, der Nordsee und des Mittelmeeres. Leipzig, 1863. x. + 230 pp., 37 pi. (Development, pp. 72-83. Figures several naujilii.) Ueber einige Schizopoden und niedere Malacostraken Messina's. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool, XIII. pp. 422-454, Taf. XXV.-XXIX. 1863. (Development of Palinurus, Sei-gestes, Eujjhausia.) Zur naheren Kenntniss der Jugendformen von Q/pns ovum. Zeitschr./. wis- sensch. Zool., XV. pp. 391-398, Taf. XXVIIL, XXIX. 1865. Abstr. by C. Spence Bate in Rec. Zool. Lit. (1865), II. pp. 344, 345. 1866. Die Copepoden-Fauna von Nizza. Ein Beitrag zur Charakteristik der Fonnen und dereu Abanderungen " im Siune Darwin's." Schri/ten d. Gesell. zur Beforderung d. gesamtiit. Naturwisscn. zu Marburg, IX. Suppl. I. 34 pp., 5 pi. 1866. (Young Cnhmella,]). 9, Taf. V. fig. 22. Calanus viasti gophorus? pp. 10, 11, Taf. V. figs. 20, 21.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 205 Ueber Lernaeocera effociiia v. Nordm. (Vorlaufige Mittheilung.) Sitznngsber. d. Gesell. zur Beforderung d. gesammt. Naturwissen. zu Marburg, 1867, pp. 5-12. (Development, pp. 11, 12.) Ueber den Entwickluuf^smodas der Forcellana-hsLrven im Vergleiclie zu den Larven vou Pagurus. Sitzungsber. der Gesell. zur Beforderung d. gesammt. Nafurtdssen. zu Marburg, 1867, pp. 12-16. Ueber die Metamorphose uud systeniatisclie Stelluug der Lernaeen. Sitzungs- ber. d. Gesell. zur Beforderung d. gesammt. Naturwissen, zu Marburg, 1868, pp. 5-13. Beitrage zur Keuntniss der Ostracoden. I. Entwicklungsgescliichte von Cy- pris. Schriften d. Gesell. zur Beforderung d. gesammt. Naturwissen. zu Marburg, IX. pp. 151-166, 2 pi. 1868. Abstr. iu Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], IV. pp. 291, 292. 1869. *Arch. Sci. Phi/s., XXXV. pp. 312-314. 1869. Beobacbtungen iiber Lernaeocera, Peniculus uud Lernaea. Eiu Beitrag zur Naturgeschichte der Lernaeen. Schriften d. Gesell. zur Beforderung d. gesammt. Naturwissen. zu Marburg, IX. Suppl. 2. 32 pp., 4 pi. 1868. (Young of LerncBOcera esocina. Metamorphosis of Lernaa branchialis, pp. 16- 27, Taf. IV.) Die Cy/)m-ahuliche Larve (Puppe) der Cirripedien und ihre Verwandlung in das festsitzeude Tliier. Eiu Beitrag zur Morphologic der Rankenfiissler. Schriften d. Gesell. zur Befrderung d. gesammt. Naturwissen. zu Marburg, IX. Suppl. 5. 17 pp., 2 pi. 1869. Die Metamorphose der Squillideu. Nachrichten Kon. Gesell. Wissensch. Gottin- gen, 1871, pp. 169-lSO. (Abstract.) Abh. Kon. Gesell. JFissensch. Got- tingen, XVI. pp. 111-163, Taf. I.-VIII. 1^1. (Full memoir.) Zur Keuntniss des Bau's und der Eutwicklung von Apus und Branchipus. Nachrichten Eon. Gesell. Wissensch. Gottingen, 1872, pp. 209-225. *Zeit- schr. gesammt. Naturwissen., VI. pp. 200, 201. 1872. Zur Keuntniss des Baues und der Eutwicklung von Branchipus stagnalis und Apus cancriformis . Abh. Kon. Gesell. Wissensch. Gottingen, XVIII. pp. 93-140, Taf. I.-VIII. 1873. Ueber die Eutwickelung, Organisation und systematische Stellung der Arguli- den. Zeitschr.f wissensch. Zool., XXV., pp. 217-284, Taf. XIV.-XVIII. 1875. *Das System der Crustaceen im Licbte der Desceudenzlelire. I. Die Metamor- phose der Malakostraken. Wien, 1875. Zur Keuntniss der Organisation und des feiuern Baues der Daphniden und verwandter Cladocereu. Zeitschr.f wissensch. Zool., XXVII. pp. 362-402, Taf. XXV.-XXVIII. Aug., 1876. (Structure of ovary, eggs, &c., pp. 389-399, Taf. XXVII. figs. 15-20.) 206 BULLETIN OF THE Grundziige der Zoologie. Ziim Gebrauche an Univcrsitatea und holieren Lehranstalten sowie zum Selbststudium. 3te Aufl. Marburg uud Leipzig, 1874, 1876. xii. + 1254 pp. (Development of Crustacea, pp. 450-5G2, /MssJrrt. 1876.) ■ Uutersucliungen zur Erforschung der Geuealogischeu Grundlage dcs Crustaceen-Systems. Ein Beitrag zur Desceudeuzlehre. Wien, 1876. viii. + 114 pp., 19 pi. Noticed by Eduard von Mab-TENS iu Zoolog. Rec. (1876), XIII. Crust., pp. 2, 3. 1878. (General work on development of Crustacea.) Neue BeitrJige zur Keuiitniss der Copepoden uiiter besouderer Beriicksicliti- gung der Triester Fauna. Arheiten aus d. zoolog. Inst. d. Universitdt Wien u. d. zoolog. Station in Triest, III. pp. 313-332, Taf. XXIII.-XXV. 1881. (Young males of certain species resemble the female in the segmentation of the antennae, &c.) Coldstream, John. On the Structure and Habits of the Limnoria terebrans, a minute Crustaceous Animal, destructive to marine wooden Erections, as Piers, &c. Edinburgh New Fhilosoph. Journ., XVI. pp. 316-334, PI. VI. 183^. (Young, p. 325, PI. VL figs. 17, 18.) Cornalia (Emilio) and Panceri (Paolo). Osservazioni zoologico-anatomiche sopra un nuovo Genere di Crostacei Iso- podi sedentarii {Gi/ge branchialis). Memorie delta Reale Accad. d. Scienze di Torino, [2], XIX. 1858. 3G pp., 2 pi. (Development, pp. 21-2., PI. L figs. 6-25.) Costa, Oronzio-Gabriele. Fauna del Regno di Napoli, &c. Napoli, 1829, et seqq. (Embryo of Callianassa subterranea, Decapodi Macrouri, Tav. P", fig. 2, pp. 9, 10. Feb. 18-i7.) A few plates are missing from the copy of this work in the library of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. According to Leuckart, Arch. /. Naturgesch., 1859, I, p. 246, the embryo of Notopterophorus is figured. Coste [P.]. Note sur la Larve des Langoustes. Compfes Rendus de I' Acad, des Sci., Paris, XLVI. pp. 547, 548. 1858. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], I. p. 46G. 1858. {Phyllosoma the larva of PaJinurus.) J^tudes sur les Moeurs et sur la Generation d'un certain Nombre d'Animaux marins. Comptes Rendus de I'Acad. des Sci., Paris, XLVII. pp. 45-50. 1858. Trans, in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], II. pp. 197-202. 1858. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 207 Couch, R. Q. Ou the Metamorphoses of the Decapod Crustaceans. The Eleventh Annual Report of the Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society, 181^3, pp. 28-43, PI. I. Falmouth. (Carcinus Mxnas, Portunus pUcatus, Cancer pnrfurus, Main verrucosa, Tnachus dorynchus, Pisa Gibbsii, Homarus vulgaris, Palinurus vulgaris, Galatea squamifera. Xantho jioridus, X. rivulosus, Pilumnus hirtellus, Polybius Henslowii, Portunus puber, and several others hatched as zoea;.) See Bell's Hist. Brit. Stalk-eyed Crustacea. London, 1853. Ou the Metamorphosis of the Crustaceans, including tlie Decapuda, Ento- mostraca, and Pycnoffonidce. The Twelfth Annual Report of the Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society, ISJ^If,, pp. 17-46, PI. I. Falmouth. (Carcinus Manas, Palinurus vulgaris, Homarus vulgaris, Crarigon vulgaris, PaUemon serratus, Porcellana platycheles, Cyclops quadricurnis, Orithyia coccinea, Nymphon gracile.) See Bell's Hist. Brit. Stalk-eyed Crustacea. London, 1853. [Letter to C. Spence Bate on tlie Larvae of Cuma.^ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [2], XIX. pp. 106, 107. 1857. On the Embryo State of Palinurus vulgaris. Nat. Hist. Rev., IV., Proc. Soc, pp. 250-257, PI. XVII. 1857. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1857, Trans, of Sect., pp. 102, 103. 1858. (Larva referred to Phyllosoma by Gerstaecker, Arch. f. Naturgesch. 1868, 2, p. 455.) Cunningham, Robert O. [Letter to C. Spence Bate,] Carcinological Gleanings, No. III., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], I. pp. 442-446. 1868. (Uca Cunninghami Bate with live, fully developed young ones under the pleon.) Czerniavsky. See Tscherniawsky. Dana, James D. United States Exploring Expedition, during the Years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842, under the Command of Charles Wilkes, U. S. N. Vol. XIII. Crustacea. Philadelphia, 1852. xii. + 1618 pp., 96 pi. {Pasdm.) Danielssen [D. C.]. See Koren, J. Darwin, Charles. A Monograph on the Sub-Class Cirripedia, with Figures of all the Species. The Lepadidce, or Pedunculated Cirripedes. Loudon, 1851. xii. -|- 400 pp., 10 pi. (Metamorphoses, pp. 8-28.) The Balanidce, or Sessile Cirripedes, the Verrucidee, &c., &c. London, 1851^. viii. -|- 684 pp., 30 pi. (Metamorphoses, pp. 102-133.) 208 BULLETIN OF THE De Filippi. See Filippi. De Geer. See Geer. De La Valette St. George. See La Valette St. George. Dohm, Anton. Die embryoiiale Eutwicklung des Asellus aquaticus. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XVII. pp. 221-278, PI. XIV., XV. 1867. On the Morphology of the Arthropoda. Journ. of Anat. and Physiol., II. ([2], I.) pp. 80-86. 1868. Abstr. ia Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1SG7, Trans, of Sect., p. 82. 1868. Untersuchungen iiber Bau und Entwickelung der Arthropoden. 1. Ueber den Bau und die Entwickelung der Cumaceen. Jenaische Zeitschr., V. pp. 54-81, Taf. II., III. 1810. Untersuchungen iiber Bau und Eutwicklung der Arthropoden. 3. Die Schalendriise und die embryonale Entwicklung der Daphuien. Jenaische Zeitschr., V. pp. 277-306, Taf. X. 1870. Untersuchungen iiber Bau und Entwicklung der Arthropoden. 4. Entwick- lung und Organisation von Praniza (Jnceus) maxillaris, Zeitschr. f wissensch. Zool., XX. pp. 55-80, Taf. VI.-VIII. 1869. Untersuchungen iiber Bau und Entwicklung der Arthropoden. 5. Zur Kentniss des Baues von Paranthura Costana. Zeitschr. f wissensch. Zool., XX. pp. 81-93, Taf. IX. 1869. (Observations on development in Nachtrag.) Untersuchungen iiber Bau und Entwicklung der Arthropoden. 6. Zur Ent- wicklungsgeschichte der Panzerkrebse {Decapoda Loricata'). Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XX. pp. 249-271, Taf. XVI. 1870. (Scyllarus arctus, Palinurus vulgaris.) Untersuchungen iiber Bau und Entwicklung der Arthropoden. 7. Zur Kenntniss vom Bau und der Entwicklung von Tanais. Jenaische Zeitschr., V. pp. 293-306, Taf. XI., XII. 1870. Untersuchungen iiber Bau und Entwicklung der Arthropoden. 8. Die Ueberreste des Zoea-Stadiums in der ontogenetischen Entwicklung der verschiedenen Crustaceen-FamiUen. Jenaische Zeitschr., V. pp. 471-491. 1870. Untersuchungen iiber Bau und Entwicklung der Arthropoden. 9. Eine neue Nauplius-Form {Archizoea gigas) . Zeitschr. f. tcissensch. Zool., XX. pp. 597-606, Taf. XXVIIL, XXIX. 1870. (Cirripedia.) Untersuchungen iiber Bau und Entwicklung der Arthropoden. 10. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Malacostraken und ihrerLarven. Zeitschr. f wissensch. Zool., XX. pp. 607-626, Taf. XXX.-XXXII. 1870. {Amphion, Lophogaster, Purtunus, Pandalus, Galatea, Elaphocaris.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 209 Untersuchungen iiber Bau und Entwicklung der Artbropoden. 11. Zweiter Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Malacostraken und ilirer Larven-formen. Zeitschr.f. wissensch. ZooL, XXI. pp. 356-379, Taf. XXVII.-XXX. 1871. (Zoese, pp. 372-378, Taf. XXIX., XXX.) Gescbicbte des Krebsstammes, nacb embryologisclien, anatomiscben und palaeoutologiscbeu Quellen. Jenaische Zeitschr., VI. pp. 96-156. 1811. Der Ursprung der Wirbelthiere und das Priucip des Functionswechsels. Genealogiscbe Skizzen. Leipzig, 1875. 87 pp. (Contains remarks on development of various Crustacea, passim.) DuCane, C. Letter from Captain DuCane, R. N., to tbe Rev. Leonard Jcnyns, on tbe subject of tbe Metamorphosis of Crustacea. Extract from a Letter on tbe same subject from Captaiu DuCane, R. N., to W. S. MacLeay, Esq. Ann. Nat. Hist., II. pp. 178-181, PI. VI., VII. 1839. (Palcemon, Crangon.) On the Metamorphoses of the Crustacea. A>m. Nat. Hist., III. pp. 438-44iO, PI. XL 1839. (Carcinus Mcenas.) Dujardin, F6lix. Observations sur les Metamorphoses de la Porcellana longicornis, et Descrip- tion de la Zee, qui est la Larve de ce Crustace. Comptes Rendus de I' Acad, des Sci., Paris, XVI. pp. 1204-1207. 18J,3. Duthiers. See Lacaze-Duthiers. Edwards. See Milne Edwards. Erdl, M. P. Eatwicklung des Humraereies von den ersteu Veranderungen im Dotter au bis zur Reife des Embryo. Miincben, 18Ji3. 40 pp., 4 pi. Noticed in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., XIII. pp. 213, 214. ISU- (Plate II. figs. 1-10, Carcinus Mcenas in ovo.) Eschscholtz, Fr. Bericbt iiber die zoologische Ausbeute wabrend der Reise von Kroustadt bis St. Peter-und-Paul. his, 1825, 1, col. 733-747, Taf. V. {Lonchophorus anceps, col. 734, Taf. V. fig. 1, described as a Macrouran, is a Bra- chyuran zoea, described by A. Dohrn, Zeitschr. J", wissensch. ZooL, XXI. p. 373, Taf. XXX. fig. 52, 1871, and by Claus, under the name of Pluteocaris, ' ' Untersuchun- gen," &c., p. 65, Taf. XII. figs. 1-7, 1876.) Faxon, Walter. On some Young Stages in tbe Development of Hippa, Porcellana, and Pinnixa. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo'ol. at Harvard Coll., in Cambridge, V. pp. 253-268, 5 pi. June 30, 1879. (Includes notice of unpublished observations of S. I. Smith on development of Pinnixa, pp. 264, 265, and Pinnotheres, p. 265, fuot-note.) VOL. IX. — NO. 6. 14 210 BULLETIN OF THE On the Development of Pahemonetes vulgaris. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo'61. at Har- vard Coll., in Cambridge, V. pp. 303-330, 4 pi. Sept. 1879. (Includes notice of schizopod stage of Virbius zostericola, p. 322.) On some Points in the Structure of the Embryonic Zoea. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo'61. at Harvard Coll., in Cambridge, VI. pp. 159-166, 2 pi. Oct. 19, 1880. {Carcimis Afo'na.'i, Panopeus Sayi, Gelasimus pugnax.) Filippi, F. de. Osservazioui Zoologiche. SecondaNota snWa, Dickelaspis Darwinii. Archivio di Zoologia, I. pp. 200-206, Tav. XII., XIII. 1861. (Development, pp. 200-203, Tav. XII., XIII. figs. 10, 11.) *Ueber die Eutwicklung von Lichrlaspis Darunnii. MolescJioff s Untersuchun- gen zur Naturlehre des Menschen und der Thiere, IX. pp. 113-120, 2 pi. 1863. Fischer, Sebastian. Abhandlung iiber das Genus Ci/pris, und dessen in der Umgebung von St. Pe- tersburg und von Fall bei Reval vorkommenden Arten. Mem. des Savants Strangers pres. a VAcad. Imper. des Sci. de St.-Petersbourg, VII. pp. 127- 167, 11 pi. 1854. Also printed separately, with date 1851. (Young individuals of several species represented.) Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Ostracoden. AUiaadl. d. K. bai/r. Akad. d. Wis- sensch. Miinchen. Math. phys. CI., VII. pp. 635-666, Taf. XIX., XX. 1855. (Young Cypris, pp. 643, 044, Taf. XIX. figs. 7, 8.) Fraisse, Paul. Die Gattung Cnjptoniscus Pr. Miiller {Liriope Eathke). Arbeit, avs dem zoolog.-zootom. Inst, in Wurzburg, IV. pp. 239-296, Taf. XII.-XV. 1878. (Includes development. Nauplius of Peltogaster Rodriguezii, Taf. XV. fig. 57.) Entoniscus Cavolinii n. Sp., nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Umwandkuig und Systematik der Bopyriden. Arbeit, aus dem zoolog.-zootom. Inst, in Wiirz- burg, IV. pp. 382-410, Taf. XX., XXI. 1878. Frey (Heinrich) and Leuckart (Rudolph). Beitrage zur Kenntniss wirbelloser Thiere mit besondcrer Beriicksichtigung der Fauna des Norddeutschcn Meeres. Braunschweig, 18Jft. 170 pp., 2 pi. (Development of Myds^ pp. 127-130.) Fric. See Fritsch. Fritsch, Anton. Ueber das Vorkommen von Apus und Branchiptis in Bohmen. Verhandl. d. Kais.-Konigl. zoolog .-botan. Oesell. in Wien, XVI. pp. 557-562. 1866. (On the influence of desiccation on the development of the egg, &c.) MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 211 Gamroth, Alois. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Naturgeschiclite der Caprellen. Zeitschr.f. wis- sensch. ZooL, XXXI. 101-126, Tuf. VIII.-X. 1878. (Development, pp. 122, 123, Taf. VIII. figs. 15-21.) Geer, Charles De. Memoires pour servir a I'Histoire des Insectes. Tome VII. Stockholm, 1778. 7« Mem. Des Monocles, pp. 443-191, PI. XXVII.-XXX. Germ, trausl. by J. A. E. Goeze. Abliandlungen zur Gescliichte der Insekten. Bd.Yl'l. Nuniberg, i755. Pp. 164-181, Pk XXVII.-XXX. (Larva; of Cladocera, Copepoda, passim.) Geoffrey SaintHilaire, Isid. Rapport fait a I'Academie royale des Sciences, sur un Memoire de M. Milne Edwards, intitule : Observations sur les Cliangements de Forme que les Crustaces eprouvent dans le jeune Age. Ann. Sci. Nat. [1], XXX. pp. 360-372. 1833. Gerbe, J. Sur les SaccuUna. Extrait d'une Lettre de M. J. Gerbe, adressee a M. Van Bencdeu. Bull. Acad. Roy. Belgiqiie, [2], XIII. pp. 339, 340. 1862. (On development.) Recherclies sur la Constitution et le Developpement de I'CEuf ovarien des Sac- culiues. Oompfes Rendiis de V Acad, des Sci., Paris, LXVIII. pp. 460-462, 22 Feb. 1869. Abstr. in Reo. Mag. ZooL [2], XXI. pp. 79, 80. 1869. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], III. pp. 321, 322. 1869. E-eponse aux Observations de M. Balbiani, sur le Role des deux Vesicules que renferme I'CEuf primitif. Comptes Rendus de VAcad. des Sci., Paris, LXVIII. pp. 670, 671. Mar. 15, 1879. (Egg of SaccuUna.) Gerbe, Z. Metamorphoses des Crustaces inarins. Comptes Rendus de VAcad. des Sci., Paris, LIX. pp. 1101-1103. 186^^. Rev. Mag. Zool. [2], XVII. pp. 79- 83. 1865. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], XV. pp. 237, 238. 1865. Notice by C. Spence Bate in Reo. ZoUog. Lit. (1865), II. pp. 321, 322. 1866. {Phyllosoma the young of Palinurus. Embryonic skin with invaginated spines in numerous genera.) Metamorphoses des Crustaces marins. Deuxierne Note. Comptes Rendus de VAcad. des Sci., Paris, LX. pp. 74-77. 1865. Rev. Mag. Zool. [2], XVII. pp. 83-87. 1865. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], XV. pp. 356-358. 1865. (Internal structure of Phyllosoma and other larvae.) 212 BULLETIN OF THE Appareils vasculairc et nerveux dcs Larves des Crustaccs marius. Compter Rendus do V Acad, des Sci., Paris, LXII. pp. 932-937. Apr. 23, 1SG6. Trans, by W. S. Dallas ia Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3 J, XV 111. pp. 7- 12. 1866. (Porcellana, Homarus, Phyllosoma, Nympkon, &c.) Metamorphose des Crustaces marius. Quatrieme Note. Comptes Rendus dc VAcad. des Sci., Paris, LXII. pp. 102 i-1027. May 7, 1866. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], XVIII. pp. 69-71. July, 1866. (Conclusions from observ'ations recorded in three preceding notes.) Gerstaecker, A. Bericht iiber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen im Gebiete der Entomologie wahrend dcs Jahres 1857. Arch.f. Naturgesrh. 1858, 2, p. 455. (Larva of Palinurus, described by R. Q. Couch {Nat. Hist. Rev. IV., Eep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1857), referred to Phyllosoma.) Vol. V. (Arthropoda) of Bronn's Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs. Leipzig und Heidelberg, 1866 et seqq. ( Development, passim. ) [On Ornitholepas australis Targ. Tozz.] Sitz.-Ber. Gesell. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, 1875, pp. 113-115. (An immature form. See Ad. Targioni Tozzetti, Bull. Soc. Entomol. Italiana, IV. pp. 84-96, Tav. I. 1872.) Giard, Alfred. Contributious a I'Histoire Naturelle des Synascidies. Arc/i. Zool. E.rper., II. pp. 481-514. 1873. (Nauplius of Ophioseides apoda, PI. XIX. fig. 2.) Sur les Cirripedcs Rhizocepbales. Comptes Rendus de V Acad, des Sci., Paris, Vol. LXXVII. pp. 945-948. 1873. Sur I'Embryogenie des Uhizocephales. Comptes Rendus de V Acad, des Sci., Paris, Vol. LXXIX. pp. 44-46. 187^. Trans, in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], XIV. pp. 381-383. 187^. Sur les Isopodes parasites du Genre Entonisc.us. Comptes Rendus de I' Acad, des Sci., Paris, Vol. LXXXVII. pp. 299-301. 1878. Trans, iu Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5], II. pp. 346-348. 1878. ( " Nauplius-ej-e " in embryo.) Notes pour servir a I'Histoire du Genre Entonisctcs. Journ. de V Anat. et de la Physiol. {Robin et Pouchefs), XIV. pp. 675-700, PL XLVI. 1878. Trans, by W. S. Dallas in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5], IV. pp. 137-156, PI. X. 1879. (Development, pp. 693-698. On the eye of Cypris-larxA of Cirripedia, p. 6fl5, Jbot-note.) On the Nauplius and Pupa Stage of Suctoria. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5], II. pp. 233, 234. Sept. 187S. (Fritz Miiller's " Pe«eM5-nauplius " not a lar^'al Suctorian.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 213 Gissler, Charles F. Contributions to the Fauna of tlie New York Croton Water. Microscopical Observations during the Years 1870-71. New Yorlc, 1872. 23 jip., 5 pi. (Young of Cyclops unA Cypris.) Goodsir, Henry D. S. On a New Genus, and on Six New Species of Crustacea, witli Observations on the Development of the Egg, and on the Metamorphoses of Caligus, Car- cinus, and Pagurus. Edinburgh New Philosoph. Journ., XXXIII. pp. 174- 192, PI. II., III. 18Jt2. The section on development of Caligus trans, in Ami. Sci. Nat. [2], Zool, XVIII. pp. 181-184. 18^. On the Sexes, Organs of Reproduction, and Mode of Development, of the Cirripeds. Account of the Maidre of the Fishermen, and Descriptions of some New Species of Crustaceans. Edinburgh New Philosoph. Journ., XXXV. pp. 88-104, 336-339, PI. III., IV., VI. ISJ^. Froriep's Neue Notizen, XXX. col. 193-200, 209-215. 18U- Gosse, Philip Henry. A Naturalist's Rambles on the Devonshire Coast. London, 1853. xvi. + 451 pp., 28 pi. (Young of Hyperia [?], p. .308, PI. XXII. fig. 15.) Tenby : a Sea-side Holiday. London, 1856. xx. + 400 pp., 24 pi. (Development of Balanus, pp. 115-118, PI. III., IV. Last zoea stage and first megalopa stage of Galatea [Porcellana ?], pp. 1G9-172, Pi. VII., VIII. ; also brief notice in A Year at the Shore, p. 194, London, 1865.) Gray [J. E.]. Reproduction of Cirrhipcda. Proc. Zoblog. Soc. London, Pt. 1. pp. 115, 116. 1833. {Balanus Cranchii.) Grobben, Carl. Die Entwickelungsgeschichte der Moiiia rectirostris. Zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Anatomic der Pliyllopoden. Arbeiten aus d. zoolog. Inst. d. Universitdt JFien u. d. zoolog. Station in Triest, II. pp. 203-268, Taf. XI.-XVII. 1879. Abstr. by P. Mayer in Zoolog. Jahresber. 1879, I. pp. 395, 399-401, 1880; in English, by J. S. Kingsley, in Amer. Naturalist, XIV. pp. 114-116, 7 figs., February, 1880. (Also contains observations on larva of Cyclops and Ergasilus.) Die Entwicklungsgeschichte von Cetorhilus septentrionalis Goodsir. Arbeiten aus d. zoolog. Inst. d. Universitdt IVien u. d. zoolog. Station in Triest, III. pp. 243-282, Taf. XIX.-XXIL, 2 cuts. 1881. Abstr. in Journ. Roy. Microscop. Soc. [2], I. pp. 734-736. 1881. (Also contains observations on the formation of the mesoderm in Phyllopoda and Cirripedia, pp. 29-31.) 214 BULLETIN OF THE Grube, Adolph Eduard. Bemerkungeu iibcr die Phyllopodcn, nebst eincr Uebersiclit ihrer Gattungen und Ai-tcn. Arch.f. Naturrjesch., 1853, 1, pp. 71-172, Taf. V.-VIII. (Observations on development, jiasi-m.) Gu^rin-M^neville, Felix Eduard. *lii Ramon dk i.a Sagra's llisioria Fislca, PolUica, y Natural de la Ida de Cuba. II. Parte, Historia Natural, VII. p. xx. ff., Tab. III. Paris, 1856. Guilding, L. Desultory Remarks relative to Points in the Economy of various Crustacea. Mag. Nat Hid. {Loudon s), VIII. pp. 276, 277. May, 1835. (Young of " mountain crab " [?] " leave the eggperftct.'") Cf. Bell's Hist. Brit. Stalk-eyed Crustacea, lutrod, p. xliv. London, 1853. Haeckel, Ernst. Die Gastrula und die Eifurcliung der Tliiere. Jenaische Zeitschr., IX. ([2], II.) pp. 402-508, Taf. XIX.-XXV. 1875. (Peneus, pp. 447-452, Taf. XXIIL) Hailstone, S. An Illustrated Description of a Species of Eurynome, supposed to be hitherto undescribed ; and Notices of some Instances of some Change of Form which occurs in certain cited Species of Crustaceous Animals. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Loudon s), VIII. pp. 549-551. October, 1835. Hailstone (S.) and Westwood (J. O.). Descriptions of some Species of Crustaceous Animals, by S. Hailstone, Jr., Esq. : with Illustrations and Remarks, by J. 0. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S., etc. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Loudon's), VIII. pp. 261-276. May, 1835. (Young of several Decapoda.) Hartmann, Robert. BeitrJige zur auatomische Kcnntniss der Schmarotzcr-Krebse. 2. Ler7iaeocera Barnimii IMihi. Arch. f. Anat., Physiol, u. mssensch. Med., 1870, pp. 726-752, Taf. XVIL, XVIII. (Development, p. 749, Taf. XVIIL figs. 21-28.) Hartog, Marcus. See Addendum, p. 244. Haswell, William A. Note on the Phyllosoma Stage of Ihacus Peronii Leach. Proc. Linn. Soe. Nero South IFales, IV. pp. 2S0-2S2. 1879. Henneguy, L. F. Note sur I'Existence de Globules polaircs dans I'CEuf drs Crustaces. *Bull. Soc. Philomath., Paris [7], IV. p. 135, 10 April, 1880. Trans, in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5], VI. p. 465. December, 1880. (Seen in ovum of Ascllus aijuaticu.'s.) Hensen, V. Studien iiber das Gehororgan der Decapodon. Zeitschr. f. icissensch. Zool., XIII. pp. 319- n 2, Taf. XIX.-XXIT. 1863. (Auditory apparatus of zoiia of Carcinus Mitnas, pp. .'UO, .3<;-2, Taf. XX. lig. 2.j.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 215 Herrick, C. L. Microscopic Entomostraca. Geolog. Sf Nat. Hist. Surrey of Minnesota, Ith Atni. Hep. for the Year 1878, pp. 81-123, PI I.-XXI. 1879. (Nauplii, />as«m.) Hesse, Eugene. Memoire sur les Pranizes et les Ancees. Ann. Sci. Nat. [4], Zool, IX. pp. 93- 119. 1858. Complete memoir in Mem. pres. par divers Savants a Vlnst. Imper. de France, XVIII. ISGJf. Memoire sur les Moyeiis a I'Aide desquels certains Crustaces Parasites assurent la Conservation de leur Espece. Ann. Sci. Nat. [4], Zool, IX. pp. 120-125, 185S. Comptes Rendus de VAcad. des Sci., Paris, XLVI. pp. 1054, 1055, 1858. (Parasitic Copepoda.) Complete memoir in Mem. pres. par divers Savants a Vhist. Imper. de France, XVIII. 1861^. Memoire sur les Metamorphoses que subissent pendant la Periode Embryon- naire les Anatifes appeles Scalpels Obliques. Ann. Sci. Nat. [4], Zool., XI. pp. 160-178, 1859. Short Notice in Comptes Rendus de I' Acad, des Sci., Paris, XLVIII. p. 911. 1859. (See later paper in Revue des Sci. Nat.) Memoire sur deux nouveaux Genres de I'Ordre des Crustaces Isopodes Seden- taires et sur les Especes Types de ces Genres. Ann. Sci. Nat. [4], Zool, XV. pp. 91-116, PI. VilL, IX. 18G1. (Development of Athelgiie, pp. 100-102, PI. VIII. figs. 2i>-2'5.) Observations sur des Crustaces rares ou nouveaux des Cotes de Erance. l^"" Art. Du Coiliacole setigere (Nobis), Coiliacula setigera. Ann. Sci. Nat.- [4], Zool., XVIII. pp. 343-355, PI. XVIII. 1862. (Few observations on development.) Recherches sur quelques Crustaces rares ou nouveaux des Cotes de Erance. 2^ Memoire. De la Lernce brauchiale et de celle qui vit sur le Gade barbu. 3® Memoire. Eamille des Lerneogastriens, Nobis. Genre Naobrancbie, Nobis. Ann. Sci. Nat. [4], Zool, XX, pp. 101-132, PI. I. 1863. Memoire sur les Pranizes et les Ancees et sur les Moyens curieux a lAide desquels certains Crustaces Parasites assurent la Conservation de leur Espece. Mem. pres. par divers Savanis a t'Inst. In/per. de France, XVIII. 1864. 74 pp., 5 pi. Abstr. in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], XIV. pp. 405-417. I864. (Me- moir on the Pranizcp, and Ancei.) Reviewed by C. Spence B.^te in Rec. Zobl. Lit., I. (1864), pp. 296- 299. 1865. {Praniza, Ance^is, and parasitic Copejwda.) 216 BULLETIN OF THE Observations sur des Crustaces rares ou nouveaux des Cotes dc France. 3« Art. Ann. Sri. Nat. [5], Zool., I. pp. 333-358, PI. XL, XII. I864. (Embryos of some species parasitic in Ascidians.) Meinoirc sur des Crustaces rares ou nouveaux des Cotes de France. 4" Art. Sacculinidcs. Ann. Sel. Nat. [5], Zool., II. pp. 275-288, PL XIX. A. 186^ (Includes observations on development.) Ilccherclics sur les Crustaces rares ou nouveaux des Cotes de France. Com- plement du 3* Art. Crustaces parasites vivant dans les Ascidies Pliallu- siennes. 5* Art. Genre Pleurocrypte, Nobis. Atin. Sci. Nat. [5], Zool., III. pp. 221-242, PI. IV. 1865. Abstr. by W. S. Dallas in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], XVI. pp. 1G2- 167. 1865. (Young of Notopterophorus bomhtjx, pp. 225, 220 ; Pkurocrypta Galatea, pp. 233-235, PI. IV. figs. 18-28.) Observations sur des Crustaces rares ou nouveaux des Cotes de France. G« Art. Ann. Sci. Nat. [5], Zool., IV. pp. 229-258, PL VI., VII. 1865. (Young of several species found parasitic in compound Ascidians.) Observations sur des Crustaces rares ou nouveaux des Cotes de France. 7* Art. Memoire sur un nouveau Crustace parasite appartenant a I'Ordre des Lerneidiens, formant la Faniille des Lerneosiphoniens at le Genre Le- posphile. Ann. Sci. Nat. [5], Zool., V. pp. 265-279, PL IX. 1866. Trans, by W. S. Dallas in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], XVIII. pp. 73- 82. 1866. (Larva, pp. 2G9, 270, figs. 23-2G.) Observations sur des Crustaces rares ou nouveaux des Cotes de France. 9^ Art. Rechercbes sur les Genres Doropygus et Dyspontius de M. Thorell. Description de quatre nouveaux Genres: Gastrode, Cberatrieliode, Opbthal- mopache et Platydurax (Nobis). Ann. Sci. Nat- [5], Zool., VI. pp. 51- 87, PL IV. 1866. (Young of Doropygus, a parasite of Ascidians, pp. 57, 65.) Observations sur des Crustaces rares ou nouveaux des Cotes de France. 10® Art. Peltogastres et Saceulinidicns. Ann. Sci. Nat. [5], Zool., VI. pp. 321-360, PL XL, XII. 1866. (Includes observations on development.) Observations sur des Crustaces rares ou nouveaux des Cotes de France. 11* Art. Memoire concernant deux Crustaces nouveaux trouv^s parmi des Ballanes sillonees {Balamcs szilcatm') et des Auatifes lisses {Anaf//a Icecis). Ann. Sci. Nat. [F], Zool., VII. pp. 123-152, PL II., III. 1867. (Includes observations on larva; of Cirripedia.) Observations sur des Crustaces rares ou nouveaux des Cotes de France. 14® Art. Description de deux Saeculinidiens, d'uu Pellogastre, d'un Polychlinioj)hile et de deux Cryptopodes nouveaux. Ann. Sci. Nat. [5], Zool., VIII. pp. 377-381, 1867 ; IX. pp. 53-61, 1868. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 217 Observations sur des Crustaccs rates ou nouveaux des Cutes de France. 15* Art. Description d'un nouveau Crustace appartenant au Genre Lim- norie. Am. Set. Nat. [5], Zool., X. pp. 101-120, PL IX. 1868. (Young, pp. 108, 109, figs. 4, 5.) Observations sur des Crustaccs rares ou nouveaux des Cotes de France. 16« Art. Ann. Sci. Nat. [5], Zool, X. pp. 347-371, PI. XIX. 1868. (Embryo of Cuma terginigra, pp. 353, 354, fig. 19.) Observations sur des Crustaces rarcs ou nouveaux des Cotes de France. 17® Art. Description d'un nouveau Crustace Type d'une nouvelle Famille des Anuelidicoles ; du Genre des Chelonidiformis ; du nouveau Genre Aplo- pbde et de plusieurs autres Crustaces, encore inedits, appartenant aux Genres Polycliliuiophile, Cryptopode, Botryllophile, Botliacus, Adrauesius, Lygephile et Doropygus. Ann. Sci. Nat. [5], Zool., XI. pp. 275-308. 1869. (Observations on young, passim.) Observations sur des Crustaces rares ou nouveaux des Cotes de France. 18® Art. Description d'uue nouvelle Espece de Crustace parasite des I'Ordre des Lerneidiens de la Famille des Lerneoceriens, et du Genre Leruee : Lernee du Gade-petit, Lerncea Gadni minutus \Gadl minuti] (Nobis). Ann. Sci. Nat. [5], Zool., XIIL, Art. 4. 30 pp., PI. I. 1870. (Embryology, pp. 7-15, PI. I.) Memoire sur des Crustaces rares ou nouveaux des Cotes de France. 21* [20^ ] Art. Memoire sur la Famille des Spheromiens, a I'Occasion des Affinites et des Relations sexuelles qui paraissent exister entre les Sphero- miens et les Cymodoceens d'une part, et les Dynameniens et les Neseeus d'autre part. Ann. Sci. Nat. [5], Zool, XVII., Art. 1. 35 pp., PI. I.-III. 1873. (Treats of yowag, passim.) Memoire sur des Crustaces rares ou nouveaux des Cotes de France. 21® Art. Description de Crustaces nouveaux appartenant a la Legion des Edriophthalmes, de I'Ordre des Amphipodes, de la Famille des Piscicoles, de la Tribu des Enoplopodes, Nobis, du Genre des Iclithyomyzoques, No- bis. Ann. Sci. Nat. [5], Zool, XVIL, Art. 7. 16 pp., PI. iV. 1873. (Young of Ichthyomyzocus Lophii resembles adult, p. 11.) Observations biologiques concernant les Cymothoadiens parasites et notam- ment le Cymotboe (Estre, Ci/mothoa (Estrum. Revue des Sci. Nat., II. pp. 1-13. " June, 1873. (Remarks on the young.) Memoire sur des Crustaces rares ou nouveaux des Cotes de France. 23® Art. Pranizes et Ancees nouveaux. Ann. Sci. Nat. [5], Zool., XIX., Art. 8. 29 pp., PI. XXI., XXII. 187^. 218 BULLETIN OF THE Description des Crustaces rares ou nouvcaux dcs Cotes de France. 25* Art. Description du Fagurus mimnthropus ; son Onlogenie, sa Physi- ologic et sa Biologic. — Description d'un Larve trouvec meldc a cclles de ce Crustacc. — Observations conccruant les Par/urun Ulidianus et Pri- deauxii. Ann. Sci. Nut. [6], Zool., III., Art. 5. 42 pp. PI. V., VI. 1876. Description dcs Crustaces rares ou nouvcaux dcs Cotes de France. 26^ Art. Nouvelles Observations sur les Metamorphoses enibryonnaires des Crustaces de I'Ordre des Isopodes sedentaires. — Description de trois nouvelles Especes de ces Crustaces, dont deux appartiennent au Genre Athelgue et I'autre au Genre Pleurocrypte. Ann. Sci. Nat. [6], Zool., IV., Art. 2. 48 pp., PI. VII.-IX. 1816. Description de la Serie complete des Metamorphoses que subissent, duraut la Periode embryonnaire, les Anatifes designes sous le Nom de Scalpel ob- lique ou de Scalpel vulgaire. Revue des Sci. Nat. [after 1874]. 31 pp., 2 pi. Description d'un nouvel Ancee, I'Ancee du Congre, Anceus Congeri, faite sur des Individus vivants. 25 pp., 1 pi. Ex. de la Revue des Sci. Nat., IV. Mars, 1876. (Includes 3'oungor Praniza state.) Remarques sur le Genre Cbalirae. Au/i. Sci. Nat. [G], Zool., V., Art. 10. 3 pp. 1877. (This so-called genus is a larva.) Description des Males, non encore counus, des Lernanthropes de Gisler et de Kroyer, ainsi que de la Femelle d'uue Espece nouvelle, dessines et peints d'apres des Individus vivants. 30 pp., 3 pi. Ex. de la Revue des Sci. Nat., VI., dec, 1877; VII., juin, 1878. Description des Crustaces rares ou nouveaux des Cotes de France decrits et peints sur des Individus vivants. 29^ Art. Description de dix nouveaux Crustaces, dont sept appartiennent du Genre Cycnus de Kroyer et trois au Genre Kroyeria de Van Bcneden, tons decrits et dessines sur des Individus vivants. Ann. Sci. Nat. [6], Zool., VIIL, Art. 11. 34 pp., PI. XIX.-XXI. 1879. (Larva of Kroyeria, a parasitic Copepod, PI. XXI. tig. 10.) Description des Crustaces rares ou nouveaux des Cotes de France decrits sur des Individus vivants. 80* Art. Description d'un nouveau Crustace para- site appartenant a la Sous-Classe des Crustaces suceurs, de I'Ordre des Lerneides, formaut la nouvelle Famille des Lerneopalmiens et le nouveau Genre des Stylophores, decrits et dessine d'apres des Individus vivants. Ami. Sci. Nat. [6], Zool., VIII., Art. 15. 16 pp., PI. XXVIII. 1810. (Young of Styliiphorus hippocephalus, p. G, figs. 22-25.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 219 Hoek, P. P. C. *Eerste Bijdrage tot ecu nauwkeuriger Kennis dor Sessile Cirripedicn. 2575. 94 pp., 2 pi. (Inaugural Dissertation.) Zur Eat\yickelungsgcscbiclite dcr Entomostraken. I. Embryologic von Bala- nm. Nlederldiidisches Arch. f. ZooL, III. pp. 47-82, Taf. III., IV. 1876. Zur Entwiekelungsgeschiclite der Entomostraken. II. Zur Embryologie der freilebendeu Copcpodeu. Niederldndisches Arch.f. ZuoL, IV. pp. 55-74, Taf. v., VI. 1877. Hosius, A. Ueber die Gammar/cs-Krten der Gegend von Bonn. Arj/i.f. Naiurgesch. 1850, \, pp. 233-248, Taf. III., IV. (Young, pp. 243 et seq., figs. 23, 24.) Huxley, Thomas H. Leetures on General Natural History. Lecture XI. T/w Medical Times and Gazette, new ser., XIV. pp. 638, 039, fig. I. June 27, 1857 . Also in Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XXIL, Pt. III., 1858 (see next title), and A Manual of the Anatomi/ of Lncertebrated Animals, pp. 350-355, fig. 79, Loudon, 1877. (Development of Mysis.) On the Agamic Reproduction and Morphology of Aphis, Pt. II. § 2. Em- bryogeny of Mj/sis, as exemplifying the Cru-itacea. § 3. Embryogeny of Scorpio, as exemplifying the Arachnida. \ 4. Generalizations regard- ing the Embryogeny of the Articidata, and Morphological Laws based on them. § 5. The Embryogeny of Articulata, Mollusca, and Vertcbrata compared. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XXIL, Pt. III. pp. 225-234. 1858. The Crayfish. An Introduction to the Study of Zoology. Loudon and New York, 1880. 371 pp., 81 cuts. (Development, pp. 39-44, 205-22G, figs. 8, 57-GO.) Joly, N. Histoire d'un petit Crustace (^Artemia salina Leach), auquel on a faussement attribue la Coloration en Rouge des Marais salants Mediterraneens, suivie de Reeherches sur la Cause reelle de cette Coloration. A^in. Sci. Nat. [2], ZooL, XIII. pp. 225-290, PL VII., VIII. 181^0. (Development, pp. 257-2G2, PI. VII.) Also printed with the same title at MoutpcUicr, 154(9. 72 pp., 3 pi. Reeherches Zoologiques, Anatomiques et Physiologiques sur VIsaura ci/cla- doides, nouveau Genre de Crustace a Test bivalve, deconvert aux Environs de Toulouse. Ann. Sci. Nat. [2], ZooL, XA'II. pp. 293-349, PL VIL- IX. A. 184^. {Estherin. Development, pp. 321-330, PI. IX. A.) 220 BULLETIN OF THE Sur Ics Metamorphoses d'uii Crustacc de la Tribu dcs Salicoqucs, trouve daus le Canal du Midi. Comptes Bendus de VAcad. des Set., Paris, XV. pp. 36, 37. 184£. (Caridina Desmarestii.) Etudes sur les Mccurs, la Devcloppemcut et les Metainorplioscs d'linc petite Salicoque d'Eau douce {Caridina Desruarestii), suivics de quelques Reflexions sur les Metainorplioscs des Crustaces Decapodes en general. Ann. Sci. Nat. [2J, XIX. pp. 34-86, PI. III., IV. 18J^. Also published under the following title : — Recherches sur Ic Developpement et les Metamorphoses d'une petite Sali- coque d'Eau douce {Caridina Besmaresiii Nobis, Ilippoli/te Desmarestii Millet), suivies dc quelques Reflexions sur les Metamorphoses des Crusta- ces Decapodes en general. Toulouse, ISlfS. 59 pp., 2 pi. J urine, Louis. Memoire sur I'Argule foliacc {Argidus foliaceus). Ann. du Mus. d*Hiit. Nat., VII. pp. 431-458, PL XXVI. 1806. (Development, pp. 452-456.) Histoire des Monocles qui so trouveut aux Environs de Geneve. Geneve, 1820. 258 pp., 22 pi. (Young of Copejmda, Ckidocera, Ostracoda, })nssi7n.) Translation of the Memoir of Shaffer, Sur les Mouoeies a queue, ou Puces d'Eau raraeuses, ]ip. 181-197. (Development, pp. 196, 197.) Memoire sur le Chirocephalc. Par Benedict Prevost, pp. 201-244, PI. XX.-XXII. (Development, pp. 214-220.) Kellicott, D. S. A Larval Argulus. Tke North American Entomologist, I. pp. 57-60, Feb. 1880. Kinahan [John Robert]. Notes on the foregoing Paper [Melville's Carciuological Notes], with a Supplement to his List of Dublin Crustacea. *Proc. Dublin Nat. Hist. Soc, II. pp. 43-51. 1856-59. Nat. Hist. Rev., IV. Proc. Soc, pp. 153- 162. 1857. (Zoiia o{ Pirimela denticulata, pp. 156, 157, PI. IX. figs. 4-6.) Remarks on the Zoij of Eurynome aspera, and the Habits of the Animal in Confinement. *Proc. Dublin Nat. Hist. Soc, 4 Dec. 1857. *Nat. Hist. Rec, V. Proc. Soc, pp. 37-39. 1858. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., [3], I. pp. 233-235. 1858. Kollar, Vincenz. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Lemaeenartigen Crustaceen. Annalen des Wiener Museums der Naturgeschichte, I. pp. 79-92, Taf. IX., X. 1836. (Development of Basanistes Huchonis, pp. 87-90, Taf. X.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 221 Koren (J.) and Danielssen (D.). Bidrag til Cirnpcdcnics Udvikliiig. Njit Mar/. Naiunnd., V. pp. 262-204, Tab. II. li-s. 1-3. IS^S. his, 181,8, col.'20i, 205, Taf. II. lig.s. 11-13. {Alepas squalicola.) Kossman, Robby. licit rage zur Auatoiiiie dcr sclunarotzcndcu Ilaukciifiisslcr. Arbeit, cats dcm zoolog.-zootom. Inst, in Wurzburg, I. pp. 97-137, Taf. V.-VII. 1812. Verhandl. d. physikal.-medicin. Gesell. in Wiirziur(j [2], III. pp. 296-335, Taf. XVI.-XVIII. 1872. (Development, pp. 115-118, Taf. VII. 1-G.) Sudoria uud Lepadidar. Uutcrsucliuiigeu iiber die durcli Parasitismus hervorgerufenen Umbildungcu in dcr Faiuilie der Pcduncula/n. Arljeit. aus dem zoolog.-zootom. Inst, in Witrztjurg, I. pp. 179-207, Taf. X. 1872-7J^. Verhandl. d. plnixilcal.-medicin. Gesell. in Warztjurg [2], V. pp. 129-157, Taf. L, II. 1873. (Development, pp. 195-200, Taf. X., XI.) Studien iiber Bopyriden. II. Bopi/rina Virbii ; Beitnige zur Keiiiitniss der Anatomie uud Mctauiorphose der Bopyrideu. Zritselir.f. tcissenscli. Zool., XXXV. pp. 660-6S0, Taf. XXXIV., XXXV. 1881. Kroyer, Henrik. Bopgrus abdominalis. Naturhisforisk Tidsskr., III. pp. 102-112, 289-299, Taf. I., II. 1840. Isis, 1841, col. 693-G9S, 707-713, Taf. II., III. Trans, by Lekeboullet iu Ann. Sci. Nat. [2], Zool., XVII. pp. 142- 152, PL VI. 1842. (Contains observations on development.) Mouografisk Frcmstilliug af Slsegteu Hippolyte's uordiske Arter. Med Bidrag til Dekapodcrues Udviklingsliistorie. A'. Banske Vidensk. Sehk. naturrid. og matliem. Afli., IX. pp. 209-360, 6 pi. 1842. (Larval stages of Hlppohjle, Ilomarus, and Ci/mopolia, pp. 2-45-202, PL V. figs. 111-119, VI.) In Gaimard's Voyages de la Commission Scientifique du Nord en Scandinavie, en Litponie an Spitzberg et aiix Feroe pendant les Annies 1838, 1839 et 1840, sur la Corvette la Recherche. Paris, 1842-4''^. Zoologie. Crus- taces. (Young Caridea, PI. VII. ; Mijsh, PI. IX. ; Bipyrus, PI. XXVIII. ; Pyrno- gonida, PI. XXXIX.) [Ou the Development of Peltogaster and Sglon.'] Overs. K. Banske Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. 1855, Nr. 4, p. 130. Trans, by Creplin iu Zeitschr. gesammt. Naturwissen., VIII. pp. 421, 422. 1^56. Bidrag til Kundskab om Snyltekrebsene. Naturhistorisk Tidsskr. [3], II. pp. 75-426, Tab. L-XVIII. I8GS-G4. (Larva of Lcstdra Lumpi, Tab. XVIII. figs. 5 f, 5g. 1S04.) 222 BULLETIN OF THE Krohn, August. licobacliluiifjcn iibcr die Entwickcliiug dcr Cirripcdicn. Arch.f. Nuturgesch., 18U0, 1, i)p. 1-S, Tat". 1. figs. 1-3. 'I'raus. by ^\ . S. D.vllas iu Ann.Ma(j. Nat. Hid. [3], VI. pp. 423-428, I'l. VI 1. ligs. 1-3. ISGO. Lacaze-Duthiers, Henri de. Munoirc sur uu Mode uouvcau dc Parasitismc observe sur un Animal nou decrit. Cumplcs Re/tdus de C Avud. des Sci., Furis, LXl. pp. 838-841. 1SG5. Abslr. in A,in. Mnij. Xuf. Hist. [3], XVII. ])p. 15.j, 15G. Feb., 18GG. {Laura Gerai-dicB. Developniont, p. 841.) Histoire dc la Laura Gerardlee, Tyjic; nouveau dc Crustace parasite. Archlcea de Zuol. E.rjji'r., VIII. pp. 537-581. 1879-80. 7 cuts. Ex. from Jlc///. Acad. Sci., ^vllere it, appears /// e.rteitso, with 8 plates. (Parasitic Cirriped. Developmont, pp. 575-577, tig. 7.) Lang, Arnold. * Leber die Metanior})hosc der Nau])liuslarven von Balanus mit Kiicksiclit aut" die Gestaltung dcr Gliedmasscn und die Verwandlung in die Ci/prh--d\.\\\- liche Larve. Mllth. aarg. nai. GeselL, I. pp. 104-115, 1 Taf. 1878. Die Dotterriircliung von Baha/ux. Jenaische Zelisclir., XII. ([2], V.), jip. 071-074, Taf. XX., XXI. i\Vi~?i'i2, PI. VIII. -XL 1830. (A young stage of a Pagurid made the type of a new geinis, Glaucothoe, pp. 3;i4- 339, pi. Yin.) Histoirc Naturelle des Crnstaces, e()Tn])renant r,\nafomie, la Phj-siologic et la Classilicatiou de ces Aninuiux. Paris, ISSJf., 1SS7, ISIfi. 3 vols, and Atlas, 1()38 pp., ii pi. (Snitcs a BuHbii.) (Remarks on development, /3a.«sm ; es])eeially Vol. I. pji. 175-200, Vol. II. pp. 200-2G4: {M(t(jalop$, Monolepis), pp. 431-438 {Zova).) Observations sur les Cliangements de Forme que divers Crustaces eprouvent dans le jeune Age. Atni. Sri. Naf. [2], Zool., III. pp. 321-334, PI. XIV. 1S35. Arch.f. Nafurffesch., 1836, 2, pp. 225-227- (Cymothoe, Anilocra, Cyamus, Phronima, Amphithue, Nnxia.) Rapport sur un Travail de M. Ilesse, rclatifaux Metamorphoses des Ancecs et des Caliges, fait a rAcademie des Sciences, le 28 Juin 1858. Aiin. Sri. Nat. [4], Zool., IX. pp. 89-02. 1858. Comptcs Rendiis del' Acad, des Sci., Paris, XLVI. pp. 125G-1259. 1858. Montagu, George. Description of several Marine Animals found on the South Coast of Devon- shire. Trans. Liini. Sor. London, VII. pp. G1-S5, PL VI., VII. I8O4. (Read December 7, 1802.) (" Cancer rhomboidalis.,'''' p. 0.5, Tab. VI. fig. 1, is a megalopa. Observed the j'oung of " Cancer Pliasma'" \_Caprella'\ crawl from abdominal fiouch of parent, "all perfectly formed," p. C7.) Muller, Fritz. Die Rhizoceplialen, eine neue Gruppe schmarotzcndcr Kruster. Arch.f. Na- turgesch., 1862, 1, pp. 1-9, Taf. I. Trans, by W. S. Dallas in Ann. Jfar/. Kaf. Ilisf. [3], X. pp. 41-50, PI. II. figs. 1-7. 186 ->. (Describes larva of Lernceodiscjis and Saccidina.) Enlonisrus Porrrllanar, eine ueue Schniarotzerassel. Arrh.f. Kafurfjrsch., 1862, I, lip. 10-lS, Taf. II. Trans, by W. R. Dallas in Ann. Mag. Kaf. Hist. [3], X. pp. 87-93, PI. II. figs. S-IG. 1862. (Larva described and figured.) Die Verwandliing dcrPorccllanen. Vorliiufige Mittheilung. Arch.f. Natur- gesrh.,1862, 1, pp. 191-199, Taf. VII. Trans, by W. S. Dallas in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], XI. pp. 47-50, PI. I. 1863. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 227 Bruclistiick zur Eiitwickeluugsgcscliichte der Mnulfiisser. Arch.f. Naturgesch., XXYIII. pj). 352-3G1, Taf. XIII. 1862. Trans. l)y W. S. Dallas in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], XII. pp. 13-19, PL II. 1S63. Ehi zweites Bruclistiick aiis dcr Entwickelungsgcschichte der Maulfiisser. Arch.f. Nafiirr/rsrh., XXIX. pp. 1-7, Taf. I. 1863. Die Vcrwaiulliing der Cianieelcu. Erster Bcitrag. Arch.f. Naturgesch., XXIX. pp. S-23, Taf. II. 1863. Trans, by W. S. Dallas in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], XIV. pp. 101-115, PI. IV. 1864. Reviewed by C. Spence Bate in Rec. Zo'olog. Lit., I. (18G1), pp. 280- 285. 1865. (Peneus.) Die zweite Eutwickclungstnfe dcr Wurzelkrebse {Rhizocpphala). Arch. f. Na- turgesch., XXIX. PI). 2t-3;5, Taf. III. figs. 1-7. 1863. Fiir Darwin. Leipzig, 186J^. 91 pp., G7 cuts. English transl. by W. S. Dallas : Facts and Arguments for Darwin. With Additions by the Author. London, 1869. 141 pp., 67 cuts. Reviewed by C. Spexce Bate in Rec. Zoulog. Lit., I. (ISOl), pp. 2fil- 270. 1865. (General work on development of Crustacea, with many original observations.) Bruclistiickc zur Naturgeschichtc der Bopyriden. Jenaische Zcitschr., VI. pp. 53-72, Taf. III., IV. 1871. [1869 ?] (Includes observations on development.) Ucber die Nauplinsbrut der Garneclcn. Zcitschr. f icissciisch. Zool., XXX. pp. 103-106. 1878. Trans, in Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5 !, I. pp. 481-185. 1878. Wassertliiere in Baumwipfeln. Llpidiuru Broriieliariira. Kosnios, VI. pp. 380- 388, 15 figs. Eeb. 1880. Translated with title : An Entomostracon living in Trcc-to])S, iu Nature, XXII. pp. 55, 56. May 20, 1880. (Egg and young figured. Ostracodn.) Palacmon Potiuna. Ein Beispiel iibgfkiirzfcr A^erwandlung. Zuolog. Anzcig., III. pp. 152-157, April 5, 1880 ,■ p. 233, May 10, 1880. Die I'utzfiisse dcr Krustcr. Kosn/ns^ VII. pp. 148-152, 15 figs. ]May, 1880. (Trklaiihictiiluf leaves the egg in tlie perfect form, p. 152.) Sec also Bate, C. Spence. Miiller, Otho Fredericus. *Entoni()straca, sen Insccta testacea fpuT in Aquis Dania^ et Norvcgia; repc- rit, dcscripsit ct lconil)us illustravit. Lipsiic et Ilafnia", 1785. (^lany larv;e represented. Xdn/ilhw:. Si;e rcjjroduction of figures in F.ncyclojx}- dk .Vriimdl.jue. I'l. CCLXIV.-CCLXYIII.) 228 BULLETIN OF THE Zoologia Dauiea sou Aniinalium Dauise ct. Norvpgiiic rarioruni ac minus noto- rum Dcscriptioucs et Ilistoria. Hafnia;, 1788, 1789, 1806. 4 vols., 225 pp., 160 pi. (Young Ml/sis, IL, Tab. LXVI. fig. 9, 1788. " Cancer Faerocnsis,'' IIL p. 56, Tab. CXIV., i/~55, = mcgalopa.) Miiller, P. E. Bidrag til Cladoccrenics Forplautningshistorie. Naturlmloriiik Tidsskr. [3], V. pp. 295-354, Tab. XIII. 18G8. Forhandl. S/ccind. Naturforsk., X. (1S6S), pp 530-540. 1860. Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat., XXXVII. pp. 357- 372. 1870. Noticed by Gekstaecker in Arch.f. Nuturgeach., 1869, 2, pp. 190-192. Miiller, Wilhelm. Beitrag zur Kcnutuiss der Fortpflanzung und dcr Gcschlechtsvevhaltnisse der Ostracodcu uebst Bcschrcibung ciuer neucn Species dcr Gattung Cj/pris. Zeitschr. gesammt. Nafurwkxeii. [3], V. pp. 221-24r), Taf. IV., V. 1880. (On parthenogenesis in Ostracoda. First stage of Cythere lutea, Taf. V. fig. 2.) Munter (Jul.) and Buchholz (Reinh.). *Ueber Balanus improvisus Darw. w^x.gryphicm Miinter. Mitth. naturwissemch. Vercins v. Neu-Vorpommern. u. Ritgeii, I. pp. 1-40, 2 pi. 1869. Zeitschr. gemmmt. Ncdurwissen., XXXVI. pp. 529, 530. 1870. (Contains observations on development.) Noll, F. C. Kochlorine hamata N., cin bobrender Cirripede. (Vorlaufige Mittbeilung.) Bericht ilhcr d. Senckeribergische naturforsrh. Gesell. Frankfurt am Main, 1872-73, pp. 50-58. *Tageblatt d. Jf.6. Versammlung deutsch. Naturforsch. u. Aerzte, Wiesbaden, p. 131. 1873. Kochlorine hamata N., ein bobrendes Cirriped. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXV. pp. 114-128, Taf. VI. 20 Nov. 187^. (Larva; described and figured.) Nordmann, Alexander v. Mikrograpbiscbe Beitrage zur Naturgescliiclite der wirbcllosen Tliicre. Zwcitcs Heft. Berlin, 1832. xviii. + 150 pp., 10 pi. (Development of Err/ris'dus, pp. 11-15, PI. II. figs. 7-9; of Achtheres, pp. 76-85, PI. IV. figs. 5-12: of Trachdiastes, p. 99, PL VII. tigs. 7, 8; of Lernccocera, pp. 127- 130, PL VI. figs. 5-7. ) Neue Beitrage zur Kenntniss parasitiscber Copepoden. Erster Beitrag. Bull. Soc. Imper. des Nat. Moscoii, XXXVII. Pt. IL, pp. 4G1-520, PI. V.- VIII. 1864. (Larvre of Lernanthropus Kroyeri, PL VII. figs. 7, 8.) Olivier [Ant. Gu.]. Eucyclopcdie Metliodiqne, Hist. Nat., VI. Paris, 1791. (Observations on young Gammarus, p. 183) MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 229 Packard, A. S., Jr. Life Histories of the Crustacea and Insects. Amer. Natiiralisf, IX. pp. .583- C22. Nov. 1875. (General account of the development of Crustacea, pp. .58'?-G05. Original obser- vations on development of Gelasiiiius jjurjnax, p. GO-'S.) Ajjpears also in the autlior's Li/s Hlsf.orir.'< of Animals indudinrj Man or Outlines of Comparative Embrj/oloffi/, pp. 167-189. New York, 1S76. Notes on the Early Larval Stages of the Fiddler Crab, and of Alphcus. Amer. Naturalist, XV. pp. 784-789, figs. Oct 1881. {Gdadmus pugnax, Alpheus Iieterochelis.) Pagenstecher, H. Alex. Untersuchungen liber nicdere Seethicre aus Cette. II. Abtlieilnng. IX. Bei- trag zur Anatomie und Entwickclnngsgeschichte vou Lepas pectinata. Zeitschr.f icissensch. Zool, XIII. pp. 8C-106, Taf. V., VI. 18G3. Panceri, Paolo. .SVe Cornalia, Emilio. Philippi, R. A, Zoologisclie Bemerkungen (Tortsetzung). Arch.f Naturgesch., VI. 1, pp. 181- 195, Taf. III., IV. ISJ^O. Trans, in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., VI. pp. 89-101, PI. III., IV. IS^l. (Zoea of Pagunis, pp. 18-4-186, Taf. III. figs. 7, 8.) Kurze Beschreibnng eiuiger ncuen Crustaceen. Arch.f. Naturgesch., 1857, 1, pp. 319-329, Taf. XIV. {Thysnnopus, nopUtcs[<.c]\\7.n\>o(\ stage of Caridea], Lucifer, Alima, Eiincanthus [zoea of Porcellnnn], Megalopa [Cancer f see Gerstaecker, Arch.f. Naturgesch., 1S58, 2, p. ■455].) Plateau, F^lix. Reelierches sur les Crustaces d'Eau douce de Belgique. 1* Partie. Genres Gammarus, Lineeus et Cypris. Mem. Cotir. Acad. Roy. Belgique, XXXIV. 1868. 06 pp., 1 pi. 2* et 3« Parties. Genres Daphnia, Bosmina, Polyphemus, Cyclopsina, Canthocamptus et Cyclops. Ibid. XXXV. 1870. 92 pp., 3 pi. (Development, pp. 75-82.) Power, Wilmot Henry. See Bate, C. Spence. Prevost, B^n^dict. *Ilistoire d'un Insecte (ou d'un Crustace) qui I'Auteur a cru devoir appeler Chiroeephale d\?i^\m\\&{Branchiopode Lam., Cancer stagnalislj., Gammarus stagn. Fabr.). Journ. de Physique, LVII. pp. 37-54, 89-106, PI. I. 1803. Appears, in substance, in Jurine's Histoire des Monocles, pp. 201-244, 1820. Memoire sur le Chiroeephale. In Jurine's Histoire des Monocles, pp. 201- 244, PI. XX.-XXII. 18S0. (Young, pp. 214-220, PI. XX., XXI.) 230 BULLETIN OF THE Rasch. *0m Forsog mod kuustig Udklackuinij af Hummer. Nordkk Tidssk rift for Flskeri, uy lltckkc, 2t'ii Aargaiig, pp. Ibl, ISS. 1S75. Translated in United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries. Part III. Report of the Commissioner for 187o-74 (tnd 1871f,-75, jip. 2G7-2G9. Wasliington, 187G. ((Observations of Professor Rasch on young ILimavus. pp. 208, 2G9.) Rathke, Heinrich. i'lusskrebs. Isis, 1825. 2, col. 1093-1099. (Prodromus of complete memoir published in 1S20). See also account of the development of Astaeits, by Katiike, in Bur- DACu's Fhysiolorjie, II. pp. 191-200, Leipzig, 1828, and Isis, 1829, col. 429, 430. Untcrsuclmngen iiber die Bildung und Entwickclung des Flusskrebses. Leip- zig, 1829. 97 pp., 5 pi. Abstract in Ann. Sci. Nat., XX. pp. 412-169, PI. A' .-YIII. 1830. Zoolog. Journ., V. pp. 211-255. 1830. Milue Edwards's Hist. Nat. des Crustaces, I. pp. 175-195, PL XIV. Paris, 1834. Abhandlungen ziir Bildungs- und EutMickclungs-Gescliiehte des Menschen und der Thiere. Leipzig, 1832-33. 216 pp., 14 pi. 1" Th. 1* Abli. Untersucliungcn iibcr die Bildung inid Entwickclung der Wasser-Assel oder des Oniscus aquaticus. Pp. 1-20, PI. I. 1832. Also in Ann. Sci. Nat. [2], Zool., II. pp. 139-157, PL II. C. 183^. 2^'" Th. 2" Abb. Bildungs- und Entwickelungs-Geschichte des Onisctts asellus Oder der Kellar-Assel. Pp. 69-S4, PL YI. 1833. 2" Th. 3'^ Abh. Bildungs- und Entwiekelungs-Gescliiclite einigerEnto- mostraken {Daphnia Pulex, Lynceus sphaericus, Cyclops qicadrieornis). Pp. 85-94, PL VII. figs. 1-5. 1833. Ueber die Entwickelung der Dccapoden. Arch, f Anat. Physiol, und wis- sensch. Medicin {Midler's), 1836, pp. 187-192. Trans, in Fdinhurgh Neio Philosoph. Journ., XXII. pp. 364-366. 1837. (This is a preliminary notice of the observations published in Zur Mor- phologic, &c.) Zur Morphologic, Ileiscbcmerkungen aus Tauricn. Biga u. Leipzig, 1837. 192 pp., 5 pi. Dritte Abhandlung. Zur Entwickclungsgeschichte der Crustacccn. Pp. 35-151, 179-184, Tab. I. figs. 13-15, II.-IV. (Lerrxeopodn, Bopyrus, Idothea, Lifjia, Janira, Awphitlioe, Gamnun-us, Crangon, Palcemon, Eriphta. Carc'mus.) Beobachtungen unci I'drachtunacn iibor die Entwickelung der Mysis vulga- ris. Arch.f Naturgesch., 1839, 1, pp. 195-210, Taf. VI. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 231 Zur Eutwickclungsgcscliichte der Dekapoden. Arrh. f. Naturgcf^ch., VI. 1, pp. 2a-24-9. ISJ^O. Trans, by W. Francis in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., VI. pp. 263-2G9. ISJfl. (Aslacus [ITomarusl marinus, Par/jiriLS Bernhardtis, Galatea rugcsa, Ihjas ara- neus.) (Tills is an abstract of the observations published in Rcificbemerkunycn aus Skandmavien, &c.) Beitrage zur vergleiclicndcn Anatomie und Physiologie, Reisebemerkungen aus Skandinavien, nebst eiuem Anhange iiber die riicksclireitende Metamorphose der Tiiiere. Npiinste Schriften der nuturforschenden Genelhchaft in Danzig, III. Hel't 4, 18Ji,2. 1C2 pp., 6 pi. II. Znr Entwickelungs-Gcscliichte der Dekapoden. Pp. 23-55, Tab. II. figs. 11-21, III., IV. {Homarus, P(ifju7-us, Galatea., Ilyus.) Beitrage zur Fauna Norwegcns. Nov. Act. Acad. Cces. Lcop.-Car. Nat. Cur., XX. pp. 1-:2G1 c, Tab. I.-XII. 1SJ^3. (Development of Phryxm, pp. 49-5G, Taf. I. figs. IC, 17; Nlcvthoe, pp. 109-116, Taf. V. figs. 7-10.) Reichenbach, Heinrich. Die Embryonalanlage und erste Entwicklung des Flusskrebscs. Zeitschr. f. wissensck. ZooL, XXIX. 123-196, 263-266, Taf. X.-XII. 1877. {Vorldufige Mittheilung appeared in '* Cent ralbl ait fur die medizin. Wissensckaften, 1876, No. 41.) Abstr. by P. Mayer in Jahresher. iib. Fortschr. Anat. u. Phi/siol., VI. (1877), 2«Abtli. pp. 162-104. 1878. Eng. Abstr. by T. Jeffery Parker iu Quart. Journ. Microscop. Sci. [2], XVIII. pp. 84-94. 1878. Richiardi, S. Sulle Sacculine. Atfi delta Soc. Toscana di Srienze Nat., I. fasc. 2°. 1875. (Contains observations on development.) Descrizione di cinque Specie Nuove del Genere Pliilichtln/s cd una di Sphcerifer. Atli delta Soc. Toscana di Scienze Nat., III. Tav. VI. 1877. (Nauplius of Spharifer Leydifji, fig. 8.) Descrizione di due Specie Nnove di Lernccenicus Les., con Osservazioni intorno a questo ed ai Generi Lernipocera BI., e Lernceonema M. Edw. Atti delta Soc. Toscana di Scienze Nat., III. Tav. VII. 1877. (Describes and figures 3'oung forms of Lernaenicus.) Richters, Ferd. Die Phyllosomen. Ein Beitrag zur Entwicklnngsgescliiclitc der Loricaten. Zeitschr. f. wissensck. Zool., XXIII. pp. 623-646, Taf. XXXI.-XXXIV. 1873. 232 BULLETIN OF THE Rosel von Rosenhof, August Johann. Dcr moiiatlich-herausgcgebeiicu Inscctcn-Bclustigimg Dritter Tlicil. Niiin- bcrg, 1755. 02 t pp., 101 pi. (Yoiiiij; of AsUicus, p. 337; Gnmmarus, p. 353.) Rougemont, Ph. de. Etude de la Faune des Eaux privccs do Luiiiiere. Ilistoire Naturelle du Gammarus puteanus Kocli. Description de VAsellus Sieholdii. Observa- tions anatomiquos sur Vllj/drobia de Munich. Paris, 1S76. 49 pp., 5 pi. (Describes six forms of Gdmmarus putennus, pp. 28-31, PI. L-IIL) Sur I'Anatomie des Organes genitaux de I'Ecrevissc de Riviere {Asiacus jlutiutilis Rond.) ct sur la Physiologic de la Generation de ces Crustuces. Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchntel. XI. pp. 400-402. 1819. (Ob.servations on young.) Saint George. See. La Valette St. George. Saint-Hilaire. See Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire. Salensky, W. Sphacronalla Leuckarti, ein neuer Schmarofzcrkrebs. Arch. f. Naturgesch. 1868, 1, pp. 301-322, Taf. X. (Gives account of development. Parasitic Copepod.) Sars, Georg Ossian. Norgos Perskvandskrebsdyr. P^rste Afsnit Branchiopoda. I. Cladocera Ctrnopoda (Fam. Sididce c^- Ilolopedida-). (Prishcli/innct Afhandiing.) Christiania, 1865. viii. -j- 71 pp., 4 pi. (Young of Sida crystalUna, Tab. I. figs. 3-7.) Histoire Naturelle des Crustaces d'Eau douce de Norvege. 1® Livraison. Les Malacostraces. Christiania, 1867. 146 pp., 10 pi. (Development of Gnmmnrus nerjlectm, pp. G4, OG, PL VL figs. 10-19; Asellus aquatkus, pp. 116-122, PL X. figs. 23-40.) Carcinologiske Bidrag til Norges Pauna. I. IMonograplii over de ved Norges Kystcr forekomnicnde Mysidcr. P^rste Ilefte. Christiania, 1870. 64 pp., 5 pi. (Embryo of Pseudommn rosetan, Tab. IV. fig. 23.) Oni en diinorph Udvikling samt Gcnerationsvexel hos Leptodora. Forhandl. Vidcnsk.-Schk. Christiania, Aar 1873, pp. 1-15, Tab. I. 1873. Notice of, by S. I. Smith, in Amer. Journ. Sci. <^ Arts [3], IX. pp. 230, 231. Mar. 1875. Om Hunimcrcns postenibryonalc Udvikling. Forhandl. Fiden.sk. -Selsk. Christiania, Aar 1874, pp. 1-27, Tab. I., II. 1875. Abstr. in Gervais's Journ. de ZooL, IV. pp. 362, 363. 1875. Notice of, by S. I. Smith, in Amer. Journ. Sci. Sr Arts [3], IX. p. 231 Mar. 1875. (Three larval stages of Ilomarus vuhjaris. ) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 233 Sars, Michael. Bcskrivclsc over Lophogastcr tj/picus, en mserkvserdig Form af de lavere tifyiddede Krebsd^r. Kungl. Norske Unioersitetsprogram for andet Halcaar 1862. Christiuuia, 1862. iv. -}- 37 pp., 3 pi. Abstr. in BiljUothcque Univ., Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat., XXI. pp. 87, 88. 186^. Aim. Mag. Nut. Uist. [3], XIV. pp. 461, 462. I864. (Development, pp. iv, 21-25, Tab. III. figs. 57-G5.) Bidrag til Kuudskab oin Cliristianiafjordcns Fauna. Cliristiauia, [I.] 1868; II. 1870. 218 pp., 13 pi. (Young of Munnopsis tijpica [I.], PI. VII. figs. 1.37, 1.38; naiiplius of Mdinna- cheres evgasiloides, 11. p. 14, PI. VIII. fig. 7; embryo aud naiiplius of Anteadteres Duthenii, pp. 26-28, PI. X. tigs. 36-37. ) Say, Thomas. An Account of the Crustacea of the United States. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phlla., I. pp. 155-l(i9. 1817. (The megalopa of Ocypoda described as a Macrouran genus under the name of Monulepis, pp. 155-100.) Schaffer, Jacob Christian. Die. griinen Armpolypen, die gcsehwanzten und ungeschwiinzten zackigen Wasserflohe, und eine besondere Art kleiner Wasseraale. Regensburg, 1755. 94 pp. 3 pi. Traus. in Jurine's Iliafoire des Monocles, pp. 196, 197. Geneve, 1820. (Development of Duphnia, pp. 56 et seq., PI. I. figs. 2, 3.) *Der Krebsartigc Kiefenfuss mit der kurzen und langen Schwauzklappe. Regensburg, 1756. (Parthenogenesis- in Apus cancriformis and A. productus.) Jchiodte (Jorgen C.) [and Meinert (Fr.)]. Sur la Propagation et les Metamorphoses des Crustaces suceurs de la Famille des Cymothoadiens. Comptes Rendus de V Acad, des Sci., Paris, LXXXVII. pp. 52-55. 1878. Trans, in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5], II. pp. 195-197. ^575. Jchmankewitsch, Wladimir. *[0n some Crustacea from Salt Lakes and' Fresh Waters, and their Relation to the surrounding Element.] Zapiski Noooross. Ohshtch. Yestestooisp. \_Mem. New-Russian Sac. of Naturalists\ III. 2. 1875. (In Russian.) Ueber das Verhaltniss der Artemia salina Mihi. Edw. zur Artemia Milhlhau- senii Miln. Edw. und dcm Genus Branchipus Schaeff. Zeitschr . f. wis- sensch. Zool., Supplem. XXV. pp. 103-116, Taf. VI. 1875. Trans, in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], XVII. pp. 256-258. 1876. Zur Keuntniss des Einflusses der jiusscreu Lebensbedingungen auf die Organi- sation der Thiere. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXIX. pp. 429-494. 1877. (On the influence of .salt and fresh waters on tlie development of Crustacea.) 234 BULLETIN OF TIIH Schmidt, Oscar. Zoologisclu; Mittlioilungen. Zeitschr. gesammt. Naturwhaen., II. p. 101, 1853. *lhnul-Aflas d. venjl. Atiat., Taf. X. fig. 7. 185S. *Bas W'ellall, No. 3, J). 1!), l&5It. {Pdtoijadtr shown to be a parasitic Crustacean from its development.) Schobl, Jos. Ucber die Fortpfianzung isopodcr Crustaccen. Arch.f. MUcroskop. Aiiat., XVII. pp. 125-140, Taf. IX., X. 18r(9. *Sitzungsber. hohm. Gesell. Wissensch. 1879, pp. 339-350. Schulze, Max. Zoologisclic Skizzcn. Zeitschr.f. wmemch. Zool., IV. pp. 178-195. 1852. (Development of Bulanidce, pp. 190-192.) Semper, Carl. Reisebericht vou llcrrn Dr. Carl Semper. Brieflicbc Mittbcilung an A. KolU- ker. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XIII. pp. 558-570, Taf. XXXVIIL, XXXIX. 1863. (Larva of Sacculinn, p. 5G0, Taf. XXXVIIL ligs. 3% 3\) Oil tbe Embryogeiiy of tbc Rhizocephala. Ami. Mag. Nat. Hist. [-4], XV. pp. 83, 84. 1875. Arch. Zool. E.rper., IV. pp. viii., ix. 1875. (Reply to GiARD.) *Die natiirlicbeu Exlstenzbedioguugen dcr Thiere. Leipzig, 1880 [Ausge- gebeu, 1879]. 2 vols., 299 + 29G pp. (Interuat. wisseuscb. Biblio- tbek.) Eiigbsb trans.: Auinial Life as afliVctcil by tbe Natural Conditions of Existence. London and New York, 1881. 472 pp., 106 cuts. (Interna- tional Scientific Series.) (Zoea of Pinnotheres holothuricE, p. 81, fif,^ 22. Influence of temperature and desiccation on development of eggs of Apus, Branchipus, Cijpris, pp. 129, 175, 176.) Shaw, George. Description of tlic Cancer stagnalis of Liuna;us. Trans. Linn. Sac. London, I. pp.'l03-110, PI. IX. 1791. {Branchipics. Describes eggs and young.) Siebold, C. Th. E. v. Beitrage zur Parlbenogenesis dcr Artbropodcn. Leipzig, 1871. 238 pp., 2 pi. VI. Ueber die partlicnogenetiscbe Fortpflanzung bci Ajjus uiid verwaiidteu Crustaccen. Pp. lGO-222, Taf. II. (Apus cancrlfonnis, Apus productus, Ariemia salina, Limnadia Uermanni.) Uebcr I'artlu'iiogenesis der Artcmia salina. Sitziingsber. d. Konigl. Akad. d. V'is.fL'Hsrh. zii Miinchen, 111. pp. 1GS-19G. 1873. Slabber, Mart. *Naluurkuu(ligc Vcrlustigingen, bcbclzciule microscopiscbe Waarncmingcn van in- en uit- landiscbe Water- en Laud-Diereu. Ilaarleni, 1769-78. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 235 *Gernian traus. by P. L. St. Muller : Physikalische Belustigungen, oder Biicroscopisclie Wabruchimnigeu iu- und auslaudischer Wasser- uud Land- Thiereu. Niiruberg, i775-5i. (Cirriped larva, zoea of Bi-ackyura, &c. See Bell's Hist. Brit. Stalk-eyed Crus- tacea, Introd., pp. xxxix. et seqq. ; J. V. Tho.mpson's Zoiiloy. Res., Mem. I., and copy of tigs, in Encyc. Mcth., PI. CCLXVII., CCCXXXIII. : Latreille's Hist. Nat. gen. et par tic. des Crustaces et des Insectes, IV., PI. XXXXV., &c.) Smith, Sidney I. The Early Stages of the American Lobster {Homarus Americanws Edwards). Amer. Jouni. Sci. .j- Arts, [3], III. pp. 401-406, PI. IX. 1872. (Abstract of later paper in Trans. Conn. Acad.) The Early Stages of the Amerieaii Lobster {Homarus Americanus Edwards). Tram. Conn. Acad., II. pp. 351-381, PI. XIV.-XVIII. 1813. (Includes description of larva of Palmmonetes vulgaris, p. 377, foot-note.) The Metamorphoses of the Lobster and other Crustacea. Incert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc. (Verrill and Smith), pp. 228-243, PI. VIII., IX. Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. 1871-72, pp. 522-537. Washington, 1873. (Homartis, Crungon, Pakemonetes, Virbius, Gehia, CalUanassa, Eupagurus, Bippa, Cancer, Platyonychus, Cyllene, Ocypoda, Gelasimusf, Squilla, &c., noticed.) The Megalops Stage of Ocijpoda. Amer. Journ. Sci. c^" Arts [3], VI. pp. 67, 68. 1873. {Monulepis inermis Say is the megalopa of Ocypoda arenaria.) The Early Stages of Hippa lalpoida, with a Note on the Structure of the Man- dibles and Maxillaj in Hippa and Remipes. Trans. Conn. Acad., III. pp. 311-342, PI. XLV.-XLVIII. 1877. The Stalk-eyed Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast of North America north of Cape Cod. Trans. Conn. Acad., V. pp. 27-136, PI. VIII.-XII. 1879. (Observations on larval stages of Thysanopoda, pp. 90, 91.) On the Species of Pinnixa inhabiting the New England Coast, with Remarks on their Early Stages. Trans. Cotin. Acad., IV. pp. 247-253. July, 1880. Occasional Occurrence of Tropical and Sub-tropical Species of Decapod Crus- tacea on the Coast of New England. Trans. Conn. Acad., IV. pp. 254- 267. July, 1880. (Describes megalopa stage of Calappa marmorata, &c.) Soubeiran, L^on. Sur rilistoire Naturelle et I'Education des Ecrevisses. Comptes Rendus de FAcad. des Sci., Paris, LX. pp. 1249, 1250. 1865. Spangenberg, Friedrich. Zur Kcnntniss von Branchipus sfarfnalis. Zeitschr.f. tcissensch. Zool., Sup- plem. XXV. pp. 1-64. Taf. I -ITT. 1875. (Contains observations on development.) 236 BULLETIN OF THE Steenstrup [J oh. Japetus Smith]. Beniaerkoinger om Slaegterae Pachybdella Dies, og Peltogaster Ratlik. Overs. K. Datiske Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. 1854, PP- 14;5-158, 214. Trans, by Creplin in Arch./. Naturgesch. 1855, 1, pp. 15-29, 62. EngUsh trans, in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [2], XVI. pp. 153-162. 1855. [On Liriope and Peltogaster.'] Forhandl. Skand. Naturforsk., VIII. (1860), pp. 684, 685. Kiobeuhavn, 1861. StefFenberg, Adalrik. *Bidrag til Kaunedonien om Flodkriiftans NaturalListoria. Falun, 1872. 72 pp. (Akadem. Afliandl.) Noticed by Eduard von Martens in Zoblog. Rec. (1872), IX. p. 193. 1874. (Young of Aslacus Jluvialilis.) St. George. See La Valette St. George. Straus-Durckheim, Hercule Eug. Memoire sur les Daphnia, de la Classe dcs Crustaces. Mem. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat., V. pp. 380-425, PI. XXIX., 1819; VI. pp. 149-162, 1820. (Contains observations on development.) Memoire sur les Cypris, de la Classe dcs Crustaces. Mem. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat., VII. pp. 33-61, PI. I. 1821. (Young, p. 54.) Stuxberg, Anton. Karcinologiska lakttagelser. Ofoers. K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl., XXX. (1873), No. 9, pp. 3-23, Taf. XIV. 187 4. (Slenorrhj/nchus rostratus, Carclnus Mienns, Portunus dcpurator, Galatea inter- media, Hippohjte varians, Palamon squilla, Pachybdella carcini.) Suhm. See Willemoes-Suhm. Targioni Tozzetti, Ad. Di una Specie nuova in un nuovo Gcnere di Cirripedi Lepadidei ospitante sulle Penne abdominali del Priofinus cinereus dell' Atlautico Australe e dell' Oceano Indiano raccolta nel Viaggio intorno al Mondo della Fregata Italiana La Magenta dai Professor! F. De Filippi ed E. Giglioli. Bull. Soc.Ento- molog. Italiana, IV. pp. 84-96, Tav. I. figs. 2-13. 1872. ( Ornltholepas nnstralis, young .stage according to A. Gerstaeckek, Sitzungs-Ber. Gesell. natuj-forsch . Freunde Berlin, 1875, pp. 113-115.) Thompson, John V. Zoological Researches and Illustrations; or Natural History of nondescript or imperfectly known Animals, in a Series of Memoirs. Illustrated by Numerous Figures. Cork, 1828-34. 110 pp., 20 pi. Memoir I. On the Metamorphoses of the Crustacea, and on Zoca, ex- posing their singular Structure and demonstrating that they are not, as has MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 237 been supposed, a peculiar (Jcuus, but the Larva of Crustacea. Pp. 1-11, PI. I., II. Addcuda, pp. 63-65, PI. VIII. fig. 1. Aualyt. notice in Zo'ulog. Journ., IV. pp. 248-250. 1828. {^Cancer pa gurus, &c.) Memoir II. On the Genus Mj/sis or Opossum Shrimp. Pp. 13-31, PI. III., IV. Addendum, p. 6G. (Contains observations on development.) Memoir IV. Ou the Cirripcdes or Barnacles ; demonstrating their de- ceptive Chg^'acter ; the extraordinary Metamorpliosis they undergo, and the Class of Animals to which they indisputably belong. Pp. 69-82, PI. IX., X. (Bulanus.) Memoir VI. Development of Artemis salinus or Brine Shrimp ; de- monstrative of its Relationship to Branckipus and the other Crustaceous Phyllopoda, and to those enigmatical Fossils, the apparently eyeless Trilo- bites .... with a new Species of Artemis and of Apus. Pp. 103-110, PI. I.-VI. [Letter to the Editor of the Zoological Journal, dated "Cork, Dec. 16, 1830."] ZoUog. Jouni., V. pp. 383, 38i, PI. XV. fig. 13. 1831. (Metamorphosis of Honiarus.) Discovery of the Metamorphosis in the Second Type of the Cirripedes, viz., the Lepades, completing the Natural History of these singular Animals, and confirming their Afiiuity with the Crustafeea. Fhil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 1835, pp. 355-358, Pi. VI. Ou the Double Metamorphosis in the Decapodous Crustacea, exemplified in Cancer Manas Linn. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 1835, pp. 359-362, PI. V. Memoir on the Metamorphosis and Natural History of the Pinnotheres or Pea- Crabs. Entomolog. Mag., III. pp. 85-90, figs. 1-3. April, 1835. Memoir on the Metamorphosis in Porcellana and Portunus. Entomolog. Mag., III. pp. 275-280, figs. 1-3. October, 1835. Of the Double Metamorphosis in Mucropodia phalangium or Spider-Crab, with Proofs of the Larvae being Zoea in Gecarcinus hydrodomus, Telphusa erythropus, Eripliia Caritjlxra, and Grapstis pelagicus. Entomolog. Mag., III. pp. 370-375, figs. 1-6. January, 1836. Natural History and Metamorphosis of an anomalous Crustaceous Parasite of Carcinus M/pnas, the Sacculina carcini. Entomolog. Mag., III. pp. 452- 456, figs. 1-6. April, 1836. Notice of, in Arch.f. Naiurgesch., 1837, 2, p. 248. Memoir on the Metamorphosis in the Macroura or Long-tailed Crustacea, exemplified in the Prawn {Pulcemon serratus). Edinburgh New Pkilosoph. Journ., XXI. pp. 221-223, PI. I. 1836. Abstract in Proc. Roy. Soc, III. p. 371. 1836. 238 BULLETIN OF THE Thompson, William. Description of a Young Lobster measuring only Nine Lines. The Zoologist, XL p. 3765. 1853. Thorell, T. Bidrag till Kannedomcn om Krustaceer, som lefva i Arter af Sliigtet Ascidia L. 81 pp., 14 pi. K. Svend-a Vetensk.-Akad. Handl., III. No. 8. 1859-60. '*Zeitschr. gesammt. Naturwisseti., XV. pp. lU-143. 1860. (Cojpepoda. Yovrng, passim.) Till Kannedomen om Vissa parasitiskt lefvaude Entomostraceer. Ofoers. K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl., XVI. (1859), pp. 335-362. 1860. (Includes account of development.) Tozzetti. See Targioni Tozzetti. Travis. [Letter to Pennant, dated " Scarborough, 25 tb Oct. 1768."] Pennant's Brit- ish Zoology, IV. pp. 11-15. London, 1771. (Describes the eggs of Homarus. Young have "the appearance of tadpoles.") Tscherniawsky, W. *Materialia ad Zoographiam Ponticam comparatam, Basis Genealogise Crusta- ceorum. Oct. 1868. 120 pp., 8 pi. (In Russian.) Noticed by Gerstaecker in Arch.f. Naturgesch., 1869, 2, p. 168. (Larva of Balanus, and three zoea;.) *[The Megalopa Larvae of Brachyum7\ Tnuh/ Russkoi/e Entomolog. Oljshtchest. [Trans. Russian Entomolog. Soc.'], XI. No. 2, pp. 51-96, 2 pi. 1878. (In Russian.) See Zoolog. Anzeig., II. p. 219. 1879. Zoolog. Rec. (1878), XV., Crust., pp. 15, 16. 1880. Notice of, by Paul Mayer, in Zoolog. Jahresher. ISSO, II. Abtb., pp. 41, 42. 1881. Ueber die Genealogie der Mysideu. Zoolog. Anzeig., III. pp. 213, 214. 1880. {Verhandl. d. zool. Sect. d. VI. Versamml. riissisch. Naturf. u. Aerzte.) Eng. abstr. mJourn. Roy. 3Iicroscop. Soc, III. pp. 944, 945. 1880. Turner (Wm.) and Wilson (H. S.). On the Structure of the Chondracanihus lophii, with Observations on its Larval Form. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, XXIII. pp. 67-76, PL III. 1861. Abstr. in Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, IV. pp. 525-527. 1862. (Larva, pp. 74, 75, PI. IIL figs. 15, 16.) On the Structure of Lernceopoda Dalmanni, with Observations on its Larval Form. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, XXIII. pp. 77-87, PI. IV. 1861. Abstr. in Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, IV. pp. 569, 570. 1862. (Larva, pp. 84, 85, figs. IJ-ltJ.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 239 Uljanin, B. Untersucliungeu iiber Blastoderm- und Keimblatterbildung bei Orchestia Montagui und mediterrcmea. Zoolog. Anzeig., III. pp. 163-165. 1880. {Ferhandl. d. zoolog. Sect. d. VI. Versamml. russisch. Naturf. u. Aerzte.) Notice of, by P. Mayer, in Zoolog. Jahresber. (1880), II. Abt., pp. 53, 54. 1880. Zuf Eutwickluiigsgescliichte dcr Amphipoden. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXXV. pp. 4i0-iG0, Taf. XXIV. 1881. Abstr. in Journ. Roy. Mieroscop. Soc. [2], I. pp. 599, 600. Aug. 1881. Valenciennes, A. Note sur la Reproduction des Ilomards. Comptes Rendus de V Acad, des Set., Paris, XL VI. pp. 603-006. 1858. Valette St. George. See La Valette St. George. Van Beneden, Edouard. Sur le Mode de Formation de I'ffiut' et le Developpement embryonnaire des Sacculines. Comp/rs Rendus de V Acad, des Sci., Paris., LXIX. pp. 1146- 1151. 29 Nov. 1869. Trans, in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], V. pp. 140-144. 1870. Reclierches sur rEmbryogenie des Crustaces. 1. Observations sur le De- veloppement de VAsellus aquatints. Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique [2J, XXVIII. pp. 54-87, 2 pi. 1869. Rechercbes sur I'Embryogenie des Crustaces. II. Developpement des Mysis. Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique [2], XXVIII. pp. 232-249, I pi. 1869. Reclierches sur TEmbryogenie des Crustaces. III. Developpement de I'GEuf et de I'Embryou des Sacculines {Sacculina carcini, Thomps.). Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique [2], XXIX. pp. 99-112, 1 pi. 1870. Reclierches sur rEmbryogenie des Crustaces. IV. Developpement des Genres Anchorella, Lernceopoda, Brachiella et Hcssia. Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique [2], XXIX. pp. 223-254, 1 pi. 1870. Reponse a quelques-unes des Observations de M. Balbiani sur I'ffiuf des Sacculines. Comptes Rendus de I' Acad, des Sci., Paris, LXX. pp. 197- 200. 1870. Reclierches sur la Composition et la Signification de I'ffiuf, basees sur I'Ltude de son Mode de Formation et des premieres Pheuomcncs embryonnaires (Maniinifcrcs, Oiseaux, Crustaces, Vers), Mem. Cour. Acad. Roy. de Belgique, XXXIV. 1870 [1869^. 283 pp., 12 pi. (Crustacea, pp. 107-143, PI. YII.-X.) Van Beneden (6douard) et Bessels (Emile). Memoire sur la Formation du Blastoderme chez les Amphipodes, les Lemeens et les Copepodes. Mem. Gour. Acad. Roy. de Belgique, XXXIV. 1S70 [1868 ?]. 59 pp., 5 pi. 240 BULLETIN OF THE Resume in Bull. Acad. Hoy. de Bclgique [2], XXV. pp. 43i-448. 18G8. Monthly Microscop. Journ., I. pp. 41-45. Jan. 1869. See also Report by Schwaxn, Gluge, and Poelman, Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgiquc [2], XXVI. pp. 252-259. 1868. Van Beneden, P. -J. Resume d'uu Memoire sur le Developpement et I'Organisation dcs Nicotboes. Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belyique, XV. 2™* Parlie, pp. :3SG-390. 18Ji8. Schleiden u. Froriep's Notizen [3], IX. col. 165-1G7- 1849. Memoire sur le Developpement et TOrganisation des Nicotboes. Mem. Acad. Roy. de Bclgique, XXIV. 1S50. 28 pp., 1 pi. Ann. Sci. Nat. [3], ZooL, XIII. pp. 354-377, PI. I. figs. 13-29. 1850. Rechercbes sur quelques Crustaces inferieurs. Ann. Sci. Nat. [3], ZooL, XVI. pp. 71-131, PI. II.-VI. 1851. (Parasitic Copepoda, Lernaans.) Note sur un nouveau Genre de Crustace parasite, Eudactylina. Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique, XX. Pt. I. pp. 235-23S, 1 pi. 1853. (Larvse, figs. 5, 6.) Histoire naturelle d'un Animal nouveau, designe sous le Nom A'Histriobdella. Bull. Acad. Roy. de Bclgiqtie, 1858, pp. 2G3-29G. (Development of Ilumarus, jip. 2G3, 204.) Un nouveau Genre de Crustace Lerneen. Bull. Acad. Rojj. de Belffique, 1860, pp. 137-14G, 1 pi. {Enterocolafulgens'P. J. Van Ben. Larva, figs. G, 7.) Recbercbes sur les Crustaces du Littoral de Belgique. Man. Acad. Roy. de Belyique, XXXllI. 1861 [iS60?]. 174 pp., 21 pi. Also printed separately wilb tbe following title : Recbercbes sur la Faune Uttorale de Belgique. Crustaces. Bruxelles, 1861. 174 pp., 21 pi. See Rev. by Fritz MCller, Ueber Cumaceen. Arch. f. Naturgesch., 1865, 1, pp. 311-323. (Development of Mysis, pp. 52-69, PI. VL figs. 9-12, VIIT.-XL; Ilomarus, p. 53; Cuma. pp. 75, 87; Cynmus, p. 95; Anceus, p. 102, I'l. XVL; Peltogaster, p. 118, PI. XXL figs. 5-7; SaccuUna, PI. XX. figs. 8, 9, PI. XXL figs. 8, 9; LerncBa, p. 131, PI. XIX. figs. 9-13.) Vejdovsky, Franz. Untersucbungen iibcr die Anatomie und IMetamorpbose von Tracheliastcs polycolpus Nordm. Zeitschr.f. wissensch. ZooL, XXIX. pp. 15-4G, Tat". II.-IV. 1877. (Development, pp. 34-43, TaL III., IV.) Vogt, Carl. Reeliercbes Cotieres. Geneve, 1877. 101 pp., G pi. Mem. Inst. Geneve, XIII. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 241 l*' Mem. De la Famille des Philichthydes et en particulier du Lepo- spliile des Labres {Lcposphilus labrei Hesse). Pp. 1-il, PI. I., II. (Nauplius, p. 2G, PI. I. fig. 10.) 2'' Mem. Sur quelques Copepodes Parasites a Males Pygmees habitant les Poissons. Pp. 43-104, PI. III.-VI. (Nauplius ot Brachiella, p. 56, PI. III. fig. 8; Chondracanthus, pp. 86-88, PI. V.) Also- in Arch. Zool. Exper., VI. 385-456. 1877. Recherclies Cotieres faites a Roskoff. Crustaces Parasites des Poissons. Geneve, 1879. 104 pp., 6 pi. 1" Mem. Leposphile des Labres, Famille des Philiclitliydes. 2^ Mem. Families des Lernseopodides et des Chondracanthides. (Xauplius of Lf/>osp^j7«s, Brachiella, Chondracanthus.) Same as the preceding. L'Adaptation des Crustaees Copepodes an Parasitisme. Actes de la Soc. Helveiique des Sci. Nat., 60« Sess., pp. 121-139. 1878. (Contains remarks on larvse.) Wagner^, Nicolas. Observations sur I'Organisation et le Developpement des Ancees. Bull. Acad. Imper. des Sci., de Sf.-Pefershourff, X. pp. 498-502 {Melanges Biologiques, VI. pp. 27-34). 1866. *In Arbeit, d. ersten Sitzung Riissischer Nafurforsclier in St. Petershurg, 1868, pp. 218-237, Taf. I.-IV. (Development of Ffijnlosnma [Le2)todo7'a], according to Gerstaecker, Arch. f. Naturr/esch., 1S71, 1, p. 351.) Wagner, Rudolphus. Prodromus Historia; Generationis Hominis atque Animallum. Lipsiae, 1836. 15 pp., 2 pi. (Eggs of Porcellio, Cypris, Balamis, Gammarus, Astacus, Carcinvs, p. 8, PI. I. figs. 12-17.) Weismann, August. Uebcr 13au und Lebensersclieinungen von Leptodora hyalina Lilljeborg. Zeifschr. f. wissemch. Zool., XXIV. pp. 349-118, Taf. XXXIII.- XXXVIII. lS7fy. Zur Naturgeschichte der Daphniden. I. Ueber die Bildung von Wintereiern bei Leptodora h/alina. Zcitschr.f. wissensch. Zool., XXVIL pp. 51-112, Taf. V.-VII. May, 1876. Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Daphnoiden. Theil II., III., u. IV. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool, XXVIII. pp. 93-254, Taf. VII.-XI. Jan. 1^7. II. Die Eibildung bei den Daphnoiden. Pp. 95-175. VOL. IX. — NO. 6. 16 242 BULLETIN OF THE III. Die Al)liaiigigkcit dcr Einbryonal-Eutwicklung vom Fruchtwasser der Mutter. Pp. 170-211. IV. Ueber dcii Eiiifluss dcr Begatlung auf die Erzcugung von Wiuter- eiern. Pp. 212-240. Beitragc zur Naturgo.scliichte der Daplinoidcu. VIT. Die Eiitstehung dcr cyclisclien F()d])flaiizung bci dm Daplinoidcu. Zeitschr.f. wissensch. Zool., XXXIIl. pp. 111-2G1. Oct. 1879. Partbcuogcucsc bci den O.stracoden. Zoolog. Anzrig., III. pp. 82-84. 23 Feb. 1880. Jouni. Roy. Mlcroscop. Soc, Ili. Pt. I. pp. 431, 432. 1880. Wendt. Ucl)er das Ansctzen der Cirripcdien an eisernen Scliiffon. Vrrhandl. d. Vrrpina f. iiafiinri^aensch. Unlcrhalt. zu llamhurg, III. (187G), pp. 31, 32. 1818. Westwood, J. O. E.N.trait des Recherches sur Irs Crustaees da Genre Pranize de Leach. Ann. Sn. KaL, XXVII. pp. 31G-332, PI. VI. 1832. On Iho Transformations of the Crustacea. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adc. Sci.fur 1834, pp. COS, GOO. 1S35. (Abstract of the follnwing paper.) On the supposed Existoiico of INlctamorphoses in the Crustacea. F/ii/. Trans. Rojj. Soc. London, 1835, pp. 311-328, PI. IV. Abstract in Proc. Ro>j. Soc. London, III. pp. 311. 342. 1835. London and FJinhnrfih Philosoph. Mag. [3], VTI. pp. 210, 211. 1835. Frorirp's Notizen, XLVI. pp. 2:50. 231. 1835. (Gccnrr.inuf, with rUrcrt devchipment.) See also Bate fC. Spence) and Hailstone (S.). Willemoes-Suhm, Rudolf von. On a new Genus of Anipliipod Crnsfaeeans. Fror. Ro?/. Soc. London, XXI. pp. 20n-20S. 1873. Ann. Mag. Xaf. Hist. [4], XI. pi). 389-391. 1873. {Thrivmopn pellHcida'W .-9<. [Cy.-'fiRnma Ncptunl Giu'r.-lMc'n.] undergcios no meta- morphosi.s after leaving the egg. pp. 207, 208.) Von der Challenijor-Expeditinii. Briefe an C. Tli. E. v. Sicl)old von R. v. Willcmnes-Suhiii. I. Zrlhrlir.f.n-is.'ii (iiu'r.-Mc'n., .\iii- phipod] luulcrgocs no metamorphosis, p. vi.) Von dcr Challciiger-Expedition. Wni-l'r an C. Th. E. v. Sieliokl von K. v. "VVillenioes-Suhm. 11. Zritschr. f. irissrnsch. Zool., XXIV. pj). ix.-wiii. Oct. 1874. (Young Isopodn and Amphipadn of Antarctic Islands developed in sacs of parent. Larval stages of the iiigiier Crustacea not found on the surface at Kcrguelen's Isl.. excepting one small zoiia.) MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 243 Von dcr Challenger-Expedition. Briefe von R,. v. Willemoes-Sulira an C. Th. E. V. Sicbold. V. Zeiine/ir.f. wisse/isc/i. Zooi.,XX\I.i>p.li\.-\xxv. Dec. 1S75. (According to a very intelligent fisherman, Menancio Perez, the young Blrgus on hatching is like the parent in form, p. Ixxiii.) On some Atlantic Cnistacea from the "Clialleuger" Expedition. V. On the Development of a Land Crab. Trans. Linn. Sue. London [2], ZooL, I. pp. 4G-f^ PI. XI. tigs. 1-:]. 1875. (ZoiJa of CariUsoma from Cape- Verd Isl. Direct development of Ttiliihusa Jlu- viaiilis from Italy. ) On the Development of Ijrpas fascicularis and the "Archizoca" of Cirripe- dia. Phil. Trans. Roi/. Sac. London, CLXVI. pp. 131-15^, PI. X.-XV. 1876. Abstract in Pmr. Roy. Sac. London, XXIV. pp. 129-132. Dec. 1875. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [1], XVII. pp. 158-161. 1876. Preliminary Remarks on the Development of some Pelagic Decapods. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, XXIV. pp. 132-131. 1875. Also in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], XVII. pp. 162, 163. 1876. (Ainphion, Seri/estes, Lucifer.) Preliminary Report to Professor Wyville Thomson, F. R. S., Director of the Civilian Scientific Staff, on Observations made during the earlier Part of the Voyage of H. M. S. " Challenger." Proc. Roy. Soc. London, XXIV. pp. 569-585. 1876. (Blind megalopa from 1075 fms., p. 577; Cardisomn zofa, p. 582.) Von der Challenger-Expedition. Briefe von R. v. Willemoes-Suhm an C. Tli. E. V. Siebold. VII. Zeitschr. f. icissensch. ZooL, XXVII. pp. xcvii.-cviii. May, 1876. {Serr/estes, Lucifer, Lepas, pp. cvi.-cviii. Same observations as those recorded in Preliminary Remarks, ifc, and On tlie Development of Lepas fascicularis, .) Kossmann, Robby. Die Entouiscidcn. Miitheil. aus der zoolog. Station zu Neapel, III. pp. 149- 169, Taf. VIII., IX. Dec. 9, 1881 (Development, pp. 166-1G8, Taf. VIIL, fig. 6.) Studien iiber Bopyriden. III. Jone thoracica und Gepon portuni. Mittheil. aus der zoolog. Station zu Neapel, III. pp. 170-183, Taf. X., XI. Dec. 9, 1881. (Young stages described and figured.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 245 XIPHOSUKA (Limulus). Agassiz, Alexander. Note oil tlic Iliibits of young Limulus. Amer. Jottm. Set. ^- Arts [3], XV. pp. 75, 76. 1878. Add. Mat/. Nat.Huf. [5], I. pp. ISo, ISi. 1878. (Swim, feed, and rest on their backs.) Beneden. See Van Benaden. Dohrn, Anton. Uutcrbueliuiigeii liber Bau und Eutwickelung dev Arthropoden. 12. ZurEm- bryologie und Morphologic des Limulus Folij'/)h&idus. Jeduische Zeitschr., Vi. pp. 5sO-GiO, Taf. XIV., XV. 1871. Edwards. See Milne Edwards. Gegenbaur, C. Aiiatuiui.sclic Untersuchung eine Limulus, mit besondcrer Beriicksiclitigiing der Ge\v(;be. Abhaddl. Naturfursch. Gesell. Halle, I^^ pp. 229-250, 1 pi. 1858. (Structure of egg, pp. 2-17-249, fig. 9.) Lockwood, S. Tlic Horse-Foot Crab. Amer. Naturalist, IV. pp. 257-271, PI. III. July, 1870. (Development of Limulus Pohjjihemus.) Milne Edwards, Henri. Ik'cliL'rches relatives au Developpement des Limules. *Soc. Philomath. Paris, E.dr. des P roccs-Verbu u.t des Seances, 1838, pp. 125, 126. ^VLnstitat, VI. No. 258, p. 397. 1838. Disciples' Ed. Cuvier's Ri-gde Animal, Crus- taccs, PL LXXVI. iig. 2 h, 2i. Hist. Nat. des Crustaccs, III. p. 546. 18J^0. (Young Limulus at time of hatching.) Notice of, in Van der Hoeven's Rrcherches sar f Ristoire Naturelle et r Anatomie des Limules, p. 44. Leyde, 1838. Packard, A. S., Jr. On the Embryology of Limulus Polyphemus. Amer. Naturalist, T^ . pp. 498- 502, figs. 95-100. Oct. 1870. Proc. Boston Soc. Nuf. IList., XIV. p. 60. Nov. If), 1870. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 19th Meeting (1S7U), pp. 2l'7-25."), 9 figs. 1871. Quart. Jour7i. Microscop. Sci. [2], XL pp. 203- 267. 1871. (Notice of ob.servations given in full in Mem. Boston Sue. N'at. Hist.. II. pp. 155- 202. 1872.) Morphology and Ancestry of the King Crabs. Amer. Naturalist, IV. pp. 754- 756. Feb. 1871. (.\bsti-act of some of the conclusions stated in Mem. Boston Soc. Nut. His!., II. pp. 155--2U2. 1S72.) 246 BULLETIN OF THE The Developmeut of Limulas Pul^phemus. Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., II. pp. 155-;>U2, PI. Ul.-V. March, 1812. Abstract by the author in Life Histories of the Crustacea and Insects, Jmer. Nat., IX. pp. 5S'J-592, figs. 2o9-2-iG, Nov. 1875 ; Life Histories of Animals incLudiiifj Ma,i, or Outlines of CoM])aratice Embnjolugij, New York, 1816 ; and in Zu'ologi/ for Students and General Readers, pp. 320-323, New York, 1879. See also Henry Woodwakd's Munograiph of the British Fossil Crus- tacea of the Order Merustomata, pp. 2ii-221. London, 1878. Farther Observations on the Embryology of Limulus, with Notes on its Affini- ties. Ar)ier. Naturalist, ''^\\.-^'^.^l'o-'ol'6. Nov. 2575. F roc. Amer Assoc. Ado. Sci., 22d Meeting (lS7o), Pt. II. pp. 30-32. 1874. On the Development of the Nervous System iu Limulus. Amer. Naturalist, IX. pp. 422-I2i. July, 1875. The Anatomy, Histology, and Embryology of Limulus Folijphemus. Annivers. Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 1880. 45 pp., 7 pi (Embryology, pp. 3G-40, PL L, IIL, IV.) Suhm. See Willemoes-Suhm. Van Beneden, Edouard. De la Place que Ics Liraules doivent occuper dans la Classification des Ar- thropodes d'apres leur Developpcment embryonuaire. Ann. Sue. Fntomol. Belgique, XV. Comptes Rendus, pp. x., xi. 14 Oct. 1871. Gervaiss Journ. de Zoologie, I. pp. 41-44. 1872. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], IX. pp. 98, 99. Jan. 1872. *[Observations on the first Stages of embryonic Development iu Limulus^ Tagehlatt d. Jfi"'' Versamml. deutsch. Natitrforsch. u. Aertze in Wiesbaden, 1872, p. 58. Willemoes-Suhm, Rudolf von. Von der Challenger-Expedition. Nachtriige zu den Briefen an C. Th. E. v. Siebold von R. v. Willemoes-Suhm. VIII. Zeitschr. f wissensch. ZooL, XXIX. pp. cix.-cxxxvi. June, i577. {Limulus from the Philippine IslamU has a free-swimming nanplius larva, p. cxxxii.) Challenger-Bricfc von Eudolf v. Willemoes-Suhm Dr. Phil. 1872-1875. Nacli dem Tode des Vcrfassers hcrausgegebcn von seiner Mutter. Leip- zig, 1577. 180 pp. (Limulus rotundicaudatus does not have a direct development like L. Poli/j)he7iius but has a nauplius larva, pp. 157, 158. [Letter to Professor Kupffer.] ) MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 247 TRILOBITA. Barrande, Joachim. Systeme Silurieu du Centre de la Bobeme. Prague at Paris. IMetamorphoses des Trilobites, I. pp. 257-278, PI. VII., XLIX., &e. 185i. I. Suppl., pp. 182-189, PI. »»5.?m. 1872. Cf. A. Gerst.\.ecker in Bronn's Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier- Rrichs, V. (Arthropoda), I. Abt., I. Halfte, pp. 1200-1208, Taf. XLIIL, XLVI. Leipzig und Heidelberg, 1S79. Ford, S. W. On some Embryonic Forms of Trilobites from the Primordial Rocks at Trov, N. Y. Amer. Journ. Set. ^ Arts [3], XIII. pp. 205-273, 1 pi. 1877. On additional Embryonic Forms of Trilobites from the Primordial Rocks of Troy, N. Y., ■vvith Observations on the Genera Olenellus, Paradoxides, and Hi/drocephcdua. Amer. Journ. Sri., XXII. pp. 250-259, 13 cuts. 1881. Walcott, C. D. Note upon tlie Eggs of the Trilobite. 31.?^ Ann. Rep. K Y. State Mies. Nat. Hist., pp. 66, 67. Alt)a.ny, 1879. (Published and distributed in advance of Report, Sept. 20, 1877.) Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., at Harvard Cull., in Cambridge, VIII. p. 216, PI. IV. figs. 8, 8«. 1881. Fossils of tlie Utica Slate. Trans. Albatiy Inst., X. (Printed in advance, June, 1575.) Meiamor))]ioses of Triarthrus Becki, pp. 2i-33, PI. II. figs. I-I5. PTCWOGONIDA. Allman [George James]. On a Remarkable Form of Parasitism among the Pi/rnor/onid^^. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci.for 1859, Trans, of Sect., p. 143.' 1860. (Young Ammotlieaf parasitic in Cnryne.) Bohm, R. Zwei neue, von Herrn Dr. Hilgendorf in Japan gesammelte Pycnogoniden. Sitzungs-Bcr. Gesell. naturforsck. Freunde zu Berlin, 1879, pp. 53-60, 14!0-142. (On some structural characters of the young, pp 55, 140, 141.) Clapar^de, A. Ren^ Edouard. Beobachtungcn iiber Anatomic und Entwicklungsgesnhichte wii-belloser Thiere an der Kiiste von Normandie angestellt. Leipzig, 1863. viii-|-130 pp., 18 pi. (Development of Phoxkhilidhun, pp. 104, 105, PI. XVIII. figs. 13, 14.) 248 BULLETIN OF THE Couch, R. Q. Oil the Metamorphosis of tlie Crustaceans, including the Derapoda, Ento- mosti-aca, and Pycnofjoinda:. Twelfth Ann. Rep. Ro)/. Qornwall Folytechnic Soc, pp. 17-46, PI. I. Fahnouth, 18U- (Voiincj of Orithyla coccinen and Numphon ijracile, pj). 36, 37. First stage of Oiitliyin coccinea, fig. 13.) Dohrn, Anton. Uufcrsuchungeu ilber Bau und Entwickehmg dcr Arthropoden. 2. Ueber Entwickehuig uud Bau der Pycnogoniden. Jeitaische Zeitschr., V. pp. 13S-157, Taf. v., VI. 1870. {According to Dohrn. the Pycnogonida are neither Arachnida nor Crustacea.) Neue Uutersuchuugcn iiber Pycnogoniden. Mittheil. aus der Zoolog. Station zu Necipel, I. pp. 28-39. 1878. Die Pantopoden des Golfes von Neapel und der angrenzenden Meeres- Abschnitte. Eine Monograpliie. Herausgegeben vou der Zoologischeu Station zu Neapel. Leipzig, 1881. 252 pp., 17 pi. (Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel, III. Monograpliie.) (Dev;elopment, pp. 69 et seqq. Phoxich'didiuin, Pallene.) Gegenbaur, CarL Ziir Lehre vom Gcnerationswechsel und der Fortpflanzuug bei !Medusen und Polypen. WiirzlMirg, 1854. *5S pp., 2 pi. [Pijcnofjoninn developing as a parasite in Eudendriinn, p. 38, foot-note.) Gerbe, Z. Appareils vasculaire et nerveux des Larves des Crustacos niarins. Coniples Rcrulus de I'Acad. den Sri., Faris, LXII. pp. 932-937- 23 Apr. 18GG. (Larva of Nijmjdum, pp. 932, 933, foot-note.) Trans, by W. S. Dallas in Ann. J%. Nat. Hist. [3], XVIII. pp. 7-12. 1866. Hesse [Eugene]. Meinoiic siir des Crustaces rares ou nouvcaux des Cotes de France. 24^ Art. Description d'un nouveau Crustacc apparteuant a I'Ordre des Pyenoyoni- dien-s et formant le Genre Oomere, Nob. Ann. Sri. Xat. [5], Zool., XX. Art. 5. 18 pp., PL VIII. 1874. (Contains ol)servations on the larva of Phoxichilidium femoratum Katlike, and Nijmplinn (/rusfipcs. ) Hodge, George. Observations on a Species of Pycnogon {Pho.rirhilidium coccincum Johnston), witli an Attempt to explain the Order of its Development. Ann. Mar/. Xat. Hist. [3], IX. pp. 33-43, PI. IV., V. 1862. (Deveiiijmicnt uf Pl/d.ricliili'iiinu in Curijnc.) MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 249 Hoek, P. P. C. Ucber Pycuogoniden. Niederldnduches Arch.f. ZooL, III. pp. 235-254, Taf. XV., XVI. 1877. (Development of Pallene, pp. 239, 240, Taf. XVI. figs. 21, 22.) Report on the Pycnogonida dredged by H. M. S. " Challenger," during the Years 1873-76. 167 pp., 21 pi. Appendix II. Contributions to the Anat- omy and Embryology of the Pj/cnogonida. Pp. 100-144, PI. XIX., XX. Rep. Sci. Remits of the Voyage of II. M. S. " CAalle?2ger," during the Years 1873-76, Zool, III. London, Edinburgh, and Dublin, 1881. KoUiker, A. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte wirbelloser Thiere. 1. Ueber die ersten Vorgange im befruchteten Ei. Arch.f. Anat., Physiol, u. wissensch. Med. 1843, pp. 68-141, Taf. VI., VII. (Cleavage of egg of Pycnogonon total, p. 136.) Krohn, A. Notiz iiber die Eierstocke der Pycnogoniden. Schleiden u. Froriep's Nofizen, [3], IX. col. 225, 236. May, 18J^9. (Structure of ovarian egg, col. 220.) KrOyer, Henrik. Om Pyknogonidernes Forvandlinger. Naturhistorisk Tidsskr., III. pp. 299- 306, Tab. III. 18^0. his, I84I, col. 713-717, Taf. III. Ami. Sci. Nat. [2], Zool., XVII. pp. 288-29«, PI. IX. B. 18^2. (Traus. by Lereboullet.) In Gaimaed's Voyages de Commission Scientifique dii Nord en Scandinaine, en Laponie au Spitzberg et aux Feroe pendant les Annees 1838, 1839 et 1840, sur la Corvette '■' La Recherche." Paris, 254^-^5. Zoologie. Crustaces. (Young Pycnogonida, PL XXXIX.) Lewes, George Henry. Sea-Side Studies at Ilfraeombe, Tenby, the Scilly Isles, and Jersey. Edin- burgh and London, 1858. 414 pp., 7 pi. (Larva of Nymphon gracile, p. 203, PI. V. fig. 4.) Semper, Carl. Ueber Pycnogoniden und ihre in Hydroiden schmarotzenden Larvenformen. Arbeit, aus dem zoolog.-zootom. Inst, in Wiirzburg, I. pp. 264-286, Taf. XVI., XVII. 1871f,- Verhandl. d. physikal.-medicin. Gesell. in Wiirzburg, [2], VII. pp. 257-279, Taf. IV., V. 187^. Wilson, Edmund B. Synopsis of the Pycnogonida of New England. Trans. Conn. Acad., V. pp. 1-26, PI. I. -VII. 1878. (Young of AcJielia sphiosa, p. 8, PI. II. fig. Ig; of Nymphon hirium, p. 23, PI. VI. figs. 2/, 2j.) 250 BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Report on the Pyciwgonida of New England and Adjacent Waters. In Rep. v. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries for 1S78, pp. 4G3-506, 7 pi. Washington, 1880. (Young ot Achdia gjnnosa, p. 474; of Nymphun hirtum, p. 490, PI. VII. fig. 41, as before.) Reports on the Results of Dredging, under the Supervision of Alexander Agassiz, along the East Coast of the United States, during the Summer of 1880, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer " Blake," Commander J. R. Bart- lett, U. S. N., commanding. XILI. Report on the Pycnogonida. Bull. Mm. Comp. Zo'oL, at Harvard Coll., iii Cambridge, VIII. pj) 239-25G, 5 \i\. 1881. (Development of Pallene shows that Zenker's account of the innervation of the three anterior pairs of appendages of Fycnorjonida is incorrect, p. 241, foot- note.) Wright, T. Strethill. Observations on British Zoophytes. 9. On the Development of Pycnogon Larvae within the Polyps of Hydrartinia echinata. Quart. Journ. Micro- scoj). Sci. [2], III. pp"! 51, 52. 1863. ^ No. 7. — Explorations of the Surface Fauna of the Gulf Stream, under the Auspices of the U. S. Coast Survey, hy Alexander Agassiz. (Published by permission of Carlile P. Patterson and J. E. Hilgard, Supts. of the U. S. Coast Survey.) Notes on Acalephs from the Tortugas, xvith a Description of New Genera and Species. By J. Walter Fewkes. The following pages contain descriptions of new raednScC collected at Key West and the Tortugas Islands, in March and April, 1881.* They contain an account of the anatomy and development of Linerges, Cas- siopea (Polf/clonia), Ocyroe, and a stage in the embryology of Eticharis. Six new species of Siphonophora, two new genera and three new species of Hydroida, are also described. New larval stages of growth, illustra- tive of the development of Glossocodon, are also figured and described. CTENOPHORA. Beroe ovata, Esch. Plate IV. Fig. 1. B. ovata is common along the Florida Keys. It has a quicker motion and is larger than B. roseola. The sense area is also more prominent. Eucharis multicornis,. Esch. Plate VII. Figs. 11, 12. A larva of Eucharis, closely resembling the young of E. midticornis, was found at Key West. It is smaller than the adults of E. multicornis,f and is * An account of A. Agassiz's explorations of the Tortugas, when these medusee were found, is published in Harv. Univ. Bull., XIX. p. 218, and Bull. Mus. Comp. Zobl., IX. 3. I am indebted to A. Agassiz for affording an opportunity to visit Key West and the Tortugas as his assistant. t Chun, Die Ctenophoren der Golfes von Neapel, &c., p. 297. VOL IX. — NO. 7. 252 BULLETIN OF THE more transparent. It wants also the brown red color of the well-known Meililerranean species. Ocyroe crystallina, Rang. Plate I. Figs. 1-6. A larval stage of this medusa* was found at the Tortugas. The anatomy of this Ctenophore is very characteristic. It differs from Dciopea kaloktenota, Chun,t in size, in the absence of tentacles, and in the presence of verj' prominent longitudinal muscles (/ m) on the under and inner surface of the oral lappets. It has only a remote likeness to the young of other genera. The motion of the animal is very characteristic, as it is caused, for the most part, not by the movement of the vibratile combs on the outer surface of the body, but by the strokes against the water of the oral lappets or lobes. When the animal is resting, the oral lappets are widely extended at right angles to the axis of the body (fig. 2). As movement begins, these lobes are quickly raised from that position to one above the actinal pole, so that their outer surfaces approach and almost toucli each other over it (fig. 4). Both lobes are then swung simultaneously downward, passing through an angle of 180°, and made to approach each other below the mouth, as in fig. 1. A flapping motion of this kind is continued without interruption several times and then ceases, the lappets returning to the position of rest with which they started. When the inertia acquired by this flapping is lost, the motion is again repeated. J Practically the "combs" contribute nothing to the motion of the medusa. This larva, like the adult Ocyroe maculafa, has neither ten- tacles nor tentacular sacs. The single specimen found was without doubt immature, and we should expect to find a true tentacle hanging from its body walls. In the yoimg Bolina the tentacles are very large, while in the adult they are reduced to simple club-shaped processes. In the Ocyroe larva there is no indication of the tentacle nor of the tentacular sac. The adult also has nothing which can be homologized to these structures. § The body of the larva has a short axis, and resembles distantly that of a young Bolina. The oral lappets are large, widely extended when at rest, and crossed on their lower, inner .surface by longitudinal muscles (fig. 5, rm).|| * It may be the young of 0. maculata, 0. fusca, or 0. crystallina, as described by Rang (Etablissement de la Faniille des Beroides, Ocyroe, 1827). t Op. ciL, p. 294, PI. IV. figs. 1-4. t A. Agassiz observed a similar motion of the oral lappets of 0. macnluta, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., VIII. 7. § This is true of the adult of 0. maculata. II The study of these muscles in the young 0. crystallina leads me to believe that I was WTong in considering the " spots " on the lobes pf 0. maculata as muscular in character, an opinion expressed in a previous paper. (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., VIII. 7.) These spots in 0. maculata are probably due to pigment in the walls of the lobes. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Zo") The same, surface is covered by a network of muscular fibres, similar to that found on the inner walls of the oral lappets of Bolina, and other genera. Lips (/) simple, very flexil^le, and prominent, projecting below the mouth. The auricles (a) are stout and not very prominent. There are two swimming combs on each ambulacrum. The course of the chymiferous tubes does not differ from that of the vessels of Bolina. The lateral or subtentacular tube (I t) arises from the lower end of the funnel (fn), and passes down along the side of the body into one of the lips. At this point it bifurcates (b), sending a branch (6') on eacb side to join the tube (st), which arises from a short ambulacrum.* The vessel later formed by the union of these small tubes first skirts the margin of the auricle (a) and is then continued in the tube (t) around the rim of the oral lappets, joining half-way in its course a similar tube from the opposite side of the body. The branch from the lateral tube joins the auricular vessel just below the auricle. , The chymiferous vessels of the eight rows of swimming plates (amhulacra) primarily branch from the lower end of the " funnel " as two small lubes (fig. 6, c) on opposite sides of this medial vessel, in a vertical plane at right angles to that which passes through the longitudinal axis of the mouth (fig. 5). The plane in which they lie cuts at right angles the axis of the mouth and passes through the otocyst (fig. 5, c). Each of these primary branches bifur- cates, at a short distance from its origin (c), and each smaller branch again subdivides (c c) into two members. In this way we have formed the eight vessels, which extend to the surface of the outer body walls, and form the meridional tubes, which lie directly under the rows of combs. The tubes (s t), which correspond to the " longer rows " of combs in the Bolinidcc, push their Avay into the oral lappets, and join in pairs, two in each lappet, while the shorter rows, after a more tortuous course, in which they unite with the bi- furcations from the lateral tube {I t) and skirt the edge of the auricles, also eventually unite in the oral lobes, forming a loop, which encloses the union of the vessels (s t).-\ In the union of the " long tubes " adjacent vessels unite ; in the junction of short tubes, vessels separated by a pair of long tubes join. The otocyst resembles that of Bolina. No liver glands or folds of the intestine and stomach were observed. In Dr. Chun's :j: figures of De'iopea the tubes corresponding with the vessels (s t) end blindly in the oral lappets without junction. In Ocyroe these tubes join as shown above. De'iopea has tentacular filaments extending from the position where the tentacle hangs to that of the auricles, along the lower edge of the body. Tentacular filaments are wanting in 0. crystallina. Dr. Chun, J as is Avell kno^vn, divides the Cteno})hora into the two groups * Tlie ambulacrum adjacent the tentacle on either side. t These tubes are shorter than the others in the adult. They correspond with the "long tubes " in the yoimg Bolina. t Op. cit., PI. IV. figs. 2, 3. 254 BULLETIN OF THE Tentaculata and Nuda, accordingly as tentacles exist or are wanting. If this feature alone be used in classification, Ocyroe would be placed in the group of Nuda side by side with medusa; like Beroe, with which it has few other ana- tomical likenesses. If his classification be followed, Ocyroe must be regarded as a connecting form between Ctenophora tentaculata and Ctcnophora nuda. Ocyroe renders necessary some modification in the phylogenetic tree which Dr. Chun suggests, for the different genera of comb-bearing medusae. The Beroids may have come from Bolina like jelly-fishes through Ocyroe rather than directly from other tentaculated Ctenophores. A. Agassiz has pointed out that this medusa has " structural characters of the Lohatce, Saccatre, and Eurystomw" * It is the intermediate form connecting Beroe with Ctenophores like Mucmiopsis or Bolina. Although most closely related to the Lobatoe, it resemljles genera of the Eurystoniatcc in tlie absence of tentacles and the course of the lateral tubes. The resemblance to the Saccata; is more distant. DISCOPHORA. Cassiopea frondosa, Lamarck. Plate I, Figs. 7 - 19. Plate II. Figs. 1, 3. Plate III. Figsv 1-3, 9, 10. Cassiopea frondosa f is very common in the moat outside Fort Jefferson on Garden Key (Tortugas Islands). Specimens were also found in the still waters and protected shallows in the lee of the Mangrove Keys, near Key West City. Cassiopea frondosa is found lying on the coral mud at the sea bottom, with its bell reversed and the oral region turned uppermost (PI. I. fig. 7.). When transferred to the aquarium it assumes a similar position, exhibiting little power of locomotion, but flapping the disk-shaped bell in a sluggish manner. This motion seems to be confined almost wholly to the margin of the bell. While it cannot be said to be fixed to the bottom in such a way that movement is impossible, it Avill be found, if its position from time to time be carefully observed, that it does move from place to place, although the amount is very small. It generally lies on its aboral region,^ sluggishly flapping the bell maigiu in a monotonous manner, in general appearance, when seen from the boat floating above it, resembling a small cluster of nullipores. The habit of * Hull. Mus. Comp. Zool., IX. 3. t I regard tliis the same as Pohjclonia frondosa, Agass. Polyclonia according to L. Agassiz has twelve marginal sense bodies and twelve radial markings. Tlie speci- mens of C. frondosa studied by me had generally sixteen such structures. Tliis is true of young as well as of adult Cassiopea^, except in abnormal specimens. C. frondosa is closely related to C. Andromeda, Esch. t A similar posture lias already been oliserved in Cassiopea by Mortens ; in Poly- c'onin, by L. Agassiz ; and in Medusa aquorea, Forsk, 1>y McAndrew. (Ann. Nat. Hist., IV., 1869, p. 295.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 255 clinging to the bottom by the upper (aboral) surface of the bell is also found in a genus widely separated in our classification from Cassiopea. We noticed last summer a young Cycmea (C.arctica), which was kept in the aquarium at Newport, fasten itself in the same way, and adopt the same sluggish movement of the bell-margin which is so characteristic of Cassiopea. It is not impossible, although as yet not supported by observation, that the " aboral papillae " (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., VIII. 8, p. 669, PI. VII. fig. 1) of the young Cijanea may serve to anchor the young medusa in this posture.* The bell of C. frondosa is flat and disk-shaped, in larger specimens with a diameter of a foot or a foot and a half. When seen from the aboral pole (fig. 10), two regions can be distinguished on the surface. Of these the central part has a circular form, and a slightly concave surface. It is bounded by the circumference of a circle, whose diameter is about three fourths that of the whole disk, and whose circumference limits that rigid (fig. 7, m) portion of the medusa bell by which it is attached to the bottom. The most marked feature in the structure of the central portion of the bell is the possession of sixteen radial stripes (e), which can best be seen from the aboral surface. These stripes are simple thickenings of the bell walls, and are most clearly defined near the periphery of the central region already described. At that point they assume a pyriform shape, while nearer the centre of the disk they become narrower until they disappear. A periphery drawn through the ends of these bodies, most distant from the middle oH the bell, bounds the rigid portion of the umbrella and divides the central part from the flexible margin. The outline of the stomach cavity (s) can be easily made out through the aboral bell walls, in which, at this point, there are traces of the radial stripes; If the substance of the bell be cut in such a way as to make a cross section of a pyriform body, it will be found that it has a milky-white color, while adjoining parts of the bell are brown and green. Its tissue is also more compact than that of the rest of the bell. Tliey seem to impart a greater rigidity to the bell walls, and not to be simply superficial coloration as some- times supposed. The marginal portion of the bell arches upward in the natural position of the medusa, and is very flexible. It is much thinner than the central part, and is almost wholly without radial markings. The bell rim is destitute of tentacles. It has, however, marginal bodies which distantly represent these structures in tentaculated Discoj^hora. These structures are of two kinds {v I, o l). They assume either the form of serrations (v I) placed peripherally (velar lapj^ets), or take a crescentic shape (ocular lap- pets), (o I). In the latter case they are arranged in pairs and mark the position on the bell margin of the sense bodies. There are sixteen pairs of these struc- tures (o I) having the more rounded shape, and each pair marks the position * In the genus Cephea we find stnictures homologous to the aboral papillae as- suming the form of small excrescences. Haeckel, op. cit., p. 574, PI. XXXVI. figs. 3, 5, 6. 256 BULLETIN OF THE of an otocyst. They represent aiipruxinuitely those lappets which in the genus Aureiia project far beyond the bell margin. Between each pair of crescent-shaped bodies there are three or four pointed serrations (« I) which represent in position the tentacles. The bell rim has a wavy crenate outline, slightly indented between the marginal serrations, and deeply incised between the crescentic bodies wliich have been mentioned above. The otocysts are fo\ind in the angle of these deeper incisions. The anatomy of the oral region (tig. 11) of CassiojJea is in certain respects peculiar. When the jelly-fish is seen from this side, which is uppermost in the natural position of the medusa, a confused mass of bodies of all sizes covers it and conceals completely the bell itself. These bodies give to the Cassiopea, when seen from a distance, a remote likeness to a marine alga. If, however, the innumerable bodies which cover the oral pole of the medusa be pushed apart (tig. 11) so that their attachment can be seen, it will be found that they arise from branches which primarily originate from eight gelatinous arms (oral arms, d), which are themselves prolongations from a centrally placed projection ('• Mundscheibe," t) from the oral surface of the bell. In the middle of the lower floor of Cassiopea there rises a cylindrical body, Mundscheibe (t), of gelatinous consistency, which gives origin to the eiglit oral arms (d) of the stomach. It is an octagojial body, and is without opening on the upper surface. There is no single central mouth in Cassiojica. and no centrall}' placed orifice * into the cavity of this cylinder. The only external openings which are to be found are four orifices (o) t)n the sides of the body of the Mundscheibe, 90° apart. These openings lie in the intervals between the four pairs of branching oral tentacles, and are the sexual orifices. They communicate directly between the cavity of the ovaries which lie in that of the oral cylinder (PL III. fig. 3, s o) and the surrounding water. Eight oral arms (ea. The youngest specimens taken were about an inch in diameter, and had already assumed the character- istic posture (7 «) of the adult. In the youngest, however, the central mouth, spoken of by L. Agassiz in the young PolydoJiia, was not observed. The larval Cassiopea (fig. 8) differs but little except in size from the adult as far as the oral region is concerned. The "sucker frills " (Saugkrausen) are less abundant and the large flask-shaped bodies fewer in number in the young medusa than in the adult. The coloration of the aboral side of the bell diff'ers markedly from that of the adult. The disposition of color is as follows : — * Polyclonia, which lias twelve otocysts according to L. Agassiz, may be an abnor- mal Cassiopea in which the number of sense bodies is normally sixteen. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 259 The young medusa seeli from the aboral pole is shown in Plate I. fig. 8. Six- teen radial stripes (e), whose periphery bounds the central region of the bell, have already appeared, and can be seen faintly showing through the transparent walls of the bell. Their general shape is cuneiform. Situated on the bell margin, and alternating with the bodies last mentioned, are sixteen triangular white spots (<')• These triangular spots are the velar lappets (yl), which are now solid and not differentiated into the three serrations which characterize the interocular bell margin of the adult. The ocular lappets (tt) are also found on the bell rim. Tliey seem from the very first to arise independently of the velar lappets. They are arranged in pairs alternating with the velar lappets, and enclosing the otocysts as in the adult. In many of the young Cassiopece which were examined, one of the oral arms was much more developed than the others. Is this a remnant of a want of symmetry in growth similar to what exists in the strobila stage of the young Aurdia .? Linerges Mercurius, Haeckel. Plate II. Figs. 3, 4, 5. Plate III. Figs. 4-8, 11, 13. Plate IV. Figs. 3 - 23. Representatives of the genus Linerges* probably L. Mercurius, are among the most abundant Discophores found in the Gulf off the Florida Keys. In the tide eddies near the Tortugas Islands, we passed through long windrows of these medusae, reaching as far as the eye could follow. Linerges is locally called the " mutton-fish thimble," from its shape and the supposition, without foundation ai? far as I could learn, that they constitute the food of the mutton- fish. The bell is thimble-shaped, with vertical walls ; its height is about half the diameter. The outer surface is covered with small excrescences or tuber- cles. The walls are thin and flexible. The walls of the apex are more rigid than the vertical, and less capable of motion. The bell margin is indented with sixteen deep incisions, from each of which hang alternately tentacles and otocysts. The marginal lobes left by these incisions in the bell rim are com- monly carried folded inward at right angles to the vertical bell walls, resem- bling a discontinuous velum. There are eight short tentacles, which hang from alternate incisions in the bell rim, and project but a short distance beyond the bell margin. They are capable of very little motion, and are probably solid.t The lower floor or inner wall of the bell is formed of muscular fibres, and is * Swartz (Neu. Abh. d. Schwed. Akad., IX.) described in 1789, under the name Medusa unguiculata, a similar jelly-fish. t Haeckel, op. cit., says they are solid in related genera. The specimens of Linerges described by Haeckel were alcoholic, which fact is an exjjlanation of the difference in coloration in his drawings and mine. Linerges loses its brown color in preservative fluids. 2G0 BULLETIN OF THE thickly iiigniented. At certain points it han^^s down in spherical sacs, which will be described presently. Between this muscular layer and the inner surface of the vertical walls uf the bell, below the pouches last mentioned, there is an anastomosing network of vessels, which grows more intricate near the bell margin, and finally ends in irregular dendritic marginal j^rolongations in the lobes of the ])A\. This network of tubes is formed by interstitial growth between the lower lloor and the inner surface of the bell. All the anastomos- ing vessels unite near the ujjper part of the bell, and enter the stomach cavity through sixteen radial tubes. Eight of these tubes pass directly from the cavity of an otocyst to the stomach, gathering \\[> as it goes the network of vessels, and eight others take a similar course from the tentacles to the central chymiferous cavity. The common cavity into which these tubes open lies above the stomach properly so called. It is a small circular recess, bounded by the inner wall of the bell above, and the lower floor below. It occupies the central part of the bell above the stomach, with which, however, it communicates by means of a centrally placed opening in the floor. This chymiferous cavity is marked on its periphery by thirty-two pouches, which hang down into the bell cavity from its inner walls. These pouches are formed of baglike expansions of the lower floor of the bell, and are commonly found inflated with fluid. At times, also, they lose their contents, probably discharging it into the chymiferous cavity. They have a deep brown color I'rom the growth of pigment in their walls, and are probably organs for the secretion of a biliary fluid.* The chj^miferous cavity is probably homologous with the central cavity in Cambessa Tagi.-f It lies above the stomach in normal positions of the medusa, and communicates with it only through the central orifice already mentioned. The stomach proper of Linerges is bounded on the sides by folds hanging down from the inner bell walls and roofed over by the floor of the chymiferous cavity. The lateral walls of the stomach are short, curtain-like structures, which never project beyond the bell opening. The mouth is rectangular, cross-shaped, resembling closely that of some genera of hydroid medusse. The walls of the lips are crossed by eight rows of pigment spots arranged in four pairs, each of which extends into one of the four divisions of the cruciform mouth. Four clusters of gastral filaments are found suspended from the upper wall or roof of the stomach, in positions corresponding with the four angles of the mouth, and alternating with the extensions of the cruciform oral aperture. Each filament is dotted with crimson pigment-spots. They are in constant motion, and at times their extremities are found projected through the central * This conclusion seems to me more natural than that they are testes, sacs for the reception of undeveloped ova or spermatozoa, organs of respiration, or kidneys. For enumeration of their possible function and discussion of their homology, see llaeckel, op. cit., p. 493. t Greuacher and Noll, AbhaucU. Seuk. GesulL, X. PI. III. fig. 3 (d c'). MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 261 opening, which leads from the stomach into the chymiferons cavity above. Their function is unknown.* The marginal sense bodies of Linercjes are very characteristic. They are eight in number, and are situated in incisions alternating with the tentacles on the bell rim. Each otocyst is very prominent, and at first glance appears to be destitute of a " hood." This impression is, however, not a true one, for the hood in Linerges assumes a curious and at first unrecognizable form. When the otocyst is looked at from above it resembles a spherical sac, in the centre of which, through the transparent walls, a si7iijle otolith mounted on a short peduncle can be seen. The transparent sac in which this single otolith is contained is the homologue of the " hood " of other Discophora. If the sac be viewed from below, it will be found to be not a closed capsule, but an open one, or that the wall of the sac is wanting on the under surface. The hood has thus in Linerges assumed a caplike form reaching outward so as to envel- ope the otolitli on the upper side, and to leave the lower unprotected. The otolith is a single spherical body, and not a rhondooidal structure as in Cyanea and many others. There is no prominent ocellus.f No representative of a " Sinnespolster," or of an outer " Riechgriibschen," was seen. Oral sense curtains and lappets are also wanting. The ovaries hang from the inner bell walls and seem to be in free com- munication with the stomach. They are four in number, and have a horse- shoe shape. Each ovary is made up of two halves, united together in such a way that the gland has the peculiar arched form shown in the plate. The ovaries have a dark brown color. The ova (PL IV. fig. 7) are laid in small black clusters, composed of from fifteen to twenty eggs, which are agglutinated together. A segmentation of the ovum begins shortly after the egg is dropped, when it becomes more transparent and separates from its union with others of the same cluster. The first change in the segmentation is the elongation of the ovum into an ovoid shape, blunt at one pole and more tapering at the opposite. The first plane of segmentation divides the egg into two unequal segment spheres ; one formed from the pointed, and the other irom the blunt pole of the ovum. Shortly after this first cleavage of the egg into two unequal spheres, a second plane divides the larger of the two into two other spheres which are also of unequal size, and we have an egg in which three segmentula3 can be seen. All of these parts now assume a pyriform shape, and new segment-spheres are con- stricted from them in the same way that the two spheres were first formed from the original ovum. At the end of the second day after ovulation the ovum was in the condition shown in fig. 12. The segmentation takes place in the water, * Tliese filaments may be homologous to the "sexual filaments " of Cyanea. Tliey resemble closely in position the early condition of these structures in the ephyra of Cyanea. See Bull. Mus. Conip. Zool., VIII. 8, PL VII. figs. 8, 9, 10. t There are many scattered pigment-cells, which may be an ocellus, in the region of the style where this structure is commonly found. 262 BULLETIN OF THE mid not in the sacs banging from the inner walls of the hell.* The pUuiula ■which follows the morula last described does not difler from the planula of other medusa). It is an oblong spherical body richly ciliated and capable of rapid motion. Intermediate stages of growth between the planula and that which is probably the oph yra of Linenjcs were not observed, so that I cannot say definitely whether Linerr/cs has a direct development or not. A medusa which resendjles Linerges very closely, and which may be its ephyra, was found in great abundance in the water about Fort Jefferson (Tor- tugas Islands) at the same time that Linerges was so common. f The shape of the youngest ephyra (fig. 4) is very similar to that of the young Cyanea. The bell is fiat, disk-shaped, and with its margin continued into eight pairs of prominent lappets, two of which are represented in the figure. The walls of the bell have a yellow-brown color, and the surface (uppei) is doited with small round pigment-spots. In the deep incisions around the bell margin hang, alternating with each other, eight tentacles and as many otocysts. The tentacles are suspended from the deeper and narrower incisions of the bell rim, while the marginal sense bodies are found in the remaining indentations which separate adjoining pairs of marginal lobes. The tentacles are single, hollow (?) bodies, which do not project beyond the tips of the marginal lobes when extended. As compared to the diameter of the bell they are relatively larger than the same bodies in Linerges. The marginal sense bodies resemble closely those of Linerges, and consist of a single otolith of spherical shape enclosed in a capsule-like hood which is open below (figs. 16-18). It differs from Linerges in possessing an ocellus or well- marked black pigmented region at the base of the peduncle which bears the otocyst. The existence of an ocellus in the young, and not in the adult, is a very anomalous fact, and never before mentioned in any Discophore. It even leads me strongly to doubt whether 1 am right in considering this ephyra the young of Linerges. The ocellus of the ephyra is a complicated structure. It is not a simple mass of black pigment-cells, but resembles the complicated eye- spot of medusa) like the genus Tamoija. In the middle of the base there is a lens-shaped, apparently transparent body, which rises above the surface of the otocyst style, and around it, in which it seems to be imbedded, we find the black pigment (fig. IT). In this regard it is different from the ocellus of most DiscopJiora in which the ocellus seems to be a simple pigment-spot on the peduncle of the otocyst. * An observation whieli disproves the tlioory that the subumbral pouclies are receptacles for tlie developing young. t The resemblance between this ephyra and members of tlie family Ephyridcc, Haeck. is very close. It approaches very near the genus Xausicaa, Haeck. The figures of this epliyra made use of in my description were drawn from nature by A. A^asbiz. MUSEUM OF COMPAIIATIVE ZOOLOGY. 263 The mouth of the ephyra is simple, quadrate, and there is a single gastral filament in each quadrant. The lips are simple raised ridges from the lower floor of the stomach, and assume a cruciform outline when seen from beneath. The chyiniferous tubes are broad extensions from the stomach to the tentacles and otocysts. No extensions of the central cavity as yet push out towards the marginal lobes. In an ephyra still older than that just described, we have anatomical differ- ences of a most important kind. While the general outline, color, and pigmen- tation is about the same as in the former, important additions have taken place in the internal anatomy. Prominent among these is the formation near the base of each tentacle of a spherical body filled with cells. These bodies are seen in fig. 3. They are the beginnings of the ovaries which in later stages assume a different form, and by coalescence form the horseshoe sexual glands of the adult. Intermediate between the broad prolongations from the stomach cavity, which in the young ephyra extend to otocyst and tentacle, smaller blindly ending tubes push out in the direction of the marginal lobes. They are as yet very short, hardly entering more than the base of the lobe. By far the most interesting anatomical structure in this as well as subsequent stages of the ephyra is the difi'erentiation of the stomach cavity into an upper and lower story, by the growth of a continuation of the lower floor of the bell into a partition in this structure. In an ephyra as young as fig. 3, this diff"er- entiation has been accomplished, and the onlj^ communication between the stomach proper and the chymiferous cavity above is through a centrally placed opening in the lower floor. The number of gastral filaments in each cluster has very much increased, and their ends often project through the central orifice in the wall which divides the stomach from the chymiferous cavity, just as also happens in the adult Linerges. In the oldest ephyra (fig. 15) the approximation in shape and color to the adult Linerges has gone still further. The depth of the incisions v.dnch sepa- rate the marginal lobes has diminished, and the bell has become more thimble- shaped, the apex rising and the walls becoming more vertical instead of horizontal. The circular muscles in the lower floor have also clearly difteren- tiated themselves from the iiTner wall of the bell. One of the most important changes which has taken place is in the form of the eight ovaries. As the spherical glands of the ephyra (fig. 3) grow in size with the development of the larva, two bulges form on adjoining sides near the ends, and gradually approach each other. As growth goes on, these pro- jecting portions join, and we have the eight glands fused into four, each assuming a crescentic shape, as in the adult Liyierges. The mode of growth of the ovaries has been one of the strongest facts pointing to the relationship of the ephyra to Linerges. 264 BULLETIN OF THE SIPHONOPHORA. Stephanomia * Atlantica, sp. nov. Plate W Fig. 1. Plate VI. Figs. 18-33. A new species of Stej)hanomia, M. E. was taken by us at Tortugas. The most marked characteristic of the genus Stephanomia {Forskalia) is the niultiscrial arrangement of the swimming bells. Instead of being placed biserially on the stem, or with one row of bells at each end of diameters passing through the axis in one and the same plane as in Agalma, Esch., Ayalmopsis (sensu strictiori) and Halistemma, Huxley, the nectocalyces of Ste- phanomia are arranged in several series, with their openings situated at the extremities of axes or diameters passing through the nectostem in several ver- tical planes, so that they seem to open on all sides, as shown in PL V. fig. 1, n. The nectocalyces are much more numerous than in any of the genera men- tioned, and the motion which they impart to the animal is of a more varied kind. This genus is the only Physophore which has a multiserial arrangement of nectocalyces on the nectostem. f The polypites are mounted on long peduncles (u) corresponding to the " VYimperwulst " % of Agalma and related genera. From the distal end of this peduncle, near the base of the feeding-polyps, hang also clusters of undevel- oped tentacular knobs (j) and covering scales. The base of the polypite when retracted is enlarged into a spherical body, as shown in PI. VI. figs. 20, 22. This portion of the feeding-polyp is formed by the contraction of the base of the polypite. The walls of the feeding-polyp are thickly pigmented (PI. VI. fig. 22) near the base with dark red pigment, which renders these bodies very prominent. The tentacular knobs (PL VI. figs. 18, 19, 21) have a single terminal fila- ment, a long pedicle, and arc destitute of an involucrum. They arise from tentacles as those of other Physophores. The tentacles from which they hang * In this account I regard Forskalia, KiilL, a synonym of Stephanomia, M. E. (Vide Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., VI. 7, pp. 132-134). t A single species of Physophora, P. tetretstica, is said by Philippi and Delle Chiaje to have four rows of nectocalyces. This is probably a mistake. (Vide Keferstein u. Ehlers. Zoologische Beitrage, p. 30, note.) } The base of the polypite from which tlie tentacular knobs bud. Claus, Ueber Halistemma Tergestinum, p. 35. Peron's Ste2)hanomia may have been an Agalma, Esch. Stephanomia, Huxley, is nearer Agnlmopsis, Sars, than it is to Stephanomia, Peron. AgnlmojKis, Sars (1846), has the priority of Stephanomia, Huxley (1859). Stephanomia, Milne Edwards, has pedunculated polj'pites, which are not figured in Stephanomia, Peron. Milne Edwards's description is such that there is no doubt of his genus Stephanomia. If we abandon Peron's generic name Stephanomia, as applied by Milne Edwards, for Kolliker's later name, Forskalia, why should we retain it as applied by Huxley eleven years later ? MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 2G5 take origin from the base of the polypite, near its union with the peduncle. The axis is hxrge, muscular, and spirally coiled.* The color of its wall is yellow and orange. The Hoat is in no respects peculiar, and bears around the o[)ening by which the air-sac communicates with the surrounding water a number of regularly arranged pigment-spots. The nectocalyces are arranged in manj'- rows, opening laterally in spirals on all sides of the animal. The most distally placed bells from the float are the oldest, as in other Physophores. Directly under the float there is a small cluster («) of undeveloped swimming-bells. Each nectocalyx has a cubical form, the Hat faces of which conform to the surfaces of adjoining bells. The bell has in other particulars a great resem- blance to the nectocalyx of other Physophores, and does not seem to dili'er from that of ForsJcalia contnrta. The course of the radial tulies is like that in Aijalmn. At the union of the radial tube with the ring canal on the liell margin, there is a large yellow spot, which is an ocellus or sense organ (if tlie same kind as similar bodies in certain hydroid medusa}. On either side of it, there is a short papilla of imknown function. In the undeveloped nectocalyx we find a single large yellow spot of this kind, which forms a very conspicuous body on the bell margin. Later in the growth of the nectocalyx, its compara- tively large size diminishes. We should expect, if anywhere among the Physo- phores, a development of the sense oi'gans in Stephanomia. Its motion through the water is so rapid that organs of this kind are necessary. Ocelli on the margin of tlie nectocalyx are, however, not peculiar to Stephanomia. In our common Diphycs similar ocelli are found, three in number, on the margin of the anterior nectocalyx. The attachment of the covering-scales to the base of the polypites and the distal end of the peduncle imparts to the polyx stem of Siephanomia a diameter relatively greater than that of other Physophores. In Agulma the covering-scales spring from the base of the polypite, of which the peduncle is very short. In Stcpihanomia, however, the pedicle, which bears the feeding- polyp, is so long that the covering-scale seems to hang Irom a point midway between the axis of the animal and the mouth of the polypite. The tastern do not differ from the tastern of other Physophores, except that they have long peduncles, as is the case also with the polypites. The male and female bells arise from the same tastern at their junction with their peduncles. The colony is monoecious. The sexual bells resemble closely those of Agalmopsis (jracile, sp. nov. In its motion through the water it is one of the most active of all the Physophores. The combination of so many series of nectocalyces can pi-opel it in almost any direction with the greatest ease, whereas in Agalma and some others these propelling organs are obviously placed in a disadvantageous position for quick movement. As it passes through the water in the line of its axis, it sometimes combines a rotation of the stem with the direct forward motion. When the cohmy is quiet in the water the peduncles of the polypites and the organs which they bear are widely extended, so that its diameter is very great as compared with its length. As the colony begins to advance in the line of * In the same way as For.skalia contorta. 266 BULLETIN OF THE its axis the peduncles are retracted and the bracts are pressed closely together in order to ofler less resistance to the direct advance of the animaL The greatest care must be taken in transferring the colony from its native element into aquaria, otherwise it will drop all its nectocalyces and the l)racts will fall off, their attachment to the colony is of such a fragile nature. Sfe^j/ia- nomia is much more delicate than most other genera of Physophores. Agalma papillosum, sp. nov. Plate V. Figs. 5, 6. Plate VI. Fig. 37. The genus Agalma* Esch., is represented by at least two species in Florida seas. One of these is A. eler/ans, which is also found in Narragansett Bay. The other is a new species, A. papillosum, of which two immature specimens were found near Key West, Florida. A papillosum resembles A. elcgans in many particulars of structure, and might be mistaken for it. There is, however, this important difference between the two American species of the genus. The most important characteristic of A. papiillosum is the presence, on the outer surface of the covering-scales and upon the swimming-bells, of short papillaj, swollen at their extremities into spherical knobs (PL V. figs. 5, 6). As far as I have studied other genera of Physophores there are none where similar appendages are found on these parts. The axis of the specimens taken was very short, and seemed to indicate an immature animal. A single feeding polyp Q') is found hanging from the end of the stem, and several tastern {d d! d") could be seen protruded between the covering-scales (c). The float («) is large, thickly pigmented at its apex with crimson spots. It has a small aperture communicating between its air-sac (a a) and the surrounding medium. The nectocalyces were all immature and few in number. The largest swimming-bell (n) was about half grown, as its relative size seemed to indi- cate, and is shown, as seen from above, on Plate V. fig. 6. In most particulars of internal structure the swimming-bells resemble the young nectocalyces of * I include in the genus Agalma those long-stemmed Pliysophores with a biserial arrangement of the nectocalyces and tentacular knobs, composed of a coiled sacculus, covered by an involucrum, and terminated by a vesicle and two lateral filaments. (Eschscholtz, Oken's Isis, 1825, L, and System der Aealephen, p. 150.) For a dis- cussion of the limits of the genera Agalma, Agnlmopsis, and HaUstcmma, see Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vl. 7, p. 132. Sars evidently had two or three genera of Physophores which he called Agalmopsis eleganx. One of the.se may have been my Agalma elcgans (Fauna Littoralis Norvegioe, pp. 32-44, Taf. 5, 6). The fu'st form described by him had a tentacular knob like Halisfevima ruhrum, with a well-developed involucrum, which is wanting in HaU- stcmma, Huxley. Such a knob is not very unlike that of Agalmopsis Tcrgestinum and A. gracile. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 2G7 A. elegans. A cliaractei'istic feature in thoir anatomy is tlie prolongation of the upper wall of the bell cavity into two symmetrically placed recesses (A n), one extending into each of those prolongations of the nectocalj'x which emlnace the axis. The sides of the swimming-bell, on the external surface, are sparingly covered with papillae which are enlarged at their ends into a spherical knob formed of large thread-cells (PI. \l. fig. 27). The covering-scales are more rectangular in outline than those of A. elegans, and are crossed by several longitudinal ridges (r) bearing lasso-cells closely crowded together. Their exact shape was not detei'mined, as only two speci- mens were taken, and these were evidently larval. The sides and outer convex surface of the bract bear the characteiistic papillte which have been spoken of as found on the walls of the nectocalyces. The tastern (fZ d' d'') are more slender than those of A. cicrjans, and have a greater flexibility of motion. Their extremities protrude far outside the limits of the covering-scales, and their very tips are armed with clusters of lasso-cells. From the base of each there hangs a long, jlexil ile, highly contractile filament (c), which is commonly carried retracted at its l)ase near the axis. There is but one feeding-polyp, which a])pears to be the metamorphosed yolk mass, and is found at the lower end of the axis. The single tentacle (/) suspended from its base bears tentacular knobs (/,) like those of A. drgans. Immature pendants (j) in all stages of growth are found at the base of the polypite, on the wimjierwulst. The tentacular knot) is composed of a coiled sacculus of dark red color, enclosed in an involucrum and terminated by a vesicle and two lateral filaments. These filaments are short and stunted, and seem to indicate that the specimens studied were immature.* No sexual bells were observed. Agalmopsis fragile, sp. nov. Plate V. Fig 2. Plate VI. Figs. 16, 17, 23, 24, 25. In 1878 Claus f described from Trieste a new Physophore, to which he gave the name Halistemnia Tercjestinuvi. INIetschnikoff refers the same, taken at Villa Franca at about the same time, to Ste])hanomia picta, sp. nov. Metsch. I have already discussed f the synonomy of this genus. A single specimen of an Agalmopsis closely related to /S. picta, Metsch. (H. Tergestinum, Claus), was found at Key West. So close is its likeness to the Mediterranean species that it is probably the same. Direct comparison is necessary to prove their identity. * This species is verj' different from A. chgrnis of about the same age. A. rJcgam^ with one polypite has two kinds of tentacular knobs and a in-oniinent network of red pigment on the feeding polyp. It is destitute of the papillse found on the necto- calyces and scales of A. papillosum. t Ueber Halistemnia Tergestinum, n. sj)., in Albeit, d. Zool. Inst, zu Wien, Heft I. \ IJull. Mus. Comp. Zool., VI. 7. 268 BULLETIN OF THE The axis (Ji) of ylrj. fragile is very flexilile, while the nectocalyces and scales admit of more motion on each other tlian is commonly the case among Phy- sophores. These a])pendages also are very transparent and small in size as compared to the length of the colony. Tlie whole animal is more slender than an Agalma, and the ai)pendages, in respect to their size, less conspicuous. The float («) does not differ from that of other Physophores. It is relatively large, and bears apical pigment-spots of crimson color. Similar colored spots are likewise found at intervals along the length of the axis, especially on that portion of it which bears the swimming-bells and is known as the nectostem. This peculiar distribution of pigment on the stem is confined to the two species Ay. 'picta and A(j. fnujilc. In other genera colored spots are found on the axis, but they are not so prominent as in these two species of Agalviopsin* One of the main differences between the nectocalyces of Acjulmopsis and those of A(juhna is the existence of three or four bright orange ocelli ((*) on the bell margin near the terminus of the radial tubes. The course of these vessels in the walls of the bell is almost identical in the two genera. The portion of the axis upon which the bracts are borne is veiy long and highly flexible. The covering-scales (c) are small, inconspicuous, and trans- parent. They have a rectangular shape, and are fiistened to the axis by means of a short peduncle. A blindly ending, medially placed tube penetrates their whole length on the inner concave surface. It opens into the stem cavity by an elbow-joint. The polypites (_p) are long, slender, flask-shaped bodies, which are very prominent on account of the network of bright crimson pigment on their sides and bases. The tentacles carry tentacular knobs (PI. VI. fig. 17), which have a bell-shaped involucrum and a single terminal filament without a vesicle. The sacculus is tightly coiled, and has a dark red color. It bears near the attachment of the involucrum a double row of prominent thread-cells. The male and female bells hang in clusters from the base of the tastern (fig. 16, s), and are not separated from each other on different regions of the axis. The male bells (fig. 25) are smaller than the female (fig. 24) and have a crimson color. The female bells are colorless. As is true of most Physophores, the colony is monoecious. f * The tentacular knobs of Agalmopsis uiricularia, Claus, are so dilferent from those of otlier PhysophoridsB that I have considered it a new genus (Bull. JIus. Com)). ZoiJl., VI. 7). It may be known as Calliagahna uiricularia. 1 In Xanomia according to Mr. Agassiz the two sexes ai-e not combined in the same colony. (N. Amer. Acal., p. 208 ; Seaside Studies, &c., p. 80.) Agalmojms, Agdlma, PliTjsojyhora, Athonjhia, Halistcmma, Slephaiwmia, and Praya liave both male and female bells on the same stem. The same is said to be true of JLppopodlus. Ahi/la, Jpokviia, and Diphycs are probably dia3cious. Sexual organs of but one kind are known in Ehizophysa. They resemble those of Physalia. Nanomia will also be found to bear male as well as female sexual bells on the same axis, as it is probably the young of Agalmopsis. My reason for regarding Kanomia as the young of Agalmopsis and not of Agalma will be found in Bull. Mus. Conip. Zoob, VI. 7, p. 141. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 269 Rhizophysa gracilis, sp, nov. Plate VI. Figs. 1-6. One of the most interesting Physophores found by us is a new species of Khizophysa. It differs from R. filiformis, Lam., in the position of the sexual bodies and the form of the tentacular knobs. Its differences from R. Eyaenhardtii are still greater. R. gracilis has two kinds of tentacular knobs, neither of which are present in R. Eysenhanltii. I am unable to say whether my species is the same as any of those described by Studer.* Riiizophysa has a long, thread- like axis, destitute of swimming-bells, covering-scales, and tastern. At one extremity there is a float which, in all species of the genus, is relatively larger than in other Physophores, with the exception of the single genus Physalia. The axis is very contractile, coiling up when touched at the base of the float, and then leisurely extending itself to its normal length. The stem walls seem to be extremely sensitive to the touch of a foreign body. The float (fig. 2) is similar to an enlargement of the stem at one extremity, and is formed of two parts, an external float and an internal air-sac. The walls of the float are composed of two layers, and have the shape of an elon- gated sphere (prolate spheroid). The outer walls are dotted with small cells, irregularly placed. These cells are characteristic of the species, or at least are not found in R. filiformis, the common Rhizophysa from the Mediterranean. At the apical pole of the float there is an opening through which the cavity of the air-sac communicates with the surrounding medium. The air-sac has the general form of the float, but is much smaller, and hangs inside this structure, being suspended from its upper pole. The cavity of the air-sac is in free communication Avith the external water through the apical orifice of the float. Around this opening there are large patches of dark brown pigment. The walls of the lower hemisphere of the air-sac (g) are thicker than those of the upper, and have a yellowish green color. From the lower surface of the air-sac, confined to the hemisphere (//) with thickened walls, there hang into the cavity of the float many finger-like pouches, which are sometimes bifurcated at their extremities. In R. gracilis these appendages to the air-sac are open at their distal ends, so that their cavities seem to freel^ communicate with that of the float. On one side of the base of the float, pro- jecting from its external walls, is an excrescence (e) filled with small globules whose function is unknown. f A similar appendage to the float has not been seen by me in R. filiformis. The polj-pites (p) of R. gracilis resemble closely in shape those of R. fili * Zeit. f. \Viss. ZooL, XXXT. t A natural liomology of this body is that it is an undeveloped polypite. The transparent spheres within are probably bubbles of air which have made their way into the float through its apical opening. 270 BULLETIN OF THE formis, hut are stouter and covered with small regularly placed patches of pig- luent, whose color was not noticed (tig. 4). The single specimen which we iound liad four feeding-polyps. The tentacles (fig. 4) arise from the base of the polypite, and closely resemble the tentacles of R. fdiformis. Along their upper side, near their proximal end, they bear many simple buds,* which are undeveloped tentacular knobs (fig. 4). The pendants, therefore, in this genus, seem to bud from the tentacles, and not, as in Agalma, from the base of the polypites. These buds pass by successive changes into well-developed tentacular pendants of two kinds. The adult form of these two kinds of tentacular knobs does not difier as radically in their anatomy as that of the pendants of R. filiformis. The first and more numerous tentacular pendant consists of a simple coiled sacculus (fig. 5), without involucrum, mounted on a long, flexible peduncle. The termination (fig. 5') of the sacculus is trifid, consisting of a prominent median projection 'and smaller lateral protuberances. The tip of each bears a black pigment-spot. The whole surface of the knob is abundantly supplied with thread-cells. A second kind of tentacular pendant, similar in some respects to the former, was also observed (fig. 6). It diifers from the former in having an undivided tip which bears a small pigment-spot. The second form of tentacular pendant is more slender than the first, and may be found to be simply the immature condition of that described above. The " first form " of tentacular knob in R. gracilis corresponds part for part with the "first form" of knob in R. filiformis. Representatives of what are known as the "second" and "third"! kind of pendant in the latter species seem not to exist in the present species, R. gracilis. The whole outer surface of the tentacle is thickly covered with large lasso-cells. The sexual organs (s) differ in shape, size, and position from those of most other Physophores. They resemble most closely homologous structures in the genus Physalia. Instead of arising in clusters from the stem, each placed midway between two polypites as in some genera, or from the base of a taster as in others, they hang from the axis at a point immediately below the base of attachment of the upper polypite. f In the single specimen studied they are wanting on the other feeding-polyps. The cluster (fig. 3) has a botryoidal shape, and hangs from the axis by a single slight peduncle. The pedicle of the sexual bodies opens directly into a spherical body, as shown in fig. 3. This body varies in size and shape, and contains a simple cavity. It is sometimes so contracted that it is indistinguish- * Huxley, op. cit.,l?\. VIII. fig. 18, represents similar buds near the j)roximal end of the tentacle. t By the "second" and "third" form of tentacular pendants in R. filiformis, I refer to those structures which Gegenbaur (Beit. z. n. Kennt. d. Schwimp., Taf. XVni. figs. 8, 9) calls respectively the Ila-iulformiges Angelorgan and the V'dgelkopfahnliches Organ. X They occupy a similar position as regards the polypites as the female bells of Agalma. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 271 able from the peduncle itself. There are four clusters of sexual bodies arising from this enlargement of the peduncle. Each of these subordinate clusters is attached by its own peduncle, and l)ears several buds in various stages of growth. Of these buds the more proximal are generally the most developed, and they have not yet taken on the form of a bell. The axis and peduncle of each cluster is very contractile. The sexual cluster is a very prominent body on the stem, swaying backward and forward with passing currents of water. None of the single bells which form this cluster were observed to separate from the axis, nor were their contents seen to be discharged. In none of the buds could an egg be distinguished, and it is impossible to tell whether the animal was male or female, so little is known of the difference between the sexes in the genus Ehizophysa. " Mace-like " sexual organs, such as are found in R. filiformis, probably develop into sexual glands similar to those which we have described in R. gracilis* Many parasitic Crustacea were found infesting R. gracilis. They clung to the float and polypites with such pertinacity that it was almost impossible to tear them away without rupturing the Rhizophysa. Six of these parasites were found upon a single Siphonophore. The same, or a closely related parasite,f is also one of the greatest enemies of the genus Physophora. Athorybia formosa, sp. nov. Plate V. Figs. 3, 4. Plate VI. Figs. 7-14. A new species J of Athorybia was taken at the Tortugas. This remarkable genus has never before been found in American waters, and very little is known of the anatomy of the other species, A. rosacea, although it is very com- mon in some parts of the Mediterranean. § Athorybia differs from other Physophoridce in the absence of a long axis and nectocalyces, altkough possessing a well-developed float, and bracts or covering- * See Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XX., Note on Rhizophysa. The likeness of the sexual organs of R. gracilis to the bundles of "medusa buds" iu Physalia and Tubularia is very striking. Whether the medusoid buds always remain attached in this Phj-sophore, as in Tubularia, is unknown. The resemblance between the sexual organs of Physalia and R. gracilis is so close that the embryology of the two genera must be very similar. t The genus and species of this Crustacean were not determined. \ Three species of Athorybia (sensu strictiori) are described by Eschscholtz, A. helianfha, A. mclo, Q. & G., and A. rosacea. Since his time nothing has been added to his descriptions of the two former. Practically what is known of the anatomy of the genus we owe to the accounts of A. rosacea by Kolliker (Die Schwimmpolypen Oder Siphonophoren von Messina, pp. 24-28, PI. VII.), Sars (Middelhavets Littoral Fauna, Nyt. Magaz. f. Katur., X. pp. 6, 7), and Huxley {op. cit., pp. 86-89, PI. IX.). A. formosa differs from their account of the anatomy of A. rosacea in the form of the tentacular knob. § Rare at Naples and Villa Franca. 272 BULLETIN OF THE scales. The form ami development of these latter structures impart a peculiar outline to the Athonjbia. The float (a) is large, pear-shaped, and sometimes it protrudes above the circlet of covering-scales, as in the figures of A. mdo, Q. & G., but generally it is drawn below the upper edges of the bracts so that it can only be seen by looking through the body of the scale. When seen from above, the float has a cherry or claret-red color on tlie periphery surrounding a dark brown middle. In the centre there appears an opening giving a free communication between the air-bladder (a a) and the surrounding water. The air-bladder (a a), which hangs within the float, is an elongated sac sus- pended from the imier walls of the upper pole of the float. It resembles closely the air-bladder of Agabna, and is destitute of those finger-like processes which characterize the same structure in lihizojyhysa. No communication was observed between the cavity of the float and that of the axis. Swimming-bells are wanting in Athoryhia. The covering-scales arise from all sides of the short axis below the float, and in their method of attachment to the rudimentary stem are not unlike the petals of a flower. When seen from the side, they give the whole animal a rhomboidal shape. The covering-scales (PI. VI. fig. 14) are curved and spatu- late, with the convex surface turned outward. At its origin the bract is narrow, but gradually as it i-ecedes from that point it widens, and its bounding edges are indented with a pair of teeth, one on each side about two thirds the distance from the attachment to the distal rim of the scale. The outer, convex surface of the covering-scale is slightly rounded laterally, and is crossed by four rows of lasso-cells {I) arranged in longitudinal lines.* When the scale is seen from one side it appears serrated along these four lines. The scale of the Athoryhia stage in the young Agalma has a somewhat similar serrated appearance. Along the medial line of the bract, on its inner concave surface, there runs a longi- tudinal vessel which communicates with the stem cavity and ends blindly at the most distal extremity of the scale. From their position of attachment, as commonly carried, the scales at first extend outward almost at right angles to the axis of the float, and the natural curvature which they have imparts the somewhat spherical outline to the animal. These covering-scales can be made to extend themselves or draw together, receding from or approaching the line passing through their attach- ment and the apical portion of the float. This expanding and contracting power of these bodies is limited to the extremities, which are moved apparently by muscles in the base of the scale and its peduncle. The motion of the scale may * Huxley (op. at., p. 86) says the outer surface of the covering-scale in his species of AOioryhia is crossed hy six rows of small thread-cells. KoUiker describes the bract of A. rosacea as crossed hy Jive or six white ribs, formed of small lasso-cells which sometimes traverse the whole length of this structure and sometimes do not. The same may be said of the lines of lasso-cells in the bract of A. rosacea, with the exception that in no specimen were there more than four ribs of these bodies. Tlie specimens which were taken may have been immature, and other specimens may he found with six lines of these cells, as in A. rosacea. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 273 in part make up for the loss of swimming-bells and propel the animal in the water. As far as my observations go it is rather sluggish, and but poorly adapted for rapid progression. As the colony floats along, the covering-scales are generally extended to their greatest width, but when alarmed the scales are contracted closely together around the feeding-polyps and those other organs which arise near their base. The polypites, tastern, and sexual bells arise from a slight enlargement of a structure corresponding to the axis of the other Physophores. This enlarge- ment does not diff'er greatly from a similar sac at the extremity of the stem of the genus Physophora. The polypite (p) resembles the same structures in other Siphonophores. They are long, flask-shaped bodies, projecting beyond the covering-scales (c) when extended, and have a mouth at the free extremity. The walls have a pink color with patches of dark crimson pigment near the base of the feeding-polyp. From each polypite, near its origin, there hangs a single tentacle. This tentacle (t) is dotted along its whole length by sec- ondary appendages or tentacular knobs (A:), of which there are two very differ- ent forms. The existence of more than one kind of tentacular pendant in an adult Physophore * has up to this time been thought peculiar to the genus Rhizopihysa, Two forms of these bodies exist in the young of several genera. In the young Agalma we find the permanent knob of the adult coexisting with an embryonic form. The same is true of the young Agalmopsis and Nanomia. Each kind of knob, however, in the larval Physophore, is limited to its own tentacle, and in the case of the embryonic knob the tentacle itself has the same provisional nature as the structure which it carries. The adult Rhizophysa f has three difl'erent kinds of tentacular knobs hanging from one tentacle, and as far as we now know none are embryonic. A similar condition exists in A. formosa, with the exception that there are here two forms of tentacular knobs instead of three. The first and more numerous kind of tentacular pendant (PI. VI. figs. 9, 10) is in many respects like that of the adult Agalma. It has a sacculus (rf), an involucrum, and two terminal filaments (b), one on either side of a spherical bladder or vesicle (c). The terminal filaments are, however, shorter than those of Agalma, and are commonly carried stiflHy elevated like two horns. The peduncle of the knob is very flexible and of moderate length, admitting a free motion of the pendant in all directions. The involucrum closely sur- rounds the sacculus, and its walls are with the greatest difficulty distinguishable from those of the latter body which it contains. The saccalus has a single coil upon itself, and its walls have a dark crimson color. At its base there are rows, generally two in number, of large lasso-cells, homologous to similar bodies in the knob of other Physophores. * See reference to Sars's genus Agalmopsis on preceding pages. t Proc. Best. Soc. Nat. Hist., XX. These three kinds of knobs in R. filiformis are distinct from their earliest embryonic coudition, and do not develop one from another. VOL. IX. — NO. 7. 18 274 BULLETIN OF THE The most peculiar structure in the anatomy of the knob is the prolongation of the margin of the involucrum on its lower side into a conical appendage (a), which extends out from the knob slightly beyond the vesicle. This conical body appears to be solid, and is crossed by lines or annulations, as shown in figs. 9, 10. It has a yellow color, and may be called the apex. If now we compare the first kind of knob in A. formosa with that of A. rosacea, Esch., we find this important difference between them. In rosacea, according to KoUiker, there is a " stalked elongated capsule " hanging to the knob at its base, near the origin of the involucrum. That capsule is undoubt- edly homologous to the apex (a) of the knob in formosa. Its closest homology, however, is with the " second kind " of knob in A. formosa, as we shall show presently. Sars* has already compared the knob of A. rosacea with that of Agalma. The resemblance of the first kind of pendant in A. formosa to that of Agalma is even more striking, since it possesses an involucrum of a form which has not been observed in A. rosacea. A second kind of tentacular knob (figs. 7, 8) is sparingly scattered along the tentacle of A. formosa. Besides being less numerous, it is also much larger than the former, with which it is homologous. It may eventually be found to have been developed from the preceding. This knob has one of the most peculiar forms which this organ, highly variable among Siphonophores, assumes. Its general shape is shown in figs. 7, 8. The knob, when seen from the side (fig. 8), has a pear shape, and hangs from a short flexible peduncle. The great mass of the pendant is made up of a very large involucrum or structure of the same homology. The walls of this body are very thick, ancl seem to be composed of large cells. At one end it is continued into dendritic branches (a n) of a yellow color. The body of the involucrum is transparent, and through its walls there can be seen a crimson and orange- colored sacculus (J). The sacculus is not coiled, as is generally the case with other Physophores, but has a simple curved shape, and in its walls can be traced the rows of large thread-cells, which are a common feature of all these organs. Fastened to the upper side of the involucrum, near its articulation with the peduncle, there spring three bodies very similar to those found on the first kind of knob. One of these structures is the ovoid vesicle (t), and on each side there rises a short lateral filament (b). These organs differ in no respect from the same in the former kind of pendants. The most exceptional feature in the second kind of knob in Athoryhia is seen in the structure of the distal extremity of the involucrum or the apex («). The apex (fig. 8, a a) is bifid at its base, and after a basal bifurcation each part subdivides info many smaller unbranched divisions. Each division has the general appearance of the apex of the first kind of knob. It is capable of great extension and retraction, and when drawn back has a corrugated surface, like eiuiilar branches in the " Handfo^miges Angelorgan," described by Gegenbaur * Op. cit. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 275 in Rhizophysa. I have already (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., VI. 7) compared the undeveloped knob of Physophora hydrostatica and that of Athorybia. The tastern* (fig. 13) of A. formosa are very long, highly flexible bodies of pink color, protruding through the spaces left between adjacent covering scales. They are in contmued motion, and resemble, with the exception of their color, more the filamentous bodies found between the swimming-bells of Apolemia than true tastern. Their tips bear several large thread-cells. They were not observed to bear tentacles. A. formosa is monoecious. The female bells (fig. 12) are borne on short stems,f and have a botryoidal shape. Each bell contains a single ovum. The course of the chymiferous tubes in the bell walls is similar to that in Agalma. The male bells (fig. 11), like the female, take the form of grape-like clusters on short stems. They are smaller than the female. The male and female clusters are colorless, and the bell- walls transparent. J Praya, sp. Fragments of a large Praya, too mutilated for specific identification, were taken on two occasions at the Tortugas Islands. Diplophysa, sometimes called the diphyizoid of Praya, has been taken in Narragansett Bay.§ It was not collected in Florida. Galeolaria aurantiaca, Vogt.n Plate VI. Fig. 26. Galeolaria (Epibulia) was taken on two occasions. It is unfortunate that only the posterior nectocalyx was found. Although this is sutficient to deter- * Huxley (op. cit.) does not mention these structures in his Athorybia. Kolliker's description of them is much the same as that which is here given. The tastern of the two species seem to have much the same form. t Huxley (op. cit., p. 87) says that in his Athorybia a single stem bears both male and female bells, as well as small tastern. According to KoUiker (op. cit., p. 28), the male bells in A. rosacea are isolated, and a single male bell is found with a grape- like cluster of female bells near the base of a polypite. In A. formosa male and female bells are found in clusters of about equal numbers. X My measurements of the size of A. formosa are about the same as those given by KoUiker for A. rosacea. They are larger than Forskal's or Huxley's measure- ments of the Athorybice which they had. A. formosa is half an inch in diameter .(distance taken at right angles to the axis, when covering-scales are extended). § Bulb Mus. Comp. Zool., VI. 7, and VIII. 8. II Surles Siphonophores de la Mer de Nice. Mem. de I'lnst. Genev., I. pp. 72, 73, PI. IV. figs. 12, 13. Since my return from Florida, the U. S. Fish Commission has sent me a specimen of Gleba hippopics, Forsk., and two new Physophores for identification. Gleba was also collected by Mr. Agassiz in the cruise of the "Blake" along our eastern 276 BULLETIN OF THE mine the genus, it is hardly enough for the species. The nectocalyx resembles closely that of G. auraiitiaca, Vogt.* Although Galeolaria is not recognized by some naturalists as a distinct genus from Diphyes, the form of the nectocalices, the course of the gastrovascular tubes, and especially the flap-like appendages to the inferior (posterior) swim- ming-bell, are so characteristic that it i« here looked upon as a distinct genus. HYDROIDA. Halitiara formosa, gen. nov. et sp, Plate IV. Fig. 3. The young of a new Tubularian medusa was taken by us at the Tortugas. Generic characteristics are as follows : — The bell is tall with a small apical projection. Chymiferous tubes, four in number, simple, broad, without lateral glands. There are four long tentacles which correspond with the radial tubes, between each pair of which are three small tentacles. Otocysts wanting. H. formosa, sp. nov. The bell is tall, its height being double the diameter. At its apex it bears a slight apical protuberance. The surface of the bell is smooth, and its wall thin and transparent. The proboscis (manubrium) is unpedunculated, and hangs down about one third the depth of the bell cavity. The basal portion is filled with spherical cells, which are probably ova. The lips are smooth and without appendages. coast in the summer of 1880. Leuckart (Siphon, von Nizza, p. 33, note 1) speaks of the same genus from the coast of Greenland. Jhyla, HaHstcmma, and AjMlemia have not yet been taken in our waters. There is in the collection of the U. S. Fish Commission for 1881 a mutilated fragment of the stem of a Physophore, which may have belonged to an Apolcmia, and a new genus, Ifaliphijta, which is elsewhere described. * The choice between the two generic names Galeolaria and Suculceolaria to designate this medusa is purely arbitrary. Lesueur gave the former to the anterior, the latter to the posterior nectocalyx of the same Diphyid. Vogt named the first complete form of this medusa Epibulia aurantiaca (later also Galeolaria aurantiaca). Epibulia must give place to either of the two previous names of Lesueur. The specific name, Jiliformis, Delle Chiaje, adopted by Leuckart (Galeolaria fiJiformis), although the oldest, is derived from a wrong identification. The specific name qiuid- rivalvif adopted by Gegenbaur, Sars, Keferstein, and Ehlers, with others, from Lesueur and Blainville (Actin. Zool. Atl., VL 6), has more in its favor, but the fragment to which it is applied by Lesueur cannot be distinguished from those other bells which bear the names biacida and mimtta. The oldest specific name applied to a Galeo- laria the use of which leaves me no doubt of the animal intended, is that of auran- tiaca by Vogt. To choose between it and quadrivalvis is very difficult. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY, 277 At the extremity of each chyniiferous tube on the bell margin springs a long tentacle, which is commonly carried tightly coiled about the tentacular bulb. On the bell margin, between each pair of long tentacles, are three short tentacular appendages, which are generally more or less coiled around their bases, and are carried upright, as shown in the figure. There are no otocysts. The coloration of the genus was not observed. Tiaropsis diademata, Agassiz. Plate VII. Figs. 13 14. A larval stage of this medusa, younger than any Tiaropsis yet figured, was found by us at the Tortugas. The youngest Tiaropsis described by A. Agassiz * has a deeper bell and more tentacles, but in other respects seems the same. Halicalyx tenuis, gen. et sp. nov. Plate VII. Fig. 15. In January, 1878, A. Agassiz found at Key West a hydroid medusa with the following characteristics. Bell low, hemispherical, with thick walls and smooth surface. Apex of the bell destitute of protuberance. The chyniiferous tubes are four in number, and from along their course in the bell hang dendritic ovaries. Through all the windings of the sexual glands there runs a bright crimson stripe, which has the appearance of being jointed. The tentacles are twelve in number, and are carried elevated or stiffly extended at right angles to the axis of the bell. They are thickly ribbed along their whole length with lasso-cells, and enlarged at the extremity into a knob. At the base of each tentacle there is an otocyst containing a single otolith. The proboscis is short, extending barely to the bell opening, and is without peduncle. The mouth is rectangular, and with short lips, which are sometimes turned backwards and reversed over the outer walls of the stomach. Aglaura vitrea, sp. nov. Plate VII. Fig. 10. A new Aglaura w^as found by us at the Tortugas. The shape of the bell re- sembles that of Trachynema, with which the medusa is easily confounded. * North American Acalephffi, pp. 69, 70 ; lUust. Cat. Mns. Comp. Zool., II. ; Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., IX. p. 93. See also Morch, Beskriv. af Greenland; and Agassiz, op. cit.; also Mem. Am. Acad., IV. p. 289. 278 BULLETIN OF THE There is this marked difference between Aglaura and Trachynema. In Aglaura the sexual glands hang from the distal end of the peduncle which bears the stomach, while in Trachynema they are suspended from the upper part of the bell cavity. The bell of Aglaura is high, cup-shaped, and without apical projection. The walls are thin, rigid and transparent. There are eight simple, narrow, chymif- erous tubes. The velum is very muscular, and it is mainly by its efforts that the medusa is propelled through the water. The proboscis is pedunculated, and bears the eight sausage-like ovaries near its point of division into peduncle and stomach. The upper part of the stomach is spherical in shape, and through its walls the half-digested food can be easily seen. Its mouth is formed by labial walls, in which are imbedded lasso-cells. Many patches of red pigment are present in the lips and the walls of the stomach. The tentacles are very numerous, long, and flexible, and are generally broken off near their bases, leaving stiff projecting stumps, as in Trachynema digitale A. Ag. Several specimens were captured which carried the flexible tentacles unbroken, but for the most part these bodies presented the appearance shown in the figure. There are eight ofeocysts, alternating in position with the chymiferous tubes. Each otocyst contains a single otolith. The ovaries are cream-colored. The development of the egg is unknown. A. vitrea resembles very closely the A. hemistoma, Peron et Lesueur, found so commonly in the Athmtic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea. It has, however, no apical projection to the bell, and the umbrella is half-egg-shaped. The form of the bell is so variable that it may eventually be found to be identical with the well-known A. hemistoma. Glossocodon tenuirostris (sp. Agassiz). Plate VII. Figs. 1-9. In 1857 McCrady* gave a description of a new species of Liriope, to which he affixed the name Liriope scutigera. L. Agassiz f in 1862 mentions from Key West, Florida, another species, L. tenuirostris, which he says has a more slender proboscis than L. scutigera. A. Agassiz J gives a figure of a Liriope, which he identifies with L. scutigera, and mentions the form L. tenuirostris, from Florida, without description. The figure of L. scutigera by A. Agassiz has slighter ovaries than those mentioned in McCrady's description, and has not the interradial tentacles (" four short " tentacles) spoken of by the last author. The figure, however, was but a sketch, and the medusa from which it was made is probably correctly referred to L. scutigera, McCr. Haeckel takes excep- * Gymnophtlialmata of Charleston Harbor. Proc. Ell. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1857. t Contributions to the Natural History of tlie United States, IV. X Op. cit., p. 60, MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 279 tion to this identification, and makes it a new species of Liriope, to which he assigns the name L. conirostris. From the fact that no mention is made by McCrady of " blinde Centripetal-caniile," Haeckel refers L. scutigera, McCr. to his own genus Liriantha. In my work on the medusae of Narragansett Bay a very poor tigiire of what I regard the same as L. scutigera is given, as taken at Newport, K. I.* Fritz Miillert has published an anatomy and development of L. Catharinensis, F. M., which differs from the medusa about to be described only in the want of the blindly ending centripetal canals, which lie between the radial tubes. In all details the likeness is very close. It also is placed in the genus Lirian- tha, Haeck., by Haeckel, J on account of the want of these centripetal structures. In the use of the generic designations Glossoconus and Glossocodon in the " Sys- tem der Medusen " of the latter author, the medusa which is here described would be placed under the latter rather than the former genus ; yet in the figures of the oldest stage found there will be noticed two kinds of tentacles on the bell margin, whereas Glossocodon has but one kind, viz. tentacles of the radial tubes. In Glossoconus there are two kinds of tentacles on the bell margin, as well as blindly ending centripetal canals between each pair of radial tubes. In younger stages, however, according to Haeckel, there is only one such canal between every pair of tentacular vessels. Many specimens § of the genus Glossocodon, which is strictly speaking in the Glossoconus stage described by Haeckel, were found at the Tortugas. It has the ovaries well developed and to every appearance is sexually mature. No speci- men was taken with less than eight tentacles, and consequently if on further study it should be found to drop certain tentacular bodies on the bell rim mid- way between the tentacular vessels (radial tubes), it should be referred to Glossocodon. In its present condition it belongs to the genus Glossoconus, Haeckel. The species differs from Liriope scutigera, McCr. in having but one kind of otocyst, and in possessing the blindly ending centripetal tubes {d, PI. VII. tig. 1). The figure of L. scutigera, A. Ag., has four long tentacles, and ova- ries of a different form, while there are no centripetal tubes. It resembles L. Catharinensis, F. Miill., in every respect except that the centripetal canals are wanting in Miiller's figure and description. In L. Agassiz's short description of L. tenuirostris, there is nothing to eliminate our species. Instead of introducing a new name, his specific designation has been adopted. The adult Glossocodon has a deep, almost spherical bell (PI. VII. fig. 1). The * Studies of the Jelly-fishes of Narragansett Bay. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., VIII. 8. t Polypen und Quallen von S. Catharina. Arch, f. Naturg., 1859, pp. 310-321, Taf. XI. figs. 1-25. X Das System der Medusen, I. 1, p. 287. § The adult and young of this medusa figured on PI. VII. figs. 1-9, were drawn from nature by A. Agassiz. 280 BULLETIN OF THE "bell walls are thick, especially at the apex, although there is no apical pro- tuberance. The surface is smooth ; its walls very transparent. The bell cavity, when seen in profile, is rectangular. The floor opposite the bell en- trance is almost flat, and not concave, as in many other medusae. This char- acteristic in the shape of the bell cavity is noticeable oven in young stages. It diff'ers in this respect from the figure given l)y Fritz Miiller of Liriope Catha- rinensis. Upon the walls of the bell cavity there are found two kinds of chyniiferous tubes. Four of these vessels are radially arranged, and pass from a circular tube about the bell opening to a highly flexible proboscis, along the sides of which they extend, opening eventually into the stomach at the extremity of the proboscis. These tubes are narrow, unbranched, and without lateral append- ages. The sexual glands hang from the radial tubes, extending about two thirds their leiigth, in the inner surface of the bell. They end at the point where the radial vessels bend at right angles to the outer walls of the bell. Midway between each pair of radial tubes, arising from the Ijell margin and extending in the bell walls about one third the height of the cavity, there is a single blindly ending centripetal canal (d), characteristic of the adult. These tubes (l) are four* in number, and do not bear ovaries. The largest and most important appendage to the bell is the long, slender, and highly flexible manubrium or proboscis. It springs from the centre of the floor of the bell cavity, and, when the jelly-fish is quiet in the water, hangs far outside the vail. At other times it is so contracted that its termination barely projects beyond the bell margin. It consists of two parts, a hyaline base, which resembles in character the bell walls, and a distal pink-colored stomach with a terminal mouth. The only structures which can be recognized in the peduncle of the proboscis are the four chymiferous tubes just below the surface. These are extensions of the radial chymiferous tubes, which have been described above. These tubes open into the stomach near the distal end of the pro- boscis. The distal end of the peduncle of the proboscis is continued inside the stomach into a conical projection or tongue. In fig. 9 we have a view of the distal end of the manubrium with the walls of the stomacli reversed to show the projecting tongue. The stomach of Gloxsncodon is a bag-shaped structure with pinkish walls, situated at the distal extremity of the manubrium. When the mouth is expanded, as in the figure, it assumes a quadrangular shape. The edges of the lips are lined with clusters of lasso-cells (fig. 9) arranged in bundles equidis- tantly arranged around the border of the mouth. Similar cells are described * In the only complete drawing of the adult wliicli we have, there is only a single centripetal cannl between each pair of ovaries. There are probably three such struc- tures instead of one in that position. Tliis can be .seen in sketches of a portion of the bell margin which I have not copied. The medial of these three canals, wliich is that figured in fig. 1, is larger than the two lateral, which are little more than slight pro- tuberances. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 281' in L. Catharinensis by Fritz Miiller. The stomach walls are capable of great expansion, and the mouth opening is very large. Oftentimes the lips are turned back, leaving the projecting tongue very prominent. When not feed- ing, or when alarmed, the lips are pressed closely together, concealing the tongue and closing the entrance into the stomach. The stomach walls are not transparent, but contain many small pigment-dots and minute lasso-cells, irregularly imbedded in their substance. There are two forms of tentacular appendages foimd on the bell margin. At the end of each radial tube there is a tentacle which is long, hollow, and very flexible. The surface of each such tentacle is covered with lasso-cells arranged in rino-s surrounding the appendage. We thus have along its whole length annulations of lasso-cells, alternating with smooth depressions. The correlation between the stomach and tentacles is very well shown in this Glossocodon. The voracity of Liriofe is mentioned by McCrady,* and in this animal it is equally great. The abundant lasso-cells upon the tentacles and the lips are but neces- sary to capture living food to satisfy an enormous appetite. In addition to the long tentacles there are four others likewise springing from the bell rim. In the adult Glossocodon these appendages are wanting, and in the oldest form which we found they were reduced to the mere "stump" of a tentacle. We have, however, no drawing of our jelly-fish in which they are not represented. Each of these appendages is situated midway on the bell inargin, between two long tentacles. In the adult stage (fig. 1) they are club- shaped bodies, united to the bell by means of a slender peduncle, and are carried stiffly erect. They are solid, inflexible, and on their outer convex surface there are clusters of lasso-cells arranged with regulai'ity. At the position of union of the bell walls and the peduncle of this appendage there is a slight spur or solid extension of the base on the outer surface of the bell, extending upwards a short distance on the bell walls. The adult Glossocodon has eight otocysts, which are arranged on the outer edge of the bell margin near the points from which the tentacles, long and short, arise. Those which are found near the tentacular bulbs of the long tentacles are placed at one side of the tentacle, and not at its very base. The other set of otocysts are placed in the immediate vicinity of the origin of the pedicle which bears the solid tentacle. There is but one kind f of otocyst found on the bell margin, and it is a simple sac containing a single otolith. The sexual organs hang like heart-shaped pouches from the four radial tubes. They are sometimes so inflated that the walls of adjoining glands almost touch. Their size and shape vary greatly, depending solely on the maturity of the ova. Their color is white and sometimes pink. Male and female glands may be found later to be distinguished by a diflerence in color, but little is known of the diflerence of the sexes in Glossocodon. * McCrady saw L. scutigcra with its tentacles and lips seize a small fish "thrice as large as itself" (op. cil., p. 209). t According to McCrady there are two kinds in L. scutigcra (o]}. cit., p. 208). 282 BULLETIN OF THE The youngest larva of Glossocodon which we have found was approximately in the same stage as that figured iu fig. 18 of Fritz Muller's ])aper. It resem- bles closely the larva which Haeckel * figures, PI. III. fig. 35, as the young of G. eurybia. In Haeekel's representation of this stage, no chymiferous tubes are to be found. The bell in his figure is also more spherical, and the profile of the bell cavity lacks the rectangular shape which our youngest larva had. The bell is low, disk-shaped, transparent, and has a smooth outer surface. The bell cavity has a cylindrical shape, its walls following closely the outer surface of the bell. The bell walls are of about uniform thickness throughout. There are four radial tubes passing from the bell margin to the centre of the upper floor of the bell cavity. They bear no sexual pouches. The proboscis is the least developed of all the appendages to the bell in the youngest larva which was captured. It has the form of a simjjle, raised wall of rectangular shape, arising from the upper floor of the bell cavity. There is in it no division into stomach and peduncle. The lips are simple, and are destitute of the clusters of lasso-cells found in the adult. There is only one kind of tentacular appendages to the bell margin in this larva, and these are the club-like bodies situated midway between the tentac- ular or radial tubes. The long flexible tentacles at the end of the radial vessels have not yet begun to form. Those tentacular bodies which are present are solid and are carried stiffly elevated at the side of the bell. Their length is about that of the radius of the bell, and their diameter near their distal extremity is very much greater than at the attachment to the beU. rim. The inner concave side of the appendage is smooth and without lasso-cells ; the outer, convex surface bears many clusters of cells arranged in bundles in a series. These bodies are especially numerous near the terminal end of the tentacle. On the outer surface of the appendage, near its junction with the bell margin, a small conical tooth is developed. A similar spur is not to be found in the published figures of G. eurybia or L. Catharinensis. These tentacles are repre- sented in the adult by bodies (c) of reduced size, which are said eventually to disappear in Glossocodon.-\ While these bodies are the only tentacles found upon the bell margin, they are not the only appendages of a tentacular nature which the youngest Glosso- codon has. A second kind of appendage, also embryonic, is situated on the outer surface of the bell walls. At right angles to the sides of the bell, in the same spheromere in which the radial tubes lie, there spring four solid append- ages, which are true tentacles. At its distal end each of these tentacles is enlarged, and bears many lasso-cells ; but of its minute anatomy and the arrangement of cells at that point nothing was observed. Its base of attach- ment is about one third the distance between bell margin and apex, and is connected by a rib {b) with the bell rim. This rib is probably a solid body * Die Familie der En.sselquallen, 1865, Tl. III. fig. 35, pp. 67, 68. Called by Haeckel the fourth stage {Eurybia-like larva). t Haeckel, op. cit. MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 283 and not a tnbe, and is strictly homologous to a like structure in Cunina dis- coides, Fewkes. It lies on the outer surface of the bell, while the radial tube follows the inner or the bounding wall of the bell cavity. There are four otocysts, each closely resembling the otocyst of the adiilt in the larval form which has just been described. Each otocyst is placed on the bell margin at the point of attachment of the solid tentacle. The next oldest larva to that already described is one which, together with the following (figs. 3, 4), may be referred to the ^^ fifth period " (Haeckel) of G. eurybia. It corresponds in some respects with fig. 20 in Fritz Miiller's account. In this larval stage (fig. 3) the most marked addition to the former is the growth of tentacular bodies on the bell margin midway between the solid tentacles (c). They lie near the union of the radial vessels with the circular tube, and are the beginnings of the long flexible tentacles. They are in a larva even as young as fig. 3 banded with the lasso-cells characteristic of the adult, which seems to be true in a larva of the same age figured by Haeckel (PI. III. fig. 37). Fritz Miiller represents two of these appendages as formed prior to the remainder. The stage of such a larva may be a little younger than my fig. 3, in which all these bodies, four in number, were equally developed. The most important difference between the two figures (figs. 3, 4) which are given to represent the fifth period is the result of the growth of the proboscis, which even in this larva is ditferentiated into a basal peduncle and a terminal stomach. The larva has still only four otocysts. Haeckel's account of the development of G. eurybia closes with the fifth period. Between that and the adult he has gi^en no figures of intermediate stages. Fritz Miiller's paper, however, has one more stage intermediate be- tween these two, in which there appear to be ten otocysts on the bell margin intermediate between the radial canals, before the organs corresponding to the tentacles («) are dropped. In the present species the otocysts of the long tentacles do not' develop before the complete loss of the bodies (c). Fig. 5 represents a larva in the sixth period of its development. This larva differs from that last represented (fig. 4) in the growth of the long tentacle on the bell margin and the total loss of the tentacle (a). It is to be noticed, however, that there are still but four otocysts, and that these bodies lie at the bases of the solid marginal tentacles (c). A larva still older than this, but undoubtedly to be placed in the same period {sixth period) is the first in the series having eight otocysts. The four sense bodies additional to those at the base of the marginal solid tentacles appear at the base of the long tentacles for the first time in a larva represented in fig. 6. This larva has assumed the form of the adult in many particulars, one of the most prominent of which is the enormous development of the proboscis. The sexual glands have not yet begun to form, or at least are not represented. In a larval form which ap- proaches very closely the adult, the sexual glands are well developed and crowded with ova. Such a larva is figured in fig. 7, which represents the Glossocodon as seen from the aboral pole. In the adult the only representative 284 BULLETIN OF THE which can be found of the embryonic structure (h) is a tooth or spur which is represented in fig. 8.* * It will be seen, if my account of the development of Glossocodon be compared with Fritz Miiller's (op.cit.), that, whUe according to my account the peduncle (Stiel) of the stomach appears long before the secondly formed otocysts, he represents them both as developing at about the same time. It will also be seen that the four secon- dary otocysts follow instead of precede the appearance of the long tentacles. Accord- ing to him the otocysts, as the long tentacles, appear in i)airs situated diametrically opposite on the bell rim. No observations were made by us on thi.s point. MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 285 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE L Fig. 1. Ocyroe crifstaUina {yonng). 2. The same, with oral lobes expanded. 3. A single oral lobe extended. 4. Position assumed by the oral lobe. 5. View of oral lobe from the aboral pole (expanded). 6. The same contracted. 7. Cassiopea frondosa in. natural position. 8. Young of the same (aboral view). 9 a. Side view of young Cassiopca. 9 b. Older larva of the same. 10. Cassiope.a frondosa (aboral view). IL The same (oral view). 12. Marginal sense body of the same (aboral side). 13. The same (oral side). 14. Double marginal sense body of 0. frondosa (monstrosity). 15. The same (aboral view). 16. Marginal sense body with two ocelli (monstrosity). 17. Extremity of the oral arms of Cassiopca. 18. Mouths and pouches of the same. 19. Oral appendage from upper side. a. Auricles. h. Bifurcation of the lateral tubes. c. Primary tubes from the base of the funnel, c c. Secondary tubes, branches of the primary. d. Oral branches. e. Radial stripes. cK Intermediate spaces between the radial stripes. /. Marginal zone. h. Hood. i. Oral disk. '. Otocyst. k. Stomach. I. Lips, m. Mouth. 0. External sexual opening. 286 BULLETIN OF THE p- Cliymiferous reservoirs, y. Oral tentacles. t. Auricular tubes. V. Velar lappets. it. Ocular lappets. It. Lateral tubes. oc. Ocellus. OS. Otocyst style. ot. Otoliths. St. Lobular tubes. u. Central zone. PLATE IL Fig. 1. Cassiopca frondosa (aboral view). " 2. The same (oral view). " 3. Linerges Mercurius (side view). The marginal lobes are infolded. " 4. The same. The marginal lobes are extended and the crescentic form of the ovaries is shown. " 5. L. Mercurius (aboral view). PLATE IIL Fig. 1. Portion of the oral surface of C. frondosa. " 2. Peripheral extremity of a canal lying in the central cavity between two ovaries. Showing also the opening (b) leading from it into the cliymiferous system of the oral arms. " 3. Oral cylinder cut off from the bell, so as to expose its cavity. " 4, 5. Life-size figures of L. ilercurius in attitudes assumed while swimming. " 6. Section cut through the cavity which lies above the stomach of X. Mer- curius. One half this sinus is drawn in longitudinal plane, i. e. section cut in the direction of the axis of the medusa. " 7. View of the opening by which this cavity communicates with the stomach. " 8. The same opening .shown in an ey)hyra in order to illustrate its relations to the remaining structures of the same. ' ' 9. Cassiopea frondosa. " 10. The same (position assumed in floating). " 11. Ovary (shrunken) of X. il/crcMrras. " 12. Portion of the inner bell wall of the same medusa. " 13. L. Mercurius from oral side. a. Circular orifice, centrally placed, communicating between the stomach and the cavity situated above it. b. Opening leading from the cavity of the oral cylinder into the chymif- erous vessels of the arms. c. Cavity above the stomach. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 287 c. Sne (suluinibi'al). /. Margin of the bell. gf. Gastial tilaineiits. h. Patclies of pigment. i. Sul)stance of the bell. k. Pouches. Is. Row of |)igineiit-spots on the walls of the stomnch. 0. Ovary. p. Chyniiferous reservoirs. p'. Oral tentacles. oL Otocyst. so. Sexual openings through which the ova are discharged. PLATE IV. Fig. 1. " Sense area " (i)croc oi-«te). 2. Hcditiara formosa. 3. Ephyra (?) of Lincrgcs Mcrcurius. (Quadrant of disk from below.) 4. E[)hyra {L. Mcrcurius) younger tlian fig. 3. 5. Ovaries and subunibral jiouches (X. Mcrcurius). 6. Subumbral pouch (Z. Mcrcurius adult). 7. 8, r», 10, n, 12. Eggs and stages of their segmentation {L. Mcrcurius), 13. Planula (Z. Mcrcurius). 14. Ephyra (?), (Z. Mcrcurius). 15. Ephyra more develojied than fig. 3. (Octant.) 16. ]\Iarginal sense body of e[)hyra (Z. Mcrcurius). 17. The same (side view). IS, 19. Marginal sense body (Z. Mcrcurius adult). 20. G astral filaments (Z. Mcrcurius). 21. Tentacle and bell margin (Z. Mcrcurius). 22. Single mai-ginal tentacle (Z. Mcrcurius). P'.ATE V. Fig. 1. Stcphmiomia Atlantica. 2. Agalmo'psis frc(gile. 3. Athoryhia formosa. 4. A. formosa. (From above.) 5. Agalma papiJIosum. 6. A. papillosuvi. (From above.) a. Float. a a. Air-sac. b. Axis. c. Covering-scale. d, d', d" . Tastern. e. Filament of the taster 28S BULLETIN OF THE fs. Female bells. (J. Papillae. h. Soniatocyst. h n. Kccesses opening into bell cavity. j- Undeveloped tentacular knobs. k. Adult tentacular knobs. I. Lasso-cells. VIS. Male bells. n. Neetocalyces. 0. Ocellus. 1>- Polypite. r. Chyniiferous tubes. t. Tentacle. u. Undeveloped nectocalyces. w. Winiperwulst. Peduncle of polypite. X. Structure of unknown homology. In figure 1 the bell margins are too prominent, and the spiral lines iu which the openings into the cavities of the nectocalyces lie are imperfectly shown. PLATE VL Fig. 1. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. lihizojihysa gracilis, sp. nov. Float {R. gracilis). Sexual organs {R. gracilis). Polypite and proximal part of the tentacle {R. gracilis). First kind of tentacular knob {R. gracilis). Second kind of tentacular knob (R. gracilis). First kind of tentacular knob [AUioryhia formosa). The same from one side. Second kind of tentacular knob (A. formosa). The same from one side. Male bells {A. formosa). Female bells (A. formosa). Taster (A. formosa). Covering-scale {A. formosa). Tentacular knob of Agahna papillositm. Taster and sexual bells of Agalmopsis fragile. Tentacular knob {Ag. fragile.). Tentacular knob of Stcphanomia Atlantica. The same, uncoiled. Polypite [S. Atlantica). Tentacular knob (.S*. Allantlca). Polypite (.S'. Atlantica). Polypite (Ag. fragile). Male bell (Ag. fragile). Cluster of male bells {Ag. fragile). MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 289 Fig. 26. Nectocalyx {Galeo/aria aurantiaca). " 27. VaiAW-i. horn. t\\Q WitctotaXys. {A. papillosum). a. Apex. h. Lateral filaments. c. Terminal vesicle. d. Sacculus. c. Appendage to the float (undeveloped polypite ?). /. Circular plates. (J. Thickened walls of the air-sac. p. Polypite. s. Sexual organs. PLATE Vn. Fig. 1. Glossocodon temiirostris. " 2. Larva of the same (fourth period, Haeckel). " 3. The same more developed (fifth period, Haeckel). " 4. Larva in fifth period. " 5. Larva in sixth period. " 6. Same, more developed. " 7. Fig. 1 from aboral pole. " 8. Base of the adult tentacle. " 9. Everted stomach walls and protruded gastrostyle. " 10. Aglaura vilrea. " 11. Eucliaris midticornis (one half body of the young). " 12. Same at right angles to fig. 11. " 13. Tiaropsis diadcmata (young). " 14. Quadrant of the same (oral view). " 15. Halicalyx tenuis (only four of the twelve marginal tentacles are drawn). " 16. Stauropihora laciniata. " 17. Tentacular knobs and " spur " of the same. a. Embryonic tentacles from bell walls. h. Ribs connecting the embryonic tentacles with the bell rim. c. Club-shaped tentacular bodies. e. Tentacular spur. /. Auricle. Cambridge, April 1, 1882. ^^SM. h'^ PI VI Bull M.C.Z..;X.7. Pill. QtM4% % ^' 'w^f^^'^pi '^ AAg-iJW.KjpI Buli.M.C, Z. IX 7 PI III. J.W.1-, IV Heliniy^ePnnting aJUltKnoni Si.ocsUi Bull.M.C.Z. IX. 7. PI. TV. ^ile^^?''"'-'-^^'efM'J. fi<>y.^j«''^^ l^eliijliotyfePrinliT-^ Co.?il ft-Mirt ?l,BBWn. Ball.M:C Z . IX . 7 pi.vri. ■^':r'^>. .J.W.F. fTMFSW?^^^, TheHfltotvpPnmini Oj.fllTwnnnl SlAsun. No. 8. — On the Acalephce of the East Coast of New England. By J. Walter Fewkes. The ouservations recorded in the following pages are placed under two titles. The first subject, " Medusae from Newport " relates to jelly-fishes taken at Newport, R. I., in the summer of 1881.* Under the second, "Acalephse collected by the U. S. Fish Commission, &c.," will be found descriptions of jelly-fishes taken by them off the New England coast in 1880 and ISSl.f I. Medusae from Newport. CTENOPHORA. Development nf the Chymiferous Tubes in M7iemiopsis Leidyi, A. Ag. Figs. 1 - 9. In the development and nnion of the chymiferous tubes, the larval stages of Mnemiopsis differ radically from those of the closely related genus Bolina, whose embryology is described and figured by Mr. A. Agassiz.J In Bolina, according to the author last mentioned, those ambulacral tubes which are situated nearest the tentacles are the first to unite, "forming thus the first connected loop enclosing in the adult Bolina the complicated winding tubes of the short pair of chymiferous canals of the actinal lobes." The first pair of these tubes to unite in the young Mnemiopsis are not the vessels which lie adjacent to the tentacles, but those placed in the body walls between the tentacular rows of combs. It therefore appears, in other words, that the chymiferous tubes which are the last to join in Bolina, are first to unite in the closely allied Mnemiojmx. * I am indebted to Mr. Agassiz for facilities to carry on this portion of the work in his private laboratory at Newport, R. I. t These medusae have been placed in my hands for study through the kindness of Prof. Verrill. I take this opportunity to express ray indebtedness to him for this and other favors. I North American Acalephas, p. 17 ; also Mem. Amer. Acad., Vol. X. No. TIT. Mr. Agassiz has pointed out that the sequence in the \inion of the ambulacral tube.i of Bolina is exceptional. VOL. IX. — NO. 8. 292 BULLETIN OF THE The successive stages in the growth of the young Mnemiopsis are as follows. In the youngest larva which was taken we recognize most of the organs of the adult. The lateral tubes (/), which originate as simple blind sacs, end in the neighborhood of the lips without bifurcation. The eight remaining vessels, situated meridionally just below the surface beneath the rows of " combs," resemble each other in size and have about the same length, each also ending blindly in the body walls.* Fig. 1 represents this larva, drawn in a plane passing through the tentacles and the otocj^st. The two auricular vessels (a t) are seen to lie adjacent to the tentacles, one on either side, while the lobular tubes Q t) are situated in the segments between them. A clearer conception of the relationship of the chymiferous tubes to each other may be obtained by a consultation of the following figure (1 a), taken from the actinal pole. In no other way can the origin of the chymiferous vessels from the funnel be shown to such advantage as by a drawing made in this way. The eight meridional tubes spring in pairs from a vessel (c) which arises from the base of the funnel (/). From the point of bifurcation also, there originates a tentacular tube (i t), which passes to the tentacular sac. This tube exists in the youngest larva studied, as a very broad vessel, and in subsequent growth it becomes more and more slender and tubelike, as shown in following figures. The lateral tubes (/) originate independently of all the others, as short diverticula from the base of the funnel. Fig. 2 represents, in the same plane as the above, a larval Mnemiopsis some- what older than the last. The most marked difference between the vessels of the two is produced by a growth of the lobular vessels, which have lengthened more than the auricular, and now extend about half-way down the length of the body. In other respects they are unchanged. The latei-al tubes {I) have remained in about the same condition as in the previous stage, and have not yet bifurcated at their extremities. In Fig. 3 the lobular vessels are represented as having extended still farther in their growth, and are rapidly approaching the oral pole of the medusa. Their extremities have even turned towards each other preparatory to a final union. The auricular tubes have also lengthened and pushed their way about two thirds the whole distance from the apical to the oral pole. Fig. 4 represents a larva somewhat more developed than the last, in which * In my descriptions tlie lobular vessels correspond witli wliat Mr. Agassiz calls the "long ambulacral tubes (longitudinal ambulacra)," and the auricular vessels with his " short ambulacral tubes (lateral ambulacra)." The adjectives lobular and auricular seem to me preferable to "long " and " short," to avoid confusion in a com- parative study of these structures in other Ctenophores (contrast the long and short ambulacra of Cestus and Ocyroe). I have abandoned the adjective "lateral," as ap- plied to ambulacra, in order to avoid confusion with other vessels (7) designated by the same name, on each side of the stomach. Between the older term " longitudinal " and the new adjective lobular, I have chosen the latter, as more characteristic. The nomenclature adopted seems to me to call attention to characteristic features in all genera of Chao-phora., as well as of Mnemiopsis. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 293 the growth preparatory to a fusion of the lobular tubes has gone still further, so that the extremities of the lobular vessels almost touch each other. By far the most important change has taken place in the lateral tubes, which are now bifurcated at their extremities. The fusion of the lobular vessels appears in a larva (Fig. 5) following the last. A junction of these tubes has here been effected, forming one continuous vessel. In the same stage the auricular tubes have also pushed downward through the bell walls, but they still end blindly and without division. They also eventually fuse, and in a following stage (Fig. 6) they bend towards each other and approach in such a way as to enclose the loop of the lobular vessels, which has been already formed. In the next figure (6 a) the junction of the two auricular vessels has oc- curred, so that a connecting loop is formed enclosing that already resulting from a fusion of the lobular vessels. It will also be noticed that the lower ends of the lateral tubes have bifurcated. Its terminal division (I I) is shown in the foreground of the figure. At about this stage in the growth of the Ctenophore, the lobes (ol), which later reach such a great size, begin to be differentiated from the body of the medusa. In Fig. 7 they have pushed themselves still more prominently into notice, and the network of lines upon their inner surface is even now well marked. Meanwhile a slight variation in the direct meridional course of the auricular tubes marks the situation of the future auricles (a). The two branches formed by the bifurcations at the extremity of each lateral tube have grown to such an extent that they join the auricular vessels one on each side at a point directly below the position where the lower edge of the auricles ends. The oldest larva of Mnemio'psis, which I have figured, shows nearly the same disposition of vessels as one finds in the adult. Subsequent modifications in the course of these vessels consist in their deviation from the direct meridional lines, and their increase in length -, but no new junction of tubes takes place in intermediate stages between this larva and the adult Mnemiopsis. DISCOPHORA. Dactylometra quinquecirra, A. Ag. Figs. 25-38, 38, 39. A single specimen of this interesting Discophore was taken by me in the last summer, and from it a few new observations were made, which may add something to our imperfect knowledge of its anatomy. The bell margin bears eight otocysts and a variable number of tentacles, which have the following arrangement. If we take the interval of bell rim between two otocysts we find appended to it a variable number of tentacles. A figure is given of such a portion in which there are eight tentacles. Of these the two tentacles adjacent the otocysts are larger than the remainder, and 294 BULLETIN OF THE hfiTig from the incisions between two marginal lappets. The remaining six ten- tacles are of smaller size, and are irregularly placed as regards the incisions between the marginal lobes. The tentacles have a brownish color above, and are white on the under side. The two marginal lobes adjacent the marginal sense bodies are larger and more prominent than the others. In the interval of bell margin between them there are five smaller lobes. Each lobe is leaf- shaped, pointed, and very flexible. In each lobe there ends blindly, without dendritic ramifications, a chymiferous vessel, which is a prolongation from a cavity, or system of vessels in the disk. There are four ovarian openings, each of which lies in a radius drawn from alternate marginal sense bodies. They resemble most closely similar openings in Aurelia. The ovaries themselves have a pink flesh-color. The ovarian filaments are well developed. The mar- ginal sense bodies are highly characteristic. When looked at from the aboral side, in the region of the bell margin in which the otocyst lies, there is in its immediate vicinity a small pit or depression in the bell walls. This pit is identified as a " Riechgriibschen." It is commonly regarded in other medusae as an organ of special sensation. The situation of this pit in Dactylometra is such that one cannot help being reminded that it may be simply the thinning out of the bell walls above the sense body in order to increase the sensitiveness- of the otocyst below. The oral curtains, whicb are so prominent on each side of the otocyst of Cyanea, are wanting in Dactylometra. The two lappets found one on each side of the marginal sense body of Aurelia also fail. Two well- marked inner Riechgriibschen are found one on each side of the base of the style. The ocellus is inconspicuous or wanting. The otocysts do not differ from those of other Discophores, and are formed of a simple sac with enclosed otoliths. They have a whiti-sh straw color, and are easily seen from the aboral side, showing through the bell walls at the bottom of the recess or pit called the outer Riechgriibschen. HYDROIDA. Calycidion formosum, Fewkes. A further consideration of my former* identification of Turritopsis nutricula, McCrady, has convinced me that I was WTong in my determination of this medusa. The jelly-fish which was mistaken for T. nutricula resembles in some respects Podocoryiie, and may perhaps be found to be a new genus and species, for whicb I suggest the name Calycidion formosum. The medusa which was referred in the same paper to Modeeria and described as M. multi- tentacula, sp. nov., is probably the same as T. nutrictda, McCr. As the generic name Modeeria is older tlian Turritopsis, and as they seem to have been applied to similar jelly-fishes, McCrady's medusa may later be known as M. nutricula. * Bull. Mas. Conip. Zool., VIII. 7. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 295 New studies must be made to find out whether M. multitentacula and M. nu- tricula are the same species. As my identification * of T. nutricula was wrong, my criticisms of McCrady's description of this medusa are unjust to him. The true affinities of the jelly- fish which Mr. Agassiz f and myself J called Turritopsis are somewhat doubt- ful. The " pencil-like clusters of stalked thread-cells " upon the lips allies this medusa to that of Podocoryne carnea, Sars. In a figure f of P. carnea, just escaped from the trophosome, there are eight tentacles, and no rows of lasso- cells extending from the tentacular bulbs to the apex of the bell. The oldest Bpeeimens of C.formosum have more than eight tentacles. It may, however, be simply a more developed planoblast of P. carnea, Sars. Ectopleura ochracea, A. Ag. rigs. 15, 16, 35, 36. The bell of the medusa of K ochracea is high, and has a pointed apex, where its walls are thicker than on the sides. There is no trace of a former tubular connection between the stomach ca\dty and the fixed hydroid through the apex. The outer surface of the bell walls is crossed by eight rows of lasso- cells, which arise in pairs from the tentacular bulbs and have a common junc- tion at the apex of the bell. Near the bulbs the' number of cells in ,each row is larger than towards the apex, where they become more scattered and smaller (?). The chymiferous 'ubes are four Ln number, narrow, and un- branched. A manubrium hangs down in the bell cavity about two thirds its height. In normal specimens it is never protruded beyond the bell opening. It is divided into three regions, a basal, median, and terminal. The basal division, by which it arises from the bell walls, is more transparent than the others, and is colorless. It contains many large spherical cells. The remainder of the proboscis has a light rosy color, and is divided midway in its length by a slight constriction, which separates it into a median and a terminal region. Both of these portions are more opaque than the hyaline division with large cells already noticed. Near the region where the junction of the median division with the basal takes place there is a zone of ochraceous colored pigment. The constriction forming the division between the median and terminal divisions is marked by a zone of small dark brown pigment-dots. The lips are thickly pigmented with irregular patches of a yellow color. They bear also, according to Mr. Agassiz, small " bunches of lasso-cells." * Bull. Mas. Comp. Zobl., VIII. 7. t Op. cit., p. 167. Mr. Agassiz suspected that his medusa was not the same as Turritopsis, McCr., since he was unable to trace it to a medusa of the same form and color. t Allman, op. cit., PI. XVI. figs. 3, 4. 296 BULLETIN OF THE There are four rosy flesh-coloreil tentacles, wliich are generally carried closely coiled about tlie tentacular bulbs. Their length, when extended, is greater than the height of the bell. In older specimens they are sometimes extended at full length when the medusa is in motion. At rest they are car- ried at right angles to the bell walls, or closely coiled about the tentacular bulbs. At intervals along their outer surface the tentacles bear bun.W)VT«iit>l,HM. BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY AT HARVARD COLLEGE, IN CAMBRIDGE. VOL. X. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A. 1882-1883. Reprinted with the permission of the original pubhsher KRAUS REPRINT CORPORATION New York 1967 Printed in U.S.A. CONTENTS. Page No. 1. — Eeports on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast Survey Steamer " Blake." XVII. Report on the Crustacea. Parti. De- capoda. By S. I. Smith. (16 Plates) 1 No. 2. — Bibliography to accompany "Selections from Embryological Mono- graphs," compiled by A. Agassiz, W. Faxon, and E. L. Mark. II. Echinodermata. By A. Agassiz 109 No. 3. — On a Revision of the Ethmoid Bone in the Mammalia. By H. Allen. (7 Plates) 135 No. 4. — Reports on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast Survey Steamer " Blake." XVIII. The Stalked Crinoids of the Caribbean Sea. By P. H. Carpenter 165 No. 5. — Reports on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast Survey Steamer " Blake." XIX. Report on the Fishes. By G. B. Goode and T. H. Bean 183 No. 6. — Reports on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast Sur- vey Steamer " Blake." XX. Report on the Ophiuroidea. By T. Ltman. (8 Plates) 227 No. 1. — Reports on the Results of Dredging, under the Supervision of Alexander Agassiz, on the East Coast of the United States, during the Summer of 1880, hy the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer "Blake" Commander J. E. Bartlett, U. S. N., Commanding. (Published by permission of Carlile P. Patterson and J. E. Hilgard, Supts. U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey.) :xviL Report on the Crustacea. Part I. Decapoda, By Sidney I. Smith. The part of the following report relating to the Maci'ura was ready for the printer before Alphonse Milne-Edwards's Description de qiielques Crustaces Macroures provenant des grandes profondeurs de la Mer des Antilles (Annales Sci. Nat., Zool., 6"" s^rie, XL No. 4, 1881) was received, so that all the references to it have been added subsequently. The new species in this and some other recent papers of Milne- Edwards, and in Bates's recent paper on the Penieidea, are so imperfectly characterized that in several cases I have found it impossible to determine, with any approximation to certainty, whether or not they are identical with species described in the following pages. I have endeavored, however, to make the descriptions and figures of the species here described so complete, that subsequent investigators will not labor under a similar difficulty in regard to them. BRACHYURA. MAIOIDEA. Amathia Agassizii, sp. nov. Plate II. Figs. 2, 3. Eesembles A. Carpenteri Norman (figured by Wyville Thomson, Depths of the Sea, p. 175, 1873), but has shorter rostral horns and more numerous spines upon the carapax. The carapax i.= sub-triangular, excluding spines and rostral homs, nearly VOL. X. — NO. 1. 1 2 BULLETIN OF THE four fifths as broad as long, or with the breadth including spines about equal to the length excluding the rostral horns, which are strongly divergent, nearly straight, and in the adult less than half as long as the rest of the carapax. The supra-orbital spines are large, acute, and much more prominent than the obtuse post-orbital processes. The basal segment of the anteima is armed with two large and nearly equal spines beneath the eye, one near the base, the other near the tip. The hepatic region projects above the lateral margin in a promi- nent spine about a third of the way from the orbit to the great branchial spine. The anterior angles of the buccal area project in angular dentiform processes, back of which the prominent margin of the pleural region is armed with two or three small and unequal spines. There are six spines or spiiiiform tuber- cles on the gastric region, two median, and each side two slightly smaller lateral, which are nearer together than the median. There are three median spiniform tubercles on the cai-diac region, of which the middle one is much the more prominent, and back of these the posterior margin of the cardiac region projects in a prominent median spine, either side of which the postero-lateral margin is ornamented with a regular series of six or seven minute tubercles. The middle of the branchial region projects in a spine directed straight out- ward and a little upward, which is the largest upon the carapax, and about half as long as the rostral horns ; on a line between this and the postero-lateral gastric spine there are two spines near together ; and back of these on the posterior part of the region there is a single spine opposite the large cardiac spine. In addition to these dorsal spines of the branchial region there is a lateral closely set series of three or four small spines just below the pleural suture and above the base of the cheliped, and a similar but isolated spine below and back of the great branchial spine. The entire surface of the cara- pax and of the sternum, and of the exposed parts of the appendages, except the terminal portions of the chelse and of the dactyli of the ambulatory legs, is covered with soft scabrous papilla?, and sparsely clothed with short setae. The chelipeds are a little longer than the carapax including the rostral horns, and scarcely stouter than the ambulatory legs ; the chela is nearly as long as and no stouter than the merus, the basal portion subcylindrical, nearly naked and smooth except for minute, scattered papilla?, like those on the surface generally except that they are smaller and much more scattered ; the digits are a little more than half as 'long as the basal portion, a little curved, slightly com- pressed, smooth, and with the prehensile edges regularly dentate. The ambula- tory legs are all armed with a dentiform spine at the distal end of the merus ; the first pair are nearly twice as long as the chelipeds, and the succeeding pairs are successively a little shorter. The second and third segments of the abdomen of the male are expanded, and the first and second are each armed with a small median tubercle. Station 319, N. Lat. 32° 25', W. Long. 77° 42' 30", 262 fath. ; 1 ^. A very much smaller specimen (Plate II. fig. 3) from Station 317 differs so much from the one above described that it might readily be mistaken for a dis- tinct species. It is apparently an immature male, and diflers in having a MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 3 narrower carapax, with much longer rostral horns and fewer and much longer spines. The carapax, excluding the rostral horns and lateral spines, is about two thirds as broad as long ; the rostral horns are as long as the breadth of the car- apax excluding the spines, nearly straight, slender, and very acute. There are two spines upon the basal segment of the antenna, but the proximal is much smaller than the distal. The hepatic spine is slender, and about a fourth as long as the rostral horns. There is only one small spine, or one with the rudi- ment of a second, on the margin of the pleural region back of the anterior angle of the buccal area. The two median spines of the gastric region are slender and conspicuous, the posterior much the larger, but there are no lateral spines. The middle spine of the cardiac region is as long as the hepatic, and in front of its base there is a rudiment of a second ; the posterior cardiac spine is slender and very little shorter than the hepatic, but there are no spines or tubercles either side its base. The middle spine of the branchial region is slender, and more than half as long as the rostral horns ; there is a single small spine in place of the two anterior branchial ; a small posterior branchial is present ; and in place of the series of small spines there are two very minute tubercles. The chelipeds and ambulatory legs are nearly as in the other specimen, but the chelae and the dactyli of the ambulatory legs are a little more hairy. Station 317, N. Lat. 31° 57', W. Long. 78° 18' 35", 333 fath. The two specimens give the following measurements. Station 319 317 Sex (J Young Length of carapax including rostrum and posterior spine 35.2 mm 13.1 mm. Length of carapax from base of rostrum to tip of pos- terior spine 27.5 8.4 Length of rostral horns 8.5 5.1 Breadth of carapax, including lateral spines . . . 27.0 10.5 " " excluding « « . . 20.3 5.1 Length of branchial spine 4.5 3.0 " cheliped 37 8 " first ambulatory leg 63 16 " second " 43 13 Since the above was written several specimens of this species have been taken oflf Martha's Vineyard by the United States Fish Commission. AU these speci- mens are intermediate in size between those above described, and show that they are reaUy, as supposed, stages of growth of a single species. Hyas coarctatus Leach. One young specimen, Station 301, N. Lat. 41° 26' 55", W. Lon. 66° 3', 71 fath. 4 BULLETIN OF THE Euprognatha rastellifera Stimpson. Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zobl., IL p. 123, 1870. A. M.-EuwAUDS, Crust. Region Mexicaine, p. 183, PI. XXXIII. fig. 2, 1878 ; Bull Mus. Comp. Zobl., VIII. p. 7, 1880. Smith, Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 415, 1881. Station. N. Lat, W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 335 38° 22' 25" 73° 33' 40" 89 !(?• 345 40° icy 15" 71° 4' 30" 71 voecimens. 78° 18' 35" 333 2$ 76° 0' '50" 464 i$ ,29 75° 14' '40" 603 19 74° 48' 0" 263 U ,49 A young specimen was taken in the U. S. Fish Commission dredgings off Block Island, in 1880, Station 891, N. Lat. 39° 46', W. Long. 71° lo', 500 fath. Pontophilus Norvegicus M. Sars. Crangon Norvffjicus M. Sars, Nyt Magazin Naturv., ChrLstiania, XI. p. 248, 1861. Goes, Ofversigt Vetenskaps-Akad. Forhandliiigar, Stockholm, 1863, p. 173 (13). Pontophilus Norvegicus M. Sars, Christiania Videnskabs-Selskabs Foihandlinger, 1861, p. 183; Nyt Magazin Naturv., Christiania, Xll. p. 290 (38), 18C3 ; XV. p. 242 (2), PI. I. figs. 1-25, PI. II. figs. 17-37, 1868. G. 0. Sars, Nyt Magazin Naturv., Christiania, XV. p. 95 (14), 1S66 ; Chris- tiania Vidcnskabs-Selskab.s Foihandlinger, 1871, p. 2C1 (13), 1872; Arcliiv. Matlicm. Naturvidensk., Kristiania, 11. jt. 340, 1877. Metzgei!, Jahresl)er. Conmi. wisscnsch. Untersuchungdeutschen Jlecre, 1872-73, Nordsee, p. 291, 1875. S. I. Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., New Haven, V. p. 61, 1879 ; Proc. National Mus., Washington, 111. p. 43.5, 1881. 1? Hippolylc costata Lel'CKART, Wirbelloser Thicre niit Fauna nordduutscli. Meerus, p. 159, 1847. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fatlioms. Specimens. 306 41° 32' 50" 65° 55' 0" 524 5 309 40° 11' 40" 68° 22' 0" 304 7 MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Pontophilus brevirostris Smith. Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 435, 1881. Plate VII. Figs. 1 - 1". Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 314 32° 24' 0" 78° 44' 0" 142 15 315 32° 18' 20" 78° 43' 0" 225 2 321 32° 43' 25" 77° 20' 30" 233 1 327 34° 0' 30" 76° 10' 30" 178 25 333 35° 45' 25" 74° 50' 30" 65 2 344 40° 1' 0" 70° 58' 0" 129 6 345 40° 10' 15'' 71° 4' 30" 71 20 This species is very closely allied to P. spinosus and P. Norvegicus, but is readily distinguished from them by the very short rostrum, which is triden- tate, with the median tooth scarcely broader and very little longer than the lateral, about reaching to the cornea of the inner side of the eye and not pro- jecting beyond the line of the spiniform outer angles of tlie orbits. The pro- portions of the body are more like spiiiosus than Norvegicus, but the carination and armature of the carapax are more like Norvegicus, while the sculpture of the distal somites of the abdomen is more like spinosus. The dorsal carina of the carapax is armed with three spines, and frequently a smaller fourth one in front of the others and just back of the base of the rostrum ; the subdorsal carina is armed with two spines, as in Norvegicus, and often with a rudiment of a third behind these ; the lateral carina does not extend back of the middle of the carapax, and is armed with a single spine, as in Norvegicus. There are no distinct carinse on the first four somites of the abdomen, but the fifth somite is flattened above and has subdorsal carinas slightly diverging posteriorly, and below these, each side, another carina, nearly parallel with the subdorsal ; and the sixth sonn'te is flattened above and subdorsally carinated, as in spinosus, though the cariuai are not quite as con- spicuous on either somite as in that species. The eyes, antennulae, and antennae are very nearly as in P. spinosus. The external maxillipeds reach a little beyond the tips of the chelipeds, the penulti- mate segment reaches nearly to the tip of the antennal scale, rnd the ultimate segment is a little less than twice as long as the penultimate, while in P. Nor- vegicus it is about once and a half as long, and in P. spinosus much more than twice as long, as the penultimate segment. The thoracic legs difl'er scarcely at all from those of P. spinosus. The lamellae of the uropods are very nearly as in P. spinosus. The inner lamella reaches nearly or quite to the tip of the telson, is lanceolate, and six or seven times as long as broad ; the outer lamella is about a tenth shorter than the inner, and about four times as long as broad. The telson is once and a fourth to once and two fifths as long as the sixth somite of the abdomen, is very narrow, slightly acuminate, and has a very narrow and acutely triangular tip, 3G BULLETIN OF THE ariiied ^\■itll only two very long, sleiuler, and plumose setop, wLich arise near together from the under side. It appears to be a much smaller species than either Norvegicus or spinosus, the largest males being scarcely 2o lam. in length and the largest females abovit 3() mm. This species was taken in great abundance, in 51 to 155 fathoms, off Block Island, in 1880 and 1881, by the U. S. Fish Commission. The specimen figured is from the Fish Commission collection, Station 873, 100 fathoms. Pontophilus gracilis, sp. nov. Plate VII. Figs. 3 - 3". This species is very much more slender and has much larger eyes than any other species of the germs known to me. It is represented in the collection by a single specimen, which is possibly immature, but, judging from the structure of the appendages of the first and second somites of the abdomen, is a female. The carapax is nearly twice as long, along the dorsal line, as broad, slightly carinated, and so thin that the branchiae are readily seen through it. The rostrum is about two sevenths as long as the rest of the carapax along the dorsal line, very slender, and the lateral teeth scarcely a third of the way from the Lase to the tip. The dorsal carina is not distinct except where it rises into two acute teeth directed forward, one on the gastric region and one on the anterior part of the cardiac. There is a slight lateral carina in the middle portion of the carapax, terminating anteriorly in a spine like those in the dorsal carina. A little farther down upon the carapax and a little in front of the anterior spine of the dorsal carina there is a small hepatic spine, making in all six spines exclusive of those of the anterior margin. The orbit is very broad and its outer border extends far forward and terminates in a slender spine, while the similarly slender spine of the antero-lateral angle extends still farther for- ward nearly or quite to a line with the tip of the rostrum. The eyes are very large and reach to about the tip of the rostrum ; the cornea is obliciue, somewhat compressed vertically, and its greatest breadth considerably more than the breadth of the antennal scale. The peduncle of the antennula scarcely reaches the middle of the antennal scale, and the lateral process from the base of tlie first segment reaches to the distal extremity of the segment itself ; the outer flagellum is slender and reaches to the tip of the antennal scale ; the inner is about a third longer, but scarcely stouter, than the outer. The antennal scale is about three fourths as long as the carapax exclusive of the rostrum, about four times as long as broad, only very slightly narrowed (listally, and tlie tip evenly rounded. The distal segment of the peduncle is a little more than half as long as the scale, and the flagellum is slender and about twice as long as the carapax exclusive of the rostrum. The first and second maxillipeds are nearly as in P. Norvegicux. The ex- ternal maxillipeds reach by the tips of the antennal scales by fully half the MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 37 length of the distal segment, which is a little longer than the penultimate, 3)Ut only a little more than two thirds as long as the antepenultimate, while the two distal segments together are about as long as the antennal scale. Tlie anterior thoracic legs are very slender, reach a little beyond the tips of the antennal scales, and the chela itself is smooth, naked, strongly compressed distally, a little shorter than the antennal scale, about as long as the diameter of the carapax, and, excluding the very prominent distal spine of the inner margin, about a fourth as wide as long. The second legs are very small, as in the other species of the genus, slenrler, and scarcely reach tlie middle of the meri of the anterior pair. The third are very slender, about twice as long as the carapax, reach by the tips of the antennal scales the full length of the propodi and dactjdi, which taken together are very nearly as long as the carpi, the dactyli being very slender and acute and about half as long as the propodi. The fourth and fifth legs are about as long as the first pair, and sparsely clothed with long hairs except upon the dactyli, which are strongly compressed vertically, about two thirds as long, and toward the base as broad, as the propodi. The abdomen to the tip of the telson is about three times as long as, and slightly narrower than, the carapax. The sixth somite is more than a fifth of the entire length, compressed laterally so that the breadth is less than a fourth while the height is fully two fifths of the length, and flattened or obscurely channelled longitudinally in the middle of its length above. The telson is about as long as the sixth somite, very slender, flattened but scarcely channelled above, and the narrow tip armed with four very slender spines of which the median are twice as long as the lateral. The inner lamella of the uropod is as long as the sixth somite, projects considerably by the tip of the telson, is lanceolate, and more than five times as long as broad. The outer lamella is considerally shorter and slightly broader than the inner. The inner lamella of the appendage of the first abdominal somite (PI. YIT. fig. 2'') is about as long as the protopod, linear, and the margins not ciliated ; the outer lamella is narrow-ovate, consideral)ly longer than the inner, and of the usual structure. The inner lamella of the appendage of the Second somite (fig. 2°) is a little shorter and much narrower than the outer, and has a single stylet two fifths as long as itself arising from the inner margin near the base. Length from tip of rostrum tn tip of telson 30.0mm. Length of carapax including rostrum 7.8 Length of rostrum . . . . . . . . .1.7 Great e.st breadth of carapax ....... 4.1 Length of antennal scale ........ 4.5 Breadth of antennal scale . . . . . . . , 11 Greatest diameter of eye . 1,4 Length of sixth somite of abdomen ...... 4.9 Length of telson 5.0 Station 315, N. Lat. 32° IS' 20", W. Long. 7S° 43' ; 225 fathoms. 38 BULLETIN OF THE Since the above description was written a specimen of this species has been taken in 458 fathoms, by the U. S. Fish Commission, Station 1029, off Mar- tha's Vineyard. This specimen, an adult male 28 mm. long, agrees perfectly with the female except in the usual sexual characters, and proves beyond question that the specimens are adult, though the female is probably not full}' grown. The eyes in the male are fully as large as in the female. The inner ilugellum of the aiitennula reaches nearly half its length by the antennal scale, wliile the outer is only a little shorter than the inner, but very stout, fusiform, with the diameter at the thickest point equalling nearly half the breadth of the antennal scale. The inner lamella in the first pair of abdominal appendages (PL VII. fig. 3) is only half as long and less than half as broad as the outer, and almost entirely naked. In the second pair (fig. 3") the inner lamella is nearly as long as the outer, but only about two thirds as broad, lanceolate in outline, furnished with plumose marginal seta; like the outer, and bears the two stylets characteristic of the male at about a fourth of the way from the base to the tip of the inner margin. The marginal or major stylet is like the single stylet of the female and of the succeeding appendages of the male, about two fifths as long as the lamella itself, very narrow, and almost entindy naked except the usual hooklike setce near the tip, while the minor stylet is a little stouter than the other, but only about a fourth as long as the lamella, and naked except a few minute hairs near the tip. Sabinea princeps, sp. nov. Plate VIII. Figs. 1 - l''. Carapax with seven carinre as in the other si^ecies of the genus, but with an acute rostrum as long as the antennal scales or longer, and armed above with a spine either side near the base and below with a single spine. The dorsal carina is very high, sharp, slightly arched longitudinally, and armed, from a little back of the orbit to the posterior margin, with seven or eight somewhat irregular teeth directed forward. Th3 rostrum varies very much in length, in the male being often only a little shorter than the length of the carapax from the orbit to the middle of the posterior margin, but in large females often only half as long ; dorsally it is flattened and the margins slightly carinated, but beneath the edge is angular ; the basal portion is nearly horizontal, but the terminal portion is upturned and acute ; below the margin is armed with a slender spiniform tooth directed forward from the point where the terminal portion is upturned, and above with a similar tooth arising from the dorsal margin over either eye and directed outward and upward. The three carinas each side of the carapax have about the same position as in the other species of the genus. The subdorsal is continuous almost to the orbit, and is armed with six or seven spiniform teeth directed forward. The next carina below is broadly interrujited on the anterior region, but back of this is armed with five or six teetli like those of the subdorsal carina, and in front, at the outer margin MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 39 of the orbit, with a prominent slender and acute spine. The lower lateral carina is very prominent anteriorly and is armed with nine to twelve spiniforni teeth, of which the three or four most anterior increase in size very rapidly, the anterior one forming a great and somewhat laterally expanded spine nearly or quite half as long as the rostrum, and reaching nearly to, or in the male often consideralily beyond, the middle of the antennal scale. The eyes are black, very large, pyriform, and including the peduncles much longer than the greatest diameter, which is about two thirds the breadth of the antennal scale. The peduncle of the antennula reaches to about the middle of the antennal scale ; the flagella are subequal in length, in the female a little longer than the antennal scale, but in the male much longer and the outer very niMch stouter than in the female, and consideral)]y thickened vertically. The antennal scale is about a third as long as the carapax including the ros- trum, and is itself of nearly the same form as in the allied species, but there is a prominent and acute spine near its Im^e upon the outer edge of the second segment. The distal segment of the peduncle is very long, reaching nearly to the tip of the antennal scale, and the flagellum in the male is about as long as the abdomen, but considerably shorter in the female. The external maxillipeds are slender, reach considerably beyond the tips of the antennal scales, and the proportions of the segments and of the exopods are almost exactly the same as in the other species of the genus. The anterior legs reach to the tips of the antennal scales : the outer distal margin of the merus is prolonged into a slender spine, and there is a similar one upon each of the two outer distal angles of the carpus ; the chela is about as long as the merus, very stout, somewhat swollen, and nearly cylindrical at base, but compressed and expanded on the inner side distally, the prehensile edge nearly transverse, slightly arcuate, and armed with a very large spini- forni tooth at the inner margin. The rudimentary second legs are small, very slender, and reach to the distal end of the ischia of the first : the ischium and merus are subec^ual in length and each much longer than the three distal segments, of which the carpus and propodus are subecjual, while the dactylus is very small, only a little longer than the diameter of the projiodus. The third legs reach slightly beyond the first, and the dactylus is very slender and acute, but only about one sixth as long as the propodus. The fourth and fifth are nearly equal in length, and the fourth reach to the tips of the third : the dactyli are about half as long as the propodi, very slender, with the upper surfaces densely ciliated. The carinae of the abdomen have the same arrangement as in S. Sarsii, but are much more conspicuous, and each of the epimera of the first two somites projects below into an acuminate spine, while the epimera of the third, fourth, and fifth somites are each armed with two similar spines. The dorsal carina upon the posterior half of the second somite is double, or rather V-sliaped with the apex directed forward. The dorsal carina upon the third and fourth somites is very conspicuous, and upon each is prolonged in a tooth at the 40 BULLETIN OF THE posterior margin, the tooth upon the fourth l)eing prominent and horizontal and occasionally having a secondary tooth above its base. The two dorsal carinae of the filth somite are high and sharp, and each armed with a sharp tooth near the middle and with a similar one projecting over the posterior margin. The sixth somite is about once and a half as long as the fifth, its dorsal carina; are very high and sharp and each armed with five to seven acute teeth of which the posterior project over the margin as in the fifth somite ; the posterior margin is in addition armed with two spines each side, one at the inferior angle and another above the l)ase of the telson. The outer lamella of the uropod is a little longer than the sixth somite, about twice and a half as long as broad, and obtusely rounded at the tip ; the inner is longer than the outer, ovate-lanceolate, and not quite a third as broad as long. The teLson is about once and a half as long as the sixth somite, tapers regu- larly throughout, and is ornamented above with two carinae converging to the tip, which is acute, unarmed, and naked. All the exposed surfaces of the carapax and abdomen except the spines and carinae, and a considerable part of the surface of the appendages, are clothed with a very short and dense pubescence, which readily brushes off with the soft mud with which most of the specimens are covered. Six specimens give the f(dlowing measurements in millimeters : — 326 326 337 c? 326 326 9 312 9 56.0 65.0 89 0 98.0 77.0 125.0 Station Sex ..... Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson Length of carapax including ros- trum Length of rostrum Length of antennal scale . The eggs are very large, being, even in alcoholic specimens, about 2.5 and 3.0 mm. in least and greatest diameter, while in S. septemcarinata they are about 1.0 by 1.4 mm. in alcoholic specimens. The number and arrangement of the branchiae are the same as in 5. septem- carinata, and may be indicated by the following formula : — 21.0 23.2 33.5 35.0 28.5 49.5 9.2 9.6 15.5 13.5 12.0 21.0 7.0 8.1 11.5 12.5 9.2 15.0 Somites. vit. VIII. IX. X. XI. XII. XIII. XIV. Total Epipods, 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 (2) Podobranchiae, 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ArthrobranchijE ; 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 Pleurobranchiae , 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 5 7+(-) Station. N. Lat w. Long. Fatlionia. Specimens. 312 39° 50' 45" 70° 11' 0" 466 19 326 33° 42' 15" 76° 0' 50" 464 10^ ,99,3 young. 337 38° 20' 8" 73° 23' 20" 740 1$ MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 41 Also obtained in the U. S. Fish Commission dredgings off Block Island in 1880, Station 892, N. Lat. 39° 46', W. Long. 71" 5', 487 fathoms ; and Station 893, N. Lat. 39° 52' 20", W. Long. 7U° 68', 372 fathoms. The long and spined rostrum and the long spines and teeth of the carapax and abdomen give this gigantic species a very different aspect from the other species of the genus ; but the oral appendages, the number and arrangement of the branchicT, and other structural details, agree perfectly with S. septemcarlnata, the type species of the genus. The present species is, however, much more closely allied to ped along its edges by a siijiilarly curved groove in the posterior somite. When the abdomen is completely flexed the ends of these curved processes project dorsally consider- MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 43 ably beyond the grooves, but when the abdomen is ful^y extended the pro- cesses are withdrawn so as to expose the dorsal part of the groove, and in this position iii the contracted alcoholic specimens the somites are firmly clamped, apparently by the pressure of the ends of the processes upon the concave pos- terior walls of the grooves, and held rigidly extended, so that it is very diiRcult to flex the somites, unless the tip of the abdomen is pulled backward with con- siderable force, when the processes slide easily through the grooves and the somites are readily flexed. It is probable that in life, while the extensor muscles of the abdomen are relaxed, the processes move easily through the grooves ; but when the extensor muscles are strongly contracted the hinges are clamped as in the alcoholic specimens, so that the animal can voluntarily hold the telson and the spiny terminal somites of the abdomen rigidly extended as a means of self-defence. In all three of the species, when the abdomen is fully flexed, the tip of the telson is brought directly below and very near to the mouth. A. Milne-Edwards, in the paper already referred to, which has been pub- lished since the part of this report relating to the Crangonidfe was ready for the printer, has described three new species belonging to a new genus, Glypho- crangon, which is apparently very closely allied to the genus here described and possibly identical with it. In Milue-Edwards's genus the telson is de- scribed as consolidated with the sixth somite of the abdomen.* It is scarcely to be supposed that Milne-Edwards could mistake the peculiar articulation of the telson with the sixth somite of the abdomen, which is described above and which is equally characteristic of the articulation of the sixth somite' with the fifth and of the fifth with the fourth, for actual consolidation, or overlook the remarkable cliaracter of the articulation of the external maxillipeds with the carapax ; and as neither of the species here described and figured agrees fully with the description of either of the species of Glyphocranrjon in the spines of the carapax and abdomen, I am forced to the conclusion that Milne- Edwards's genus is difl"erent from mine, though possessed of quite as remark- able characters. Rhachocaris Agassizii, sp. nov. Plate V. Fis. 3. Plate VI. Fig. 3. Female. — The carapax has eight conspicuous longitudinal carinae which are interrupted by a very deep cervical and a broad and deep gastro-orl)ital sulcus, but, aside from the caringe, sulci, and spines, is nearly cylindricaL The rostrum is about two thirds as long as the rest of the carapax along the dorsal line, flat- * In characterizing the genus he says, " Le septieme article abdominal est presque entierement sonde au sixieme"; and in the description of G. spiniemida, the first species, " Le, septieme article est immobile sur le precedent, il est tiiangulaire, bicarene en dessus, tres pointu, et au lieu d'avoir la meme direction que les autrcs articles, il se releve et son extremite est diiigee en liaut. " 44 BULLETIN OF THE tened above, triangular but with the edge flattened and distally slightly grooved below, and tapers regularly to au acute and gently uptmned tip ; above there is a narrow but distinct median carina extending the whole length, and the margins are carinated and each armed just above the front of the eye with a prominent and aciite spine directed forward and upward ; below the rostrum is unarmed. Just back of the base of the rostrum there is a pair of spines like those upon the rostrum, but slightly larger and wilh the bases elongati^d and laterally compressed. From these teeth two parallel dorsal carina) extend to the posterior margin, but each one is broki-n into ten or eleven elongated teeth turned slightly forward, truncated above, and all except the first and last with flattened and conspicuously punctate tops. The space between these carina; is concave with a deep transverse dejiressiou at the cervical suture, but smuotli except a few small tubercles along tlie carina? and one on the median line in front. The frontal margin is transvoise and nearly straight, but the latend angle is armed with three very large and acute spines : a very slender antennal spine directed upward and forward from just al>ove the base of the antenna ; directly below thi-- a somewhat larger one (the lateral angle itself) slightly compressed laterally and curved dnwnward and then directed forward below the antennal scale ; and, arising outside and a little back of these, a very broad, dentiform, vertically compressed spine directed outward and forward, terminating in an acute tip as far forward as the tip of the antennal spine, and apparently representing the anterior part of the lower of the three lateral carinse, but separated from it by the broad and very deep depression of the cervical suture. The broad triangular space between this cariual tooth and the gastric region is depressed and smooth. The posterior part of the middle lateral carina is prominent and terminates at Ihe cervical suture in a long tooth directeil fm-ward ; posterioily it extends to the posterior margin and has the edge tluck, flattened and punctate. The upper of the lateral carinse is not evident in front of the cervical suture, is less conspicuous than the dorsal, and is obscuiely divided into about four truncated teeth flattened and punctate above. On the gastric region in front of this carina there is an irregular group of elongated tubercles extending to the gastro-orbital suture, but with tliis exception the sides of the gastric region are unarmed, as are the remaining spaces between the carina; of the dorsal part of the carapax, except a few very small tuberc!e> either side of the cardiac region, and a few still smaller ones below the upper lateral carina and near the posterior margin. The lower of the lateral carina is broad, punctate along its edge, and extends from near the base of the spine of the antero-lateral angle almost to the posterior margin, with a broad and deep interruption at the cervical suture. On the brancliial region below this carina there are about three irregular elongated and punctate ridges, and near tht posterior margin there are a few small tubercles, but with these exceptions the branchial regions are unarmed. There is, however, a narrow but well-marked carina the whole length of the lateral margin. The eyestalks are slender and very small in proportion to the eyes them- selves, M'hich are approximately spherical, slightly compressed vertically, and MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 45 with the horizontal diameter about three fourths as great as the breadth of the antennal scale and only a little less than the length of the eye to the base of the stalk. In the alcoholic specimen, the pigment is deep purplish and is probably not black in life. The peduncle of the antennula reaches to the tip of the antennal scale and nearly to the tip of the rostrum, and is clothed along the side^ and below with very fine hairs, but is nearly naked above ; the first segment is a little longer than the second and third together, the second nearly as long as the last, which is less than twice as long as broad. The flagella are both nearly naked ; the outer is about as long as the peduncle, the proximal two thirds of its length vertically compressed and broad, but the terminal portion suddenly contracted ; the inner is a little longer than the outer, very slender and regularly tapered. The antennal scale is regularly ovate, with the greatest breadth about two thirds of the way from the tip to the base, where it is very much contracted at the articulation ; both margins are thickly ciliated, and the tooth of the outer margin is represented by an obscure angular projection at less than a third of the way from the base to the tip. The narrowness of the articulation permits great lateral motion in the scale, so that it may be turned outward at nearly a right angle to the body. The segments of the peduncle are without spines or tubercles ; the last segment is about as long as the breadth of the scale and reaches three fourths of the way from its base to its tip, and the inner edge is compressed and ciliated. The flagellum is a little longer than the carapax in- cluding the rostrum, slender, compressed vertically, and almost naked. The tips of the external maxillipeds reach to about the tips of the antennal scales. The proximal of the three segments of the endopod is about as long as the antennal scale and five or six times as long as broad ; the second segment is about two fifths as long as, and slightly broader than, the first, vertically compressed, thickly ciliated along the inner edge, and armed beneath with a single movably articulated spine near the distal end, and with two or three similar spines along each edge ; the last segment is a little longer than the second, flat and smooth above, tapers from the base to a slender curved and acute tip, and the under surface and lateral margins are armed with thirteen or fourteen movably articulated spines among which there are a few fascicles of setae. The exopod is very slender, the basal portion sli^^htly longer than the flagelliform portion, and the whole considerably shorter than the proximal seg- ment of the endopod. The legs of the first pair are just about as long as and scarcely stouter than the external maxillipeds, and reach a little beyond the bases of their dactyli, or nearly to the tips of the peduncles of the antennae : the ischium is about as long as the propodus, the inner and outer margins nearly parallel, the outer articulating with the merus, while the inner is thin, nearly straight, closely ap- proximated, and armed with a few setae, and each projects forward beyond the articulation with the merus in a narrow dentiform prominence ; the merus is as long as the three distal segments together, about a foiirth as long as broad, slightly compressed vertically and with a few setae along the inner edge, but 46 BULLETIN OF THE otherwise unarmed ; the carpus ia short, about as broad as long, and unarmed, and is so articulated with the merus as to be capable of ilexion backward and beneath it ; the propodus is slightly more than half as long as the merus, rounded, slightly swollen, tapers to a very narrow distal extremity, and is smooth and unarmed except upon the upper and inner side where it is furnished with three longitudinal series of fascicles of soft setae ; the dactylus is about half as long as the propodus, very slender, curved and acute, smooth and naked, and capable of nearly complete flexion on the setigerous side of the propodus. The manner in which the distal segments of these limbs are articulated brings the setigerous sides of the propodi and the points of the dactyli in direct opposition to the spinous sides of the two distal segments of each of the external maxillipeds, and these two pairs of appendages are probably used together as prehensile organs. The legs of the second pair are imarmed and naked, very slender, the distal portion but little stouter than the proximal part of the flagellum of the antenna, and a little unsym metrical, the left being slightly stouter than the right and reaching nearly to the tip of the rostrum, while the right reaches a little be- yond : the coxa is short and nearly cylindrical ; the ischium is a little longer than the propodus in the first pair, much broader than the coxa, very much compressed vertically and the inner edge slightly expanded proximally, so that the breadth is abqut a fourth of the length ; the merus is about a fourth longer than the ischium, the right a little longer than the left, little more than half as broad as the ischium, nearly uniform in breadth, and compressed verti- cally but much less so than the ischium ; the carpus is more than twice as long as the merus and more slender, strongly compressed, very slightly tapering at the distal end, composed of thirty-one segments on the right side and twenty-three on the left, and the most distal segment in each about as long as the three next taken together ; the left chela is slightly larger than the right, but neither is larger than the distal segment of the carpu's, the digits are both short, the pre- hensile edge of the propodal one considerably oblique and shorter than the dactylus, which is itself scarcely longer than the breadth of the propodus. The legs of the third pair are nearly naked, slender, and reach to the tip of the rostrum : the merus is about twice as long as the ischium, and these two segments taken together are longer than the tliree distal segments and are of nearly uniform diameter througliout and very slightly compressed ; the carpus is a little shorter and more slender than the ischium ; the propodus is nearly twice as long as the carpus, cylindrical, and slightly tapered distally ; the dac- tylus is narrower than the distal end of the propodus, nearly a fourth as long as the propodus, nearly straight, a little compressed vertically, and tapered from the base to the tip. The fourth and fifth pairs of legs are alike and very similar to the third pair, but are slightly stouter throughout, the propodus is furnished with a dense fascicle of setaj outside the base of the dactylus, and the dactylus itself is considerably longer tlian in the third pair, strongly compressed vertically, concave above and convex below, and lanceolate, being broader in the miildle than the distal end of the propodus, but narrowed toward the base and tapered to an acute tip. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 47 The sternum is flat, triangular, and wholly unarmed. The abdomen is about once and a half as long as the carapax including the rostrum, is narrower than the carapax, and as seen from above tapers regularly from the base to the tip of the telson. There is a sharp medio-dorsal carina from the base to the telson, but interrupted on all the somites but the first ; a single lateral carina each side is indistinctly indicated on the first two or three somites ; and the dorsal surface generally is studded with prominent tubercles, many of which are elongated and all the larger ones with flattened and punc- tate tops. Upon the first somite, the median carina is thin and very high and projects forward in an acute tooth ; either side, in line with the upper lateral carina of the carapax, there is a very prominent acute and spinil'orm tooth directed obliquely forward. On the second and third somites, the dorsal carina is divided into two nearly equal parts by a smooth and very conspicuous sulcus, which passes slightly backward either side across the whole dorsum of the segment and down parallel with and near to the posterior margin of the epim- eron ; the anterior part of the carina on the second somite is nearly as high as on the first and projects slightly forward, but the postei'ior part on the second and both parts on the third are much lower and do not project in front or be- hind. On the fourth somite, the carina is divided into two unequal parts by a less conspicuous sulcus, the anterior part being like that upon the third somite, while the posterior part is twice as long, thickened and flat above anteriorly, but posteriorly higher, more acute, and projecting slightly over the fifth somite. On the filth somite the carina is unequally divided by a similar sulcus, but the anterior portion is more prominent than on the fourth, and the posterior part is very prominent, its anterior half being formed of two longitudinally elon- gated tubercles slightly diverging posteriorly, and between and back of them a single very high sharp and triangular tooth. The carina upon the sixth somite is broken anteriorly by a small notch, and posteriorly rises in an acute edge and projects far back over the base of the telson in an acute tooth. The epimeron of the first somite is narrow, does not project below the margin of the carapax, is rounded below and almost wholly covered by the anterior expansion of the epimeron of the second somite when the abdomen is iuWy flexed. The epimeron of the second somite projects much below the epimeron of the first, the anterior margin is nearly as convex in outline as the posterior, the inferior margin projects in the middle in a very long, slender, and outcurved spine, in a much smaller spine at the posterior angle, and in a small tooth anteriorly ; on the outer surface a sulcus, like and nearly parallel with the sulcus of the porterior border, passes from near tlie anterior hinge to the base of the large spine of the inferior margin, but between and outside of the sulci the surface is sparsely tuberculous. The epimera of the third, fourth, and fifth somites have a smooth depressed area along the anterior margin, and are each armed below with two slender acute and out-curved spines, of which the anterior one on each epimeron is about as long as the large spine of the second epimeron, while the posterior spines increase in length from the second to the fifth somite, that upon the fifth epimeron being longer than the anterior spine of the same 48 BULLETIN OF THE epimeron and directed backward as well as outward ; the middle portion of the outer surface of each of these epimera is raised and sparsely tuberculous, and there is also a line of small tubercles between the sulcus and the posterior margin on the third, but on the following epimera the transverse sulcus of the dorsum does not extend down the epimera. Most of the tubercles on the side of the sixth somite are arranged in two longitudinal lines, an irregular but prominent one between the two hinges and a less prominent one below. The lateral angles of the sixth somite project downward, outward, and backward in a very large and acute spine outside the base of the uropod. The telson is a little longer than the rostrum, slightly expanded toward the base, but the distal two-thirds is narrow, and terminates in a slender spiniform and slightly upturned tip unarmed with spines or setae. On the dorsal side there is a sharp median tooth beneath the projecting carinal tooth of the sixth somite ; either side there is a sharp carina extending from the base nearly to the tip, leaving, except at the base, a smooth and deep groove between them ; the lateral edges are strongly carinate, leaving a smooth groove either side, and a wide and shallow groove the full width of the under surface. The lamellae of the uropods are about three fourths as long as the telson : the inner lamella is obtusely lanceolate and nearly four times as long as broad ; the outer is much broader, the tip ovately rounded, and the very prominent lateral tooth about a fourth of the way from the tip to the base. The inner lamella of the appendage of the first abdominal somite is very short, about a third as long as the outer, obtuse, and about half as broad as long. The sterna of all the abdominal somites are unarmed. The eggs are very large, being, in alcohol, about 2.6 and 3 mm. in least and greatest diameter, and are proportionally few in number, there being not far from one hundred carried by the specimen examined. The single specimen seen, a female, gives the following measurements : — Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson lll.Omm. Length of carapax, including rostrun 46.0 Length of rostrum Breadth of carapax in front, including spines " " at cervical suture " " at middle, including spines Diameter of eye ...... Length of antennal scale . . . . Breadth of antennal scale . . . Length of external maxillipeds " first pair of legs .... " carpus " propodus . . . . " dactylus 18.0 30.0 17.0 21.0 5.0 13.1 7.1 27.4 27.2 2.3, 6.2 3.4 second pair of legs . . . right, 42.0 mm. ; left, 39.0 19.9 " 17.5 1.2 " 1.1 , , 41.0 . 46.0 , , . 20.0 MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY, 49 Length of merus right, 8.4 mm. ; left, 8.7 mm. " carpus . . . ... " chela " third pair of legs .... " fifth pair of lega " telson Station 326, N. Lat. 33° 42' 15", W. Long. 76° 0' 50", 464 fathoms. Rhachocaris sculpta, sp. nov. Plate V. Fig. 3. Plate VI. Figs. 3 - 3*. Female, — This species, though closely resembling the last in structure and general appearance, differs very conspicuously in the ornamentation of the carapax and abdomen, and in the form of the dactyli of the fourth and fifth pairs of thoracic legs. It is distinguished from R. Agassizii at a glance by having the dorsal and upper lateral carince of the carapax only obscurely indi- cated by lines of acute tubercles and the spaces between the carinse tubercu- lous, by having two short spines each side in place of the great lateral spine of the antennal region and a small bidentate tooth in place of the sharp branchial spine of R. Agassizii, and in having three instead of two lateral spines on the epimeron of the fifth somite of the abdomen. The postero-lateral angle of the carapax is more prominent and angular than in R. Agassizii, but in other respects the form is very nearly the same. The lateral carinae on the posterior part of the rostrum are not so high, and the two teeth at the base of the rostrum are even smaller than the rostral teeth and are nearly erect. All the carinje of the carapax are much less prominent, so that the carapax is more regularly rounded. The space between the two dorsal carinse is scarcely at all depressed, the transverse sulcus at the cervical suture is not as deep, and there are two lines of small spiniform tubercles extending the whole length of the space, and the dorsal carinse themselves are represented by two similar lines of larger spiniform tubercles with about twelve tubercles in each line, and with an obscure line of minute tubercles just outside of them. Below the dorsal carina and just back of the eye either side, at tlie extreme anterior end of the lateral lobe of the gastric region, there is a very large verti- cally compressed and acute tooth or spine connected with the lateral carina of the rostrum by a low but conspicuous ridge, just back of the base of this tooth there are one or two small spines, and on the rest of the triangular lateral lobe of the gastric region between these and the cervical suture there are approxi- mately twelve spines or tubercles, of which those in the middle of the lobe are larger than the others. Of the three spines of the antennal region, the antennal itself is longer than in R. Agassizii, much stouter, considerably expanded at the base and directed strongly outward as well as forward and upward ; the spine of the antero-lateral margin is stouter and directed more outward ; while back of and between these spines there are two relatively small acute teeth directed VOL. X. — NO. 1. 4 50 BULLETIN OF THE forward, one behind the other, and of which the anterior is considerably the larger, and in the space between these teeth and the gastric region there are two or three irregular lines of minute acute tubercles. Back of the cervical suture, the upper lateral carina is high, conspicuous, and marked by a line of about six acute teeth directed slightly forward, and the depression between these and the lateral carina is armed with minute spiniform tubercles obscurely arranged in longitudinal lines. The middle lateral carina is distinct, armed in front with a small bidentate tooth and back of this by a very few small and irregular teeth. The lower lateral carina is distinct, with the edge slightly crenulated but not dentate. Below the carina of the antennal region then; is a longitudinal rugose ridge, and below and back of this a similar ridge on the lower part of the branchial region. The surface of the branchial region between the carinse is roughened by many minute tubercles, the inferior margin is bor- dered by a conspicuous carina as in the last species, and just above this at the postero-lateral angle there is a conspicuous elongated tubercle. The eyes are a little larger than in the last species, but do not differ in other respects. The peduncles of the antennulse are clothed with coarser hairs than in the last species, and the distal segments are hairy above as well as on the Bides,. but in other respects they do not differ. The antennal scale is a little broader than in the last species and the tooth of the outer margin is more prominent and nearly half-way from the base to the tip, but the peduncle and flagellum do not differ. The distal segment of the external maxilliped is no longer than the penultimate, and the spines upon these two segments are a little more slender and the whole appendage a little shorter than in R. Agas- sizii. The legs of the first pair are a little shorter as a whole, and the propodi and dactyli are relatively shorter. The legs of the second pair are exactly as in a. Agassizii except that they are shorter and have fewer segments in the carpi, the right leg scarcely reaching the tip of the peduncle of the antenna, the left a little shorter, while the right carpus has twentj^-three segments and the left twenty. The legs of the third pair are stouter than in R. Agassizii and only reach to tips of the antennal scales, but the relative lengths of the segments are about the same. The fourth and fifth pairs are proportionally short and stout, and the dactyli very different from those of R. Agassizii. These are alike in both pairs, about a fifth as long as the propodi, shorter than in the third pair, not at all compressed but nearly cylindrical^ even slightly swollen distally, and very abruptly contracted into a bifid tip, the inner tooth of which is the longer, more acute, and curved. The form and sculpture of the abdomen is very similar to that of the last species, but the dorsal carina on the first somite is interrupted posteriorly and on the second is not so high ; the teeth of the lateral carina; on the first somite are not quite as acute ; the tubercles over the surface generally are more irreg- ularly arranged, and none of them are much elongated ; the marginal spines of the epimera are shorter and less curved, but the anterior tooth on the second epimeron is much larger though obtuse ; the fifth is armed with three spiniform teeth, a median tooth, and two smaller nearly equal lateral teeth ; and the MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 61 lateral spine of the sixth somite is smaller and not directed so much backward. There are no differences of importance in the form of the telson, nropods, or other abdominal appendages. The eggs are slightly larger than in R. Agassizii, and of about the same number. The specimen above described gives the following measurements : — Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson . Length of carapax, including rostrum . . Length of rostrum Breadth of carapax in front, including spines ** " at cervical suture *' " at middle, including spines Length of antennal scale Breadth of antennal scale .... Diameter of eye Length of external maxillipeds '* first pair of legs .... " second pair of legs " merus " carpus " chela " third pair of legs .... " iifth pair of legs .... " telson . 108.0 mm. 44.0 . 18.5 19.3 . 15.4 21.5 . 12.7 6.8 . 5.5 22.5 . 22.2 right, 29.0 ; left, 27.5 . " 6.2 " 6.2 " 12.7 " 11.0 , " 1.1 " 1.1 34.0 . 27.5 . . . 18.5 Station 339, N. Lat. 38° 16' 45", W. Long. 73° 10' 30", 1186 fathoms. Rhachocaris longirostris, sp. nov. Plate T. Fig. 1. Plate VI. Figr. 1. Female. — This species agrees with R. Agassizii in having the dactyli of the fourth and fifth pairs of thoracic legs slender, but in the sculpturing of the carapax and abdonien it is more like R. scidpta, though the tubercles are fewer in number and are all obtuse ; it diff"ers very conspicuously from both these species in having a much longer rostrum, longer telson, much shorter antennal scales, and the eyes on shorter peduncles, and, in the alcoholic specimen, devoid of colored pigment. The rostrum is slightly longer than the rest of the carapax along the dorsal line ; the basal two-thirds is horizontal, but the tip "strongly upturned ; the upper side is flat and the horizontal portion of uniform breadth, but the tip regularly tapered and acute ; there is a slight median carina the whole length ; there are lateral spines and the corresponding pair of spines at the base of the 52 BULLETIN OF THE rostrum as in R. sculpta, though a little less prominent; and between the lat- eral spines and the curved tip the surface is irregularly corrugated. The inferior edge of the rostrum is grooved, the groove being broadest at the begin- ning of the curved portion, and toward the tip there is in addition a slight median carina. The carinse of the carapax have nearly the same arrangement as in R. sculptat The tubercles of the indistinct dorsal carinse are all very low, obtuse, and punctate, and the space between the carinse unarmed except by a few small tubercles in front. On the lateral lobes of the gastric region the tubercles are all low and obtuse, the anterior being no more prominent than the others. The antennal spine is nearly as in R. sculpta, but the spine of the anterior angle is shorter and stouter than in that species, and directed straight forward as in R. Acjassizii. The lateral carina of the antennal region is con- tinuous and terminates anteriorly in a distinct tooth back of which the edge is obtuse and punctate. Back of the cervical suture, the upper lateral carina is prominent, but the tubercles with which it is surmounted, though more promi- nent than the others on the carapax, are all obtuse and punctate. The middle lateral carina is continuous, broad, and punctate, and the lower carina is very low but well marked by being punctate. The inferior margin of the carapax is carinated as in the other species. The eyestalks are very short so as to be almost entirely concealed, and the' eyes themselves relatively about as broad as in the other species, but somewhat flattened anteriorly so that they appear much less prominent, and in the alco- holic .specimen are perfectly white. The peduncles of the antennulse reach only to about the middle of the ros- trum and the flagella fall short of its tip, but the proportions of both peduncles and flagella are very nearly as in the other species. The antennal scales scarcely reach to the tips of the peduncles of the antennula;, are ovate, about three fifths as broad as long, broadest distally, and have a very indistinct tooth about the middle of the outer margin which is only obscurely ciliated back of the tooth. The external maxillipeds and the first pair of thoracic legs are slightly shorter, reaching scarcely to the tips of the antennal scales, but otherwise as in R. sculpta. The thoracic legs of the second pair are similar to those of R. sculpta, but the right reaches a little beyond the tip of the antennal scale and its carpus has about twenty-one segments ; the left is a little shorter than the right and its carpus has about eighteen segments. The third legs are nearly as in the other species, reach a little beyond the ti])s of the antennal scales, and their dactyli are about a third as long as the propodi and very slender. The fourth and fifth pairs of legs are but very little if at all stouter than the third, the fascicles of setae at the tips of the propodi are nearly as long as the propodi themselves, and the propodi are slightly shorter than in the third pair, strongly compressed as in R. Agassizii, but slender and not expanded at all in the middle. The sculpturing of the abdomen resembles that of 7?. sculpta, but the dorsal carina is less prominent and more obtuse, and the tubercles are fewer in num- MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 53 ber, obtuse, and punctate. The marginal spines of the epimera of the second to the fifth somite are all short, dentiform, and the posterior spine of the fifth epimeron is merely represented by an obtuse angle. The lateral spines of the sixth somite are about as prominent and fully as stout as in R. sculpta. The telson is longer than the carapax along the median line, exclusive of the rostrum, and has nearly the same form and sculpturing as in R. sculpta, though the tip is slightly more upturned. The outer lamella of the uropod is only about two thirds as long as the telson, fully a third as broad as long, with the lateral spine farther from the tip than in the other species and the margin between the spine and the tip obliquely truncated rather than rounded. The inner lamella is narrow and considerably longer than the outer. The specimen on which the above description is based is not carrying eggs, and the genital orifices at the bases of the third pair of thoracic legs are not easily discoverable ; but the appendages of the first and second somites of the abdomen are like those of R. sculpta, and leave no doubt in regard to the sex. Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson 54.0 mm. " of carapax including rostrum 23.0 " of rostrum 12.3 Breadth of carapax in front, including spines .... 8.7 " " at cervical suture 7.0 " " in middle 8.5 Length of antennal scale 4.9 Breadth of antennal scale 3.0 Diameter of eye 2.5 Length of telson 11.0 Station 330, N. Lat. 31° 41', W. Long. 74° 35', 1047 fathoms. From Station 315, N. Lat. 32° 18' 20", W. Long. 78° 43', 252 fathoms, there is a single small and imperfect .specimen, evidently the young of this species. This specimen is about 25 mm. long and differs from the one above described in having the carinse of the carapax a little sharper ; the lateral carina of the antennal region interrupted in the middle ; the marginal teeth of the abdom- inal epimera smaller in proportion and the posterior tooth of the fifth epimeron wholly wanting, leaving it bidentate like the third and fourth ; and the right and left carpi in the second pair o^ thoracic legs of about eighteen and fifteen segments respectively. 54 BULLETIN OF THE FAIi^MONID^B. ALPHEIN^. Hippolyte Liljeborgii Danielssen. Hippolyte Liljeborgii Danielssen, Nyt Magazin Naturv., Christiania, XI. p. 5, 1861. Metzger, Jaliresber. Comiu. wissensch. Untersuulmng deutschen Meere, 1872-73, Nordsee, p. 290, 1865 {Lilljeborgi). Danielssen and Boeck, Kyt Magazin Naturv., Christiania, XIX. p. 196, PI., figs. 15-20, 1872. Hippolyte seairifrons Norman, Trans. Tyneside Naturalists' Field Club, V. p. 267, 1863 (teste Danielssen and Boeck, Metzger). Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., V. p. 69, PI. X. fig. 3, 1879 ; Proc. National Mas., Washington, III. p. 437, 1881. Station. N. Lat W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens, 303 41" 34' 30" 65° 54' 30" 306 8? 306 41° 32' 50" 65° 55' 0" 524 2? 309 40° 11' 40" 68° 22' 0" 3(>i 2? This species appears to be abundant in deep water off the whole New Eng- land coast. It has also been taken off the Capes of the Delaware by Capt. Z. L. Tanner, of the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Fish-Hawk," Sta- tion 1045, N. L. 38° 35', W. Long. 73° 13', 312 fathoms, and at neighboring stations. Hippolyte Phippsii Kroter. Hippolyte Phippsii Kroyer, Naturh. Tidssk., III. p. 575, 1841 {$). Hippolyte turgida Kroyer, Ibid., p. 575, 1841 ($). Hippolyte vibruns Stimpson, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, X. p. 125 ((f, var.). Hippolyte Ochotensis Brandt, MiddendorfiTs Sibirische Reise, II. p. 120, PL V. fig. 17, 1849 ($). Station 302, N. Lat. 41° 30', W. Long. 66° 3', 73 fathoms : one male. Hippolyte polaris Koss. Alpheua polaris Sabine, SuppL to Appendix of Parry's First Voyage, p. ccxxxviii. PI. II. figs. 5-8, 1824. Hippolyte polaris J. C. Ross, in John Ross, Appendix to Second Voyage, p. Ixxxv., 1835(9). Hippolyte borealis J. C. Ross, in John Ross, op. cit., p. Ixxxiv. PI. B, fig. 3, 1835 (cf). Station 303, N. Lat. 41° 34' 30'f, W. Long. 65° 54' 30", 306 fathoms ; one male. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 55 Caridion Gordoni Goes. Hippolyte Gordoni Bate, Nat. Hist. Review, V., Proc, p. 51, figs., 1858. [No spe- cific name is given in the article, though the species is said to be named after its discoverer, the Rev. G. Gordon, but Hippolyte Gordooii is given in the " Index to the Proceedings," p. iv.] Dcrryphnrus Gordoni NoRMAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Series, VIII. p. 277, PI. XIII. figs. 6, 7, 1861. [The generic name preoccupied.] Caridion Gordoni GoEs, Ofversigt Vetenskaps-Akad. Forhandlingar, Stockholm, 1863, p. 170 (10). Station 311, N. Lat. 39° 59' 30", W. Long. 70° 12', 143 fathoms, sand ; two specimens, male and female. Bythocaris, sp. indet. A few specimens from Station 314, N. Lat. 32° 24', W. Long. 78° 44', 142 fathoms ; and Station 327, N. Lat. 34° 0' 30", W. Lon. 76" 10' 30", 178 fathoms. The species is the same as the one I have referred to as taken off Block Island by the U. S. Fish Commission (Ppoc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 437, 1881). It is apparently closely allied to B. Payeri G. O. Sars (Archiv Mathem. Naturvid. Kristiania, II. p. 340, 1877, Hippolyte Payeri Heller), but the specimens are all much smaller then the one described by Heller, none of them being over 30 mm. in length, and probably belong to a distinct species. Anchistia tenella, sp. nov. Plate IX. Figs. 1 - 1". This species is represented by a single specimen, an egg-carrj'ing female. The integument is very thin and soft, so that it is difficult to make out accu- rately the proportions of the carapax, which is apparently slightly compressed laterally. The rostrum is slender, falls slightly short of the tips of the anten- nal scales, is fully three fourths as long as the rest of the carapax along the dorsal line ; the dorsal crest extends back a short distance upon the carapax, is directed slightly downward through its whole length, and is armed with nine teeth, crowded posteriorly but more widely separated anteriorly, and of which three are back of the orbit and the small anterior one near the acute tip ; the lower edge is armed with three teeth. The anterior margin projects in an acute angle below the orbit, and there are well-developed anteimal and hepatic spines. Just back of the dorsal crest there is a slight notch in the dorsum with a distinct but short transverse sulcus turned forward either side. The eyes ate small, black, and fall considerably short of the middle of the rostrum. The peduncle of the antennula (PL IX. fig. 1') reaches to the tip of 56 BULLETIN OF THE the rostrum : the first segment is squamiform, about orce and two thirds as long as the two disUil segments together, about three sevenths as broad as long, and the outer margin is armed with an acute tooth near the middle and juo- jects distally in -a similar tooth half as long as the second segment ; the second and third segments are subequal in length, the second less than half as wide as the first but with a slight carina-like expansion on the outer side, while the third is still narrower and nearly cylindrical. The outer flagellum is divided for nearly half the length of the outer portion, which is as long as the peduncle, rather stout and somewhat hairy, while the inner ramus is more slender, nearly naked, and extends more than half the length of the whole flagellum beyond the tip of the outer ramus. The inner flagellum is very slender and apparently a little shorter than the outer, but is imperfect at the tip. The antennal scale (Fig. l*") is about as long as the rostrum, more than a third as broad as long, only very slightly narrowed distally, and the broad obliquely truncated and rounded tip extends considerably beyond the large and acute spine in which the outer margin terminates. The terminal segment of the peduncle is slender and about two fifths as long as the scale. The flagellum is nearly as long as the whole body of the animal. The external maxillipeds reach to the middle of the antennal scales and are very slender ; the first of the three segments of the endopod reaches to the front edge of the carapax, and the second and third are successively a little shorter. The exopod is slender and reaches a little by the first segment of the endopod. The two pairs of chelate legs are unsymmetrical, the legs of the left side being larger than those of the right. This is very likely accidental, however, for the right antennal scale is short and misshapen, evidently reproduced after injury, and the right chelate legs have very likely been reproduced also, although they are as well formed as the left ones. The left leg of the first pair is about as long as the carapax including the rostrum ; the merus and carpus slender and subequal in length ; the chela nearly as long as the carpus, and slender, six or seven times as long as broad and with slender and slightly curved digits nearly half the whole length. The right leg is slightly smaller than the left, but the proportion of the parts the same. The left leg of the second pair is once and a half as long as that of the first pair ; the ischium and merus are subequal in length, the latter reaching as far forward as the tip of the rostrum ; the cari)us is a little more than half as long as the merus, and shorter than in the first pair ; the chela is nearly as long as the carpus and merus together, slender, though slightly swollen in the middle, and with slender digits about two fifths the whole length. The right leg is about a fourth shorter than the left, and slender in proportion. The third and fourth pairs of legs are alike, slender, about a third longer than the carapax including the rostrum, the carpi aliout two thirds as long as the meri, the propodi considerably longer than the carpi, and the dactyli slender, slightly curved, acute, and only a sixth or seventh as long as the propodi. The epimeron of the first somite of the abdomen is very broad, but little narrower than that of the second, and extends far forward by the posterior edge MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 57 of the carapax ; the second epimeron is orbicular, broader than high and nearly as broad as the whole height of the somite ; the third epimeron is broad and rounded posteriorly ; the fourth epimeron is prolonged backward nearly the full length of the fifth somite and is evenly rounded posteriorly ; the fifth is rounded and projects very slightly posteriorly. The sixth somite is nearly twice as long as the fifth, and about half as high as long. The telson is nearly a third longer than the sixth somite, thin and lamellar, tapers regularly to a rounded tip unsymmetrically armed with five spines and perhaps not quite perfect, and above is evenly rounded and armed with two pairs of aculei. The lamellae of the uropods reach a little by the tip of the telson : the inner is nar- rowly ovate and nearly four times as long as broad ; the outer is less than three times as long as broad, and broadly rounded at the tip, which projects much beyond the tooth in which the thickened outer margin terminates. The eggs, which are well advanced toward maturity, are approximately 0.60 and 0.45 mm. in greater and less diameter in the alcoholic specimen. All the oral appendages agree very closely with those of Palcemonetes varians (Leach sp.) and the number and arrangement of the branchiae are apparently the same as in that species, though I am not certain that there is more than one arthrobranchia at the base of the external maxilliped. [Pal(emonetes variaiu and Leander natator have the same branchial formula as Palcemon squilla.] The single specimen is from Station 316, N. Lat. 32 7', W. Long. 78° 37' 30", 229 fathoms, bottom of pebbles, and gives the following measurements : — Sex 9 Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson 25.0 mm. " of carapax including rostrum ...... 9.3 " of rostrum 3.8 " of antennal scale 3.7 Breadth of " " 1.4 Length of first pair of legs right, 8.9 ; left, 9.5 " chela " 1.8 " 2.0 " second pair of legs .... " 11.5 " 15.0 " ischium " 2.4 " 3.1 " merus " 2.5 " 3.3 " carpus " 1.5 " 1.8 " chela .' " 37 " 5.0 " dactylus " 1.5 " 2.0 " third pair of legs . . . . . . . 12.5 " propodus 3.5 " dactylus 0.5 " sixth somite of abdomen 3.0 Height of " " " 1.5 Lencrth of telson 4.3 58 BULLETIN OF THE PANDALIN^. Pandalus propinquiis G. O. Sars. G. 0. Sars, Videnst-Selsk. Forhandl. Christiania, 1869, p. 148 (i) ; Ibid., 1871, p. 259 (16). Smith, Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 437, 1881. Station. N. Lat W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 306 41° 32' 50" 65° 55' 0'' 524 2 309 40-11' 40" 68° 22' 0" 304 12 This species is not uncommon in deep water off the New England coast, and is found at least as far south as off the Capes of the Delaware, where it has been taken in abundance by Capt. Z. L. Tanner, of the U. S. Fish Commission steamer " Fish-Hawk," Station 1045, N. Lat. 38° 35', W. Long. 73° 13', 312 fathoms. Pandalus leptocerus Smith. Proc. 'National Mus., Washington, III, p. 437, 1881. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 301 41° 26' 55" 302 41° 30' 0" 303 41* 34' 30" 304 41° 35' 0" 311 39° 59' 30" 344 40° 1' 0" 346 40° 25' 35" This species almost entirely replaces P. Montagui south of Cape Cod, and appears to be everywhere exceedingly abundant in from 30 to 200 fathoms, but below 300 fathoms it seems to give place to P. propiiiquiis. In size and general appearance it is much like P. Montagui but more slender and readily distinguished from it, and from P. ■propinquus and borcalis as well, by the minutely roughened surface and the presence of exopods upon the ex- ternal maxillipeds. The rostrum is from about once and a third to nearly twice as long as the rest of the carapax, and curved very slightly upward, but usually not as much so as in P. Montagui. Above, it is armed with eleven to thirteen teeth, of which one is near the tip, as in P. Montagui, and usually only two back of the orbit on the carapax proper, while a considerable space l)ack of the terminal spine is unarmed, though this space is usually shorter than in P. Montagui. Beneath, there are six to eight "teeth, as in P. Montagui. The entire surface of the carapax and abdomen is slightly roughened with short and irregular, trans- 66° 3' 0" 71 2 66° 0' 0" 73 7 65" 54' 30" 306 25± 65" 57' 30" 139 1 70° 12' 0" 143 14 70° 58' 0" 129 2 71° 10' 30" 44 1 MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 59 verse punctate ridges, which give rise to very short bristle-like hairs, while in P. Montagui, propinquus, and borealis the surface is naked and very smooth. The carapax is considerably more slender than in P. Montagui, and the pos- terior tooth of the dorsal carina is farther forward, being much in front of the middle. The abdomen is more slender than in P. Montaijui ; but, except for the greater slenderness, there is scarcely any difference in the form or propor- tions of the somites, or the form and armature of the telson and uropods. There are slender exopods, about a third as long as the ischia, at the bases of the external maxillipeds, but the endopods themselves are as in P. Montagui; the merus reaches to the base of the flagellum of the antenna, and the tip falls considerably short of the tip of the antennal scale. The legs of the first pair are nearly as in P. Montagui. The right chelate leg of the second pair is shorter and stouter than in P. Montagui, and scarcely reaches the tip of the corresponding leg of the first pair ; the ischium is about a fourth the entire length ; the merus is only a little shorter than the ischium ; the carpus increases in thickness distally, is a little longer than the ischium, not more than about once and a half as long as the merus, and usually composed of only five segments, the proximal half being wholly unsegmented or annu- lated, then three subequal and very distinct segments, about as broad as long, and these followed by the terminal segment, which is about as long as the three next preceding ; the chela is about half as long as the carpus, and a little Btoiiter than its distal end. The left chelate leg is a little shorter and stouter than in P. Montagui, but has about the same number of segments in the merus and carpus, and does not differ in other respects. The third, fourth, and fifth pairs of legs differ from those of P. Montagui in being a little more slender, and in having much longer, much more slender, and nearly cylindrical dactyli, which are wholly unarmed, except a few small spinules beneath near the base. The branchial formula is the same as in P. Montagui. Pandalus tenuipes Smith. Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 441, 1881. Plate XIH. Fls. 12. Station 314, N. Lat. 32° 24', W. Long. 78° 44', 142 fathoms ; one male and one young specimen, both imperfect. This species is smaller but has a proportionally thicker body than P. Mon- tagui, and the surface of the carapax and abdomen is very minutely roughened, somewhat as in P. leptocerus, but the punctate ridges are much less conspicuous and much more thickly, crowded than in that species. The carapax, including the rostrum, is about two fifths of the entire length, and the carapax proper is nearly as long as the rostrum, slightly swollen in the middle, somewhat contracted in front, as seen from above, and with the rostral carina extending back to about the middle, and armed, at about a third of the 60 BULLETIN OF THE way from the orbit to the posterior margin, with two to four slender spines crowded close together, rapidly decreasing in size posteriorly and movahhj artic- ulated with the carapax ; but between these teeth and the posterior teeth of the rostrum the carina is wholly unarmed. The rostrum is curved upward a little more than in P. Montacjui, is not expanded below, and is armed the whole length above with eight to ten teeth, which are usually more widely separated distally, though in some specimens the terminal two or three are crowded together near the tip ; beneath there are six to ten small teeth. The eyes are black and as broad as long, but shorter than in P. Montagui. The peduncle of the antennula reaches to near the middle of the antennal scale, and the two distal segments are sube([ual in length and each about as brijad as long. The antennular flagella are subequal in length and nmch longer than the carapax, including the rostrum ; the proximal half of the outer flagellum is very much thickened, the terminal portion very slender, as is. the inner flagel- lum throughout. The antennal scale is approximately four fifths as long as the rostrum, and of very nearly the same Ibrm as in P. Montagui. The oral ap- pendages differ from those of P. Montagui in the following particulars : tlie proximal segment of the mandibular palpus is dilated, though not quite as conspicuously as in P. Montagui ; the posterior lobe of the scaphognath of the second maxilla is very short, broad, obtusely rounded at the extremity, and projects very little back of the base of the endognath, while in P. Montagui and the allied species it is very much prolonged and acutely triangular pos- teriorly ; in the second maxilliped the dactylus is about as long as broad, and articulated with the oblique distal end of the propodus (PL XIII. fig. 12), while in P. Montagui and its allies the dactylus is a narrow plate, articulated by one edge to the distal part of the mesial edge of the propodus. The external maxillipeds are very slender, reach to about the tip of the rostrum, and have well-developed exopods, fully half as long as the ischium ; the ischium is a little longer than the rest of the endopod, which is composed, as in P. Mon- tagui, of only two distinct segments beyond the ischium, and in this case these two segments are subequal in length. The legs of the first pair are very slender, and reach to the tips of the external maxillipeds. The second (chelate) legs are exactly alike, and reach to or con- siderably by the tips of the antennal scales. The ischium is a little longer than the merus ; the carpus is a little less than twice as long as the merus, slightly shorter than the antennal scale, and composed of about fifteen segments, of which the proximal are separated by indistinct, but the four or five distal by conspicuous articulations, while the ultimate is about twice as long as broad, and the next three or four, each, only about half as long as broad. The chela is slender, only a very little stouter than the distal end of the carpus, nearly a third as long as the carpus, and about half as long as the merus, and the digits are alike, about as long as the basal portion, slightly gaping, and with a very few long, setiform hairs. The third, fourth, and fifth pairs of legs are exceedingly slender, sparsely armed with minute spinules and slender seta; ; and the dactyli are very long and slender, slightly and regularly bent, and MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 61 flattened a little vertically (or in the direction of the plane of the curvature), and wholly unarmed ; those of the fifth pair reach beyond the tip oi the ros- trum, and the I'ourth and third jiairs are successively a little longer ; the dac- tylus in the fifth pair is a third or a little more than a thiid as long as the propodus, in the fourth pair a little longer than in the fifth, and in the third pair not far from half as long as the propodus. The abdomen is evenly rounded and not at all compressed above, and less geniculated at the third segment than in P. Monlaijid. The sixth segment is about once and two thirds as long as the fifth. The telson is about once and a half as long as the sixth segment, and terminates in an acutely triangular tip, armed each side with two long sj)ines, of which the proximal is very much the longer, and at the extreme tip with a few long, plumose setae. The branchial formula is the same as in P. Montacjui. Pandalus acanthonotus, sp- nov. Plate Xni. Figs. 10. 11. This species, of which there is but one specimen in the collection, is closely allied to P. tcnuipes, but is at oncg distinguished from it by the deeper and nearly horizontal rostrum with the dorsal teeth forming a continuous series with the spines on the dorsal crest of the carapax ; and by the much longer sixth sonute of the abdomen, which is more than twice as long a? the fifth somite, and longer even than the telson. Female. — The carapax including the rostrum is only about a third of the entire length, somewhat contracted in front as seen from al)Ove, and with the rostral carina extending back to about the middle, but not sharp except in front, where it is armed with five slender spines movahbj arlicnlated with the carapax and closely crowded together. The rostrum is considerably shorter than the cara- pax proper, nearly horizontal, expanded below, tapers to an acute ti]>, is armed above with seven teeth, of which the anterior is very minute and a little way from the tip while posteriorly the teeth become slender and at last spiniforni, almost like the spines of the carapax, with which they form a continuous series ; below, the edge is armed with six teeth, of which the anterior one is minute and situated a little back of the tip. The eyes are large, pyriform, and black, and, as well as the antennula) and antenna;, are nearly as in P. (ciiuipes. The oral appendages are all very nearly as in P. ienuipes; the propodus in the second maxilliped (PI. XI 11. fig. 11) is, however, a little larger proportion- ally, and the very narrow dactylus articulated along nearly half the length of the mesial edge of the propodus very much as in P. Montagui, while in P. tenuipes the dactylus is about half as long as l)road and articulated with the oblique distal end of the propodus. The external maxillipeds reach a little by the tips of the antennal scales, are almost exactly as in P. tenvipes, ami, as in that species, have well developed exopods half as long as the ischia. The oral 62 BULLETIN OF THE appendages do not differ very much from those of P. carinatus figured on Plates X. and XI. : the first maxillae and second maxillipeds are almosit exactly as in P. carinatus; the distal segment of the mandibular palpus is broader and more obtuse at the tip, but in other respects the mandibles do not differ ; the second maxillae dift'er only in having the posterior division of the distal lobe of the protognath proportionally a little smaller ; the first maxillipeds are similar to those of P. carinatus, but the lamellar portion of the exopod is a little hroader and more abruptly narrowed into a more slender flagelliform portion ; the external maxillipeds are more slender than in P. carinatus, and the two distal segments are subequal in length. The legs of the first pair reach to the tips of the external maxillipeds and are as in P. teniiipes. The second (chelate) legs are very nearly alike, but the left is a little longer than the right and reaches to about the tip of the antennal scale ; both are about equally slender ; the carpi are more than a third of the entire length, segmented throughout but more conspicuously distally, and com- posed of about twenty segments, of which the most distal one is considerably longer than broad, but all the others shorter than this and approximately equal in length ; the chelae are alike, scarcely stouter than the carpus and only a little more than twice as long as its distal segment. The third, fourth, and filth pairs of legs are nearly as in P. tenuipes: those of the posterior pair reach consider- ably by the tip of the rostrum, and the fourth and third are successively a little longer ; the meri are sparsely armed with small spines, but the distal segments unarmed excepting a few setae or hairs ; the dactylus in the third pair is about a third as long as the propodus, and in the fourth pair about a fourth as long as the propodus. The abdomen is rounded above, but is rather strongly geniculated and slightly compressed at the third somite. The sixth somite is more than twice as long as the fifth, longer even than the antennal scale or rostrum, and strongly compressed. The telson is much shorter than the sixth somite, slender, and terminates, as in P. tenuipes, in a triangular tip armed each side with two long and slender spines of which the proximal is much the longer. The surface of the carapax and abdomen is minutely roughened, as in P. tenuipes, by thickly crowded irregular transverse punctate ridges. The branchial formula is apparently just as in P. tenuipes, P. Montagui, etc., and as in the following species, P. carinatus. MEASUREMENTS. Station 321 Rex 9 Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson ..... 42.0 mm. " of carapax including rostrum 14.2 " of rostrum .......... 6.3 Breadth of carapax ......... 4.9 Lene;th of antennal scale ......•• 5.6 MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 63 Breadth of antennal scale 1.3 mm. Length of right chelate leg , 11.5 " carpus 4.2 " chela 1.0 « left chelate leg 13.5 " carpus .......... 5.4 " chela 1.0 " third leg 19.0 fifth leg 18.5 " fifth somite of abdomen 3.0 " sixth somite of abdomen 7.0 Height of " " " 2.7 Length of telson 5.2 Station 321, N. Lat. 32° 43' 25", W. Long. 77° 20' 30", 233 fathoms. Pandalus carinatus, sp. nov. Plate X. Figs. 2 - 2'. Plate XI. Figs. 1 -3. Female. — The surface of the carapax and abdomen is microscopically punc- tate for the insertion of very minute hairs. The carapax including the rostrum is about as long as the entire abdomen, but the carapax proper much shorter than the rostrum and armed with a high dorsal crest nearly the whole length and with four sharp and very conspicuous longitudinal carinse each side. The rostrum is very slender, nearly horizontal toward the base and slightly upturned from a little back of the middle, and armed above, from near the slender and acute tip, with thirteen conspicuous teeth in front of the orbit and four more on the anterior half of the carapax, and beneath from near the tip to the front of the eye with nine similar teeth. The uppermost of the four lateral carina is in a line straight back from the middle of the orbit, but is interrupted by a slight depression and terminates in a small tooth just back of the middle, and is not conspicuous on the anterior half of the carapax ; the second and third carinae are continuous the whole length of the carapax, nearly parallel and slightly curved, the upper terminating anteriorly in a conspicuous antennal spine just over the base of the antenna, the lower in a similar but laterally more prominent spine below the base of the antenna ; the lowest carina is a marginal carina of the inferior edge of the carapax, which is more strongly incurved than in the typical species of Pandalus. The eyes are rather small for the genus, pyriform, and black. The first seg- ment of the peduncle of the antennula is broad, squamiform, excavated for the reception of the eye, and furnished externally with a large lamellar process terminating anteriorly in an acute angle in front of the eye. The second and third segments are very short, taken together being .scarcely longer than their diameter. The outer flagellum is a little more than twice as long as the peduncle, the ba.sal half considerably thickened and hairy, but the terminal 64 BULLETIN OF THE portion exceedingly slender. The inner flagellum is considerably longer than the outer, reaches nearly to the tip of the rostrum, and is slender throughout. The antennal scale is about three fourths as long as the carapax excluding the rostrum, and near the base about a fourth as broad as long, but tapers distally to an acute tip. The second segment of the peduncle of the antenna is armed with a triangular tooth above the base of the scale and with a long spine below. The llagellum is slender, and considerably longer than the carapax including the rostrum. The mandibles (PI. XI. fig. 1) are nearly as in P. Montagui, though the proximal segment of the palpus is much less dilated, and all the segments are only sparsely armed with seta ; the mandibles are in fact more nearly as in P. tenuipes. The first maxillae (Fig. 2) are essentially as in P. Montagui. The lobes of the protognath and the endognath of the second maxilla (Fig. 3) are nearly as in P. Montagui, but the scapognath is very diff'erent ; its posterior lobe is short, broad, and evenly rounded, much as in P. tenuipes, while the anterior lobe is much longer than the posterior, fully as broad, and with a broad and truncated extremity ; both extremities of the scaphognath are margined with very long plumose setae, while those upon the edges between are short. The first and second maxillipeds (PI. X. figs. 2% 2'') do not differ essentially from those of P. Montagui. The external maxillipeds have well-developed exopods about two thirds as long as the ischium, which is more than half the entire length of the endopod ; the terminal segment of the endopod is considerably longer than the penultimate, and tapers to an acute point. The legs of the first pair are more slender than the external maxillipeds, and do not quite reach to their tips. The right chelate leg (PI. X. fig. 2°j reaches a little by the base of the antennal scale, and is rather stouter than usual in the genus ; the merus and carpus are subequal in length, and the carpus is rather obscurely divided into about eight segments, of which the proximal and distal are much longer than the others ; the chela is very little shorter than the carpus and much stouter, and somewhat swollen so that it is between a third and a fourth as broad as long ; the digits are rather stout, slightly curved, and more than a third of the entire length. The three last pairs of legs are slender, subequal in length, reach to about the tips of the first pair, are armed with numerous setae and slender spines, and the dactyli are slender, very slightly curved, and about a third as long as the propodi. The first, second, fifth, and sixth somites of the abdomen are evenly rounded above, but the third and fourth are armed with a sharp dorsal carina, most conspicuous on the third somite, and in both somites projecting backward over the succeeding somite in a prominent horizontal and acute tooth. The first epimeron projects downward even below the second, which is orbicular and about as broad as high ; the third and fourth epimera project backward ia evenly rounded lobes, but the fifth in an acute angle. The telson is about as long as the fifth and sixth somites together, narrow, armed with four pairs of dorsal aculei, and the triangular tip (PI. X. fig. 29 MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 65 with three pairs of spines, of which tlie terminal are small and slender, the next very long, and the anterior short and stout. The lamellce of the uropods are about as long as the telson : the inner is lanceolate and between four and five times as long as broad ; the outer is between three and four times as long as broad, with tlie tip broad, somewhat oblic^uely rounded, and projecting con- siderably beyond the acute tooth in which the outer margin terminates, and just inside the base of which there is a spine much longer than the tooth itself. The outer lamella of the appendage of the first somite of the abdomen is a little longer than the protopod, about a sixth as broad as long, and margined with multiarticulate plumose seta) as usual, while the inner lamella is a little less than half as long as the outer, expanded externally near the base, where the breadth is equal to about a fourth the length, but tajiering and slender distally, and margined with plumose set£E like the outer. The inner lamella of the appendage of the second somite is a little longer than the outer lamella of the appendage of the first somite, between six and seven times as long as broad, and bears, a little way from the base, the usual stylet, which is about a fifth as long as the lamella itself. The single specimen is from Station 327, N. Lat. 34° 0' 30", W. Lon. 76° 10' 30", 178 fathoms, and gives the following measurements : — Sex 9 Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson ..... 4S.0mm. " of carapax including rostrum ...... 24.0 " of rostrum .......... 15.2 Breadth of carapax . . . . . . . . . 5.2 Length of antennal scale . . . . . . . . .7.1 Breadth of " " . 1.8 Length of right chelate leg . . . . . . . .9.2 " carpus .......... 2.2 " chela . . . . . . . . . .1.9 " left chelate leg 12.3 " carpus . 4.8 " chela .......... 1.2 " sixth somite of abdomen .4.3 Height of " " " ,' 2.2 Length of telson . . . . . . . . . .6.1 The genus Pandalus, as at present recognized, apparently contains species representing several genera, and this species is probably not strictly congeneric with P. Mojitagui, the type species. The carinated carapax gives the species a very different aspect from the typical Pnndali, but the appendages through- out, excepting the scaphognath of the second maxilla, are very nearly as in P. Montarjui, and the number and arrangement of the branchite are the same as in that species, P. propinquus, borealis, kptocerus, and tcnuipes, or as indicated in the following formula. VOL. X. — NO. 1. 5 66 BULLETIN OF THE Somites. Epipods, PodobranchijE, VII. 1 0 VIII. 1 1 IX. 1 0 X. 1 0 XI. 1 0 XII. 1 0 XIII. 1 0 XIV. 0 0 Total. (7) 1 ArtlirobrancliiiE, 0 0 2 1 1 1 1 0 6 Pleurobruncbiae, 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 5 This species will evidently fall in Milne-Edward.s's genus Ilcterocarpus {Ann. Sci. Nat., 6°" series, XI. No. 4, p. 8, 1S81), of which the description has been published since the above was written, and it appears to be closely allied to, but distinct from, his //. ensifer, from 218 fathoms near Barbadoes. ]\Iilne-Ed wards has however misapprehended the affinities of the genus, of which he says : " Les crustaces du genre Hcterocarpus offrent certaines analogies avec les Oplo- jjhorus et, par d'autres caracteres, ils se rapprochent des Lysmates, des Hip- polytes et des autres crustaces de la meme famille.'' The genus is very near Pandalus, certainly far nearer than to Oplophorus (of which, however, I have never examined specimens), or any other described genus. Jlcterocarjms should be placed with the two or three genera into which the genus Pandalus as it now stands must sooner or later be divided, and the species which I have here described should then stand as Hderocarpus carinatus. EPHYRIN^. MIERSIA KiNGSLEY. Ephijra Roux (nom. prseoc). As far as I know, the only described species properly referred to this genus are M. j^elagica and punctulata (Risso sp.), both api)arently unknown to modern carcinologists, and M. Hackelii {Ephijra Hceckclii Von Martens), all from the Mediterranean. Epliyra compressa De Haan, placed in Micrsia by Kingsley, had already been referred to Atyephyrn by Von Martens (Archiv fur Naturgesch., XXXIV., 1868, p. 51, PI. I. fig. 4" to 4=), and is certainly not closely allied to the species here described nor to M. Hceckelii. A new genus, Meningodora, described beyond, pnd Hymcnodora G. 0. Sars, are in most characters closely allied to Micrsia, and are here referred to the same subfamily, which has little affinity with the Atyidae, but is in many re- .spects much like Pandalus, and has, perhaps, still closer affinity with Oplophorus or some of its allies. Eumiersia, a new genus described beyond, is in some respects intermediate between the genera just mentioned and Pandalus, and is only provisionally placed in this subfamily. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 67 Miersia Agassizii, sp. nov. Plate XI. Figs. 5-7. Plate XII. Fiss. 1-4. Male. — The carapax is nearly as broad as high, but is a little compressed above so as to make the dorsum somewhat obtusely angular, though rounded and not at all carinate even anteriorly. The rostrum is imperfect in all the specimens seen, but in the most perfect specimen it was evidently much longer than the carapax proper ; it is very slender, slightly upturned toward the tip, and back of the tip of the antennal scale is armed with seven teeth above and four beneath. The anterior margin projects in an acute, but scarcely spiniform, angle above the base of the antenna, and opposite the base in an acute and laterally prominent branchio.stegial spine, below which the branchiostergite is rather suddenly incurved in the anterior part of the carapax. The surface of the carapax and abdomen is naked and smooth to the unaided eye, but is micro- scopically punctate. The eyestalks are very short, and terminated by small hemispherical black eyes. The peduncle of the antennula is short, much less than half as long as the antennal scale : the first segment is fully as long as the second and third taken together, is deeply excavated above for the reception of the eye, and its outer edge is armed distally with a small tooth ; the second and third seg- ments are broader than long and subcylindrical. The outer or major flagel- lum is nearly twice as long as the antennal scale, with the proximal portion for about half the length of the antennal scale compressed vertically, biuadly expanded, and thickly clothed beneath with fine hairs, but the distal portion is very slender and somewhat compressed vertically. The antennal scale is about three fourths as long as the carapax excluding the rostrum, and near the base about a fourth as broad as long, but narrowed regularly to a very slender tip. The second segment of the peduncle is armed with an acute dentiform spine below, and a triangular tooth aljove the base of the scale. The distal segment of the peduncle reaches only about a third of the way from the base to the tip of the antennal scale. The flagellum is wanting in all the specimens examined. The labrum is fleshy, prominent as seen in front, and the inferior edge is thickened and slightly indurated and applied to the concave dorsal surfaces of the mandibles. The lobes of the metastome are very broad dis'tally and some- what truncated. The mandibles (PL XII. figs. 1, P) are expanded into thin, dorsally concave and strongly dentate ventral processes, above and closely connected with which are small and narrow molar areas. The opposing edges of the ventral processes differ somewhat on the two sides : on the right side, as shown in the figures, the mesial edge is slightly convex as seen from above or below, and armed with about eight acutely triangular teeth, beyond which there are several small teeth on the anterior edge ; on the left side the mesial edge as seen from above or below is straight or slightly concave, terminates anteriorly in a sharp angle beyond which there are no teeth on the anterior edge, and the 68 BULLETIN OF THE teeth on the anterior part of the mesial edge are very small, though back of these small teeth there are ab(nit as many and as large teeth as on the mesial edge of the right mandiljlu. The i>rotognathal lobes of the first maxilla (PI. XII. fig. 2) are ap})roxiinatcly ei[ual in size, broad at the ends, and armed as usual with slender spines upcjn tliu distal, and numerous seta; upon the prox- imal lobe. The endognath is small, obtusely pointed, and armed with a very few marginal setae and with two sleTider spines upon a small fold on the ven- tral side near the tip. The protognathal lobes of the second maxilla (PI. XII. fig. 3) are very unequal, the proximal lobe is broad but very short, while the distal is long and deeply divided into two narrow and obtuse lobes. The endognath is nnsegmented, short, and narrowed to a slender tip. The sca- phognath projects anteriorly slightly beyond the endognath, and both ends are broad and evenly rounded. The protopod of the first maxilliped (PI. XII. fig. 4) projects very little anteriorly, and is obscurely divided into a very small proximal and a large distal lobe. The endopod is well developed, and composed of three segments, of which the proximal is very short, broader than long, the second nearly three times as long as broad, the terminal a little smaller than the second and lanceolately pointed, and all the segments margined with setae. The exopod is a very large lamelliform lolje longer than the endopod, about a third as broad as long, expanded and brbadly rounded in outline distally, and edged with plumose setaj which gradually increase in size distally along the margin. The epiporl is small, branchial, with the anterior and posterior parts nearly equal. The ischium in the second maxilliped (PI. XI. fig. 5') is much shorter than broad ; the merus between two and three times as long as broad ; the carpus a little narrower than the merus and about as long as broad ; the pro- podus bent back upon the merus as in most Palsemonida;, a little longer than the merus, nearly half as broad as hmg, and obliquely truncated along the mesial edge for the articulation of the dactylus, which is more than twice as broad as long and armed with setaj and slender spines as is the mesial and anterior edge of the dactylus. The exopod is nearly as long as the endopod, slender, and multiarticulate and flagelliform for more than half its length. The epipod is broad at base, somewhat triangular, and bears a large phillo- branchia. The endopod of the external maxilliped reaches a little beyond the middle of the antennal scale, and is slender and composed of three segments, of which the proximal is the longest, reaches as far forward as the antero-lateral angle of the carapax, and is strongly curved and dorsally compressed in the middle opposite the mouth ; the middle and the distal segments are straight, the middle about half as long, and the distal nearly as long, as the proximal ; all the segments are more or less setigerous. The exopod is slender, multi- articulate, flagelliform, and about as long as the proximal segment of the endo- pod. The epipod is narrow, lamellar, nearly as long as the middle segment of the endopod, and lies between the branchiae of the ninth and tenth somites. All the thoracic legs are furnished with exopods like those of the external maxillipeds, and the first, second, and third pairs are furnished also with epi- MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 69 pods like those of the external maxillipeds. The first and second pairs of legs are slender, do not reach the tips of the external maxillipeds, and are very nearly alike, but the carpus and chela are a little longer and more slender in the second than in the tirst pair. In both pairs the merus is a little longer than the ischium, and reaches to or a little by the antero-lateral angle of the carapax. In the tirst pair the carpus is scarcely more than half as long and about as stout as the merus, and the chela is somewhat longer and a little stouter than the carpus, and with slender slightly compressed and nearly straight digits about a third of the whole length. In the second pair the carpus is scarcely as stout as the merus and about two thirds as long, and the chela is scarcely stouter than the carpus, but considerably longer. The third and fourth pairs of legs are nearly alike and reach by the tips of the external maxillipeds, the lower edges of the meri are spinulose, the propodi considerably longer than the carpi, and the dactyli are slender, nearly straight, unarmed, and nearly a third as long as the propodi. The posterior legs are slightly shorter than the third and fourth, and like them except the distal extremity, which is peculiarly modified. The propodus is slender, about as long as in the third and fourth pairs, is furnished with a few very long plumo.se seta; near the middle, is thickly armed distally along the lower edge with serrately armed and simple setae, and so densely clothed at the tip with long setaj as to very nearly hide the dactyl us, which is very short, curved at the tip, and armed with several slender spines. The abdomen is large relatively to the cephalo-thorax, strongly compressed, and dorsally carinated exce[>t upon the first somite, the carina being most con- spicuous on the third sonute, where it projects posteriorly in a very long and slender tooth. There is fi similar but much smaller tooth on the three suc- ceeding somites, though in two of the three specimens examined it is nearly or c|uite obsolete on the fourth somite. The epimera of the four anterior somites are broad and very deep, the height of the abdomen at these somites being as great as or greater than that of the carapax. The first epimeron is as deep as the second, and its anterior edge is slightly concave in outline and projects a little below ; the second is about as broad as high, and approximately orbicu- lar ; the third and fourth project posteriorly in broadly rounded lobes ; the fifth projects posteriorly in an angular lobe obtusely rounded at the tip. The sixth somite is nearly twice as long as the fifth, and about twice as long as high. The telson is considerably longer than the sixth somite, very slender toward the tip, rounded and slightly sulcated above, and armed with four or five pairs of stout dorsal aculei on the distal lialf. The outer lamella of the uropod scarcely reaches the tip of the telson, is about four times as long as broad, tapers very slightly except near the tip, which is ovate and projects nearly the •width of the lamella beyond the angle in which the thickened outer margin ends ; the inner lamella is obtusely lanceolate, and considerably shorter and a little narrower than the outer. The outer ramus of the appendage of the first somite of the abdomen is long and slender, and like that of the succeeding appendages, but the inner ramus is 70 BULLETIN OF THE developed into a broad oval lamella about a third as long as the outer ramus, with both margins setigerous and the inner tliickened and bearing a slender stylet armed as usual with minute hooks. The inner ramus of the appendage of the second sonute bears the two stylets usually characteristic of the male. A small and imperfect female specimen appears not to differ from the males as above described except in the usual sexual characters. The inner ramus of the first abdominal appendage is a very small lamella nearly four times as lung as broad and furnished with very long and slender setre. The surface of the carapax and abdomen is very nearly naked, but is rough- ened by minute granular projections. The number and structure of the branchia; seem to be essentially the same as in the typical species of Pandalus, but there is api)arently no epipod at the base of the fourth leg, so that the branchial formula is as follows : — Somites. VII. VIII. IX. X. XI. XII. XIII. XIV. Total. Epipods, 1111110 0 (()) Podobrancbiffi, 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 1 Arthrobranchia;, 0 0 2 11110 6 PleurobranchiiE, 0 0 0 111115 12+(6) The most perfect of the three specimens in the collection affords the follow- ing measurements : — Station 330 Sex ^ Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson ..... 80+ mm. " of carapax excluding rostrum 16.0 " of rostrum . . 16+ " of antennal scale 11.7 Breadth of " " 3.0 Length of .sixth somite of abdomen 10.0 Height " " " 5.0 Length of telson 13.0 Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 305 41° 23' 15" 65° 51' 25" 810 l^. 323 33^19' 0" 76° 12' 30" 457 1?. 330 31° 41' 0" 74° 35' 0" 1047 l^. Miersia gracilis, sp. nov. Plate XI. Figs. 4 - 4*. Young im,ale. — The carapax is slightly compressed, and including the rostrum only a little shorter than the abdomen ; the dorsum is rounded posteriorly, but carinated in front of the middle, and rises anteriorly into a high and sharp crest MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 71 which extends to the base of the rostrum ; and the anterior margin is armed as in M. Agassizii. The rostrum is considerably longer than the carapax proper, very slender, directed slightly downward for a short distance from the base, and is then nearly horizontal to the very slender and acute tip ; is armed above for its whole length with fourteen teeth, of which the four or five pos- terior are nearer together than the others, and the two posterior very small and back of the orbit on the carapax proper ; and is armed below with nine teeth from in front of the eye to the tip. The eyes are very much larger than in AI. Agasskii, pyriform, and black. The antennulse are very nearly as in M. Agassizii, but the thickened proximal part of the outer or major fiagellum is relativel}^ a little shorter. The anten- nal scale is about half as long as the rostrum, about three fourths as long as the carapax excluding the rostrum, and of nearly the same form as in 31. Agassizii. The labrum and metastome are nearly as in M. Agassizii. The mandibles differ from those of 31. Agassizii in the molar areas being very small, nearly obsolete, and not distinctly separated from the ventral process, which is armed with teeth more uniform in size and not becoming rudimentary anteriorly. The ternunal segment of the mandibular palpus is slightly shorter than in 31. Agassizii, but in other respects the palpus does not differ. The distal lobe of the protognath of tlie first maxilla is very broad at the prehensile edge, and the lobe is much larger than the proximal lube ; the endopod is more slender than in 31. Agassizii, is armed with one in place of two spines on the fold near the distal extremity, and is without marginal setae. The divisions of the distal lobe of the protognath of the second maxilla are much broader distally, pre- senting much longer prehensile edges, and the scaphognath is narrower than in 31. Agassizii. The protopod of the first maxilliped is as in 31. Agassizii, but the exopod and endopod (PI. XII. fig. 10) differ conspicuously. The endopod is more slender and the distal segment is very much shorter, while the lamel- liform exopod has the inner angle of the distal extremity prolonged and indis- tinctly segmented, thus approximating to the early stages, in which it is doubtless flagelliform. The second maxilliped is as in 31. Agassizii, except the terminal portion of the endopod (PI. XI. fig. 4*) which differs in the same way as that of Pandalus tenuij^es differs from that of P. acanthonotus (PI. XIII. figs. 11, 12), but to a greater extent, the dactylus being narrow, longer than broad, and transversely articulated with the propodus. The external maxillipeds and chelate legs are almost exactly as in 3T. Agas- sizii. The third and fourth pairs of legs are alike, and differ from those of 31. Agassizii in having shorter carpi scarcely half as long as the meri, propodi about twice as long as tbe carpi, and dactyli only a very little shorter than the propodi, slender, slightly curved, and armed with a few minute spines. The posterior legs are scarcely three fourths as long as the fourth, but the segments have nearly the same relative proportions except the dactylus (PI. XT. fig. 4"), which is about a third as long as the propodus, obtuse at the tip, and armed along the lower edge and at the tip with serrate setae, of which the terminal 72 BULLETIN OF THE ones are much the longer, while the proximal are like those upon the propodus, which is armed with senate setae somewhat as in M. Agassizii. The abdomen is a little more slender than in AI. Agassizii, and the third, fourth, and fifth somites are more conspicuously toothed, but none of the somites are distinctly carinated except the third, which is strongly carinate, or crested, and projects over the fourth somite in a very strong tooth, and the fourth and fifth, which are anteriorly rounded above, and have a short carina- like elevation at the base of the tooth. All the epimera are somewhat smaller than in M. Agassizii, but similar in form to those of that species except that the tilth has a distinct tooth in the postero-dorsal edge. The sixth somite is fully twice as long as the fifth, twice as long as high, and strongly compressed laterally. The telson is a little longer than the sixth somite, about as long as the antennal scale, slender, and tapers to a long and slender tip armed either side with six to eight spines, besides five or six pairs of dorsal aculei above the tip. The lamellaj of the uropods are almost exactly as in M. Agassizii. The inner ranms of the appendage of the first somite of the abdomen (PI. XL fig. 4'') is a little more than a third as long as the slender normal outer ramus, fully three times as long as broad, ciliated along the outer edge, the inner edge straight, and projecting slightly distally, where it is armed with the usual hooklike spines for holding together the appendages of the two sides of the animal. The inner ramus of the appendage of the second somite bears the usual two stylets (PI. XI. fig. 4"), but the secondary stylet, specially character- istic of the male, is rudimentary, only about a fifth as long as the other, is terminated with a single long seta, and undoubtedly indicates that the speci- men is immature. The surface of the carapax and abdomen is naked, but thickly and conspicu- ously punctated. The branchial formula is apparently the same as in M. Agassizii. The single specimen is from Station 328, N. Lat. 34° 28' 25", W. Long. 75° 22' 50", 1632 fath., and gives the following measurements : — Sex ^ Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson . . . ... 44.0 mm. " of carapax including rostrum 20.0 " of rostrum .......... 12.0 " of antennal scale 6.0 Breadth of " " 1-6 Length of sixth somite of abdomen 5-5 Height of " " " 2.7 Length of telson 6.0 This species is perhaps not congeneric, or consubgeneric, with M. Agassizii, but it seems best to refer them both to the present genus until their relations to the typical Mediterranean species of Miersia can be better determined. The form and dentition of the rostrum of Miersia gracilis appear to be much MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 73 like Acanthephyra debilis A. Milne-Edwards (Ann. Sci. Nat., 6"" series, XI. No. 4, p. 13, 1881), and it is possible that the species may be identical, — or, on the other hand, that they may belong to very different genera. Milne-Edwards says : " Le genre Acanihe^jhyra semble rattecher les Penceus, les Regulus, les Oplophorus et les Ephyra," but gives no characters which enable me to tell how the genus differs from Miersia (^Ephyra), though the species of Miersia appear to be very little known, as I have already remarked, and Milne-Edwards may have had opportunities of examining typical specimens, to which, however, he does not allude. Miersia Agassizii is evidently very distinct from any of the species of Acanthephyra described by Milne-Edwards. MENINGODORA,* gen. nov. Integument throughout very thin and membranaceous. Body compressed laterally and the carapax dorsally carinate anteriorly, with a short triangular rostrum, a well-developed branchiostegial spine as in Miersia, and with an antennal and hepatic sulcus, above which there is a carina which is continued back along the dorsal limit of the branchial region, — a form of areolation strongly recalling the Penseidse. Antennal scales broad and foliaceous, but all the other articular appendages essentially as in Miersia. The branchiae (phyl- lobranchise) have the same structure and arrangement as in Miersia, except that there is apparently but one arthrobranchia at the base of the external maxilliped,. making in all eleven branchia; and six epipods each side. Although differing very conspicuously in general appearance from the species of Miersia here described, this genus is very closely allied to them, as a com- parison of the figures of the appendages will show, but it is sufficiently dis- tinguished by the characters above given. Its relation to Hymenodora f is more obscure, though perhaps equally close. In Hymenodora the body is not com- pressed, and according to Buchholz's figure the epimera of the second somite of the abdomen do not overlap the epimera of the first segment, but are of the same form as the succeeding epimera, and this seems to be confirmed by the clause in Sars's generic diagnosis, " epimeris seqvaliter rotundatis." More- over, the endopod of the first maxilliped, according to Sars, is not segmented ("parte terminali (propria) angusta, inarticulata "). On the other hand, the number of the branchiae is apparently the same, though Sars's statement (" branchiae utriuqve 6, antica et postica simplex, ceterae bipartitae ; praeterea adsunt branchiae supplementariae, indivisae, laminaceae, basi maxillipedum l""* et 2* paris affixae ") does not make this perfectly clear. * M^i'i7^, a membrane ; dopd, skin. t Hymenodora glacialis G. 0. Sars, Archiv Mathem. Naturvid., Kristiania, II. p. 341, 1877 {Pnsiijliae glacialis Bucliliolz, Zweite deutsche Nordpolfahrt, II. p. 279, PI. I. fig. 2, 1874). 74 BULLETIN OF THE Meningodora mollis, sp. nov. Plate XI. Figs. 8-9. Plate XII. Figs. 5-9. Female. — The carapax including the rostnuu is about two thirds as long as the abdomen to the tip of the telsun, about half as high as long, and con- siderably compressed ; the dorsal carina is liigh and very sharp in front, gradually diminishes posteriorly, scarcely reaches the posterior margin, and anteriorly extends to the tip of the acutely triangular rostrum, which is about half as long as the antennal scale and only about a seventh as long as the cara- pax. On the dorsal carina just back of the base of the rostrum there are five or six very indistinct rudimentary teeth scarcely perceptible to the naked eye and too minute to be indicated in the figure. The anterior margin projects in a triangular lobe above the base of tbe antenna, and is armed below with an acute and laterally prominent branchiostegial spine very much as in Miersia Agassizii. From just back of the eye a distinct gastro-antennal and gastro- hepatic carina extends backward and downward and divides, the upper branch continuing back in a gastro- and cardiaco-branchial carina, and the lower turn- ing down in front of the branchial region and limiting a wide antennal and hepatic sulcus behind. The inferior and posterior edges are broadly and evenly curved. The eyestalks (PI. XI. fig. 8*) scarcely reach the tip of the rostrum, are nearly cylindrical, slightly swollen near the base and tapered distally, with a papilla-like tubercle just back of the cornea on the inner side and very small terminal black eyes no thicker than the adjacent stalk. The first segment of the peduncle of the antennula is about as long as the eye and rather longer than the other two taken together, flattened and some- what excavated above and with a rather broad lateral lobe terminating in a tooth nearly as far forward as the extremity of the body of the segment itself ; the second and third segments are subcylindrical and approximately equal, but the third projects below in a process for the articulation of the lower flagellum far beyoaid the base of the upper flagellum. The proximal part of the upper flagellum is much stouter than the lower, somewhat compressed, not conspic- uously swollen at the base, and hairy along the lower edge. The lower flagel- lum is very slender, cylindrical, and nearly naked. The antennal scale is rather more than twice as long as the eye, nearly half as broad as long, very thin, foliaceous, slightly narrowed distally, and obliquely truncateil at the tip, which extends a little beyond the small tooth in which the slightly curved outer margin terminates. There are no acute teeth or spines on the second segment of the peduncle at the base of the scale. The oral appendages are all very nearly as in Miersia Agassizii, the differ- ences being no greater in fact than might be expected between species belong- ing to the same genus. The labrum is nearly the same, but the lobes of the metastome are much narrower. The mandibles (PI. XII. figs. 5, 5") are much the same, but the mesial edge of the ventral process is short and armed with MUSEUM OF COxMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 75 only five or six teeth, while the anterior edge is entirely unarmed ; the molar area is considerably larger, and is rounded above instead of angular ; the palpus is a very little larger and the second segment proportionally a little longer. The proximal lobe of the protognath of the first maxilla (PL XII. fig. 6) is more angular anteriorly and its mesial edge a little longer, and the endognath has but a single spine on the fold near the tip. The protognath and endognath of the second maxilla (PI. XII. fig. 7) are almo.st exactly the same, but the scaphognath is larger, more prolonged and ovate in outline at the tip, and the posterior portion projects inward less prominently. The endopod of the first maxilli[)ed (PI. XII. fig. 8) is much stouter and the two distal seg- ments much more nearly equal in length, and the exofiod is more expanded anteriorly and more prolonged at the outer than at the inner edge. The endo- pod of the second maxilliped (PI. XI. fig. 9) is a very little stouter proximally and has a rather shorter carpus, but difl'ers very slightly ; the exopod is a very little longer ; and the epipod is narrower at base, more ovate in outline, and bears a branchia composed of only a few pairs of lamellae. The endopods of the external maxillipeds reach considerably beyond the tips of the antennal scales, and are composed of three segments each, as in Miersia Agassizii, but are considerably stouter than in that species ; the proximal seg- ment is distally stouter than any part of the other segments and nearly as long as the other two together; the middle segment is scarcely more than a fourth as long as the proximal, and the distal is triquetral, tapers to an acute point, and is nearly naked but armed with a few minute spines near the tip. The exo- pod is multiarticulate, flagelliform, as in Miersia Agassizii, and abont as long as the proximal segment of the endopod. The epipod is nearly as in Miersia. All the thoracic legs are furnished with exopods like the external maxillipeds, and the first, second, and third pairs are furnished also with epipods as in the external maxillipeds. The legs of the first pair are not stouter than the external maxillipeds and fall considerably short of their tips : the merus is compressed and nearly as long as the proximal segment of the endopod of the external maxilliped ; the carpus is scarcely half as long as the merus, subcylindrical, and slightly enlarged distally ; the chela is aljout twice as long as the carpus, very slightly swollen proximally, and the digits nearly a third the whole length, strongly curved at the tip.^s, and the propodal one considerably stouter at base than the dactylus. The legs of the second pair are very slender, and reach a little by the tips of the external maxillipeds : the ischium and merus are strongly compressed, and the Intter is longer than in the first pair and reaches to the distal extremity of the proximal segment of the endopod of the external maxilliped; the carpus is slender, cylindrical, and about half as long as the merus ; the chela is slightly longer than the carpus, scarcely as long as in the first pair, cylindrical, scarcely as stout as the carpus, not at all swollen, and with very slender and slightly compressed digits about two sevenths the entire length. The third and fourth pairs of legs are nearly alike : the ischia and meri are compressed, and nearly as in the second pair, but a little longer ; the carpi are a little shorter and broader than in the second pair ; the propudi and 76 BULLETIN OF THE dactyli are -wanting on both sides. The ischium, menis, and carpus in the posterior logs are 'nearly as in the third and Iburth pairs, but the merus is a little shorter and narrower, while the terminal portion (PI. XL fig. 6) is very nearly as in Miersia Ayassizii : the propodus is longer than the nierus, nearly three times as long as the carpus, slender, nearly cylindrical, and is armed near the middle with several very long and slender setae, toward the distal end with numerous short serrate seta;, and about the base of the dactylus with numerous long serrate, plumose and simple setae ; the dactylus is very short and stout, scarcely as long as the diameter of the propodus, strongly curved at the tip and armed along the lower side with several spines. The abdomen is considerably compressed, and has a sharp, but not very high, dorsal carina on the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth somites, and is prolonged pos- teriorly into a small tooth on the fourth and fifth somites. The outlines of the epimera are very nearly as in Miersia Agassizii, but the posterior margins of the third, fourth, and fil'th are perhaps a little fuller and more broadly rounded. The sixth somite is scarcely once and a half as long as the fifth, and about twice as long as high. The telson is nearly twice as long as the sixth somite, very slender distally, the dorsum is without aculei but with a broad sulcus within the broadest part of which there is a median longitudinal elevation, and the tip is armed with a pair of lateral and a pair of very slender median spines. The outer lamella of the uropod reaches slightly by the tip of the telson, is about three times as long as broad, and with the tip rather broad and extend- ing a little by the tooth in which the outer margin terminates, and within which there is a small spine. The inner lamella is a little shorter than the outer, about four times as long as broad, and lanceolate at tip. The outer ramus of the appendage of the first somite is longer than the pro- topod and ilike that of the succeeding pairs, Avhile the inner is a minute lamella about twice as long as broad. The inner rami of the four succeeding pairs of appendages are each furnished with the usual stylet for attaching together the two appendages of each pair. There is but a single specimen in the collection, a female, wanting the left leg pf the second pair and the terminal portions of both legs of the third and fourth pairs, from Station 328, N. Lat. 34° 28' 25", W. Loiig. 75° 22' 50", 1G32 fathoms. This specimen gives the following measurements : — Sex ? Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson 75.0mm. '' of carapax including rostrum 30.3 " of rostrum ......•••• ■^•^ " of antennal scale .....•••• 9.5 Breadth " " 4.5 Length of sixth somite of abdomen 8.0 Height " " " 4.0 Length of telson . • • .15.5 MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 77 EUMIERSIA, gen. nor. >, Resembles Pandalus in the external form of the carapax and abdomen, and agrees with it essentially in the structure of the oral appendages, and the two species known to me have the same number and arrangement of branchiae and epipods as in the typical species of Pandalus ; but the genus is more like Miersia in the structure of the thoracic legs, which, however, are greatly more elongated than in the species of that genus here described, and have only very small epipods at the bases of the fourth pair and none at all upon the fifth. The mandibles, though essentially as in Pandalus, are stouter and have larger molar processes^ while the ventral process^ are very thin, more expanded, and with broader serrate tips, thus approaching somewhat to the structure in Miersia. The mandibular palpi are much stouter than in the typical species of Pandalus, and have broad terminal segments. Eumiersia ensifera, sp. nov. Plate Xm. Figs. 1-9. The carapax is as broad as high, with the cervical suture indicated by a distinct sulcus from the dorsum to the upper part of the hepatic region either side, where the sulcus terminates in a small but deep depression, and with a very short and inconspicuous gastro-antennal sulcus ; the anterior margin is armed with a small antennal and a distinct pterygostomian spine, though the latter is wanting on one side in two of the specimens seen ; back of the cervical suture the dorsum is very broad and evenly rounded, but there is usually a very small dentiform tubercle in the middle line on the posterior part of the cardiac region ; the rostrum in the smaller specimens is often not more than half as long as the carapax proper, but in the larger specimens much longer and in one specimen nearly as long as the carapax, nearly straight and horizontal, or curved considerably upward as in the specimen figured, narrow, with a strong ridge either side, tapering to a more or less acute tip, and with the dorsal carina extending back upon the carapax nearly to the cervical suture and armed with twenty-five to thirty'spines directed forward, raovably articu- lated with the carapax, thickly crowded posteriorly but more and more remote anteriorly, and of which six to eight are crowded upon the carapax in about half the space between the orbit and the cervical suture ; beneath, the rostrum is ciliated and in most of the specimens entirely unarmed, but in two or three cases there are one or two teeth near the tip. The eyestalks are short and terminated by small hemispherical black eyes very nearly as in Miersia Agassizii, The peduncle of the antennula is about half as long as the antennal scale : the first segment is about as long as the two otheis taken together, excavated above for the reception of the eye, which, how- ever, does not reach by a considerable distance the extremity of the segment, ■with a prominent lateral process terminating in an acute spine, and the body 78 BULLETIN OF THE of the segment itself produced in a spiniform process outside the articulation with the second segment ; the second and third segments are subequal in length and nearly cylindrical. The llagella are imperfect in all the specimens seen, but both were very long and slender: the upper or mnjor fiagellum is slightly compressed near the base but not suddenly expanded, and was at least as long as the carapax and apparently very much longer : the inferior fiagellum was a little smaller at the base than the superior, cylindrical, and apparently about as long as the superior. Tlie autennal scale is thick and strong, seven or eight tenths as long as the carapax excluding the rostrum, about a fuui th as broad as long, only slightly narrowed towaixl the tip, which is truncated and does not extend beyond the strong tooth in which the thickened outer margin terminates ; the second segment is armed with a small spiniform tooth below the articulation of the scale ; the third segment projects scarcely beyond the second ; the fourth and fifth are very short, and the fifth does not project more than its diameter in front of the second. The fiagellum is wanting in all the specimens seen. The labrum is very large, the ventral surface flattened, broader than long, and approximately rectangular, the antero-lateral angles being expanded below so as to reach nearly as far forward as the middle portion, which projects in a tuberculiform lobe.a little above the plane of the ventral surface. The lobes of the metastome are broad and rather fleshy, as in Pandalus. The molar process of the mandil)le (PI. XIII. figs. 2, 2") is stout, the mesial surface some- what convex, and broken bj' several semicircular and concentric ridges, of which the one nearest the base of the ventral process is armed with a closely-set series of setfB. The ventral process is thin, distally broad and somewhat concave above, and armed with about eight rather slender teeth. The palpus is a little longer than the ventral process, the first and second segments subequal in length, and the third longer and much broader than the second, lamellar, and armed with numerous setae. The proximal lobe of the protognath of the first maxiUa (Fig. 3) is large, somewhat triangular, with the mesial edge two or three times as long as that of the narrow distal lobe ; the endognath is much shorter than the distal lobe of the protognath and truncated at the extremity, which is armed with a stout seta either side and a third one just below the tip. The second maxilla (Fig. 4) is very nearly as in the typical species of Pandalus : the proximal lobe of the protognath is very much shorter than the distal, and its small anterior division is more conspicuous than in the typical species of Pandalus, while the two divisions of the distal lobe are nearly equal in size ; the endognath is scarcely half as long as the distal lobe of the protognath ; the anterior portion of the scaphognath is a little longer than the posterior, which, as in the typical species of Pandalus, is narrowed to an acute point, and the mesial edge furnished with exceedingly long setaj, many times longer than those upon the outer edge. The distal lobe of the protopod of the first maxilliped (Fig. 5) is somewhat triangular in outline ; the two proximal of the three segments of the endopod are subequal in length, while the distal segment is very short, but little longer MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 79 than broad ; the lamellar portion of the exopod reaches slightly beyond the endopod, and the flagellilbrni is a little longer than the lamellar portion. The ischium and merus in the second maxilliped (Fig. 6) are subequal in length ; the propodus is about as long as the ischium and merus taken together, and about half as broad as long ; the dactylus is articulated obliquely along the distal end of the propodus, and is five or six times as broad as long ; the fla"el- liform exopod is slender, neaily twice as long as the endopod, and multiarticu- late for half its length ; the epipod bears a well-developed branchia composed of two series of numerous lamella?. The endopods of the external maxillipeds reach nearly to the tips of the antennal scales : the proximal segment is nearly as long as the two distal, vertically comjiressed, with a knifelike mesial edge ; the middle segment is very slender, cylindrical, and nearly naked ; the distal segment is about two thirds as long as the middle, somewhat triquetral, very slightly expanded near the middle, tapered to a point distally, and armed with numerous short setae. The exopod is very slender and about three fourths as long as the proximal segment of the endopod. The epipod is rudimentary, scarcely longer than the breadth of the protopod, in a transverse sulcus on the outer side of which it lies. The first four pairs of thoracic legs have exopods and epipods like the ex- ternal maxillipeds, but the exopods diminish in size very rapidly posteriorly, and are minute upon the fourth pair. The legs of the first pair (Fig. 7) are about as long as the carapax including the rostrum and reach to or a little by the tips of the antennal scales : the ischium is slightly longer than the merus, and both are very slender and armed with a few small spines ; the carpus is very much more slender than the merus, and about twice or considerably more than twice as long, slightly enlarged at the distal extremity, and entirely naked and unarmed ; the chela in the larger specimens seen is a fourth or fifth as long as the carpus, considerably stouter, slightly flattened, and the digits about a third of the entire length, slightly curved, and rather sparsely, clothed with slender setae. The second (Fig. 8) are similar to the first, but very much longer and more slender : the chela is just about as long as in the first pair, but not quite as stout, while the ischium, merus, and carpus are very much longer than in the first pair. The third, fourth, and fifth pairs of legs are more or less broken in all the specimens seen, but are very long and slender, and are all apparently longer than the second pair. The only one of these legs which is complete belongs to a female 108 mm. long, and is apparently one of the pos- terior pair, but is, unfortunately, detached. This leg (Fig. 9) is nearly twice as long as the first pair in the same specimen, and much more slender than the second even : the ischium and merus make a little more than half the entire length ; the carpus is much longer than the merus, exceedingly slender, some- what enlarged at the distal extremity, and entirely naked ; the propodus is fully as stout as the adjacent part of the carpus, scarcely more than a tenth as long, and armed with a few short setae on the dorsal side, a fascicle of longer setae beneath, and a circle of very long ones about the base of the dactylus, which is slightly longer than the carpus, slender, and very slightly curved. 80 BULLETIN OF THE The fust and second somites of the abdomen are broadly rounded above and not at all compressed, but the succeeding somites are considerably compressed, particularly near the dorsum, which is not really carinated on any of the somites, however, though the third somite is prolonged in a very prominent tooth over the lourth. The first epimerou is broad and evenly rounded below, the second much longer than high and elliptical, the third and fourth with the posterior edges rounded, but the fifth produced jjosteriorly in an acute point. The sixth somite is about twice as long as the fifth, less than half as high as long, and very strongly compressed. The telson is about as long as the sixth somite, narrow distally, rounded above, and armed with five to ten pairs of dorsal aculei and two pairs of long spines at the tip. The outer lamella of the uropod reaches to about the tip ol the telson, is nearly four times as long as broad, with the rounded tip extend- in" nuich beyond the tooth in which the stout outer margin terminates and just within which there is a spine as in most species of Pandalus. The inner lamella is considerably shorter and much narrower than the outer, and lance- olate in outline. In the female, the inner ramus of the appendage of the first somite of the abdomen is lamellar, about two thirds as long as the outer, four times as long as broad, and tapered to an acute point. In the male, this ramus is lamelliform, but shorter and very much broader, being ovate and about twice as long as broad. In the male the sexual appendage at the side of the stylet of the inner ramus of the appendage of the second somite is as long as the stylet, and ex- panded distally into a broad lamelliform and obtusely rounded tip. The surface of the carapax and abdomen is naked, but thickly punctate. All the specimens are imperfect and many of them i'ragmentary, and the accompanying measurements are consequently very incomplete. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 305 41° 33' 15" 65° 51' 25" 810 2 9 young. 308 41° 24' 45" 65° 35' 30" 1242 39 330 31° 41' 0" 74° 35' 0" 1047 2 $ young. 339 38° 16' 4.5" 73° 10' 30" 1186 2 $ small. 340 39° 25' 30" 70° 58' 40" 1394 29 341 39° 38' 20" 70° 56' 0" 1241 2late, the distal portions of the appendages onutteil, natural size ; a, tubular process containing the canal of the gi'een gland ; b, jiroeess of the ophthalmic lobe. " 2. Mandible and lobe of metastome of the right side, as seen in ])laee from below, from the male from Station 326, enlarged about two diameters. " 2^*. Palpus of the same mandible, seen from below, enlarged about two diameters. •' 3. First maxilla of the right side of the same specimen, seen from below, en- larged about two diameters. " 4. Second maxilla of the riglit side of the same specimen, seen from below, enlarged about two diameters. " 0. Diagrannaatic outline of the anterior portion of the first maxilliped of the right side of the same specimen, as seen in place from below, enlarged about two diameters ; a, ])roximal, and a', distal lobe of the protopod ; i, base of endopod, the terminal portion being entirely hidden by the ex- o])od ; c, basal portion of the exopod ; d, e, terminal lobes of the exopod. 5". The same maxilliped removed from the animal, slightly compressed and seen from a little one side and below, eidarged about two diameters ; a, a', h, c, d, same as in last figure ; /, ;/, epipodal lamella. 5^ Terminal portion of the same maxilliped, seen from above under slight pressure, enlarged about two diameters ; lettering the same as in figures 5, 5\ 6. Second maxilliped of the right side of the same specimen, enlarged about two diameters. 7. ExtiM-nal maxilliped of the right side of the same specimen, enlarged two diameters ; a, rudimentary epipod. 8. Chela of the right great cheliped of the female figured on Plate III., natural size. 9. Chela of the right leg of the second pair of the male from Station 326, en- larged about two diameters. 10. Paidimentary chela of the right leg of the third pair of the same specimen, enlarged about two diameters. 11. Piudinientary chela of the right leg of the fifth pair of the same .specimen, enlarged about two diameters. 12. Rudimentary chela of the right leg of tlie fifth pair of the female from Station 898, U. S. Fish Commission, enlarged about two diameters. 13. Appendage of the left side of the first somite of the abdomen of the female figured on Plate III., enlarged about two diameters. 14. Appendage of the left side of the first somite of the male from Station 326, enlarged about two diameters. MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 103 PLATE y. Fig. 1. Ehachocnris longirostra. Lateral view of female from Station 330, enlarged two diameters. " 2. Rhachocaris Ayassizii. Lateral view of female from Station 326, natural size. " 3. Rhachocaris sculpta. Lateral view of female from Station 339, natural size. PLATE VL Fig. 1. Rhachocaris longirostra. Dorsal view of carapax and anterior appendages of tlie specimen figured on Plate V., enlarged two diameters. 2. Rhachocaris A(jassi~ii. Dorsal view of the specimen figured on Plate V., natural size. 3. Rhachocaris sculpta. Dorsal view of the specimen figured on Plate V., natural size. 3". First maxilla of the right side of the same specimen enlarged six diameters. 3*". Second maxilla of the right side of the same specimen, enlarged four diameters. 3°. First maxilliped of the right side of the same specimen, enlarged six diameters. 3*. Second maxilliped of the right side of the same specimen, enlarged four diameters. PLATE VII. Fig. 1. Pontophilus brevirostris Smith. Dorsal view of adult female, enlarged two diameters. Lateral view of the carapax of the same specimen, enlarged two diameters. Dorsal view of rostrum of the same specimen, enlarged eight diameters. Pontophilus gracilis. Dorsal view of female, enlarged two diameters. Lateral view of the carapax of the same specimen, enlarged two diameters. Appendage of the left side of the first somite of the abdomen of the same specimen, enlarged eight diameters. Appendage of the left side of the second somite of the abdomen of the same specimen, enlarged eight diameters. Appendage of the left side of the first somite of the abdomen of a male taken off Martha's Vineyard by the U. S. Fish Commission, Station 1029, en- larged eight diameters. 3*. Appendage of the left side of the second somite of the abdomen of the same specimen, enlarged eight diameters. 4. Ceraphilus Agassizii. Dorsal view of female from Station 326, natural size. 4*. Lateral view of the carapax of the same specimen, natural size ; a, anterior gastric spine ; h, rostrum ; c, orbital spine ; d, antero-lateral angle. 5. Lateral view of carapax and abdomen of a male from Station 317, enlarged two diameters ; a, b, c, d, the same as in fig. 4». 5*. Dorsal view of carapax of the same specimen, enlarged two diameters ; a, c, d, the same as in fig. 4% " 1*. II p. l< 2. <( 2-. .:A 2-!r>v.': noiv na';:;^ PANDA! n s , M j£i- ; : j a . ME .\IX(;( jODRA . riKe ■ _ r'Uitacea . >[[HRSL\ A(v\SSJ7.1I. MKN'iN'OODOPA ^lOI.LIS. I. Smith. "Blake" Crustacea . PLATE .XI Emertori a-nd. Smith froTTi ridtare. Ph..'c. Liu.-- E i-;is.j: _;, ^I-v-H^ EUMIERSIA ENSIFERA. PANDALUS ACANTHONOTUS. S.I.Smith "Blake" Crustacea. PLATE XIV. :i:i:t-.. :i oiri u-'ii "r;- i;. i, rl-v/H.wfu,.:t BF.NTHKSirYMUS B.ARTLETTI. AMALOPENA-.lIS KLKGANS. I- STTiithrBla-l-'e""' Criistaooi , PLATE XV .■iv. na-.u!- Fh.tc Lithe. E. Jri?ar:d. liew H,- vcv.. AMAIOPEN^ITS ELEGANS. HYMEN OPENAUS DEBILIS S. I.SmithrBlake'' Crustacea. PLATE XVI. Emertun and f^inith from nalure. -'hoto. .L:tho. E. rrraj.mi. ,f(ewHaver.< HYMEN OPEN.'^.US DEBILIS. SERGESTES ROBUSTUS No. 2. — BibliogfrcqjJiT/ to accompany " Selections from Emhryological Monographs " compiled hy Alexander Agassiz, Walter Faxon, and E. L. Mark. II. t ECHINODBRMATA. By Alexander Agassiz. It will greatly facilitate the study of the history of the development of Echino- dernis by recalling here that in 1836, Tliompson (J. V.) first called attention to the remarkable development of Comatula ; that next came in 1844 the observations of Sars (M. ) on the direct development of Echinaster, and in 1846 of Asteracanthion. This was followed in 1848 by the confirmation of these observations by Desor and Agassiz (L.) In 1847 Dufosse traced many of the stages of development of Echinus esculentus. From 1846 to 1855 Johannes Miiller published his memoirs on the devel- opment of the different orders of Echinoderms. They have formed the basis of all the subsequent publications on the same subject. The more important of these in their chronological order are those of AUman, Carpenter, Thomson (C. W.), and Goette on the Embryology of the Comatulae ; of Krohn, Agassiz (A.), and Metschnikoff on the Embryology of the Sea-urchins ; of Koren and Danielssen, Baur, Metschnikoff, and Selenka on the Holothurians ; of Schultze, Agassiz (A.), Metschnikoti', and Apostoli- des on the Ophiurans ; and of Van Beneden, Agassiz (A.), and Metschnikoff on the Starfishes. While the memoirs of Miiller, Agassiz (A.), Metschnikoff, and others treated of Tornaria as a Starfish larva, the subsequent publications of Metschnikoff and of Agassiz (A.) proved that Tornaria was the larva of Balanoglossus. The litera- ture of this part of the subject is, therefore, repeated here ; it will also appear in that of the Vermes, to accompany the illustrations of Balanoglossus. It is taken for granted that no special record is necessary of the older Jahresberichte of Leuckart, of Keferstein, of the Zoological Record, and of the recent Berichte of Hoffmann and Schwalbe and of Carus ; and that such observations as are found in the notices and reviews of special memoirs must be sought for in the chapters on Echinodermata of these volumes. [*] before a title denotes that I liave not seen the work'. Cambridge, July 1, 1882. Agassiz, Alexander. On the Embryology of Asteracanthion herylinus Ag. and a Species allied to A. rubens M. T. Asteracanthion pallidus Ag. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts ^ Set., VI. pp. 106-114. 18 figs. 1863. Also separate. 1S63. 8 pp. + I. Crustacea, by Walter Faxon. See Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., IX. No. 6, p. 197, March, 1882. VOL. X. — NO. 2. 1 110 BULLETIN OF THE Agassiz, Alexander {continued). Embryology of tlic Stavfisli. Published iu December, 1864, advance Pt. 1., Vol. V. Couh-ib. Nat. Hut. of U. S. of L. Agassiz. 63 + 7 pp., 8 pi. (Development of AsteracantJiion herylinus and A. 2>allidus.) See also Pt. I. Mem. Museum Comp. Zoology at Harvard College, V. No. 1, 1877, where the same is found. Abstr. of this Memoir by A. Agassiz in Ann. Set. Nat., 1865, III. pp. 367-377. Embryology of Eehiiioderms. 3fem. Amer. Acad. Arts ^ Sci., IX. pp. 1-30. 1864. '^8 cuts. (Development of Toxopneustes DrobacMensis, Ophiopholis beltis, Amphiura squamata, Cuvieria Fabricii.) Notes on the Embryology of Starfishes (Toruaria). Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist., VIII. pp. 240-246, PI. II. New York, 1866. Preliminary Report ; Echini, and Starfishes, dredged in Deep Water between Cuba and Elorida Reef. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo'61. I., No. 9, pp. 253-308. 1869. Also abstr. transl. by Tkoschel, Arch.f Nattirg., 1. 1870, pp. 127- 149. (On the young stages of Echini, IL p. 279.) Note on Loven's article on Leskia mirabilis Gray. Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist., IX. pp. 242-245. New York, 1869. See also Loven's and LDtkex's articles on Ljcskla. Revision of the Echini. Illuat. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zobl., Harvard College, No. 7. Cambridge (U. S.), 1872-7J^. xii '+ 762 pp., 94 pi., 69 cuts. Reviewed by P. De Loriol. Arch. Sci. Phys. et Nat., L. pp. 401- 411. 187 4. Also reviewed by Edmond Perkier in. Revue des Cours Scien- tifiques for 1874 (Part IV. Structure and Embryology of the Echini. 69 cuts. Also young stages in Parts II. and III. passim.) The Historv of Balanoglossus and Tornaria. (Separate iu 1872.) Mem. Amer. Acad. Arts ^- Scl., IX. pp. 421-436, PL I.-IV. 1873. Zoological Results of the "Hassler" Expedition. I. Echini, Crinoids, and Corals, by Alexander Agassiz and L. E. De Pourtales. Lllu-H. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zobl, No. 8. Echini, by A. Agassiz. 1-23 pp., 4 pi. Cam- bridge, Feb. 187^. (Young Ccelopleurtis, young Hemiaster Pkilippii.) Embryology of the Ctenophorse. 3Iem. Amer. Acad., X. pp. 357-398. 5 pi. 1874. (See systematic position and affinities of Echinoderms and Ctenophorje, pp. 379, and following.) MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. Ill Agassiz, Alexander (continued). Sur la Fertilisation artificielle de deux Especes d'l^toiles de Mer. Arch. Zool. Exper. et Gener., III. p. xlvi. 1874. {Asteracanthwn palUdus and A. hcnjUniis.) On Viviparous Ecliiui from the Kerguelen Islands. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts ^- Sci., XIII. pp. 231-236, 0 cuts. 1876. Also Journ. de Zool, V. pp. 277-278. 1876. (Young Hemiaster. ) North American Starfishes. Mem. Museum Comp. Zoology at Harvard College, V. No. 1. 1877. iv + 136 pp. 20 pi. (Part I. pp. 3-83, PI. I. -VIII. See above, Embryology of the Starfish, orig. pub. in 1804.) Palffiontological and Embryological Development. Froc. Amer. Assoc. Ado. Sci. Boston, XXIX. pp. 389-414. 1880. Also Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5], VI. pp. 348-372. 1880. Also Transl. by P. De Lokiol. Etude sur le Developpement Paleoutolo- gique et Embryologique. Arch. Sci. Fhys. et Nat., V. pp. 516-558. 1881. Also same, Die palaontologische Entwickelung der See-Igel im Ver- gleich zu ihrer individuellen Entwickelung, abstract transl. by E. Kkause, Kosmos, X. pp. 214-2] 7. 1881. Also Nature, XXIL No. 566, pp. 424-431, Sept. 2, 1880, and Amer. Journ. Sci. §• Arts [3], XX. pp. 294-302, 375-389. 1880. Report on theEchiuoidea, dredged by H. M. S. "Challenger," during 1873-76. London, 1881. 321 i)p., 64 pi. Rep. Fog. " Challenger,'' Zool., III. Pt. IX. (Young stages of Echini, /jassiwi ; Cidaris, Calopleurus, Echinathurim, Palceotro- pus, Spatarjocystis, Cystechiiiiis, Urechinus, Pourtaltsui, Ai'rope, Brissus; vivipa- rous Goniocidaris and Hemiaster.) Agassiz, Alexander and Elizabeth C. Seaside Studies in Natural History. Marine Animals of Massachusetts Bay. Radiates. Boston, 1865 and 1871. 153 pp., 185 figs. (Chapter on Embryology of Echinoderms, p. 143.) Agassiz, Alexander. See (p. 130) Pourtal^s, L. F. de. Drawing of Young Holopus from Baliia Honda, Cuba, by A. Agassiz. PI. II. Btill. Mus. Comp. Zool., V. p. 213. 1878-79. Agassiz, Louis. Observations on the GroM-th and Bilateral Symmetry of Echinodermata. Fhilos. Mag. [3], V. pp. 369-373. 1831^. ' Observations sur les Progres rc'oens de I'Histoire Naturcllc des l^chinodermos. 21*'pp. In Monographies d't'icliinodermes. 2'^" Livrnison. Ncufchrdcl, 18Itl. Also Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., IX. pp. 1S9-197, 296-302. 18Ji2. (Xotice of Embryological works, p. 12.) 112 BULLETIN OF THE Agassiz, Louis {continued). Twelve Leetures ou Comparative Embryology, delivered before the Lowell Institute in Boston, December and January, 18^8-49. Boston, 1849. 104 pp. (Originally published in the Jiostua Traveller.) Lectures 11. and 111. On Development of Echiuoderms ; p. 12. Trav- eller, of Dee. 22, 1848. Die Entwickclung eines Seesterncs, Ecliinaster. (From Bailj/ Evening Trav- eller, Boston, Dee. 22, 1848.) Archio f. Anat. Fhijs. mid IViss. Med. 1851. PI). 122-124. (See also (p. 116) Desor.) Allman, George James. On a Prc-Bnichial Stage in the Development of Comatula, and its importance in relation to certain Aberrant Forms of Extinct Crinoids. (Head Feb. IG, 18(i;5.) Trans. Roi/. Soc. Edinburgh, XXllI. pp. 241-252, PI. XIII. 1864. Anderson, John. Ou an apparently New Form of Holothuria. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., March, 1802, IX. pp. 189-191, PI. XI. (Young Iloluthnria.) Ankum, H. J. van. Mededeeliiigen omtrcnt de Vergroeiing van de Gencratie-orgauen bij Echinus en eenige verwaute Geslachten. Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Vereen., I. pp. 176-187, PI. IX. I8I4. Abstr. : Kiedcrl. Arch. Zool., III., Pt. III. p. 279. 1877. Sur la Soudure des Organes Gcuitaux des Oursins Reguliers. Arch. Neerl., XI. pp. 97-116, PI. IX., X. 1876. Apostolides, Nicolas Christo. 1® These. Anatomie et Developpcment des Ophiures. Archives de Zool. E.rper. et Gener., X., PI. VII.-XII. 1881. (Theses presentees a la Faculte des Sciences de Paris, 1881. Paris, No. d'Ordre 471. 104 pp., G pi.) Baer, K. E. v. Neue Untersuehungcn neber die Entwickclung dcr Thiere. Froriep's Neue Notizen, XXXIX. p. 38. (Ei des Seeigel.) Bidl. Phj/sic-Math. Acad, de St. Petersboicrg, V. p. 234. (Pluteus of Echini.) Balfour, Francis M. A Treatise on Comparative Embryology. Vol. T. xi + 402 -{- xxii. pp., 275 figs. London, 1880. Vol. II. xi. + 655 + xxii. pp., 429 cuts. London, 1881. (Chapter XX., p. 453. Echinodermata.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 113 "Balfour, Francis M. {continued). Also Gennan trausl. bj Dr. B. Vetter : Haudbuch der vcrglcichenden Embryologie. I. Jeiia, 1880. Essays on Embryology. I. Ou the Structure and Homologies of tlie Germinal Layers of the Embryo. Qua/i. Jouni. Mlcr. Sci., XX. pp. 247-273, 17 cuts. 1880. II. Larval Forms : their Nature, Origin, and Affinities. Quart. Jouni. liter. Sci., XX. pp. 3S1-407. 21 cuts. 1880. Bastian, H. Charlton. On tlie Anatomy and Physiology of the Nematoids, Parasitic and Eree ; with Observations on their Zoological Position and Affinities to the Echinoderms. P/iil. Trans. Roij. Soc. London, CLVI. pp. 515-638, PI. XXIl.-XXVllI. 18G6. Barrois, J. Embryogenic de V Aster is etis verrucidatus. Journ. de VAnat. et de la Thysiol., XV. pp. 1-S, PL L, II. 1879. Baur, Albert. Eeitrjige zur Naturgeschichte d. Si/napta digitata. Drei Abhandlungen. Dres- den, 1861^. 51; 60; 119 pp., S pi. (Zweite Abliandlung, Metamorphose uiid Entwickelung der Synapta digitata.) Bell, F. Jeffrey. Note ou the Number of Anal Plates in Echinocidaris. Proc. Zdol. Soc. Lon- don, pp. 436, 437. 1879. Exhibition of an Immature Eehinoid. Proc. Zdol. Soc. London, pp. 356-358. 1880. (Palieolampas, the immature form of an Echinolampas.) Observations on the Characters of the Eehinoidea. Part III. On Some Genera and Species of the Temnopleurids. Proc. Z'dol. Soc. London, June 1, 18S0. pp. 422-440, PI. XLI. (Describes the young forms of several species.) On the Apparent Retention of a Sur-Anal Plate by a Young Echinometra. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, ZooL, XV. pp. 318-320. 1881. Abstr. Journ. Roy. Mic. Soc. [2], I. p. 896. 1881. Also Zool. Anzeig., No. 99, p. 896. See also p. 119, Gegenbaur, Carl. Beneden, P. J. van. Sur deux Larves d'flchinodermes de la Cote d'Ostende. Bidl. Acad. Roy. Belr/ique, XVII. pp. 508-515, 1 pi. 1850. Vlnstitut Journ. Gen. Soc. Truv. Sci., XVIII, p. 276. 1850. (BIpinnnria and Opliiuran larvx.) 114 BULLETIN OF THE Beneden, P. J. Van {continued). Ueber Zwei Larveu vou Ecliiuodermen. Froriep's Tar/sb. Fortschr. Nat. u. Heil/c, I. p. 257. 1850. Same as above. Bergh, R. S. Bidrag til Opfattelscn af Kl^vning og Kimbladdannelse lios Ecluiudenie. 1879. Vldensk. MeddeL nalurh. Forcii. Kjohenhaon, pp. 2.55-2G4. 1879-80. (p. 7, fig. of Gastrula of Psammechinus miliaris.) Billings, E. Note on Leikia mirahilis Gray, by S. Loven, communicated by C. F. Lut- KEN. Ca7i. Nat. Geol. (n. s.), III. pp. 442-445. 5 figs. 1868. (For reply, see p. 125, LtJTKEN, " Hyponome Sarsi." Note on Hyponome Sarsi, described by S. Lovex, by C. F. Lutken. Can. Nat. Geol. (x. s.), IV. p. 270. 1869. Notes on tlie Structure of the Criuoidca, Cystidea, and Blastoidea. Amer. Journ. Set. [2], XLVII. p. 353, XLVIII. pp. f)9-83, XLIX. pp. 51-58, L. pp. 225-240. 1869-70. Ann. Hag. Nat. Hist. [4], V. pp. 251-206, 409-416; [4], Yll. pp. 142-15S. 1870-71. Can. Nat. Geol. [2], IV. pp. 277-293, 426-433 ; [2], V. pp. 180-198. 1869-70. (Refers to young stages of Echinoderms for comparisons.) Bronn, H. G. Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Heielis, Stralilenthiere, II. (Actinozoa.) Leipzig u. Heidelberg, 1860. 434 pp., 49 pi. and cuts. (Chapters on the development of the different orders of Echinoderms.) Brooks, W. K. Handbook of Invertebrate Zoology for Laboratories and Seaside Work. Bos- ton, 1882. viii. 4- 392 pp., 202 figs. XIV. pp. 99-139. The Embryology and Metamorphosis of Echinoderms. — Eigs. 43-77. development of Arbacia, by W. K. BiiooKS, H. Garm.vx, and B. P. Coltox. — Eigs 78-83. Brachiolaria and Young Starfish by E. B. Wilson. Busch, Wilhelm. Beobrichtungcn ueber Anatomic und Entwickelung einiger Wirbellosen Sec- thiere. 143 pp., 17 pi. Berlin, 1851. p. 70. Eehinodcrmcn Entwickelung. (Stages of Echinaster, Asteracanthion, Comatula, Ecliinocidaris, PL XIL, XIIL XIV.) Carpenter, P. Herbert. On Some Points in the Anatomy of Pentaerinn.i and Rhizocrinus. 1877 . Journ. Anal. ^ Fhpiol., XII. j.p. 35-53. 1878. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 115 Carpenter, P. Herbert {continued). On the Apical and Oral Systems of the Echinodermata, Pt. I. Quarl. Journ. Micr. Sci., XVIII. pp. 351-383 ; Pt. 11. (same), XIX. pp. 176-206, cuts. 187S, 1879. (Embryonic stages fully discussed.) Some Disputed Points in Ecliinoderm Morphology. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., XX. pp. 323-330. 1880. (Homologies of embrj'onic siagQs, passim.) Feather Stars, Hecent and Fossil. Pop. Sci. R,;v. (x. s.), IV. PI. V., VI. pp. 193-214. 1880. (Account of development of Antedon, after Carpenter, Thomson, and others. Cuts.) Carpenter, W^illiam B. Uesearches on the Structure, Physiology, and Development of Antedon {Coma- tula Lam.) romceics. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], XVI. pp. 200-202. 1865. Abstr. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, XIV. pp. 376-37S. 1865. Researches on the Structure, Physiology, and Development of Antedon {Coma- ttila Lk.) rosaceus. Pt. I. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, CLVI. (1S6G), pp. 671-756, PI. XXXI.-XLIII. (Development of the skeleton, p. 726, PI. XXXIX.-XLII.) On the Structure, Physiology, and Development of Antedon (^Comatula Lamk.) rosaceus. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, No. 166, 1876, pi. 8, 9, pp. 211-231. Supplement to above, No. 169, Pruc. Roy. Soc. London, XXIV. pp. 451-455. 1876. Carus, J. Victor. Icones ZootomicBe. Erste Haelfte. Die -wirbellosseu Thiere. Leipzig, 1857. 23 pi. Echinodermata I., PI. V. fig. 14. (Young Comatula, after Thompson.) Zoologischer Jahresbericht fiir 1879, 1880. Herausgegeben von der Zoologi- schen Station zu Neapel. (Echinodermata, bj- Dr. Hub. Ludwig.) Clapar^de, A. Ren^ Edouard. Beobachtungen ueber Anatomie und Entwickelungsgeschichte Wirbelloser Thiere an der Kiiste von Normandie angestellt. Leipzig, 1863 viii 4- 120 pp., IS pi. (Ueber eine neue Echinodermen Larve, p. 7, PI. I., figs. 11, 12.) Claus, Carl. Grundziigc der Zoologic. Dritte Auflage. Marburg u. Leipzig, 1876. xii + 1254 pp. (Echinodermata: Metamorphose, pp. 265-277.) 116 BULLETIN OF THE Claus, Carl (continued). Gruiidzugc dcr Zoologie. 4® Auflagc. I. Pt. 2. Echinodermata, pp. 305-374. Marburg, 1879. Colton, B. P. 'See (p. 118) Garman, H., and Colton, B. P., also (p. 114) Brooks, W. K. Dalyell, Sir John G. Iiej)or( Brit. Ass., 1840. Froriep's Notizen, XVI. No. 331, pp. 1-5. 18j^. (Young HolotliuritE.) Powers of the Creator. I. pp. 91-100. London, 1851. Danielssen, D. C. See (p. 121) Koren and Danielssen, and (p. 131) Sars, Koren, and Danielssen. Dareste, C. Analyse des Observations de J. Muller sur le Developpement des ilchino dermes. I. Du Developpement des tcLiuides. Ann. Sal. Nat. [3], XVII, pp. 349-37G, PI. XIII. 1852. Analyse des Observations de J. Muller sur le Developpement des ficliino dermes. II. Developpement des Asterics. Ann. Sci. Nat. [3], XIX. pp 244-282, PI. VIII. 1853. Analyse des Observations de J. Muller sur le Developpement des Opliiures III. Developpement des Opliiures. Ann. Sci. Nat. [3], XX. pp. 121-150, PI. IV. 1853. Analyse des Observations de J. Muller sur le Developpement des ilcliino dermes. IV. Du Developpement des Holothuries. An?i. Sci. Nat. [3] XX. pp. 247-280, PL XVI. 1853. Memoire sur le Plan General du Developpement des licliinodermes, par J. Muller. Ann. Sci. Nat. [4], I. pp. 153-175, 1 pi. 1854. Delle Chiaje, Stephano. Memoria su la Storia c Notomia degli Animali scnza Vertebre del Regno di Napoli. Napoli, 1823-29. (Young HblotHuria, Pi. CXVI., figs. 16-18.) Derb^s, Alph. Observations sur leMeeanisme et lesPhcnomeues qui aceompagnent la Forma- tion dc I'Embryon eliez I'Oursiu Comestible. Ann. Sci. Nat. [3], VIII. pp. 80-98, PI. V. 1847. Desor, E. [On the Development of the Embryo of the Starfish.] Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., III. p. 14. 1848-51. Ueber die Eutwiekelung der Asterion. Arch.f. Anat. Fhysiol. u. Wiss. Med., pp. 79-83, PL II. figs. 1-12. 1849. (Ec'hiiiastcr.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 117 Donitz, W. Ueber den typisclien Ban der Echinodermen. Arch. f. Ami. Physiol, u. TFiss. Med., pp. 40G-113, PI. XI. B. 1S66. Diiben, M. W., and Koren, J. Zoolo^iskc Bidrag — Oiu Holothuriernas Hudskelett. Kongl. Fetensk. Akad. Handl.for 18 i4, pp. 211-328, PI. IV-XI. Stockholm, I846. (Figure young Holothuriae on PI. XI.) Dufoss^, le Dr. Observations sur le Dcveloppement des Oursins. C. R., Acad. Sci., Paris, 1847, p. 15. Am. Sci. Nat. [3], VII. pp. 44-52. 18Jt7. {Echvius esculentus. ) Nouvelle Note sur le Dcveloppement des Oursins. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sci., Paris, XXV. p. 311. ISJff. Ulnstitut, No. 712, p. 175. 18^7. Dujardin, F., et Hup^, H. Histoire Naturelle des Zoophytes jfechinodermes. [Suites a Buffon.] Paris, 1862. 625 pp. 10 pi. (See general chapters on the different orders; PI. I. and PI. VI. contain original figures on the development of Comatula, also other Echinoderm larvae copied from Thompson and Mullek.) Edwards, Henri Milne. Observations sur les Sexes des Oursins. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sci., Paris, X. p. 780. mo. Lcfous sur la Pliysiologie et I'Auatomie Comparee de I'Hotnme et des Ani- maux. iichiuodermes, VIII. pp. 304-320. Paris, i565. — Reproduction des Zoophytes, IX. p. 395. 1S70. Fol, Hermann. Sur les Phenomenes Intimes de la Pccondation. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sci., Paris, LXXXIV. pp. 268-271. 1877. (On the Pronuclei of the Sea-urchin and Asterias.) Sur le Premier Dcveloppement d'une Etoile de Mer. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sci., Paris, LXXXIV. pp. 357-3G0. 1877. (On the amphiaster of Asterias glacialis, and the disappearance of the germina- tive vesicle and dot. ) On the First Development of a Starfish. Ann. Hag. Nat. Hisf. [4], XX. pp. 154-156. 1877. Transl. from C. R. Feb. 19, 1877, p. 357. (Amphiaster of Asterias glacialis.) Sur Quelques Fecondations Anormalcs chcz I'l^toilc de Mer. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sci., Paris, LXXXIV. pp. G59-661. 1877. On Some Abnormal Fecundations in Starfishes. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], XX. pp. 15S-1G0. 1877. Transl. from C, R. April 2, 1877, p. 659. (Phenomena of abnormal segmentation.) 118 BULLETIN OF THE Fol, Hermann {continued): Note sur la Eccondution dc I'litoile de Mor ct de I'Oursin. Comptes Uendus, Acad. ScL, Fans, liXXXV. pp. 233-336. 1877. Encore ini Mot sur la Fecoiidation dcs Echiunderincs. Comptes Rendus, Acad. ScL, Fans, LXXXV. pp. 625-028. 1877. Sur la Fecoiidation et le Premier Developpemeut dc I'ffinf. Aci Sor. Ilcluet. Sci. Nat., 60^ Sess., pp. 165-172. 1877. (Ouvsins, Astdries.) Rt'poiiseii (pielqucs Objections formulces coutre mcs Idccs sur la Penetration du Zoosperme. Arch. Zool. E.rper. et Gcner., VI. pp. 180-192. 1877. Sur le Coinmeneenient de rileiiogcuie clioz Divers Animaux. Archiv. den Sci. Phys. et Nat. de Geneve. Avril 15, 1876. Arch. Zool. Kiper., VI. pp. 145-169. 1877. Also Arch. Sci. Nat., LVIII. pp. 439-172; LX. pp. 321-326. 1877. Sopra i Fenomeni Intimi delta Pccondazione degli Ecliinodermi. Trans. R. Acad. Liiicei, Rome [3], I. 1877. Recberclies sur la Fecoudation et le Commencement de ITIenogenie cliez Di- vers Animaux. Mem. Soc. FJij/s. d'Hist. Nat. Geneoe, XXVI. pp. 89-397, PI. I -VI. 1878-79. (Aderias fflacialis, Toxnjmeustes liuidus.) Forbes, Edward. A History ot British Starfislies and Other Animals of the Class Ecliinoder- niata. xx -)- 207 pp. Figs. London, IS4I. (Development of Coinatula, p. IL) Fewkes, J. W. On the Development of the Plutcus of Arbacia. 3Iem. Feabodi/ Acad. Sci., I., No. 6. pp. 1-10, PI. I. Salem, 1881. Galeb, O. De rCEuf dans la Scrie Animale. 106 pp. Paris, 1878. (Echinodernies, p. 28.) Garman H., and Colton, B. P. See also (p. 114) Brooks, W. K. Some Nptes on the Development of Arljacia punctulata Lam. Studies Biol. Lab. Johns Hopkins Univ. II. PI. XVIL, XVIII. pp. 247-255. Balti- more, 1882. (Late stages of Pluteus and young Sea-urchin.) Gegenbaur, Carl. See aho (p. 122) Krohn. Strahlthiere p. 329 in Bcrieht iiber einige im Hcrbste 1852 in Messina ange- stcllte vcrgleichend-anatomische Untersuchungen, von C. Gegexbaur, A. KoLLiKER, u. 11. Ml'ller. Zcitschr.f. Wins. Zool, IV. pp. 299-370. 1853. (III. Strahlthiere : Larvx of Eehinoderms, p. .'52n.) MUSEUM OF COMrAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 119 Gsgenbaur, Carl (continued). Griuidziige dcr Vergleiclieadeu Aiiatoniie. 2'* Auflage. 892 pp., 391 fig. Leipzig, 1870. (Vierter Abschnitt. p. 303. Echinodermen, allgeineine Uebersicht.) (See iilso English and I'reucli tniiisktious of the above, by Bell and Schneider.) Elements of Comparative Anatomy. (Translated by F. Jeffrey Bell ; the translation revised, and a Prefaee written by E. II. Lankester). London, 1S78. xxvi + 645 pp., 356 figs. (Echinoderma, pp. iy2--227, figs. 9-1-1 IG.) Giard, A. Note snr Ics Premiers Phenomcnes du Developpemcnt de rOursin. Comptes Reridus, Acad. Sci., Paris, LXXXIV. pp. 720-7:^2. 1S77 . Ann. Mug. Nat. Hist. [4], XIX. pp. 431-436. 1877. {.Echinus miliavis.) Sur la Fecondation dcs Echinodermes. Comptes Reiidus, Acad. Sci., Paris, LXXXV. pp. 40S-410. Aout 13, 1877. (On ai-tilicial fecundation, normal and pathological segmentation.) Sur line Fonction Nouvelle des Glandes Gcnitales dcs Oursins. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sri., Paris, LXXXV. pp. S5S-859. 1877. (Dm-ing a part of the year, the genital organs act also as organs of secretion.) *Particularites de Eeproduction do curtains Echinodermes en llapport avec I'Ethologie de ces Animaux. Pull. Sci. Nord [2j, 1. pp. 296-304. 1878. {Asterina gibbosa ; herinaphroditisme chez certaines Ophiures. Teste, Zuol., Auz. II. No. 18, p. 1. 1S79.) Goette, Alexander. Verglcichcnde Eutwicklungsgcschichte der Comatula mediterranea. Arch, micr. Anat., XII. pp. 583-648, PL XXV.-XXVIII. 1876. Bemerkungen zurEntwickelungsgcschichte der Echinodermen. Zool.Anzeig., III. pp. 324-326. 1880. ( Bipinnaria, Au ncidaria. ) Gosse, Philip Henry. Tenby : a Seaside Holiday. London, 1856. xx -|- 400 pp., 24 pi. (Chapter XXX., yotmg Sea-urchins, p. 282; Tl. XVI.-XVTII.; larva of a Spa- tangoid, PI. XVI., XYII.; pluteus of Echinus milinris, PI. XVII.) Greeff, Richard. Ueber den Ban der Echinodermen. Erste IMittheil. No 8. November, 1871. 2te Mittheil. No. 6. Jnly, 1872. 3^ Mittheil. No. 11. December, 1872. Sitzungsb. Gesellsch. Pcjord. gesammt. Naturio. Marburg, pp. 1-9, 93-108, 158-172, 1871-72 120 BULLETIN OF THE Greeff, Richard [conlimied), Ueber den Bau dcr Echiaoderinen. Vierte Mittheilung. Sitzimgsb. der Gesell. Beford.der gesammt.NuturiD. zu 2larburg, Juu. 1876, No. 1, pp. lG-37, cuts. (in. p. 3-1. Ueber die Entwickelung des Asteracanthion rubens vom Ei bis zur B'qnnnaria uud Brachiularia.) Ueber dcu Bau uud die Eutwickelung der Echinodermeu. Sitzunrjab. Gesrllsch. Bef'ord. fjeiiummt. Naturw. Marbarg, pp. 47-5i, 83-95, 4 cuts. 1876. (5'" Slittheil. 1. Partlienogenesis bei den Seesternen. 2. Ueber da? Verschwin- den des Keinibliischens und Keitnflecks im Ei des Asteracanthion rubens. 3. Ueber das Herz der Criuoideen; tig. of young Comatula.) Ueber Eeliiuren uud Ecliiuodermeu. Arch. f. Nahirgesch., XLVI., I. pp. 88-101. 1880. (II. p. 94, Ueber den Bau und die Entwickelung der Ecliinodennen, sechste Mitth. Entwickelung v. Asterias.) Grube, E. Ueber eiueii lebeudig gebarenden Sccigel ( Anochanus sinensis). Monutsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. Berlii., pp. 178-180. 1868. Trausl. iu Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], 11. pp. 168-170. 1868. Haeckel, Ernst. Gencrelle Morphologie dcr Orgauismeu. I. xxiv + 574 pp., 2 pi. ; 11. clx + 462 pp., 8 pi. Berlin, 1866. II. Fiiuftes Bucb, Erster Tiieil d. allgemcinen Entwickelungsgescbichte der Orgauisraen. Ueber die Individualitat des Tbierkorpers. Jenaische Zeitschr. Naturw., Xll. pp. 1-20. 1878. Die Kometenform der Seestcruc und der Generationswecbsel der Eebinoder- men. Zeitschr. f. wissensr.h. Zool., XXX. Suppl., PI. XX. pp. 424-455. 1878. Abstr. Arch. Zool. E.rpcr. et Gener., VI. pp. xxxiii-xxxvii. 1877. Kosmos, III. pp. 358-362. 1878. Sitzungsb. Jenaische Gesellsch. Med. Naturw., pp. vi., vii. Jena, 1879. Biologische Studieu. Zweites Heft. Mit 14 Tafeln. Studicn zur Gastrcea Theoria. Jenaische Zeitschr., VIIl. pp. 1-55, PI. 1. 187If. IX. pp. 402- 508, PI. XIX.-XXV. 1875. (Also separate.) Jena, 1877. 270 pp. (PI. 1 f. G, Gastrula of Asterias; PL II. fig. 33, Starfish Arcliigastrula.) Hatschek, B. Ueber Eutwickelungsgeschiclitc von Teredo. Mesodcrmbilduug bei Toxopneus- trs, p. 30. Arbeit. Zool. last. JJnio. Wien, 111. pp. 1-44, 3 pi. 1880. Hensen, Victor. Ueber eine Brachiolaria des Kieler llafens. Arch.f. Naturgesch., pp. 242- 246, Naclitrag, i)p. 363, 364. 1S6S. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZuOLOCIY. 121 Hertwig, Oscar. Beitriige zur Kemituiss der Bildung, Bcfnichtuiig uiid Tliciluug des thierischeu lies. Morphol. Jahrb., I. pp. 3i7-43l, PL X.-XIII. 1875. Abstr. Arch. Zool. E-rper. el Gener., V. pp. xxi-xxvi. 1876. (Toxopneustes lividus.) Weitere Beitriige zur Kcuutiiiss der Bildung, Befruclitung uud Tlieilmig de:^ thierischeu Eies. Morplwl. Jahrb., III. pp. 271-270; IV. pp. 156-175, 177-213, PI. Vl.-Vlll. 1877, 1878. Also Arrh. Zool. E.iper. el Gener., VI. pp. 171-179,^577; YII. ])p. i-vii. 1878. (Eientwickelungeu von Asteracanthion.) Nouvelles Contril)utioiis a la Coimaissauce de la Pecoudatioii ct du Fractioime- meut de I'GEuf des Animaux. Traduit par Hermann Fol. Archiv. Zool. E.rper. el Gener., VI. p. 171. 1877. (Asteracanthion.) Hoffmann, Fr., u. Schwalbe, G. Jahresbericlite ueber die Fortschrittc der Auatomie u. Physiologie. 1872-- 1880. (Entwickelungsgeschichte.) Huxley, Tbomas H. See (p. 128) Muller, Johannes. Report upon the Researches of Mulleli into the Anatomy and Development of the Echinoderms. Ann. Mug. Nat. Hist. [2], VIII. pp. 1- 19, 1 pi. 1851. See Medical Times and Gazette for 1856 and 1857. A Manual of the Anatomy of Invertebratcd Animals, London, i577 ; and a German translation, by Dr. J. W. Spengel. (Chapter IX. p. 543, "The Echinodermata," treats of the development of each order. No original figs. See also The Elements of Comparative Anatomy, p. 42. London, 1864. ) Keferstein, W. Bericlite ueber die Fortschritte in der Generationslehrc in den Jalireu 1858- 1867. Aus Henle u. Pfeiffer, Archio.f. Rationelle Medicin. Kolliker, A. See (p. 118) Gegenbaur. Koran, J., and Banielssen, D. C. Zoologiske Bidrag. Bemacrkninger til Bipiiniaria asterigera. Ni/t. Mag. Naturv. Christiania, V. pp. 253-272. 18Ii8. Observations sur \?i,Bipinnaria asterigera. Ann. Sei. Nat., [3], VII. pp. 347- 352. PL VII. fig. 7-9. 1847. Also My. 1818, pp. 205-208. figs. Transl. from N>/t. Mag.f. Nat., p. 264. Christiania, 18^. Observations sur leDeveloppement des Holothui'ics. In S.vrs, M., Koren, J., Danielssen, D.C. Fauna LittoralisNorvegiae. 2'^^ Livraison. 101pp., 12 pi. Bergen, 1856. (pp. 46-.54, HolothuHa tremuln, PI. VTI., VIII. figs. 28-32.) 122 BULLETIN OF THE Koren, J., and Danielssen, D. C. (continued). (Observations sur Ic Dcvcloppcment dcs Asteries, pp. 55-59. In ruuna Littoralis Norvegiaj. [2'ieLiv. Bergen, i556. See (p. 131) Saks, Kouen, and Danielssen.] (Pteraster militaris M. & T., PI. VIIL figs. 1-8.) Observations on the Development of tlie Starfishes. Ann. Mag. N".t.. Hist., XX. pp. 132-130. 1857. Transl. t'roni luiuna Lit.. Ft. II. p. 55, by W. S. D.^ll.^s. I'auna Liltoralis Norvcgiic. Part 3d. ](33 pp., IG pi. Bergen, 1877. Edited by Kouiix and Daxielssen. (Young Stlchopus nutans, p. 58, I'l. VIL) Kowalevsky, A. Beitriige zur Entwickclungsgeschiehte der Holotlmrien. Mem. Acad. Imper. Sci. St. Pelcnbourrj [7J, XI. No. 6. S pp., 1 pi. 18G7. (Development of Psdlnus brevis.) Krohn, August. Beitrag /iir Kntwickclnngsgeschichte der Sceigellarven. 35 pp., 2 pi. Heidel- berg, 1849. (Early stages of the I'luteus of Echinus lividus Lam., raised by artificial fecun- dation.) Beobaclitungen aus der Entwickelungsgescliichte der Holothurien nnd Seeigel. Arch./. Anat. Physiol, u. wifssensch. Med., pp. 341-352, PI. XIV. figs. 2-5. 1851. Ueher die Entwiekclung ciner lebendig gcbiirenden Ophiure. Arch.f. Anat. Fhysiol. u. icissensch. Med , pp. 338-313, PI. XIV. fig. 1. 1851. ( Op h io lepis squamata.) Ueher eiuige nicdere Tliiere. Arch.f. Anat. Physiol, n. icissensch. Med., pp. 137-141. 1853 (Phiteus of EcMnus br-evispinosus, p. 139.) Ueber die Larve von Spatanr/us purpureus. Arch.f. Anat. Physiol, v.. wii- sensch. Med., pp. 255-259, PI. VII. 1853. Ueber die Entwiekelnng der Seesterne und Holotlmrien. Arch.f. Anat. Physiol. u. wissensch. Med., pp. 317-321, PL VII. fig. 7. 1853. Ueber die Larve dcs Echinus brevisplnos?is. Arch f. Anat. Physiol, u. icissensch. Med., pp. 3G1-3G1, PI. XI. 1853. (Two figs., by Gegenbaur.) Beobaclitnngen iiber Ecliinodermenlarven. Arch.f. Anat. Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., pp. 20S-213, PI. X. figs. 1. 2. 1854- ( Tornaria.) Ueber einen ncuen Entwiekelnngsmodns der Opliiureii. Arch.f. Anat. Physiol, u. icissensch. Med., pp. 3G9-375, PI. XIV. B. 1857. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 123 Lacaze-Duthiers, Henri de. Note sur uiie Station d'une Eiicriue vivante (Pentacrmus EurofeJ^us) sui* les Cotes de France. Comptes Rendus, Acad. ScL, Farin, LXIX. ])p. 1253- 1256. 1869. Note sur uuc Nonvclle Forme du Proembryou des Eclunodernies (Stellerides, Asferiscus vei-ruridafioi M. et Tr.). Comptes Re/idiif, LXXVIIl. ])p. 24-30. 187J^. Arch. Zool. E.rp.'r., ill. j)}). 18-23. 1874. Abstr. Rci'iie Maij. Zwl., Paris [3j, II. pp. i-iii. 1874. Lankester, E. R. See also (p. ll'J) Gegenbaur, Carl. On the Primitive Cell-Layer of tlu; Embryo as the Basis of Genealogical Classification of Animals, and on the Origin of Vascular and Lympli Sys- tems. Ami. Mag. Nat. Ilisf. [1], XL pp. 321-338, 7 cuts. 1873. Leuckart, Rudolph. Bericht uber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen in der Natiivgeschichte der niedercn Thiere wiihrend der Jahre 1848-75. Arch./. Natiirgesch., 1854- 61, 1863, 1864, 18G6, 1S68, 1870, 1872, 1875. Ueber die Morpliologie und die Verwandtscliaftsverhaltnisse der wirbellosen Thiere. 180 pp. Braunschweig, 18^8. (Echiiiodermata, p. 31.) Article " Zeugung," 11. W.a.gxer, Handwurferbuch der Phijsiologie, IV. p. 707. 1853. Loriol, P. de. Crinoidcs. Terrain Jurassique. Paleont. franpaise. XL 48 pp., 12 pi. Paris, 1882. le SeV.- Animaux Invert ebres. (Copies of figures of young ConiatuliE.) Loven, S. Oiii Leskia mirahUls Gray. Ofoers k. Svcnsk. Ve.fensk. Akad. ForhandL, pp. 431- 440. 1867. See also (p. 125) LOtkex on Lpukl/i mirahUh Gray. (Homologies of Criuoids and young (jf Comatulaj and other Echinoderms rtis- cussed.) Note on Hyponome Sarsi. a recent Cystidean. Ami. Marj. Nat. Hist. [41, IV. pp. 159, IGO. ISGO. Can. Nat. Geol. [2], IV. pp. 2G5-267. 1869. Transl. from Vorliandl. Skund. Naf/irf. Chrktiania, X. p. liv. 18GS. Om Echinodeernas byggnad. Ofrrrsk. k. Snens. Vctensk. Akad. ForhandL. pp. 1-47, PL XIX.^ 1871. Transl. iwArchiv.f. Naturrjcschlchtr, XXXIX. 1873, I. p. 16. Ann. Mat/. Nat. Hist. [4], X. 1872, pp. 2S5, 376, 427. See also Coinj^tes Remliis de I'AcadcMie des Sciences, LXXV. p. 803. 1873. (Development of test of Toxopntustes drijbadihnsU. Also in " I'^tudos sur les Efhi- noid(''es.") 124 liULLETlN OF THE Lov^n, S. (continued). Etudes bui- Ics Ecliinoidooe. K. Svensk. Vetensk. Akad. Hatidl. Stockholm, XI. Pt. 11. ])!>. 1-91, A-II, 53 pi. 1S74. Separate. 1875. Abstr.: Journ. Zool., V. pp. 102-1U5. 1876. (Development, ;:;afojw ,• Toxopneustes driibachiends. PI. XVII., XXI. ; young anal systems, Midlita, Echinarachnius, Asteiias (jlacialis.) Lubbock, Sir John. Ou the Uriyiu and Metamorphoses of Insects. Nature Series, xvi -\- lOS pp. G pi., 59 cuts. London, 1874. (Metaniorphos'js of Echinoderniata, pp. 54-61.) Ludwig, Hubert. See also (p. 115) Carus. Ueber die Eibildung iui Thierreiehe. Arbeiten mis dem zool.-zoot. Inst. Wiirz- burtj, I. pp. 287-510, PI. XIII.-XV. 187 J^. (Von der Eibildung bei den Echinodermen, p. 293. Amphidetus cordatus, Sohis- tei' pajyposus, Astrupecttii auranliacus.) Beitrage zur Anatomic der Crinoidecn. Zritschr.f. wisseusch. Zool., XXVIIl. pp. 255-353, PI. Xll.-XIX. 1877. Morphol. Studie?i an Echin., pp. 1-99. 1877-79. Zur Anatomic des Rhizocrinus Iqfo/enm M. Sars. Zrifsckr.f. unssensch. Zool., XXIX. pp. 47-76, PI. v., A^I. 1877. Morphol. Studied an Echin., pp. 101- 130. 1877-79. Beitrage zur Anatomic der Asteriden. Zeitschr. f. irissensch. Zool, XXX. pp. 99-162, PI. V.-VIII. 2 cuts. 1878. Morphol. Sludien an Echin., pp. 150-212. 1877-79. Beitrage zur Anatomic der Opliiuren. Zeitschr.f. tcissensch. Zool., XXXI. pp. 34(5_39J.^P]. XXIV.-XXVII. lent. 1878. Morphol. Studicn an Echin., pp. 241-289. 1877-79. Ueber die Gcnitalorgane der Asferina gihhosa. Zeitschr.f. tcissensch. Zool., XXXI. pp. 395-400, PI. XXVIIL 1878. Morphol. Studicn an Echin., pp. 290-295. 1877-79. Die Bur.sac der Oplnuridcn und deren Ilomologon bei den Pentremiten. Nach. k. Gesellsch. Wissensch. G'ottingcn, pp. 215-220. 1878. Morpliologische Studicn an Echinodermen. I. Band, Abhandlungs I.-IX. iv + 300 pp., 23 pi., 5 cuts. Leipzig, 1877-79. See also Band II. Ent- wiek. d. Ophiur. Skelet. Collected fnnn Vols. XXVIIL, XXIX., XXX., and XXXI. , Zcitschr. f. wissensch. Zool. (Contains anatomy of the genital organs, and remarks on the development of the different orders of Echinoderms.') Ueber d. primiiren Steinkanal d. Crinoiden nebst vergleicliende-anatomiselion Bemerkungen ii. d. Echinodermen iibcrhaupt. (Separate, 34 pp.) Zeit- schr.f. wissensch. Zool., XXXIV. pp. 310-333, PI. XTL, XITL 1880. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 125 Ludwig, Hubert (continued). Die Bilduug der Eiluille bei Antedon rosacea. Zool. Anzeig., III., No. 65j pp. 470-i71, 3 cuts. 1880. Ueber eine lebendiggebareude Chirodota. Zool. Anzeig., III. p. 492. 1880. Ueber eine Lebendiggebareude Synaptide und zwei andere ueue Holotlmrieu arten der Brasilianisclien Kiiste. Arch. Biol, (publiees par E. Van Bene- DEN et Ch. Van Bambeke), II. pp. 41-58, PI. III. 1881. Abstr. Joiim. Roy. Micr. Soc. [2], I. pp. 606, 607. 1881. Zur Entwiekelungsgescliichte dcs Ophiurenskelettes. Zeitschr.f. Wiss. Zool., XXXVI. pp. 181-200, PI. X., XL 1881. Ludwig Morphol. Studien, II. pp. 91-110. Liitken, Chr. F. Bidrag til Kuudskab om EcLiniderne. Vidensk Meddel.f. d. naturh. Forening i Kjob., pp. 69-208, 368-371, PI- L, IL Kjobeuhavu, 1863. Also sepa- rate, 1864. (Young Mellita, Clypeaster, Encope, PI. II.) On Leskia mirabilis Gray, by S. Loven. Geol. Mag., V. pp. 179-184. 1868. See (p. 123) Loven's article on " Leskia." Endnu et Par Ord om de ganile Soliliers " Suabel " og Mund, with Frencli Re- sume. Vidensk. Med.fra d. naturh. Forening i Kjobenhavn for 1869, No. 9-13. pp. 160-188. Cuts. See also (p. 114) Billings, E., and (p. 123) Loven. Hyponome Sarsi : a recent Australian Ecbinoderm, closely allied to the Palaeo- zoic Cystidca, described by Prof. Loven ; with some Bemarks on the Mouth and Anus in the Crinoidea and Cystidea. Can. Nat. Geol. [2], IV. pp. 267- 270. 1869. See also (p. 114) Billings and (p. 123) Loven. Ophiuridarum novarum vel minus cognitarum descriptioues nonnullae. Overs, k. Bansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl., pp. 74-158, PI. I., II. 1872. Abstract, transl. by W. S. Dallas in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], XII. pp. 323-337, 391-399. 1873. Om Selvdeliug lios Echiuodermer .og andre Straaldyr. Ooers. k. Bansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl., pp. 108-158. Cuts. 1872. (French r^sum^.) Resume du Memoire intitule : Description de quelques Ophiurides nouveaux on pen connus avec quelques Remarques sur la Division spoutance chez les Rayonnes. . . . Ophiurid. nov. . . . descr. nonnullae. Ooers. k. Bansk. Selsk. Forhandl., pp. 25-55. 1872. Lyman, Theodore. Ophiuridaj and Astrophytidse. Illust. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool., No. 1. Cam- bridge, 1865. (Young Amphiura squamata Sars, pp. 121-123.) 126 BULLETIN OF THE Lyman, Theodore {continued). Opliiuridac and Astropliytidse, Old and New. (1874) l^i'H- Mus. Comp.Zool, III. pp. 221-272. 1S71-76. (Young Ophiuridce, passim.) Zoological Results of the " Hassler" Expedition. II. Opliiurida; and Astro- pli}tidae. Illusi. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool., No. 8. Cauil)ridge, 1875. (Young of Ophiacantha marsupialis, sp. nov., pp. 13-14, PI. L fig. 9.) Opliiuridoe and Astropliytidse of the " Challenger " Expedition. Pt. II. Btdl. Mus. Comp. Zool., YI. No. 2. Cambridge, 1879. (Young of Astroplnjton Agassizii, Euryah asperum, p. 60, PI. XIX. figs. 494, 495, 500, 501.) The Voyage of H. M. S. " Challenger." Zoology — Ophiuridea. Vol. V. Part IV. 378 pp., PI. l.-XLVIII. London and Edinburgh, 1882. (Young Ophiuridaj, passim, Plates XXVIII. fig. 10; XXXVI. fig. 1-16; XL. figs. 11, 12;XLIV. fig. 16; XLV., XLVI., XLVIL figs. 2-5.) Marion, A. F. Reproductions hybrides d'Echinodermes. Jotirn. Zool., II. pp. SOl-SO?. 1873. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sd., Paris, LXXVI. pp. 963-966. 1873. {Sphcerechinus brevispinosus and Toxopneustes lividus.) Martens, E. von. Selbsttlieiluug bei Secsternen. Naturforscher, No. 11, pp. 103, 104. 1879. Meissner, G. Ueber die Befruchtung des Eies von Echinus csculenfus. 1855. Ferhandl. d. Naturf. Gesellsch. Basel, I. pp. 374, 375. 185^-57. Metschnikoff, Elias. Ueber eine Larve v. Balanoglossus. Archiv.f. Ami. a. Phi/siol. 1866, p. 592, PI. XVII. B. Also Berichte der Fersamml. Deutscher Naturf. u. Aertzte in Hanover, 1865. Enlwickeluugsgcschichtliehe Beitrage. Mel. Biol. St. Petersbourg, VI. pp. 709-732. 1866-68. I. Metainor[)hosc der Auricularia. Mel. Biol. St. Petersbourg, VI. pp. 709- 711. 1866-68. II. Entwickplung von OpJiiolepis squamata. Mel. Biol. St. Petersbourg, VI. pp. 711-712. 1866-68. III. Metamorphose der Ophiureu. 3Tel. Biol. St. Petersbourg, VI. pp. 712- 713. 1866-68. IV. Metamorphose der Seeigel. Mel. Biol. St. Petersbourg, VI. pp. 713-715. 1866-68. Studien iiber die Entwickelung der Echinodermen und Nemertinen. Me'/n Acad. Imprr. Sci. St. Petersljourg [7], XIV. No. 8, pp. 1-73, 12 pi. 1869. (Metamorphosis of Auricularia, Embryology of Ainphiura squamata, Ophiuridae, Echinoidoa, Bipinnaria.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY, 127 Metschnikoff, Elias (continued). Uutersucliuugeu iiber die Metamorphose einiger Seethiere. I. Ueber Tornaria. 1869. Zeitschr.f. wissensch. Zool., XX. pp. 131-144, PI. XIII. 1870. Ueber die systeraatisclie Stelluiig vou Balanoglossus. Zool. Anzeig., IV. pp. 139-143, 153-157. 1881. Muller, Fritz. Letter to Keferstein in Jahresberichte ueber die Fortschritte in der Oenera- tionslehre fiir 18G7, p. 203, in Henle u. Pfeiffer's Archiv.f. Rationelle Medicin. (Heart of Tornaria.) Muller, Johannes. Bericlit iiber eiiiige neue Thierformen der Nordsee. Archiv.f. Anat. Thysiol. u. wissensch. Med., pp. 101-110, PI. V., VI. 181^6. (Pluteus, p. 108, PI. VI. figs. 2, 3.) Ueber die Larvensznstaiide und die Metamorphose der Opliiuren und Seeigel. Monatsb. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, pp. 294-310. ISIfB. Also transl. by Griffith in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., XIX. pp. 433-445. 18^7. Bemerkungcu iiber die Metamorphose der Seeigel. Arch.f. Anat. Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., pp. 113-131. 1848. Ueber die Bipimiarieu und die Metamorphose der Asterien. Arch.f. Anat. Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., pp. 84-112. 18Ji9. Ueber die Larven und die Metamorphose der Holothurien. Arch, f Anat. Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., pp. 364-399. 18 J^. Fortsetzung der Untersuchungen ueber die Metamorphose der Echinodermen. Arch.f. Anat. Physiol, u. loissensch. Med., pp. 452-478. 1850. (p. 453 Holuthurien, p. 459 Seeigel, p. 469 Asterien. Abstract of 4" Abhandl.) Ueber die Ophiureularven des Adriatischen Meeres. Arch.f. Anat. Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., pp. 1-20. 1851. Abstract of MiIller's 5^ Abhandlung. (1. Larve u. Metamorohose der Ophiolepis squnmata, 2. Ophlothrix fragilis, 3. Ophiolepis ciliata.) Bemerkungeu iiber einige Echinodermenlarven. Ardi.f Anut. Physiol, u. wis- sensch. Med., pp, 353-357. 1851. , Ueber die Entwickelung der Echinodermen. Froriep's Tagsber., II. No. 319, pp. 105-107. 1851. J Ueber Synapfa digitata und iiber die Erzeugung von Schnecken in Holothu- rien. 36 pp., 10 pi. Berlin, 1852. Ueber die Semitse der Spatangoiden. Arch. f. Anat. Physiol, u. tcissensch. Med., pp. 1, 2. 1853. (Compares the fascioles of adult to vibratile chords of Plutei.) 128 BULLETIN OF THE Miiller, Johannes {continued). Ueber den Bau der Ecliinodcrmen. Arch.f. Anat. Physiol, n. wissensch. Med., pp. 175-240. 1853. Abstract of last Memoir in Ahhl. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wissensch. Berlin, XLIV. pp. 123-219. \854. Ou the Structure of tlie Ecliiuodernis ; transl. by T. H. Huxley. Abstr. in Archio.f. Anat.Phtjs.il. Wiss. Med., Tpi).17o--2iO, 1853, of Huxley's arti- cle iu Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [2 J, XIII. pp. 1-24, 112-123, 241-25G. 185^. Eine Eortsetzung der Beobachtungen iiber die Entwickeluug dcr Ecliinodcr- men. Monatsb. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, pp. 589-593. 1854. Ueber den Canal in den Eiern der Holotliurien. Arch.f. Anal. Physiol, u. wis- sensch. Med., pp. GO-68. 1851^. Eortsetzuug dcr Beobachtungen iiber die Metamorphose der Echinodermen. I. Nachtrag zu den Secigel Larven, p. 67. II. Nachtrage zu den Asterid- larveu, p. 78. Arch. f. Anat. Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., pp. 67-89. 1855. Ueber die Larven und die Metamorphose der Echinodermen. Seven me- moirs from tlie Abhandl. d. k. jjreuss. Akad. d. Wissensch. Berlin, 1848, 1849, 1850, 1852, 1853, 1855. Ueber die Larven und die Metamorphose der Ophiuren und Seeigel. [ISJ^S.'] Abh. k. preuss. Akad. Wissench. Berlin, pp. 273-312, 7 pi. 18^8. Also separate, 25 pp., 7 pi. Berlin, I8J1B. (Pluteus paradoxus, and its metamorphosis to Ophiura. Transformations of a Pluteus with epaulettes into a Sea-urchin.) Ueber die Larven und die Metamorphose der Echinodermen. Zweite Abhand- lung. [184^.1 Abh. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, pp. 75-109, 5 pi. 1849. Also separate, 37 pp., 5 pi. Berlin, 1849. (I. On the Bipinnarise; II. On Brachiolaria, .\iiricularia, Tornaria; III. On the Metamorphoses of Echinoderms.) Ueber die Larven und die Metamorphose der Holothurien und Asterien. [Pt. 3.] \l84S-5O.'] Abh. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, pp. 35-72, 7 pi. 1850. Also separate, 40 pp., 7 pi. Berlin, 1850. (Auriculariffi with calcareous wheels, Holothurian pupae, Holothurian larvie with balls, worm-shaped Startish larva.) Ueber die Larven und die Metamorphose dcr Echinodermen. Vierte Abhand- lung. [^1850-51.1 Abh. k.jireuss. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, pp. 37-86, 9 pi. 1852. Also separate, 50 pp., 9 pi. Berlin, 1852. (Auricularia and Holothuria with balls and calcareous wheels, larva? of Echi- nus liridus, Echinus pulchellus,' Spatangoid larva\ Bipiimaria, Tornaria, worm- shaped Starfish larva, structure of eggs of Echinoderms.) MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 129 Miiller, Johannes {continued). Ucber die OiJliiurenlarveu des Adriatischen Meeres. [Pt. 5.] [ISSl.] Abh. k. preuss. Akad. Wmensch. Berlin, pp. 33-61, 8 pi. 1852. Also separate, 29 pp., 8 pi. Berlin, 1853. (Pluteus bimaculatus, Larva and Metamorphosis of Ophiothrix fragilis M. T., Pluteus paradoxus. ) Ueber den allgemeiaen Plan in der Entwickelung der Echinodermen. [Pt. 6.] [1852.'] Abh. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, pp. 25-65, 8 pi. 1853. Also separate, 41 pp., 8 pi. Berlin, 1853. Ueber die Gattungen der Seeigellarven. [i555.] Siebente Abhandlung ueber die Metamorphose der Eeliinodermen. Abh. k. preuss. Akad. Wissench. Berlin, pp. 1-55, 9 pi. 1855. Separate, 55 pp., 9 pi. Berlin, 1855. (Larvae of Echinus, of Echinocidaris, of Spatangoids, of Echinocyamus?, Plu- teus paradoxus, Bipinnaria, Brachiolaria. This part also contains a complete index to the seven Memoirs on the Embryology of Echinoderms.) Ueber den Bau der Echinoderraeu. \1853P^ Abh. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wis- sensch. Berlin, XLIV. pp. 123-219, 9 pi. ISS^. Also separate, 97 pp., 9 pi. Berlin, 1854 (On development, passim.) Miiller, Johannes, and Troschel, Franz Herrmann. Ueber die Gattungen der Opliiuren. Arch.f. Naturgesch., pp. 326-330. 18}fi. Transl. Ofiurernes Inddeling i Slaegter in Kroyer's Naturhistorisk. Tids- skrift. III. pp. 535-545. 18Jfi-J^l. (Ophionyx.) System der Asteriden. viii -j- 134 pp., 12 pi. Braunschweig, 181^. (PI. IX. Young Ophiothrix =z Ophionyx armata.) Miiller, H. See (p. 11^) Gegenbaur. Neumayr, M. Morphologische Studien iiber fossile Ecbinodermen. Sitzungsb. der K. Akad. d. Wiss. Wien, LXXXIV. 1 Abtli. pp. 143-176, 2 pi. June, 1881. (Comparisons with embryonic forms, passim.) Oersted, A. S. [Direct Development of Syrmptula vioipara.'] Vidensk. Med.fra den Naturfor. Foren i Kjobenhavn for 1849-50, VII. Packard, A. S., Jr. Life Histories of Animals including Man or Outlines of Comparative Embryol- ogy. 239 pp., 268 figs. New York, 1876. Embryology of Echinoderms, pp. 77-92, figs. 72-96. vol.. X. — NO. 2. 9 130 BULLETIN OF THE Perez, J. Sur la Fecondation de I'CEuf chez I'Oursin. Comptes Renins, Acad. Sci., Paris, LXXXIV. pp. 620-G22 ; LXXXV. pp. 353, 354. 1877. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], XX. pp. 156-158. 1877. Perrier, Edmond. Recherches sur TAnatomie et la Regeneration des Bras de la Comatula rosa- cea (^Antedon rosaceus Linck). Arch. Zool. Exper., II. pp. 29-86, PI. II.-IV. 1873. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], XI. pp. 466-468. 1873. Abstr. Comptes Rendus, LXXVI. pp. 718-720. 1873. Les Colonies Animales et la Formation des Organismes. 798 pp., 2 pi., 158 cuts. Paris, 1881. (Livre IV. p. 575, passim, development of Echinodermata.) Peters, W. Ueber das Geschleclit der Seeigel. Arch.f. Anat. Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., pp. 143, 144. 1840. (In Sea-urchins sexes are separate.) Philippi, R. A. Beschrcibung zweier Missgebildeter See-Igel, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Echiniden iiberhaupt. Arch.f. Nafurgesch., I. pp. 241-248. 1837. (p. 244, Ueber das Wachsthum der Echiniden.) Beschreibung einiger neuen Echinodcrmen nebst kritischen Bemerkungen ueber eiuige weniger bekannte Arten. Archiv.f. Naturg., I. p. 344, 1 pi. 18J^. (Ilemiaster carries young in sunken ambulacra.) Pourtal^s, L. F. de. Reports on the Dredging Operations of the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer " Blake." II. Corals and Crinoids. Description of a Young Holopus. 1878. Bull. Mus. Camp. Zool., V. p. 213. Dec. 1878. (PI. II. figure of young Holopus, by A. Agassiz.) Quatrefages, A. L'Ophiure Grisatre est vivipare. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sci., Paris, XV. p. 799. 184^. Metamorphoses de I'Homme et des Animaux. Paris, 1862. English transl. by Henry Lawson. 284 pp. London, I864. (Chapter XVII. p. 172, Geneagenetic Phenomena of Kadiata.) Rathke, H. Ueber das Geschlechtsverlialtuiss bei den Seeigeln und Seestern. Froriep's Neue Notizen, XIII. pp. 65-67. 18^0. Sars, George Ossian. On Some Remarkable Forms of Animal from the Great Deeps off the Norwe- gian Coast. II. Researches on the Structure ana Affinity of the Genus Brisinga, based on the Study of a New Species, Brisinga cornata ; with 4 copperplates and 3 autographic plates. 112 pp. Christiania, 1875. (Young Brisinga, PI. IV.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 131 Sars, Michael. Beskrivelser og lagttagclser over noglc mncrkeligo eller nye i Havet ved den Bergenske Kyst leveude Dyr af Polypenies, Acalephernes, Radiatemes, Aiiiieliderues og MoUuskernes Classer. . . . Bergen, 1835. (p. 37, PI. XV. fig. 40, Bqiinnaria asterigera.) Ueber die Entwickelung der Seesterne, Fragment aus meinen Beitrage zur Fauna von No rvegen. Archiv.f. Naturgeschichte,\'^^^,\. y^. 169-178, PI. VI. figs. 1-22. (Direct development of Echinaster sancjuinolentus and Asteracanthion Miilhri.) Also translated in Ann. d. Sci. Nat. [3], 184i, II. p. 190, 1 pi.; and in Arm. Maff. Nat. Hist., 1844, XIV. p. 233; Frorieps NeueNotizen, XXXIII. No. 721, 1845, pp. 263-2G9 ; Archiv.f. Anat. Fhys. u. Wiss. Med., 1842, p. 330. Fauna Littoralis Norvegise. Erstes Heft. 94 pp., 10 pi. Christiania, 18^6. VI. Beobaclituugen iiber die Entwickelung der Seesterne. pp. 47, 1. Echinaster sanguinolentus, PI. VIII. figs. 1-37 ; p. 56, 2. Asteracanthion Miilleri, PI. VIII. figs. 38-43. For continuation, see (p. 131) Sabs, Koren, and Danielssen. Oversigt af Norges Echinodermer. Christiania, 1861. vi -f- 160 pp., 16 pi. (PI. VI. figs. 3-1.3. Development of Pteraster militaris, pp. 57-62.) Om en ny Art Brachiolaria. Forhandl. Vidensk. Selsk. Chri'-iiania, pp. 126- 137. 1S63. Geologiske og Zoologiske lagttagelser, anstillgde paa en Reise i en Deel af Troudlijeiiis Stift i Sommcren 1862. Ni^t-^acj. Natin-v. Christiania, XII. pp. 253-272. Also separate. 88 pp. Christiania, 1863. (Young of Amphiura squamatn, new species of Brachiolaria, p. 72.) Memoircs pour servir a la Coiinaissauce des Crino'ides vivants. Programme de rUniversite Royale de Norvege. Christiania, 1868. 65 pp., 6 pi. (II. Pentacrinoide de VAntedon Sarsii ( Alecto) Diiben et Keren, PI. V. et VI.) Sars, M., Keren, J., and Danielssen, J. C. See also (p. 121) Koren and Dan- ielssen. Fauna Littoralis Norvegise. 2j. Is this group of plates homologous with the sphenoturbinals of man ] In the otter {Plate I. fig. 4), the minh, the iveasel, and the hear, the frontal sinuses are occupied by the ectoturbinals. When such frontal development is pi-onounced, the ectoturbinal division of the ethmoid is of a circular form in transverse section and on the encranial surface, while the endoturbinal division is longer than wide. The Nasal Surfaces. — Each ethinoturbinal plate is attached to the cribriform plate proximally, to the os planum laterally, and, it may be, to an associate-turbinal distally. Upon the median surfaces the plates remain free, and either end simply, or exhibit a tendency at their ends to form two revolutc parts, the convex surfaces of which api)ear iipon the superficies of the lateral wall of t!ie nasal chamber. In a longitudinal section of the nose the median aspect of the ethmoturbinal is thus made up, in the last-named variety, of the rounded convexities of the plates and the spaces between them. The uppermost of the plates is much longer than the others. . . . The lateral aspect of the nasal cham- ber at the ethmoturbinal region is, therefore, made up simply of those plates which have a conunon plane. The surface gives no impression of the number of the plates present ; for some may not reach the median surface, and from this circumstance be not seen or accounted for. Neither is the suiface a guide ti) tlic length of the plates, since, as the reader has already seen, the cribriform plate is wider above than below. MUSEUM OV COMPAliATIVE ZOOLOGY. 143 so that a plate extending from the last-named to the median surface is of necessity longer tliau one extending between similar points below. In the transverse section it will be seen that a number of the plates have failed to reach the median surface. In the dor/ (Plate 1. fig. 1), for example, the ectoturbinals are four in number. Tiio first is obliquely placed from above downward, and witiiin outward. Two conspicuous convolutions ai'c present at the distal end, tlie lower one of which alone lies toward, but not on, the median surface. The second plate ])os- scsses a single convolution, which is directed outward. The third and fourth are very short, biconvolute, and directed uj)ward and forward. None of the ectoturbinals ap[iear on the longitudinal surface of tlie nasal chamber. The first endoturbinal is long and complex. It is di- rected forward and upward, and nearly touches the median convolution of the first ectoturbinal. It is biconvolute, but the pai'ts are slun-t and not incurved. Three secondary convolutions are seen on the sides of the plate, — one on tlie upper, and two on the lower aspect. Both of the latter reach the surface of the longitudinal section. The second endoturbinal is the longest of the series, and touches the septum. A single primary convolution is directed upward, and much convoluted. A single upper and two lower secondary convolutions are seen, as in the first plate, liut they are less conspicuous. The third and remaining plate is the smallest of the endoturbinals, and arises from the os pla- mun, as this structure is seen in the section. It is directed upward and inward, to appear on the longitudinal section. It presents a single con- volution. Immediately beneath the last plate, the transverse ])latc or lamina is seen. The nasoturbinal is seen in the section as a minute non-convolute structure, intermediate l)etweon the two sets of plates. The endoturbinals are always arranged in tiers one above another. All originate from the lateral surface. In the dof/ (Plate I. fig. 2) the second of the })lates descends, and may follow the curve of the sides and the bottom of the nasal cliamher as far as the meso-cthmoid, along which it ascends a short distance. The plates in this portion of the cth- motui'binal in the dog ai'e from three to four in nunil)er. The olfactory plates tend to unite anterioi'ly. Thus two to three plates luiite to form the nasoturbinal in the dor/. The lower endoturl)inal jdates unite in front by broad, thin plates. These, taken collectively, constitute tlie ti'ansversG lamina of Sli-auss-Diirckheim. It is constantly present, stretching across tlse septoturbinal space to the vomer, against -which it rests. Tlie cctoturbiurd ]ilates may bo rudimentary or "• absent. They would 144 BULLETIN OF THE appear to be absent in the ape, at leaJ^t in the adult. In man they are also absent. The opossum has two ectoturbinals ; the cat, two to three ; the ho(j, five ; the ox, eight. In the seal the cetoturbinals are developed to a greater degree than the endoturbinals. The olfaetory plates are either simple at their ends or convolute. Their anterior ends are often produced forwards in a series of tongue- liUe projections, which have received the name of tlie olfactory lobes. The projection known as the nasoturbinul is the most conspicuous of these. The lobe on the hrst endoturbinal is always well developed. The endoturbinals of the liog are without marked lobulations. The Carnivora and the Rodentia, as far as examined, possess lobes on all the folds. In the opossum two of the plates are simple, the remaiiidor are convolute. Occasionally a convolute fold arises from the side of a plate instead of from the end, as in the larger plates of the Carnivora and the Uuminantia. The ari-angement of the endoturbinals, as seen in the median surface of the cthmoturbinals, is much the same as in other Carnivora. The septoturbinal space is in all manmials narrow, and indeed may be obliterated here and there where the endotuibinal plates lie in contact with the septum. Such a point of contact is evident in the macaque, M. nemestrinus, where a depression is seen on the septum answering in position to tiie first endoturbinal plate. Similar depressions are seen in the bats, as in Antrozous and CorynorliDcas. In Cehus (Plate II. figs. 1, 2) the absence of an ectoturbinal scries, and the endoturbinal series being restricted to a single plate bearing incisures upon its postei'ior border, and retaining upon its anterior surface a de- flected and abortive nasoturbinal (uncinate process), an example is afforded of the manner after which the ethmoid bone is modified in passing "from the quadrupedal form to the primate. In man the interval between the endoturbinal series and the lateral aspect of the bone is occupied by a number of cellules. These being absent in Cehus and Macacus (the only genera examined), it would appear as though the chief difference be- tween these forms and the human ethmoid lay in the development of the ethmoid cells. The human ethmoid bone (Plate II. fig. 3), viewed from beneath, fur- nishes, as in Cehus, an aborted nasoturbinal in the " uncinate process," and the rugose under surface of the single endoturbinal plate in the " middle turbinated bone." A Sjiecial Account of the Ethmoid Hone in the ILirse, the Peccavj/, the Sloth, the Cat, the Seal, and l/ie Mole. — I have thus cndeavore^l to MUSi:U.M OF COMPAUATIVE ZOOLOGY. 145 sketch tlio general })laii of arnuigeinent of the ethmoid bono hi the mammaLs, and to indicate the rehitions that tlie several parts hold one to another. Before describing the bone in the Cheiroptera, I propose giving detailed acconnts of the ethmoid in the cat, the seal, the peccary, the sloth, and the mole ; with the object of bringing together some ■widely diverse examples, and ])resenting descri2:)tions wdiich will be snffi- ciently detailed to permit of comparisons being made with those which will follow in the concluding jjortion of this paper. In the horse (Plate II. figs. 4, 5) the endotnrbinal aspect of the encra- nial surface is concealed from the brain case at its i;pper third by a trans- verse plate apparently of the frontal bone, but which in reality is an ossification of the ethmoid. The foramina of the endoturbinal surface are arranged elaborately in a crescent e.\teuding across the anterior end. The foramina of the ectoturbinal surface are seen in five transverse triangular or clavate clusters. The ethmoid, studied from its lateral aspect, exhibits a trenchant dis- tinction between the cndoturbinals and the ectoturbinals by a thin sep- tum extending across the great cranio-facial sinus. Both the turbinal sets lie in this sinus, connected by a thin papyraceous lamina, save at the anterior fourth of the ectoturbinal series, where it is firmly connected by the ends of the olfactory ])latcs to the descending process of the fron- tal bone, as well as with the line of junction this process eiiects w'itli the orbitosphenoid and the frontal bones. Seen in transverse section, the tiu'binal mass exhibits sharply the di- vision between the two sets of plates. The ectoturbinals are eight in numl)er, including the nasoturbinal. The cndoturbinals are five in nuni- l)cr, and preserve the order already described as existing in the hog. The last jjlate sends backward a single folium within the sphenoidal sinus, so that the olfactory apparatus extends a short distance posterior to the encranial surface. Seen from the median aspect, the nasoturbinal is seen to assume enormous proportions, being much wider than any of the cndoturbinals. Four of the cndoturbinals arc visil>le, and all are mai'kedlv bic'onvolutc, tiic convexities of the scrolls alone a])pearing on the general surface. Anteriorly each plate is seen ending sinqdy at the bases, lint toward tiie apices they are more or less lobate. The first and second jilates ])roject beyond the transverse lamina. A small but distinct plate crosses the scptoturbin;d space obliquely at the orifice of the splienuid sinus. The septum is distinctly foliated oi)positc the third, fourth, and fifth ))lates. vol.. X. — Ml. :;. 10 14G BULLETIN OF THE In Iho peccary,* Dicofylo!, tori[Hatai< (I'hife III. I'li^'s. 1-3), tlie cncra- iiiiil surface is imiformly concave, and presents scarcely any angnlatioii inicriorly. ilence, the indications of separation of the ectoturbinals from the endotnrbinals arc indistinct. 'J"hc liasal aspects of the endo- turliinal jilates foi'ni well-ileiined lines on the crilii'ifonu plate, about which are aiTan<,'cd a number of little jjits. From the bottom of these lie the ibramina of the olfactory nerves. The most conspicuous of these is the one fur the iirst endoturbinal ])late. The septotvuliinal sur- face is on a higher plane than that of the etlnnoturbinals. The crista galli is distinct throughout. The non-perforate space is nearly one third the length of the cribriform plate. Of the nasal surfaces, it is seen on the frontal section that the divisions between the ectoturbinals and the endo- turbinals are well defined. The former arc seen to have a less compli- cated strurtui-c, ani' nasal surfaces of Bnuhjpus arc prcsrutcd in lig.s. 1 and 2 of l'l,;te IV., but ii'-t licrc ilrscrilicd. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 147 position to the anterior two-thirds of the same. No separate arrange- ment for cctoturbinals appears to exist. On the nasal svu-iace the endo- tiirbinals are, with the exception of tlie first, without lobes, and tlie nasoturl)inal and the ectoturbinals are al)sent. The sphenoturbinal is united to the septum by three distinct lamiiuc. In the rxit * the nasal surfaces are much compressed medio-laterally. With the exercise of a little care, the parts can be anal3'zed without re- sorting to a transverse section. The first ectoturbinal is excessivel}' short, and presents biconvolute folia directed upward. The secoiid, third, and fourth cctoturbinals arc slight, and are biconvolute their entire length. The plates and the convexities of the convolutions are distinctly visil)le on the lateral surfixce of the ethmoturbinal mass. The nasoturbinal is biconvolute, the median convolution being the larger anteriorly. Tlie lobule of this turbinal is in height e(p^al to one half the length of the nasoturbinal, and is crescentic in outline. The naso- turbinal and all the ectoturbinals are united anteriorly by a transverse lamina. The endoturbinal plates are five in number. The first is tlie largest of the series. It is obscurely convolute, while the lobule is as long as the plate. It is obliquely placed from above downward, and before back- ward, lying in front of the second and third endoturbinals, and composed of a niunber of closely-set convolutions. It is the anterior division of Strauss-Durckheim. The second plate also possesses a distinct foliated lobe. The second and third plates arc united on the lateral surface by a common lamina. The third plate is small, concealed from the median surface, without lobes, and partly concealed on the lateral surface by the above-named lamina. The fourth plate closely resembles the second. Its lobule is nearly the length of the plate. The fifth is without a lobe, and convolute medianly, the convex surface of this convolution appearing for its entire length on the free median surface of the ethmoturbinal mass. In the seal, Phoca vltnlina (Plate IV. figs. 3-5), the encranial surface presents a narrow septoturbinal surface. It lies on the same plane with that of the tiirbinal surfaces, extends over less than one third the width of tlie encranial surface, and terminates anteriorly by an enormous foramen. The rounded surf^ice answering to the ectoturbinal space is bordered by an elliptical row of foramina. The ridges for the endoturbi nals are inconspicuous and short, not extending, even for the first endo- turliinal, more than one third of the diameter of the cribriform plate. * Elaborate figures of the etlujioiJ of the cat are contained in tlic work of Strauss- Durckheim, loc. clt. 148 IlL'LLKTIN OF THE The cristiigalli is robust, and extends the entire length of the cribrifui-ni. The nun-perforate space is one third as long as the cribriform, thus pre- senting a striking contrast with the same plate of the other Carnivora mentioned in this paper. It is concealed in part by the frontal bone in articulation of the bone with the ci'anium, but in the disarticulated bone it is convex or rounded in outline and nearly equal to the ectotur- binal surface in diameter. From it the ectoturbinal plates in part arise. These last-named plates, with their accompanying convolutions, are well seen on the lateral surface. As in the dorj, the cat, the otter, and other carnivores, the nasoturbi- nal, as in the seal in part, arises from the meso-ethmoid. It is held to the mcso-cthmoid one half the length of the latter, at its upper margin. The union does not interfere with free access of air to the olfactory plates. Huxley makes a statement, in his " Anatomy of the Vertebrated Ani- mals," to the effect that the ethmoturbinals in the seal are small and flat- tened, and that the latter are aiichf/loscd with the vovier on each side. In a single specimen examined I did not find this to be the case. (See Plate IV. fig. 3. The position of the arrow indicates the septoturbinal space.) It is true that the mass is, on the wliole, flattened ; but the frontal por- tion of the mass is moi'e than usually well developed, and at no point did anchylosis exist. The remarkably tliickenod transverse lamina was probably in this statement mistaken for an exceptional \'a\gy of union. In the star-nosed mole, Condi/liira cristata, the ectoturbinals ad- vance forward as far as the anterior end of the transverse lamina. The nasoturbinal extends as far as the third premolar. The first cndoturbinal reaches to the last premolar ; the second and third are of nearly equal size ; all the endoturl)inals presenting uniformly broad contiguous me- dian surfaces, the first and thii'd not connected below the cribriform plate. In ti-ansverse section the ectoturbinals are seen to be four in number, the last being tlie largest. It would here seem that the last is the one retained in the Cheiroptera. 'J'liK l\TiiMoin BoxE IX THE Cheiroptera.* Enough has been said, I ti-ust, of the general ])lan of arrangement of the several parts in the ethmoid bone of mammals, to serve as an inti-ddiiction to the description of the bone in the Cheiroptera. It was, indeed, in attempting to describe the bone as found in the bats that the necessity of a revision of the subject became evident. It is not to bo * 'J'hc {'nuii;i rurnisliiiiL,^ tlio liasis of tins study were, with few exceptions, furai.'^luil liy the Jluseuin of ( 'oijiiiarative Zoiih\i;y. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 149 inferred from this statement that the ethmoid bone in the bats differs ill any essential featui-e from the bone as above described. In the more generalized forms, as the Pteropines and in most of the Phyllosto- mines, the ethmoid, while simple in construction, is in general appear- ance much the same as in other mammals. But in the more specialized genera, the details are so strongly contrasted with those of tlie mamma- lian ty[)e, (presenting a number of characters, which it is thought may lie of value in classification,) that the special attention of the reader is invited to their consideration. Descriptions of the Ethmoid Bone, including all its Parts. Ptei^ojnis medius. — The encraiiial surface presents a small ectoturbi- nal space, which, however, is as wide as the union of the septoturbinal and eudoturbinal spaces farther backward. The cribriform is thus nar- rowed, and without conspicuous ridges or other markings than the median and lateral rows of foramina. The non-perforate surface is a mere narrow rim. The ethmoturbinal mass is much compi-essed laterally, and composed of a single ectotm'binal and a series of four eudoturbinal plates, which are united anteriorly and laterally. The tendency for the eudoturbinal plates to form parts of one functional surface recalls the disposition of the parts in the Quadrumana. The opening above the eudoturbinal series is distinctly median. The first plate lateral to this opening would be the nasoturbinal, which here does not appear to be different from the usual disposition of an ectoturbinal, and I have concluded so to name it. The ectoturbinal extends as far as the plane of the anterior border of the first molar. It is higher at its origin fi'om the criln-iform plate than at its anterior free end. It is curvilinear and convolute outward. It is attached its entire length to the latei'al surface of the ethmoturbinal mass, and anteriorly to the eudoturbinal transverse lamina. The eudoturbinal series of plates are united by a broad transverse lamina, which anteriorly (i. e. beyond the point of its union with the vomer) is deeply concave on its free under surfiice, so as to cover in the maxilloturbinal. In a profile view^ of the median surface of the ethmoturbinal series the vertical aspect of this concave surfoce is distinctly seen, and closely resembles a lobe ; but it is not traceal;)le to any one olfactory plate. The transverse lamina is traceable backward to the aiiterior ends of all the olfactory plates, including the ectoturbinal. The lower anterior half of the median surface of the plate is cmarginate. Tlie anterior 150 i;ulli:tl\ of tiii-: cud iif the lamina reaches as far as the canine tooth. Of the cndotnr- binal plates tlicniselvos it may bo said that the first cndoturbinal plate is nearly simple, and reaches the transverse lamina at the plane of the anterior border of the iirst molar. The second endotnrbinal plate arises in common with the preceding, and ends at the same pohit. Jt is biconvolute. The third plate reaches as far as a point between the first and second molars. It is convolute, but permits a small portion of the plate to be seen anteriorly. C//oii_//r(cr[6. — The general plan of the plates is the same as in Ptcro- 2ia!<. The median vertical as[)ect of tlie concavity of the transverse lamina is one fomth the length of the second endotnrbinal plate. The anterior nuirgin is concnve. Epomoplinntu r/nmbianus (Plate Y. fig. 1). — The general plan of the plates as in Pteropu!<. The protlaced end of the transverse lamina reaches the plane of the anterior eilge of the second premolar. CijanojAerls. — The general plan of the plates as in Pteropus. The anterior margin of the median vertical aspect of the transverse lamina is straight (that is, not concave), and less oblique than in Pternpna. PlujJbxrldna ^r/c/c//.s- (Tlate VI. tig. 5).- — The olfactory pilatcs two in number. They arc apparently the iirst and second cndoturbinals. Each plate ends anteriorly in a clavate median process or lobe. The two are separate from each other, and nearly vertical in position. The encranial surface is of extreme simplicity. Pldnolophus ferro-cquinum (Plate VI. fig. 4). — The first cctoturliinal arched, long, reacliing as far as tiie [)laue of the anterior border of the first molar. The first and second cndoturbinals arc horizontal, simple, not contiguous. They are without lobes, and arc non-convolute. They do not advance beyond the vomerine portion of the transverse lamina. The encranial surfac(i is slightly inflated over the cribriform plate. The ectoturbiual space is absent. Tlic non-})erforate space is scarcely at all I'aised. Ife/yadcnnr/ /runs [Vhiio VI. fig. 2). — The ectoturbiual absent. The cndoturbinals two in numl)cr, as in J'ln/llorliiua and IlliinolDplLiis. Both of these possess small swollen lol)cs, but ai'c l)oth confined within the lim- its of the vomci'ine ]inrtion of the transverse lamina. The" lobes, as they appear on the median surface, are nearly vertical. Projecting in advance of the plates as far as the level of tlie last premolar is a lobule, which may be said to represent the produced transverse lamina, although in this genus it more closely resembles a septum defining the outer wall of the nasal chamber. The encranial surfaces were not examined. MUSEUM OF COMrARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 151 Megaderma spasma (Plate VI. fig. 1). — The ectoturbinal a minute tubercle, lying above and to outer side of first endoturbinal. The ethrao- turbinals four in number. The first endoturbinal is se})aratcd by a short interval from the remaining two. It is but slightly lobulated, extends as far as the level of the anterior border of the second molar, and is obliquely placed from above downward and from liehind forward. The second and third endoturbinals are parallel, nearly contiguous, the second scarcely exceeding the third in length. The first is lobed for one third its length. Nyderis thebalca (Plate VI. fig. 3). — The plates are three in number, one ectoturbinal and two endoturbinal. The first of these answers in position to the nasoturbinal, since it bounds posteriorly the opening leading outward from the nasal chamber. Its frontal surface is fur- nished with a clavate swelling, which is slightly projected as a small lobe. The first and second endoturbinals are smaller than the naso- turbinal, and are so arranged as to permit the second to conceal the third. The latter is, indeed, the only one of the two seen in profile, the former lying between it and tlie nasoturbinal. The first endotur- binal is slender pedunculated, and bears a small bifid lobule. The sec- ond endoturbinal is almost as stout as the nasoturbinal, and its lobule projects forward for a distance equalling one half of the plate itself The lobe is obscurely clavate. In the Vespertilionidse the arrangement of the plates is more simple than in the Pteropidie, but more complex than in lUunolophus and the allied genera. Vesperus. — The openings of the septoturbinal space are confined to a large foramen placed just in advance of the non-perforate space. Near to the septum, at the anterior portion of the space, is seen a grovip of foramina advancing well to the front. Directly opjwsite the beginning of tliis series to the lateral side is the group of foramina for the first endoturbinal plate, while in front of the latter lie the two foramina for the single ectoturbinal plate. The arrangement is the same in Vespe7')(go. Seen from the nasal aspect in Vesperus noctula, the ectoturbinal is two thirds the length of the first endoturbinal. It is thickened above and convolute laterally at the summit, The lateral surface is concave. The entire plate rests on the concave lateral surface of the first endoturbi- nal. The last-named plate is very broad above, and expands laterally and in front of the ectoturbinal. It is narrower at the base than at the tip, where it is prolonged slightly along the median border into a slen- 152 BULLETIN OF THF> der process. The lateral ])nrdcr of the portion in advance of the trans- verse lamina extends as far as the anterior edge of the second premolar. It is concave to receive the convex maxilloturl)inal. The second endo- turbinal is slightly narrower behind than in front. It is twice the size of the third endotiirbinal, which is snbrounded. Vesperiis fiiscns. — The ectoturbinal is as in V. nod/da, with the ex- ception that it is deflected a little more outward. The first endoturbinal is acuminate, with a uniformly sloping border. On the median surface the plate is not visible below the second and third plates. The second plate is as in V. noctula. The third is longer than wide. iScotophilus Temmincti. — The ectoturbinal is compressed medio-later- ally, without lateral concavity, and is deflected slightly outward. It is a little more than one half the length of the first endoturbinal. The latter plate is much as in V. noctula. Its lateral border extends a short distance beyond the ectoturbinal. The end of the free portion is a nai"- row point, and lies at the level of the premolar. The median surface bears a general resemblance to the same part in V. noctula. Vespertilio (Plate VII. fig. G). — The encranial siu-facc in all essential features as in Vesperus. The single ectoturbinal one third the length of the first endoturbinal plate. As seen from above, the ectoturbinal is lodged in a concavity in the lateral surface of the preceding plate. The first endoturbinal is produced as far as the first premolar. The plate is of a pyriform iigin-e as seen from above, and presents a truncate apex. The portion in advance of the transverse lamina is deeply concave be- low, and overlies the maxilloturbinal. The second endoturbinal is of a triangular figure, with a rounded apex. It appears to be lodged, when the parts are viewed superficially, on the median surface of the endotur- binal series. The third endoturbinal is the smallest of the three, and is continuous with the upper portion of the first endoturbinal. All the preceding genera of the Vespertilionida), as contrasted with the genus next to be mentioned, have the first and third endoturbinal plates united above the second plate. Atalapha. — In A. novehoracnisis the encranial siu'face presents the septotiu'binal foramina placed in a row along the anterior half of the space of the same name. The openings of the ect()turl)inal surface are in a direct line with the foregoing, and both are depressed below the general surface. The foramen for the first endoturlnnal is seen lying at the bottom of the conspicuous depression near the crista galli. The foramina are everywhere at the sides of the encranial surface. Seen from the nasal aspect the ectoturbinal seems to be nearly the length of MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE Z0OL0(;V. 153 the first endotnrbinal, and is compressed medio-laterallj. It is slightly convolute outward at its base, and concave on its lateral surface. The first endoturbinal is abruptly acuminate anteriorly, and straight on its median, lateral, and under free siirfaces, the last named being concave inferiorly. The second endoturliinal plate is olilique, and slightly in- flated at its anterior end. Its lower border forms the inferior edge of the median series of plates. The third endoturbinal is triangular in shape, and is one half the size of the preceding. In A. cinerevs the general plan resembles that of the foregoing species. Tile parts are, however, of greater height, the interval between the first and second cndoturbinals being wider. The second endoturbinal is rela- tively larger, and ciu'ved outward. This arrangement causes the plate to present a concave surface outward, which receives the swollen lower border of the third plate. The median aspect of the first endoturbinal is straight ; bift the lateral surface is deflected outward, and is impressed on its entire surface by the ectoturbinal which rests upon it, leaving only a raised rim of the endoturbinal round its anterior half The median surface of tlie produced portion of tlie first endoturbinal is nearly as high as it is long. The concave under surface embraces securely the maxilloturbinal. Nifdicpjus crepuscularis. — In this genus the encranial surface is aboiit one third the area of the entire region, the cribriform plate marked as follows : first, a single opening is seen on the sphenoturbinal surface ; second, two openings on the ectoturbinal surface ; third, a relatively large depression on the endoturbinal, containing two openings, well to the lateral aspect, for the first endoturbinal plate. The nasal surface exhibits a single ectoturbinal jjlate. It is a little less than one half the length of the first endoturbinal, is directed almost vertically downward, the swollen upper border looking outward. The lateral surface is concave, deflected outward as far as the tip of the first endoturbinal. It is slightly concave aljove. The free portion is acuminate, rcacliing as far as the level of the canine tooth. The sec- ond plate is as in V.fiiscus, but not so much narrowed at the base. The third is a mere rounded nodule. Lasioni/rteri? noctivagans. — The scptoturbinal space extends a little ia advance of the septal line. There is but a single opening for the ectoturbinal. The main plate is marked by a relatively small opening, behind which extends a row of three small foramina. The non-perforate space is as in the preceding forms. On the nasal surface the endoturbinal series is inflated, and does not exhibit the lateral concavity seen in other 154 r.L'LLHTIN' OF TUE Vcspertilionidfc. It is directed downward and forward. The first endo- turbinal is as in V. fuscus. It reaches a point as far as the canine tooth, is slightly depressed above, and presents a nniformly sloping surfocc lat- erally. Its lower edge forms the lower boi'dcr of the median surfoce. The second endoturbinal is of uniform width, longer than high, and ecjiial in length to thy free jiortiou of tiie Hrst endotnrbinal. The third endoturbinal is smaller than tiio pi-ecediug. AntrosoKs pallid 11!^. — The ethmoid bone in tliis genus closely I'escm- l)les that of other Vespertiliunid;e. The eetoturbiual is compressed medio- late rally. Mollosus obscums. — The ectoturbiuul is bicouvolute, slightly acu- minate in front, and sul)e(iual in length to the mesoturbinal. The endo- turbinal is somewhat broader in front than behind, straight on its median surface, concave on its lateral surface to receive in a measure tlie eetoturbi- ual. It is apparently without an olfactory plate, which being understood to be present the entire endoturbinal forms a simimit thereto with two convolutions which make up the median and lateral surfaces respectively. The concavity thus opening downward receives in part tlie n^axillotur- binal. The second endotiu'binal is absent. The third and fourth closely resemble the same plates in the Phyllostomididic, and do not demand any special description. The transverse lamina is appai'cntly absent. M. 2x'ro(is. — The eetoturbiual is compressed from side to side, and is one half the length of the first endoturbinal. The first endoturbinal is acuminate as it is seen from the median sui'faee, the portion projecting in advance of the third endoturbinal being slightly convex inferiorly. The third cndoturbinnl is received in a depression on the lateral surface of the first, the second being absent. It in turn receives the fourth. Both these turbiuals as seen in situ are longer than wide. Xatalus sframineiis. ■ — ■ The eetoturbiual is absent. The second is slen- der and acuminate, the convolutions uniting inferiorly at the anterior two-thirds. The lower border of the free part is straight. The third endoturbinal is globose, and one third tlio length of free portion of the preceding. The fourtli is exceedingly minute, being about one third the length of the third. It is somewhat roimded in form. Ta/jhozous (Plato YII. figs. 2, 4). — The ectoturl)inal somewhat broader than the first endoturbinal, but of the same length. The transverse lamina deeply concave, completely concealing the small maxilloturbinal. The uudi!i- ])ortion of the free ])ortion of tlie first endoturbinal is trace- able as far l->ack as the end of the endoturbinal series. The median as- pect of the concavity not projected, as in most genera, but appeal's as a MUSEU:\I OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 155 rounded convexity of cqnal width with the exposed portions of tlic endo- turbinals. The second endoturbinal appears as a nodule between the transverse lamina and the second endoturbinal ; the third and fourth much as in other genera, the lower border of the third plate being visi- ble froni the lower edge of the series. Ji/n/nconi/cte)'is naso. — The ectoturl)inal absent. The remaining three eudoturl)inals closely resemble one another. The first ]ir/roj:)s. — The ectoturbinal extends the entire length of tbe inner wall of the orbit, and is inflated. The first endoturbinal is concealed between the last named and the second endoturbinal. It is a simple inflated plate, without convolutions. It is in intimate association with the region of the second plate, with which it may be confounded. If the first endoturbinal plate be counted as a lobule upon the base of the second, the series will lack the number five which all other genera of tins group possess. Assuming, therefore, that the concealed plate is the true second endoturbinal, the one below it becomes the third. The last- named third plate is the largest of the series, and resembles the second of the Fteroderma related forms. It is broad, non-convolute, and ends in a narrow tongue that reaches a point as far forward as the anterior bor- der of the first molar tooth. The fourth endoturbinal is a nearly simple ])late, having a thickened free upper border. Its free surface is entirely median, and almost linear. The fifth endoturbinal is exposed on the median surface for its entire extent; its anterior border is thickened, and convolute upwards. The frontal sectiou of the ethmoturbinal presents the ectoturbinal and the first endoturbinal in close juxtaposition and as- suming a medio-lateral relation, while the remaining plates are arranged nearly at right angles to them. There apjjear to be no plates compara- ble to the sphenoturbinals. Fteroderma (Plate V. fig. G). — The ectoturbinal of a triangular form, whose base is forward and advances as far as the ends of the olfactory plates of the eudoturbinals minus the lobules, and nearly to the hinder border of the orifice of the maxillary siuus. The first endoturbinal is convolute laterally, and possesses an acu- minate lobe directed forward that equals the plate itself in length. The free end of the olfactory plate is distiuctly seen beneath the level of the lobe. Lying at the level of the lobe just described, behind the free por- tion of the plate, is a small nodule, which may receive the name of tlie posterior lobe, as opposed to the preceding, which is as compared to this an anterior lobe. The second endoturbinal plate is free inferiorly, but is bicouvolute above for the greater part of its length. The last-named portions arc concealed by the lobes of the adjacent plates. The third 158 BULLETIN OF THE cndutuvl)in:il ])latc i.s free beneath, and possesses a broad flcsliy lobe directed forward. Tlie fourth plate, unlike the preceding, is not free at its base beneath, and is the smallest of the series. It presents a concave bnrder ill front, and is furnished with a fleshy lobe which is directed backward. The surfaces of all tiic olfactory plates arc separated by appreciable intervals. A^'tiheus (Plate Y. figs. 4, G). — Tiie parts in this genus closely resem- ble those of Pterodcrma. The cctoturbinal is exceeding slender, and is furnished with a fleshy summit, which is convolute outward. Its upper iiortiou alone is seen from the median surface. Tlie first endoturbinal is free below, but fleshy above. It is produced forwai'd one half its length beyond the end of the cctoturbinal in the form of a lobule, is acumi- nate, and ])0sscsses as in Derniauura a small posterior lobe. The second endoturbinal is concealed by the third. AVhen the latter is pressed aside at its upper part the small biconvolute plate of the second })late is seen in position. The third endotui-binal possesses a large lobule, which lies upon the median siirface. The lobule is subrounded in form, com- pletely occupying the upper edge of the plate, so that it appears to arise fr(jm the cribriform plate by a pedicle. The fom-th endoturbinal pre- sents an exposed plate on the median surface. It is beneath the convex non-perforate space, and yields a single large convolution, which is turned outward. Although this plate lies back of the cribriform plate, the absence of any connection between it and the vomer would seem to show that tlie arrangement met with in many mammals is departed from. Dermanura. — In this genus the cctoturbinal is inflated, and is pro- jected beyond the first endoturbinal one half its length. The first endoturbinal is concave outward, is witliout a lobule, and in a measure embraces the last-named plate. The remaining plates are arranged as in Pteroderma. On the encranial surface the depression for the main plate is without associated foramina, but in their stead three openings are seen, ranged transversely. The cctoturbinal opening is single. The Puysiological Axatomy of the Olfactouy Sense ix the Mammalia. The olfactory organ in the mammalia is an appendage to the respira- tory tract. It depends upon the direct contact of the odoriferous parti- cle upon the specific cell fixed upon the olfoctory surface, and united with .1 terminal filament of an olfiictory nerve. The olfoctory plates upon which the cells lie are composed of two sets, an ectoturl)inal and MUSEUM OF COMrARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 159 an endoturbinal, the space between them being defined on the median aspect by the nasotui'binal. In advance and beneath these plates, as well as being more or less embraced by the endoturbinals, the maxillo- turbinal lies.* This bone acts as a sieve to warm the cniTcnt of air entering the olfactory region, and to exclnde extraneous particles. The particles wliich pass through the upper half of the raaxilloturbinal pass directly to the ectoturbinals and the plates of' the endoturbinals for the distance from their lateral attachments to the primary terminal convolu- tions or endings. The current passing through the lower half of the maxilloturbinal is received within the space below the level of the eth- moturbinal, and is chiefly respiratory. A large opening exists between the nasal chamber and the superior maxillary sinus, partly within wliich tlie ectoturbinal plates lie. The lower current may be deflected in part laterally through this opening or drawn upwai'd between the lobes of the endoturbinal plates. Direct contact of the inspiratory currents through the space between the maxilloturbinal and the septum must be incon- siderable, by reason of the close relation, if not contact, existing between these parts. A small passage between the nasoturbinal and the sep- tum would permit some to pass. It will be seen that all the currents above indicated are dii'ected immediately inward, or inward and upward. In these directions no continuity with the aii'-passage exists. The cur- rents in time must impinge upon the sides and roof of the nasal cham- ber above the level of the transverse lamina, and lie against the cribriform plate. Within this restricted area the cuiTcnts may be as- sumed to cease, and their odor-bearing particles to fall gently upon the olfactory surftices. This condition of rest doubtless goes on wdiile ordi- nary respiration continues. So it is conceivable for a gentle respiratory cm-rent to be passing in and out along the lower portion of the nasal chamber, while the air is at rest unloading itself of its odoriferous parti- cles above the transverse lamina. When the air is sniffed, the invitation for its ascent into tlie olfactory chambers is marked, — an act probably accompanied by partial elevation of the soft palate, by which means the respiratory current through the nose is suspended, and the air com- pelled to ascend to the olfixctory level. The transverse lamina, there- fore, has great functional significance. The parts contained above this * The maxilloturbinal is continuous forward through the means of a well-defined crest into the snout, wlicre it ends in the prominent swelling at the upper lateral hor- der. Near its end it is concave outward, the concavity receiving a little crest-like fold on the outer side of the snout. The above description applies to the parts as seen in r. noctula, but is probably true of all mammals. 160 BULLETIN OF THE lamina would appear to have the most strongly localized olfactory sig- nifiance, and the jjrojectod parts or lobes to be in part protectors of the maxilloturbinals, or highly specialized portions of the olfactory apparatus, in animals remarkably endowed with the sense of smell.* Conclusions. From the foregoing statements it is evident that the ethmoid bone varies greatly in its details in the Mammalia. While these variations may not have yielded any clews to relationship of genera in addition to those already entertained, they may nevertheless be said to present new evidence by which old claims can be strengthened. It has been seen that generalized forms, such as Sus, Uqictcs, or Dicotyles, are related to more specialized forms, such as Bos or Ovis, not only by the characters yielded by the foot, the teeth, and the placenta, but by the ethmotur- binal bones as well. In like manner, in a generalized genus of the Car- nivora, as Ursus or Procyon, the ethmoturbinal bones possess a less degree of specialization than in Felix in one direction, and in Phoca in another. If the testimony in confirmation of such relations of these genera were lost, it could be restated from the data obtainable from a study of the ethmoidal plates. — In the bats a plan similar to the one existing in the majority of the mammals is recognized in the Pteropidse and Phyllostomi- didie (groups already known to be generalized), but which is strangely departed from in highly specialized forms, as the Megadermatidte and the Rhinolophidaj, and in a widely different way in the Vespertilionidaj. It has been found that in many of the Cheiroptera, generic and even specific characters can be found in the ethmoid bone; and, on the whole, it is temperate to affirm that a comprehensive account of any species of hat would be imperfect which omitted an account of this bone. It is probable that a similar statement might with propriety be made for all mammals. Certainly it may be said that, in the study of those genera * The relation home hy the ectotnrbinals to the frontal sinus, by the sphenoturbi- nals to the sphenoidal sinuses, and hy the passages of access to the hitcral part of the ethmoturhinals to the maxillary sinuses, suggests the probability that the primary sig- nification of these chambers is to accommodate the olfactory plates ; and that in the human subject, where they are empty and not held subservient to the sense of sme 1- ing, the original conception has been lost, owing to the stunted condition of the olLtory apparatus. Until elaborate studies of the development of the mammalian head are instituted with the object of confirming such a suggestion, but little can be said about it in this connection. It must be remarked that the labors of Kitchen Parker (loc. cit.) have not led to any affirmative answer to such a line of inquiry. MUSEUM OF COMPARxVTIVE ZOOLOGY. 161 of whose affinities the zoologist remains in doubt, a careful examination of the ethmoid bone should be made. — Much might be said of the re- lation existing between the size of the olfactory bulb and the degree of development attained by the ethmotai-binal plates, — the bulbs, as has been found, being well developed in animals having large ethmoturbi- nals, and being small in others having small endoturbinals, — and of the mechanism of the act of smelling, and the significance, in a word, of tlie function of smelling in connection with habit. But any such ex- tended discussion would be out of place in a communication planned as this has been, and would in no way strengthen the proposition which it was the original object of the paper to demonstrate.* * I may here add, that a careful microscopic study of the cells of the olfactory plates, and a comparative study of tlie olfactory sense, and the tactile sense of hats as devel- oped in the external nasal appendages, yielded at the hands of my friend, Dr. Francis X. Dercuni, a negative result. The forms that were taken for study were Phyllostoma hastatum undNyctcris Thcbaica. VOL. X. — NO. 3. 11 162 BULLETIN OF THE EXPLANATION OF THE ABBREVIATIONS EMPLOYED IN DESCRIBING THE FIGURES. m. t. Maxilloturbinal. n. t. Nasoturbiiial. tr. I. Transverse lamina. ed. t. Ectoturbinal. end. t. Endoturbiiial. ect. sp. Ectoturbinal space. end. sp. Endoturbinal space. s. t. sp. Septoturbinal space. m. e. Meso-ethmoid. sp. t. Septoturbinal. fr. Frontal. op. f. Optic foramen. cr. gl. Crista galli. orb. sph. Orbitosjihenoid. n. p. s. Non -perforate space. /. Lobule. ol. pi. Olfactory plate. orb. p)l- Orbital plate. EXPLANATION OF FIGURES. PLATE I. Fig. 1. Sagittal section of head of the dog, showing the oblique position of the encra- nial surface of the ethmoid bone, with the median aspect of the lateral mass of the same bone. A portion of the septum has been included in the sec- tion at the transverse lamina. The horizontal line between the asterisks represents the dividing line between the olfactory and the respiratory re- gions of the nasal chamber. — It is probable that some variation will be found to exist in the turbinals of the domestic dog. Natural size. Fig. 2. Frontal section of the nasal chamber of the dog, a short distance in advance of the encranial surface. Natural size. Fig. 3. Diagrammatic representation of the encranial surface of the dog. Natural size. Fig. 4. Encranial surface of the otter. Natural size. Fig. 5. Diagrammatic frontal section of the turbinals of the otter. Natural size. PLATE II. Fig. 1. Median surface of lateral mass of ethmoid bone of Cehus ccqmccinus. Nat- ural size. Fig. 2. The under surface of same. Natural size. Fig. 3. The under surface of lateral mass of the human ethmoid bone. Natural size. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 1G3 Fif . 4. Tlie cncranial surface of the ethmoid hone of the horse. The dotted line, as it extends across tlie surface, represents the lower limit of the platt; of bone described in the text as covering in the eetoturbinal subdivision of the surface. Katural size. Fi"-. 5. Frontal section, diagrammatically treated, of the turbinals of the horse. Natural size. PLATE III. Fig. 1. Encranial surface of the ethmoid bone of the peccarj'. Natural size. Fig. 2. The isolated ridge of the first endoturbinal plate. Natural size. Fig. 3. Frontal section of turbinals of same, made close to the encranial surface. Natural size. Fig. 4. The encranial surface of the ethmoid bone of the liog. Fig. 5. The under nasal surface of the ethmoid bone of the two-toed sloth {Chokc- jius didadi/lns). Natural size. Fig. G. The encranial surface of the same. Natural size. PLATE IV. Fig. 1. The anterior aspect of the ethmoturbinals of the ethmoid bone of the tliree- toed sloth [Bradypus tridudylus). Fig. 2. The encranial surface of the same. Fig. 3. The ethmoid bone of the common seal (PJioca vitidina). Fig. 4. The encranial surface of the same. Fig. 5. The under surface of the same. The fijjures are all of natural size. PLATE V. Fig. 1. Median sagittal section of nasal damh^r oi Epomoplwrus rjambianus. Slight- ly enlarged. Fig. 2. The same of PhyUodmiia hastatum. Fig. 3. The same of CaniUia hrcvicauda. Fig. 4. The same of Artibcus (slightly distorted). Fig. 5. Dorsal aspect of the turbinals in Carol! ia hrcvicauda. Fig. 6. The sagittal section of nasal chamber of Ptcrodcrma (slightly distorted). Fig. 7. The dorsal aspect of turbinals of Artibcus. Figs. 2-7 enlarged one half. PLATE YI. Fig. 1. A median sagittal section of the nasal chamber of Mcrjaclcrma spasma. Fig. 2. The same of Mcrjaclcrma frons. Fig. 3. The same of Nydcris Thcbaica. Fig. 4. The same of PJiinolophus fcrrum-cquinum. Fig. 5. The same of PhyUurhina tridcns. Figures enlarged one half. 1G4 BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. PLATE Vn. Fig. 1. A median sagittal section of the nasal chamber of Dcsmodus ru/iis. Figure enlarged two thirds. Fig. 2. The same of Taplwzous. Fig. 3. The dorsal aspect of the turbinals of Vespertilio suhulatus. Fig. 4. The same of Taplwzous. Fig. 5. A median sagittal section of the nasal chamber of Noctilio lepoHims (some- what distorted, the nasoturbinal elevated). Fig. 6. The same of Vesiicrtilio subulatus (somewhat distorted, the first endoturbi- ual elevated). Figs. 2-6 enlaged one half. Philadelphia, November 4, 1882. M.AllcMi on I-'. 1 Inii f)i 1-1 lioiie ' e nd t z"' end t / ■> ; .>t' X "^■'^(gt^' »(^ 1 "t il€. 'ti/ !• P X..1..,, .1. II Allen on EllTnioicI Bone Plate II. Fis-l i u ^' I'-if-.i. \ e; .1. Vol .■,,,, A i ,, ! 1 A 11 fM 1 OIL I*; iTini Old Hon r- ff* ^^.< y •e,.-.. ; ll.^^"*' f%--r ^ !r.' 'i^' *# ■ l^-- f I . All e la o i\ E 1 1 1 n i ( > i 1 1 Fi n 1 1 i-end.t. Fifi-^. ' 1 ol. pi ^ •'end' A 3"'end ; 3'" end. Fi§.-1- V- V ,y ^i^ „ /M \r^-^ Fig. S. ol pis. Fie n. E .; N<.iRi...)ci. M vVlleri on lu Llim (;i d Hone '^ /' .% •> end.t. 11. Ml en on. Rilhnioid Bmu; z"' find 0**^ Fi& :i, '! H* FlE. I- . . V- * " t\o E J Nolnu..!.: j^O. 4. — • Ilcports on the licsnlfs of Dredging binder the Supervision o/Alexandeu xVgassiz, 2h the Gulf of Mexico (1877-78), and in the Caribbean Sea (1878-79), hj the U. S. Coast Surve// Steamer " Blake" Lieut.-Commandek C. D. Sigsdee, U. S. N., and Com- mander J. li. Bautlett, U. S. N., Coinmandiiuj. (Published by permission of J. E. IIiloard, Supt. U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey.) XVIII. The Stalked Crinoids of the Canbhean Sea. By P. Herbert Carpenter. Owing to the lamented death of the late Sir Wyville Thomson, it has become my duty to complete the Report upon tlie Stalked Crinoids of the "Challenger" Expedition, which had been commenced by him. It had been arranged between Sir Wyville and Mr. Agassiz that the descriptions of the species obtained by the " Blake " in the Caribbean Sea should be incorporated in the "Challenger" report, which would thus assume the character of a Monograpli of nearly all the known species of the group.* For this purpose nearly thirty plates were drawn at Edinl)urgh, under Sir Wyville's superintendence, but, except for a few pencil notes upon one or two of them, he has unfortunately left no manuscript behhid him of any kind. It has therefore become my duty to make good this defi- ciency ; but as the other calls upon my time leave me only a limited amount of leisure, I fear that some months must yet elapse before the publication of the final report. The " Blake " dredgings have shown that the bathymetrical range of the Stalked Crinoids is not always so great as has been often supposed. So far as my information goes, they have only been ol^tained fourteen times at depths exceeding 650 fathoms, their lowest limit being the cel- ebrated deep dredging of the "Porcupine," in 18G9, where Batliijcrinns * Ilycrinus carpenter i of tlic Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition (Xyt I\Ing. for Naturvid., Bd. XXIII., 1S77) is undoubtedly a BafJufcrlmis, though I do not tlunk it is identical with £. f/jY/ciV/.s of the fir.st "Porcuiiine" Expedition (1869). The "Vega" dredged some Stalked Crinoids off the Siberian coast, nnd also a large; Mctacrinus in tlie North Pacific, but no deserijitions of them have yet been publislied. VOL. X. — NO. 4. IGG BULLETIN OF THE gracilis was obtained in 2435 fathoms. A young Ilyocriniis (1) was drudged by the "Challenger" in 2325 fathoms, while Aatedon^i^ts, found at 2G00 and at 2900 fathoms. So far as I am aware, no entire Pentacrinus was obtained by the " l)lake " at a greater depth than 250 fathoms,* while six of the " Chal- lenger" species were found within that limit; though the " Poi'cupine " dredged /■•. ivyvMe-thovisoui in 1095 fathoms in 1870, and the " Chal- lenger " got a fragment of P. naresiamis Wy. Th. MS., in the Pacific, at 1350 fathoms, this being the deepest Pentacrinus yet known. Bathy- criuus, however, ranges from 1050 to 2435 fathoms, and Hyocrinus from IGOO to 2325 fathoms, while ItJdzocrinus lofotensis occurs in the Norwe- gian fiords at 80 fathoms, and in 175 to 955 fathoms in the Caribbean Sea. It is a great pity that we have no later knowledge of the " Austra- lian Encrinite " on a stem G" long, which was obtained by Poore f at a depth of 8 fathoms in King George's Sound. It is well known that three genera of Stalked Crinoids occur in the Caribbean Sea besides the three Comatula^\; viz. Pentacrinus, Holopus, and L'hizocrimis. The last-named is represented by two species, and the first by four, viz. P. aster ia Linn, sp., P. milUeri Oerst., P. decor us Wy. Th., and P. blakei n. sp. The first of these, wliich is the type species of the genus, seems never to have been dredged by the " Blake," except per- haps in a fragmentary state. It is mentioned, however, by Mr. Agassiz § as having been dredged off Havana in 1878, but the individuals there referred to really belong to P. millleri ; while the very variable form with a slender stem, which Mr. Agassiz and the late ^tr. Pourtales have spoken of as P. mi'dleri, is really the P. decorus of Sir Wyville Thomson. These two species have hitherto been confused with one another, and it is only since I have been able to examine the original types of them in the Copenhagen and British Museums respectively, that I have succeeded in forming clear ideas about them. The relations of the Caribbean species to one another, and to the other species of the genus, are shown in the following scheme. * Specimens were obtained in as little as 42 fathoms, and stem fragments down to 470 fathoms. t Ann. and Jfag. Nat. Hist. (LSfiS), Vol. IX. p. 486. t Ankdoii, Aduiomrlra, and Jfclccriniis. See Bull. Mas. Comp. Zool., Vol. IX. Xo. 4. § Bull. Mus. Comp. ZouL, Vol. V. No. (>, p. 56. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 167 Genus PENTACRINUS Miller. The two outer radials and the first two joiuts he- yond each axilliiry unit- ed by syzy- gies. The two outer radials and the first two joints beyond them united by lig- amentous ar- ticulations. Five cir- ri at each - node. Cirri large and stout, of 35 43 joints. Rays may di- Tide five times. Usually 15-18 internodal joints. The ■> hypozygal does not sliare in the cirrus- sockets. Usually more than three joints y -^ ^^^^^ between the irregular arm divisions. | Pinnule joiuts have forward-projecting | processes. 6-8 internodal joints. The hypozy- gal shares in the cirrus-sockets. Only two or three joiuts between the regu- lar arm divisious. ymu lleri Oerst. 15-25 cirrus- joints. Rays only divide three times ; each division ' of two joints united by syz- ygy- One or two internodal joints 35-45 internodal joints . . [ maclearaniis I Wy.Th. ( wyvillc-tlwm- soni. Jeffr. alternicirrn n. sp. Two and three cirri alternately at succes.sive nodes. Rays divide three times ; each division of two joints united by syzygy. B'our in- ternodal joints. f Ten arms. The third brachial a syzygy, with angular syzygial faces. ) tiaresianus I First pinnule on the second brachial. 8-17 internodal joiuts. i Wy. Th. MS 5-7 internodal joints. Nodal joints ] i not enlarg.'d, and the hypozvgal shar- I i , i ■ ing but little in the cirrus-sockets. Sy- [■°'"«^' °- "^P- zygial faces angular. J I Rays may divide three times. The second free bra- chial a syzygy. Pinuule on (^ first brachial. 11 or 12 internodal joints. Nodal 1 joints enlarged and projecting, and tlie Idecorus hypozygal grooved to receive the cirrus- j Wy.Th. bases. Syzygial faces nearly plane. J It will be seen from the preceding table that the Caribbean species of Pentacriiius are equally divided between the two groups into which the eight recent species of the genus very naturally Ml. Of the remaining types, P. ivyville-thomsoni and P. maclearanus both occur in the Atlantic, the former off the Portuguese coast and the latter off Pernambuco. P. alternicirra and P. naresianus were dredged by the " Challenger " oft the Kermadcc Islands, and also to the southeast of the Philippines, the latter species also occurring at another station in the South Pacific. Most of the Pentacriiiidce obtained by the " Challenger " in the Pacific represent a new and very curious type, which Sir Wy ville Thomson des- ignated by the name of Metacrinus in a memorandum on one of his plates. It is readily distinguished from Pentacriiius by having, not three, but fi'om four to six radials. The second of these is a syzygial joint, and bears a pinnule, as do all the following joints below the radial axillary. There are numerous other minor dili'ercnces hciwecw Metacrinus A.\\d Pen- tacrinus which need not be considered here. The examination of this large series of Pentacrinidtie fully confirms the views which I have expressed elsewhere * as to the difficulty of rc- * Journ. Linn. Soc, Vol. XV. p. 210. 168 BULLETIN OF THE taining tlie genus Cainocrinus Forbes, which lias recently been resusci- tated by De Loriol.* The distinguished Swiss paleontologist describes the basals of Cainocrinus as in contact with one another all round the calyx, so as to form a complete ring, while those of Peutacrinus are small and not contiguous externally, as shown in Miller's figure of P. caput- medusd' (asteria Linn.).t So far as the fossil species are concerned this certainly does appear to be a constant difference, but it is by no means so in the recent ones and in Meiacrinus. The luiique specimen of F. vindearanus \ has a closed basal ring, and so have all the examples of P. vji/rilli-thnmsoai that I have seen, though one or more of the basals occasionally fail to meet their fellows. But in P. naresianus there ap- pears to be no constancy whatever in this respect. Some individuals of this species have a closed basal ring. But in others the basals arc comparatively small and the radials are prolonged slightly downwards over the upper stem-joints. A few exhibit both conditions, some of the basals meeting their fellows, while the rest are sepai'ated by the down- ward pi'ojecting radials. The same vaiiation, though in a less degree, occurs in P. millleri. But it is in P. decorus that the most remarkable vaiiation occurs in the size of the basals. They are sometimes smaller than tliosc of P. asteria, and scarcely more conspicuous than the inter- radial ridges on the stem beneath them ; or they may be large trian- gular knobs standing out prominently from the general plane of the calyx, and meeting one another laterally by their extended lower angles ; or they may present any intermediate condition between these two. The following brief descriptions of the Caribbean species of Penta- cr! litis arc not to be considered as complete specific diagnoses. These will ajipcar, together with the synonymy, in my final report. P. asteria Linn. sp. Stem robust, reaching 6 or 7 mm. in diameter, with 13-21 (usually 15-18) interiiodal joints. Cirrus-sockets widely oval, and occupy nearly the wliole heigla of tlie nodal joint. The hypozygal joints rarcJy modified, and then very slightly so. Cirri reaching 70 mm. in length and composed of 50 stout joints. Lowest limit of the interarticular pores from the ninth to the twelfth node. The two outer radials united by syzygy. The ray-divisions somewhat irregular. Pri- mary arms of 2-6 (distichal) joints ; secondary arms of 4-10 (paluiai) joints, * Jlonographie des Crinoules fossiles dc la Suisse, (Geneva, 1877-70,') p. 111. t A Natural Hi.story of the ('rinoidea, (Bristol, 1821,) p. 51, PI. IL lig. 9. X The Atlantir, Vol. II. p. r2i, fig. 31. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 169 usually G-8. Tertiary arms of G-14 joints, and occasionally another division after 8 or 10 joints more. The first two joints after each axillary united by syzygy, with a pinnule on the epizyj,'al. No other syzygies on the arms. The joints of the large pinnules on the arm-bases have their distal edge raised into a strongly marked keel, which projects forwards over the base of the next joint. This feature recurs on all the pinnules of the arms, though it is less distinct in their middle and outer portions. Remarks. — The above description is based on the examination which I have made of the following examples of the type : — («.) Miller's original specimen from Nevis, now in the geological department of the British Museum. (5.) One dry specimen and another in spirit, both in the zoological department of the same Museum, (c.) One dry specimen in the Hunterian Collection of the Royal College of Surgeons, (d.) Two dry specimens obtained by Dr. Carpenter and Sir Wyville Thomson from Mr. Damon of Weymouth. I have not seen either of the individuals described by Guettard * (Marti- nique) and Ellis t (Barbados) ; but judging from the figures given by these authors I have little doubt that they belong to the type which is now generally known as P. astcria. The specimen from Guadeloupe in the Museum of the Geological Society of London, which is mentioned by both Miller and Muller f as a P. caimt-viedusa, is really referable to Oersted's type P. miilleri, which is so well described in Liitken's classical memoir. § If the sixth example mentioned by Miillerll be the one formerly belonging to the Natural History Society at Coperdiagen, and bought in 1846 l)y the University Museum, it is also a P. miilleri. The peculiar features of the pinnules of P. asteria afford an excellent specific distinction. They are well shown in Miller's figure,!! which represents a pin- nule some little way out on the arms. In the lowest pinnules the tubercular projection at the distal end of each joint is very marked indeed; and it is recognizable, though of course less distinctly so, all along the arms ; so that arm fragments of this species can be readily identified, which is more than can be said for most of the Pentacrinidcc. The stem also, like the arms, has a definite character of its own, which has not always been correctly described. The nodal joint, i. e. that which is pierced by the canals lodging the cirrus-vessels, is united by syzygy to the joint below it, just as in P. miilleri and in all the Pentacrinidcc; but this lower or hypozygal joint is not grooved externally for the reception of the thick basal * Mem. de I'Acad. Eoy. des Sci. Paris, 1755 (published 17G1), pp. 228-247, PI. VIII., IX. t Phil. Trans., 17G2, Vol. LII. Part I. pp. 357-362, Tab. XITI. t Abliandl. d. Berlin. Aka.l., 1S43, p. 185. § Cm Vestindiens Pcutaerincr, med nogle Bemacrkningcr oni Pcntacriner og Siib- lier i Almindelighed. Videnskab. Meddel. fra den naturhist. Foren. i Kjobenhavn, 1864, Nr. 13-16, pp. 195-245, Tab. IV., V. il Loc. cit. H Loc. cit., p. 51, PI. II. fig. 5. 170 BULLETIN OF THE portions of the cirri, as is marlvcdly the case in P. deconis, and less so in P. miil- leri and in most species of ,he genus. It has therefore often been said that tlie nodal joints of P. asterk ire simple and low, while those of P. miilleri are double and thick. This is ni. . strictly true. The nodal joints are always single and united by syzygy to those next below them, though the line of junction is frequently almost obliterated. The hy2)ozygals may be modilied to receive the cirrus-bases, as in P. miilleri and P. decorus, or they may not differ in external appearance from the other internodal joints, as in P. asteria and P. wyvilln- thomsoni. In this last species, however, the joint above the node is slightly excavated to receive the wide basal portions of the cirri, and this character is still more marked in the genus Metacrinus. P. miilleri Oerst. Stem generally robust, reaching G mm. in diameter, with 4-10 (usually 6-9) internodal joints. The cirrus-sockets, which d'o not reach the upper edges of tlie nodal joints, are variable in shape. Some are oval, and encroach but little on the hypozygal, while others are more circular and extend well down on to it. Cirri reaching 50 mm. in length and composed of about 40 stout joints. Lowest limit' of the interarticular pores from the fourth to the eighth node. The two outer radials united by syzygy. There are usually 6 or 8 arms on each ray in the following order, 2, 1 ; 1, 2, or 2, 1, 1 ; 1, 1, 2, the axillaries being limited to the outer arm of each successive pair. Primary arms of 2 (distichal) joints, which are united by syzygy. Secondary arms of 2-7 (palmar) joints, usually 3. The two following divisions are usually of 3 juiuts each, but may have 5 or 6. The first two joints after the palmar and subse([uent axillaries are united by syzygy with a pinnule on the epizj-gal. No other syzygies on the arms. The lower joints of the pinnules are somewhat piismatic, and the following ones laterally compressed, witli shai'p dorsal cadges. Examples of this type were dredged by the " Blake " at the following stations * : — 1877-78. Off Havana. 175 fathoms. 1878-79. No. 193. Off Martinique. ] (59 fathoms. No. 291. Off Barbados. 200 fathoms. Pfmnrks. — A dry example of this species was obtained by Sir Wyville Thom- son from Mr. Damon, and a spirit one was brouglit home from ]]arbados hy Sir Rawson Rawson. Its stem is readily distinguished from that of P. asteria by tl>e shortTU'ss of the internodes and the modification of the hypozygal joints, which, however, is far less marked than in P. decorus. The basals generally * The roiiq)l(>to list of localities for the dilTerent Prinoids ilredgeil by the " Blake '" will doulitless be drawn iq) by Mr. Agassiz and his assistants. I cannot, of course, do more than record the localities of the selected specimens which have been sent to Europe for study. MUSEUM OF COMrARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 171 furm a complete ring ; while the brandling of the arms is much more rcguLir than in P. asteria, and there are fewer joints between the successive axillaries. P. decorus Wyv. Thomson. Stem slender, rarely exceeding 4 mm. in diameter, with 7-16 (usually 11 or 12) internodal joints. The nodal joints are generally somewhat enlarged, with circular cirrus-sockets which do not nearly reach their upper edge, but extend well down on to the hypozygal joints. Slender cirri composed of 25-35 joints, and reaching 28 mm. in length. Lowest limit of the interarticular pores from the ninth to the eleventh node. The two outer radials united by a ligamentous articulation. Kay-divisions rather irregular. Primary arms of 2-7 (distichal) joints, of which the first two are united by a ligamentous articulation, the second bearing a pinnule, while the last two often form a syzygy. Secondary arms of 1-9 (palmar) joints, which are very variable in their character. The second free brachial is usually a syzy- gial joint. The next syzygy from the eighth to the thirtieth brachial, after which an interval of 5-11 joints between successive syzygies. A pinnule on the first joint after the last axillary. Pinnule joints laterally compressed, those at the base of the lower pinnules being rather broad, but the following ones are elongated. Examples of this type were dredged by the " Blake " at the following sta- tions : — 1877-78. Off Havana. 175 and 177 fathoms; very abundant. 1878-79. Nos. 155 and 156. Off Montserrat. 88 fathoms. No. 269. Off St. Vincent. 124 fathoms. Remarks. — The distinctness of this species from P. asteria was first recognized by Mr. Damon of Weymouth, who procured an example of it from the seas of the outer Antilles. Its occurrence was recorded by the late Sir Wy ville Thom- son in a popular article on " Sea Lilies," which was published in the " Intel- lectual Observer" for August, 1864, but no formal description of it has since appeared. At that time Sir Wyville seems to have been unacquainted with the description of P. miillcri by Oersted, published .six years previously, for he spoke of P. asteria and P. decorus as "the only two known living species" of Stalked Crinoids. But in the following year* he referred to P. miillcri as well, Llitken's memoir having appeared in the interval ; so that he evidently regarded P. decorus and P. miilleri as separate species. Later on (1872), however, he seems to have come to the conclusion that his P. decorus was identical with Oersted's .species. For, having previously said that P. asteria and P. decorus were the only two known living species of the genus, he made nearly the same statement f concerning P. asteria and P. miilkri. He likewise repeated most * Phil. Trans., Vol. CLV. p. 542. t On the Crinoids of the " Poieupine " Deep-Sea Dredging Expedition, Free. Pioy. Son. Edinb., Vol. VII. pp. 76.5-707 ; and "The Depths of the Sea," pp. 434-142. See also " The Atlantic," Vol. II. p. 126. 172 BULLETIN OF THE of liis orii^'inal description of P. decorus as a diai^nosis of P. miiJh'rl, with a ref- erence under the latter name to tlie specimen wliirh lie had liefon; him wln-u describing P. (^ccorws. lie stated that the two onttr radials of P. as^ma are muted by syzygy, and further added that '• the arrangement of the joints and the syzygies in the cup is the same in P. m'dllcri as in P. adcria, only the syzygy between the second radial and the radial axillary is not so complete." This description obviously refers to a ligamentous aiticulation as distinguished from a true syzygy on the one hand, and from a muscular joint on the other ; and it is by no means in accordance; with Lutkeu's very i)ositive statements * as to the presence of a syzygy between the two outer radials of P. niiillcri. Neither does Sir Wyville's description of the nodes as occurring about every twelfth joint agree with Liitken's diagnosis, which only records 4-10 internodal joints in P. mUlleri. As a matter of fact there are 11 or 12 intci undid joints in P. decorus, and there is no syzygy at all between the two outer ladials, but oidy a ligamen- tous articulation such as occurs in the maj(jrity of the Ncocrinoidea, and has often been wrongly spoken of as a syzygy, though clearly distinguished from it by Miiller. Had Sir Wyville lived to work out the " Blake " collection more fully than he was able to do before his health gave way, I cannot but think that he would have returned to his original views as to the distinctness of his P. decnrus from Oersted's P. mnlleri. The two species have really no sort of resemblance to one another, difl'ering in all the characters of the stem, the cirri, the calyx, and the arms. Curiously enough, P. decorus appears to be the most common species of the genus in the Caribbean Sea. One of the "Blake" specimens is remaikalile for the total al)sence of cirri along the whole of one face of the stem ; while at one of the nodes two more cirri are missing, so that there are only two present instead of the usual five. P. blakei n. sp. Stem slender, not reaching 4 mm. in diameter with 5-7 internodal joints. Nodal joints not enlarged. The .small circular cirrus-sockets do not nearly reach tlieir upper edges, and extend but slightly downwards on to the hy- pozygals. Slender cirri composed of 25 joints and barely 20 mm. long. Lowest limit of the interarticular pores from the sixth to the tenth node. The two outer radials united by a ligamentous articulation. Usually only 4 arms on each ray. Primary divisions of 1-4 (distichal) joints, of which the first two are united l)y a ligamentous articulation. If 4 distichals are present, the second bears a pinnule and the two outer ones form a syzygy. The first fn-e brachial bears a pinnule, and the second is usually a syzygial joint, while other syzygies occur on the arms at very irregular intervals. The proximal face Loc. cit., pp. 201, 202. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 173 of the epizygal forms'a sharp angle which projects backwards into the retreat- ing distal face of the liypozygal. Examples of this species were dredged by the " Blake " at the following stations : — 1878-79. No. ir)7. Off Montserrat. 120 fathoms. No. 281. Off Barbados. 200 fathoms. Remarks. — This species is at once distinguished from P. dcconis by the short- ness of the internodes of the stem and the absence of any enlargement at tlie nodes. The calyx is closely similar to that of the variety of P. decoriis with small basals, but the arm-bases have a totally different appearance from those of that type, owing to the peculiar nature of the syzygy in the second brachials and in the subsequent syzygial joints. The two apposed faces are not plane as is usually the case, but the hypozygal has its distal face sharply incised, while the proximal face of the epizygal is in two planes, which make a sharp angle with one another and project backwards into the hypozygal. This peculiarity is best seen in a side view of the arm, unless the joints are separated by boiling with potash or soda. The only other species of Pentacrinus in which it occurs is the ten-armed P. narcsianus from the Western Pacific. In both cases it may be traced in all the syzygies of the arms, so that small fragments of them are easily recognizable. Both the recent species of Rhizocrinus occur in the Caribbean Sea. R. lofutensis was dredged in the Florichi Straits by the late Mr. Pourtales, a few months before the publication of M. Sars's well-known descrijitiou of it ; and R. rawsoni, first found by the " Hassler " off Barbados, was subsequently obtained by the " Blake " in 1877-78 and 1878-79. So far as my information goes, the distribution of these two species is as follows : — R. lofotensis. Bibb. 1868. Off the Samboes. 237 fathoms. Off Sand Key. 248 and 306 fathoms. 1869. Off Cojinia near Havana. 450 fathoms ; and several times at lesser depths. Blake. 1877-78. No. 29. Lat. 24° 36' N., Long. 84° 5' W. 955 ftithoms. No. 43. Lat. 24° 8' N., Long. 82° 51' W. 339 fathoms. No. 44. Lat. 25° 33' N., Long. 84° 35' W. 539 fatlioms. No. 56. Off Havana. Lat 22° 9' N., Long. 82° 21' 30" W. 175 fathoms. R. rawsoni. Hassler, 1872. OIT Sandy Bay, Barbados. 100 fathoms. Blake. 1877-78. No. 32. Lat. 23° 32' N., Long. 88° 5' W. 95 fathoms. Off Havana. 175 fathoms. 174 BULLETIN OF THE Mr. Agassiz mentions in his dredging letters that he obtained a number of specimens of Rhizocrinus among the Windward Islands in 1878-79, and a few specimens in 1880 on the line from Cape Hatteras to St. George's Shoal ; but not having seen any of them, I can say nothing as to the species which they represent. In 1869 two examples of this genus were obtained by the "Porcu- pine " off Cape Clear, in 8G2 fathoms (No. 42), and were referred at the time to R. lofotensis. On comparing them, however, with some speci- mens of R. rmvsoni from off Havana, I find that they really belong to tiiis type, as I had always suspected since reading Pourtalcs's description of it.* R. raii'soni was also dredged by the " Challenger " in 900 fath- oms among the Azores. It is readily distinguished from R. lofotensis by its more rol)ust appearance and elongated calyx, which is nearly always constricted at the basiradial sutjire, instead of widening gradually up- wards, as does that of R. lofotensis. The first radials are much shorter relatively to their width than in R. lofotensis, and the epizygal of the syzygial first brachial is not markedly narrower than the hypozygal as in the latter species. The greater part of the cup is formed by the elongated basals. In the Norwegian variety of R. lofotensis these fuse so very completely that no sutures are usually visible on the exterior of the calyx. This led Sars t and Ludwig | to suggest that the basals of the young Rhizocrinus undergo metamorphosis into a " rosette," as in most Comatulce, though this view is not supported by the observations of Pourtales § and myself; || and the fact that the so-called "enlarged upper stem-joint " of R. lofotensis really consists of the anchylosed basals as originally stated by Mr. Pourtales ^ for the Caribbean variety is now generally recognized.** The difference in the relative proportions of the two species is seen in the following table, which also shows the sizes of the stem-joints in the examples of R. rawsoni that were dredged by the "Blake," "Challenger," and "Porcupine" respectively, and in Sars's largest specimens of R. lofotensis. * Zoological Eesultsof the " Hassler " Expedition, 111. Cat. Mns. Comp. Zocil., No. VIII. pp. 27-31. t Mi'moircs pour servir h, la Connaissance des Crinoidcs Vivants, p. 12. X Morpliologisehe Studien an Echinodennen, Band I. i>p. 120-122. § Loc. cit., p. 29. II On some Toints in the Anatomy of Pentacrinus and Rhizocrinus. Journ. Anat. and Phys., Vol. XII. pp. 48-53. IT Contributions to the Fauna of the Gulf Stream at great Depths. Bull., Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. I. No. 7, pp. 128-130. ** Zittel's Handbuch der Palaeontologie. Palaeozologie, Band I. p. 393. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 175 Expedition. Blake Depth, fath. 175 Base. Height. Width. mm. mm. 5.5 2.50 Length of Stem. mm. 180 No. 68 Stem-Joints. Length. Width, mm. mm. 3.50 2.25 Challenger 900 5.0 2.00 150 53 3.00 2.00 Porcupine G. 0. Sars 862 300 3.0 2.0 1.75 1.50 50 70 30 67 2.25 1.25 1.50 0.50 E. lofotensis (maximum.) N. B. — Pourtales described his largest specimen of E. lofotensis as having a stem nearly 130 mm. long and composed of 59 joints, the length of which averages three times their diameter. The stem-joints of B. rawsoni are relatively shorter and thicker than those of R. lofotensis, in which the length is three times the width. In absolute size, as well as in the proportions of the basals and of the stem- points, the " Porcupine " examples of this type are the ones which approach R. lofotensis most nearly. They are smaller than those from the Azores, which are themselves smaller than the Caribbean specimens, a fact which is doubtless due to variations of temperature. The differ- ence in size between the lai-gest specimens of R. lofotensis found by Sars and Pourtales respectively is likewise probably the result of the differ- ence between the temperature of the Gulf Stream in the Florida Straits and that of the Northeast Atlantic. It is noteworthy that an elongated calyx resembling that of R. rawsoyii is chiefly found in those individuals of R. lofotensis which have the arms best developed ; * so that this spe- cies probably represents a further stage in the degradation of the Apio- crinite type than is reached by R. rmvsnni. The occurrence of the latter form in the Eastern Atlantic is of extreme interest, owing to its remarkable resemblance to Bonrgueticrhms londinensis. This type was named by Forbes from some isolated stem-joints in the London clay ; but a well-preserved calyx has since been discovered, which is now pre- served in the Natural History Museum at Sonth Kensington. Several species closely allied to £. londinensis, which occur in the Ter- tiary deposits of France and Italy, are referred by Zittel f f^nd other palaeontologists to the genus Conocrimis D'Orbigny ; e. g. G. pyriforinis Munst. sp., C. thorenti D'Arch. sp., C. comutus Schafh. sp., C. siiessi * Sars, Crinoidps Vivants, p. 4. t Palaeontologie, p. 392. See also Meneghini, "I Crinoidi Terziarii," Atti d. Soc. Tosc, Vol.11, pp. 11-17. Schluter, " Ueber einige Astylide Crinorden," Zeitsch. d. deutsch geol. Gescllsch., 1878, ]>p. 52-55. De Loriol, "Crinoides fossiles de la Suisse," p. 190 ; and Paleoutologie Fran^aise, " Terrain Jurassiiiue," Tom. XI. (1882), p. 65. 176 BULLETIN OF THE Municr-Chalmas sp., and C. seguejizai Menegh. That they are conge- neric with Forbes's species and with Rldzocruius I Imve not the smallest doubt ; and the question therefore arises whether Conocrimis D'Orbigny is to take precedence over lihizocrimis Sars. On this subject Prof. Zittel remarks, " Nach den Rcgeln der Priori- tilt gebiihrt dem Nanien Conocrinus D'Orb. die Prioritiit, wcnn gleicli die Gattungsdiaguose D'Orbigny's uuvollstandig uud tlieilwise unrich- tig ist." The type on which D'Orbigny founded Conocrinus was the Bourgueti- crimis tlioreiiti of D'Archiac,. but his definition of it was so incomplete and so incorrect that, even supposing Sars had not defined Rldzocrinus as elaborately as he did, I should not admit Conocrinus as a valid genus until it had been re-defined. Liitken * remarked, in 18G4, that its dis- tinctness from Bounjiicticrinus was still a matter of uncertainty. D'Or- bignyf spoke of it as "Genre voisin des Bonrcjueticrinus, mais sans pieces basalcs comme \e^ Eugeniacrinits'''' ; and again, " C'est un Bour- gueticrimis ayant la tige comprimee, mais avec une seule scrie de pieces basales." If he considered it as near Boiirgudicrinus and as resembling Eugeniacrinus, why did he omit it altogether from the tabular scheme of the Apiocrinidce, which appears on page 2 of his " Ilistoire Naturelle des Crinoides Vivans et Fossiles," and contains the names of both those genera 1 It would seem from his reference to the absence of any tertiary species of Bourgueticrinus on page 96 that he included them all in Conocrimis, which would belong to a different family altogQther. This shows how he had misunderstood its real chai-acter and affinities, and as a matter of fact his description of it as having no basals is entirely incorrect. They are visible enough in D'Ai-chiac's figures of B. thorenti (the type-species of Conocrinus), and in other closely allied species. Lastly, the remark tliat Conocrinus is a Baurgueticrinus with a com- pressed stem, is worthless as a generic description, when the latter genus itself is described as having a round or comj^rcssed stem. The differences between the two types are of an entirely different char- acter from those mentioned by D'Orbigny, which would be absolutely unintelligiVile in the absence of figures or of original specimens. I feel it only riglit, therefore, to ignore Conocrinus altogether, and to ado])t Sars's well-known genus Ilhizocrinns. The diff'erences between Ajjiocrimis and Millericrinus on the one hand, and Bourgucticrinus and Uhizocrinus on the other, have led Mons. de * Loc. cit., p. 212. t Prodrome de Paleontologie Stratigraplu(iue Universelle, 1850, Tom. II. p 332. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 177 Loriol * to establish a new family Bourguetia^inida', which comprises the two genera just mentioned, together with Batlii/ainux and Mesoo-iints, a genus recently proposed by myself. De Loriol also inchides in it Ilycri- nus of Danielssen and Koren ; but this genus is certainly identical with Bathycrimu, which was founded by Sir Wy ville Thomson \ on an imma- ture specimen dredged by the " Porcupine " in 2435 fathoms, two hun- dred miles south of Cape Clear. His description J of tlie larger species^ B. ahb-ichianiis, from the Southern Sea, seems not to have reached the Norwegian naturalists before the publication of their genus liycrlnus, which was founded on much more developed individuals than that dredged by the " Porcupine." Of the four genera included in De Loriol's new family, Bourgueticrinus and Rhizocrinus are the two most closely allied. The differences between them are greater than was supposed by Sars, owing to his mistake about the basals of the latter type, and may be summarized as follows : — Bourgueticrinus. Lower stem-joints not longer than wide ; while one or two at the top of the stem are nnich longer than those below, and help to form the " summit." Basals usually wider than high. Rhizocrinus. Lower stem-joints usually much elongated, two or three times as long as wide. Those just below the calyx are the shortest, often being mere disks. Basals usually much longer than wide, occupying the greater part of the length of the calyx, which expands somewhat from below upwards. The last type to be mentioned is the remarkable genus Holojms, about which much information will be found in a communication § by Sir Wy ville Thomson to the Royal Society of Edinburgh, in 1877. Since the publication of this paper Sir Wyville made a horizontal section of the cup about two thirds of its height from the base. I was never fortunate enough to learn his own views on the subject, but the appearance of the section leads me to believe that the lower part of the cup is formed by basal plates which project inwards and upwards above the level of the outer edges of the radials, just as in Pentccc7^iuus.\\ * Paleont. FraiKj., loc. cif., p. 63. t The Depths of tlie Sea, pp. 450-454, fig. 73 ; and Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., Vol. VII. pp. 772, 773. I " Notice of new Living Crinoids belonging to the Apiocrinida?," Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoology, Vol. XIII. pp. 48-51. § " On the Structure and Relations of the Genus Holojms," Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., Vol. IX. p. 409. II Schliiter (loc. cit., p. 51) is inclined to believe that basals are present in Cya- thidium spilcccense. Like Sir Wyville Thomson, I am unable to dlH'erentiate Cija- thidium from Holopus. VOL. X. — NO. 4. 12 178 .BULLETIN OF THE Sir Wyville left it nn open question whether the articular facets on the upper edge of the calyx-tube belong to the first or to the second radials. I believe myself that they are of the former nature, partly on account of their great resemblance to those of certain fossil species, and partly because the axillaries appear to me to be syzygial or double joints. Sir Wyville has pointed out that the cup exhibits a very marked di- vision into bivium and trivium ; for " one side of the border is much thicker and considerably higher than the other side, and the three arms articulated to it are much larger than those articulated to the oppo- site side." In fact, the three facets of the trivium are themselves unequal, the centre one being both longer and wider than the other two, which are themselves longer and a little wider than the two facets of the bivium. This want of symmetry in the calyx is very remarkable, as it is precisely similar to that described by De Loriol * in Eugeniacrinus mai/alis, from the Leptcena bed (Middle to Upper Lias) of Calvados in Normandy. The calyx of this species, formed by the five contiguous radials, tapers away downwards to a truncated extremity, which De Loriol supposes to have rested on the top stem-joint, basals being appar- ently absent. ]5ut although Eugeniacrinus mayalis probably had a short stem, it is certainly very closely allied to Holopus. The calyx as well as the second and third i-adials are covered with scattered granules of variable size, just as in Hnlnpus. The two outer radials were united by a muscidar joint ; but in a closely allied species, E. dedongcliampsi, which is more symmet- rical and less coarsely granular than E. mayalis, they are united by syzygy, just as I believe to be the case in Holopus. Together with the calyces and separate radials of these two species, the Leptcena bed con- tains a large number of isolated arm joints,! some of which are extraor- dinarily like those forming the lower part of a Holopus arm. One reason why I suspect the axillaries of Holopus to be syzygial joints is as follows. In one individual the axillaries on the two rays of the bivium are distinctly in two parts, though the siitural lines do not extend right across them. On the three axillaries of the trivium, how- ever, no sutural lines are visible at all ; though they are just traceable in another specimen, and are fairly distinct in a young one 8 mm. high. The condition of the very young individual which was obtained by the "Blake" at Station 22, and was figured in Volume V. No. 9 of the * Paleontologie rran9aise. Terrain Jurassic^ue, Tom. XI. p. 78, PI. VIII. figs. 1-5. t Loc. cit., PI. XI. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 179 " Bulletins," seems to point to the same conclusion ; for the lower ring of pentagonal (or rather hexagonal) plates must surely be the second radials, and the triangular ones above them the axillaries. A fragment of a living Ilolojms was dredged by the " Blake " in 120 fathoms, off Montserrat (No. 157). It was preserved in spirit and sent over to Sir Wyville Thomson, who asked me to cut some sections of the arms for him. The condition of the dried individuals hitherto known had led him to suspect " that the tissues are very imperfectly differenti- ated, almost protoplasmic. When an arm is put into boiling water it falls to pieces at once, the joints simply coming asunder, and showing no trace of muscular or other organic connection except the axial cords of the joints, which sometimes keep two joints hanging in connection for a little." The spirit specimen, however, told a different tale altogether, and the sections which I have made from it show that the soft parts of ILlopus differ but little from those of any ordinary Crinoid. The arm-joints are articulated by means of muscles and ligaments in the usual way. The two large arm-canals, the coeliac and the subtentacular, are separated by a smaller genital canal containing the genital cord. This has exactly the same structure as that of any common Antedon, and the ovaries ■which it bears at intervals are much more like thonQO^ Antedon escJirichtl in their histological structure than are those of many Comatida'. The ambulacral groave is quite narrow in proportion to the breadth of the arm, and the ovaries extend but a very little way into the pinnules. The branches which leave the axial cords of the arms to supply the pinnules take a somewhat singular course. For they are thrown into loops in a dorsoventral direction, which are small at first, immediately beneath the arm-canals, but become much more marked at the bases of the pinnules, within which the cords still retain an undulating course. Above the water-vessel is the usual darkly colored ambulacral epithe- lium, which is doubtless separated from the water-vessel by the ambu- lacral nerve and bloodvessel, though I have not been able to see them clearly. There are no large and imbricated reniform plates at the sides of the ambulacra, such as occur in Rhizocrinus, Bathi/crinus, and Hyo- crinus. But the tentacles are unusually large, and taper rapidly from a broad base ; while the lower thick part of the shaft of each tentacle is protected by a well-developed calcareous reticulation, above which are groups of more or less closely united spicules. Eton College, September, 1882. 180 BULLETIN OF THE List of Additional Stations of Stalhcd Crinoids collected hy the "Blake." Prepared by J. Walter Fewkes. RHIZOCRINUS. R. lofotensis Sars. * Blake, 1877-78. No. 35. 1878-79. No. 238. " No. 248. " No. 259. " No. 274. 1880. No. 306. Lat. 23° 54' 46" N.f Long. 88° 58' W. 804 fatli Olf Grenadines 127 " Grenada 161 " Grenada 159 " Barbados 209 " Lat. 41° 32' 50" N. Lon^r. 65=55' W. 524 " % U. S. Fish Com. 1882. No. 1124. S. S. E. Off Nantucket 640 R. raw^soni Pourtales. Blake, 1878-79. No. 155. Montserrat 88 fathoms. " " No. 166. Guadeloupe 150 " " " No. 177. Dominica 118 " " " No. 211. Martinii^ue 357 " " " No. 273. Barbados 1()3 " " " No. 277. Barbados 106 " " " No. 290. Barbados 73 " " " No. 296. Barbados 84 " " " No. 297. Barbados 123 " Capt. E. Cole. Saba Bank 200 " PENTACRINUS. * Blake, 1878-79. Dr. Schramm. P. asteria Linn. No. 157. Montserrat . . Guadeloupe . 120 fathoms. Dcptli ] * The identifications on labels in bottle with sjieciincns, marked in this list with an asterisk, are in Jlr. Pourtales's lianJwriting. t In list of Stations, Bull. Mas. Coinp. Zoiil., VI. 1, p. 9, Lat. reads 23° 52'. } Verrill, American Journal, November, 1S82. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 181 P. mlilleri Oersted. Blake, 1878-79. No. 100. Off Morro Light .... 250-400 fathoms. " " No. 101. Off Morro Light 175-200 " " " No. 157. Montserrat 120 " " " No. 171. Guadeloupe 183 " " " No. 218. St. Lucia 164 " " " No. 269. St. Vincent 124 " * " " No. 274. Barbados 209 " " " No. 280. St. Charles Lighthouse (Barbados) 221 " " " No. 283. Barbados 237 " " " No. 295. Barbados 180 " " " No. 296. Barbados 84 " " " V. Santiago de Cuba (Bartlett) . . .288 " P. decorus Wtville Thomson. Blake, 1877-78. No. 21. Bahia Plonda (Cuba) 287 fathoms. W. Stimpson. Cuba. Blake, 1877-78. Off Havana (Sigsbee) . . . 150-200 " " " No. 56 or 57. Lat. 22° 9' 15" N., Long. 82° 21' W. (Sig.sbee) 175 " " 1878-79. No. 100. Off Morro Light 250-400 " Capt. E. Cole. S. side of Porto Ptico 667 " Blake, 1878-79. No. lOL Off Morro Light, Havana . . 175-250 " " " No. 156. Plymouth, Montserrat 88 " •• " No. 157. Montserrat 120 " « " No. 233. Milligan's Key, St. Vincent ... 174 " " " No. 296. Barbados 84 " " No. 298. Barbados 120 " Gov. Rawson (ident. by Mr. Pourtales as P. miilleri). Barbados. Depth ? Blake, 1880. Kingston (Bartlett) 100 fathoms. P. blakei P. H. Carpenter. Blake, 1878-79. No. 209. Martinique 1"89 fathoms. " " No. 295. Barbados 180 " No. 5. — Rqiorts on the Results of Dredging under the Supervision of Alexander Agassiz, on the East Coast of the United States, during the Summer of 1880, hy the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer " Blake," Commander J. II. Bartlett, U. S. N., Commanding. (Published by permission of Caulile P. Patterson and J. E. Hilgard, Superin- tendents U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey.) XIX. Report on the Fishes. By G. Brown Goode and Tarleton H. Bean. The specimens discussed in the following preliminary report were obtained by Mr. Agassiz in the dredge and trawl, during the summer of 1880, off the eastern coast of the United States between George's Bank and a line eastward from the vicinity of Charleston, South Carolina, between north latitude 31° 57' to 41° 35', and west longitude C5° 35' to 78° 18', at depths varying from 44 to 1632 fathoms. Many of the same species were obtained by the United States Fish Commission in the deep waters off Newport and Wood's Holl, in 1880, 1881, and 1882, as well as by various Gloucester fishermen collecting on the fishing banks for the National Museum. Drawings have been prepared to accompany the following descrip- tions, mainly from material collected by Mr. Agassiz. These are not published in connection with this preliminary report, but are retained for the illustration of a monograph of the deep-sea fishes of the Western Atlantic, which is now in an advanced state of preparation. Allusion is frequently made in the following pages to the mutilated condition of the specimens sent to us for examination. It seems only fair to ourselves to call attention to the unsatisfactory state of the ma- terial investigated, since in some instances our most studious efforts have resulted in only partially complete descriptions. At the same time, it should be said that specimens of fishes brought up from such great depths are rarely perfect after they have been separated from the mass of mud and hard-shelled invertebrates which are usually found in VOL. X. — NO. 5. 184 BULLETIN OF THE the same localities, and that the tanks containing these collections were, for want of space, packed in a part of the ship close to the boiler-room, where, much to their detriment for descriptive purposes, they were par- tially cooked. The Selachians collected by the "Blake" were described by Mr. Samuel Garman in the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoijlogy, Vol. VIII. No. 11. A list of the stations referred to below is given in the same serial, Vol. VIII. No. 4. LIST OF SPECIES COLLECTED AT STATIONS 302-346. Pleuronectidae. 1. Aphoristia nebulosa, new species. 2. Notosema dilecta, new sjiecies and genus. 3. Monolene sessilicauda, Goode. 4. Citharichthys arctifrons, Goode. 5. Glyptocephalus cynoglossus (LiNN.), Gill. MacruridaB. 6. Macrurua Bairdii, Goode & Bean. 7. Macrurua carminatus, Goode. 8. Macrurua asper, new species. 9. Coryphaenoides rupestria, MiJLLER. 10. Coryphaenoidea carapiuua, new species. 11. Chalinura aimula, new species and genus. Brotulidae. 12. Barathrodemua manatinua, new species and genus. 13. Dicrolene introniger, new species and genus. GadidaB. 14. Phycia chuaa (Walb.), Gill. 15. Phycia tenuia (Mitch.), DeKay. 16. Phycia regiua (Walb.), Jor. & Gilb. 17. Phycia Cheateri, Goode & Bean. 18. Laemonema barbatula, new species. 19. Haloporphyrua viola, Goode & Bean. 20. Onoa cimbriua (Linn.), Goode «S; Bean. 21. Merluciua bUinesiria (Mitch.), Gill. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 185 Lycodidae. 22. Lycodes Verrillii, Goode & Bean. 23. Lycodes paxilloides, new species. 24. Lycodonus mirabilis, new species and new genus. 25. Melanostigma gelatinosum, Gunther. Triglidae. 26. Prionotua alatus, new species. AgonidsB. 27. Peristedium miniatum, Goode. Cottidae. 28. Icelus uncinatus (Reinh.), Kroyer. 29. Cottunculua microps, Collett. 30. Cottuuculus torvus, new species, Goode. Scorpaenidae. 31. Setarches parmatus, Goode. 32. Sebastoplus dactylopterus (De la Roche), Gill. Carangidse. 33. Caranx amblyrhynchus ? Berycidae. 34. Poromitra capito, new species and genus. Synodontidae. 35. Bathysaurua Agassizii, new species. Alepocephalidae. 36. Alepocephalus Agassizii, new species. HalosauridaB. 37. Haloaaurua macrochir, Gunther. Stomiatidae. 38. Stomias ferox, Reinhardt. 18G BULLETIN OF THE Sternoptychidse. 39. Sternoptyx diaphaua, Hermann. 40. Argyropelecus hemigymnus, Cocco. 41. Cyclothone lusca, now species and genus. Scopelidae. 42. Scopelus Miilleri (Gsielin), Collett. Microstomidae. 43. Hyphalonedrus chalybeius, Goode. Saccopharyngidas. 44. Saccopharynx flagellum, Mitchill. Synaphobranchidae. 45. Synaphobranchus pinnatus (Gronow), Gukther. Muraeneso cidae. 46. Nettastoma procerum, new species. Nemichthyidae. 47. Nemichthys scolopaceus, Richardson. Leptocephalidae. 48. Leptocephalus sp. (Perhaps larva of Synaphobranchus.) Raiidae. 49. Raia plutonia, Carman (new to this collection). 50. Raia ornata, Garman (new to this collection). Scylliidae. 51. Scyllium retiferum, Garman (new to this collection). Myxinidae. 52. Myxine glutinosa, Linne. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 187 L-IST OF STATIONS AT WHICH FISHES WERE TAKEN, With an Enumeration of the Species identified from each Station, and the Length of the Individuals. Station 302. 1 Phycis sp. Unidentifiable. Young. Gl mm. Station 303. 25 Macrurus Bairdii. Young and old. 55-221 mm. 4 Phycis Cliesteri. 155-315 mm. 1 Haloporphyrus viola. 332 mm. 1 Icelus tmcinatus. 50 mm. 1 Scopelas Miilleri. 56-}- mm. 12 Synaphobranchus pinnatus. Spawning. 221-393 mm. 1 Nemichthys scolopaceus. 590 mm. 2 empty eggs of Eaia sp. Station 304. 1 fish, perfectly unidentifiable, — mutilated. Station 305. 6 Coryphrcnoidcs carapinus. 1 Haloporphyrus viola. 450 mm. Station 306. 12 Macrurus Bairdii. 121-310 mm. 1 Coryphrenoides rnpestris. 804 mm. 13 Haloporphyrus viola. 116-375 mm. 3 Cottunculus torvus. 62-211 mm. 1 Stomias ferox. 125 mm. 1 Nemichthys scolopaceus. 395 mm. 1 Myxine glutinosa. 465 mm. Station 308. 5 Macrurus asper. 178-350 mm. 4 Coryj)hcenoides carapinus. 210, 230, 268, and 280 mm. 1 Chulinura simula. 481 mm. 5 Haloporphyrus viola. 253-372 mm. 1 Halosaurus macrochir. 680 mm. 188 BULLETIN OF THE Station 309. 13 Macrurus Bairdii. 55-283 mm. 1 Macrurus asper. 235 mm. 2 Lijcodcs paxilloides. 210-227 mm. 2 Lycodes Verrillii. 98-135 mm. 1 Phycis tenuis. 620 mm. 2 Mcrliicius hilinearis. I Sco2)elus Miilkri. 40 mm. I Stomias fernx. 140 mm 35 Synaphobranchus pinnatus. 278-440 mm. 1 Nemichthys scolopaccus. 530 mm. 1 Myxine (jlutinosa. 412 mm. Station 310. 2 Cottunculus microps. 75-108 mm. Station 311. 1 Citharichthys (Lrctifrons. 149 mm. 1 Phycis chuss. 390 mm. 1 Merlucius hilinearis. 505 mm. 1 Sebastoplus dactylopterus. 45 mm. Station 312. 12 Macrurus Bairdii. 240-340 mm. 2 Ilaloporphyrus viola. 225-280 mm. 1 Lycodes paxillnides. 247 mm. 18 Synapliohranchus innnatus. 455-480 mm. Station 313. 8 Citharichthys arctifrons. 18-48 mm. A Notosema dilecta. 92-114 mm. 1 Prionotus cdatus. 137 mm. 1 Raia pp. 2 Merlucius hilinearis. Young. 17-25 mm. Station 314. 2 Citharichthys arctifrons. Yomig. 46-57 mm. 3 Monolene sessilicaitda. 114-147 mm. 1 Phycis regius. 288 mm. 4 Peristedium miniatnm. 68-82. 3 Raia ornata. (I^eiigths not given liy Garman.) MUSEUM OF COMrAJtATlVE ZOOLOGY. 189 Station 315. 2 Lwmonema barbaiula. 88-180 luni. 2 Argijropclecus heviigymnus. 15-22 mm. 1 larval eel (Leptocephalus) . 175 mm. Station 316. 1 Aphoristia nebulosa. 85 mm. 1 Sternoptyx diaphanus. 19 mm. 2 Macrurus Dairdii. 65-77 mm. 3 Lwmonema barhatula. 81-88 mm. 1 Hyphalonedrus chalybeius. 122 mm. 5 Ruia 2^lutonia. (Size not given.) St.^tion 317. 1 Macrurus Bairdii. 185 mm. 1 Chalinura simula. Young. 25 mm. 1 Eaia plutonia. Station 321. G Macrurus carminatus. Fragments. 3 Phycis regius. 221-258 mm. 3 Lcemonema barbatula. 75-120 mm. 1 Merlucius bilinearis. 270 mm. 1 Hyphalonedrus chahjheius. 70 mm. 1 Baia pliUonia. Station 323. 37 Cycloihone lusca. 50-64 mm. 1 Sternoptyx diaphana. 30 mm. Station 324. 20 Cyrlothone lusca. 50-57 mm. 1 Caranx amblyrhynchus ? 33 mm. Station 325. 2 Macrurus Bairdii. 300-356 mm. 2 Chalinura simula. Young '{ 1 7 Dicrolene introniger. 166-272 mm. 2 Barathrodemus manatinus. 150 mm. 1 Haloporphyrus viola. 295 mm. 5 Halosaurus macrochir. 255-465 mm. 2 Nettastoma procerum. 440-700 mm. 12 Synaphobranchus pinnatus. 360-475 mm. 190 BULLETIN OF TUP] Station 326. 21 Macrurus Bairdii. 152-280 mm. 1 Macrurus carminatus. 23() imn. Fragmentary. 4 Dicrolene introniger. 135-250 mm. 1 Cottunculus torvus. 96 mm. 6 Synaphobraiichus pinnatus. 375-545 mm. Station 327. 1 Onos cimbrius. Young. 72 mm. 2 Setarches parmatus. 51-52 mm. 1 Peristedium minatum. 65 mm. 5 Hyphaloncdrus chalybeius. 52-58 mm. 1 Myxine glutinosa. 282 mm. Station 328. 13 Cydothone lusca. 49-59 mm. 1 Poroviitra capita. Station 329. 1 Glyptocephalus cynoglossus. Fiagmenta. 1 Macrurus Bairdii. 130 mm. 2 Lycodes Verrillii. 90-162 mm. 3 Scopelus Miilleri. 52-64 mm. 4 Synap)hobranclnis pinnatus. 300-388 mm. Station 330. 5 Cydothone lusca. 17-55 mm. 1 Nemichthys scolopaceus. 520 mm. Station 331. 1 Saccopharynx Jlagdlum. Fragmentary. Station 332. 2 Glyptocephalus cynoglossus. Young. 103 mm. 1 Macrurus sp. Unidentifiable, from mutilation. 1 Macrurus Bairdii. 92 mm. 6 Lycodes Verrillii. 118-147 mm. Station 333. 5 Phycis regius. 168-225 mm. Station 334. 4 Macrurus Bairdii. 127-348 mm. 1 Glyptocephalus cynoglossus. 282 mm. 1 Melanostigma gelatinosum. 103 mm. 3 Scopelus Miilleri. 38-52 mm. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 191 Station 335. 6 Citharichthys ardifrons. Young. 79-103 mm. 1 Scyllium retiferum. 311 mm. Station 336. 3 Citharichtlujs ardifrons. Young. 75-89. 7 Phyds Chesteri. 209-286 nmi. 2 Macrurus Bairdii. 127-152 mm. Station 337. 1 Macrurus Bairdii. 239 mm. 1 Haloporphyrus viola. 300 mm. 1 Lycodonus mirabilis. 112+ min. 2 Syna2}hobranchus pinnatus. 367-374 mm. 1 Nemichthys scolojmceus. 510 mm. 1 Ncttastoma proccrum. 190+ mm. Station 338. 1 Coryph(tnoides carapinus. 225 mm. 1 Alcpoceplialus Ayassizii. 274 mm. 1 Halosaurus macrochir. Station 341. 1 Coryphcrnoidcs carapinus. Unfit to measure. 1 Bathysaurus Agassizii. 610 mm. Station 343. 1 Glyptocephalus cynoglossus. 260 mm. 13 Macrurus Bairdii. 245-361 mm. 2 Coryphanoides carapinus. 196 mm. One not measured. 1 Cottunculus torvus. 407 mm. Station 344. 8 Merlucius bilinearis. Young. 25-94 mm. Station 346. 3 Phycis chuss. 340-400 mm. 102 BULLETIX OF TIIH PLEURONECTID^. 1. Aphoristia nebulosa, new species. The extreme length of tlie type is 85 milliiueteis. The body is mther shni- (Icrcr ihcin in other species of the geuus ; its greatest height (18 iiuu.) is con- tiiiiifd 42 times iu the extreme length. The scales are small, rough, about 1:^0 ill a longitudinal series ; about 50 iu a transverse series. Jaws and snout scaleless. The length of the head (15 mm.) is contained 5§ times in tot;il length. The length of the snout (3 mm.) is \ that of the head. The eyes are small and close together, being separated by only a single row of scales ; the upper eye is very slightly in advance of the lower. The tubular nostril is directly in front of the lower eye, and a little nearer to it than to the ti[) of snout. The length of the eye (2 mm.) is contained 7-h times in length of head. The angle of the mouth is about in a vertical through the anterior margin of tlie lower pupil. Teeth feeble, very slender, and rather closely placed, ap- parently ef^ually developed, on the two sides. The dorsal fm begins at a point slightly licliind the eyes ; it is connate with the caudal, and contains 119 rays to the middle of the base of the caudal ; the rays about the middle of the fin are the longest, their height being a little more than one third that of the body. The distance of the anal from the snout (20 mm.) is contained 4} times in extreme length ; the longest rays are about the middle of the fin, their length (6 mm.) equalling twice tliat of the snout. The anal is connate with the cau- dal, and contains 107 rays, counting to the middle of the base of the latter fin. The median caudal rays are longest, their length (C nmi.) equalling twice that of the snout. Pectorals none. The distance of the ventral from the snout (15 mm.) is contained 55 times in extreme length . The ventral is separated from the anal by an interspace twice as long as the eye. The number of ventral rays is five, the longest of them being one third as long as the head. The vent is near the origin of the anal. Color grayish, everywhere mottled with brown. The median keel on the scales daik and prominent. Radial formula : D. 119 ; A. 107 ; V. 5 ; P. none. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fatlioms. Specimens. 316 32° r 78° 37' 30" 229 1 NOTOSEMA, new genus. Four specimens of a new genus and species, belonging to the Flounder fam- ily, were dredged by the Blake at Station 313, off Charleston, S. C, at a depth of seventy-five fathoms. In general appearance and size this species resembles ParaliclilJujs rjuadro- MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 193 ceUnfus (Gill), Jordan and Gilbert. On account of its elongated ventral fin, the triangular elongation of the anterior ra3's of the dorsal, and the highly ctenoid character of the scales upon the colored side of the body, it seems necessary to establish for it a new genus. A genus of pleuronectoid fishes, with elliptical body and pedunculate caudal fin. Mouth moderate in size, and beneath the central axis of the body. Eyes large upon left side, close together, the upper one nearly encroaching upon the profile, the lower slightly in advance of the upper. Teeth in single series in the jaws, about equally developed upon each side, much largest in front ; absent on vomer and palatines. Pectoral fins somewhat unequal, that upon the blind sitle about three fourths as large as its mate. The dorsal fin com- mences sliglitly behind the anterior margin of the upper eye, and the first eight rays are separated into a distinct subdivision of the fin, several of them being much prolonged. Caudal fin pedunculate, rounded posteriorly. Sinistral ventral much elon- gated. Scales small, ctenoid on colored side of body. Lateral line jjroniinent, strongly arched over the pectoral, alike on both sides. Gill-rakers moderately numerous, rather stout, subtriangular, pectinate posteriorly. Pseudobranchiae well developed. Vertebrse 35. 2. Notosema dilecta, new species. Diagnosis of Species. — Extreme length of specimen described 0.122 mm. The height of the body is contained twice in its total length, without caudal, and is equal to twice the distance of the origin of the ventral from the snout. The height of the caudal peduncle is one ninth of the standard body length. The length of the head is two sevenths of the standard length, and three times the diameter of the eye. Width of interorbital area almost imperceptible. Mandible reaching to middle of pupil of lower eye, its length equal to half that of the head. Upper jaw contained twice and one half in length of head. The dorsal fin, beginning almost over the anterior margin of the eye, is com- posed of about 68 rays, the longest of which are the second and third, which are contained twice in the greatest height of the body, and which are almost twice as long as the length of the base of the triangular division of the fin to which they belong. The anal fin is made up of 54-56 simple rays, of which the posterior ones are largest, as they are also in the main portion of the dorsal. It begins close to the A'ent, at a distance from the snout equal to the length of the elongated sinistral ventral. The caudal is pedunculate, its middle rays somewhate elongate, giving it a wedge-shaped outline. The pectoral of the colored side is subtriangular, its length contained five and one half times in the standard length. The ventrals are composed of six rays, that upon the colored side much pro- duced in its anterior portion, its length more than three times that of its mate. VOL. X. — NO. 5. 13 194 BULLETIN OF THE Color on the left side purplish brown, speckled with dark brown, and with three large ocellated subcircular spots, nearly as large as the eye, with white centre, dark iris, narrow light margin, and a brown encircling outline. Tliey are arranged in the form of an isosceles triangle, the spot marking the apex being upon the lateral line, near the base of the caudal peduncle, the others distant from the lateral line, on either side, a space equal to their own diam- eters, the lower one nearly reached by the tip of the elongate ventral. On the blind side white. Fins blotched with dark brown. Radial formula : D. 69 ; A. 56 ; P. 11 ; V. 6; B. 7. Lateral line 48 (in straight portion). station N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 313 32° 31' 50" 78 45' 75 4 3. Monolene sessilicauda, Goode. Monolene sessilicaiula, Goode, Proc. U. S. National Museum, III. 1880, pp. 338, 472. (Nov. 23.) Three specimens of this species were obtained from Station 314, lat. 32"^ 24' N., long. 78° 44' W., at a depth of 142 fathoms. The species has also been found only by the U. S. Fish Commission off Newport, R. I., in 115 to 150 fathoms. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 314 32° 78° 44' 142 3 4. Citharichthys arotifrons, Goode. Citharichthys ardifrons, Goode, op. cit., pp. 341, 472. (Nov. 23.) Eight young individuals, the longest measuring two inches, were dredged at Station 313, off Charleston, S. C, in 75 fathoms ; also, three specimens, badly mutilated, from Station 336, lat. 38° 21' N., long. 73° 32' W., in 197 fathoms, and another large one at Station 311, lat. 39° 59' 30", long. 70° 12' W., in 143 fathoms. Other small ones were from Station 314. The peculiar elongated snout, similar to that of Macrurus, is attributable to age. The species has also been taken by the U. S. Fish Commission off Newport in 83-155 fathoms. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 311 .39° 59' 30" 70° 12' 143 1 313 32° 31' 50" 78° 45' 75 ? 8 juv. 314 32° 24' 78° 44' 142 2 335 38° 22' 5" 73° 33' 40" 89 6 336 38° 21' 50" 'JS" 32' 197 3 (bad) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 195 5. Glyptocephalus cynoglossus (Linn.), Gill. Pleuronectes cynoglossus, Linn^us, Syst. Nat., ed. X., L, 1768, p. 269. Glyptocephalus cyjioglossus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Pliila., 1873, p. 161. Goode and Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., L, 1878, p. 21 (with extensive synonymy). Goode, op. cit., p. 475. A single specimen of the Pole Flounder was obtained from Station 343, Lat. 39° 45' 20" N., Long. 70° 55' W., in 732 fathoms. The occurrence of this species at such immense depths is noteworthy, since the Fish Commission in the same year obtained it at a depth of 120 fathoms, in almost the same latitude, and within one minute of the same longitude (Station 876). itation. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoma. Specimens. 343 39= 45' 40" 70° 55' 732 1 334 38° 20' 30" 73° 26' 40" 395 1 332 35° 45' 30" 74° 48' 263 2juv. 329 34° 39' 40" 75° 14' 40" 603 Frag, of 1 MACRURID^. 6. Macrurus Bairdii, Goode & Bean. Macrurus Bairdii, Goode & Bean, Amer. Jour. Sci. and Arts, XIV., 1877, pp. 471-473 (Massacliusetts Bay). Cat. Fish. Essex Co. and Mass. Bay, 1879, p. 7. Goode, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., III., 1880, p. 475. Numerous specimens were obtained from the following stations : — Station. N. Lat. 303 41° 34' 30" 306 41° 32' 50" 309 40° 11' 40" 312 39° 50' -45" 316 32° 7' 317 31° 57' 325 33° 35' 20" 326 33° 42' 15" 329 34° 39' 40" 332 35° 45' 30" 334 38° 20' 30" 336 38° 21' 50" 337 38° 20' 8" 343 39° 45' 40" W. Loi ig- Fathoms. Specimens. 65° 54' 30" 306 25 65° 55' 524 12 68° 22' 304 13 70° 11' 466 12 78° 37' 30" 229 2 juv 78° 18' 35" 333 1 76° 647 2 76° 0' 50" 464 21 75° 14' 40" 603 1 74° 48' 263 Ijuv. 73° 26' 40" 395 4 73° 32' 197 2 73° 23' 20" 740 1 70° 55' 732 13 196 BULLETIN OF THE 7. Macrurus carminatus, Goode. Macrurus carminatus, Goode, Troc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,IIL, 1880, pp. 346, 475 (Nov. 23). The Fish Commission obtained individuals in 1880 in the same region, at depths of 115, 155, 225, and 372 fathoms. station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 321 32° 43' 25" 77° 2U' 30" 233 Fragments of 6 326 33° 42' 15" 76° 0' 50" 464 1 very bad 8. Macrurus asper, new species. The relations of this species appear to be with M. Bairdii, from which it differs in (1.) its longer snout, (2.) the location of the vent, which is much farther back, and (3.) the absence of keels upon any of its scales. The length of the specimen described is 322 millimeters. The body is much stouter than in M. Bairdii, its greatest height being contained 6-^ times in its length. The scales are small, strong, the free portions covered with vitreous spines arranged in about seven rows ; there is no specialization of the central row, as in M. Bairdii^ though the median spine at the margin of the scale projects most strongly. The number of scales in the lateral line is about the same, there being about 150 ; there are 7 above and 18 below the line. Length of head contained 5| times in total length. Width of interorbital area a little greater than horizontal diameter of orbit and length of operculum, and contained 4^ times in the length of the head. Length of snout about equal to width of interorbital space and about one half the postorbital portion of the head. Snout triangular, depressed, its tip in the axis of the body, and nearly on a level with the lower margin of the eye ; its lower surface forming an angle with the body axis, about equal to that formed with same by its itpper profile. The superior ridge is pronounced anteriorly, but ends in advance of the con- cavity in the interorbital space. The lateral ridges are prominent, and continue posteriorly to the eye, with strong angular projections in front of the nostrils. No ridges continued from supraorbital region. Nostrils rather close to the eye. Barbel shorter than the eye. Tip of lower jaw under anterior nostril, cleft of mouth under posterior margin of orbit. Teeth in the jaws in a very narrow villiform band, the outer series slightly larger : those in lower jaw apparently in single series, moderate. Distance of first dorsal from snout equal to nearly four times the length of its base, its distance from the anterior margin of the orbit equal to the length of the head. First spine minute ; second spine nearly two thirds the length of the head, and when laid down is far from reaching to the origin of the second dorsal. When the fin is erect, its superior margin is nearly at right angles to the plane of the back, and slightly convex. The distance between the two MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 197 dorsals is twice the length of the base of the first, the second beginning in the perpendicular from the fifth ray of the anal. The anal is about three times as high as the second dorsal. The vent is under the 30th scale of the lateral line directly in advance of the anal, and at a distance from the ventral considerably greater than the length of that fin, in this respect differing widely from M. Bairdii. Distance of pectoral from snout slightly more than the length of the head. Its length is less than that of the dorsal spine, and slightly more than half its distance from the snout. Its insertion (upper axil) is in the middle Line of the body. Insertion of ventral under that of pectoral, and slightly in advance of that of dorsal. Its first ray is not greatly prolonged, and is about half as long as the distance of the fin from the snout. Radial formula : 1st D. II, 8-9 ; 2d D. 105 ; A. 110 ; P. 20 ; V. 10. Scales, 7-150-18. Color dark reddish brown, the spines upon the scales with a metallic lustre. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 308 41° 24' 25" 65° 35' 30" 1242 5 309 40° 11' 40" 68° 22' 304 1 9. Coryphaenoid.es rupestris, Gunnerus. Coryphanoides rupestris, Gunnerus, Thjemske. Selsk. Skr. 3, 1765, p. 50. Collett, Norges Fiske, p. 131. A specimen was taken at station 306. The species has been sent to the National Museum by Gloucester fishermen. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimen. 306 41° 32' 50" 65° 55' 524 1 10. Coryphaenoides carapinus, new species. Several specimens were obtained from various stations of the "Blake." Most of these had their tails broken off, and all of them were completely de- nuded of scales, — a natural consequence of their passage in the nets from the ocean depths. By a happy chance, two scales were found attached to the base of the dorsal fin of one of the larger individuals, thus enabling us to determine the general character of the covering of the body. The description of this species is necessarily meagre. Diagnosis. — Scales 22 to 24 in a transverse series ; (the .position of the lateral line cannot be deterndned, but there appear to be four above it ;) the scales are oval, membranous, without armature, and rather large. The first ray of the dorsal is very short ; the second, compressed anteriorly and serrated, with slender teeth closely appressed and bent upwards. Its length is equal to the length of the head, and is greater than the height of the body. This fin 198 BULLETIN OF THE is seated iijion a lump-like elevation of the buck, and its base is as long as the snout. The second dorsal begins over the tenth to twelfth anal ray, and at a dis- tance from the end of the first dorsal equal to the length of the head without the snout. The vent is located not far behind the vertical from the end of the first dorsal. The snout is acute, projecting beyond the mouth, its tip at a distance from the mouth equal to or greater than the diameter of the eye. The bones of the head are very soft and flexible, and its surface is very irregular, there being a very prominent subocidar ridge, a prominent ridge extending from the tip of the snout to the middle of the interorbital space, and a curved ridge extend- ing from the upper anterior margin of the orbit, over the cavity containing the nostrils, to a prominent point, at the side of, and slightly posterior to tip of the snout. The barbel is two thirds as long as the eye. The eye is con- tained in the head four times, and the length of the head in the total length six times. Iladial formula : D. II, 8, 100 ; A. 117 ; V. 10. The upper jaw extends to the vertical through the posterior margin of the pupil ; its length equals half that of the head without the snout. The man- dible extends behind the vertical through the posterior margin of the orbit ; its length is contained three times in the distance from the tip of the snout to the origin of the first dorsal. The interorbital space is almost twice the diameter of the eye, and is equal to the length of the upper jaw. The preoperculum is crenulate. Station. N. Lat. 308 41° 24' 45" 308 a 341 39° 38' 20'' Unknown. 338 38° 18' 40" 342 39° 43' W. Long. Fathoms. Spe cimeng. 65° 35' 30" 1242 2 u 11 2 70° 56' 1241 1 6 73° IS' 10" 922 1 70° 55' 25" 1002 2 CHALINUE.A, new genus. Scales cycloid, fluted longitudinally with slightly radiating s' iae. Snout long, broad, truncate, not much produced. Mouth lateral, subterminal, very large. Head without prominent ridges save the subocular ones, and those upon the snout. The suborbital ridge is not joined to the angle of the pre- operculum. Teeth in the upper jaw in a villiform band, with those in the outer series much enlarged ; those in lower jaw uniserial, large. No teeth on vomer or palatines. Pseudobranchia; present, but small. Gill-rakers spiny, depress- ible, stout, in double series on the anterior arch. Branchiostegal membrane apparently free from the isthmus. Ventrals below the pectorals. Barbel present. MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 109 11. Chalinura Simula, new species. A single specimen, 458 millimeters in length, was obtained- at Station 308. lu some resi^ects it resembles the description of CuryylicBnoides affinis, Giinther, obtained by H. M. S. " Challenger " at a depth of 1900 ftithoms, east of the mouth of the Rio Plata. The most salient characters are (1.) the very large mouth, (2.) the long obtuse snout, and (3.) the very elongate first ventral ray. The body is shaped much as in CorypJi(cnoidcs, but is rather stout, its greatest height being contained 6| times in its total length. The back is somewhat gibbous in profile, the dorsal outline rising quite rapidly from the interorbiUd region to the origin of the first dorsal, whence it descends almost in a straight line to the end of the tail. The scales are rather small, cycloid, without armature, but with indications, particularly on the head, of radiating stria. The number of scales in the lateral line is about 150, about eight rows between the origin of the dorsal and the lateral line, and 17 to 19 between that line and the origin of the anal. The length of the head is contained about 5^ times in the total length of the body. The width of the interorbital area is a little greater than the long diameter of the orbit, which is equal to that of the snout. The postorbital portion of the head is about three times as long as the diameter of the eye. The length of the operculum is equal to half that of the upper jaw. The pre- operculuui is emarginate on its posterior limb. The orbit is nearly round, its diameter contained five timcjs in the length of the head. The snout is broad, obtuse, scarcely projecting beyond the mouth ; its width nearly as great at the tip as that of the interorbital space or as its own length. The median ridge is very prominent, gibbous in outline when observed laterally ; the lateral ridges start out almpst at a right angle with the median ridge, and are not continued upon the sides of the liead. Tlie suborljitals prominent, forming broad subocular ridges. No supraorbital ridges. Nostrils in front of the mid- dle of the eye, and nearer to its anterior margin tlian to the tip of the snout. Barbel longer than the diameter of the eye. Teeth in the upper jaw in a broad villiform band, with the outer series very much enlarged. The lower jaw with the teeth in a single series. Distance of first dorsal from snout 4| times the length of its base, its distance from the anterior margin of the orbit about equal to the length of the head. First spine very short, second rather stout and with, a simple serration ante- riorly, the serrae closely appressed to the spine (the spines all broken at their tips). The second dorsal begins at a distance from the first about equal to the length of the upper jaw. The anal is high, its average rays being about three times as long as tlio^e in the dorsal. It is inserted sliglitly behind the perpendicular fnmi the List ray of the fir.st dorsal. The pectoral is inserted over the base of the ventral (its 200 BULLETIN OF TIIP] rays are mutilated). The ventral is inserted almost under the pectoral, but very slightly in advance ; its distance from the snout is less than the length of its longest ray, which is prolonged in a fdanient which extends to the base of the 18th ray of the anal lin. Radial formula : D. I, IX, 113 ; A. 118 ; P. 20 ; V. 9 ; B. VI. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 3U8 41° 24' 45" 65° 35' 30" 1242 1 317 31° 57' 78° 18' 35" 333 1 juv. appar- [ently of this species. Length of adult, 481 millimeters ; of young, about 25 millimeters. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 325 33° 35' 20" 76° (i47 2 juv., and very [rotten, probably belonging to the above .species. BROTULID^. BARATHEODEMUS, new genus. Diagnosis. — Body brotuliform, Tiuch compressed; head considerably com- pressed with mouth moderate (in the type species extending to the vertical through the middle of the eye). Eye moderate. Head spineless, except a short flattened spine at the upper angle of the operculum. Snout long, projecting far beyond the tip of the upper jaw, its extremity much swollen. Jaws nearly equal in front. Teeth, minute in villiform bands on jaws, vomer, and pala- tines. Barbel none. Anterior pair of nostrils open and situated at the outer angles of the dilated snout, circular, each surrounded with, a cluster of mucous tubes. Posterior nostrils over anterior upper margin of orbit. Gill openings wide, membranes not united. Gills four, with a slit behind the fourth : gill lamina) moderate in length. Gill rakers also moderate : not numerous. Pseudobranchige absent : a small, separate caudal fin considerably prolonged. Dorsal and anal fins long. Branchiostegals, eight. Body and head covered with small, thin scales, those on the body scarcely imbricated. Lateral line absent (?). Ventrals reduced each, to a single bifid ray, close together, far in front of the pectorals. 12. Barathrodemus manatinus, new species. Two specimens of this species of Barathrodemus, six and a quarter inches in length, were obtained at Station 325, lat. 33° 35' 20", long. 76°, at a depth of 647 fathoms. Descrixition. — Body much compressed. Dorsal and anal outline approach- ing at an equal angle the horizontal axis. The height of the body is contained 7| times in its total length without caudal, and 8j times with caudal included. Scales small ; about 175 rows between the branchial opening and the tail; and MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 201 about 34 rows, counting upward and forward obliquely from the origin of the anal to the dorsal line. Lateral line apparently absent. Head considerably compressed, with rounded upper surface, its length con- tained about six times in total body length ; its width contained 2^ times in its length ; its greatest height equal to two thirds its length. Snout slightly longer than the horizontal diameter of the eye, and projecting beyond the tip of the upper jaw a distance equal to the vertical diameter of the eye ; much dilated and swollen, the anterior pair of nostrils being situated at the most salient angles ; the snout in general form resembling that of a manatee, whence the specific name. Mouth moderate ; its cleft extending to the vertical from the centre of the orbit. Length of the upper jaw equal to twice the horizontal diameter of the eye, and contained 2^ times in the length of the head. The posterior portion of the maxilla is considerably expanded. The maxilla is largely included within a skinny sheath. When the mouth is closed, the lower jaw is entirely included within the upper. Maxilla toothless. Vomer and palatine bands of teeth more than twice as broad as the bands in the intermaxillaries and on the mandible. Eye elliptical in form. Its vertical diameter two thirds of its horizontal, the latter being equal to the distance from the tip of the snout to the posterior nostril, and contained 5^ times in the length of the head. The distance of the eye from the dorsal outline is equal to half its horizontal diameter, and to one fifth, of the height of the head in a perpendicular through the centre of the eye. Interorbital space rounded : its width equal to the horizontal diameter of the eye. Dorsal fin inserted in the vertical above the insertiori of the pectoral, at a dis- tance from the end of the snout equal to that of the insertion of the pectoral. Anal inserted under the 21st to 23d dorsal ray, and at a distance from the snout about equal to one third the body length. The height of the dorsal and anal fins is about equal to half the height of the body at the insertion of the anal. Their bases extend almost to the insertion of the caudal. The caudal is composed of nine rays, the five medial ones almost equal in length, though the tip of the tail is slightly rounded, about equal to the height of the body midway between the branchial opening and the base of the tail. The ventrals are inserted almost under the middle of the operculum ; in length about equal to half the length of the head. The pectorals are inserted under the origin of the dorsal, and at a distance behind the branchial opening equal to two thirds the vertical diameter of the eye. Their length is equal to the greatest height of the body. Color, grayish brown. Abdominal region black. Radial formula : D. 106 ; A. 86 ; C. 2 + 5 + 2 ; P. 18-20 ; V. \. L. lat., ca. 175. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 325 33° 35' 20" 7(1° (5-17 2 202 BULLETIN OF THE DICROLENE, new genus. Diagnosis. — Body ln'otuliform, luoderately compressed ; head somewhat compressed, with mouth hirye (in the type species extending nearly to tlie posterior margin of the eye). The tip of the maxillary much dilated. Eye large, placed close to the dorsal profile. Head with supraorbital spines : sev- eral strong spines on the preoperculum, and one long spine at the upper angle of the operculum. Snout short, not projecting beyond the upper jaw. Jaws nearly equal in front. Teeth in iiarrow villiform bauds in the jaws on the head of the vomer, and on the palatines. Barbel none. Gill openings wide : membranes not united. Gills four : gill lamina) of moderate length. Gill rakers rather long, not numerous. Pseud obranchioc absent. A small, separate caudal lui, much prolonged. Dorsal and anal fins long : rays of the pectoral fin arranged in tM^o groups : several of the lower rays being separate and much pro- duced. Ventral fins close together, far in front of the pectorals. Each ventral composed of a single bifid ray. Branchiostegals seven. Body and head covered with small scales. Lateral line close to the base of the dorsal fin, apparently becoming obsolete on the jiosterior third of the body. Stomach siphonal. Pyloric casca few, rudimentary. Intestine shorter than body. 13. Dicrolene introniger, new species. Several specimens of a species of JJicnlcnc were obtained from Stations 325 and 326. Body moderately compressed, its dorsal and anal outlines approaching at an cfjual angle the horizontal axis, and tapering to a narrow point, wliich forms the base of the caudal fin. Scales small, about 110 rows between the branchial opening and the tail, and about 27 transverse rows counting upward and forward obliquely from the origui of the anal. The lateral line rudimentary, running near the base of the dorsal fin at a distance from it less than the diameter of the eye, and apparently becoming obsolete on the posterior third of the body. Body heiglit one sixth of standard length. Head somewhat compressed, with flattish upper surface, which is encroached upon by the upper margins of the orbit. At the posteiior upper mai'gin of each orbit is a strong spine pointing backward and upward ; a long sharp spine at the upper angle of the operculum, its exposed portion as long as half the diameter of the eye. Preoperculum, on its lower posterior border, with three ec[uidistant spines much weaker than that of the operculum. Large muciferous cavities in the bones of the head : a row of large cavities extending backward from the upper angle of the orbit, and continuous with those on the lateral line. Moutli large : its cleft considerably longer than half the length of the head, and the maxillary extending lieliind the vertiial from the posterior margin of the orbit. The posttnior poilion of llie maxillary much expanded, its width at the end e([Ual to three fourths the diameter of the eye. L'^'pon its MUSEUM OF COMrArtATIVE ZOOLOGY. 203 expanded tip are scales. Eye large, one fourth as long as head, and as wide as the interorbital space. Length of head one fifth standard length. Dorsal fin inserted at a distance from the snout equal to two ninths the length of the body. Anal inserted under the vertical from the 25th or 26th dorsal ray. Tlie height of the dorsal and anal fins is about equal to the diameter of the eye. Their bases extend almost to the insertion of the caudal. The caudal is composed of six or seven rays : its length equal to half the dis- tance from the snout to the insertion of the dorsal. The ventrals inserted almost under, but slightly posterior to, the posterior limb of the preoperculum, in length about equalling the upper jaw. Pectorals inserted close to the branchial aperture ; the eight lower rays being free and much prolonged, the longest and most anterior being nearly one third as long as the body, and more than three times as long as the contiguous pos- terior ray of the normally-constructed portion of the fin, which is, however, about equal to the last of the free rays. The free portion of the pectoral being longer, and composed of fewer rays, than the normal portion, the fish has the appearance of bearing two pectoral fins of the same general shape, the lower of which is the longer. The length of the normal portion of the fin is contained about four times in the length of the body. Radial formula : D. 100 ; A. about 85 ; C. 6 or 7 ; V. i ; P. 19 + 7 or 8. L. lat. 110-120. Station. 326 N Lat. 33° 42' 15" W. Long. 76° 0' 50" Fathoms. 464 Specimens. 4 325 33° 35' 20" 76° 647 7 GADID^. 14. Phycis chuss (Walb.), Gill. Blennius chiiss, Walbaum, Artedi, 1792, p. 186. Phijcis chuss, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 237. This species occurred at the following stations. station. 311 N. Lat. 39° 59' 30" W. Long. 70° 12' Fathoms. 143 Specimens. 1 346 40° 25' 35" 71° 10' 30" 44 3 15. Phycis tenuis (Mitch.), Dekat. Gadiis tenuis, Mitchill, Trans. Lit. & Pliil. Soc. N. Y., 1814, p. 372. Phi/cis tenuis, DeKay, ZoiJl. New York, Fishes, 1842, p. 293. Taken in the following locality. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimen. 3: SO '10° 11' 40" 68° 22' 304 1 204 BULLETIN OF THE 16. Pliycis regius (Wai.u.), Jordan & Gilbert. Blenniiis regius, Walbaum, Artedi, 1792, p. 18G. Uroplujcis retjius, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. PlyLa., 18Go, p. 240. Phycis regius, Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. ^lus., I., 1878, p. 371. Goodb & Bean, Cat. Fisli. Essex Co. and Mass. Bay, 1879, p. 8; Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. jMus., III. p. 70; Goode, ibid., p. 470 (with synonymy). Speciuien.s of this beautiful Uake were obtained at depths of 142 and 233 i'atlioms. Prof. Agassiz and the officers of the " BLike " had their attention ibrcibly attracted to a singular power of emitting electric shocks possessed l)y this fish. This peculiarity has never been noticed in this species save in deep water. The att(!ntion of observers is called to this interesting point. Station. N.Lat. W. Long. Pathoms. Specii 333 35° 45' 25" 74° 50' 30" 65 5 314 32° 24' 78° 44' 142 1 321 32° 43' 25" 77° 20' 30" 233 3 17. Phycis Chester!, Goode & Bean. Phicis rhf'Stcri. Goode & Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., I.. 1878, p. 256 ; Cat. Fisli. Essex Co. and Mass. Bay, 187',), p. 8; Goode, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., III. p. 470. Numerous specimens of this fi.'ih were taken at various depths. These collec- tions confirm the view expressed after a study of the collections made by the Fish Commission in the same year ; namely, that Phycis Chesteri and Macrurus Bairdii appear to be the most abundant fishes in the continental slope from 140 to 500 fathoms, occurring in immense numbers and breeding copiously. Following is a list of the stations. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. Unknown. 5 336 38° 21' 50" 73° 32' 197 7 303 41° 34' 30" 65° 54' 30" 306 4 Ii.ffiMONEMA, GUnther. Lamonema, GiJNTHER, Cat. Fisli. Brit. Mus., IV., p. 350, 18G2. 18. Laemonema ba.rbatula, new species. Head contained in body (without caudal) 4§ times ; height of body 4i times. Diameter of orbit in length of head three times, upper jaw a little more than twice. Barbel half as long as the diameter of the eye. Vent situated under the sixth or seventh rav of s;'cnnd dorsal. Distance of first dorsal from snout MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 205 ef[ual to one fourth standard length of body. The base of the first dorsal is half as long as the middle I'audal rays ; that of the second, slightly mure than three times the length of the head. The hrst dorsal is composed of live rays, the first of which is elongate, three times as long as the middle caudal rays : it extends to the base of the twenty-fourth ray of the second dorsal. Anal fm inserted at a distance from the tip of the snout equal to twice the length of the head, its distance from the insertion of the ventrals being equal to the length of the liead. The length of the ventrals is equal to that of the pectorals, their tips not extending to the vent. Scales small, very thin, deciduous, crowded anteriorly. Lateral line not well defined on the posterior [lart of the body. Eadial formula : B. VII ; D. 5-63 ; A. 59 ; T. 19 ; V. 2. Scales 13-140-31. Color similar to that of the various species of Phycis ; the dorsal and anal fins have narrow Ijlack margins. The length of the first dorsal ray is very variable in individuals, being shorter in younger specimens. This species difters from L. Yarrcllii by its much smaller scales, and from L. robustum by the greater number of rays in the dorsal and anal fins, and its much shorter ventrals. Specimens c5f this species were obtained at the following stations of the steamer " Blake." W. Li^ng. Fatlioms. SpeciniPiis. 77° 20' 30" 233 1 and part of 1 78° 43' 225 2 78° 37' 30" 229 3 A single specimen Avas also obtained by the Fish Commission steamer " Fish Hawk" in Lat. 38° 35' N., Long. 73° 13' W., at a depth of 312 fathoms, Oct. 10, 1881 (U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 29,04(3). MEASUREMENTS. Millimeters. Extreme length . . . 178 Length to base of middle caudal rays .... 160 Body. Greatest height 36 Greatest width ....... 18 Height at ventrals . 32 Least height of tail 4 Head. Greatest length 33 Greatest width 20 Width of interorbital area ...... 7 Length of snout ....... 7 Length of upper jaw . 15 Length of mandible . . , . ^ . 17 Station. N. Lat. 321 32° 43' 25" 315 32° 18' 20" 316 32° 7' 20G BULLETIN OF THE Distance from snout to orbit 9 Diameter of orbit 11 Dorsal (fi^^O- Distance from snout . . 40 Length of base 9 Length of longest ray . 54 (second). Length of base .... 105 Length of first ray . 14 Lengtli of longest ray ..... 17 Anal. Distance from snout . . . . . . 65 Length of base ...... 86 Lengtli of first ray 7 Length of longest ray ..... 16 Length of last ray ..... 3 Caudal. Length of middle rays .... 18 Pectoral. Distance from snout .... . 36 Length 25 Ventral. Distance from snout .... . 30 Length 25 Branchiostegals . . VII Dorsal ......... . 5-63 Anal ......... . 69 Caudal Pectoral ........ 19 Ventral ......... 2 Number of scales in lateral line . . . . . ca. 140 Number of transverse rows above lateral line . 13 Number of transverse rows below lateral line 31 19. Haloporphyrus viola, Goode & Bean. Haloporphijrus viula, Goode & Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., L pp. 257-260, Dec. 17, 1878. Specimens were obtained at the following stations. Station N. Lat. Vf. Long. Fathoms Specimens 305 41° 33' 15" 65° 51' 25" 810 1 308 41° 24' 25" 65° 35' 30" 1242 5 306 41° 32' 50" 65° 55' 524 13 325 33° 35' 20" 76° 647 1 312 39° 50' 45" 70° 11' 466 2 Unknown. 1 337 38° 20' 8" 73° 23' 20" 740 I 303 41° 34' 30" 65° 54' 30" 306 1 MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 207 20. Onos cimbrius (Linn.), Goodb & Bean. Gadus ciinhrius, Linn., Syst. Xut., ed. XIL, 176(J, p. 440. Onos cimbrius, Goode & Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., I. p. 849, Feb. 14, 1879. A single .specimen, VO mm. long, of a species of Onos, apparently 0. cimbriiu, was taken at Station 327. It was in fragments wlien received. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimen. 327 34° U' 30" 7G° 10' 30" 178 1 bad. 21. Merlucius bilinearis (Mitch.), Gill. Stomodon bilinearis, IMitciiill, Rep. Fish. N. Y., 1814, p. 7. Merlucius bilinearis. Gill, Cat. Fish. E. Coast N. A., 18G1, p. 48. Specimens mostly yomig were obtained at several stations enumerated below. A reference to the list of stations will show that the very young, not more than 25 millimeters in length, were secured. station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Sp pcimcns. 313 32° 31' 50" 78° 45' 75 2 311 39° 59' 30" •70° 12' 143 1 321 32° 43' 25" 77° 20' 30" 233 1 344 40° 1' 70° 58' 129 8 juv. LYCODID^. 22. Lycodes Verrillii, Goode & Bean. Lijcod(S Verrillii, Goode & Bean, Amer. Jour. Sci. and Arts, Vol. XIV., Dec, 1877, pp. 474-476. This species was collected at the three following stations. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 309 40° 11' 40" 68° 22' 304 2 329 34° 39' 40" 75° 14' 40" 603 2 332 35° 45' 30" 74° 48' 263 6 23. Lycodes paxilloides, new species. This species resembles Lycodes faxillus, Goode & Lean, in many respects, but differs markedly in the smaller mouth and less prominent cheeks. Diagnosis. — The length of the head is contained about eight times in the total length. The greatest height of the body is about half the length of the head. The dorsal begins over the end of the extended pectoral : its distance 208 BULLETIN OF THE from the tip of tlie snout is contained 4§ times in the total length ; that of the anal from the snout, 3} times. The vent is immediately in front of the anal. The length of the pectoral equals one half that of the head, or a little more. The distance of the ventral from the snout is contained 8^ times in the total length. The length of the ventral is scarcely more than that of the pupil. The interorbital space (on the skull) is about one fourth the length of the snout, which is about equal to that of the eye, which is contained 3| times in the length of the head. The tubular nostril is much nearer the tip of the snout than to the eye. The scales are very small, present everywhere except on the head and the pectorals, extending almost out to the margin of the ver- tical fins. Dorsal (with half of caudal) 118 rays ; anal (with half of caudal) 110. Pectoral 16, ventral 3. Color light brown, the head somewhat darker. Specimens were obtained at the following places. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 309 40° 11' 40" 68° 22' 304 2 312 39° 50' 45" 70° 11' 466 1 LYCODONUS, new genus. This genus is in nearly every particular like Lycodes, from which, however) it is distinguished by the peculiar structure of the dorsal and anal fins. Diagnosis. — Body blenniform, elongate. Scales small, circular, imbedded in the skin. Lateral line very short, posteriorly obsolete. Eye moderate. Jaws without fringes. Upper jaw longer than lower. Fin rays soft, articu- lated ; those of the dorsal and anal fins supported laterally, each iy a pair of sculptured ectodermal scutes or plates. Caudal distinct ; not fully connate with dorsal and anal, few-rayed. Ventrals present, jugular each composed of a few slender deeply cleft articulated rays. Gill opening rather narrow. Branchiostegal membranes broadly joined to the isthmus. Teeth as in Lycodes. Pseudoljranchise apparently present. Branchiostegals apparently five. Gill arches four. Gill rakers rudimentary, in moderate number. Air bladder and pyloric caeca apparently absent. Lycodonus mirabilis, new species. The body is shaped much as in Lycodes Verrillii ; its greatest height, at ori- gin of dorsal, contained about eighteen times in the length of the body. Scales as in Lycodes, the scales not extending out upon the fins. The head and nape are also scaleless. Lateral line apparently obsolete posteriorly, not extending back of the extremity of the pectoral. The length of the head is contained about seven times in the entire length. The diameter of the eye is contained 2| times in the length of the head, and is about equal to the postorbital portion of the head. The eye is pLaced high, the width of the interorbital space being less than the diameter of the pupil, and MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 209 contained 3^- times in the long diameter of the eye- Nostrils immediately in front of the eye. Teeth as in Lycodes. The maxilla extends to the vertical through the anterior margin of the pupil ; the mandible, to a little behind the vertical through the posterior margin of the pupil. The dorsal fin is inserted slightly behind the vertical through the base of the pectoral ; the portion of the fin present in the mutilated specimen before us contains 80 articulated rays. The first ten or eleven scutes do not support rays, but whether rays were originally present or not cannot now l)e ascer- tained. The longest dorsal ray is about equal to the longest anal ray, its length being contained about three times in that of the head. The distance of the vent from the snout is twice the length of the head ; the anal begins im- mediately behind the vent ; it consists at present of about 70 articulated rays. The caudal rays extend beyond the tips of the ultimate dorsal and anal rays ; they are about 9 in number. The distance of the ventral from the snout is equal to twice the length of the upper jaw ; the middle ventral ray is the longest, it being half as long as the postorbital part of the head. The length of the pectoral equals three times that of the snout. Radial formula : D. 80+ ; A. 70+ ; C. 9 ; P. 18 ; V. 3. The single mutilated specimen was from Station 337. It measured 112 mil- limeters in its imperfect condition. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimen. 337 38° 20' 8" 73° 23' 20" 740 1 25. Melanostigma gelatinosiun, Guxther. Melanostirjma gelatinosum, Gijnther, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1881, Part 1, Jan. 4, p. 21 (genus, p. 20), PI. II. fig. A. A single greatly mutilated specimen, 103 mm. long, was obtained. It has since been taken by the U. S. Fish Commission, in the deep water off Martha's Vineyard. This species was described from a specimen obtained, January 16, 1880, by Dr. Coppinger, of H. M. S. Steamer " Alert," at Tilly Bay in the Straits of Magellan, in 24 fathoms. Dr. Giinther remarks (o^j. cit, p. 21), " The fish is evidently habitually living at a greater depth than that at which Dr. Coppinger happened to obtain the single specimen in his collection." This does not seem to us to be necessarily a logical conclusion, since, as is well known to those who have studied the distribution of deep-sea forms in the Western Atlantic, those which are found at great depths in temperate seas are shore inhabitants in seas near the poles. Station, N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimen 334 38° 20' 30" 73° 26' 40" 395 1 (fragments) VOL. X. NO. 5. 14 210 UULLETIN OF THE TRIGLID^. 26. Prionotus alatus, new species. A single specimen of a new species of Prionotus was obtained off Charleston, S. C, in the same haul witli the pleuronectoid described above under the name Notosema dilecta. This species belongs to the group referred by Jordan to the subgenus Ornichthys of Swainson. iJescrijotion. — A Prianotus with tlie body normal in f(jrm, rather rol )ust : its greatest height equal to one fourth its length without caudal, and nearly e([ual to one tilth of the total length ; its greatest width one fifth of its greatest length without caudal ; the least height of tail contained twelve times, or nearly so, in the standard body length, and three times in the height of the body. .Scales small and much pectinate, there being in the lateral line about one hundred vertical rows of scales, about fifty of which are tube-bearing and specialized. The number of rows, covmting diagonally around the body from the origin of the anal, is twenty-one below and seven above the lateral line. The length of the head to the tip of the preopercular spine is contained two and a lialf times in the standard body length, and very little more than three times in the total length. The width of the head is equal to its height. The upper limb of the orbit encroaches upon the upper profile of the head, and the centre of the pupil is equidistantr from the tip of the snout and the tip of the prolonged preopercular spine. The length of the snout, measured ob- liquely from the anterior margin of the orbit, is equal to that of the postorbital portion of the head to the end of the opercular spine. At the. lower angle of the preoperculum is a rolnist spine, curving slightly upwards, the length of which is equal to that of the first dorsal ray. This spine is serrated upon its outer edge, and has a small spine at its base, which is also serrated. The tip of the spine extends to the perpendicular from the centre of the interspace be- tween the third and fourth dorsal spines ; while that of the humeral spine extends to the perpendicular from the interspace between the fourth and fifth, and that of the opercular, to the perpendicular from the centre of the base of the third. There is a strong scapular spine, which extends back to the pos- terior edge of the second dorsal spine. The length of the upper jaw is equal to one third that of the head. The palatine teeth are in short feeble bands, hardly perceptible even with a strong magnifying-glass. Gill rakers, six in number, besides several rudimentary ones, five being below the angle, and the longest equal in length to one third the diameter of the eye. The first dorsal fin is inserted above the tip of the upper oiiercular spine, and at a distance from the snout ecpuil to twice the length of the fourth dorsal spine. The height of the first dorsal spine, which is equal to that of the third, and slightly less than that of the second, equals half the length of the head. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 211 Its anterior margin is strongly serrated, while those of the second and third spines are less markedly so. The length of base of first dorsal equals the greatest height of body : the distance between its insertion and that of the second dorsal fin is equal to the length of the longest and superior detached pectoral ray. The second dorsal fin is inserted in the perpendicular over the interspace between the second and third anal rays : the length of its longest ray equals twice the least height of tail, and the length of its base equals the greatest length of the ventral rays. Its first ray is conspicuously serrated on its anterior edge. The insertion of the anal fin is in the perpendiciilar below the end of the first dorsal fin : the length of its longest ray Ls equal to half that of the middle caudal rays. The caudal is truncated, very slightly emarginate. The pectoral is very peculiar in structure, its longest ray, the 9th, reaching to the base of the caudal rays, and equal in length to four times that of the fourth dorsal spine. The 10th ray is a little bit shorter, extending nearly to the end of the soft dorsal. The 11th, 12th, and 13th rays are graduated, de- creasing in regular proportion, the 13th being less than one fourth as long as the 10th. The 8th is about midway between the 10th and 11th : the 1st is slightly longer than the 12th, and those intermediate between the 1st and the 8th are graduated in length, so as to form a rounded outline for the anterior, or upper, portion of the fin. The pectoral appendages are slender, the third being slightly greater in length than the 13th ray, being two thirds as long as the first, while the second is intermediate between the other two. The ventral is inserted directly under the base of the pectoral appendages : its first spine about equal in length to the preopercular spine from the base of the supplemental spines ; its longest, the third and fourth, exactly equal in length to the base of the second dorsal. Color, brownish above, with about four indistinct transverse band-like blotches, one of which is on the base of the caudal ; whitish beneath. Verti- cal fins uniform, the tips of the caudal rays blackish, with two indistinct cloud-like bands in advance of the terminal band thus formed. A black blotch, with whitish anterior margin on the membrane between the fourth and fifth dorsal spines ; a very inconspicuous blackish spot on the membrane between the fifth and sixth ; others stiU less conspicuous on the succeeding interspaces. The pectoral blotched and clouded with blackish brown and white. Eadial formula: D. X, 12; A. 11; C. 3 — 7 + 5 — 4; P. 13 + 3; V. I, 5. L. lat. about 100. Tube-bearing scales, about 50. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimen. 313 32° 31' 50" 78° 45' 75 1 212 BULLETIN OF THE AGONID^. 27. Peristedium miniatum, Goode. Peristedium miniatum, Goode, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., III. pp. 349, 350, Nov. 23, 1880. Young individuals were trawled at the following stations. station. N. Lat. TV. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 327 34° ()' 3U" 76° 10' 30" 178 1 314 32° 24' 78° 44' 142 4 COTTID^. 28. Icelus uncinatus (Reinhardt), Kruyer. Cottiis uncinatus, Reinhardt, " Overs. Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Afh. 6 Del., p. xliv., Copenhagen, 1837 (1833-34)." Icelus uncinatus, Kroyer, Naturh. Tidssk., 2="., B. I., p. 263, 1844. Centridermichthys uncinatus, Gunther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Mu- seum, II., 1800, p. 172. Collett, Norske Nordhavs-Expedition, 1876-78, Fiske, p. 29, pi. 1, fig. 7. A single specimen, much mutilated, was taken at Station 303. station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fatlioms. Specimen. 303 41° 34' 30" 65° 54' 30" 306 1 29. Cottunculus microps, Collett. Cottunculus microps, Collett, Norgcs Fiske, Appendix to Forh. Vidensk. Selskab., Christiania, 1874, p. 20, pi. 1, figs. 1-3. Norske Nordhavs-Expedition, Fiske, 1880, p. 18, pi. 1, figs. 5, 6. Taken at only one .station. Two small examples secured. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 310 39° 59' 16" 70° 18' 30" 260 2 30. Cottunculus torvus, Goode, new species. Cottunculus torvus, Goode, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., III. p. 479 (name only). Diagnosis. — Head and body smooth, scaleless, covered with a tough lax skin. The length of the head is nearly one third of the extreme length of the body including the caudal ; its greatest height, one fourth of the body without the caudal. The greatest width of the head is twice the length of the maxilla. The distance of the vent from the insertion of the anal equals the length of the maxilla. The eye is close to the dorsal profile. The length of the orbit is about MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 213 equal to that of the snout, and is contained about four and a half times in the greatest length of the head. The intermaxillary is long and slender, its leno-th contained slightly more than three times in the distance from the tip of the snout to the insertion of the first dorsal (three and one third times in the length of the head). The maxilla is very slender, except in its posterior third, where it is considerably expanded. The mandible is very stout, posteriorly widened, its length contained nearly two and one third times in that of the head. Teeth in broad \alliform bands on the intermaxillary and the mandible. Two short separate similar bands on the vomer. None on the palatines. Head armed with blunt spines, as in C. microps. The distance of the dorsal from the tip of the snout is nearly equal to one third of the total length, caudal included. It consists of six spines and seven- teen rays. The anal fin is located midway between the tip of the snout and the end of the caudal fin ; it consists of thirteen rays. The length of the upper pectoral rays is equal to that of the postorbital por- tions of the head. The pectoral rays diminish rapidly in size, the lowest being exceedingly short. The number of rays is twenty-two. The distance of the ventral from the tip of the snout is one third of the total length without the caudal. The length of the free portion of the ventral equals that of the eye The fill consists of one spine and three rays. The caudal consi-sts of ten developed rays. Color light brown, the fins somewhat darker. This species was first noticed in the Fish Commission collections of 1880, and was mentioned by name in a paper pulilished in that year by Mr. Goode. No description accompanied this name, and the author of it has no excuse to offer for following a practice which is so pernicious and indefensible. Specimens were obtained as follows : — station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 306 41° 32' 50" 65° 55' 524 3 343 39° 45' 50" 70° 55' 732 1 326 33° 42' 15" 76° 0' 50" 464 1 SCORP^NIDuE. 31. Setarches parmatus, Goode. Setarches parmatus, Goode, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., III. pp. 480, 481, Feb. 16, 1881. Two specimens, respectively 53 mm. and 52 mm. long, were taken at Station 327, Lat. 34° 0' 30", Long. 76° 10' 30", at a depth of 178 fathoms. These specimens and the type of the species are the only three examples known. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 327 34° 0' 30" 76° 10' 30" 178 2 214 BULLETIN OF THE 32. Sebastoplus dactylopterus (De la Roche), Gill. Scorpmna dadyloptern, De la Roche, Ann. Mus., XIII., pi. 22, fig. 2 (Jide Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., IL p. 99. Sebastoplus dactylopterus, Gill, MS. A single young specimen was taken. The U. S. Fish Commission has since secured many young and adult. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimen. 311 39° 59' .30" 70° 12' 143 1 CARANGID^. 33. Caranx amblyrhynchus, Cuv. & Val. 1 Caranx amblyrhynchus, Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss., Vol. IX. p. 100, pi. 248. A single young individual, apparently of this species (D. VIII, i, 27 ; A. II, i, 24 ; V. I, 5 ; L. lat. ca. 39), was taken at Station 324 ; its length is 33 mm. In all probability the fish-was caught near the surface, while the trawl was on its way up, and not on the bottom. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimen. 324 33° 27' 20" 75° 53' 30" 1386 1 BERYCID^. POROMITRA, new genus. A single individual, 1 j inches long, was obtained at Station 328, and another one of about the same length is in the collection without locality. The species comes to us in such a dilapidated condition, that it is impossible to make a sat- isfactory diagnosis of its characters. It seems to differ widely from anything heretofore described. As it is, we simply describe it under a new generic name, and at present shall refer it to Berycidxc, to which, as we now view it, it appears to be related. Provisional Diagnosis. — Body short, compressed, scopeliform, covered with thin cycloid scales. Head very large, nearly half the entire length of the fish to base of caudal, with scales upon cheeks, suboperculum, and probably else- where. No barbel. Mouth very large, the lower jaw projecting. Margin of upper jaw composed of a short intermaxillary and a long maxillary. Teeth cardiform, numerous, very small, on the intermaxillaries and mandibles. None discovered on maxillaries, palatines, or vomer. Opercular apparatus complete. Dorsal fin in the middle of the body, its origin not far behind that of the ventrals, the spinous and soft portions subeqnal in length. Anal much shorter than dorsal, its middle under the end of the dorsal, or nearly so. Pseudo- branchiae present. Gill openings very wide, separate. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 215 34. Poromitra capito, new species. The height of the body is two sevenths of its length to base of caudal rays ; its width about one half its height. Scales as large as the pupil, with concen- tric striae, about twenty-four in the lateral line, and about ten in the transverse series. Head about two fifths of standard length, somewhat resembling in appear- ance that of Alepocephalus Bairdii. The eye is large, circular, located nor- mally. The length of the upper jaw is three sevenths that of the head ; that of the lower jaw about one half. The end of the maxillary is nearly in the per- pendicular from the posterior limb of the pupil. The length of the snout is about equal to the least diameter of the eye. The distance from the limb of the preoperculum to the end of the opercular flap is equal to that from the tip of the snout to the posterior margin of the orbit. Teeth as described in generic diagnosis. Dorsal fin inserted midway between tip of snout and ori- gin of middle caudal rays. The fin is mutilated and its outline cannot be determined ; it is composed of seven or eight spines and six soft rays, and the length of its base is nearly equal to the height of the body at its in- sertion. The anal fin is inserted in the perpendicular from the base of the eighth dorsal ray. It is composed of nine rays, and the length of its base is half that of the dorsal base. The pectoral is inserted far below the axis of the body, and with a single scale between its axil and the branchial opening. Its length is twice the dis- tance of its insertion from the snout. The ventral is minute (apparently, and is inserted in advance of the pecto- ral) ; it has apparently seven or eight rays. The caudal is mutilated, but apparently composed of fifteen, rays. Radial formula : D. VII or VIII, 6 ; A. 9 ; V. 7 or 8 ; P. 12 ; C. 15. Two examples were secured, — one from an unknown locality. The list follows. station. N. Lat. W. LoDg. Fathoms. Specimens. No locality slip. 1 328 34° 28' 25" 75° 22' 50" 1632 1 SYNODONTID^. BATHYSAURUS, Gunther. Bathysaums, Gunther, Ann. and Mag. Nat Hist., Aug. 1878, p. 181. 35. Bathysaurus Agassizii, new species. Body elongate, subcylindrical, with depressed head and tapering tail, its greatest height contained seven times in its standard length, and eight times in 21 G BULLETIN OF THE the length to tip of upper caudal lobe: its greatest width nine times in standanl length ; its height at the origin, of the anal about half its greatest height ; length of caudal peduncle equal to greatest height of body. Scales irregularly ovate, with the free portion convex, thin, cycloid, leathery, deciduous, those in middle of body with a vertical diameter nearly equal to that of the pupil, those of lateral line with posterior margin truncate. In the lateral line, which extends upon the caudal fin, descending below the median line of the body near the origin of this fin, are seventy-eight specialized scales, larger than those of the body. Between the dorsal fin and the lateral line are about eight rows of scales ; between the latter and the anal fin are about the same nimiber. Head twice as long as the greatest height of the body, strongly depressed, alligator-like, naked except upon the cheeks and a small area on the occiput, with strong na.sal and interorbital ridges. The greatest width is somewhat more than half its greatest length, the width of interorl)ital area nearly equal to half that of head, and one fourth the length of the lower jaw. The length of the snout is equal to twice the horizontal diameter of the eye. The anterior nostrils are situated midway between the tip of the snovit and the an- terior margin of the orbit. The cleft of the mouth is enormous, its angle pos- terior to the eye by a distance about equal to the width of the interorbital space. The length of the upper jaw equals one sixth of the standard body length ; that of the lower jaw, one fifth. The margin of the upper jaw (formed by the intermaxillary only) is armed with two irregular rows of depressible teeth, some of which are barbed ; those in the inner row are much the largest, many of them being two thirds as long as the horizontal diameter of the pupil and twice as long as those in the outer series. The lower jaws are enormously strong, and broad, flattened below, the width measured on the under surface of the head equal to two thirds the width of the broad interorbital space. The lower jaw projects outside of the upper jaw at the sides a distance apparently equal to half its width, and considerably in front ; the lower jaws are thickly studded with depressible teeth, many of them, especially the larger inner ones, strongly barbed, those in front claw-like, recurved. On the palatines, three rows of teeth, the middle ones very much enlarged and most of them strongly barbed, — these being the largest of all the teeth. On the tongue a few weaker teeth, and groups of similar teeth upon the vomer. GiU laminae, gill rakers, and pseudobranchise, as described by Dr. Gunther in the diagnosis of the genus. The dorsal fin contains seventeen rays, and is inserted at a distance from the tip of the snout equal to the length of its own base, and slightly greater than one third of the standard body length. The fourth or longest ray is equal in length to the greatest height of the body. The first ray is a rudiment ; the second is nearly half as long as the third ; the third slightly shorter than the fourth ; after the fourth the rays diminish rapidly in length to the ninth, which is about half as long as the lower jaw, and subsequent to which the diminution is gradual : the last ray is about as long as the fir.^t. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 217 There is no adipose dorsal ; if ever present, it was obliterated before the specimen came into our possession. The anal fin contains eleven rays, and is inserted considerably behind the vertical from the termination of the dorsal, — at a distance equal to the horizon- tal diameter of the eye ; the length of its base is equal to half that of the dor- sal, the length of its longest ray (the third) equal to that of the eighth of the dorsal. The caudal is slightly forked, its middle rays two thirds as long as those in the upper lobe, and about equal to the seventh dorsal ray. The pectoral fin consists of fifteen rays, is inserted under the fourth scale of the lateral line, and at a distance in front of the dorsal equal to half the great- est height of the body. Its length is equal to that of the lower jaw, and the seventh ray is prolonged to a length equal to that of the head, its tip extending to the perpendicular from the twelfth dorsal ray. The ventral is composed of eight rays, and its base is almost entirely in advance of the perpendicular from the origin of the dorsal : its length equals half that of the head. The two ventrals are far apart. Eadial formula : B. 10 (?) ; D. 17 ; A. 11 ; C. 19 ; P. 15 ; A. 8. Scales 8, 78, 8. Color brownish, the inside of the branchiostegal flap bluish black. A single specimen, about two feet in total length, a femak', full of nearly mature eggs, was taken at a depth of 647 fathoms, at iStation 325, in Lat. 33° 35' 20" N., Long. 76° W. MEASUREMENTS. Millimeters. Length to base of caudal ....... 540 Length to end of middle caudal rays .... 610 Body. Greatest height 76 Greatest width . 58 Height at ventrals ....... 76 Least height of tail ....... 25 Head. Greatest length 137 Greatest width 62 Width of interorbital area 27 Length of snout 40 Length of maxillary 89 Length of mandible 108 Diameter of orbit 20 Dorsal. Distance from snout 191 Length of base 171 Length of first ray 5 Length of longest ray (4th) 78 Anal. Distance from snout 380 Length of base 85 Length of longest rav ...... 56 218 BULLETIN OF THE Pectoral. Distance from snout 144 Length 105 Length of prolonged ray . . . . . .132 Ventral. Distance from snout 175 Length 70 Branchiostegals X (?) Dorsal 17 Anal 11 Caudcal 19 Pectoral • . . 15 Ventral . . • .8 Number of scales in lateral line 78 Number of transverse rows above lateral line ... 8 Number of transverse rows below lateral line ... 8 ALEPOCEPHALID^. 36. Alepocephalus Agassizii, new species. A single specimen of Akpocephalirs was obtained at Station 338, in 922 fath- oms, Lat. 38° 18' 40" N., Long. 73° 18' 10" W. This is the fourth species of the genus which has, to date, come up for de- scription : the first, A. rostratus, having been described by Risso from the Mediterranean in 1820; the second, A. niger, from north of Australia, at a depth of 1,400 fathoms, obtained by H. M. S. " Challenger," and described by Giinther in 1878 ; the third, A. Bairdii, from the Grand Banks of New- foundland, at a depth of 200 fathoms, described by us in 1879. The former American species having been named in honor of the Director of the U. S. National Museum, we propose to dedicate the one now iinder consideration to the Curator of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, under the name Alepo- cephalus Agassizii. Diagnosis. — Body slightly less elongate than in A. Bairdii, its height being contained very slightly more than five times in its length to origin of middle caudal rays, somewhat compressed, its width being about half its height. The least height of the tail is contained twelve times in the length of the body. Scales apparently ovate-lanceolate, parchment-like, smaller than in A. Bairdii: the specimen is almost denuded of scales, and their arrangement in the drawing has been in part made out from their impressions upon the skin. There are ninety scales in the lateral line, ten between lateral line and origin of dorsal, eleven between same and origin of anal. The base of the dorsal is squamose, the anal slightly so, but probably less than in A. Bairdii. Head somewhat compressed, snout conically elongate, the lower jaw slightly produced. Its length is contained three times in the length of the body (in A. Bairdii, 4^), slightly exceeding twice the length of the lower jaw, and four times the least height of the tail (in A. Bairdii, less than three). Width MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 219 of head slightly less than lengtli of operculum, and 9^ times in 'length of body (12 in ^. Bairdii). Length of snout half that of mandible, which is one sixth of total length (1 in A. Bairdii). Diameter of orbit in total length of body 10^ times (18 in A. Bairdii), 3^ in head (about 4^ in A. Bairdii). The insertion of the dorsal is immediately above the vent ; the distance of its origin from the base of middle caudal rays equal to one third of distance from same to anterior margin of orbit, and at a distance from the snout much greater than two thirds the total length of body (about equal in A. Bairdii). The length of its base is equal to one eighth of total length. The origin of the anal is under the second ray of the dorsal ; its length of base is slightly more than one seventh of the body length, and is equal to the height of the body at the vent. The ends of the dorsal, anal, and caudal rays are broken off in the specimen before us. Distance of pectoral from snout, equal to ^ of the body length (slightly more than \ in A. Bairdii) and 4^ times least height of tail (3 in A. Bairdii). Its length equal to the diameter of orbit and contained 10^ times in total length (10 in A. Bairdii). The origin of the pectoral is close behind the end of the opercular flap, while in A, Bairdii it is separated therefrom by four rows of scales. Distance of ventral from snout considerably less than twice the length of the head. Its length, probably, about one sixth that of the head. Radial formula : D. 15 ;" A. 17 ; C. 19 ; P. 11 ; V. 1, 5 ? L. lat. 90. Dentition as in .4. Bairdii. Color dark, head and fins nearly black. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimen. 338 38° 18' 40" V3° 18' 10" 922 1 HALOSAURID.^. 37. Halosaurus macrochir, GiJNXHER. Halosaurus macrochir, Gunther, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 5tli Ser., II., 1878, p. 251. H. macrochir was described by Dr. Gunther from specimens obtained by H. M. S. " Challenger," in the Atlantic, at a depth of 1090 fathoms, and mid- way between the Cape of Good Hope and Kerguelen's Land, at a depth of 1375 fathoms. Specimens were obtained by the " Blake " at the following stations : — Station. 308 N. Lat. 41° 24' 25" W. Long. 65° 35' 30" Fathoms. 1242 Specimens. 1 325 33° 35' 20" 76° 647 5 220 BULLETIN OF THE STOMIATID^. 38- Stomias ferox, Keixiiardt. Slomias ferox, Reiniiakdt, Vid. Selsk. Nat. og ]\Lith., Afhandl. X. p. Lv.xviii. A single specimen was obtained at each of the two foUowiuL,' stations : — tation. 309 N. Lat. 40° 11' 40" W. Long. 68° 22' Fathoms. 304 Specimens. 1 306 41° 32' 50" 65° 55' 524 1 STERNOPTYCHID^. 39. Sternoptyx diaphana, Hermann-. Slernoptyx diaphana, IIerjiaxn, Naturforschor, XVI. p. 781, p. 8, Taf. I. figs. 1 and 2 ; XVII. p. 249 (" Copied by Walbaum, Artedi, III., Vol. I. figs. 1 and 2, and by Schneider, p. 494, Pi. XXXV."). Cuvier, Kegne Animal, 2d cd., PI. XIII. fig. I. Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XXII. p. 415. GiJN- ther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V. p. 387 (no specimens). Specimens were caught at the stations mentioned below. station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 323 33° 19' 76° 12' 30" 457 1 316 32° 7' 78° 37' 30" 229 1 40. Argyropelecus hemigymnus, Cocco. Argyropelccus hemicjymnus, Cocco, Giorn. Sc. Sic. 1829, fasc. 77, p. 146. Bona- parte, Faun. Ital. Pesc. Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss., XXII. p. 398. GuNTHER, Cat. Fisli. Brit. Mus., V. p. 385. Sternoptyx hemigymnus, Valenciennes, in Cuvier, Regne Animal, III. Poiss., PI. 103, fig. 3. • Sternoptyx mediterranea, Cocco, Giorni il Faro, 1838, IV. p. 7, fig. 2. Bonaparte, Faun. Ital. Pesc, Fig. Thi.s species was obtained at Station 315, at a depth of 225 fathoms. It was also obtained by the steamer "Fish Hawk," August 18, 1882, at Station 1112 (Lat. 39° 56' N., Long. 70° 35' W., 245 fathoms), and was seen by Dr. Bean on the same vessel in 1880. station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 315 32° 18' 40" 78° 43' 225 2 MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 221 CYCLOTHONE, new genus. Numerous small specimens, in very bad condition, were received, belonging to an undescribed genus of the family Sternoptychichc, or of some closely related family not yet defined. Diagnosis. — Body long, somewhat comj^ressed, apparently naked, covered with dark pigment-cells, there being no scales. A series of luminous spots along the lower sides of the body. Head conical, cleft of mouth very wide, oblique, the lower jaw strongly projecting. The maxilla is long and slender, anteriorly curved strongly upward, its outline sickle-shaped, closely connected with the short intermaxillary. Maxillary and intermaxillary with a single series of rather large acicular teeth, about every fourth one in the maxilla longer than the average. Lower jaw with teeth apparently uniform in size, raking forward, and with a few canines in front. A small patch of minute teeth upon the head of the vomer. Palate smooth. Eye moderate, inconspicuous, apparently covered with opaque membrane, causing a dull appearance. Gill opening very wide, the branch iostegal membrane free from the isthmus. Gill rakers long and slender, moderately numerous, more than twice as numerous below as above the angle. Pseudobranchise absent (branchiostegals not clearly made out, apparently seven, eight, or nine). No air-bladder. All the fins well developed : the anal large : dorsal and anal fins entirely on the posterior half of the body : no adipose dorsal : caudal forked. 41. Cyclothone lusca, new species. Body elongate, its greatest height contained 7f times in its length to base of middle caudal rays, its width being less than two thirds of its heiglit. Its height at the ventrals is contained 8^ times in standard length : the least height of tail is half that of the body at the ventrals. Head length contained 4f times in body length, its width about one third of its length. The intermaxillary is very short, extending to vertical from posterior limb of anterior nostril. The maxillary is very strongly curved downward, and has a short knob at its anterior extremity, not visible without dissection. The maxillary extends backward to a distance from the tip of the snout equal to the length of the head without the snout. The peculiar ar- rangement of the teeth is described above in the generic diagnosis. Most of those in the maxillary are inclined strongly forward. The long lower jaw, with the exception of the projecting tip, is included within the upper jaw : its length is equal to the distance from the anterior nostril to the end of the head. Eye circular, close to the profile, the interorbital area being very narrow. Its length is equal to that of the snout, and contained seven times in the length of the head. Dorsal fin inserted at a distance from the tip of the snout equal to three 222 BULLETIN OF THE times the length of the lower jaw, its base being as long as the head ; the first ray is minute, and about two thirds as long as the eye ; the second ray is about two thirds the length of the base of the fin, and the subsequent rays rapidly and uniformly decrease in length to the last, which is about twice as long as the first. All the rays except the first are bifid. The anal fin is inserted under the second ray of the dorsal : its base is half as long again as that of the dorsal, and nearly one third as long as the body of the fish : its outline resembles that of the dorsal, though slightly emarginate, its longest ray a httle longer than the longest of the dorsal, and half as long as the base of the fin. All the rays except the first are bifid. Caudal forked, its middle rays less than half as long as the outer rays, equal in length to least height of caudal peduncle. Pectoral inserted imder the tip of the opercular flap, its length equal to the greatest height of the body. Ventral inserted at a distance from the snout equal to twice the length of the head, its length slightly exceeding that of the pectoral, and contained seven times in the standard body length. Radial formula : B. VII to IX ; D. I, 11 ; A. I, 16 ; C. 17 ; P. 10 ; V. 5. Color blackish brown, the luminous pores inconspicuous. Specimens were obtained at the following stations. station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens 330 31° 41' 74° 35' 1047 5 323 33° 19' 76° 12' 30" 457 37 328 34° 28' 25" 75° 22' 50" 1632 13 324 33° 27' 20" 75° 53' 30" 1386 20 SCOPELID^. 42. Scopelus Mtilleri (Gmel.), Collett. Salmo MiUleri, Gmelin's Linnaeus, Sy sterna Naturae, L, 1788, p. 1378. Scopelus gladdis, Reinhardt, Oversigt Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Aph. VI. p. ex., Copenhagen, 1837. Scopelus MuUeri, Collett, Norges Fiske Tillaegsh. til. Forh. Vid. Selsk., Christiania, 1874, p. 152. Norske Nordhavs-Expedition, 1876-1878, Fiske, 1880, p. 158. This species, known hitherto only from the coast of Greenland and the northern shores of Norway, has been frequently taken during the past two years, by the U. S. Fish Commission, off the southern shores of New England, and was also obtained by the "Blake" at the stations mentioned below. The following specimens, all in bad condition, were obtained. Fathoms. Specimens 3(^6 1 395 3 304 1 603 3 Station. N. Lat. W. Long. 303 41° 34' 30" 65° 54' 30" 334 38° 20' 30" 73° 26' 40" 309 40° 11' 40" 68° 22' 329 34° 39' 40" 75° 14' 40" MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 223 MICROSTOMID^. 43. Hyphalonedrus chalybeius, Goode. Hyphalonedrus chalybeius, Goode, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., III. pp. 484, 485, Feb. 16, 1881. This species was foiinJ at the following stations. tation. 321 N. Lat. 32° 43' 25" W. Long. 77° 20' 30" Fathoms. 233 Specimens. 1 316 32° r 78° 37' 30" 229 1 327 34° 0' 30" 76° 10' 30" 178 5 bad SACCOPHARYNGID^. 44. Saccopharynx flagellum, Mitchill. Saccopharynx flageUum, Mitchill, Ann. Lye. New York, I., 1824, p. 82. A single Ladlj^ mutilated example was secured. station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimen. 331 35° 44' 40" 74° 40' 20" 898 1 SYNAPHOBRANCHID^. 45. Synaphobranchus pinnatus (Gronow), Gthr. Murana pinnata, Gronow, Syst. ed. Gray, p. 19 (^fide Giintlier). Synaphobranchus pinnatus, Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., VIII. p. 23. Numerous specimens were obtained, as will he seen by referring to the fol- lowing list. station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 309 38° 18' 40" 73° 18' 10" 304 35 Unknown. 4 303 41° 34' 30" 65° 54' 30" 306 12 312 39° 50' 45" 70° 11' 466 8 325 33° 35' 20" 76° 647 12 337 38° 20' 8" 73° 23' 20" 740 2 326 33° 42' 15" 76° 0' 50" 464 6 Unknown. I 329 34° 39' 40" 75° 14' 40" 603 4 224 BULLETIN OF THE MURyENESOCID^. 46. Nettastoma procerum, new species. Two specimens of a species of Nettastoma were obtained at Station 325, Lat. 33° 35' 20", Long. 76°, at a depth of 647 fathoms. Another (mutilated), something over 190 mm. long, was taken at Station 327. The species is in many respects closely allied to the Nettastoma melanurum of the Mediterra- nean, but appears to differ from it in the greater length of the tail, the much smaller teeth, and in the presence of a filamentous nasal tip. Dcscri}-)tion. — Body anguilliform, very elongate, compressed, — posteriorly greatly so, — and tapering to a very slender attenuate point. Its greatest height is contained nearly four times in tlie distance from the gill opening to the tip of the lower jaw, and eqftals half the length of the snout. Head slen- der, conical : jaws somewhat depressed : the upper jaw heavier and thicker, and projecting beyond the lower a distance equal to the diameter of the eye. Length of snout equals the distance from the posterior margin of the orbit to the gill opening : the cleft ot the mouth extends far behind the eye to a dis- tance equal to the diameter of the eye. On each side of the upper jaw, and in advance of the eye, are twelve pores ; behind each eye are three pores, while on the median line, on the top of the upper jaw, are several pores posteriorly arranged in pairs, of which there are four, the ultimate pair being between the posterior nostrils. There is also a pair of pores upon the nape, connecting the postorbital rows, and seventeen on each side of the mandible. The man- dibulary series is continued by another series extending over the cheeks and nape. The snout is provided with a slender, filamentous tip, whose length is equal to twice the diameter of the eye. The tongue is apparently absent in the specimens examined by us. The teeth are arranged as in N. melanurum, but exceedingly small, and much less conspicuous than in the figures of Kaup and Risso. Dorsal fin commences above the gill opening. The anal fin is inserted under the 73d dorsal ray at a distance from the snout equal to 3f times the length of the head. The tail is twice as long as the body with 'the head included. The total length of the specimen is 727 millimeters, including the nasal tip, which measures 7 mm. Lateral line highly specialized, with numerous pores, corresponding in gen- eral character to those upon the head, and arranged in a deep furrow, their distances apart being about the same as in the case of those upon the head. Height of dorsal and anal fins about equal to half the height of body. Color apparently brownish ; peritoneum black. Station., N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 325 33° 35' 20" 76° 647 2 327 34° 0' 30" 76° 10' 30" 178 1 MUSEUM OF COMPxVRATIVE ZOOLOGY. 225 NEMICHTHYID^. 47. Nenaichthys scolopaceus, Richardson. Nemichi/lhjjs scolopaceus, Richardson, Voyage Samarang, Fishes, p. 25, PI. X. figs, l-o (Jide GiJNTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., VIII. p. 21). Five indiviiluals in all were taken at the following stations. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens 303 41° 34' 30" 65° 54' 30'' 306 309 40° 11' 40" 68° 22' 304 306 41° 32' 50" 65° 55' 524 330 31° 41' 74° 35' 1047 338 38° 18' 40" 73° 18' 10" 922 LEPTOCEPHALID^. 48. Leptocephalus sp. (Perhaps larva of Sijnaphobranchus.) A single individ.ual, measming 173 millimeters in length, was secured at the station t'ollowing. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimen. 315 32° 18' 20" 78° 43' 22d 1 RAIID^. 49. Raia plutonia, Garman. Rdia plutonia, Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. ZoiJl. Cambridge, Vol. VIII. No. 11, p. 230, March, 1881. Not in the collection studied by us. The species was taken at Stations 316, 317, and 321. 50. Raia ornata.GARMAN. Raia ornata, Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge, Vol. VIII. No. 11, pp. 235, 23G, March, 1881. Not seen by us. Said to be a variety of B. Ackleyi, by Mr. Garman. Three specimens were taken at Station 314. VOL. X. — NO. 5. 15 226 BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. SCYLLIID^. 51. Scyllium retiferum, Garman. Scyllium retiferum, Gakman, op. cil., p. 233. Not studied by us. One specimen was in the " Blake " collection from Station 335. The U. S. Fish Commission has since obtained several examples. MYXINID^. 52. Myxine glutinosa, Linn. Specimens were taken at the following stations. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 309 40° 11' 40" 68° 22' 304 1 306 41° 32' 50" 65° 55' 524 1 327 34° 0' 30" 76° 10' 30" 178 1 U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C, February 22, 1883. jsj-Q^ 6. — Reports on the Results of Dredging, render the Supervision of Alexander Agassiz, in the Caribbean Sea in 1878-79, and along the Atlantic Coast of the United States dicring the Summer 0/I88O, hj the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer "Blake," Commander J. E. Bartlett, U. S. N., Commanding* (Published by permission of Carlile P. Patterson and J. E. Hilgaed, Superin- tendents of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey.) XX. Report on the Ophiuroidea. By Theodore Lyman. The West Indies are the hotbed of Echinodermata. Out of less than six hundred living species of Ophiuroidea now known, about one hun- dred and fifty-five, or more than a quarter, are from that region ; and for the round Echinoderms the proportion is even larger. Beginning at low-water mark, this fauna descends to 1,568 fathoms ; and, having its centre in the Caribbean Sea and the Gulf of Mexico, it sends branches northward at least as far as South Carolina, and southward to Brazil. In the present state of knowledge, it seems a well-marked fauna, con- taining a great number of distinctive forms, although there occasionally occur species from other marine regions, such as Ophioscolex glacialis and Astronyx Loveni. This appearance of limitation may come in part from the special investigations in this area ; for it is to be borne in mind that the U. S. ships " Corwin," " Bibb," " Hassler," and " Blake " have dredged in about 570 stations, chiefly along the line of the Antilles, and from the Dry Tortugas to Cape Florida. In addition to these, some hauls were made by Dr. William Stimpson, and by the naturalists of the " Challenger." Nearly all known genera of Ophiuroidea are there found, the most notable exceptions being Ophioplocus, Ophioplinthus, Ophiopholis, Ophiarachna, Ophiarthrum, Ophiomastix, and Trichaster. Among Ophiurans, as in other animals, we find that certain genera * In this paper are included six new species from the dredgings of the " Porcu- pine " and tlie " Challenger," which are published by permission of the Lords Comnissioners of the Treasury. V01-. X. — xo. 6. 228 BULLETIN OF THE are very rich in species; such are Ophioglypha, Amphitira, Ophiacantha, and Ophiothrix, which contain two thirds as many species as do all the remaining sixty-eight genera in the family. A peculiar structure does not necessarily entail abundance of species, for the Astrophyton-like Ophiurans (e. g. Ophiomyxa) have few species. There are included in this paper three vmpublished species from the dredgings of H. B. M. ship " Porcupine," — Ophiochiton tenuispinus, Ophiomyxa serpentarici, and Ophiobyrsa hystricis ; and from the " Chal- lenger " expedition there are one genus and three species whose originals were found among the collections of the late Sir Wyville Thomson. They are Ophiocopja spatula^ Ophiacantha scolopendrica, and Ophioinastus texturatus. All the rest are from the " Blake " dredgings. The following list of species will show all new information as to the depths at which they occur, and. will give some notion of their fi-e- quency, by the number of stations at which they are found, Ophiopaepale Goesiana. Up to 38 fathoms. Ophiozona nivea. From twenty-six stations, and in large numbers. Up to 5U fathoms. Ophiozona tessellata. From seventeen stations. 60-300 fathoms. Ophiozona impressa. Down to 300 fathoms. Ophiozona antillarum. Ten stations. 94-508 fathoms. Ophioglypha Sarsii. Found as far south as 35° 45' 30" N., and down to 306 fathoms. Ophioglypha lepida. Ten stations. Ophioglypha falcifera. Twelve stations. 200-508 fathoms. Ophioglypha variabilis. Twenty-six stations. Up to 175 fathoms. Ophiomusium eburneum. Twenty-two stations. 95-390 fathoms. Ophiomusium Lymani was dredged at only nine stations, but in such quantities that Mr. Agassiz was forced to throw away a large part. These hauls illustrate the abundance of animal life at great depths ; for the shal- lowest station was 810 fathoms. Ophiomusium validum. The great number of stations (thirty-two) at which it was dredged show its frequent occurrence, as well as its variation in depth, now known to run from 60 to 1568 fathoms. Ophiomusium testudo. Sixteen stations. 69-508 fathoms. Ophiomusium planum. Up to 300 fathoms. Ophiomusium acuferum. This humble species, described by me in 1875 from the " Hassler " dredgings, proves to be the most widely spread iu that fauna. It also inhabits very diverse depths, and must accommodate itself to temperatures varying from 78° to 39° Fab. Strangely enough, it has not yet been found outside the West Indian limits. Thirty-fivo sta- tions. 27-1030 fathoms. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 229 Ophiomushim serratum. Thirteen stations. 124-1097 fathoms. Ophiomastus secundus. Thirteen stations. 60-1131 fathoms. Ophiopyren longispiiius. Eighteen stations. 60-625 fathoms. Ophioconis miliaria. Up to 163 fathoms. Ophiochoeta mixta. Down to 572 fathoms. Ophiactis Miilleri var. quinqueradia. 27-338 fathoms. Amphiura duplicata, like UphiLKjbjplm variabilis and Ophiomusium acufe- rum, is plentiful, and is found over a great range of depth. Thirty-four stations. Amphiura Otteri. There is some question about the distinction of those species that stand near the old A. Cliinjei. I believe, however, that Ljungman's species was found by the "Blake" from 41° 32' 50" N. to the island of Grenada on the south, and from 175 to 576 fathoms. Amphiura tumida. Up to 94 fathoms. Amphiura lunaris. Up to 424 fathoms. Amphiura cuneata. 159-370 fathoms. Amphiura Stimpsoni. Down to 69 fathoms. Ophionereis reticulata. Down to 94 fathoms. Ophioplax Ljungmani. Eleven stations. Down to 175 fathoms. Ophiostigma isacanthum. Down to 122 fathoms. Ophiacantha bideutata. From as far south as 33° 27' 20" N. Ophiacantha hirsuta. Twelve stations. 82-955 fathoms. Ophiacantha sertata. Ten stations. 150-411 fathoms. Ophiacantha vepratica. Seven stations. Up to 291 fathoms. Ophiacantha scutata. Nine stations. 124-338 fathoms. Ophiacantha echiaulata. Up to 303 fathoms. Ophiacantha pentacrinus. Twenty-four stations. Down to 625 fathoms. Ophiacantha stellata. Twelve stations. 56-262 fathoms. Ophiacantha aspera. Twelve stations. 73-262 fathoms. Ophiomitra valida. Twenty-four stations. Do\vn to 1105 fathoms. An- other abundant species, of great range in depth. Ophiocamax hystrix. Fifteen stations. 114-300 fathoms. Ophiothamnus vicarius. Six stations. Down to 611 fathoms. Ophiothrix Suensonii. Twenty-one stations. Down to 262 fathoms. Ophiothrix angulata. Fourteen stations. Down to 262 fathoms. Ophioscolex tropicus. 103-502 fathoms. Ophiomyces mirabilis. Down to 422 fathoms. Ophiomyces frutectosus. Down to 288 fathoms. Ophiochondrus convolutus. Eleven stations. Up to 88 fathoms. Sigsbeia murrhina. Twenty-one stations. Gorgonoceplialus mucronatus. Down to 288 fiithoms. Astrogomphus vallatus. 114-337 fathoms. Astroporpa annulata. Sixteen stations. Down to 163 fathoms. Astrochele Lymani. Down to 980 fathoms. Astroschema arenosum. Eight stations. Up to 120 fathoms. 230 BULLETIN OF THE Astroschema laeve. Sixteen stations. 56-262 fathoms. Astroschema oligactes. Seventeen stations. Astroschema tenue. Four stations. 88-124 fathoms. Ophiocreas lumbricus. Seven stations. Down to 580 fathoms. Ophiocreas oedipus. Down to 580 fatlioms. Astronyx Loveni (young). Down to 980 fathoms. Ophiura Elaps ? Ltm. These fine specimens, of which the Lxrgest had a disk of 28 mm. and arms of about 200 mm., only differed from Liitken's description (Addit. ad Hist. Oph., Pt. II. p. 93) in having six or seven, instead of seven or eight arm- spines, of which the upper ones were longest. Station (Bartlett) 29, 21° 23' 19" N., 82° 54' 42" W., 300 fathoms. Station 157, Montserrat, 120 fathoms. Station 241, Grenadines, 163 fathoms. Ophiura brevispina Lyji. Station 142, Flannegan Passage, 27 fathoms. Station 152, St. Kitts, 122 fathoms. Station 285, Barbados, 13-40 fathoms. Ophiura cinerea Ltm. Station 132, Santa Cruz, 115 fathoms. Station 276, Barbados, 94 fathoms. Station 278, Barbados, 69 fathoms. Pectinura tessellata sp. nov. Plate III. Figs. 1-3. Special Marks. — One tentacle-scale : four or five short arm-spines. Under arm-plates narrow and rounded. Granulation of disk continuous above, but with naked patches below. Description of an Individual (Station 130). — Diameter of disk 17.5 mm. Length of arm about 95 mm. Width of arm close to disk 4 mm. Sixteen stout mouth-papilhe to each angle, whereof the one next the outermost is much the widest and stoutest, while those within grow gradually narroMer and more peg-like. Four flat, stout, short teeth, the lowest one of which is sometimes cleft. Month-shields wide heart-shape with a rounded point within. The supplementary shield lies just outside and forms one of a number of tlrick naked plates which partly cover the lower interbrachial space. Side mouth- shields three-cornered and very small, lying next the outer corners of the mouth-shields. Under arm-plates occupying less than half the width of the arm ; as long as broad ; bounded without by a curve, within by a truncated MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 231 angle, and on the sides by a re-entering curve. Side arm-plates occupying about two thirds of the height of the arm, and having a cleanly curved outer side. Upper arm-plates arched (but not so strongly as in O. hews), wider with- out than within, and having straight outer and inner sides. Disk angular, closely and evenly covered above, except the radial shields, with a fine granu- lation having about six grains in the length of 1 mm. Interbrachial spaces below have a reticulated look, from the numerous bare plates among the gran- ulation. Radial shields wide oval ; length to breadth, 2.3 : 1.8. Genital open- ing long, extending from mouth-shield nearly to edge of disk. Four or five small, peg-like, even, spaced arm-spines, a little more than haK the length of a joint. One stout, round tentacle-scale. Station 130, near Frederickstadt, 451 fathoms, 1 specimen. This species is well distinguished from P. heros and P. lacertosa by a flatter arm, four or fi\'e peg-like spaced arm-spines, and naked plates in the lower interbrachial space. Pectinura lacertosa sp. nov. Plate III. Figs. 4-6. Special iUarZ;s. ^ Three arm-spines about as long as a joint and standing low down on side of arm. Indentations, but no pores, between the first four or five lower arm-plates. Arms short ; only three and a half or four times the diameter of the disk. One large, round tentacle-scale. Description of an Individual (Station 258). — Diameter of disk 35 mm. Length of arm about 135 mm. Width of arm close to disk, without spines, 6 mm. About twenty mouth-papillge to each angle, whereof the two or three outer ones are wide and squarish, while those within are sharp and peg-like. The two lowest teeth are replaced by similar papillae. Mouth-shields short heart-shape with a rounded angle within ; length to breadth, 4 : 5. There are sometimes one or more large scales, or supplementary pieces, just outside. Side mouth-shields very small and nearly obliterated. Under arm-plates about as wide as long, bounded without by a curve, within by a truncated angle, and on the sides by a re-entering curve. Side arm-plates low, occupy- ing only about one half the height of the arm, and meeting neither above nor below. Upper arm-plates highly arched, closely overlapping, with outer and inner edges nearly straight ; each is usually broken in two pieces. Disk an- gular, closely and evenly covered with very fine granules, 7 or 8 in the length of 1 mm., except the radial shields and sometimes a small plate on the margin. Radial shields egg-shaped, somewhat longer than broad with outer and inner ends much roundeil ; length to breadth, 4 : 2.5. Lower interbrachial space covered by a similar granulation, extending eiven to the mouth-angle. There are none on the mouth-shields, outside wliich are one or more thick, partially naked scales, representing the supplementary shield. Genital open- ing long, extending from mouth-shield nearly to margin of disk. Three, some- 232 BULLETIN OF THE times four, stout, rounded, tapering arm-spines, not quite as long as a joint. One round, thick tentacle-scale. Color in alcohol, nearly white. Station 258, near Girenada, 159 fathoms, 1 specimen. This species is very near P. hcros, dredged in 900 fathoms by the " Chal- lenger," near New Guinea, but differs in its longer and differently placed arm- spines, and in the indentations between the basal under arm-plates. Pectinura angulata sp. nov. Plate III. Figs. 7-9. Special 3Iarks. — Disk with thin scales covered by a fine granulation. Nine arm-spines, of which the lowest is longest and broad and flat. Pores only be- tween the first three under arm-plates. Description of an Individual (Station 134). — Diameter of disk 27 mm. Width of arm close to disk 5.5 mm. About twenty mouth-papillaj to each angle, of which the two or three outer ones are much the widest and are squarish, while those within are spiniform. The lowest of the five broad, flat teeth is split in two, and there are sometimes one or two additional papillae at the apex of the mouth-angle. Under arm-plates within the disk wider than long, bounded without by a curve, within by a wide much-truncated angle, and on the sides by re-entering curves. Further out they are as long as broad and nearly octagonal. They are stout but not swollen, and there are pairs of pores between the first three. Side arm-plates with a gently curved outer edge, and occupying nearly the whole height of the arm. Upper arm- plates smooth, nearly flat, regular, with straight outer and inner sides, and the outer corners rounded. They occupy nearly the whole upper surface. Length to breadth, 1.5 : 4. Mouth-shields short heart-shape, with a rounded angle within. Length to breadth, 4 : 5.5. Supplementary shields small, and swollen ; length to breadth, 1 : 1.3. Side mouth-shitdds reduced to a little plate, at the outer corner of the mouth-shield. Disk angular, and covered by a close, fine gran- ulation, which is easily rubbed oflf, as is shown in the figure. There are about seven grains in the length of 1 mm. Eadial shields naked, of a narrow oval shape and pointed within ; length to breadth, 4 : 2. The scale-coat of the disk is of thin delicate scales about 1 nmi. in length. Arm-spines nine, the eight uppermost slender, pointed, and flattened, and about three fourths the length of a joint. The lowest one is much wider, blunt, and longer than a joint. Two tentacle-scales of a short spatula-shape : the upper one covering the base of the lowest arm-spine. On the first tentacle-pore there are usually two supplemen- tary scales placed just outside the pore. Color in alcohol, nearly white. Station 134, near Santa Cruz, 248 fathoms, 1 specimen. Station 232, St. Vincent, 88 fathoms. This species is nearest P. rigida, from which it is distinguished by a shorter under arm-spine, larger radial shields, coarser disk-scales, and pores between the under arm-plates extending only to three joints. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 233 In other specimens the granulation was uninterrupted over the disk, except small spots at the radial shields. The supplementary mouth-shield is oiten very small, and ill marked. Ophiopsepale Goesiana Ljn. Station 101, Morro Light, 175-250 fathoms. Station 132, Santa Cruz, 115 fathoms (young). Station 127, Santa Cruz, 38 fathoms. Station 155, Mont- serrat, 88 fathoms. Station 157, Montserrat, 120 fathoms. Station 253, Gre- nada, 92 fathoms. Station 269, St. Vincent, 124 fathoms. Station 272, Barbados, 76 fathoms. Station 293, Barbados, 82 fathoms. Station 297, Bar- bados, 123 fathoms. Ophiozona marmorea sp. nov. Plate III. Figs. 10-13. Special Marls. — Arms very stout and short (two and a half times diameter of disk), with strongly projecting side arm-plates and small sunken upper arm- plates. Side mouth-shields much swollen. Lower interbrachial spaces with scattered grains. Description of an Individual (Station 164). — Diameter of disk 8 mm. Length of arm 19 mm. Width of arm next disk 2.3 mm. Five short, blunt, crowded angular papillae to each mouth-angle, and, at the apex, the lowest of the short teeth ; the outer papillse are largest. Mouth-shields small, much larger than broad, five-sided with a curve without and an angle within ; length to breadth, 1.2 : .8. Side mouth-shields larger than mouth-shields proper ; much swollen, rudely triangular, and meeting fully within. First under arm- plate small and pentagonal, with a long angle inward ; those beyond are much larger, but still cover only about a third of the arm's width ; they are much wider without than within, with a sharp peak on the outer corners, and re- entering curves on the lateral sides ; length to breadth, 1.2 : .8. Side arm- plates large and swollen, but meeting neither above nor below. Upper arm- plates small and sunken, fan-shaped, with a truncated angle inward ; they cover not more than a third of the upper surface. Disk covered by large, thick, swollen rounded plates, with a central rosette of primaries and a radiating row of three in each interbrachial space. Radial shields longer than broad, rounded and swollen, separated by a wedge of two or three scales ; length to breadth, 2.3 : 2 ; between their outer ends and the arm is a row of narrow plates. Interbrachial spaces below covered on either side by stout genital scales, and in the middle by a single row of two or three swollen plates ; they bear a scattered granulation. Genital openings long, extending from sides of radial shields to margin of disk. Four short, stout, tapering, blunt, equal arm- spines, about two thirds as long as a joint. Two large oval tentacle-scales to each pore. Color in alcohol, white. Station 101, 175-250 fathoms, 1 specimen. Station 134, 248 fathoms, a 234 BULLETIN OF THE specimens. Station 158, 148 fathoms, 1 specimen. Station 164, Guadeloupe, 150 fathoms, 11 specimens. Station 220, lliO fathoms, 1 specimen. Station 224, 114 fathoms, 1 specimen. 0. marmorea is nearest 0. nivea, from which it differs in. its swollen disk- plates, side arm-plate and side mouth-shields, its smaller upper arm-plates, and shorter arms, and in granulation on the lower interbrachial space. Ophiozona clypeata sp. nov. Plate III. Figs. 13-15. Special Marks. — Eleven close-set, lumpy mouth-papilla; to each angle. Side mouth-shields large and wide. Three moderately stout arm-spines, about as long as a joint. Description of an Individual (Station 219). — Diameter of disk 10 mm. Length of arm 65 mm. Width of arm near disk 2 mm. Eleven short, lumpy, crowded moutli-papillaB to each angle, whereof the one next the outer- most is widest. Mouth-shields blunt spear-head shape, with the point inward ; length to breadth, 1.5 : 1. Side mouth-shields rather wide and fully meeting within. Under arm-plates thick, but not ridged, much wider without than within where they are bounded by a wide truncated angle, Avhile the outer is a broken curve and the lateral sides are re-entering curves. Side arm-plates short and stout, with a low spine-ridge. Upper arm-plates twice as broad as long, and much wider without than within. Disk round and flat, covered with dis- tinct rounded slightly swollen overlapping scales, among which the prima- ries are conspicuous by their greater size. Radial shields short, oval ; length to breadth, 1.2 : 8. In the interbrachial spaces below, the scales are of uniform size, about three in the length of 1 mm. Genital openings long, extending from outer corners of the mouth-shield quite to margin of disk. Three moderately stout, cylindrical, tapering, blunt arm-spines ; the two upper ones as long as a joint, the lowest a little longer. Two rudely semicircular tentacle-scales on the side arm-plate, whereof the one next the under arm-i)late is smaller. Color in alcohol, nearly wliite. Station 219, off Saint Lucia, 151 fathoms, 1 specimen. Station 232, St. Vincent, 88 fathoms. By its smaller disk-scales and longer and more pliable arms this species connects the large-scaled and stiff-armed Ophiozona; with the type 0. impressa. It shows, too, the affinity of the genus to Ophiochiton through 0. lentus. Ophiozona nivea Ltm. Station 129, Santa Cruz, 314 fathoms. Station 145, St. Kitts, 270 fathoms. Station 146, St. Kitts, 245 fathoms. Station 147. St. Kitts, 250 fathoms. Sta- tion 148, St. Kitts, 208 fathoms. Station 154, Montserrat, 298 fathoms. Station 155, Montserrat, 88 fathoms. Station 172, Guadeloupe, 62-180 fatb- MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 235 oms. Station 183, Dominica, 252 fathoms. Station 208, Martinique, 213 fathoms. Station 209, Martinique, 189 fathoms. Station 210, Martinique, 191 fathoms. Station 215, St. Lucia, 226 fathoms. Station 216, St. Lucia, 154 fathoms. Station 218, St. Lucia, 164 fathoms. Station 219, St Lucia, 151 fathoms. Station 224, St. Vincent, 114 fathoms. Station 238, Grenadines, 127 fathoms. Station 241, Grenadines, 163 fathoms. Station 258, Grenada, 159 fathoms. Station 273, Barbado.s, 103 fathoms. Station 274, Barba- dos, 209 fathoms. Station 280, Barbados, 221 fathoms. Station 291, Bar- bados, 200 fathoms. Station 292, Barbados, 56 fathoms. Station 294, Barbados, 137 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 29, 21° 23' 19" JST., 82° 54' 42" W., 300 fathoms, sp. ? Ophiozona tessellata Ltm. Station 134, Santa Cruz, 248 fathoms. Station 149, St. Kitts, 60-150 fath- oms. Station 156, Montserrat, 88 fathoms. Station 157, Montserrat, 120 fathoms. Station 158, Montserrat, 148 fathoms. Station 166, Guadeloupe, 150 fathoms. Station 206, Martinique, 170 fathoms. Station 208, Marti- nique, 213 fathoms. Station 220, St. Lucia, 116 fathoms. Station 231, St. Vincent, 95 fathoms. Station 238, Grenadines, 127 fathoms. Station 273, Barbados, 103 fathoms. Station 282, Barbados, 154 fathoms. Station 290, Barbados, 73 fathoms. Station 297, Barbados, 123 fathoms. Station 299, Barbados, 140 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 29, 21° 23' 19" N., 82° 54' 42" W., 300 fathoms. Ophiozona impressa Lym. Station 132, Santa Cruz, 115 fathoms. Station 272, Barbados, 76 fathoms. Station 276, Barbados, 94 fathoms. Station 278, Barbados, 69 fathoms. Station 298, Barbados, 120 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 29, 21° 23' 19" N., 82° 54' 42" W., 300 fathoms. Ophiozona antillarum Ltm. Station 136, Santa Cruz, 508 fathoms. Station 204, Martinique, 476 fath- oms. Station 205, Martinique, 334 fathoms. Station 208, Martinique, 213 fathoms. Station 211, Martinique, 357 fathoms. Station 273, Barbados, 103 fathoms. Station 276, Barbados, 94 fathoms. Station 288, Barbados, 399 fathoms. Station 291, Barbados, 200 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 24, 5 m. E. of Cape Cruz, S. side of Cuba, 206 fathoms. Ophiothyreus Goesii Ljn. Station 101, Morro Light, 175-250 fathoms. Station 155, Montserrat, 88 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 29, 21° 23' 19" N., 82° 54' 42" W., 300 fathoms. 236 BULLETIN OF THE Ophiernus adspersus sp. nov. Plate III. Figs. 19-21. Special Marks. — Two or three small, iinet^ual arm-spines. Arms flat and very wide, their width being about one third the diameter of the disk. Mouth- frames narrow and prolonged. Description of an Individual (Station 150). — Diameter of disk 13 mm. "Width of arm close to disk 4 mm. Four short, rounded, bead-like, close-set papillae on either side of the narrow, prolonged mouth-angle, and three longer ones under the teeth, which are five in number and are short and stout. There are also three or four bead-like papilla on the side mouth-shield, and a much wider one outside them, all of which may be considered as scales of the second pair of mouth-tentacles. Mouth-shields about as broad as long, — 1.6 : 1.6, — of an angular heart-shape, with the point inward. Side mouth- shields long triangular, embracing the sides of the mouth-shields and not quite meeting within. First under arm-plate small and swollen, of an irreg- ular rounded shape. The plates beyond are narrow, with lateral sides re- euteringly curved opposite the tentacle-pores. They are very small, and occupy not more than a quarter of the width of the arm. Side arm-plates wide, thin, and flat ; they do not quite meet below, and are broadly separated above by the iipper arm-plates, which cover all that surface of the arm ; they are thus feebly arched, much wider than long, wider without than within, and having the outer and inner margins straight. Disk flat, with re-entering curves over the arms ; covered by thin, flat, irregular, strongly overlapping, ill- defined scales, which are beset with minute granules, of which there are about eight in the length of 1 mm. where they are closest. Radial shields nearly naked, of an irregular pear-seed shape, with the point inward, widely sepa- rated by the disk-scaling, and nearly naked ; length to breadth, 4 : 2. Lower interbrachial spaces more finely and regularly scaled. Genital openings long and wide, with a broad genital scale at the outer end. Arm-spines two, rarely three ; they are slender and peg-like. The upper one is longest, and about half as long as a joint. Two, rarely three, small, flat, oval tentacle-scales standing on the side arm-plate. Color in alcohol, pale gray. The fragile arms are long and slender, being about nine times the diameter of the disk. In its natural state the disk is probably closely granulated, but the grains are easily rubbed off". The wide arms and diff"erent mouth-angles distinguish it from O. vallincola. Station 129, Frederickstadt, 314 fattoms. Station 130, Santa Cruz, 451 fath- oms. Station 150, between St. Kitts and Nevis, 375 fathoms. Station 148, St. Kitts, 208 fathoms. Station 161, Guadeloupe, 583 fathoms'. Station 176, Do- minica, 391 fathoms. Station 185, Dominica, 333 fathoms. Station 188, Do- minica, 372 fathoms. Station 190, Dominica, 542 fathoms. Station 196, Martinique, 1,030 fathoms. Station 221, St. Lucia, 423 fathoms. Station 222, St. Lucia, 422 fathoms. Station 226, St. Vincent, 424 fathoms. Sta- MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 237 tion 230, St. Vincent, 464 fathoms. Station 239, Grenadines, 338 fathoms. Station 258, Grenada, 159 fathoms. Station 260, Grenada, 291 fathoms. Sta- tion 264, Grenada, 416 fathoms. Station 288, Barbados, 399 fathoms. Station 291, Barbados, 200 fathoms. Capt. Bartlett, 1880, Lat. 17° 30' N., Long. 79° 14' W., 555 fathoms ; also, 17° 45' N., 77° 58' W., 322 fathoms. Ophioglypha fasciculata sp. nov. Plate III. Figs. 22-24. Special Marts. — Fonr spaced arm-spines. Upper surface of thick disk chiefly covered by radial shields, rosette of primary plates and large plate in each interbrachial space ; no large plate on margin. Basal under arm-plates broader than long. Whole surface microscopically tuberculous. Papilla; of arm-comb flattened spiniform. Description of an Individual. — Diameter of disk 13 mm. Width of arm near disk 3 mm. Three or four rectangular, crowded papilla; on each side of a mouth-angle, and two or three conical ones at its apex. Mouth-shields very large, much longer than broad, haAdng the outline of a wide-mouthed jug, and with the small lobe-like end inward ; length to breadth, 3 : 2. Side mouth- shields narrow, and of nearly equal width, meeting fully within. First under arm-plate larger than anj^ other, longer than wide, narrower within than, without ; the rest, within disk, are wider than long, and four-sided ; those beyond become gradually hexagonal. Side arm-plates swollen, meeting nei- ther above nor below. Basal upper arm-plates more than twice as broad as long, with well-marked angles at their lateral ends. Disk thick, covered above by a central rosette of large primary plates and a large plate in each inter- brachial space ; on margin of disk are a lot of small scales, and a single line between the chief plates. Lower interbrachial spaces j^artly covered by large mouth-shield, and partly by imbricated scales. Radial shields longer than wide, irregular and somewhat angular in outline, joined for about half their length. Genital scales narrow next radial shield, but growing wider without ; they bear on their free edge a continuous but not crowded line of small, sharp papillae, which on the upper side of arm become spiniform, and form the comb. Four spaced arm-spines about two thirds as long as a joint. Tentacle- pores large ; mouth-tentacles with a straight line of five or six small, squarish, crowded scales on either side ; the others, within the disk, have usually five on the side arm-plate, and two or three on the under arm-plate. Color in alcohol, pale gray. Station 281, Barbados, 288 fathoms, 2 specimens. O. buUata is nearest, but difi"ers in finer disk-scales, large marginal plates, separated radial shields, differently shaped arm-comb papillsej and only three minute arm-spines. 238 BULLETIN OF THE Ophioglypha abyssorum sp. nov. Plate III. Figs. 85 27. Special Marks. — Surface microscopically tuberculous. Arm-spines rudi- mentary, or wanting. No papilla? along genital scale on the under surface, and only two or three in each arm-comb. Side arm-plates not swollen. Description ofan Individual. — Diameter of disk 11 mm. Width of arm near disk 2 mm. Four or five rectangular, crowded papilla? on either side of a mouth-angle, and one diamond-shaped (lowest tooth) at apex. Mouth- shields wide angular heart-shape, with a peak inward ; length to breadth, 2.5 : 2. Side mouth-shields rather wide, and meeting fully within. First under arm-plate larger than the rest, longer than wide, bell-shaped with a very gentle curv« without, and a long curve within ; the next two plates are wider than long, rounded pentagonal with an angle inward ; those beyond are smaller, almost transverse diamond in form, with outer side gently curved. Side arm-plates meeting fally below ; also above, beyond the first two upper arm-plates, which are rounded diamond-shape with the inner angle truncated ; those beyond are as broad as long, and diamond-shaped with rounded angles. Disk smooth and not very thick, having in the centre a large, round primary plate, which is separated from the other five by a circle of smaller angular plates, similar to those which cover the rest of the disk, some of which are, however, larger. Radial shields large and a little sunken, of a short, irregular pear-seed shape, almost wholly separated by an outer and an inner wedge of disk-scales ; length to breadth, 3 : 2.3. Interbrachial spaces below chiefly filled by two large central plates and the broad genital scales, which bear no pap il lee on their free edge. It is only on the upper surface of the arm, just outside the radial shields, that a rudimentary comb is found, made up of two or three block-like papilla;. The joints within the disk have one or two rudi- mentary spines, the rest none. Mouth-tentacle pores surrounded by eight or nine small, crowded block-like scales ; the next two have five such scales ; those beyond, one very minute papilla, or none. Color in alcohol, pale gray. Station 140, Virgen Gorda, 1,097 fathoms, 5 specimens. The species differs from 0. confragosa in its even, microscopically tubercu- lated surface, its side arm-plates not swollen, under arm-plates of a different shape, and arm-spines rudimentary or wanting. Ophioglypha scutata sp. nov. Plate IV. Figs. 28-30. Special BTarU. — Upper disk chiefly covered hy large radial shields and primary plates, with two plates in each interbrachial space. Papilla; of genital scale blunt, and forming above a close row. Three little arm-spines about one third as long as a joint. MUSEUM OF COMrAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 239 Description of an Individual (Station 231).— Diameter of disk 6 mm. Width of arm close to disk 1 mm. Three short, oblong, close-set papillae on each side of mouth-angle, and at its apex a group of three smaller and bluntly pointed ones, whereof the centre one is largest. Mouth-shield rounded quad- rangular, with an angle inward ; length to breadth, 1:1. Side mouth-shields rather short and narrow, running along inner angle of mouth-shield. First under arm-plate large and triangular, with a curved outer side. The next three plates wider than long, with a gently curved outer side, an obtuse angle within, and re-entering curves on the sides. The plates beyond grow suddenly smaller, and are much wider than long. Side arm-plates large and a little swollen, meeting above and below. Upper ami-plates three-sided, with an angle inward. Disk flat, and covered above in the centre by a group of six large primary plates, whereof the middle one is pentagonal, and the rest rounded. Outside these are two large elongated plates, placed end to end and occupying the interbrachial space. The remaining upper surface is covered by very large radial shields, which are as wide as long, and of irregular outline, joined for their whole length, except at the inner point, where they are sepa- rated by a small scale ; length to breadth, 1.2 : 1.3. The lower interbrachial space is almost wholly occupied by a large hexagonal plate lying outside the mouth-shield and the rather wide genital scales, which bear blunt, bead-like papillse continued in an unbroken line over top of arm just along outer edge of part of the radial shield. Three short, equal, stout, peg-like arm-spines, about one third as long as a joint. First three tentacle-pores, with three lumpy close-set scales on each side. The fourth has two scales on either side, and those beyond have none. Color in alcohol, white. Station 231, off St. Vincent, 95 fathoms, 1 specimen. This specimen is probably not adult, but its characters are so marked that there seems no doubt of its novelty. In the small number and large size of its disk-plates, it resembles 0. minuta. Ophioglypha tenera sp. nov. Plate IV. Figs. 31-33. Special Alarks. — Three short, blunt, spaced arm-spines, less than half as long as a joint. Disk-scales somewhat swollen and mostly large. Eadial shields joined for a part of their length. Papillae of arm-comb close-set, flat, and with rounded ends. Description of an Individual. — Diameter of disk 5.5 mm. Width of arm 1.2 mm. Mouth-angles large and regular, bearing on each side five or six low papillae, which are much crowded, and form a straight line ; the outermost are much longer than high, while the inner ones are almost bead-like ; at the apex and on the jaw-plate are two spiniform papillae, between which appears the lowest tooth. Mouth-shields five-sided, bounded within by a well-marked angle, and without by a curve; length to breadth 1.2 : 1. Side mouth-shields 240 BULLETIN OF THE narrow and tapering within, where they join. First under arm-plate as hroad as long, foiir-bided with much rounded corners. Those beyond have essentially a five-sided outline, but the second plate has its corners much rounded, while the others are more regular and have a well-marked peak within. Side arm- plates meeting below, but not above next the disk; slightly flaring so as to make a distinct shoulder, which carries the spines. Upper arm-plates broad wedge-shape, with an angle inward, which in the first two is truncated. Upper surface of disk with a central rosette of six slightly swollen, irregularly rounded primary plates, outside which is the great plate which separates the ends of the radial shields, and, in the interbrachial space, two other large plates, one of which is on the margin. Besides these there are numerous small intercalated scales. Interbrachial spaces below covered by half a dozen irregular angular plates ; besides which the narrow genital plates appear run- ning along the genital openings quite to the margin of the disk. A row of fine papillae stands on the edge of the genital scale, which grow suddenly larger, as the plate passes to the top of the arm, and form a close comb of flat- tened papillae with rounded ends. Three small, equal, peg-like, spaced arm- spines, less than half as long as a joint. Mouth-tentacles with five or six minute, bead-like scales on each side ; the next have three or four ; the sec- ond and third have three on the side arm-plates, and the fourth, one. Color in alcohol, pale gray. Station 269, off St. Vincent, 124 fathoms, 4 specimens. This species stands nearest O. costata, but has longer arm-spines, disk-scales more swollen and separated, side arm-plates more flaring, and radial shields joined. Ophioglypha aurantiaca Vll. Vll., Amer. Journ. Sci., XXIIL p. 141, 1882. Plate IV. Figs. 34-36. Special Marks. — Disk covered by a smooth skin, through which the scales of the upper surface are scarcely to be made out, while those of the lower surface are more distinct. Three wide, flattened arm-spines, the upper one longer than an arm-joint, the others not so long. No comb above the base of the arm. Description of an Individual (Station 312). — Diameter of disk 11.5 mm. Width of arm close to disk 2.5 mm. About eleven small, bead-like, slightly spaced mouth-papilla; to each angle. Four or five small spear-head-shajjed teeth. Mouth-shield very wide heart-shaped, with an obtuse angle inward ; length to breadth, 2:1. Side mouth-shields long, with an irregular outline, and widest at their outer ends. First under arm-plate rounded hexagonal, and about as broad as long. The next two are of an irregular trancverse oval shape, and those immediately beyond are much wider tlian long with a curve without and a peak within. Side arm-plates clinging close to the arm. MUSEUM OF COMrARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 241 and but slightly swollen, scarcely meeting below near base of arm, and sepa- rated above by four-sided ujiper arm-plates, which are as broad as long, and have the outer side curved, and the laterals straight. Disk round, smooth, and somewhat swollen, covered by skin, through which the scaling of the upper surface is only vaguely indicated. In the lower interbrachial spaces the scales are plainly indicated ; they are thin, rounded, pretty even, and about three in the length of 2 mm. When the specimen is dry the scales are of course more distinct. Radial shields small, irregularly three-sided; widely separated, except at their outer ends, which overhang the arm. Along the edge of the genital opening, whose scale is completely obscured, runs a line of minute, sharp papillas, which stops at the disk margin and does not pass upwards to form an arm-comb. Three wide, flattened, slightly rough arm-spines, whereof the uppermost is longer than a joint, the middle one as long as a joint, and the lowest one shortest and somewhat tapering. Each mouth-tentacle is sur- rounded by about ten small, bead-like, close-set scales ; the next pore has six, and those beyond two, which stand on the side arm-plate. Color in alcohol, pale gray ; of living animal, bright orange (Vefrill). Station 312, 39° 50' 45" N., 70° 11' W., 466 fathoms. Station 306, 41° 32' 50" X., 65° 55' W., 524 fathoms, 2 specimens. A young one, with a disk of 4 mm., had more slender arm-spines, the back scaling less indistinct, and the under arm-plates narrower and more widely separated. This species is nearest 0. flagellata, but differs in having shorter arm-spines, and in wanting an arm-comb. Ophioglypha affinis ? Station 344, 40° 1' N., 70° 58' W. Ophioglypha confragosa Ltm. Station 312, 39° 50' 45" N., 70° 11' W. Young. Ophioglypha Sarsii Lym. Station 346, 40° 25' 35" N., 71° 10' 30" W., 44 fathoms. Station 332, 35° 45' 30" N., 74° 48' W., 263 fathoms. Station 344, 40° 1' N., 70° 58' W., 129 fathoms. Station 303, 41° 34' 30" N., 65° 54' 30" W., 306 fathoms. Ophioglypha lepida Ltm. Station 228, St. Vincent, 785 fathoms. Station 307, 41° 29' 45" N., 65° 47' 10" W., 980 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 14, Grand Cayman Island, 608 fath- oms. Station 308, 41° 24' 45" N., 65° 35' 30" W., 1,242 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 18, 18° 20' 30" N-, 87° 16' 40" W., 600 fathoms. Station 330, VOL, X. — NO. 6. 16 242 BULLETIN OF THE 31° 41' N., 74° 35' W., 1,047 luthom.s. Station 339, 38° IG' 45" N., 73° 10' 30" ^y., 1,1S(J I'utboms. Station 340, 39° ±-)' 30" N., 70° 58* 40" W., 1,394 fathoms. Station 341, 39° 38' 20" N., 70° 5G' W., 1,241 fathoms. Ophioglypha Stuwitzii var. i Station 321, 32° 43' 25" N., 77° 20' 30" W., 233 fathoms. Ophioglypha acervata Lym. Station 132, Santa Cruz, 115 fathoms. Station 143, Saba Bank, 150 fath- oms. Station 149, St. Kitts, 60-150 fathoms. Station 177, Dominica, 118 fathoms. Station 253, Grenada, 92 fathoms. Station 259, Grenada, 159 fath- oms. Station 2G2, Grenada, 92 fathoms. Station 316, 32° 7' N., 78° 37' 30" W., 229 iathoms. Station 315, 32° 18' 20" N., 78° 43' W., 225 fathoms. NOTES ON OPHIOGLYPHA. Ophioglypha falcifera Lym. Plate IV. Figs. 37-39. In the original description (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., I., No. 10, p. 320) I said : " We may look for an adult of this curious species about the size ot 0. Sarsii, or rather smaller, and having a large number of small plates on the disk." A considerable number of specimens were brought in by this expedition, of which the largest had a disk of 13 mm., and the arm 52 mm. long. The disk was covered by coarse, well-defined scales, the interbrachial margin being al- most wholly occupied by a single plate. The hook-like form of the middle arm-spine could be traced to within half a dozen joints of the disk. Station 130, Frederickstadt, 451 fathoms. Station 136, Frederickstadt, 508 fathoms. Station 185, Dominica, 333 fathoms. Station 188, Dominica, 372 fathoms. Station 195, Martinique, 502i fathoms. Station 204, Martinique, 476 fathoms. Station 221, St. Lucia, 423 fathoms. Station 222, St. Lucia, 422 fathoms. Station 226, St. Vincent, 424 fathoms. Station 230, St. Vin- cent, 464 fathoms. Station 265, Grenada, 576 fathoms. Station 291, Barba- dos, 200 fathoms. Ophioglypha variabilis Lym. Specimens from about thirty stations showed a good deal of variation. Some were like Fig 70, PI. III., Bull. M. C. Z. V., No. 7, while others had two or three vertical rows of scales in the lower interbrachial spaces. The scales on the back of the disk also varied in size and number. Likewise the second or imder arm-comb had sometimes numerous and sometimes very few papilla?. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 243 Station 101, Morro Light, 175-250 fathoms. Station 130, Frederickstadt, 451 fathoms. Station 13(5, Frederickstadt, 508 fathoms. Station 137, Fred- erickstadt, 625 fathoms. Station 148, St. Kitts, 208 fiithoms. Station IGl, Guadeloupe, 583 fathoms. Station 162, Guadeloupe, 734 fathoms. Station 163, Guadeloupe, 769 fathoms. Station 173, Guadeloupe, 734 fathoms. Sta- tion 174, Guadeloupe, 878 fathoms. Station 175, Dominica, 608 fathoms. Station 179, Dominica, 824 fathoms. Station 185, Dominica, 333 fathoms. Station 188, Dominica, 372 fathoms. Station 200, Martinique, 472 fath- oms. StatioiT 208, Martini(|ue, 213 fathoms. Station 221, St. Lucia, 423 fathoms. Station 226, St. Vincent, 424 fathoms. Station 227, St. Vincent, 673 fathoms. Station 228, St. Vincent, 785 fathoms. Station 230, St. Vin- cent, 464 fathoms. Station 239, Grenadines, 338 fathoms. Station 257, Grenada, 553 fathoms. Station 260, Grenada, 291 fathoms. Station 264, Gre- nada, 416 fathoms. Station 265, Grenada, 576 fathoms. Ophioglypha irrorata? Ltm. The specimens seemed just the same as those from Station 164 of the "Challenger" (Bull. M. C. Z., V., No. 7, p. Y4). They differed from those from the coast of Portugal, called 0. irrorata (?) in the postscript to mj' Challenger Ophiuroidea (p. 381), in having three arm-spines set close together, whereas the latter had two below, and one separated and higher up ; while farther out they wei'e close together, and the middle one had the form of a blunt hook. Station 140, Virgen Gorda, 1,097 fathoms. Station 245, Grenada, 1,058 fathoms. Ophioglypha convexa 1 Lym. Plate IV. Figs. 40-45. Most of the specimens differ so much, from 0. convexa as to appear like an- other species. The six primary plates, extremely swollen, form an elevated rosette, overhanging very small radial shields, not so large as the head of the genital scale. The mouth-shield, too, occupies the whole of the lower inter- brachial space (fig. 43). But specimens from Station 148 were intermediate, or rather differed from the typical form only in finer arm-comb papillae and more interbrachial scales on the disk margin. It will be necessary to await further dredgings before deciding the specific limits. It is to be noted as an impor- tant difference, that, while the typical 0. convexa is found in 2,350 fathoms, this species does not go below 240 fathoms. Station 145, St Kitts, 270 fathoms. Station 157, jMontserrat, 120 fathoms. Station 158, Montserrat, 148 fathoms. Station 220, St. Lucia, 116 fathoms. Station 224, St. Vincent, 114 fathoms. 244 BULLETIN OF THE Ophiocten Patterson! sp. nov. Plate IV. Figs. 46-48. Special Marks. — Longest arm-spine as long as one and a half arm -joints. Disk covered above irregularly with larger and smaller scales. Arm-comb feeble. One wide mouth-papdla on each side, and two spiniform farther in, with one at apex of mouth-angle. DescrijAion of an Individual. — Diameter of disk 9.5 mm. "Width of arm close to disk 1.6 mm. A very wide papilla at outer corner of mouth-angle, and two spiniform within it, on either side, and one or two at the apex. Three slender, spike-like teeth. Mouth-shields rounded squarish, as broad as long, with an ill-marked angle within ; length to breadth, 1.2: 1.2. Side mouth- shields veiy narrow, of equal width, meeting fully within. First under arm- plate large, about as broad as long, of a rudely rhomboidal form, with a rounded angle outward ; the rest are much wider than long, with a rounded angle without, a little peak within, and sharp lateral corners. Side arm-plates slightly flaring outward, meeting broadly below, where they cover most of the arm; separated above by the upper arm-plates, which are much broader than long, and a little wider without than within ; length to breadth, .8 : 1.5. Disk circular and flat on top, where it is covered with fine, thin scales, among which appear numerous irregular plates, which form a continuous patch at the margin. Radial shields small, irregular, and widely separated. Interbrachial spaces below covered by a more regular imbricated scaling, and without plates. Genital scales hidden, except their outer ends, just outside the radial shields, which bear a feeble arm-comb of half a dozen or less minute papillae. Tentacle- pores large ; the outer ones are i'urnished with a small scale, Avhich often is lacking on the basal pores. Three very slender, tapering arm-spines, the uppermost and longest one as long as one and a half or two joints. Color in alcohol, pale yellowish gray. Station 344, Lat. 40° 1' N., Long. 70° 58' W., 129 fathoms, 1 specimen. Ophiomusium eburneum Lym. Bull. M. C. Z., I. 10, p. 322, 1809. lU. Cat. M. C. Z.., VI., PL II. figs. 1, 2, 3. It happened strangely enough that the specimen originally described by me was only half grown and aberrant, diff'ering from ordinary specimens somewhat in the comparative thinness of the disk scales, but chiefly in the narrowness of the arm, which was only 1.3 mm., while an average individual with a sim- ilar disk (9 mm.) would have an arm 2 mm. wide. I found, however, one or two whose arms were not much wider than those of the type. This species attains a good size. One with a disk of 15 mm. had arms about 50 nnn. long and 3 mm. wide. The radial shields were more elongated than in the type, and there were three little arm-spines. MUSEUM OF COMPAKATIVE ZOOLOGY. 245 In looking over a large series, there may be found some difference in the form of the radial shields, in the size and thickness of the fine central scales of the disk, in the length and number of the arm-spines, which may be two or three, and in the width of the arm. Constant features are the somewhat swollen and microscopically tuberculous side arm-plates, the numerous and comparatively thin disk scales, and the presence of only two under arm-plates furnished with tentacles. Station 100, off Morro Light, 250-400 fathoms. Station 132, Santa Cruz, 115 fathoms. Station 147, St. Kitts, 250 fathoms. Station 159, Guade- loupe, 196 fathoms. Station 176, Dominica, 390 fathoms. Station 177, Dominica, 118 fathoms. Station 185, Dominica, 333 fathoms. Station 208, Martinique, 213 fathoms. Station 215, St. Lucia, 226 fathoms. Station 218, St. Lucia, 164 fathoms. Station 231, St. Vincent, 95 fathoms. Station 238, Grenadines, 127 fathoms. Station 240, Grenadines, 164 fathoms. Sta- tion 241, Grenadines, 163 fathoms. Station 248, Grenada, 161 fathoms. Station 249, Grenada, 262 fathoms. Station 258, Grenada, 159 fathoms. Station 262, Grenada, 92 fathoms. Station 263, Grenada, 159 fathoms. Sta- tion 269, St. Vincent, 124 fathoms. Station 274, Barbados, 209 fathoms. Station 280, Barbados, 221 fathoms. Ophiomusium Lymani Wtv. Thom. Plate V. Figs. 55-57. (Young.) The young, with a disk not larger than 5 mm., would be taken for a new species. On the back is an elevated rosette of thick primary plates, each having a central boss. Outside these lie the thick radial shields, and, in the interbrachial spaces, two plates, the marginal one much the larger. Below, it has, besides the genital scales, one large plate outside the mouth-shield, and two or three very small ones on the margin. With a disk of 8 mm. it resem- bles the adult of 0. validnm, of the same size, except that the latter has larger radial shields, fewer central scales, and, below, scarcely more than one great plate outside the mouth-shield. Station 331, 35° 44' 40" N., 74° 40' 20" W., 898 fathoms. The following were adult : — Station 305, 41° 33' 15" N., 65° 51' 25" W., 810 fathoms. Station 307, 41° 29' 45" N., 65° 47' 10" W., 980 fathoms. Station 308, 41? 24' 45" N., 65° 35' 30" W., 1242 fathoms. Station 330, 31° 41' N., 74° 35' W., 1047 fathoms. Station 331, 35° 44' 40" N., 74° 40' 20" W., 898 fathoms. Station 338, 38° 18' 40" N., 73° 18' 10" W., 922 fathoms. Station 339, 38° 16' 45" N., 73° 10' 30" W., 1186 fathoms. Station 341, 39° 38' 20" N., 70° 56' W., 1241 fathoms. Station 342, 39° 43' N., 70° 55' 25" W., 1002 fathoms. 246 BULLETIN OF THE Ophiomusium validum Ljn. Station 100, off Morro Light, 250-400 fathoms. Station 101, off ]\Ioito Light, 175-200 fathoms. Station 117, Porto Rico, 874 fathoms. Station 131, Santa Cruz, 580 fathoms. Station 134, Santa Cruz, 248 fathoms. Station 145, St. Kitts, 270 fathoms. Station 146, St. Kitts, 245 fothoms. Station 148, St. Kitts, 208 fathoms. Station 149, St. Kitts, GO-180 fathoms. Station 161, Guadchiupe, 583 fathoms. Station 162, Guadeloupe, 734 fathoms. Sta- tion 163, Guadeloupe, 769 fathoms. Station 173, Guadeloupe, 734 fathoms. Station 174, Guadeloupe, 878 fathoms. Station 175, Dominique, 608 fath- oms. Station 190, Dominique, 542 fathoms. Station 195, Martinique, 501 fathoms. Station 200, Martinique, 472 fathoms. Station 211, Martini(|ue, 357 fathoms. Station 212, Martinique, 317 fathoms. Station 222, St. Lu- cia, 422 fathoms. Station 227, St. Vincent, 573 fathoms. Station 228, St. Vincent, 785 fathoms. Station 238, Grenadines, 127 fathoms. Station 257, Grenada, 553 fathoms. Station 259, Grenada, 159 fathoms. Station 261, Gre- nada, 340 fathoms. Station 264, Grenada, 416 fathoms. Station 291, Barba- dos, 200 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 4, 20° 24' 15" N., 73° 56' 50" W., 772 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 8, 17° 45' N., 77° 58' 40" W., 322 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 18, 18° 20' 30" N., 87° 16' 40" W., 600 fathoms. Ophiomusium testudo Lym. Station 100, off Morro Light, 250-400 fathoms. Station 132, Frederick- stadt, 115 fathoms. Station 136, Frederickstadt, 508 fathoms. Station 155, Montserrat, 88 fathoms. Station 157, Montserrat, 120 fathoms. Station 158, Montserrat, 148 fathoms. Station 177, Dominique, 118 fathoms. Station 178, Dominique, 130 fathoms. Station 224, St. Vincent, 114 fathoms. Sta- tion 232, St. Vincent, 88 fathoms. Station 262, Grenada, 92 fathoms. Station 272, Barbados, 76 fathoms. Station 273, Barbados, 103 fathoms. Station 276, Barbados, 94 fathoms. Station 278, Barbados, 69 fathoms. Station 290, Barbados, 73 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 29, 21° 23' 19" N., 82° 54' 42" W., 300 fathoms. Ophiomusium planum Lym. Bartlett, Station 29, 21° 23' 19" N., 82° 54' 42" W., 300 fathoms. Ophiomusium acuferum Lym. Station 132, Santa Cruz, 115 fathoms. Station 143, Saba Bank, 150 fath- oms. Station 149, St. Kitts, 60-180 fathoms. Station 142, Flannegan Passage, 27 fathoms. Station 155, Montserrat, 88 fothoms. Station 156, Montserrat, 88 fathoms. Station 167, (ruaddoupe, 175 fathoms. Station 177, Dominica, 118 fathoms. Station 196, Martinique, 1030 fathoms. Station 206, Marti- MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 247 nique, IVO fatlioms. Station 210, Martinique, 191 fathoms. Station 220, St. Lucia, 116 fathoms. Station 224, St. Vincent, 114 fathoms. Station 231, St. Vincent, 95 fathoms. Station 233, St. Vincent, 174 fathoms. Station 253, Grenada, 92 fathoms. Station 254, Grenada, 164 fathoms. Station 2G2, Grenada, 92 fathoms. Station 269, St. Vincent, 124 fathoms. Station 272, Barbados, 76 fathoms. Station 273, Barbados, 103 fathoms. Station 274, Barbados, 209 fathoms. Station 276, Barbados, 94 fathoms. Station 277, Barbados, 106 ftithoms. Station 278, Barbados, 69 fathoms. Station 281, Barbados, 288 fathoms. Station 290, Barbados, 73 fathoms. Station 291, Bar- bados, 200 fathoms. Station 292, Barbados, 56 fathoms. Station 293, Barba- dos, 82 fathoms. Station 296, Barbados, 84 fathoms. Station 297, Barbados, 123 fathoms. Station 299, Barbados, 140 fathoms. Station 300, Barbados, 82 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 29, 21° 23' 19" N., 82° 54' 42" W., 300 fath- oms. Entrance to Port Eoyal, Jamaica, 100 fathoms. Ophiomusiuin serratum Ltm. Station 136, Frederickstadt, 508 fathoms. Station 140, Virgen Gorda, 1097 fathoms. Station 205, Martinique, 334 fathoms. Station 211, Martinique, 357 fathoms. Station 214, Martinique, 476 fathoms. Station 230, St. Vin- cent, 464 fathoms. Station 260, Grenada, 291 fathoms. Station 269, St. Vincent, 124 fathoms. Station 274, Barbados, 209 fathoms. Station 280, Barbados, 221 fathoms. Station 288, Barbados, 399 fathoms. Bartlett, Sta- tion 8, 17° 45' N., 77° 58' 40" W., 322 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 24, 5 m. E. of Cape Cruz, S. side of Cuba, 206 fathoms. Ophiomastus texturatus sp. nov. Plate IV. Figs. 49-51. Special Marks. — Three minute arm-spines. Disk covered above by a central rosette of eleven plates, from which radiate ten single lines of plates. Radial shields large and oblong. Description of an Individual. — Diameter of disk 4.7 mm. Width of arm, near disk, 1.7 mm. A row of four or five small, block-like papillae on each side of a mouth-angle ; they are so closely wedged together as to form an apparently continuous line. Teeth resembling mouth-papillse in form and size. Mouth-shields small, as broad as long, bounded by a curve without and an angle within ; length to breadth, .7 : .7. Side mouth-shields pointed, oval, large, widely joined within. Under arm-plates small, occupying less than one third the width of the arm, five-sided, with outer edge curved, laterals re- en teringly curved, and an angle within. Side arm-plates very large, meeting above and below, and covering the greater part of the broad arm. Upper arm- plates small, occupying little more than a third of the width of arm, trans- 248 BULLETIN OF THE verse oval. The surface of the arm, as well as that of the disk, is microscopically tuberculous. Disk covered above by swollen plates, of which there is a cen- tral rosette of eleven ; one ten-sided in the midst, and surrounding it ten hexagonal, with unequal sides, whereof the brachial plates are the largest ; all are continued, by single rows of small plates, to margin of disk. Below, the interbrachial space is occupied by large, thick genital plates, and by two others placed on the median line. Radial shields large, longer than broad, wider without than within, where they join the central rosette ; length to breadth, 1.2 : .9. Genital openings narrow and very short, beginning at outer comer of radial shield. Three very small peg-like arm-spines, less than half as long as a joint. Second pair of mouth-tentacles issuing from pores just in- side the side mouth-shields ; first pair of arm-tentacles with three minute, lip- like scales ; those beyond usually with only one small scale. Color in alcohol, pale gray. "Challenger" Expedition, Station 173, 310 fathoms, 1 specimen. Ophiomastus secundus Ltm. Station 136, Santa Cruz, 508 fathoms. Station 149, St. Kitts, 60-150 fath- oms. Station 163, Guadeloupe, 769 fathoms. Station 179, Dominica, 824 fathoms. Station 180, Dominica, 982 fathoms. Station 182, Dominica, 1131 fathoms. Station 185, Dominica, 333 fathoms. Station 196, Martinique, 1030 fathoms. Station 205, Martinique, 334 fathoms. Station 211, Marti- nique, 357 fathoms. Station 230, St. Vincent, 464 fathoms. Station 288, Barbados, 399 fatlioms. Station 325, 33° 35' 20" N., 76° W., 647 fathoms. Station 326, 33° 42' 15" N., 76° 0' 50" W., 464 fathoms. Station 329, 34° 39' 40" N., 75° 14' 40" W., 603 fathoms. Ophiophyllum petilum ? Lym. Bull. M. C. Z., V. 7, p. 130, PI. VII. Figs. 179-181. Plate rr. Figs. 52-54. The single specimen brought up from 542 fathoms at Station 190, near Dominica, differed from the type in having, near the base of the arm, a small, peg-like, additional arm-spine, standing just above the peculiar flat, curved, translucent spine, which seems like a continuation of the free plates which border the disk. Also there were not so many plates in the lower brachial space. All the disk plates were thin and more or less diaphanous, so that their outlines were hard to make out unless the specimen was partly dried. These differences may be constant and specific ; but I prefer to leave them in doubt because only one adult specimen of the typical O. petilum was brought back by the " Challenger." There is a certain resemblance in some parts of the Ophiuran fauna of the Fijis from depths of 200 to 600 fathoms to that of the West Indies at the MUSEUM OF COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY. 249 same depths. From the former we now have Astroschema salix and horridum, (?) Ophioceramis clausa, Opkiactis cuspidata, O. fiexuosa, 0. nama, Amphiura canescens, A. argentea, A. bellis, Ophioviitra plicata, Ophiacantha cornuta, 0. ve- pratica, Ophiophijllum petilum, Ophiochiton lentus, Op)hiomusium scalar e, Ophi- oconis pulverulenta, Ophiopyrgus Wyville-Thomsoni, Ophiopyren brevispinus, Ophiozona insularia, and Ophiomyxa australis. Of these Ophiophyllum petilum, Op>hiacantha vepratica, and Ophioconis pulverulenta correspond very closely with the Ophiophyllum above mentioned, with Ophiacantha Bairdi, and with Ophioconis miliaria. In both faunas is found exclusively the peculiar genus Ophiopyren, and Ophiozona exists in both. Ophiomusium scalare and Ophio- mitra plicata stand, pretty near Ophiomusium testudo and Ophiomitra chelys. The genus Astroschema, so richly represented in the West Indies, has two species in this list of twenty. As a contrast comes the extraordinary form Ophiopyrgus, known thus far only from the neighborhood of the Fijis. It remains for future dredgings to show whether these resemblances result proba- bly from community of origin, or simply indicate the presence of a nearly identical fauna over vast tracts of deep-sea bottom. Ophiopyren longispinus Ltm. Station 130, Santa Cruz, 451 fathoms. Station 136, Santa Cruz, 508 fath- oms. Station 137, Santa Cruz, 625 fathoms. Station 149, St. Kitts, 60-150 fathoms. Station 156, Montserrat, 88 fathoms. Station 185, Dominica, 333 fathoms. Station 188, Dominica, 372 fathoms. Station 190, Dominica, 542 fathoms. Station 204, Martinique, 476 fathoms. Station 205, Marti- nique, 334 fathoms. Station 211, Martinique, 357 fathoms. Station 212, Martinique, 317 fathoms. Station 221, St. Lucia, 423 fathoms. Station 222, St. Lucia, 422 fathoms. Station 230, St. Vincent, 464 fathoms. Station 246, Grenada, 154 fathoms. Station 260, Grenada, 291 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 18, 18° 20' 30" N., 87° 16' 40" W., 600 fathoms. Ophioconis miliaria Ltm. Station 187, Dominica, 411 fathoms. Station 222, St. Lucia, 422 fathoms. Station 241, Grenadines, 163 fathoms. Station 260, Grenada, 291 fathoms. Ophiochoeta mixta Ltm. Station 170, Guadeloupe, 309 fathoms. Station 249, Grenada, 262 fathoms. Station 265, Grenada, 576 fathoms. Ophiopholis aculeata Gray. Station 309, 40° 11' 40" N., 68° 22' W., 304 fathoms. Station 310, 39° 59' 16" N., 70° 18' 30" W., 260 fathoms. Station 335, 38° 22' 25" N., 73° 33' 40" W., 89 fathoms. 250 BULLETIN OF THE Ophiactis Miilleri (var. quinqueradia) Ltk. Station 142, Flannegan Passage, 27 fathoms. Station 152, St. Kitts, 122 fathoms. Station 210, Martinique, 121 fathoms. Station 239, Grenadines, 338 fathoms. Station 272, Barbados, 76 fathoms. Station 278, Barbados, 69 fathoms. Amphiura incisa sp. nov. Plate V. Figs. 58-60. Special Marks. — Two scale-like papillas on each side of month-angle, and a pair at its apex. Two large tentacle-scales. Upper disk-scales thick and irregular and separated by depressions. Description of om Individual. — ^. Diameter of disk 7.5 mm. Width of arm close to disk 1.7 mm. Two wide, scale-like papilla; at base of mouth-angle on either side, and a pair of thicker ones at its apex. Four stout squarish teeth ; the lowest one smallest and more rounded than those above. Month-shields small, rounded, and with a peak inward ; length to breadth, .7 : .7. Side mouth-shields long and large ; broader without than within, where they meet. First under arm-plate small and rounded ; often partly covered by the outer mouth-papillse. The plates beyond are of a regular narrow shield-shape, hav- ing a straight outer side where they are widest; re-enteringly curved laterals, and an angle within. Side arm-plates flat, with a low spine-ridge, barely meet- ing above, and scarcely separated below. Upper arm-plates separated ; narrow transverse oval, more than twice as broad as long. Disk rather thick, with an undulating border ; covered above by thick, irregular, somewhat angular scales, which are separated by sunken lines, and have the look of a loose mosaic. Below, the scales are smaller and much more rounded and regular, but are strongly separated. Radial shields small, pear-seed shape, and sepa- rated by a narrow wedge of three scales; length to breadth, 1.5 : 1. Three stout, blunt, rounded arm-spines, about as long as a joint ; the middle one is stoutest and has a microscopically rovigh surface. Two wide, large tentacle- scales, standing one on the side and one on the under arm-plate. Color in alcohol, pale brown. Station 161, near Guadeloupe, 583 fathoms, 2 specimens. This species is nearest A. Eiisei, from which it is strongly distinguished by separated upper arm-plates and radial shields, and much coarser arm-spines and disk-scales. Amphiura nereis sp. nov. Plate V. Figs. 61-63. Special Marks. — Five papilla on each side of a mouth-angle. Three arm- spines. Radial shields small, narrow and separated. A row of minute papillaj along genital scale. MUSEUM OF COiMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 251 Description of an Individual. — Diameter of disk 4.5 mm. Width of arm without spines 1 mm. Four small scale-like mouth-papillec on each side of an angle, and a pair at the apex. The papilla next the outermost one is com- monly the largest. Mouth-shields about as broad as long, rounded, with a slight peak within ; length to breadth, .6 : .6. Side mouth-shields small, and extremely narrow within, where they barely meet. Their outer ends are club-shaped. First under arm-plate minute and three-cornered ; those be- yond are of a squarish shield-shape, with outer side straight, laterals a little re-fenteringly curved, and an obtuse or truncated angle within. Side arm- plates moderately stout, and nearly meeting above and below. Upper arm- plates transverse oval, and about twice as broad as long. Disk rather thick, and covered above and below with small, crowded, overlapping, somewhat irregular scales, of which there are seven or eight in the length of 1 mm. In centre of upper surface are the small, round, widely separated primary plates. Along edge of genital scale is a row of fine papillae. Radial shields small, nar- row, and separated by bunches of scales ; their length is about .8 nmi. Three rather stout, rounded, tapering arm-spines, about as long as a joint ; the middle one being somewhat the longest. One oval tentacle-scale on the side arm- plate, and a smaller and narrower one on the under plate. Color in alcohol, pale gray. Station 158, Montserrat, 148 fathoms, 1 specimen. This species is perhaps nearest to A. tumida, from which it differs in having much larger mouth-papillse, and a row of papillae along the genital scale. Amphiura duplicata Ltm. Station 132, Santa Cruz, 115 fathoms. Station 134, Santa Cruz, 248 fath- oms. Station 136, Santa Cruz, 508 fathoms. Station 145, St. Kitts, 270 fathoms. Station 147, St. Kitts, 250 fathoms. Station 148, St. Kitts, 208 fath- oms. Station 151, Nevis, 356 fathoms. Station 154, Montserrat, 298 fathoms. Station 155, Montserrat, 88 fathoms. Station 161, Guadeloupe, 583 fathoms. Station 167, Guadeloupe, 175 fathoms. Station 173, Guadeloupe, 734 fath- oms. Station 176, Dominica, 390 fathoms. Station 185, Dominica, 333 fath- oms. Station 204, Martini(|ue, 476 fathoms. Station 206, Martinique, 170 fathoms. Station 210, Martinique, 191 fathoms. Station 216, St. Lucia, 154 fathoms. Station 218, St. Lucia, 164 fathoms. Station 220, St. Lucia, 116 fathoms. Station 221, St. Lucia, 423 fathoms. Station 227, St. Vin- cent, 573 fathoms. Station 238, Grenadines, 127 fathoms. Station 239, Grenadines, 338 fathoms. Station 241, Grenadines, 163 fathoms. Station 260, Grenada, 291 fathoms. Station 261, Grenada, 340 fathoms. Station 264, Grenada, 416 fathoms. Station 272, Barbados, 76 fathoms. Station 273, Barbados, 103 fathoms. Station 274, Barbados, 209 fathoms. Station 275, Barbados, 218 fathoms. Station 276, Barbados, 94 fathoms. Station 290, Bar- bados, 73 fathoms. 252 BULLETIN OF THE Amphiura Otteri Ljn. Station 115, 17° 55' N., 76° 41' 20" W., 228 fathoms. Station 167, Guade- loupe, 175 fathoms. Station 265, Grenada, 576 fathoms. Station 306, 41° 32' 50" N., 65° 55' W., 524 fathoms. Station 310, 39° 59' 16" N., 70° 18' 30" W., 260 fathoms. Station 336, 38° 21' 50" N., 73° 32' W., 197 fathoms. Amphiura tvunida Lym. Station 184, Dominica, 94 fathoms. Amphiura tenuispina Ljn. Station 215, St. Lucia, 226 fathoms. Station 223, St. Vincent, 146 fath- oms. Station 246, Grenada, 154 fathoms. Amphiura lunaris Lym. Station 226, St. Vincent, 424 fathoms. Amphiura grandisquama Lym. Station 316, 32° 7' N., 78° 37' 30" W., 229 fathoms. Station 319, 32° 25' N., 77° 42' 30" W., 262 fathoms. Amphiura flexuosa ? Ljn. Station 319, 32° 25' N., 77° 42' 30" W., 262 fathoms. Amphiura cuneata Lym. Station 256, Grenada, 370 fathoms. Station 259, Grenada, 159 fathoms. Amphiura Stimpsoni Ltk. Station 278, Barbados, 69 fathoms. NOTES ON AMPHIURA. Amphiura sp. nov.? Near A. semiermis, but has disk-scales much larger and fewer, and two large tentacle-scalea. There are five short, tapering equal arm-spines. The lower interbrachial space is naked, except a few scales near the mouth-shields. Station 244, near Grenada, 792 fathoms, 1 specimen. Amphiura sp. nov.? Near A. divaricata, from which it differs in having radial shields scarcely- separated, in coarser lower disk-scales, in having a larger tentacle-scale on the MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 253 under arm-plate, and in having five (not six) arm-spines, of which the lower are larger, and have a rudimentary cross-piece at the tip. Station 211, Martinicxue, 357 fathoms, 1 specimen. Amphiura sp. nov. i Plate V. Figs. 64-66. Similar to preceding (Station 211), but with much smaller tentacle-scales ; sharp mouth-papilloc. Station 220, St Lucia, 116 fathoms, 1 specimen. These last three species may be new ; but as the Amphiurse are so numer- ous and run so close, I prefer to await a larger series of specimens. Amphiura Verrilli? (young,) Ltm. DiflFers from the type in having smaller radial shields and the primary disk- plates not conspicuous. Station 226, St. Vincent, 424 fathoms, I specimen. Amphiura tomentosa? (young,) Ltm. Differs from the original in having the radial shields touching and side arm- plates meeting above. These may be characters of the young. Station 230, St. Vincent, 464 fathoms, 1 specimen. Amphiura angularis Ltm. It seems to differ from the tj-pe only in having radial shields a little closer and the disk-scaling less marked. Both A. angularis and A. tomentosa are from the Kerguelen Islands. Station 204, Martinique, 476 fathoms, 1 specimen. Station 288, Barbados, 399 fathoms, 1 specimen. Ophiocnida olivacea Ltm. Station 344, 40° 1' N., 70° 58' W., 129 fathoms. Ophionema intricata Ltk. (Young.) Station 128, Santa Cruz, 180 fathoms. Ophionereis reticulata Ltk. Station 142, Flannegan Passage, 27 fathoms. Station 155, Montserrat, 88 fathoms. Station 276, Barbados, 94 fathoms. Station 278, Barbados, 69 fathoms. Bartlett, Pedro Bank, 4 fathoms. 254 BULLETIN OF THE Ophiopsila fulva Lym. Station 155, Montserrat, 88 ftithoms. Station 278, Barbados, 69 fathoms. Ophiopsila Riisei Ltk. Station 285, Barbados, 13-40 fathoms. Station 287, Barbados, 7^-50 fathoms. Ophioplax Ljungmani Ltm. Station 101, Morro Light, 175-250 fathoms. Station 132, Santa Cruz, 115 fathoms. Station 155, Montserrat, 88 fathoms Station 156, Montserrat, 88 fathoms. Station 177, Dominique, 118 fathoms. Station 220, St. Lucia, 116 fathoms. Station 232, St. Vincent, 88 fathoms. Station 273, Barba- dos, 103 fathoms. Station 277, Barbados, 106 fathoms. Station 297, Bar- bados, 123 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 10, 18° 13' 20" N., 78° 36' 40" W., 103 fathoms. Ophiostigma isacanthum Ltm. Station 132, Santa Cruz, 115 fathoms. Station 152, St. Kitts, 122 fathoms. Ophiochytra tenuis sp. nov. Plate III. Figs. 16-18. Special Marks. — Two very large scale-like papillae at outer end of mouth- angle, and two small ones, within and higher in the slit. A few grains in neighborhood of mouth-shield. Description of an Individual. — Diameter of disk 5 mm. Width of arm near disk 1 mm. At outer end of mouth-angle on either side are two large, flat, rounded scale-like papillas, while within and higher on the mouth-frame may be seen two which are minute. At base of mouth-frames, in the centre, is a group of half a dozen grains, covering inner ends of the side mouth-shields, which are long, narrow and bent; wider without than within where they fully join and extend as a sharp angle under the mouth-frames to a level with the second great mouth-papilla. Mouth-shields small, about as long as broad, with a well-marked angle inward ; length to breadth, .5 : .6. First imder arm-plate smaller than those beyond, and making a furrow at outer corner of mouth-slit. The plates just beyond are axe-shaped with a curve without, an angle within, and deep re-entering curves where the tentacles protrude. Side arm-plates meeting above and nearly so below ; beyond the disk they are a little swollen so as to give a slightly wavy outline to the arm. Upper arm- plates fan-shaped, with an angle inward. Disk evenly covered with thin MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 255 ijalsfi^ed scales, whereof the lower ones are nearly as large as the mouth- shields, near which are a few grains. Radial shields small and not touching ; nearly twice as wide as long, and separated from upper surface of arm by a cluster of scales. Genital openings extending from mouth-shield to margin of disk. Two stout, cylindrical, hlunt arm-spines, about two thirds as long as a joint. One large circular tentacle-scale. Color in alcohol, pale gray. Station 239, Grenadines, 383 fathoms, 6 specimens. Station 260, Grenada, 291 fathoms, 5 specimens. The only other species of this genus, 0. epigrus, comes from Low Archipelago, southeast of the Sandwich Islands, at a depth of over 2500 fathoms. Ophiocoma pumilla Ltk. Bartlett, Pedro Bank, 4 fathoms. Ophiochiton ternispinus sp. nov. Plate V. Figs. 67-69. Special Marks. — One tentacle-scale. Three slender, rather long arm-spines. - Description of an Individual. — Diameter of disk 12 mm. Length of arm 60 mm. Width of arm near disk 2 mm. Twelve mouth-papillpe to each angle, whereof the four inner ones, on either side, are short, pointed and spaced, while the two outer ones are flattened and crowded. Teeth stout, flat, and shaped like a blimt spear-head. Mouth-shields regular pointed heart-shaped, with a small rounded lobe without. Length to breadth, 2 : 1.3. Side mouth- shields very narrow within, where they barely meet ; but spreading widely without, where they bound a part of the inner end of the genital opening. First under arm-plate rounded and small, not larger than the neighboring mouth-papilla. The plates beyond are much narrower than the arm ; they are about as broad as long, much wider without than within, with an outer curve, re-entering curves on the sides, and a truncated angle within. They are somewhat swollen, but have no ridge. Side arm-plates even, slightly flar- ing, nearly meeting above and below. Upper arm-plates narrower than the arm, much longer than wide, bounded on all sides by gentle curves. Disk covered with thin, irregular, overlapping scales, and having in the centre a group of mueh larger rounded primary plates, 1 mm. in diameter. Below, the scaling is similar but finer. Radial shields narrow oblong, or egg-shape, small, separated by a narrow wedge of fine scales ; length to breadth, 2:1. Genital openings large and long, extending from mouth-shield to margin of disk. Three smooth, slender, tapering arm-spines, whereof the uppermost may be as long as two joints. Lengths, to that of an under arm-plate, 2.5, 1.2, 1.2 : 1. One oval tentacle-scale of moderate size. Color in alcohol, nearly white. " Porcupine" Expedition, 1869, Station 42, southwest of Ireland, 862 fath- oms, water 4°.3 Cent., 1 specimen. 256 BULLETIN OF THE The genus is new to North European waters. The species differs from Ophiochiton lentus, which comes from 600 fathoms, southeast of the Fijis, in having three long slender arm-spines and only one tentacle-scale. Ophiacantha Bairdi sp. nov. Plate V. Figs. 70-72. Special Marks. — Disk closely and uniformly beset with elongated pointed granules, among which appear a few short scattered spines. Seven or eight slender, smooth, sharp arm-spines. Eleven mouth-papillye to each angle. Description of an Individual (Station 340). — Diameter of disk 9.5 mm. Length of arm about 45 mm. Width of arm close to disk 2 mm. Eleven papillae to each mouth-angle, whereof the outer one on each side is broad and flat, with a rounded cutting edge, and the rest are much narrower and tooth- like, including the odd one at the apex. Five broad flat teeth with a curved cutting edge ; the uppermost one narrower than the others. Mouth-shields small, of a broad oval, or transverse heart-shape ; length to breadth, .8 : 1.2. Side mouth-shields rather large, growing suddenly wider at the outer end, meeting within. Under arm-plates pentagonal, with an obtuse angle within, lateral sides a little re-enteringly curved, and outer side widely curved. Upper arm-plates diamond-shape with the angles much rounded. Side arm-plates rather stout, nearly meeting above and below near base of arm. Near tip of arm the side plates meet broadly above and below, and have only a feeble spine-crest. The upper arm-plaies are there three-sided with an angle inward. Disk slightly puffed ; closely and uniformly beset with elongated, pointed grains, among which stand a few scattered short spines. No scaling or radial shields visible. Seven or eight long, slender, pointed, not rough arm-spines. The uppermost one is usually short ; then the next three are as long as two or two and a half joints ; the four lowest not much longer than one joint. One large, pointed, longer than broad tentacle-scale. Color in alcohol, nearly white. Station 308, 41° 24' 45" N., 65° 35' 30" W., 1242 fathoms. Station 340, 39° 25' 30" N., 70° 58' 40" W., 1394 fathoms. The species is quite near 0. vepratica, from which it is distinguished by having eleven itistead of seven mouth-papilla) to each angle, and by the elon- gated, pointed grains of the disk. Ophiacantha Bartletti sp. nov. Plate V. Figs. 73-75. Special Marks. — Structure delicate, with narrow arms and four smooth, slender arm-spines. A few scattered spines on disk, whose scaling above is scarcely distinguishable. No tentacle-scales. Description of an Individual. — Diameter of disk 12 mm. Length of arm about 75 mm. Width of arm 2 mm. Five spine-like, spaced mouth-papilla? MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 257 on each side, of which four stand on the mouth-frames, and one on the side mouth-shield : there is in addition a pair which stand at the apex", on the jaw- plate. Five rather thin teeth, shaped like a blunt si;tear-head. Mouth-shields about as broad as long, of a much-rounded diamond-shape, with a sharp angle within; length to breadth, 1.6 : 1.6. Side mouth-shields very narrow within, where they meet, but spreading at their outer end, so as to partly embrace the mouth-shield. Under arm-plates somewhat longer than broad, of an irregular hexagonal form, with a slight notch without; they are small, and occupy not more than a third of the width of the arm. Side arm-plates meeting above and below, clinging close to arm and with a feeble spine-crest. Upper arm- plates about twice as broad as long, of a transverse diamond-shape, with outer angle rounded. Disk sparsely set with short spines, and covered by a skin which hides the thin scales, except here and there. Of radial shields only the outer, rounded ends may be seen, just over the arms.. Genital openings large and extending from mouth-shield nearly to margin of disk. Four slender, smooth, tapering, translucent arm-spines, decreasing in length from above downward, the uppermost one being as long as two joints, while the lowest does not exceed one. No tentacle-scales. Color in alcohol, disk pale gray, arms white. Station 260, 291 fathoms, 1 specimen. In wanting tentacle-scales this species is especially distinguished. It stands as near to O. abnormis as to any other, but differs in having only four arm- spines and in the arrangement of the mouth-papillse. Ophiacantha cervicornis sp. nov. Plate V. Figs. 76-78. Special Marhs. — Mouth-angles elongated and carrying at their base long spiniform papillae and small peg-like ones at their apex. Arm-spines wide at their base and toothed on the edges. Disk densely beset with short smooth spines. Description of an Individual (Station 227). — Diameter of disk 10 mm. Width of arm near disk 2.3 mm. Mouth-angle much elongated and bearing on either side, at its base, four long, pointed spiniform papillae, inside which there are, on either side, five short, pointed tooth-like papilla, and a pair at the apex. Mouth-shields of a transverse oval shape, with a small peak in- ward ; length to breadth, 1 : 1.8. Side mouth-shields of moderate width, meeting within, where they form an acute angle. First under arm-plate much wider than long, with lateral corners rounded and a peak within. The plates beyond have a wide axe-shape, in which the body is narrow with an obtuse angle inward ; the lateral sides are deep re-entering curves, and the cutting edge is represented by the broad, curved outer margin. Side arm-plates meet- ing below and nearly so above, and having a rather feeble spine-crest. The first two upper arm-plates bear a few small tooth-like spines, and are as broad VOL. X. — NO. 6. 17 258 BULLETIN OF THE as long, and bounded without by a gentle curve and within by a deep pointed one. Farther out the plates are more elongated and angular, and soon be- come long diamond-shape. Disk densely beset with short, rounded, pointed sphies, which obscure the underlying scales and radial shields. Five flattened, tapering, pointed arm-spines, the two uppermost about as long as one and a lialf urm-joiuts, the three lowest somewhat shorter. They are lightly swollen at their base and bear a few minute thorns on their edges. Tentacle-pores large, and furnished with two long, slender spiniform scales, whereof one stands on the side arm-plate, the other on the under one. Color in alcohol, straw. Station 148, St. Kitts, 208 fathoms. Station 227, St. Vincent, 573 fath- oms. The elongated mouth-angle bearing numerous papillaa places this species near 0. stimulea and 0. hirsuta, but it differs much from both those species, especially in the under arm-plates and tentacle-scales. Ophiacantha lineolata sp. nov. Plate VI. Figs. 79-81. Special Marks. — A group of tooth-papilljB just under the teeth. Upper sinrface of disk wholly and thickly set with coarse grains and a few short spines. Eight or nine long, translucent, nearly smooth arm-spines. Description of an Individual. — Diameter of disk 18 mm. Length of arm about 135 mm. Width of arm, Avithout spines, 6 mm. At base of mouth- angle, on eithe^ side, are three or four rather long papilla?, whereof the two outer ones are wider and more flat ; the point of the angle is beset by a cluster of a dozen spine-like papillae which run upward to join the teeth. These last are seven or eight in number, rather narrow, crowded and with a curved cut- ting edge. Mouth-shields heart-shaped with an angle inward ; length to breadth, 2 : 2. Side mouth-shields small, tapering to a point inward, where they meet. Under arm-plates squarish, wider than long, with lateral sides re-enteringly curved and a feeble angle within. Side arm-plates meeting be- low, but not above, and forming a stout, not very prominent spine-crest. Upper arm-plates narrow, four-sided; wider'without than within ; length to breadth, 1.3 : 1.3. Disk somewhat swollen in interbrachial spaces, thickly set with coarse grains, among which appear a few small spines ; no radial shields visible, their position being granulated like the rest. Genital openings large and extending from mouth-shield to margin of disk. Eight or nine long translucent, nearly smooth arm-spines, decreasing in length from above down- ward ; their cross-section is oval, and it is only on their edges that they have microscopic prickles ; length of uppermost spine 1 1 mm. ; of lowest, 4 mm. One large, o\'al, pointed tentacle-scale on each pore, except the first, which has two. Color in alcohol, pale brown, with white spines and a white line along upper side of arm. MUSEUM OF COMPAIIATIVE ZOOLOGY, 259 This large and beautiful species has some relation to Ophiocamax in the cluster of tooth-papilla; at the end of the mouth-angle. Station 148, St. Kitts, 208 fathoms, 1 specimen. Ophiacantha Isevipellis sp. nov. Plate VI. Figs. 82-84. Special Marks. — Disk naked, or with a few scattered grains. Side arm- plates meeting above and below. Seven or eight slightly thorny slender arm- spines. Description of an Individual. — Diameter of disk 4.5 mm. Length of arm about 18 mm. Width of arm, without spines, 1.5 mm. Mouth-angles long and wide, and bearuig on each side three spine-like, widely spaced papillte, while the apex is occupied by the lowest tooth, which, like the four above it, is of a blunt spear-head shape. The first under arm-plate also carries on its inner edge two scale-like papillae. Mouth-shields small, of a tranverse dia- mond-form with rounded corners; length to breadth, .7 : .5. Side mouth-shields wide and large, of almost a crescent shape, meeting broadly within. First under arm-plate rounded hexagonal and nearly as large as a mouth-shield; those beyond are widely separated by the side arm-plates, and are more than twice as wide as long, with a curve without and a small peak within. Side arm-plates meeting widely above and below, and forming a strong spine-ridge, which, farther out, becomes so exaggerated as to give the arm a knotted look. Upper arm-plates, beyond the first, of a blunt wedge form, with the point in- ward. Disk covered with small imbricated scales which are quite naked (in some specimens there are scattered grains). Eadial shields pear-seed shaped ; length to breadth, .5 : .4. Genital openings large, and extending from the mouth-shield to nearly the margin of disk. Seven or eight glassy, flattened, slightly thornj^ arm-spines, of which tlie uppermost is two or two and a half times as long as a joint ; from this thdy grow shorter to the lowest spine, which is no longer than one joint. Tlie uppermost spines on top of arm stand close to each other, on either side of the median line. One small, pointed tentacle-scale. Color in alcohol, pale brown. Station 232, St. Vincent, 88 fathoms, 12-}- specimens. The figure of the upper surface is drawn from specimens of two varieties, a smooth and a granulated. The former is the more common. This species has some resemblance to O. serrata, but has narrower side mouth-shields and much less thorny arm-spines. Ophiacantha scolopendrica sp. nov. Plate VI. Figs. 85-87. Special Marks. — Seven smooth arm-spines, of which the three lowest are much the smallest. Disk with a few scattered smooth grains, and small rounded radial shields. 260 BULLETIN OF THE Description of an Individual. — Diameter of disk 12 mm. Width of arm 3 mm. Six spaced and rather long mouth-papillae to each angle. Five thick teeth, of a short oval shape. Mouth-shields very short and wide, rudely transverse oval in form ; length to breadth, 1 : 2.5. Side mouth-shields much longer than wide, of nearly equal width except at their outer ends where they taper ; they fully meet within. First under arm-plate of a transverse diamond- shape with rounded angles ; the next two are squarish, with a curved outer side ; those beyond are nearly semicircular, with a slight peak within ; all are narrow, occupying not more than one third the width of the arm. Side arm-plates stout and forming a well-marked spine-ridge ; they meet below and separate all except the first two upper arm-plates ; they, however, do not meet, and there is a pit between their upper ends ; also they are so short as to leave a band on sides of arm quite uncovered. Upper arm-plates transverse oval with somewhat pointed corners ; they are nearly twice as broad as long and cover only about half the width of the arm. Disk-scales very indistinct, ex- cept near radial shields, which are separated, small, short and rounded ; length to breadth, 1.3 : 2. Upper surface of disk sparsely set with smooth grains. Lower interbrachial space smooth and apparently with few or no scales. Gen- ital openings large and extending from the mouth-shield to margin of disk. Seven arm-spines, of which the three lowest are very small, microscopically rough, and not hjnger than half a joint ; while the three uppermost are often as long as one and a half or two joints, stout, nearly cylindrical, and tapering to i. blunt point. On some of the basal pores there is a minute tentacle-scale attached at the juncture of under and side arni-plates. Color in alcohol, pale brown. "Challenger" Expedition, Station 235, 34° 7' N., 138° E., 565 fathoms. Water 3°. 3 Cent. Mud. One specimen. The species is nearest 0. tuberculosa; l)ut has seven instead of three arm- spines. Ophiacantha anomala ? G. 0. Sars. Station 306, 41° 32' 50" N., 65° 55' W., 524 fathoms. Ophiacantha bidentata Ljn. Station 307, 41° 29' 45" N., 65° 47' 10" W., 980 fathoms. Station 308, 41° 24' 45" N., 65° 35' 30" W., 1242 fathoms. Station 324, 33° 27' 20" N., 75° 53' 30" W., 1386 fathoms. Station 338, 38° 18' 40" N., 73° 18' 10" W., 922 fathoms. Station 339, 38° 16' 45" N., 73° 10' 30" W., 1186 fathoms. Station 340, 39° 25' 30" N., 70° 58' 40" W., 1394 fathoms. Station 341, 39° 38' 20" N., 70° 56' W., 1241 fathoms. Station 342, 39° 43' N., 70° 55' 25" W., 1002 fathoms. Ophiacantha abyssicola G. 0. Saks. Station 309, 40° 11' 40" N., 68° 22' W., 304 fathoms. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY, 261 Ophiacantha millespina Vll. Station 303, 41° 34' 30" N., 65° 54' 30" W., 306 fathoms. Station 306, 41° 32' 50" N., 65° 55' W., 524 fathoms. Ophiacantha hirsuta Ltm. Station 155, Montserrat, 88 fathoms. Station 156, Montserrat, 88 fathoms. Station 212, Martinique, 317 fathoms. Station 215, St. Lucia, 226 fathoms. Station 223, St. Vincent, 146 fathoms. Station 232, St. Vincent, 88 fath- oms. Station 268, Grenada, 955 fathoms. Station 269, St. Vincent, 124 fathoms. Station 273, Barbados, 103 fathoms. Station 293, Barbados, 82 fathoms. Station 300, Barbados, 82 fathoms. Entrance to Port Royal Har- bor, Jamaica, 100 fathoms ; vsp. ? Ophiacantha sertata Ltm. Station 148, St. Kitts, 208 fathoms. Station 164, Guadeloupe, 150 fathoms. Station 187, Dominica, 411 fathoms. Station 208, Martinique, 213 fathoms. Station 240, Grenadines, 164 fathoms. Station 241, Grenadines, 163 fath- oms. Station 249, Grenada, 262 fathoms. Station 274, Barbados, 209 fath- oms. Station 280, Barbados, 221 fathoms. Station 291, Barbados, 200 fathoms. Station 297, Barbados, 123 fathoms. Ophiacantha vepratica Ltm. Station 151, Nevis, 356 fathoms. Station 204, Martinique, 476 fathoms. Station 205, Martinique, 334 fathoms. Station 226, St. Vincent, 424 fath- oms. Station 260, Grenada, 291 fathoms. Station 264, Grenada, 416 fathoms- Station 288, Barbados, 399 fathoms. NOTES ON OPHIACANTHA. Ophiacantha scutata Lym. The numerous individuals brought back by the second " Bhike " expedition show some variations from the original figure (Bull. M. C. Z., V. 9, PI. I. Figs. 1-3). Usually the radial shields are not naked, but beset, like the rest of the disk, with minute stumps. There often is an extra mouth-papilla on each side ; and higher up in the mouth-slit there may be a pair of scales be- longing to the second mouth-tentacles. This last feature exists also in O. cosmica, a kindred species, but readily distinguished by the wide separation of the lower arm-plates. 0. scutata has commonly only one tentacle-scale on the first pore, as on those beyond. Station 134, Santa Cruz, 248 fathoms. Station 147, St. Kitts, 250 fathoms. 262 BULLETIN OF THE Station 148, St. Kitts, 208 fathoms. Station 183, Dominica, 250 fathoms. Station 238, Grenadines, 127 fathoms. Station 239, Grenadines, 338 fath- oms. Station 269, St. Vincent, 124 fathoms. Station 281, Barbados, 288 fathoms. Station 291, Barbados, 200 fathoms. Ophiacantha echinxolata Lym. Sometimes the radial shields cannot be seen, as in the figure (Bull. M. C. Z., V. 9, PI. I. Figs. 7-9), but are quite hidden by the short disk-spines. Station 153, Montserrat, 303 fathoms. Station 174, Guadeloupe, 878 fath- oms. Station 185, Dominica, 333 fathoms. Station 205, Martinique, 334 fathoms. Station 227, St. Vincent, 573 fathoms. Station 260, Grenada, 291 fathoms. Ophiacantha pentacrinus Ltk. A large specimen with a disk of 6 mm. had still only six arm-spines, and in general answered to the description (0, meridionalis, Bull. M. C. Z., I. 10, p. 324), except that there were sometimes four, instead of three, mouth-papillaj on a side, and the disk-crotchets were somewhat stouter. Station 136, Santa Cruz, 508 fathoms. Station 137, Santa Cruz, 625 fath- oms. Station 155, Montserrat, 88 fathoms. Station 167, Guadeloupe, 175 fathoms. Station 176, Dominica, 390 fathoms Station 185, Dominica, 333 fathoms. Station 188, Dominica, 372 fathoms. Station 195, Martinique, 502| fathoms. Station 204, Martinique, 476 fathoms. Station 205, Marti- nique, 334 fathoms. Station 206, Martinique, 170 fathoms. Station 211, Martinique, 357 fathoms. Station 212, Martinique, 317 fathoms. Station 221, St. Lucia, 423 fathoms. Station 222, St. Lucia, 422 fathoms. Station 226, St. Vincent, 424 fathoms. Station 227, St. Vincent, 573 fathoms. Sta- tion 230, St. Vincent, 464 fathoms. Station 260, Grenada, 291 fathoms. Station 280, Barbados, 221 fathoms. Station 288, Barbados, 399 fathoms. Station 291, Barbados, 200 fathoms. Station 299, Barbados, 140 fathoms. Sta- tion 320, 32° 33' 15" N., 77° 30' 10" W., 257 fathoms. 0. cosmica is near this species, but has seldom less than eight arm-spines, Avhile the disk-crotchets are coarser with a crown of more numerous thorns, and the side arm-plates are less prominent. Ophiacantha stellata Lym. This species differs from the two last-named in having shorter and more thorny arm-spines (indeed, the upper arm-spines, beyond the basal joints, are often scarcely longer than the lower) ; in larger tipper arm-plates, and more strongly knotted arms ; and in coarser and more thorny stumps on the disk. Station 155, Montserrat, 88 fathoms. Station 177, Dominica, 118 fathoms. Station 233, St. Vincent, 174 Itithoms. Station 249, Grenada, 262 fathoms. Station 253, Grenada, 92 fathoms. Station 262, Grenada, 92 fathoms. Station MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 263 269, St. Vincent, 124 fotboms. Station 272, Barbados, 76 fathoms. Station 273, Barbados, 103 fathoms. Station 290, Barbados, 73 fathoms. Station 292, Barbados, 56 fathoms. Station 293, Barbados, 82 fathoms. Ophiacantha aspera Ltm. Station 100, off Morro Light, 250-400 fathoms. Station 156, Montserrat, 88 fathoms. Station 158, Montserrat, 148 fathoms. Station 166, Guadeloupe, 150 fathoms. Station 171, Guadeloupe, 183 fathoms. Station 219, St. Lucia, 151 fathoms. Station 240, Grenadines, 164 fathoms. Station 241, Grena- dines, 163 fathoms. Station 249, Grenada, 262 fathoms. Station 269, St. Vincent, 124 fathoms. Station 283, Barbados, 237 fathoms. Station 290, Barbados, 73 fathoms. Ophiacantha Troscheli Ltm. Station 269, St. Vincent, 124 fathoms. Station 290, Barbados, 73 fathoms. Ophiolebes claviger? Ltm. Station 306, 41° 32' 50" N., 65° 55' W., 524 fathoms. Ophiomitra incisa s^. nov. Plate VI. Figs. 89, 90. Special Marks. — Upper interbrachial spaces indented and covered by a double row of large plates. Radial shields large, scarcely depressed, and nearly or quite joined for their whole length. Two or more tentacle-scales on the first pore. Five slightly thorny arm-spines. Description of an Individual (Station 131). — Diameter of disk 10 mm. Length of arm about 80 mm. "Width of arm 3.5 mm. Four or five papillje on each side of a mouth-angle ; the three inner ones being stout spiniform, while the outermost, which is wedged between the side mouth-shield and first under arm-plate, is thick, flattened and more or less curled upward. Mouth- shields of a transverse diamond-shape, with comers so rounded as often to approach an oval; length to breadth, 1.8 : 1.2. They are thick and horizon- tal, so that their border stands out quite sharply from the nearly vertical scaling of the interbrachial space. Side mouth-shields wide and short, not extending beyond the lateral comers of the mouth-shields, widest within, where they fully join. First under arm-plate small, of a diamond-shape with a curve without. The rest are five-sided; widest without, where they are curved, and having re-entering laterals and a very feeble angle within. They are separated by a depressed portion of the side arm-plates, which meet below, but not above, near disk, and form prominent spine-crests on the sides of the arms. Upper arm-plates thick, wider than long, bounded by a gentle curve 264 BULLETIN OF THE without, and by a rounded angle or a deep curve within. Disk thick and rising well above the anus, with a very deep constriction and radiating furrow in each interbrachial space. The surface between the furrow aiid the radial shield is occupied on either side by four large curved plates running diago- nally inwards. The central disk is covered by coarse, irregular plates, similar to those of the lower interbrachial spaces. All the upper surlace except the radial shields is sparsely set with smooth stumps. Radial shields large and only a little sunken ; joined, except at their inner ends, which are sei)arated by a scale; they are rounded without, pointed within ; lengtli to breadth, 3.5 : 1.4. Genital openings reaching from the mouth-shield nearly to maigin of disk. Five flattened glassy arm-spines which are slightly thorny on their edges; the upper one is much the longest, and may etjual three or four joints, thence they decrease to the lowest, which is about the length of a joint. On the first tentacle-pore are three erect, thickened tentacle-scales ; on the other pores there is but a single thickened scale. Color in alcohol, pale straw. VariatioTis. — There sometimes are as many as six scales on the first tentacle- pore; and a small group of papillae at outer corner of mouth-slit. The great- est number of arm-spines observed was six. It differs from 0. chelys in having larger radial shields, which are joined and scarcely sunken (not at all in the young), in having three or more scales on the first tentacle-pore, and in more rounded imder arm-plates. Most of the specimens mentioned under O. chehjs (Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, V. 7, p. 153, and 9, p. 231), as brought by the first " Blake " expedition, belong under this species, although one of them had seven spines. I am satisfied that the deep fuiTows in the disk are natural to the animal, and are not the result of contraction. Station 124, Santa Cruz, 580 fathoms. Station 131, Santa Cruz, 580 fath- oms. Station 175, Dominica, 608 fathoms. Station 190, Dominica, 542 fathoms. Station 204, Martinique, 476 fathoms. Station 205, Martinique, 334 fathoms. Station 211, Martinique, 357 fathoms. Station 214," Martinique, 476 fath- oms. Station 222, St. Lucia, 422 fathoms. Station 227, St. Vincent, 573 fathoms. Station 266, Grenada, 461 fathoms. Station 288, Barbados, 399 fathoms. Ophiomitra exigua 1 Ltm. Station 100, off Morro Light, 250-400 fathoms. Station 270, St. Vincent, 75 fathoms. Station 296, Barbados, 84 fathoms. Ophiomitra valida Ltm. Station 119, 18° 12' N., 64° 55' W., 1105 fathoms. Station 158, Montserrat, 88 fathoms. Station 157, Montserrat, 120 fathoms. Station 171, Guade- loupe. 183 fathoms. Station 175 (young), Dominica, 611 fathoms. Station 193, Martinique, 169 fathoms. Station 216, St Lucia, 154 fathoms. Station 218, St. Lucia, 164 fathoms. Station 224, St. Vincent, 114 fathoms. Sta- MUSEUxM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 265 tion 232, St. Vincent, 88 fathoms. Station 233, St. Vincent, 174 fathoms. Station 239, Grenadines, 338 fathoms. Station 240, Grenadines, 164 fath- oms. Station 241, Grenadines, 1(33 fathoms. Station 269, St. Vincent, 124 fathoms. Station 270, St. Vincent, 75 fathoms. Station 272, Barbados, 76 fathoms. Station 277, Barbados, 106 fathoms. Station 283, Barbados, 237 fathoms. Station 290, Barbados, 73 fathoms. Station 296, Barbados, 84 fath- oms. Station 297, Barbados, 123 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 5, 3.3 m. S. E. by E. i E. from Santiago de Cuba Light, 288 fathoms. Station 316, 32° 7' N., 78° 37' 30" W., 229 fathoms. Ophiocamax fasciculata sp. nov. Plate VII. Figs. 93-94. Special Marks. — Disk covered with thin, small, smooth scales, of which there are about ten radiating rows in each interbrachial space, and which are beset by scattered, short, thin spines. Radial shields smooth and regular, and joined their whole length. Description of an Individual (Station 209). — Diameter of disk 15 mm. Width of arms close to disk 4.5 mm. About twenty-three long, smooth, crowded mouth-papillae to each angle, arranged in two or three tiers. On the upper part of the jaw-plate are about seven very short, blunt teeth, and, below these, usually eight tooth-papilla? arranged in pairs. Often the teeth do not stand immediately one above the other, but partly alternate. Mouth-shields smooth and a little swollen, of a wide heart-shape with a slight lobe outward ; length to breadth, 2 : 2. Side mouth-shields wide and meeting fully within. Under arm-plates wide triangular, with a sharp angle within, rounded lateral corners, and wavy sides. They are considerably swollen near the middle. Side arm-plates stout, with a thick spine-ridge; they meet both above and below. Upper arm-plates much rounded triangular, Avith the outer margin swollen. Disk thick, flat on top and not constricted in the interbrachial spaces. It is covered with thin, smooth overlapping scales, of which there are ten or twelve radiating rows in each upper interbrachial space. Above, the disk is beset with short, slender, smooth, tapering spines. Radial shields flat and smooth, of a short pear-seed shape, and joined throughout. Length to breadth, 3 : 2. Six long flattened arm-spines bearing thorns on their two edges. The second is often as long as three arm-joints, the third nearly as long as two, and the fourth and fifth a little longer than one, while the uppermost and lowest are shortest of all. Three and sometimes four spine-like tentacle-scales to each pore, standing in a clump and turned inward. Color in alcohol, disk gray; arms pale yellowish. A very fine specimen from Station 147 had a disk of 20 mm. and arms about 180 mm. long. There were usually but five spines, the uppermost short one being wanting, while the second was sometimes as long as five joints. The disk-scales were thicker than in the type, the basal tentacle-scales longer and 266 BULLETIN OF THE more numerous, and the under arm-plates and spine-ridges more swollen. The disk-spines were lew and scattered. 0. fasciculata stands between O. vitrea and 0. hystrix; but the former has nine arm-spines and the upper arm set with line points, while the latter has eight arm-spines and much coarser disk- scales bearing coarse thorny stumps. Station 145, St. Kitts, 270 fathoms. Station 147, St. Kitts, 250 fathoms. Station 148, St. Kitts, 208 fathoms. Station 209, Martinique, 189 fathoms. Station 295, Barbados, 180 fathoms. Ophiocamax hystrix Lym. Station 1.34, Santa Cruz, 248 fathoms. Station 148, St. Kitts, 208 fathoms. Station 157, Montserrat, 120 fathoms. Station 158, Montserrat, 148 fathoms. Station 209, Martinique, 189 fathoms. Station 224, St. Vincent, 114 fath- oms. Station 233, St. Vincent, 174 fathoms. Station 238, Grenadine.s, 127 fathoms. Station 241, Grenadines, 163 fathoms. Station 269, St. Vincent, 124 fathoms. Station 274, Barbados, 209 fathoms. Station 280, Barba- dos, 221 fathoms. Station 291, Barbados, 200 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 5, 3.3 m. S. E. by E. i E. from Santiago de Cuba Light, 228 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 29, 21° 23' 19" N., 82° 54' 42" W., 300 fathoms. Ophiothamnus vicarius Lym. Station 100, off Morro Light, 250-400 fathoms. Station 175 (young), Do- minica, 611 fathoms. Station 190, Dominica, 542 fathoms (young), sp. ? Plate VI. Fig. 88. Station 204, Martinique, 476 fathoms. Station 315, 32° 18' 20" N., 78° 43' W., 225 fathoms. Station 316, 32° 7' N., 78° 37' 30" W., 229 fathoms. OPHIOCOPA * gen. nov. Disk covered with fine imbricated scales, which may bear grains; and small radial shields. Numerous close-set mouth-papillae, with teeth but no tooth- papillse. Side arm-plates nearly meeting above and below. Some of the arm- spines flattened and widened like an oar-blade. Two long genital openings in each interbrachial space. Ophicopa spatula sp. nov. Plate VII. Figs. 95-98. Special Marks. — Five arm-spines, which, near base of arm, are flat and all more or less widened. Five papilla: on each side of a mouth-angle, whereof the outermost is widest. Gramdes on upper margin of disk. Description of an Individual. — Diameter of disk 9 mm. Width of arm * otpis, snake ; Kcitrri, oar. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 267 near disk 2 mm. Five crowded mouth-papillse on either side of an angle, whereof the four innermost are small and narrow, while the outermost one is as wide as three of them. Four teeth, of which the upper and the under one are more or less pointed, while the other two are wide with a curved cutting ed^e. Mouth-shields of a wide diamond-shape with rounded angles; length to breadth, 1.5 : 1.5. Side mouth-shields long and tapering inward to a point; their outer end widened so as to embrace a corner of the mouth-shield. Under arm-plates much wider than long, of a broad shield-shape, with a wide curve without, re-entering curves on the sides, and a very obtuse angle within. Side arm-plates not prominent, nearly or quite meeting above and below. Upper arm-plates much wider than long, transverse diamond-shape with lateral angles sharp. Disk covered with smooth flat imbricated scales, the largest 1 mm. long ; lietween the radial shields, in interbrachial space, there are four or five radiating rows. Along margin of disk is an irregular line of granules. Radial shields rounded, a little swollen, about as broad as long, closely joined; length to breadth, 1.5 : 1.5. Genital openings large and extending from mouth-shield to margin of disk. Five arm-spines, whereof the lowest is shortest, about as long as one arm-joint, and blunt and flattened; the two uppermost are also flattened, but sharp, and about as long as two joints; the two middle ones are, near base of arm, much flattened, and are widened at their tip like a spatula and microscopically serrated on their edges: farther out, they are simply wide and flat. Two oval, rather large tentacle-scales to each pore. Color in alco- hol, gray. " Challenger" Expedition, Station 219, 1° 50' S., 146° 42' E., 150 fathoms, mud. One specimen. Ophiothrix Suensonii Ltk. Station 127, Santa Cruz, 38 fathoms. Station 142, Flannegan Passage, 27 fathoms. Station 152, St. Kitts, 122 fathoms. Station 155, Montserrat, 88 fathoms. Station 156, Montserrat, 88 fathoms. Station 157, Montserrat, 120 fathoms. Station 189, Dominica, 84-120 fathoms. Station 247, Gre- nada, 170 fathoms. Station 249, Grenada, 262 fathoms. Station 262, Gre- nada, 92 fathoms. Station 269, St. Vincent, 124 fathoms. Station 272, Barbados, 76 fathoms. Station 276, Barbados, 94 fathoms. Station 277, Bar- bados, 106 fathoms. Station 285, Barbados, 13-40 fathoms. Station 286, Barbados, 7-45 fathoms. Station 290, Barbados, 73 fathoms. Station 292, Barbados, 56 fathoms. Station 293, Barbados, 82 fathoms. Station 294, Bar- bados, 137 fathoms. Station 298, Barbados, 120 fathoms. Ophiothrix angulata Atres. Station 142, Flannegan Passage, 27 fathoms. Station 152, St. Kitts, 122 fathoms. Station 155, Montserrat, 88 fathoms. Station 156, Montserrat, 83 fathoms. Station 177, Dominica, 118 fathoms. Station 203, Martinique, 268 BULLETIN OF THE 96 fathoms. Station 241, Grenadines, 163 fathoms. Station 246, Grenada, 154 fathoms. Station 247, Grenada, 170 fathoms. Station 249, Grenada, 262 fathoms. Station 285, Barbados, 13-40 fathoms. Station 292, Barbados, 56 fathoms. Bartlett, Station 30, 21° 26' 30" N., 86° 28' 40" W., 51 fathoms. Bartlett, entrance to Port Royal, Jamaica, 100 fathoms. Ophioscolex tropicus Ltm. Station 195, Martinique, 502| fathoms. Station 266, Grenada, 461 fathoms. Station 211, Martinique, 357 fathoms. Station 273, Barbados, 103 fathoms. Young specimens resemble the young of 0. purpureus, but have much more regular mouth-papilla; and flatter arm-spines. Ophioscolex glacialis Mull. & Tr. Station 336, 38° 21' 50" N., 73° 32' W., 197 fathoms. From the following three stations, lying much further to the south, there were specimens having shorter and more numerous mouth-papillae, and much thinner skin. I prefer to consider them as varieties, until additional speci- mens shall prove their final relations. Station 185, Dominique, 333 fathoms (young). Station 274, Barbados, 209 fathoms (young). Station 293, Barbados, 82 fathoms (young). OPHIOTOMA* gen. nov. Disk covered by a thick, naked skin, which conceals the small shapeless radial shields. Numerovis mouth-papillae and teeth; no tooth-papillae. Arm- spines hollow, as in Ophiacantha, and smooth. Upper arm-plates present. Two genital openings in each interbrachial space. The genus may be called an Ophioscolex with upper arm-plates and hollow arm-spines. Ophiotoma coriacea sp. nov. Plate II. Figs. 1-3. Special Marls. — A. dozen spiniform or tooth-like papillae to each mouth- angle, besides two minute ones under each of the second mouth-tentacles. Five smooth, slender, tapering arm-spines. Description of an Individual. — Diameter of disk 16 mm. Width of arm near disk 3 mm. Mouth-angle elongated and bearing about a dozen papilla;, wliereof the outer ones incline to be spiniform, while those within are some- what more flattened and tooth-like. The second mouth-tentacle has also a couple of minute spiniform scales, which stand on the side mouth-shields. Seven or eight stout, flat spear-head-shaped teeth. Mouth-shields wide tri- angular with rounded corners ; length to breadth, 2.5 : 1.5. Side mouth- * 6